Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History"

See other formats 


H,  y  t^- 

PROCEEDINGS 


OP    THE 


Iflstan  ^oridg  of  f  Jifural  listflvij, 


VOL.   X. 


ISO^— ISOO. 


BOSTON. 

PRINTED  FOR  THE  SOCIETY. 
WILLIAM  WOOD  &  CO.,  61  WALKER  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 
TRUBNER  &  CO.,  60  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  LONDON. 

1866. 


PUBLISHING  COMMITTEE. 


Jeffries  Wymax. 
Samuel  L.  Abbot. 


Augustus  A.  Gould. 
Charles  K.  Dillaway 


Samuel  H.  Scudder. 


A(?5.Ck 


BOSTON: 

A.  A.  KiNGJIAN,  11  COBiraiLL. 


'^  R  A  R 


PROCEEDINGS 


BOSTON    SOCIETY    OF    NATURAL  HISTORY 


TAKEN    FROM    THE    SOCIETY'S    RECORDS. 


January  6,  1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Present,  fifty-five  members. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam  stated  that  since  the  last  mcotins:  the 
Society  had  lost  a  valued  member  in  the  death  of  Dr.  Rich- 
ard H.  Wheatland  of  Salem.  Dr.  Wheatland  had  always 
taken  an  active  interest  in  the  operations  of  the  Society,  and 
while  connected  with  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology, 
was  a  constant  attendant  at  its  meetings ;  though,  owing  to 
his  retiring  disposition,  he  seldom  took  an  active  part  in  their 
proceedings.  By  the  decease  of  our  member,  science  has 
lost  an  honest  and  enthusiastic  laborer. 

Dr.  Wheatland's  investigations  were  principally  devoted  to  the 
Keptiles,  and  his  special  study  was  the  development  of  our  native  Ba- 
trachians.  For  this  purpose  he  visited  all  the  ponds  and  ditches  in 
the  vicinity  of  Salem  and  Cambridge,  collected  the  eggs  of  our  Frogs 
and  Toads,  and  carefully  raised  the  young  in  order  to  observe  the 
changes  which  they  undergo  in  their  development.  The  collection 
thus  made  was  placed  in  the  Museum  at  Cambridge  and  the  Essex 
Institute  at  Salem. 

PROCEEDINGS  B.  S.  N.  H.— VOL.  X.  1  8EPTEMBEE,  1865. 


riitnain.l  « 

Had  health  and  life  been  spared  to  him,  Dr.  ^\Tieatland  would  have 
groatly  advanced  our  knowledge  of  the  embryology  of  tills  most  inter- 
esting'order  of  animals  by  his  careful  investigations.  During  his  last 
period  of  partial  health,  he  visited  Buenos  Ayres,  in  the  hope  of 
building  up  his  failing  strength,  and  while  there  contributed  many 
specimens  to  t]ie  collections  of  Salem,  Cambridge  and  this  Society; 
but,  alas  for  his  wishes,  both  the  voyage  and  the  season  were  adverse 
to  his  hopes,  and  he  returned  home  with  health  still  more  impaired, 
and  remained  an  invahd  until  his  decease.  During  his  long  sickness 
Dr.  AVlieatland  showed  a  Christian  resignation  to  his  fate,  and  con- 
tinued cheei-fully  Avaiting  until  he  should  be  called  to  the  home  of  the 
God  whoee  worlcs  on  earth  he  so  much  loved,  and  in  whose  mercy  he 
had  firm  faith. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  read  the  following 
Notice  of  the  Death  of  Francis  Alger  of  Boston. 

Our  late  associate,  Francis  Alger,  son  of  Cyrus  Alger,  who  married 
Lucy  Willis,  was  born  in  Bridgewater  in  this  State,  March  8,  1807. 
He  had  one  brother  named  Cyrus  (now  dead)  and  six  sisters,  five  of 
whom  are  now  living. 

Francis,  in  youth,  was  not  studious,  and  had  only  a  common  school 
education.  His  taste  for  study  commenced  in  1824,  when  his  atten- 
tion was  first  drawn  to  the  science  of  Mneralogy.  To  his  love  for 
that  science  he  attributed  his  after  progress  in  general  learning  and 
scientific  acquirements.  One  branch  of  Natural  History  leads  to  oth- 
ers, and  Francis  soon  found  himself  engaged  in  the  study  of  shells  and 
plants,  first  the  fossils  and  then  their  analogues  in  the  living  world. 
He  began  to  collect  good  scientific  books,  and  his  library  shows  how 
extensively  he  entered  into  the  study  of  other  branches  of  Natural 
History  But  it  was  to  his  first  love,  Mneralogy,  with  its  proper 
physiology,  Chemistry,  that  he  devoted  his  chief  attention. 

In  182G  his  father  made  a  trip  to  Nova  Scotia  for  the  purpose  of 
erecting  a  furnace  for  smelting  iron  ores  at  Clements,  on  the  Annapolis 
basin.  He  took  Francis  Avith  him,  and  there  the  young  mineralogist 
began  his  field  labors  by  collecting  such  minerals  as  occur  in  the  iron 
ores  of  Digby  Neck  and  in  the  trap  rocks  of  Granville.  He  brought 
home  a  small  collection  of  Zeolites,  Amethyst,  Quartz  and  Agates,  of 
Avhich  he  published  a  list  In  the  Boston  Journal  of  Philosophy  and  the 
Arts.  He  also  published  a  brief  description  of  the  Nova  Scotia  min- 
erals in  the  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,  Vol.  XH.,  p.  227. 
In  1827  the  project  Avas  formed  by  Mr.  Alger  and  his  present  biogra- 
pher to  make  a  full  exploration  of  the  Peninsula  of  Nova  Scotia,  and 
to  collect,  describe  and  puljlish  an  account  of  all  the  mineral  species 


u  [Jackson. 

there  to  be  found.  This  they  proposed  to  make  a  free  contribution  to 
science.  A  joint  essay  was  published  in  the  14th  and  15th  volumes 
of  the  American  Journal  of  Science  in  1827  and  1828-9.  A  lar"-e 
number  of  extra  copies  were  obtained  and  gratuitously  distributed  to 
scientific  men. 

In  1829,  Mr.  Alger  and  his  friend  again  visited  Nova  Scotia,  and 
added  many  new  discoveries  to  their  hst,  and  prepared  a  revised  and 
enlarged  memoir  for  the  American  Academy  of  Sciences.  Extra 
copies  being  procured  were  bound  up  and  again  largely  distributed. 
In  the  second  joint  excursion  a  schooner  was  chartered  for  the  voyage 
and  served  as  a  home  along  the  wild  coasts  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy. 
Though  Mr.  Alger  was  always  very  sea-sick  when  on  the  rough  waters 
of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  he  bore  the  affliction  with  great  patience,  and 
when  on  shore  worked  with  the  most  enthusiastic  zeal  in  exploring  for 
minerals.  It  was  a  great  pleasure  to  witness  his  joy  when  a  new  crys- 
tal oven  in  the  trap-rocks  or  brilliantly  studded  agate  ball  was  broken 
open,  disclosing  to  view  the  "flowers  of  the  mineral  kingdom."  He 
fairly  danced  with  delight,  and  thought  no  labor  too  severe  when  such 
rewards  were  to  be  won. 

His  part  in  the  memoir  above  named  was  fairly  borne,  the  work  of 
writing  the  descriptions  being  carefully  and  equally  divided. 

Soon  after  the  publication  of  this  memoir  in  the  Transactions  of 
the  American  Academy,  Mr.  Alger  was  elected  a  fellow  of  that  scien- 
tific body,  and  took  an  active  interest  in  the-  meetings,  occasionally 
communicating  some  of  his  scientific  observations. 

He  was,  as  already  stated,  one  of  the  original  members  of  this  So- 
ciety, and  has  read  many  valuable  communications  before  it  on  min- 
erals and  geological  specimens.  For  several  years  he  was  our  Curator 
of  Mineralogy,  but  the  cares  of  business  at  last  forced  him,  most 
reluctantly,  to  resign  that  office.  He  came  to  our  meetings  whenever 
he  was  able,  and  always  manifested  a  deep  interest  in  the  prosperity 
of  the  Society. 

Having  become  interested  in  the  iron  and  zinc  mines  of  Sussex  Co., 
New  Jersey,  he  made  that  locality,  originally  opened  to  the  scientific 
public  by  the  celebrated  naturahst  Thomas  JSTuttall,  still  more  famous 
for  its  rare  and  unique  minerals,  and  spread  them  broadcast  over  the 
mineralogical  world.  He  made  excursions  very  often  into  the  State  of 
New  Hampshire,  and  purchased  some  of  the  interesting  mines,  more 
for  the  sake  of  obtaining  specimens  of  the  minerals  they  produced 
than  from  any  hope  of  pecuniary  gain.  He  would  never  sell  any 
mine  without  reserving  the  right  to  all  the  fine  specimens  of  crystals 
that  should  be  got  out  in  mining.  Finding  that  he  could  not  extract 
and  bring  home  to  his  cabinet  a  large  beryl  of  five  tons  Aveight  wliich 
exists  in  Grafton  Co.,  New  Hampshire,  he  purchased  the  hill,  had  the 


Jac  son  )  4 

crystal  uncovered  of  rock,  and  considered  it  as  in  his  cabinet  and  one 
ot"  liis  specimens. 

His  zeal,  instead  of  coollnji  off,  seemed  constantly  to  be  inflamed, 
and  I  never  knew  the  time  when  his  eyes  woukl  not  sparkle  at  the 
sight  of  a  new  or  beautiful  mineral.  This  undying  love  for  minerals 
was  as  strongly  manifested  but  a  few  weeks  anterior  to  his  death  as  I 
ever  knew  it,  and  on  Ris  previous  trip  to  Washington  he  bought  some 
rare  specimens  which  he  had  kept  in  view  many  years,  and  at  last  was 
able  to  obtain  from  the  original  owner.  He  knew  all  the  fine  speci- 
mens existing  in  most  of  the  private  cabinets  of  the  United  States,  and 
was  always  ready  to  purchase  them  when  they  were  for  sale,  in  order 
to  enrich  his  own  collection.  For  years  he  was  in  correspondence 
with  Ileuland,  the  great  mineral  dealer  of  London,  who  sent  out  boxes 
of  specimens  to  Mr.  Alger  to  select  what  he  wanted,  and  to  sell  here 
or  return  to  him  the  rest.  Thus  he  went  on,  always  adding  valuable 
specimens  of  minerals  to  his  cabinet.  In  New  York  he  met  a  young 
man  who  had  a  guard-chain  made  up  of  fine  crystals  of  gold,  every 
one  of  them  far  better  than  could  be  found  in  the  cabinets  of  Europe. 
He  at  once  bought  the  chain  at  a  high  price,  had  the  crystals  care- 
fully removed  and  added  them  to  his  cabinet.  He  also  employed  a 
friend  to  search  all  the  gold  sold  in  San  Francisco  for  crystals  and  to 
purchase  them  for  him. 

Thus  he  formed  that  valuable  cabinet,  which  remains  as  a  monu- 
ment of  his  labors  and  a  rich  inheritance  to  his  children.  Had  he 
lived  I  doubt  not  he  would  have  ultimately  given  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  his  collection  to  this  Society  —  enough  at  least  to  fill  up  the 
gaps  in  our  series  of  minerals,  for  he  had  an  abundance  of  duplicate 
specimens,  many  of  which  Avere  very  fine  and  would  have  proved  val- 
uable to  our  collection. 

In  1849,  Mr.  Alger  received  the  honorary  degree  of  A.  M.  from 
Harvard  University. 

Of  i\Ir.  Alger's  personal  character  we  know  that  he  was  a  kind- 
liearted  man,  a  firm  friend  and  a  worthy  Christian.  He  was  always 
disposed  to  apologize  for  the  shortcomings  and  faults  of  others,  and  he 
never  spoke  a  hard  word  except  of  those  whom  he  consiclered  irre- 
claimably  vicious,  and  such  men  he  loathed,  and  did  not  like  even  to 
name.  Francis  Alger's  career  in  this  world  is  now  ended.  He  died 
in  the  field  of  his  public  duty.  He  was  engaged  in  the  city  of  Wash- 
ington in  j)erfecting  shrapnel  to  be  employed  in  restoring  the  union 
of  our  divided  States.  Exposure  to  cold  and  wet  weather,  Avith  fa- 
tigue and  neglect  of  proper  personal  care  of  himself,  brought  on  a 
sudden  attack  of  congestion  of  the  lungs,  Avhich  terminated  in  typhoid 
pneumonia,  of  Avhich  he  died  in  Washington  on  the  27th  of  Novem- 
ber, 18G3,  in  the  OGth  year  of  his  age. 


0  [Jackson. 

His  son  and  a  brother  hastened  to  Washington  to  render  him  all 
the  service  in  their  power.  Physicians  of  our  military  hospitals  ])rof- 
fered  their  kind  aid,  but  all  was  unavailing,  and  he  sunk  beneath  his 
disease,  having  but  a  few  lucid  moments  and  not  being  fully  aware 
that  he  was  on  his  death  bed. 

Mr.  Alger's  scientific  publications  are  the  following : 

1.  Notes  on  the  Minerals  of  Nova  Scotia,  Amer.  Journ.  Science 
and  Arts,  Vol.  XII.,  p.  227,  published  in  1827.  Also,  a  List  of  the 
Minerals  brought  from  Annapolis  Basin,  published  in  Bost.  Journ.  Phi- 
losophy and  Arts,  and  reprinted  in  Vol.  XII.,  p.  176  of  the  Amer. 
Journ.  Science  and  Arts. 

2.  Joint  Report  on  the  Mineralogy  of  Nova  Scotia,  by  Jackson  and 
Alger.  Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Arts,  Vol.  XIV.,  p.  305,  Vol.  XV., 
pp.  132  and  201,  from  1827  to  1829. 

3.  Alger's  Phillips'  Mineralogy,  large  duodecimo,  pp.  662,  published 
by  Ticknor  &  Fields,  Boston,  18  44. 

4.  Zinc  Mines  of  Franklin,  N.  J.  Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Arts, 
Vol.  XL^^n.,  p.  252. 

5.  Formula  of  Masonite.  Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Arts,  Vol. 
XL VIII. ,  p.  218.     1845. 

6.  Notice  of  Minerals.  Amer.  Journ.  of  Science  and  Arts,  New 
Series,  Vol  L,  pp.  121,  122.     184G. 

7.  Quartz  containing  Rutile.  Proc.  Amer.  Association  for  Adv. 
Science,  and  Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Arts,  Ser.  ii.,  Vol.  X.,  p.  12, 
1850. 

8.  Description  and  Figures  of  Crystals  of  California  Gold.  Amer. 
Journ.  Science  and  Arts,  Ser.  ii.,  Vol.  X.,  p.  101. 

9.  Beaumontite  and  Lincolnite  identical  with  Heulandite.  Pro- 
ceedings Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Oct.  4,  1844;  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist., 
Vol.  IV.,  p.  422  ;  also  in  Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Arts,  Vol.  XIV., 
p.  233,  with  figures. 

10.  Description  of  Minerals  from  New  Holland.  Bost.  »Tourn.  Nat. 
Hist.,  Vol.  III.,  p.  305 ;  Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Arts,  Vol. 
XXXIX.,  p.  1 5  7.     With  figures. 

11.  Notice  of  New  Localities  of  Minerals.  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist, 
Vol.  v.,  p.  297  ;  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  II.,  p.  87. 

1 2.  Algerite,  and  a  New  Mineral  from  Cherokee  Co.,  Georgia.  Bost. 
Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  VL,  pp.  118,  123. 

13.  Description  of  Transparent  Crystals  of  Red  Oxide  of  Zinc  from 
Franklin  Mines,  N.  J.    Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  VIII.,  p.  145. 

In  1844,  Mr.  Alger  published  his  edition  of  Phillips'  Mineralogy,  a 
book  on  Avhich  he  had  labored  for  years,  and  which-  he  more  than 
doubled  by  additions  collected   from  every  possible  source.     It  was 


Brigham.]  D 

modestly  entitled  "  Alger's  Phillips'  Mineralogy."  This  book  was  in- 
tended for  schools  and  for  beginners  in  the  science  of  Mneralogy,  but 
its  merits  were  such  as  to  secure  it  a  place  in  the  libraries  of  expert 
mineralogists,  and  the  edition  was  soon  sold.  It  was  the  intention  of 
;Mr.  Alger  to  have  published  another  edition  of  his  book  greatly  en- 
larged and  improved  by  the  addition  of  new  matter,  and  especially 
the  in  edited  descriptions  of  species  sent  to  him  by  the  heirs  of  the 
late  William  Phillips. 

Several  manuscript  volumes  of  such  arranged  matter  remain  among 
Mr.  Alger's  papere.  In  these  volumes  he  had  collected  the  informa- 
tion which  had  been  obtained  from  time  to  time  since  the  publication 
of  his  first  edition,  this  work  being  done  in  the  night  time,  after  the 
close  of  his  active  business  engagements. 

In  conclusion  Dr.  Jackson  offered  the  following  Resolutions,  which 
were  passed : 

Resolved,  That  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History  has  learned, 
with  profound  sorrow,  the  death  of  their  late  associate  and  friend, 
Francis  Alger,  one  of  the  founders  of  this  Society  and  for  years  an 
efficient  Curator  in  the  department  of  Mneralogy. 

Resolved,  That  this  Society  recognized  in  Mr.  Alger  a  true  lover  of 
Science,  and  an  active  and  earnest  collaborator,  animated  with  a 
kindly  spirit  calculated  to  win  the  friendship  of  all  who  knew  him, 
and  to  excite  an  interest  in  the  branches  of  science  to  which  he  was 
devoted. 

Resolved,  That  a  copy  of  these  resolutions  be  presented  to  his  be- 
reaved family,  with  expressions  of  condolence  with  them  in  their 
irreparable  loss. 

Mr.  W.  T.  Brigham  read  the  following  communication : 

On  the  adaptation  ©f  Wardian   Cases   to   Scientific  Ob- 
servation. 

Partly  at  the  suggestion  of  our  Curator  of  Botany,  and  partly  by 
the  desire  to  remove  from  the  sphere  of  a  parlor  ornament,  however 
beautiful,  an  instrument  of  great  convenience  to  the  botanist,  the  fol- 
lowing suggestions  are  offered. 

Every  one  who  is  known  to  be  interested  in  such  matters,  has 
doubtless  been  questioned  again  and  again  by  persons  whose  love  for 
floral  beauties  has  survived  the  stifling  effects  of  coal  gas  and  furnace 
heat,  as  to  the  best  manner  of  constructing,  of  stocking  and  maintain- 
ing the  little  glazed  case  which  should  preserve  flowers  from  these  two 
very  dangerous  enemies.  The  references  to  English  books  on  the  sub- 
ject are  generally  useless,  both  from  the  fact  that  the  authors  are  pro- 


<  [Brigbam. 

fessional  horticulturists  very  frequently  (an  objection  from  the  appar- 
ent want  of  sympathy  with  those  who  do  not  possess  the  reserve 
forces  of  a  large  conservatory),  and  also  because  the  hsts  of  plants 
offered  are  not  to  be  easily  obtained  in  this  country.  Even  a  work 
which  has  lately  been  published  in  this  city  on  parlor  and  garden 
flowei-s,  contains  very  meagre  information  of  any  use  to  the  amateur. 

It  is  this  interest  which  is  now  felt  in  these  beautiful  miniature  con- 
servatories, which  leads  me  to  hope  that  climatic  and  physiological 
experiments  may  be  made  of  use  to  botanists.  It  may  seem  that  a 
large  hothouse  would  serve  every  purpose,  but  it  is  not  so.  Every 
gardener  knows  that  the  Lycopodium  ccesium  will  not  attain  its  deep- 
est blue  color  in  more  than  one  out  of  ten  hothouses,  while,  in  the  par- 
lor, exposed  beneath  the  small  glass  of  a  fernery,  it  becomes  deeply 
casrulean.  Plants  which  with  difficulty  propagate  by  cuttings  in  the 
greenhouse,  can  be  struck  in  any  properly  constructed  Wardian  Case. 
I  have  myself  no  hothouse,  and  live  in  a  house  where  the  furnace  heat 
and  gas  are  fatal  to  the  blossoms  of  even  so  hardy  a  house  plant  as  the 
common  Abutilon,  yet  I  can  grow  the  most  delicate  ferns,  flower 
Camellias,  strike  cuttings  of  all  bedding  plants  which  can  be  grown 
in  that  way,  and  be  comparatively  free  from  the  damping  off  so  com- 
mon on  the  best  cutting  bench. 

The  facilities  for  regulating  the  heat  and  the  moisture,  nay,  even  the 
kind  of  air  our  plants  shall  breathe,  are  very  great.  A  AVardian  Case 
may  be  filled  with  carbonic  acid  gas  if  we  wish  to  try  its  effects  on  dif- 
ferent ferns  or  even  other  plants,  and  the  plants  wholly  unchanged  in 
their  relations  to  heat  and  moisture  and  light,  a  thing  impossible  in  the 
clumsily  contrived  chemical  exjDeriments  of  other  days.  In  this  very 
room  might  we  have  cases  with  climates  variable  at  will  to  an  extent 
only  Hmited  by  the  duration  of  our  sunlight. 

Although  at  present  warmer  temperatures  are  produced,  yet,  by  a 
modification  of  the  case  which  I  will  describe,  arctic  or  sub-arctic  re- 
gions may  be  formed  for  the  growth  and  inspection  of  alpine  vegeta- 
tion. I  wish  I  could  offer  more  than  mere  suggestions ;  my  own  ex- 
periments hardly  extend  the  ground  of  our  knowledge  at  all,  and  can 
only  be  considered  in  confirmation  perhaps  of  older  observations. 

The  Wardian  Case  in  its  original  form  was  almost  air-tight,  a  con- 
struction which  can  only  be  endured  for  a  time  by  ferns  and  the  lower 
forms  of  cryptogamic  vegetation.  Next  after  the  necessary  ventila- 
tion came  the  decided  improvement  of  artificial  heat,  used  in  the  so- 
called  Waltonian  Case.  And  beyond  this  no  improvement  has  been 
made,  save  in  the  more  beautiful  form  of  the  little  glass  palaces. 

The  essential  qualities  of  a  good  Wardian  Case  are  these :  permea- 
bility to  light,  ventilation  and  drainage.  Size  and  shape  must  depend 
on  the  class  of  experiments  to  be  tried.     An  aquarium  makes  a  very 


Brigham.]  O 

pood  one,  if  a  hole  be  ])ore(l  through  the  bottom  for  drainage  and  a 
glazed  cover  be  fitted  to  the  top. 

For  niany  of  the  llepatica3,  mosses  and  low  forms  of  vegetable  hfe, 
Florence  oil  flasks  will  do  very  well,  but  from  the  narrowness  of  the 
nock  are  inconvenient;  and  I  have  found  the  glass  preserve  jars  now 
manufactured,  with  large  ground  glass  stoppers  in  which  is  a  small 
])erforation  for  ventilation,  most  excellent  both  for  ferns  and  for  algae 
and  other  water  plants. 

The  Waltonian  Case,  as  manufactured  ii  England  (it  is  not  on  sale 
in  this  country,  I  believe),  is  simply  a  Wardian  Case  heated  by  the 
flame  of  a  lamp  applied  to  the  bottom  of  a  large  flat  tin  boiler,  con- 
taining perhaps  two  quarts  of  water.  The  inconveniences  of  a  lamp 
are,  however,  considerable,  and  must  render  gas  a  more  desirable  heat- 
ins  airent  where  it  can  be  obtained. 

A  still  more  economical  way,  where  high  and  constant  temperatures 
are  not  required,  is  to  place  at  the  bottom  of  the  case  a  flat  zinc  box, 
water-tight,  with  an  aperture  to  fill  it  with  boiling  water  and  to 
empty  it  when  cold.  For  a  general  plant  case  this  will  answer  every 
purpose,  especially  if  the  hot  water  box  be  placed  in  sand  at  one  end 
of  the  case,  to  encourage  a  circulation  of  the  enclosed  air.  The  tem- 
perature may  be  kept  at  about  70°  by  two  changes  of  the  water  each 
day. 

I  have  constructed  a  case  with  this  heating  apparatus,  and  find  the 
temperature  under  perfect  control;  indeed,  by  warming  one  part 
more  than  the  other,  I  have  had  at  one  time  the  Paliurus  aculeatvs  or 
Christ's  Thorn  from  the  shores  of  the  Dead  Sea,  the  Stone  Pine  from 
Italy,  Thunbergias  from  India,  with  Abutilons,  Fuchsias,  Epigfeas,  all 
doing  well  and  making  good  growth. 

Wallonian  Case.  I  have  spoken  of  the  inconvenience  of  lamps  as 
a  source  of  heat,  and  should  describe  a  substitute.  In  a  case  thirty 
inches  long  by  fifteen  wide,  and  twenty-two  high,  the  usual  propor- 
tions, a  tin  boiler  may  be  placed,  twenty-four  inches  long,  eight  inches 
wide  and  three  inches  deep,  provided  with  an  opening  in  the  top  for 
the  supply  of  water  and  the  escape  of  steam,  also  a  plug  or  stop-cock 
at  the  side  to  draw  off  the  water.  Through  this  boiler,  near  one  of 
the  long  sides,  should  run  a  copper  pipe  one  and  one-half  inch  in 
diameter,  and  extending  beyond  the  walls  of  the  case  at  either  end. 
This  tube  should  be  placed  near  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  and  at  a 
sliglit  inclination,  to  secure  a  current  of  air.  AVithin  this  tube  is 
placed  a  quarter  inch  gas  pipe  resting  on  the  bottom,  and  perforated 
on  the  upper  side  with  a  row  of  minute  holes  for  jets.  This  gas- 
burner  should  be  but  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  copper  tube.  Sand 
must  be  placed  around  and  above  the  boiler  to  preserve  and  render 
equable  the  supply  of  heat.     Ventilators  are  necessary,  both  on  or 


y  [Brigham. 

below  the  level  of  the  plants  and  at  the  top  of  the  case.  With  this 
source  of  heat  and  a  frequent  change  of  air,  almost  any  orchids  or 
stove  plants  may  be  grown  successfully. 

Arctic  Case.  To  grow  the  plants  of  cold  climates,  I  would  suggest 
the  following  modification,  which  I  believe  to  be  new.  The  case  may 
be  constructed  in  various  ornamental  forms,  but  the  essential  points 
are  these :  at  the  top  and  back  of  the  case  a  box  to  hold  ice ;  valves 
between  this  and  the  interior  of  the  case  to  regulate  the  cold  draft ;  and 
a  recess  beneath  the  plan^  box  to  contain  trays  of  Chloride  of  Calcium, 
that  the  dry  cold  of  the  mountains  may  be  imitated  when  necessary. 
The  exposure  to  the  sunlight  should  be  constant,  and  as  complete  as 
possible.  Whether  by  this  means  we  can  raise  Alpine  plants,  is,  I 
confess,  not  yet  settled  by  experiment.  I  have  never  made  such  a 
case,  but  hope  some  one  may  try  it. 

With  such  instruments  as  these,  the  naturalist  can  at  once  examine 
the  growth  of  alpine  or  tropical  plants ;  he  can,  in  his  own  study, 
imitate  the  climate  of  Brazil  and  that  of  Mt.  Washington,  or,  again, 
by  excluding  moisture  for  a  season,  the  deserts  of  Africa.  Our  own 
summers  may  be  lengthened,  and  the  effect  on  our  native  plants 
observed. 

One  more  adaptation  to  the  purposes  of  scientific  observation  may 
be  suggested.  As  vivaria,  especially  for  insects  in  the  larva  state,  and 
for  many  terrestrial  and  fresh-water  molluscs,  Wardian  Cases  offer 
every  facility  for  observation.  Tropical  insects,  whose  eggs  are  not 
unfrequently  transported  to  this  country,  might  be  reared,  and  of  our 
own,  I  have  raised  the  Attacus  I.una,  the  large,  green,  swallow-tailed 
moth,  which  usually  in  the  open  air  comes  out  of  the  chrysalis  in  June, 
brought  out  the  perfect  insect  in  March,  and  kept  it  alive  for  more 
than  a  week,  a  most  beautiful  ornament.  The  slugs,  I  am  sadly  sure, 
grow  well  and  produce  young  most  prolifically.  From  one  pair  acci- 
dentally introduced  in  some  moss,  I  captured  and  killed  some  hun- 
dreds, in  various  stages  of  development,  from  the  almost  invisible 
hair-like  worm  just  born,  to  those  of  maturer  growth. 

Of  our  native  plants,  some  of  those  which  are  best  adapted  for 
growth  in  the  common  plant  cases,  are :  — 

Sarracenia  purpurea^ —  which  should  be  set  in  a  vessel  of  water. 
Ejngcca  repens.     Requires  shade,  and  grows  better  when  almof;t  cov- 
ered with  dead  pine  leaves. 
Monotropa  uniJJora. 
Aphijllon  unijiorum. 
Goodyera  I'cpens,  and  j^vbescens. 
Areihusa  bulbosa,  —  whose    delicate    stems  sometimes    support    three 

flowers. 
Calopogon  pulchellum. 


Brigham.]  10 

Corallorhiza  multijiora. 

Utricularta  purpurea,  and  gibba.     Floats  in  water. 

Of  Ferns :  — 
Pohjpodium  vulgare. 
Adiantum  pedatum. 

Osmunda  spectabilis  and  cinnamomea.    Both  much  dwarfed. 
Aspidium  acrostichoides. 
Onoclea  sensibilis. 
Lijgodium  scandens. 

The  native  Lycopodia,  mosses,  &c.,  generally  do  well.  The  Mar- 
cTiantia  polymorpha,  with  its  curious  umbrellas  and  baskets  of  eggs,  I 
found  some  two  or  three  years  ago  in  pots  in  the  Public  Garden 
Conservatory,  where  the  gardener  gravely  informed  me  that  it  was 
spontaneously  produced  from  Cochituate  water,  and  if  the  plants  were 
watered  from  the  rain-water  cistern  they  would  disappear.  I  after- 
wards found  the  species  on  the  banks  of  an  ice-cold  brook  in  the  Dix- 
ville  Notch;  in  such  extremes  of  temperature  will  the  lower  vegetables 
thrive. 

Of  common  Greenhouse  plants :  — 
Primula  veris. 
Veronica  Lindleyana. 
Justicia  purpurea. 
Abutilon  venustrum. 
Fuchsias,  Azahas,  Camellias  in  variety. 

For  a  Case  with  artificial  heat :  — 
Gloxinea. 
AcJiimenes. 
Caladium  argyribes, 
"         Chantinii 
Gesneria  zebrina. 
Maranta  zebrina. 
Croton^  of  various  species. 
CoUyria. 

Of  Ferns:  — 
Pteris  argyrea. 

"       tricolor. 

"      hastata. 
Adiantum  cuneatum. 
"        formosum. 
"         venustrum. 
Asplenium  trichomanes. 
Lycopodium  Wildnovii. 
"  c  cesium. 

"  frondosum. 


11  [Atwood. 

Lycopodium  apoda- 

Blechnum  gracile. 

Gymnogramma  chrysophylla  —  the  golden  fern,  which  does  not  grow 

as  well  in  close  cases  as 
Gymnogramma  Peruviana  —  the  silver  fern. 

Complete  lists  would,  I  think,  nearly  exhaust  the  flora,  or  at  least 
the  plants  less  than  three  feet  high ;  as  it  is,  I  have  mentioned  only 
those  interesting  and  beautiful  ones  which  I  have  grown  myself,  or  seen 
in  other  cases,  and  offer  them  to  those  who  desire  to  combine  beauty 
with  scientific  use. 

Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood  addressed  the  meeting  upon  the  habits 
and  geographical  distribution  of  the  common  Lobster,  in  the 
following  words : — 

The  Lobster  is  found  along  our  coast  in  great  abundance  from  the 
southern  point  of  Cape  Cod  to  the  gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  They  are 
caught  by  the  fishermen  in  vast  numbers  along  the  coasts  of  Maine 
and  Massachusetts,  and  find  a  ready  sale  in  Boston  and  New  York 
markets ;  from  Plymouth  northward  and  eastward  they  are  caught  in 
deep  water  in  the  months  of  February  and  March,  but  not  in  large 
quantities ;  as  the  season  advances  they  come  near  the  shore  and  re- 
main through  the  spring,  summer  and  autumn,  and  are  very  plentiful ; 
along  this  range  of  coast  three-quarters  at  least  are  males  at  all  sea- 
sons of  the  year.  At  Cape  Cod  (Provincetown)  their  habits  differ 
very  much  from  the  lobsters  on  the  north  shore ;  they  do  not  come 
there  until  June  and  remain  until  October,  when  they  disappear  and 
go  to  parts  unknown.  One  very  singular  fact  I  have  noticed  is,  that 
the  lobsters  which  visit  Cape  Cod  are  nearly  all  females ;  they  appear 
to  come  near  the  shore  for  the  purpose  of  depositing  their  young,  afler 
which  they  pass  away  and  others  in  turn  take  their  places,  as  is  indi- 
cated by  the  change  that  is  constantly  taking  place,  for  when  the  fish- 
ermen are  catching  great  quantities  of  large,  good  hard-shell  lobsters 
and  they  are  unusually  abundant,  perhaps  the  next  day  there  will  be 
a  new  kind,  smaller  and  not  of  so  good  quahty,  the  former  ones  hav- 
ing passed  away  and  others  come  to  take  their  places. 

In  Boston  the  number  of  lobsters  sold  annually  cannot  be  much 
short  of  a  million.  The  male  lobster  is  preferred  and  Is  the  most 
salable,  as  this  city  has  always  been  supplied  from  the  northern  shore 
of  Massachusetts  and  coast  of  Maine,  where  the  males  are  most  plcn- 
tlfiil.  It  Is  a  great  advantage  to  the  fishermen  that  the  people  prefer 
males ;  In  New  York  It  Is  very  different  in  this  particular,  that  city 
being  supplied  from  Cape  Cod  after  June,  and  the  female  lobster  thus 
considered  much  the  best.     I  have  sold  many  lobsters  In  New  York, 


Bouve.]  12 

and  iiKilos  sell  at  only  about  half  price  ;  the  male  is  much  poorer  than 
the  Ibmale  in  meat. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  rose  to  speak  of  the  financial  condition  of 
the  Society  and  its  enlarged  needs  in  the  new  building,  and 
showed  that  the  capital  which  had  hitherto  barely  supported 
the  Society,  would  now  manifestly  be  wholly  insufficient  for 
its  maintenance.  In  this  connection  he  read  a  letter  recently 
received  from  Dr.  William  J.  "Walker,  to  whom  the  Society 
is  already  so  largely  indebted,  wherein  he  promised  to  give 
to  the  Society  another  $20,000,  on  condition  that  they  would 
raise  a  like  sum,  the  whole  to  be  funded  and  used  by  the 
Society  as  a  working  capital.  Mr.  Bouve  urged  very  earn- 
estly that  every  member  of  the  Society  should  give  his  di- 
rect personal  effort  toward  the  raising  of  the  sum  sufficient 
to  secure  so  generous  a  donation. 

After  remarks  by  Kev.  Mr.  Waterston,  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson 
and  the  President,  it  was  moved  by  Rev.  Mr.  Waterston 
that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  consider  and  suggest  the 
best  method  of  raising  the  proposed  fund. 

Mr.  Bouve  remarked  that  a  committee  consisting  of  Prof. 
Wm.  B.  Rogers,  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  and  himself  had  already 
been  appointed  by  the  Council  for  a  similar  purpose,  to  re- 
port at  this  meeting  of  the  Society,  but  that  they  had  been 
unable  as  yet  to  effect  anything ;  he  hoped  that  any  commit- 
tee appointed  would  call  a  special  meeting  to  hear  their  re- 
port. 

Rev.  Mr.  Waterston  amended  his  motion  by  moving  that 
the  Council  committee,  with  an  addition  of  three  members  of 
the  Society,  should  be  appointed  as  a  committee  for  the  pur- 
pose indicated,  whereupon  the  motion,  being  seconded,  was 
passed,  and  the  names  of  Messrs.  Waterston,  R.  C.  Greenleaf 
and  M.  D.  Ross  were  proposed  and  accepted. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  moved  that  the  President  be  added, 
which  motion  was  passed ;  and  subsequently,  on  motion  of 
Mr.  Bouve,  Drs.  A.  A.  Gould  and  J.  C.  White  were  added ; 
so  that  the  committee  as  amended  consisted  of  nine,  as  fol- 
lows :  —  Messrs.  Bouve,  Rogers,  Jackson,  Waterston,  Green- 
leaf,  Ross,  Wyman,  Gould  and  White. 

Mr.  Bouve  announced  that  at  the  next  meeting  he  should 


13  [Stodder. 

propose  a  change  in  Section  III.,  Article  2,  of  the  By-Lawj: 
in  the  substitution  of  the  words  "  one  hundred  "  for  "  fifty." 

Mr.  Charles  Stodder  exliibited  under  the  microscope  speci- 
mens of  the  deep  sea  soundings  referred  to  him  at  the  meet- 
ing of  September  16th,  1863. 

He  stated  that  the  mud  was  brought  up  by  the  Brooks  sounding 
apparatus  from  a  depth  of  2280  fathoms,  by  Capt.  Jose  Polo  de  Ber- 
nalee,  of  the  Spanish  corvette  Villa  de  Bllboa,  April  28th,  1857,  Lat. 
0°,  21',  0"  K,  Long.  23°,  28',  52"  W.  (Greenwich).  The  dry  mud  is 
of  an  ash  brown  color,  of  slight  firmness,as  it  readily  crumbles  to  pow- 
der in  the  fingers.  Treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  it  dissolves  en- 
tirely with  the  exception  of  a  very  fcAv  fragments  of  the  siliceous 
shells  of  Polycystinae,  and  equally  few  diatoms — Coscinodiscus  jJro- 
fundus,  Ehr.  It  is  an  almost  pure  organic  deposit,  consisting,  with  the 
exceptions  mentioned,  of  calcareous  shells  of  Foraminifera,  perfect, 
with  fragments  and  amorphous  powder  of  the  same.  An  attempt  to 
determine  the  genera  and  species  of  the  forms  found  was  unsatisfac- 
tory, not  having  time  or  disposition  to  make  a  thorough  study  of  them. 
The  largest  forms  which  may  be  readily  picked  out  with  a  hand  lens, 
are,  or  approximate  to,  Rosalina  and  Rotalia.  The  smaller  forms  either 
are,  or  resemble  Glohlgerina.  The  largest  forms  constitute  about 
twenty-five  per  centum  of  the  bulk,  the  powder  about  the  same,  the 
balance  being  the  smaller  perfect  forms. 

This  material  is  identical,  in  chemical  constitution,  with  the  chalk 
of  England,  and  nearly  so  in  organic  contents.  Under  pressure,  to- 
gether with  the  lapse  of  time,  it  will  undoubtedly  have  the  same 
physical  character.  Thus  it  is  a  reasonable  inference  that  we  have  in 
our  time,  in  the  profound  depths  of  the  ocean,  a  chalk  deposit  in  the 
process  of  formation,  and  also  we  may  infer  that  the  chalk  formation 
of  England  and  France  was  deposited  under  similar  conditions. 

Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder  exhibited  a  book  of  bound  pamphlets 
from  the  library  of  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  which  showed  the 
ravages  of  a  small  coleopterous  insect ;  the  volume  was  one 
of  a  long  series,  some  two  hundred  in  number,  of  similar  vol- 
umes, which  had  always  been  kept  together ;  about  a  dozen 
volumes  which,  from  their  similaiity,  were  undoubtedly  bound 
at  the  same  time  in  sheep  treated  with  potash,  so  as  to 
have  the  efi*ect  which  "tree-marbling"  gives  to  calf,  were 
the  only  ones  which  bore  any  traces  whatsoever  of  the  de- 
struction caused  by  the  beetle  ;  the  only  injury  was  to  the 
leather  binding,  the  paper  being  attacked  only  so  far  as  it 


Scudder.]  14 

seemed  to  be  in  the  way  of  the  insect ;  both  the  sides  and 
the  back  were  undennined  in  every  direction,  evidently  by  a 
scolytideous  larva,  and  the  back  frequently  riddled  with  the 
holes  whence  the  perfect  insect  had  made  its  escape ;  the 
injury  done  was  not  of  recent  date,  and  no  traces  of  the  in- 
sect living  in  any  stage  were  discernible.  By  the  character 
of  its  bm-rows  and  its  mode  of  attack  the  insect  would  aj^pear 
to  be  very  closely  allied  to  the  Tomicus  eruditus  described  by 
Westwood  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society 
of  London,  Vol.  I.,  p.  34. 

T.  J.  Whittemore,  Esq.,  of  !N"ew  York,  was  elected  a  Cor- 
responding Member,  and  the  following  gentlemen  Resident 
Members  :  —  Dr.  George  J.  Arnold  of  Roxbury,  Messrs.  Fred- 
eric Ware,  George  P.  Huntington  and  Constant  P.  Davis  of 
Cambridge,  and  Messrs.  Henry  Endicott  and  James  B.  Fran- 
cis of  Boston. 


January  20,  1864 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Present,  sixty  members. 

Mr.  Alex.  Agassiz  made  a  few  remarks  on  the  habits  of  a 
species  of  Pteropod  {Sjnrialis  Flemingii?)  which  had  oc- 
cuiTcd  in  great  abundance  at  Nahant  during  the  summer  of 
1863.*  His  observations  of  the  habits  of  these  animals  agree 
with  those  of  Rang  and  Souleyet. 

They  come  to  the  surface  of  the  water  about  an  hour  after  dusk ; 
they  do  not  remain  long,  and  after  ten  o'clock  at  night  were  rarely 
met  with.  He  succeeded  only  once  in  finding  a  few  isolated  speci- 
mens during  the  heat  of  the  day  ;  while  at  full  tide,  soon  after  dark, 
they  were  very  often  found  in  abundance.  These  animals  are  very 
easily  kept  in  captivity,  and  their  habits,  which  can  then  be  care- 
fully watched,  may  explain  in  a  very  satisfactory  manner  their 
sudden  appearance  and  disappearance.  As  was  already  previously 
known,  these  animals  can  creep  about  by  means  of  their  wing-like  ap- 
pendages.   When  kept  m  captivity,  it  was  noticed  that  they  but  rarely 

♦The  shell  of  this  rteropod  resembles  more  S.  Fleminjrii  than  the  Spinalis 
Gouldii  of  Stimpson.  Tliis  is  the  lirst  time  that  a  living  rteropod  of  this  family 
has  been  observed  on  this  coast. 


15  [Agassiz. 

left  the  bottom  during  the  day,  merely  rising  a  few  inches  and  then 
falling  down  again  to  the  bottom  of  the  jar.  After  dark,  however, 
they  could  all  be  seen  in  great  activity,  moving  near  the  surface  of 
the  water  as  fast  as  their  appendages  enabled  them.  During  the  day 
they  often  remain  suspended  for  hours  in  the  water  simply  by  spread- 
ino-  their  wing-like  appendages,  and  then  suddenly  drop  to  the  bot- 
tom on  folding  them.  This  habit  of  remaining  at  or  near  the  bottom, 
which  they  have  in  common  with  so  many  of  our  marine  animals, 
explains  undoubtedly  their  sudden  appearance  and  disappearance,  as 
they  probably  only  come  to  the  surface  in  search  of  food  at  certain 
hours.  When  the  animal  is  in  motion,  beating  ihe  water  like  a  but- 
terfly to  propel  itself  forwards  or  upwards,  the  shell  is  carried  at  right 
angles,  hanging  somewhat  obliquely  to  the  direction  of  the  movement. 
To  counterbalance  this  weight,  an  exceedingly  long  and  powerful 
siphon  extends  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  animal,  which  is  used  as  a 
kind  of  balance  wheel ;  the  shell,  while  the  animal  is  in  motion,  assum- 
ing a  totally  different  position  when  it  is  not  thus  counterbalanced. 
Mr.  Agassiz  exhibited  at  the  same  time  drawings  of  the  animal  in 
different  attitudes. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  exhibited  a  skeleton  of  the  Hottentot 
mounted  upon  an  improved  plan,  which  exhibited  all  the 
bones  occupying  their  relative  position,  while  the  skeleton  is 
disjointed,  each  bone  being  fastened  to  a  board  by  a  hook, 
thus  allowing  any  bone  at  pleasure  to  be  taken  off  and  ex- 
amined ;  the  hands  and  feet  only  have  their  parts  connected. 

The  President  added  a  few  remarks  in  further  explanation 
of  what  he  said  at  a  previous  meeting  upon  the  elevation  of 
the  orbit  in  the  Hottentot,  and  its  encroachment  upon  the 
cerebral  cavity. 

In  reply  to  a  question  by  Dr.  Wyman,  Dr.  Pickering  said 
that  he  had  seen  but  live  or  six  living  Hottentots,  and  that 
he  had  seen  this  individual  while  living ;  he  considered  him 
the  least  characteristic  Hottentot  he  had  known  in  his  lack  ot 
departure  from  other  tyi^es. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve,  in  behalf  of  the  Committee  appointed  to 
consider  and  suggest  the  best  mode  of  operation  to  raise  the 
120,000  needed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Dr.  Walker's 
donations,  reported  the  names  of  the  following  persons  as  a 
Committee  of  Subscription  :  —  Prof.  Jeffries  Wyman,  Dr.  A. 
A.  Gould,  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson,  Prof.  W.  B.  Rogci-s,  Rev.  R.  C. 
Waterston,  Dr.  Samuel  Cabot,  F.  W.  Lincoln,  Dr.  Henry 


Cooke.]  10 

Bryant,  Dr.  Charles  E.  Ware,  Dr.  D.  Humphreys  Storer,  Geo. 
B.  Emerson,  T.  T.  Bouve,  Dr.  S.  L.  Abbot,  M.D.  Ross,  R.  C. 
Greenleaf,  J.  D.  Philbrick,  Ed.  Pickering,  N.  L.  Hooper,  Lem- 
uel Shaw,  C.  J.  Sprague,  Chas.  C.  Sheafe,  J.  D.  Kidder,  Thos. 
Gaffield,  M.  S.  Scudder,  Dr.  J.  C.  White. 

He  also  read  a  circular  which  had  been  prepared  by  the 
Committee.     The  report  was  accepted  and  adojDted. 

The  change  in  the  By-Laws,  altering  the  condition  of  Life- 
Membership  from  the  payment  of  |50  to  |100,  coming  up  as 
special  business  on  motion  of  Mr.  Bouve,  after  considerable 
discussion,  it  was  voted  that  Article  3,  Section  IL,  of  the  By- 
Laws  be  amended  by  the  substitution  of  the  words  "one 
hundred  "for  "fifty." 

Mr.  Bouye,  for  the  Committee  appointed  at  the  meeting  of 
April  15th,  to  take  into  consideration  what  changes  in  the 
Constitution  and  By-Laws  would  be  advantageous  to  suit  the 
necessities  of  the  Society  on  its  removal  into  its  new  build- 
ing,, asked  that  that  Committee  be  relieved  of  duty  and  a 
new  Committee  ai^pointed ;  this  request  was  granted,  and 
Drs.  A.  A.  Gould  and  J.  C.  White  and  Mr,  S.  H.  Scudder 
wjere  nominated  in  their  places.  Dr.  White  and  Mr.  Scudder 
declining,  the  names  of  Messrs.  C.  J.  Sprague  and  C.  Stodder 
were  substituted,  and  the  Committee  as  thus  formed  was 
elected. 

The  following  ])ersons  were  elected  Resident  Membei-s :  — 
Messrs.  Henry  W.  Wilson,  S.  T.  Snow  and  Joshua  P.  Con- 
verse. 


February  3,  1864. 
Vice  President  Charles  T.  Jiickson,  M.  D.,  in  the  chair. 

Preheat,  forty-seven  members. 

Prof  J.  P.  Cooke  exhibited  specimens  of  crj^stallized  sil- 
ver from  Lake  Superior  and  of  Childrenite  from  Hebron,  Me., 
and  gave  some  account  of  the  acid  tartrates  of  Caesium  and 
Rubidium,  exhibiting  crystals. 


\ 

1 7  [Barnard. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  presented,  in  the  name  of  Mr.  John  R. 
Robbins,  of  Lawrence,  a  specimen  of  rock  salt  from  the  Petit 
Anse  salt  mines  of  Louisiana,  and  read  an  account  of  the  dis- 
covery and  character  of  these  mines. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White,  in  behalf  of  Dr.  Ilemy  Bryant,  announced 
the  donation  of  three  hundred  and  forty-six  specimens  of  two 
hundred  and  ninety-six  species  of  mounted  birds  from  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  collected  on  various  government  ex- 
peditions ;  also  a  donation  from  Dr.  Bryant  of  three  hundred 
specimens  of  mounted  foreign  birds  from  his  own  collection. 

The  Subscription  Committee  announced  subscriptions  to 
the  working  fund  to  the  amount  of  $4425. 

The  Secretary  announced  that  he  should  be  absent  during 
the  remaining  meetings  of  the  official  year  and  requested 
that  a  Secretary  pro  tempore  be  chosen.  Dr.  J.  C.  White 
was  unanimously  elected. 


February  17,  1864. 
T.  T.  Bouve,  Esq.,  in  the  chair. 

Present,  seventeen  members. 

The  Chairman  announced  the  donation  of  a  very  valuable 
collection  of  fossil  Echinoderms  from  James  M.  Barnard,  Esq. 
This  collection  was  made  by  Dr.  A.  Krantz  of  Bonn,  and  is 
second  only  to  that  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
in  Cambridge  in  the  country,  and  presents  good  types  of  near- 
ly every  group  in  the  class  of  Echinoderms  in  which  the 
American  Museums  are  deficient,  embracing  specimens  from 
all  the  formations  from  the  Silurian  upwards.  The  identifica- 
tions of  the  names  and  localities  are  complete.  The  donation 
included  also  a  small  collection  of  living  Echinodemis,  dry  and 
in  spirits,  named  by  Mr.  Alex.  Agassiz,  a  full  series  of  the 
casts  of  the  Echini  in  the  Museum  of  Neufchatel,  some  corals, 
Mollusca  and  fifty  volumes  of  works  on  Natural  History. 
The  Echinoderms,  fossil  and  living,  number  one  thousand  six 

PROCEEDINGS  B.  8.  N.  H.— VOL.  X.  2  OCTOBER,  1865. 


Abbot.] 


18 


liunclred  and  thirty  specimens,  representing  five  hundred  and, 
forty-six  species  and  one  hundred  and  seventy-two  genera. 

A  special  vote  of  thanks  was  passed  for  this  valuable  addi- 
tion to  the  cabinet. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  announced  the  receipt  of  the 
following  letters,  namely  :  — 

From  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  April  3d,  June  29th,  July  29th, 
and  December  13th,  1863;  the  K.  Physikalisch-CEkonomische  Gesell- 
schaft,  Konlgsber<:^,  August  10th,  18G3;  the  Konighch  Sachsische 
Gescllschaft  der  Wissenschaften,  Leipzig,  August  22d,  1863  ;  the  So- 
ciete  Roy  ale  de  Zoologie  a  Amsterdam,  August  25th,  1863  ;  the  Na- 
turhistorische  Gesellschaft  zu  Niirnberg,  September  30th,  1863;  the 
Royal  Horticultural  Society,  South  Kensington,  October  17th,  1863; 
the  Gesellschaft  fur  Befdrderung  der  gesammten  Wissenschaften,  Mar- 
burg, September  5th,  1863  ;  the  Geological  Society,  London,  Decem- 
ber 2d,  1863;  the  Librarian  of  the  University  of  Toronto,  February 
8th,  1864 ;  the  Trustees  of  the  State  Library  of  New  York,  Albany, 
February  1st,  1864,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publi- 
cations; the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Danzig,  August  8th, 
1863,  and  the  Physikalische  Medicinische  Gesellschaft  in  Wiirzburg, 
October  17th,  1863,  acknowledging  the  same,  and  presenting  their 
own  publications  ;  the  Academic  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  etc.,  de  Lyon, 
April  11th,  1863  ;  the  Societe  Imperiale  d'  Agriculture,  etc.,  de  Lyon, 
April  11th,  1863  ;  the  Societe  Royale  de  Zoologie  a  Amsterdam,  Au- 
gust 25th,  1863;  the  K.  Akademie  der  AVissenschaften,  Wien,  August 
2-5th,  1863;  the  Oberhessische  Gesellschaft  fiir  Natur-  und  Heil- 
kunde,  Giessen,  August  25th,  1863,  and  the  Francisco  Carolinum 
Museum,  Linz,  October  19th,  1863,  presenting  their  pubhcations ;  the 
Verein  der  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte,  Meklenbourg,  August  28th, 
1863,  and  the  Deutsche  geologische  Gesellschaft,  Berhn,  November 
5th,  1863,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications  and 
accepting  the  proposition  for  an  exchange  of  publications ;  and  the 
Verein  der  Aerzte  in  Stciermark,  Gratz,  proposing  an  exchange  of 
publications;  also  from  Mr.  John  Brown,  Hamilton,  Canada  West, 
January  27th,  1864,  acknowledging  his  election  as  Corresponding 
[Member. 

Dr.  L.  H.  Gulick  and  Mr.  J.  T.  Gulick  of  Honolulu,  Sand- 
wich Islands,  were  elected  corresponding  members. 

Messrs.  N.  J.  Bradlee,  Henry  G.  Denny,  Edward  A.  Brig- 
ham,  William  H.  Dale,  William  Munroe,  Otis  Norcross,  Wil- 
liam L.  Richardson,  John  Hogg,  Huntington  F.  Wolcott, 


19  '  rVerriU. 

George  Sceva  and  Amos  H.  Johnson  of  Boston,  and  Gardiner 
G.  Hubbard  and  Benjamin  M.Pierce  of  Cambridge  were  elec- 
ted Resident  Members. 


March  2,  1864. 
Mr.  C.  K.  Dillaway  in  the  chair. 

Present,  fifty-thi-ee  members. 

Mr.  Alpheus  Hyatt  exhibited  some  peculiar  fossils  from  the 
island  of  Anticosti  which  had  been  originally  described  by 
Mr.  Billings  under  the  name  of  Beatricea  nodulosa  and  JB. 
sulcata^  and  considered  by  him  to  be  of  vegetable  origin ;  they 
will  probably  form  a  new  order  of  Cephalopoda. 

Mr.  A.  E.  Verrill  exhibited  specimens  of  Pasceolus  Halli 
Billings,*  which  occur  in  the  same  formation  with  Beatricea 
at  EUis  Bay,  Anticosti. 

This  fossil  was  described  by  Mr.  Billings  as  anAscidlan,  but  some  of 
the  specimens  collected  by  the  late  expedition  from  Cambridge  showed 
that  the  exterior  was  formed  by  a  shell  of  considerable  thickness,  com- 
posed of  small  hexagonal  and  pentagonal  plates  or  prisms,  having  the 
outer  surface  marked  with  raised  radiating  lines.  Moreover  some  of 
the  specimens  had  the  lateral  openings  well  preserved,  and  surrounded 
by  six  plates  differing  in  form  from  the  rest.  Mr.  Verrill  had,  there- 
fore, considered  it  as  a  Ci/stidean.  It  also  agrees  with  other  species  of 
this  group  In  form  and  appearance. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Niles  having  recently  made  a  more  complete 
study  of  this  fossil  was  invited  by  Mr.  Yerrill  to  express  his 
opinion  upon  its  relation  to  the  other  Oi/stideans. 

Mr.  Nlles  remarked  that  he  had  so  far  studied  the  specimens  exhib- 
ited as  to  be  convinced  that  Mr.  Yerrill  was  correct  In  his  belief  that 
they  were  true  Cystldeans.  The  species  had  been  described  by  Bil- 
lings under  the  name  of  Pasceolus  Halli,  but  the  genus  had  been  pre- 
viously described  by  Elchwald  under  the  name  of  Cyclocrinites.  The 
genus  belongs  to  the  family  Sphceronitidce. 

*  Canadian  Geological  Survey.    Report  for  1853 — '56,  p.  342. 


^'iles.J 


20 


Mr.  Billino-s  had  not  been  alone  In  his  belief  that  this  family  had 
Ascidian  affinities.  M.  Koenig  considered  the  Cystidians  as  Ascidian 
Mollusca,  and  so  far  as  regards  this  family,  was  supported  by  McCoy. 
The  features  mentioned  l)y  Mr.  Verrill  entirely  preclude  the  idea  of 
these  fossils  being  the  casts  of  the  interior  of  Ascidians.  The  same 
kind  of  coverings  which  Mr.  Billings  considered  as  the  enclosing  sac, 
sometimes  incrusts  the  Brachiopoda  of  the  same  formation. 

Mr.  ^S'iles  referred  to  the  interest  these  specimens  afford  to  the  natur- 
alist, and  gave  a  brief  review  of  their  scientific  history  and  of  the 
theories  of  prominent  investigators.  He  then  proceeded  to  show  the 
cystidian  affinities  of  the  species  by  considering  the  complication  of 
structure  exhibited  in  the  group  as  a  type  in  geological  history.  He 
showed  that  all  the  features  of  the  genus  Cyclocrinites  are,  at 
the  same  time,  embryonic  and  cystidian,  and  stated  that  so  far  as 
he  knev/,  this  is  the  only  genus  of  the  family  yet  discovered  in 
America,  although  the  family  is  well  represented  in  the  Palseozoic 
strata  of  Europe. 

Dr.  B.  Joy  Jeffries  exhibited  and  explained  an  optical  ex- 
periment of  Prof.  Hermann  Meyer  of  Zurich,  showing  how 
much  our  estimation  of  the  distance  of  objects  depends  upon 
the  "  muscular  sense  "  of  the  external  and  internal  recti  mus- 
cles of  the  eyes. 

A  series  of  threads,  eight  or  ten  in  number,  are  stretched  parallel 
to  each  other  across  a  frame  about  one  fourth  of  an  inch  apart,  and  so 
arranged  that  the  second  one  is  a  little  nearer  and  the  third  still  a  lit- 
tle nearer  the  eye,  the  fourth  and  fifth  further,  the  sixth  and  seventh 
nearer  again,  and  so  on  in  a  zigzag.  When  these  are  held  before  the 
eyes  so  that  the  middle  one  is  about  upon  a  level  with  them  and  a 
foot  from  them,  all  the  threads  seem  to  be  in  one  and  the  same  plane. 
Reversing  the  position  of  the  threads  so  that  they  are  vertical,  they  at 
once  appear  in  the  several  planes  of  the  zigzag  in  which  they  truly 
are. 

The  explanation  is,  that  we  are  unable  to  determine  the  distance  of 
those  objects  which  we  cannot  bring  the  optic  axes  to  bear  upon  so 
that  they  cross  each  other  at  the  object.  This  Ave  can  do  in  regard  to 
any  point  on  a  horizontal  line,  but  the  line  as  such  we  cannot  "  fix,"  it 
will  simply  appear  nearer  and  thinner,  or  further  and  thicker,  accord- 
ing to  the  degree  of  convergence  of  the  eyes.  If  the  optic  axes  are 
parallel,  the  eyes  being  directed  straight  forward,  or  if  the  axes  have 
any  degree  of  convergence,  the  same  simple  horizontal  line  appears  be- 
fore each  eye.  Now  when  the  threads  are  vertical,  greater  effort  on  the 
part  of  the  internal  recti  is  required  to  converge  the  optic  axes  upon 


21  [Jeffries. 

the  thread  nearest  us  than  upon  the  more  distant  ones.  This  tells  us 
at  once  that  they  are  not  in  the  same  plane.  Every  day's  experience 
shows  us  that  materials  which  have  a  fine  parallel  horizontal  marking 
produce  a  certain  indistinctness  and  unsteadiness  in  looking  at«them. 
This  is  due  to  the  perception  derived  through  the  "muscular  sense" 
of  the  recti. 

In  general  terms  the  act  of  accommodation  goes  hand  in  hand  with 
increased  convergence  of  the  eyes,  and  it  might  be  objected  to  the 
above  explanation  of  Prof  Meyer,  that  the  muscular  effort  to  produce 
this  accommodation  was  what  told  us  the  relative  position  of  the 
threads.  This  might  be  readily  solved  by  paralyzing  the  accom- 
modation of  both  eyes  by  a  solution  of  Sulphate  of  Atropine  and 
placing  a  definite  convex  lens  before  each  eye. 

Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  cited  an  instance  of  apparent  want  of  perpendic- 
ularity in  an  upright  object  placed  upon  the  top  of  a  spire,  which  he 
thought  was  caused  by  the  difference  in  distance  of  the  two  eyes 
from  the  object,  while  turning  the  head  sideways  and  upwards. 

Dr.  Jeffries  thought  it  might  be  explained  by  the  failure  of  the  ob- 
lique muscles  of  the  eye  to  preserve  the  parallelism  of  the  vertical 
meridians  in  the  two  eyes  while  the  head  was  in  this  unnatural  posi- 
tion. 

Dr.  H.  W.  Williams  was  of  the  opinion  that  this  explanation  w£is 
satisfactory,  or  that  perhaps  the  effect  was  due  to  astigmatism. 

Mr.  F.  AY.  Putman  read  the  following  extract  from  a  letter 
"Written  by  Mr.  Horace  Mann,  from  a  steamer  in  the  Canibean 
Sea,  in  relation  to  the  method  of  flight  of  the  Flying-fish. 

I  have  been  watching  the  flying-fish  to-day.  They  are  very  abun- 
dant, and  though  you  may  know  all  about  them  from  persons  more 
competent  to  see  and  describe  than  I,  yet  I  venture  to  send  you  a  few 
notes  on  them  in  my  journal.  I  had  supposed  that  they  must  acquire 
some  considerable  momentum  below  the  surface  before  rising  above  it, 
and  for  that  reason  wished  to  see  if  the  motion  of  the  fish  immedi- 
ately after  leaving  the  water  was  more  accelerated  than  during  the 
later  portions  of  its  flight  (for  it  is  obviously  a  true  flight).  I  think 
that  I  have  been  able  to  discover  some  slight  differences  in  the 
rates  of  motion  immediately  after  leaving  the  water  and  later  in  their 
course ;  but  I  also  think  their  motion  is  kept  up  by  the  fins,  as  well  as 
that  the  weight  is  sustained  by  them.  They  do  not  appear  to  leave 
the  water  at  a  large  angle,  but  otherwise ;  as  near  as  I  have  been  able 
to  judge  about  5°  or  G°.  They  plainly  have  the  power  of  altering 
their  course  of  flight,  so  far  as  rising  and  falHng,  as  I  have  seen  them 
go  over  the  rising  surface  of  a  not  very  high  wave,  and  their  flight  is 


Maim.]  22 

also  almost  always  slightly  clipping.  I  have  also  thought  they  sometimes 
altered  their  course  to  the  right  or  left  without  touching  the  surface 
of  the  water,  but  it  may  have  been  owing  to  the  wind.  They  will 
often  barely  touch  the  surface  of  the  water  and  rise  again,  keeping  on 
in  the  same  or  an  altered  course.  There  went  a  school  of  a  dozen  or 
twenty  this  very  minute,  rising  and  falling  slightly,  and  entering  the 
water  and  issuing  from  it  again  and  again,  and  altering  their  course 
for  the  distance  of  seventy-five  to  one  hundred  yards.  The  motion 
of  the  fm  is  not  always  steady,  as  I  have  seen  when  they  rose  near  the 
ship  and  the  sun  struck  favorably  upon  them,  for  in  these  cases  the 
motion  was  intermittent  in  velocity,  though  kept  up  all  the  time, 
and  might  be  represented  by  a  line  more  or  less  shaded.  I  have  ob- 
served them  fly  thirty  or  forty  yards  without  touching  the  water, 
though  I  should  say  usually  they  would  not  go  more  than  half  that 
distance.  They  do  not  usually  rise  much  over  a  foot  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  w^ater,  often  much  less,  though  one  was  said  to  have  come 
on  board  the  other  day,  and  to  do  that  I  should  think  must  have  risen 
at  least  eight  or  ten  feet. 

Mr.  A.  E.  Verrill  made  a  communication  on  the  genus  Xis- 
sogorgia  which  he  had  established  upon  the  Gorgonia  can- 
cellata  Dana  {Antipathes  flabellum  Esjoer). 

This  coral  has  the  smooth  axis  and  general  appearance  of  Antipa- 
thes,  to  which  it  has  been  referred  by  most  authors ;  but  from  an  exam- 
ination of  the  external  crust  preserved  upon  some  specimens  collected 
at  Florida  by  an  expedition  from  Williams  College  a  few  years  since, 
and  now  belonging  to  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  that  Institu- 
tion, he  had  been  able  to  establish  its  affinities  to  the  Gorgonidce. 

The  principal  character  separating  the  ordei-s  Alcyonaria  and  Zo- 
antharia,  into  which  the  class  of  Polyps  Is  divided,  are  the  pinnated 
tentacles  of  Alcyonaria,  always  eight  in  number,  in  contrast  with  the 
simple  cylindrical  tentacles  of  Zoantharia  which  are  nearly  always  in 
multiples  of  six,  though  often  amounting  to  several  hundred  ;  but  in 
Antipathes,  so  far  as  yet  known,  there  are  but  six.  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray 
has,  however,  placed  this  genus  among  the  Alcyonaria,  because  in  a 
dry  specimen  he  had  observed  traces  of  eight  tentacles ;  but  as  several 
genera  of  Alcyonaria  are  creeping  and  incrusting,  and  often  cover 
dead  stalks  of  Antipathes,  Gorgonias,  etc.,  so  as  to  appear  like  the 
original  polyps,  it  is  not  improbable  that  Dr.  Gray  has  In  this  way 
been  misled.*     Another  character  in  which  the  two  orders  differ,  and 

*  Gorr/onia  irichoatemma  Dana,  Zoiiph.,  p.  6G5,  pi.  59,  fig.  3,  is  an  instance  of 
this.  I  have  a.^certaine(l  from  an  examination  of  the  original  specimen,  that  it 
consists  of  an  axis  of  an  Antipathes  incrusted  by  a  halcyonoid  polyp,  which  often 
also  extends  in  the  form  of  a  tube  beyond  the  broken  ends  of  the  branches  of  the 
axis. 


^o  [Verrill. 

wliich  has  usually  been  neglected,  consists  In  the  peculiar  combination 
of  the  structural  elements  or  spheromeres.  In  the  Alcyonarla  there 
are  eight  of  these  spherical  wedges  Avhich  are  united  immediately  to 
one  another  by  their  walls,  so  that  there  are  no  Interambulacral  cham- 
bers, and  the  radiating  lamellaj  seem  to  consist  of  a  simple  membrane, 
though  structurally  double.  In  the  Zoantharia,  on  the  contrary,  there 
are  interambulacral  spaces  between  adjacent  spheromeres,  and  within 
these  spaces  new  spheromeres  are  introduced  in  those  species  havino- 
more  than  six.  Solid  radiating  septa  within  the  spheromeres  seem  never 
to  be  formed  by  halcyonold  polyps,  though  common  among  the  Zoan- 
tharia ;  yet  at  first  sight  the  present  species  seems  to  be  an  exception, 
for  within  the  cells  clusters  of  spine-hke  splculas  seem  to  converge 
towards  the  centre,  resembhng  somewhat  the  trablcula3  in  the  cells 
of  some  Poritidce,  but  after  close  examination  there  appear  to  be  eight 
clusters  of  these  spines,  which  correspond  to  the  clusters  of  spicula 
which  are  often  present  in  the  outer  base  of  the  tentacles  of  Goro-on- 
id£e  and  other  halcyonoids.  When  the  tentacles  in  these  cases  are 
withdrawn  into  the  cells,  the  spiculge  protecting  their  bases  must  be 
situated  at  the  top  of  the  cells  and  converge  towards  the  centre ; 
if  these  remain  in  place  after  the  tentacles  have  decayed,  they  will 
produce  the  effect  noticed  in  this  instance. 

In  Lissogorgia  flabellum  the  axis,  as  before  remarked,  is  smooth  and 
pohshed,  with. scarcely  a  trace  of  strlatlons  except  at  the  base,  so  that 
the  smooth  character  of  the  axis  of  a  polyp  is  no  longer  an  evidence 
of  its  belonging  among  the  Ajitipathidcc,  neither  is  the  absence  of 
striae  conclusive  evidence  that  it  is  not  to  be  placed  among  the  Gor- 
gonidoe.  The  external  crust  (ccenenchyma)  in  this  genus  is  thin,  very 
friable  and  spiculose ;  the  color  in  these  specimens  is  white,  the  axis 
black,  opaque-yellow,  and  brittle  at  the  tips.  The  cells  are  very  small, 
oval,  slightly  raised,  very  near  together  and  scattered  nearly  uniformly 
on  all  sides  of  the  branchlets.  The  corallum  is  fan-shaped,  undivided 
for  about  an  inch  at  the  base,  above  openly  reticulated,  the  branchlets 
mostly  coalescent  except  at  the  outer  edges.  The  reticulations  are 
from  half  an  inch  to  two  inches  long  and  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch 
wide. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  exhibited  specimens  illustrating  three  forms 
of  fossil  Ecbinoderms  from  the  collection  j^resented  by  Mr. 
Barnard. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  stated  that  the  Subscription  Committee 
had  succeeded  in  raising  only  one-half  of  the  required  sum. 

Mr.  Thomas  Gaffield  made  an  earnest  appeal  to  all  the  mem- 
bers to  assist  the  Committee  in  their  efforts. 


Hyatt.] 


24 


The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Messrs.  John  M.  Batchelder,  Samuel  W.  Creech,  Jr.,  Martin 
McKenzie,  W.  C.  Henck,  Jeffrey  Richardson,  Charles  H. 
Parker,  William  L.  Parker,  S.  G.  Snelling,  F.  W.  Brewer,  H. 
P.  Kidder,  John  A.  Blanchard,  Isaac  D.  Farnswoith,  Thomas 
A.  Goddard,  George  W.  Wales,  Charles  D.  Head,  Thomas  J. 
Lee,  E.  P.  Bancroft  and  Frank  S.  Fiske. 


3farch  16,  1864. 
Mr.  C.  K.  Dillaway  in  the  chair. 

Present,  fifty-three  members. 

Mr.  Alpheus  Hyatt  made  some  remarks  on  the  general 
structure  of  the  shells  of  Cephalopoda. 

The  septa  had  heretofore  been  supposed  in  all  varieties  and  at  all 
ages  of  growth,  to  be  separated  by  regular  intervals.  But,  in  a  nat- 
ural section  of  a  fragment  of  an  undoubted  Orthoceras,  found  by  the 
Cambridge  Expedition  in  the  Silurian  of  AntlcostI,  the  septa  did  not 
run  in  parallel  lines,  but  Inclined  to  each  other,  so  that  the  ventral 
and  dorsal  edges  of  alternate  septa  met,  forming  a  regular  but  very 
acutely  angled  zigzag  line  upon  the  surface  of  the  section. 

This  zigzag  aiTangement,  however,  was  apparently  a  characteristic 
of  the  development  of  the  young  rather  than  of  the  adult,  since  in 
the  last  three  septa  observable  in  the  fragment,  the  ventral  and  dorsal 
edges  no  longer  meet  and  the  partitions  were  more  nearly  parallel. 

The  specimens  are  probably  identical  with  some  of  the  Orthocera- 
tites  described  by  Mr.  Billings,  but  the  want  of  figures  in  the  Cana- 
dian Survey  renders  the  identification  of  the  sj^ecles  rather  difiicult. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Sheafe  exhibited  to  the  Society  the  plan  of 
Whelpley  &  Storer's  new  furnace  for  the  extraction  of  gold  ore 
from  its  gangue ;  they  claiming  for  this  invention,  that  it  is  the 
only  process  by  which  an  entire  separation  can  be  made.  The 
principle  herein  introduced  consists  in  first  heating  to  a  white 
heat  the  ore  finely  crushed,  and  then  plunging  it  in  water. 
By  this  means  the  gangue  rock  is  exploded  as  soon  as  it 
touches  the  water  into  line  dust,  and  the  gold  falls  in  glob- 


25  [Sheafe. 

ules  to  the  bottom.  This  dispenses  in  a  great  measure  with 
the  use  of  mercury.  Attached  to  the  furnace  is  the  spray- 
chamber  through  which  all  smoke  and  other  aeiiform  pro- 
ducts of  combustion  pass,  so  that  nothing  emerges  from  the 
smoke  flue,  except  in  the  gaseous  form.  The  air  issuing  from 
this  flue  can  be  breathed  without  discomfort. 

Mr.  F.  "W.  Putnam  narrated  an  instance  of  the  assump- 
tion of  the  male  plumage  by  a  pea-hen,  which  had  laid  eggs, 
and  had  been  in  possession  of  one  gentleman  for  seventeen 
years.  The  change  began  to  take  place  three  years  ago,  and 
was  progi-essing  up  to  the  time  of  her  death,  when  she  pre- 
sented the  appearance  of  a  young  male  in  his  second  moult. 
The  spurs  Avere  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  length. 

An  analogous  change  had  also  been  noticed  by  others  in 
certain  fishes,  particularly  by  the  female  trout  in  old  age. 

A  communication  was  presented  by  the  Secretary  from 
Mr.  Bradley  Horsford  of  Springfield,  on  the  dissection  of  the 
mineral  Chiastolite,  which  was  referred  to  the  Publishing 
Committee. 

Prof  Felipe  Poey  of  Havana,  and  Mr.  George  W.  Tryon, 
Jr.,  of  Philadelphia,  were  elected  Con-esponding  Members. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Mem- 
bers :  —  Drs.  H.  B.  Inches  and  R.  W.  Hooper,  and  Messrs. 
Joseph  S.  Fay,  Jr.,  Henry  H.  Fay,  IS'athaniel  Thayer,  Peter 
C.  Brooks,  Joseph  Vila,  Jr.,  James  Beck,  Charles  W.  Gal- 
loupe,  Sereno  D.  Kickerson,  Henry  F.  Durant,  A.  W.  Spen- 
cer and  Edmund  F.  Cutter. 


DONATIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM. 

January  20.     Chinese  and  Loo  Choo  Crania,  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Borland. 

February  3.  346  specimens  of  296  species  of  mounted  birds  from  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  collected  on  various  expeditions  of  the  U.  S.  Government; 
300  specimens  of  mounted  foreign  birds,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant;  15  varieties  of 
pigeons,  by  Mr.  Gidney;  a  mounted  Heron,  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Borland;  33  crania  of 
native  birds  and  3  crania  of  mammals,  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Dall. 

February  17.  A  valuable  collection  of  fossil  Echinodermata,  made  by  Dr.  A. 
Krantz  of  Bonn,  presenting  good  types  of  nearly  every'  group  in  the  class,  in 
•which  the  American  Museums  are  deficient,  embracing  specimens  from  all  the 
foi-mations  from  the  Silurian  upAvards;  also,  a  small  collection  of  Echinodenns 
of  living  species,  dry  and  in  spirits,  named  by  Mr.  Alex.  Agassiz ;  a  full  series  of 


the  casts  in  the  ^luseum  of  Neufchatel,  some  corals  and  moUusca,  two  "  Sa,, 
of  Fristis,  and  antlers  of  American  deer,  by  Mr.  James  M.  Barnard;  specimens 
of  ovster  shells,  barnacles,  species  of  Gorgonia  and  minute  Crustacea  removed 
from  the  bottoms  of  our  iron-clad  ships-of-war  at  Port  Royal,  October,  1863,  by 
Mr.  F.  W.  Merryman;  suite  of  land  shells  of  Williamstown,  Mass.,  Achatinellcs 
from  Sandwich  Islands,  shells  from  Wisconsin  and  elsewhere,  and  a  chameleon's 
skeleton  from  Spain,  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder;  a  lot  of  buttei-flies  of  New  England 
and  cranium  of  Porcupine,  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague;  a  collection  of  butterflies 
and  other  insects,  native  and  Brazilian,  by  Mr.  W.  C.  Henck. 

I^Iarch  2.  A  large  collection  of  New  England  birds'-nests  and  eggs,  and  a 
miscellaneous  collection  of  mosses,  crustaceans,  shells,  corals,  etc.,  by  Mr.  W. 
C.  Henck;  fniits  from  India,  crania  of  domestic  rat  and  mouse,  and  portions  of 
human  crania  from  Delhi,  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Dall;  specimens  of  fish  and  reptiles 
from  Newport  News,  Va.,  by  Dr.  Josiah  Curtis ;  shells  from  Cuba,  by  Dr.  Juan 
Gundlach;  an  Enfield  rifle  from  the  wreck  of  the  Keokuk,  encrusted  with  shells, 
by  Mr.  F.  W.  Merryman. 

lilarch  16.  A  specimen  of  Aster  amethysiinvs  obtained  near  West  Cambridge, 
by  Mr.  A.  E.  Verrill;  a  collection  of  Fungi  from  Venezuela;  two  human  Chi- 
nese skulls,  crania  of  monkeys,  Paradoxurus  musanga,  Manilla  pig,  of  a  petrel 
and  gull  from  the  Pacific,  also,  a  collection  in  spirits,  of  fishes,  reptiles,  etc., 
from  China,  by  Mr.  George  Sceva;  cnistaceans  and  reptiles  in  spirits,  and  a 
specimen  of  elephant's  hair,  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Dall;  two  bird  skins,  by  Mr.  Cham- 
berlin;  specimens  of  Nucula  thracicefonnis  from  the  stomach  of  an  American 
turbot,  by  Dr.  Samuel  Cabot;  fruit  of  the  nutmeg,  Mijristica  moscliata,  in  its 
various  stages  of  growth,  in  spirit,  from  Singapore,  by  Mr.  John  Hooper. 


BOOKS  EECEIVED  DURINQ  THE  QUARTER  ENDING  MARCH  31,  1864. 

Dictator  Schaum !  Ein  off'ner  Brief  an  alle  Entomologen  von  L.  W.  Schau- 
fuss.    Dresden,  1863.     8vo.     Pamph.    From  the  Author, 

Geognostische  Wanderungen  im  Gebiete  der  nordostlichen  Alpen.  Von  C. 
Ehrlich.     8vo.     Pamph.     From  the  Author. 

Das  Geographische  System  der  Winde,  etc.  Von  Dr.  M.  A.  F.  Prestel.  4to. 
Pamph.     Emdcn,  1863.     From  the  Author. 

Cliilonidarum  et  Crambidarum  genera  et  species.  Scripsit  P.  C.  Zeller.  4to. 
Pamph.     From  the  Author. 

Appunti  Sulla  Geologia  del  Piemonte  di  Bartolomeo  Gastaldi.  4to.  Pamph. 
Turin.     From  the  Authoi\ 

On  the  Archeopteryx  of  Von  Meyer,  etc.  By  Prof.  Owen.  4to.  Pamph. 
1862.     From  the  Author. 

Rainfall  and  Evaporation  in  St.  Helena.  By  John  Haughton.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Dublin,  1862.     From  the  Author. 

Essay  on  Comparative  Petrology.  By  M.  J.  Durocher.  8vo.  Pamph.  From 
the  Author. 

S\Tiopsis  of  the  Marine  Invertebrata  collected  by  the  late  Arctic  Expedition, 
under  Dr.  I.  I.  Hayes.     By  Wm.  Stimpson.     8vo.     Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Classification  of  North  American  Helices.  By  Thomas  Bland.  8vo.  Pamph. 
From  the  Author. 


27 


Description  of  sixnew  species  of  Unionidge  from  Lake Nyassa, Central  Africa. 
By  Isaac  Lea.    8vo.     Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Proof  sheets  of  a  Synopsis  of  the  Air-breathing  Mollusks  of  Noi'th  America. 
By  W.  G.  Binney.     8vo.     Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

The  Classification  of  Animals  based  on  the  principle  of  Cephalization.  On 
Fossil  Insects  from  the  Carboniferous  Foi-mation  in  Illinois.  By  J.  D.  Dana. 
8vo.    Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Plantes  Rares  de  la  Gironde.  Par  MM.  Cli.  des  Moulins  et  G.  Lespinasse. 
Bordeaux,  1863.     8vo.     Pamph.    From  the  Authors. 

Essai  sur  les  Terrains  Superficiels  de  la  Vallee  du  Po.  Par  M.  et  B.  Gastaldi. 
4to.    Pamph.    Fi-om  the  Authot^s. 

Epicrisis  generis  Hieraciorum.  Scripsit  Elias  Fries.  8vo.  Upsalise,  1862. 
Fi'om  Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague. 

Reports  on  the  Vernon  and  Ascot  Mines.  2  Pamph.  8vo.  From  Dr.  C.  T. 
Jackson. 

Notes  on  Diatomaceas  from  the  St.  John  River.  By  Prof.  L.  \V.  Bailey. 
12mo.    Pamph. 

Report  on  Mines  and  ^linerals  of  New  Brunswick.  By  the  same.  8vo. 
Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Von  dem  Rechtszustande  unter  den  TJreinwohnem  Brasiliens.  Von  Dr.  C.  F. 
Ph.  von  Martins.    Miinchen,  1832.    4to. 

Die  Fieber-RLnde,  der  China-Baum,  sein  Vorkommen  und  seine  Cultur;  vom 
geheimen  Rath  Dr.  C.  F.  Ph.  von  Martius.    8vo.    Pamph.    From  ike  Author. 

Curtis's  Botanical  Magazine,  Nos.  229,  230.    8vo.    London. 
Phycologia  Australica.    By  Wm.  H.  Harvey.    Parts  31,  33,  34.    From  Mrs. 
B.  D.  Greene. 

Experimental  Researches  on  the  Granites  of  Ireland.  Part  III.  On  the  Gran- 
ites of  Donegal.  By  the  Rev.  Samuel  Haughton.  London,  1862.  8vo.  Pamph. 
2  copies. 

On  the  Rainfall  and  Evaporation  in  Dublin  in  the  year  1860.  By  the  same. 
Dublin,  1862.     8vo.     Pamph. 

On  the  Phenomena  of  Diabetes  Mellitus.  By  the  same.  Dublin,  1863.  8vo. 
Pamph. 

On  the  direction  and  force  of  the  Wind  at  Leopold  Harbour.  By  the  same. 
Dublin,  1863.     8vo.    Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Anomalies  Art^rielles.    By  J.  M.  Dubrueil.     8vo.    Paris,  1847. 

Anatomic  de  Texture  ou  Histologic  appllqu^e  a  la  Physiologic  et  a  la  Pathol- 
ogic.   Par  Ad.  Burggraeve.     8vo.     Gand,  1845. 

Anatomic  Compar^e  du  Cerveau.  Par  E.  R.  A.  Serres.  2  Vols.  8vo.,  and 
plates  4to.     Paris,  1824. 

Histoire  Naturelle  du  Genre  Humain.  Par  J.  J.  Virey.  3  Vols.  8vo.  Paris, 
1826. 

Traite  complet  de  I'Anatomie,  etc.,  du  Syst^me  Nerveux,  C^r^bro-Spinal. 
Par  M.  Foville.     V  Partie.     8vo.,  and  plates  4to. 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Human  Anatomy.  By  James  Paxton.  2  Vols. 
Boston,  1840. 

Encyclopedic  Anatoraique.  Vols,  iv.,  vi.,  vii.,  viii.  8vo.  and  Atlas  4to 
Paris,  1843.    From  Dr.  Henry  Bryant. 


28 


Owen  on  the  Megatherium.    4to.    1860.    London. 

Selby's  British  Forest  Trees.     8vo.     London. 

Prehistoric  Annals  of  Scotland.  By  Daniel  Wilson.  2  Vols.  8vo.  London, 
1843. 

The  British  Tortrices.    By  S.  J.  Wilkinson.     8yo.    London. 

British  Stalk-Eyed  Crastacea.    By  Thomas  Bell.     8vo.    London,  1853. 

Student's  Manual  of  Geology.    By  J.  Beete  Jukes.     8vo.    Edinburgh,  1862. 

Recent  and  Fossil  Shells.    By  S.  P.  Woodward.    12mo.    London,  1851-6. 

Natural  History.     By  Rev.  J.  G.  Wood.    3  Vols.     8vo.     London. 

Geological  Evidences  of  the  Antiquity  of  Man.  By  Sir  Charles  Lyell, 
F.  R.  S.    8vo.    London,  1863. 

Palceontology.     By  Richard  Owen,  F.  R.  S.    Edinburgh,  1861. 

Descriptive  Ethnology.  By  R.  G.  Latham.  2  Vols.  8vo.  London,  1859. 
From  C.  C  Little. 

Echinides  du  Department  de  la  Sarthe.  Par  Cotteau  et  Triger.  Livraisons 
1-8.     4to.     Pari?,1860. 

Etudes  sur  les  Echinides.    Par  C.  Des  Moulins.     8vo.     1835.     Bordeaux. 

Description  des  Animaux  Fossiles  de  I'lnde.  Par  le  Vicomte  d'Archiac  et 
Jules  Haime.     4to.     Paris,  1853-4. 

Monographic  des  Clyp^astres  Fossiles.  Par  M.  H.  Michelin.  4to.  Pamph.  1861. 

Die  Echinoiden  der  Obcren  Jura-Schichten.   Von  Dr.  F.  RoUe.    8vo.    Pamph. 

Kote  sur  un  nouveau  Genre  d'Echinide  Fossile.  Par  M.  G.  Cotteau.  8vo. 
Pamph. 

Kote  sur  les  Echinides  de  TEtage  Kimm^ridgien.  Par  M.  G.  Cotteau.  8vo. 
Pamph. 

Fauna  Littoralis  Norvegife.    Von  M.  Sars.     Christiania.    1846.    fo. 

A  Voyage  round  the  World.  By  J.  F.  G.  de  la  Perouse.  2  Vols.  4to.  1 
Vol.   fo.     London,  1799. 

Voyage  in  Seai'ch  of  La  Perouse.    4to.    London.     1800. 

J.  H.  Linckius.    De  Stellis  Marinis.    Lipsise.     1733.    fol. 

De  Corporibus  Marinis  lapidesceutibus.  Auct.  Aug.  Scilla.  Long  4to. 
Romae.     1752. 

Tenby:  a  Sea  Side  Holiday,     By  P.  H.  Gosse.     8vo.    London,  1856. 

Etudes  sur  les  Echinides  Fossiles.  Par  G.  Cotteau.  Vol.  I.,  Livraisons 
23-30.     8vo.     Paris,  1S61. 

Recherches  sur  les  Crino'ides  du  Terrain  Carbonifere  de  la  Belgique.  Par  L. 
de  Koninck  et  H.  Le  Hon.     4to.     Paris,  1854. 

Figures  and  Descriptions  of  Canadian  Organic  Remains.  Decades  1-3.  8vo. 
Montreal,  1858. 

Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Sui-\'ey  of  the  United  Kingdom.  Decades  1-9. 
8vo.     London,  1849-58. 

Monographic  der  Fossilen  Crinoiden  familie.  Von  Di.  F.  Roemer.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Berlin,  1852. 

Oversigt  over  Gronlands  Echinodennata.     C.  F.  Liitken.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Ueber  die  an  der  Klistc  von  Mosambique  beobachteten  Seeige],  etc.  Von 
W.  Peters.    4to.     Pamph.     Berlin,  1855. 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte.     Jahrg.  xxi.,  Heft  4.     Berlin. 

Crustacea  and  Echinodormata  of  the  Pacific  Shores  of  North  America.  By 
Wm.    Stimpson.    ^  8vo.     Pamph.     1857. 

Catalogue  des  Echinides  Fossiles  des  Pyrdndes.  Par  Leymerie  et  Cotteau. 
8vo.     Pamph. 


29 

Proclromus  Descriptiones  Animalium,  etc.  Auc.  J.  F.  Brandt.  Fascic.  I. 
4to.    1835. 

^Mollusques  Marins  des  lies  Acores.  Par  H.  Drouet.  4to.  Pamph.  Paris, 
1858.    From  J.  M.  Barnard.. 


Om  en  i  sommem  1862  foretagen  zoologisk  Eeise  i  Christianias  og  Trondhjems 
Stifter  af  0.  G.  Sars.    Christiana,  1863.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Bidrag  til  Kundskaben  om  Middelhavets  Littoral-Fauna,  Reisebemserkninger 
fra  Italien  af  M.  Sars.    8vo.  Pamph. 

Bemcerkninger  angaaeude  Graptolitheme  af  Ch.  Boeck.  Christiania,  1851. 
4to.    Pamph. 

Ph^-sikalske  Meddelelser  ved  Adam  Amdtsen.  Efter  Foranstaltning  af  det 
Akademiske  Collegium  udgivne  af  Dr.  Ch.  Hausteen.  Christiania,  1858.  4to. 
Pamph. 

Beskrivelse  over  Lophogaster  tj^Dicus.  Af  Dr.  Michael  Sars.  Cluristiania, 
1862.     4to.     Pamph. 

Om  Siphonodentalium  vitreum.  Af  Dr.  M.  Sars.  Christiania.  1861.  4to. 
Pamph. 

Om  Kometbanemes  indbyrdes  Beliggenhed.  Af  H.  Mohn.  1861.  Christiania. 
4to.   Pamph. 

Om  Cirklers  Berormg.    Af  C.  M.  Guldberg.     1861.    4to.     Pamph. 

KongUga  Svenska  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Handlingar.  Xy  Foljd.  Tredje 
Bandet,  1859-60.  Fjerde  Bandet;  forsta  Hiiftet.  1861.  4to.  Stockholm. 
Ledamoter  1861-3.     8vo. 

Kongliga  Svenska  Fregatten  Eugenies  Resa  Omkring  Jorden  under  befiil  af  C. 
A.  Virgin.    Aar.  1851-3.     Haft.  10  Zoologi  V:  Haft.  11  Botanik  II.     1861.   4to. 

Nederlandsch  Tijdschrift  voor  de  Dierkuude.    Jaarg.  I.     Aflevering  l-o. 

Bericht  des  Natixrhistorischen  Vereins  in  Augsburg.     16"*      Svo.   1863. 

Archiv  fiir  Xaturgeschichte.    No.  2.     1863.     Berlin. 

Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band.  xiv.  Heft  1-4. 
Band  XV.    Heft  1-2.    Svo.    Berlin.     1862-3. 

Zeitschrift  fiii*  die  Gesammten  Xaturwissenschaften.  8vo.  Berlin.  1862- 
1863. 

Verhandlungen  des  Naturforschenden  Vereines  in  Briinn.  Band  i.  1862. 
Briinn,  1863.     Svo. 

Xeueste  Schriften  der  Xaturforschenden  GeseUschaft  in  Danzig.   14  Xos.    4to. 

Jahresbericht  der  Xaturforschenden  GeseUschaft  in  Emden.  48"-  1862. 
Emden,  1863.     Svo. 

Zeitschrift  des  Ferdinandeums  fiu'  Tirol  und  Vorarlberg.     3  Folge.     11  Heft. 

Bericht  der  Oberhessischen  Gesellschaft  fiir  Xatur-  und  Heilkunde.  lO'^''* 
Svo.     Giessen.     1863. 

Museum  Francisco-Carolinum.     2  Xos.     1861-1863.     Svo.     Linz. 

Jahresbericht  des  naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins  fiir  das  Fiirstenthura, 
Llineburg.    12"-     1862-3.    Liineberg,  1863.     Svo. 

Resultate  Photometrische  Messungen  an  208  der  vorziiglichsten  Fixsteme. 
Von  Ludwig  Seidel.    Miinchen,  1862.    4to. 

Denkrede  auf  J.  A.  Wagner  von  Dr.  C.  F.  Ph.  von  Martins.  Miinchen,  1S62. 
4to. 

Monographie  der  fossilen  Fische  aus  den  lithographischen  Schiefern  Bayems. 
Von  Dr.  Andreas  Wagner.     Miinchen,  1863.     4to. 

Rede  in  der  offentlichen  Sitzung  der  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zur 


30 


Feier  ihres  einhundert  nnd  vierten  Stiftungstages  gehalten  von  J.  von  Liebig. 
Munchen,  1863.     4to. 

Archiv  des  Vereins  der  Freunde  der  Natorgeschichte  in  Meklenburg,  Jalir.  i- 
XV.    8vo. 

Bericht  des  Oflfenbacher  Vereins  fur  Naturkunde  iiber  seine  Thiitigkeit.  4"- 
Offenbach  am  Main,  1863     8vo.     Pampb. 

Die  Feierliche  Sitzung  der  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenscbaften  am  3  Mai,  186'A. 
12mo.    ■\Vien. 

Sitziingsberichte  der  Kaiserlichen  Akademie  der  Wissenscbaften.  8vo.  Wien, 
18S3.    Band.  XL\^.    Heft  1-5.    Band.  XLvn.    Heft  1-4. 

Denkscbriften  der  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenscbaften.  Band.  xxi.  4to.  Wien, 
1862. 

Wiirzburger  Xatnrwissenscbaftlicbe  Zeitscbrift.  Band.  ni.  Heft  1,  2,  3. 
8vo. 

Jil^moires  de  I'Academie  Imp^riale  des  Lettres,  etc.,  de  Dijon.  Ann^e  1862. 
Tome  X.    8vo. 

Annales  des  Sciences  Pbysiques  et  Naturelles,  etc.  Tomes  ii-vi,  8vo. 
Lyon. 

'Memoires  de  1'  Acad^mie  Imp^riale  des  Sciences,  etc.,  de  Lyon.  Classe  des 
Sciences.     Tom.  x-xii.    8vo.    Classe  des  Lettres.    Tom.  viii-x.    8vo.   1859-62. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^te  de  Geograpbie.  5'«"«-  Serie.  Tome  v.  8vo.  Paris, 
1&G3. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^te  G^ologique  de  France.    Tom.  xx.    Feuilles  21-30. 

Bulletin  de  I'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  P^tersbourg.  Tome 
rv'.,  Nos.  7,  8,  9.  Tome  v.,  Nos.  1,  2.  Memoires.  Tome  iv.,  Nos.  10,  11. 
4to. 

Proceedings  of  tbe  Literary  and  Pbilosopbical  Society  of  Liverpool.  No. 
XVII.    1862-3.    8vo. 

Transactions  of  tbe  Entomological  Society  of  London.  Vol.  i..  Parts  2-7, 
Vol.  II.,  Parts  7,  8.    1862-3.    Vols.  m-v.    1854-61. 

Journal  of  tbe  Royal  Geographical  Society.  Vol.  xxxn.  Svo.  London, 
1862. 

Proceedings  of  tbe  Royal  Geographical  Society.  Vol.  vn.,  Xos.  3,  4,  5.  Svo. 
London.     1863. 

Proceedings  of  tbe  Royal  Horticultural  Society.  Vol.  iii..  No.  8.  With  Ti- 
tle and  Index.     Vol.  v.,  Nos.  1-3.     London,  1864.     Svo. 

Proceedings  of  tbe  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain.  Vol.  iv.,  Parts  1,  2.  Svo. 

Proceedings  of  tbe  Royal  Society.     Vol.  xii..  No.  57.     Svo.     London. 

The  Reader.  Parts  1-8.  Jan.  to  Aug.,  1863.  Nos.  54-56,  and  61-63.  Lon.. 
don. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Physical  Society.  Sessions  1S5S-62.  Svo.  2  Vols. 
Edinburgh. 

Journal  of  tbe  Geological  Society  of  Dublin.  Vol.  vn..  Plates  S,  9.  Vol. 
IX.,  Part  2.     Vol.  X.,  Part  1. 

Proceedings  of  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Dublin.  Vol.  iv.,  Part  1. 
Svo. 

Journal  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society.    No.  xxx.     Svo.     1863. 

Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.    Vol.  viii.,  No.  6.   Dec.  1863.    Montreal. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada.     Svo.    Montreal,  1863. 

Transactions  of  the  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec.  Vol.  iv., 
Parts  1, 2.  Vol.  v.,  Parts  1, 3.  New  "Series.  Vol.  i.,  Part  1.  Svo.  1843- 
1863. 


31 


The  Gold  Fields  of  Canada.  By  Rev.  James  Douglas.  8vo.  Pamph.  Que- 
bec, 1863. 

Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.  No.  49.  Jan.,  1864.  To- 
ronto. 

Bulletin  of  the  ^luseum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  No.  3.  8vo.  Cambridge, 
Mass. 

Silliman's  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Nos.  109,  110,  for  Jan. 
and  March,  1864.     8vo. 

Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  No.  6,  for 
Oct.  and  Nov.,  1863.    No.  7,  Dec,  1S63. 

Proceedings  of  the  California  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  Vol.  in..  Sign. 
6,  Nov.,  1863;  6,  Dec,  1863;  7,  Jan.,  1864.     8vo. 

Bibliotheca  Histoi-ico-Naturalis.     Von  Cams  und  Engelmami.     15  Nos.     8vo. 

Schrank.     Fauna  Boica.     6  Vols.     8vo.     Niimberg.     1798. 

Sulle  coltivazione  dei  Gelsi  e  de'  Filugelli  e  sul  modo  di  diflfondere  le  buone 
pratiche  nelle  provincie  Venetse  di  Gherardo  Freschi.  4to.  Pamph.  Venizia, 
1852. 

Eduard  Lindemann.  Beitrag  zu  der  Abhandlung  des  H.  V.  von  Motschulsky. 
8vo.    Pamph. 

J.  L.  C.  Gravenhorst.    Hellwigia  novam  insectorum  genus.    4to.    Pamph. 

Entomologische  Archiv.  herausgegeben  von  Dr.  Theodor  Thon.  Band  I. 
Heft  1-2.     Jena,  1827.    4to. 

J.  G.  C.  Lehrmann.  Insectorum  species  nonnulloe  vel  novse  vel  minus  cog- 
nit£e,  in  agro  Hamburgensi  captse  ex  ordine  Dipterorum.    4to.    Pamph. 

J.  F.  Brandt  et  W.  F.  Erichson.  Monographia  generis  Meloes.  4to.  Pamph. 
1831. 

Rev.  R.  Guilding.  The  generic  characters  of  Formicaleo,  with  the  descrip- 
tion of  two  new  species.    4to.    Pamph.     1829. 

F.  W.  Ross.    Neue  Arten  von  Arachniden  des  E.  K.  Museums.    4to.    Pamph. 

F.  V.  P.  Gruithuisen.  Ueber  die  Daphnia  sima  imd  ihren  Blutkreislauf. 
4to.    Pamph. 

Notice  of  Rev.  "Wm.  Kirby;  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  So- 
ciety of  London.     1850.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Verzeichniss  der  Schmetterlinge  welche  um  den  Ursprung  der  Donau  und  des 
Nekars  dann  um  den  ^mtem  Theil  des  Bodenses  vorkommen.  Tiibingen,  1800. 
Pamph.     16mo. 

J.  T.  Koelreuter.  Dissertatio  inauguralis  medica  de  Insectis  Coleopteris  uec 
non  de  plantis  quibusdam  rarioribus.  Tiibinga?,  1755.     Small  4to.     Pamph. 

G.  Fraueiifeld.     Beirrag  zur  Fauna  Dalraatiens.     8vo.    Pamph. 

F.  Brauer.  Vergleichende  Beschreibucg  der  Sialis  faliginosa  Pict.  mid  S.  lu- 
taria  Linn.     8vo.    Pamph. 

B.  A.  Carlson.  Prodromus  H^Tnenopterologias  Scandinavicse.  Lundse,  1836. 
Svo.    Pamph. 

G.  B.  Schmiedlein.  Historia  divisionis  Insectorum.  Lipsiae,  1790.  16mo. 
Pamph. 

Baron  M.  de  Chaudoir.  Description  d'une  espece  nouvelle  de  Cicindele 
trouvee  en  Russie.     8vo.     Pamph. 

J.  Egger.  Neue  Dipteren-Gattungen  und  Arten  aus  der  Familie  der  Tach- 
inarien  und  Dexiarien.    8vo.     Pamph. 

J.  0.  Westwood.  Synopsis  of  the  dipterous  family  Midasidse,  with  descrip- 
tions of  numerous  new  species.    London,  1841.   8vo.    Pamph. 

Lettre  a  S.  E.  M.  Fischer  de  Waldheim  ou  relation  d'un  vovnge  fait  en  1844 


32 


en  Su^de,  en  Danemarck  et  dans  le  Dord  de  TAllemagne.  Par  M.  le  Comte 
Mannerheim.     8vo.     Pamph. 

J.  S.  Semler's  Nachlese  zur  Bonnetischen  Insektologie.  Erstes  Stuck.  Halle, 
1783.    8vo. 

J.  Van  der  Hoeven.    Esp^ces  nouvelles  d'  Insecte.    8vo.    Pamph. 

J.  C.  Schluga.    Primse  LinnejB  Insectorum.     Vienna,  1767.     8vo.     Pamph. 

C.  F.  Ludwig.  Erste  Aufziihlung  der  bis  jezt  in  Sachsen  entdeckten  Insekten. 
Leipzic,  1799.     16mo.     Pamph. 

V.  ^lotschulsky.  Antwort  an  Dr.  Gebler  auf  einige  seiner  Bemerkungen. 
8vo.     Pamph. 

Revue  critique  de  quelques  ouvrages  rdcents  de  M.  Victor  de  Motchoulsky. 
Par  M.  le  Comte  Mannerheim.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Beitrage  zur  Entomologie  besonders  in  Bezug  auf  Schlesien  herausgegeben. 
Von  T.  E.  Schummel  und  F.  Stannius.     Vol.  in.     16mo.     Breslau,  1863. 

Tsak  Twist.  Specimen  novam  Hemiptera  disponendi  methodum  exhibens. 
Small  4to.    Lundce,  1814.    Pamph. 

C.  E.  Elfvendahl.    Hemiptera  Suecice.    Lond.  Gothorum,  1828.   8vo.  Pamph. 

P.  M.  Lonblad.  Hemiptera  Sueciae.  Contin.i.  Lond.  Gothorum,  182^.  16mo. 
Pamph. 

G.  Lindstrom.  Hemiptera  Sueciae.  Contin.  ix.  Lond.  Gothorum,  1829. 
16mo.     Pamph. 

J.  ]\L  Barthii,  De  Culice  dissertatio.  Ratisb.,  1737.  Small  4to.  Pamph.  By 
Exchange. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.     Vol.  xx.,  Part  1.    London. 
Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.  Nos.  73-75.    8vo.    London.   From 
Courtis  Fund. 

Life  and  Letters  of  John  Winthrop.  By  R.  C.  Winthrop.  8vo.  Boston, 
1844. 

Life  and  Letters  of  Washington  Irving.    Vol.  iv. 

Craik,  Geo.  L.  History  of  English  Literature.  2  Vols.  8vo.  New  York, 
1863. 

Kirk,  J.  Foster.  History  of  Charles  the  Bold.  2  Vols.  8vo.  Philadelphia, 
1844. 

Weiss,  John.  Life  and  Correspondence  of  Theodore  Parker.  2  Vols.  8vo. 
New  York,  1864. 

Hunt,  C.  H.  Life  of  Edward  Livingston.  8vo.  New  York,  1864.  Deposited 
by  Republican  Institution. 


April  6,  1864 

The  President  in  the  ciiair. 

Thirty-eight  members  present. 

Mr.  A.  Agassiz  made  a  communication  on  the  habits  of  the 
lower  orders  of  marine  animals,  and  the  methods  of  captur- 
ing them. 


33  [Shurtleff. 

Dr.  Shurtleff,  in  connection  with  the  change  of  phimage  in 
the  pea-hen  communicated  at  the  last  meeting,  mentioned 
the  case  of  a  black  hen  of  the  common  fowl,  which,  after 
having  been  twice  prevented  from  sitting,  seemed  to  lose  the 
power  of  laying,  and  assumed  the  plumage  of  the  cock.  The 
neck  feathers  first  became  golden,  the  spurs  were  lenQ;thened 
and  the  tail  feathers  elongated.  She  was  finally  killed  by 
mistake  for  a  cock. 

The  President  communicated  the  results  of  some  recent 
investigations  by  himself  and  others  in  relation  to  the  anat- 
omical distribution  of  the  nervous  filaments  in  vertebrate 
animals,  and  instances  of  their  passage  across  the  median  Hue 
of  the  body. 

Mr.  Bouve  announced  the  recent  decease  of  Prof  Hitch- 
cock, an  honorary  member  of  the  Society,  and  moved  the 
appointment  of  a  Committee  to  prepare  resolutions  suited  to 
the  event. 

The  President  appointed  Messrs.  Bouve  and  C.  T.  Jackson. 

Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  presented  a  communication 

Ox     THE     OCCURRENCE     OF     AN     INTERNAL     CONVOLUTED     PLATE 
WITHIN  THE     BODY    OF     CERTAIN     SPECIES     OF    CrINOIDEA,   BY 

James  Hall. 

During  the  investigations  upon  the  Crinoidea  of  the  Carboniferous 
Limestones  of  Iowa,  there  were  discovered  in  the  broken  bodies  of 
several  species,  a  vertical  convoluted  plate,  tilling  a  large  part  of  the 
cavity  of  the  body.  At  that  time  I  showed  several  of  these  specimens 
to  Prof.  Agassi z,  wVio  informed  me  that  he  had  observed  a  similar  con- 
voluted plate  in  the  body  of  Comatula. 

This  convoluted  intestinal  plate  was  first  observed  in  the  body  of 
Acttnocrinus  pentar/onus,  -dnd  afterwards  in  Actinocrlnus  lonr/irostris, 
Act.  erodus,  Act.  VerneuUl  and  in  a  species  of  the  type  of  Act.  um- 
brosus.  In  several  of  the  specimens,  and  this  is  apparently  true  of  all 
the  Actinocriniis,  the  opening  into  this  convoluted  sac  is  wider  at  the 
apex,  and  becomes  gradually  attenuated  below  and  pointed  towards 
the  centre  of  the  basal  plates  where  it  is  attached.  The  lower  por- 
tion is  twisted  not  unlike  the  lower  portion  of  some  univalve  shells, 
and  this  organ,  in  one  specimen,  presents  a  very  close  resemblance  to 
a  small  Bulla  or  similar  shell.  In  Actinocrlnus  lonr/lrostrls  this  organ 
is  proportionately  very  large,  the  sides  straighter  and  less  curved,  and 
very  wide  at  the  top. 

PROCEEDINGS  B,  S.  I^".  H.— VOL.  X.  3  KOVEMBER,  1865. 


Hall.]  34 

In  Agaricocrinus  pentagonus  this  point  is  not  quite  symmetrical, 
and  lies  a  little  oblique  with  a  deep  sinus  on  the  anal  side. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouvo  announced  that  the  sum  thus  far  obtained 
by  the  Subscrii^tion  Committee  amounted  to  $15,000.  Since 
the  last  meeting,  Dr.  Walker  had  expressed  a  strong  desire 
that  the  desu-ed  amount  might  be  raised  during  the  pres- 
ent month. 

The  Secretary  read  the  following  letters  which  had  been 
received  since  the  last  announcement : 

From  Thomas  J.  AYliittemore,  Esq.,  New  York,  March  9th,  acknowl- 
edging his  election  as  Corresponding  Member ;  B.  F,  Culver,  Esq., 
Treasurer  of  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Science,  March  22d,  asking 
for  a  copy  of  the  Constitution  and  By-laws  of  the  Society  ;  Provln- 
ciaal  Utrechtsch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen, 
Utrecht,  October,  1863 ;  Societe  Royale  des  Sciences  a  Upsal,  Sep- 
tember loth,  1863,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publi- 
cations: Naturhistorischer  Verein  in  Augsburg,  August  14th,  1863; 
K.  Bayerische  Akademie  der  WIssenschaften,  Miinchen,  November 
20th,  1863;  Die  Zoologische  Gesellschaft  zu  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Jan- 
uary, 1864  ;  acknowledging  the  same  and  presenting  their  various 
pubUcations :  Bataafsch  Genootschap  der  Proefondervindelijke  Wijs- 
bcgeertc  te  Rotterdam,  October  19tb,  1863,  acknowledging  the  same 
and  promising  an  exchange  of  publications :  Societe  Royale  des  Sci- 
ences a  Upsal,  October  loth,  1863 ;  Kongl.  Svenska  Vetenskaps 
Akademien  I  Stockholm,  November  18th,  1863;  Royal  Geographical 
Society,  London,  November  20th,  1863  ;  K.  Siichsische  Gesellschaft 
der  WIssenschaften,  Leipzig,  December  22d,  1863  ;  Berwickshire  Nat- 
uralists' Club,  Alnwick,  March  1st,  1864;  and  the  Literary  and  His- 
torical Society  of  Quebec,  March  17th,  1864,  presenting  their  various 
publications. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Stodder,  a  suspension  of  the  rule  was 
ordered,  by  which  all  books  shall  be  returned  to  the  library 
before  the  annual  meeting.  As  the  books  had  only  been  put 
in  circulation  within  a  few  days,  this  seemed  unnecessary  at 
the  present  time. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members 
of  the  Society:  —  Messrs.  Henry  F.  Lambert,  WilUam  S.  Ap- 
pleton,  Jonathan  Dorr  and  John  T.  Ogden. 


35  [Bouv6. 

April  20,  1864. 
Mr.  C.  K.  Dillaway  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-two  members  present. 

A  Committee  was  apiDointed,  consisting  of  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould 
and  Messrs.  C.  J.  Sprague  and  Charles  Stodder,  to  nominate 
a  list  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year. 

The  Chair  also  appointed  Messrs.  J.  M.  Barnard  and 
Thomas  Gaffield  a  Committee  to  audit  the  accounts  of  the 
Treasurer,  and  to  report  at  the  next  and  annual  meeting. 

The  following  Members  were  elected  :  —  Messrs.  T.  P. 
Chandler,  Edwin  P.  Dutton,  Charles  W.  Wrightington,  Jas. 
B.  Richardson,  J.  S.  Fay,  Henry  Hooper,  Frederic  G.  Froth- 
ingham,  Samuel  Frothingham,  Jr.,  Donald  McL.  Frothing- 
ham  and  S.  Weld, 


May  4,  1864. 

ANNUAL   MEETING. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Sixty-five  members  present. 

The  Secretary  read  a  report  of  the  last  annual  and  last 
regular  meetings. 

Before  proceeding  to  the  regular  business  of  the  meeting, 
Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  presented  for  the  Committee,  the  following 
address  upon  the  character  of  the  late  Dr.  Hitchcock,  and  a 
series  of  resolutions  which  were  adopted  and  with  the  address, 
ordered  to  be  communicated  to  the  family  of  the  deceased. 

Mr.  President :  —  In  proposing  to  the  Society  resolutions  of  respect 
to  the  memory  of  our  late  distinguished  honorary  member,  Professor 
Edward  Hitchcock,  I  do  not  feel  that  there  is  any  need  of  reviewing, 
even  briefly,  his  career  as  a  man  of  science,  or  of  dwelling  at  any 
length  upon  his  character  as  a  man.     His  long  spent  life  of  service  in 


Boiiv6.]  36 

the  cause  of  education,  his  untiring  devotion  to  whatever  he  deemed 
his  duty,  and  his  many  acquirements  and  great  ability  are  all  too  well 
known  to  make  an  extended  notice  necessary.  Yet  it  may  not  be 
amiss  to  reflect  for  a  few  moments  upon  such  an  experience  as  his  well- 
rounded  life  of  labor  in  all  good  works  presents  to  us. 

In  calling  Dr.  Hitchcock  to  mind,  one  cannot  but  think  of  him  as 
presenting  a  good  example  of  a  man,  in  many  respects,  peculiarly 
American.  There  was  something  about  him  that  at  once  expressed 
the  influence  of  New  England  ideas  and  institutions,  no  less  than  that 
of  self-culture  and  extended  observation.  Like  many  others  of  our 
countrymen  who  have  become  prominent  in  science  and  literature,  his 
early  education  was  not  beyond  that  within  reach  of  nearly  all  in  our 
favored  land ;  yet,  through  his  natural  ability  and  indefatigable  perse- 
verance, he  early  made  himself  known  to  men  of  science,  both  by  as- 
tronomical and  geological  observations  and  publications.  Subse- 
quently, when  pastor  of  a  church,  which  office  he  held  for  some  years, 
he  by  no  means  neglected  the  scientific  studies  he  loved,  or  failed  to 
impart  to  the  public  the  result  of  his  geological  and  mineralogical 
observations,  as  shown  by  his  publications  in  the  American  Journal  of 
Science  and  Arts. 

But  it  is  in  connection  with  Amherst  College  and  as  the  Geological 
Surveyor  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts  that  he  is  best  known. 

Like  many  other  Professors  In  some  of  our  educational  institutions, 
he  was  called  upon  to  instruct  In  various  branches,  and  by  untiring 
labor  he  was  enabled  to  accomplish  an  amount  of  work  truly  astonish- 
ing. Yet  he  never  became  so  absorbed  In  present  duties  as  to  lose  an 
02:)portunity  of  self-culture,  especially  in  that  science  most  dear  to  his 
heart,  and  to  the  advancement  of  which  he  gave  a  large  portion  of  his 
Ufe. 

It  Is  Indeed  Interesting  and  most  Instructive  to  perceive  how  a  man, 
without  the  endowment  by  nature  of  great  genius,  without  the  advan- 
tages of  early  systematic  culture  in  science  or  literature,  and  without 
more  aid  from  books  or  sympathizing  minds  than  could  have  been 
within  reach  in  his  younger  days,  should  have  been  able  to  accomplish 
so  much  for  himself  and  others  as  a  teacher  and  professor,  and  finally 
to  achieve  enduring  fame  as  one  of  the  leading  geologists  of  the  Avorld 
by  the  production  of  such  works  as  those  of  "  The  Final  Report  upon 
the  Geology  of  Massachusetts,"  "  The  Ichnology  of  New  England," 
and  others  which  followed. 

Mr.  President,  we  may  not  and  should  not  mourn  the  departure  of 
our  distinguished  associate,  as  we  would  if  he  had  been  cut  off  in  the 
vigor  of  manhood  and  not  been  allowed  to  fill  up  the  measure  of  his 
usefulness  by  length  of  years.  As  It  is,  we  have  for  liim  nothing  to  re- 
gret, for  he  had  accomplished  well  his  work  and  resigned   life  full 


37  [Bouve. 

of  hope  in  a  glorious  future ;  only  for  ourselves,  we  may  feel  sad  that 
we  shall  no  more  meet  his  kindly  and  genial  greeting,  or  receive  in- 
struction from  his  pen. 

In  conclusion  I  offer  the  following  resolutions :  — 

Resolved^  That  the  members  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  His- 
tory recognize  in  the  death  of  their  late  distinguished  associate.  Dr. 
Edward  Hitchcock,  the  loss  to  themselves  and  to  the  public  of  a  man 
of  comprehensive  ability,  of  untiring  devotion  to  the  cause  of  science 
and  of  great  pi-ivate  worth. 

Resolved,  That  this  action  of  the  Society  be  communicated  to  the 
bereaved  family  of  the  deceased. 

The  Treasurer,  before  presenting  his  report,  announced 
that  the  subscriptions  to  the  Working  Fund  had  reached  the 
desired  amount,  and  that  the  endowment  of  140,000  had  thus 
been  secured. 

The  total  receipts  for  the  year  amounted  to  $24,955.90, 
which  added  to  the  balance  of  last  year  made  the  whole  sum 
$36,239.35.  Of  this,  $7,700  were  subscriptions  to  the  Work- 
ing Fund  already  paid.  There  had  been  expended  during 
the  year  $31,121.16,  of  which  $27,773.07  were  for  building 
purposes.  The  Avhole  property  of  the  Society,  not  including 
the  Collection  and  Library,  might  be  approximately  estimated 
at  $176,818.     Cash  on  hand  at  close  of  year,  $4,118.19. 

The  report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Courtis  Fund  was  also 
presented. 

The  Committee  to  audit  the  Treasurer's  accounts  made  no 
report. 

The  Librarian,  Mr.  Dillaway,  in  presenting  his  thirty-first 
and  final  annual  report,  gave  an  interesting  account  of  the  pro- 
gi'ess  of  the  Society  in  every  department  during  his  long 
connection  with  it.  The  library,  at  the  time  of  his  first  an- 
nual report,  contained  about  200  volumes,  most  of  which  were 
of  little  value ;  it  now  contains  over  6,000  volumes  of  great 
value.  In  1833  the  Society  had  published  nothing  and  had 
no  exchanges ;  now  the  Journal  and  Proceedings  go  to  every 
kindred  Society  in  America  and  Europe.  Since  the  last  an- 
nual meeting  there  have  been  received  fi'om  donations,  915 
volumes  and  559  pamphlets  and  parts  of  volumes.  This 
includes  the  munificent  bequest  of  the  late  Dr.  Greene.  From 
exchanges  have  been  received  40  volumes  and  197  parts  of 


Dillaway.]  38 

Tolumes;  making,  with  those  from  other  sources,  an  addi- 
tion of  970  volumes  and  778  parts  of  volumes.  Since  occu- 
pying the  new  building  every  book  has  been  numbered,  la- 
belled, catalogued  and  placed  upon  the  shelves ;  for  a  great 
part  of  which  labor  the  Society  is  under  obligations  to  Mr. 
Scudder. 

In  closing,  the  Librarian  presented  the  following  tribute  to 
the  memory  of  Dr.  John  Ware,  the  second  Vice  President 
of  the  Society,  "  whose  sudden  death  since  the  last  meeting 
has  called  attention  to  the  singular  excellences  of  his  charac- 
ter. We  who  knew  him  well  can  appreciate  the  greatness  of 
the  loss  of  such  a  man  to  his  professional  brethren  and  famil- 
iar friends.  By  the  sick-bed,  in  the  lecture-room  of  the  Uni- 
versity, in  the  councils  of  his  professional  associates,  above 
all  in  that  large  circle  where  his  cultivation  and  genial  mind 
made  his  presence  always  so  welcome,  the  death  of  Dr.  Ware 
has  elicited  a  tribute  of  respect  which  his  pure  and  beneficent 
Hfe  has  most  surely  merited." 

Carefully  prepared  and  interesting  reports  were  presented 
by  the  Curators,  showing  the  amount  of  Avork  accomplished 
in  their  resj^ecti^^  departments  since  the  removal.  Most  of 
the  collections  were  placed  in  the  cases  at  present  assigned  to 
them  and  were  ready  for  exhibition. 

The  Curator  of  Geology  asked  leave  to  present  his  annual 
report  at  the  next  meeting,  which  was  granted. 

The  reports  of  all  the  above  officers  were  accepted. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Sprague,  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were 
unanimously  voted  to  Mr.  C.  K.  Dillaway  for  his  long  and 
efficient  services  as  Librarian  during  a  period  of  thirty-one 
years. 

The  thanks  of  the  Society  were  also  voted  to  Mr.  Stodder 
for  his  services  as  cabinet-keeper. 

The  Committee  appointed  to  revise  the  Constitution  and 
By-Laws  made  a  report,  which  was  passed  upon  by  vote,  and 
awaits  the  final  action  of  the  Society  at  the  next  meeting. 

A  donation  of  two  musical  instruments  from  China  and 
Japan,  and  the  skin  of  a  Pangolin,  3Iams  pentadactyla^  were 
received  from  Mrs.  James  PhilUps  of  Roxbury,  and  the 
thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted  for  the  same. 


39 


[Abbot. 


Mr.  Leopold  Babo  presented  several  botanical  specimens, 
for  which  also  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted. 

The  Nominating  Committee  presented  a  list  of  oflScers  for 
he  ensuing  year,  and  the  following  gentlemen  were  elected; 

PRESIDENT, 

JEFFRIES  WYMAN,  M.D. 

VICE-PRESIDENTS, 

C.  T.  JACKSON,  M.D.  A.  A.  GOULD,  M.D. 

CORRESPONDING  SECRETARY, 

SAMUEL  L.  ABBOT,  M.D. 

RECORDING  SECRETARY, 

SAMUEL  H.  SCUDDER. 

LIBRARIAN, 

SAMUEL  H.  SCUDDER. 

CUSTODIAN, 

SAMUEL  H.  SCUDDER. 

CURATORS, 

THOMAS  T.  BOUV^,  Of  Geology  and  Paleontology. 

CHARLES  J.  SPRAGUE,  Botany. 

THOMAS  M.  BREWER,  M.D.,  Oology. 

HENRY  BRYANT,  M.D.,  Ornithology. 

F.  W.  PUTNA3I,  Ichthyology. 

JAMES  C.  WHITE,  M.D.,  Mammalogy    and    Comparative 

Anatomy. 

SAMUEL  H.  SCUDDER,  Entomology. 

B.  JOY  JEFFRIES,  M.D.,  Microscopy. 

FRANCIS  H.  BROWN,  M.D.,  Herpetology 

CHARLES  PICKERING,  M.D.,  Ethnology. 

WILLIAM  T.  BRIGHAM,  Mineralogy. 

ALPHEUS  HYATT,  Conchology. 

A.  S.  PACKARD,  JR.,  Crustacea. 

A.  E.  VERRILL,  Radiata. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  a  list  of  letters  received 
from  foreign  Societies  during  the  month  of  April. 

From  the  K.  Leopoldiniscli-Carolinisch  Deutsche  Academie,  Dres- 
den, September  7th,  1863  ;  Naturhistorischer  Verein  in  Augsburg, 
December  1st,  1863  ;  Societe  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  Neuchatel,  De- 
cember 11th,  1863;  Royal  Physio-Economical  Society,  Koenigsberg, 
Prussia,  December  15th,  1863;  K.  Universitats  Bibliothek,  Gottingen, 
January  16th,  1864;  K.  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften  in  Gottingen, 
February,  1864;  Corporation  of  Harvard  College,  Cambridge,  April 
16th,  1864;  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  April  18th,  1864, 


Watcrston.]  40 

acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications :  Yerein  fiir 
Vatcrliindische  Naturkunde  in  Wiirttemberg,  Stuttgart,  October, 
1863;  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Emden,  October  8th,  1863; 
Ferdinandeum  zu  Insbruck,  October  12th,  1863;  Societe  de  Physique 
et  d'  HIstoirc  Naturclle  de  Geneve,  February  21st,  1864;  Societe  des 
Sciences  physiques  et  naturelles,  Zurich,  March  20th,  1864,  acknowl- 
edging the  same  and  presenting  their  publications :  Naturforschende 
Gesellschaft  in  Danzig,  October  1st,  1863 ;  K.  Preussische  Akademie 
der  Wissenschaften,  Berlin,  November  30th,  1863;  Societe  Royale 
des  Sciences  de  Liege,  January  21st,  1864;  Senckenbergische  Natur- 
foi-schende  Gesellschaft,  Frankfurt,  February  1st,  1854;  K.  Leopold- 
inisch-Carohnisch  Deutsche  Academie,  Dresden,  March  1st,  1864; 
Katurfoi-schende  Gesellschaft,  Gorlitz,  March  2d,  1864,  presenting 
their  various  pubUcations :  Naturforschender  Yerein,  Berne,  Decem- 
ber 12th,  1863:  presenting  its  publications  and  proposing  an  ex- 
change ;  and  the  Directeur  de  la  Bibliotheque  Imperiale  Publique  de 
St.  Petersbourg,  January  10th,  1864,  proposing  an  exchange  of  publi- 
cations. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Mem- 
bers:—Dr.  D.  M.  Parker,  Dr.  J.  C.  Sharp,  Messrs.  John  Fos- 
ter, Thomas  Wiggleswortb,  J.  L.  D.  Barton,  Jacob  Norton, 
Cleveland  Abbe,  O.  H.  St.  John  and  William  James. 


3Iay  18, 1864. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-five  members  present. 

The  Society  having  by  accident  omitted  to  vote  for  Treas- 
urer at  the  previous  meeting,  j^roceeded  to  ballot  for  that 
officer,  and  Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  was  duly  elected. 

The  change  in  the  Constitution  and  the  new  code  of  By- 
Laws  proposed  and  acted  upon  at  the  last  meeting  were 
finally  adopted  by  a  vote  of  the  Society. 

Mr.  A.  Agassiz  made  a  communication  on  the  development 
of  Comatuhi. 

Mr.  Waterston  presented  a  section  of  a  large  ash-tree  cut 


41  tWyman. 

by  a  beaver  on  the  borders  of  Lake  Superior,  together  with 
a  stuffed  skin  and  skull  of  the  same  animal ;  also  a  piece  of 
willow  cut  for  its  winter's  food. 

The  President  remarked  that  he  had  found  willow  bark 
and  wood  in  the  stomach  of  a  beaver  from  Massachusetts. 

Dr.  Jackson  also  made  some  remarks  upon  the  habits  of 
the  same  animal. 

Mr.  Putnam  presented  a  species  of  fish  from  "Williams- 
town,  new  to  the  fauna  of  Massachusetts,  Semotilus  corpora' 
lis  Abbot. 

The  President  read  a  paper  on  the 

Development  of  Moulds  d?  the  interior  of  Eggs. 

Exp.  1.  An  egg  was  placed  in  a  shallow  dish  near  a  stove,  where 
it  was  exposed  to  a  warm  temperature,  and  at  times  on  the  stove  pipe, 
where  it  was  heated  above  the  temperature  of  boiling  water.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  experiment,  Dec.  loth,  1863,  the  egg  weighed  64.050 
grammes,  and  at  the  end,  April  8th,  1864,  it  weighed  43.600  grammes, 
having  lost  by  evaporation  20.450  grammes. 

It  was  then  placed  in  a  close  glass  jar  at  the  ordinary  temperature 
of  the  room,  and  remained  until  April  26th,  when  the  egg  was  opened 
and  found  to  contain  an  abundance  of  mould  in  aU  stages,  from  that 
of  spore  to  that  of  fructification.  In  addition  to  the  moulds  were 
large  numbers  of  monads  exhibiting  very  active  movements  of  trans- 
lation. 

Exp.  2.  A  second  egg^  exposed  under  the  same  circumstances  as 
the  preceding,  weighed  at  the  beginning  of  the  experiment,  Jan.  6th, 
1864,  59.170  grammes,  and  at  the  end,  April  8th,  39.520  grammes, 
having  lost  19.650  grammes.  This  was  also  placed  in  a  closed  jar  un- 
til April  26th,  when  the  o^gg  was  opened  and  found  to  contain  a  thick 
layer  of  mould  growing  from  the  surface  of  the  albumen. 

In  both  cases  a  large  air  space  was  formed  at  the  large  end  of  the 
egg,  and  both  the  shell  and  shell  membrane  were  entire. 

These  experiments  tend  to  show  the  incorrectness  of  the  statements 
made  by  Quatrefages  and  others,  in  the  recent  discussions  in  the 
Academy  of  Sciences  in  Paris,  in  which  it  is  asserted  that  neither 
mould  nor  animalcules  are  found  in  the  interior  of  eggs,  all  spores  and 
ova  being  excluded  by  the  shell  and  its  membranes. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Mem- 
bers :  —  Drs.  Henry  Bartlett,  AY.  O.  Johnson,  Messrs.  Wil- 
liam M.  Courtis,  Thomas  Waterman,  Jr.,  Robert  Amory, 
EUsha  Atkins,  Willard  S.  Brewer,  Albert  L.  Murdoch,  J. 


Kogers.]  42 

Collins  Warren  and  Charles  S.  Lynch.     Richard  Q.  Cay, 
Esq.,  of  Matanzas,  was  elected  a  Corresponding  Member. 


June  1, 1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

TMrty-two  members  present. 

Prof.  W.  B.  Rogers  presented  an  original  cast  in  sandstone 
of  bones  fi*om  the  Mesozoic  Rocks  of  Middlebury,  Ct.  The 
stone  was  probably  the  same  as  that  used  in  the  construction 
of  the  Society's  Museum ;  it  was  found  at  ]N"ewport  among 
the  stones  used  in  the  erection  of  Fort  Adams,  and  he  owed 
his  possession  of  it  to  the  kindness  of  Capt.  Cullum. 

Prof  WjTnan  remarked  that  it  was  the  fore  hmb  of  an  ani- 
mal in  which  reptihan  characters  predominated,  and  in  con- 
nection therewith  entered  with  some  detail  into  the  structure 
of  the  Archyopteryx  as  illustrated  by  Prof.  Owen,  and  com- 
pared it  with  the  true  birds. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague  exhibited  a  twig  of  an  apple  tree  from 
Lowell,  which  had  been  reported  to  him  as  always  bear- 
ing fruit  but  no  flowers  —  it  was  an  instance  of  arrested 
growth,  the  petals  being  reduced  to  small  green  scales  even 
smaller  than  the  sepals.  The  flowers  were  all  pistillate,  a 
close  examination  revealing  no  stamens  whatsoever.  The  im- 
mature seeds  were  distributed  in  an  irregularly  racemose 
manner,  instead  of  being  verticillate  as  in  the  normal  state  of 
the  flower. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  stated  on  behalf  of  the  Committee  of 
Arrangements  that  the  Dedication  of  the  new  Museum  would 
take  place  on  the  afternoon  of  June  3d,  and  that  full  arrange- 
ments had  been  made  for  that  occasion. 

Dr.  White  read,  at  the  request  of  the  Council,  the  Li- 
brary and  Museum  Regulations,  passed  at  their  last  meeting. 

The  following  were  elected  Resident  Members :  —  Dr.  John 
Ilomans,  C.  G.  Bush,  J.  O.  Greene,  Geo.  J.  Dickinson  and  John 
S.  Bradbury. 


43  [Kogers. 

June  3,  1864. 
EXTRA   MEETING. 

The  Society  met  in  the  great  hall  of  the  Museum  to  dedi- 
cate the  building  to  the  pui-poses  for  which  it  had  been 
erected.  In  addition  to  the  members  of  the  Society,  a  large 
company  of  the  friends  of  Science  was  in  attendance,  com- 
pletely filling  the  hall. 

At  a  quarter  past  4  o'clock  the  meeting  was  opened  by  the 
President  of  the  Society,  Professor  Jeflfries  WjTnan,  who  in- 
vited Rev.  Dr.  Hill,  President  of  Harvard  IJniversity,  to 
ofier  prayer. 

Prof  Wyman  then  made  a  few  preliminary  remarks,  expres- 
sive of  the  gratitude  which  the  members  of  the  Society  felt 
for  the  high  position  which  it  now  occupied,  through  the  Ub- 
erality  of  the  Commonwealth  and  the  munificent  bounty  of 
private  individuals. 

Professor  Wm.  B.  Rogers  was  introduced,  and  gave  a  brief 
history  of  the  eflbrts  which  had  resulted  in  the  beautiful 
edifice  to  which  the  audience  were  now  welcomed,  and  paid 
a  tribute  to  the  patrons  of  the  Society  deceased  durino- 
the  past  year,  Drs.  Benj.  D.  Greene,  George  Hay  ward  and 
John  "Ware.  After  several  unsuccessful  applications,  the 
Legislature,  while  the  flames  of  civil  war  were  lighting  up 
the  country,  made  to  the  Society  the  grant  of  land  which  it 
had  asked  for.  For  this  gift  to  the  advancement  of  science 
and  the  practical  arts  in  this  country,  the  Society  was  in- 
debted to  Governor  Andrew,  as  much  as  to  any  other  man. 

Since  the  Society  commenced  its  career,  many  of  the  great 
lights  of  science  had  sunk  below  the  horizon,  but  other  lights 
had  arisen  to  take  their  j^laces.  It  was  an  error  to  suppose 
that  the  removal  of  one  or  two  men  could  stop  the  advance- 
ment of  science.  There  is  an  intellectual  law  which  controls 
the  forces  of  man,  and  compels  his  progi-ess. 

Professor  Rogers  spoke  of  the  progress  of  the  Society  as 
affording  a  powerful  stimulant  to  the  student,  and  to  those 
who  desired  to  assist  him.  Science  was  the  stairway  by 
which  we  ascend  to  the  upper  highway  of  thought,  and  ac- 
quire a  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  the  Divinity. 


Lincoln.]  44 

The  speaker  regarded  the  interest  centred  in  the  Society 
during  these  years  of  war,  as  an  evidence  of  the  regard  of 
the  community  for  truth.  In  closing,  he  gratefully  spoke  of 
those  who  were  struggling  for  that  peace,  without  which, 
conquered  and  secured,  this  triumph  of  theu'S,  and  all  others 
of  a  like  nature,  would  vanish  like  smoke. 

Mayor  Lincoln  next  addressed  the  assembly.  He  consid- 
ered what  had  been  done  for  the  Society  as  advancing  the 
honor  and  reputation  of  the  city,  and  in  the  name  of  its  citi- 
zens, bade  the  members  God  speed  in  all  then*  honorable 
efforts. 

Lieut.  Lutke,  of  the  Russian  Navy,  aide-de-camp  of  the 
Grand  Duke  Constantine,  and  member  of  a  scientific  So- 
ciety in  Russia,  was  here  introduced  to  the  audience,  and 
took  a  seat  on  the  platform. 

Rev.  Mr.  Waterston  followed,  expressing  his  conviction 
that  this  Society  embraced  one  of  the  highest  human  inter- 
ests. It  was  a  counterpart  to  the  Public  Library  and  the 
Institute  of  Technology,  and  was  in  pursuit  of  most  glorious 
objects.  It  was  an  institution  in  which  all  citizens  might  take 
an  interest,  for  it  gave  them  an  opportunity  of  enlarging  their 
means  of  instruction.  The  speaker  enlarged  upon  the  impor- 
tance of  the  institution,  and  the  reverent  gi'atitude  with 
which  its  success  should  be  viewed,  since  it  would  bring  to 
all  who  participated  in  its  benefits  an  increased  enjoyment  in 
the  duties  and  pleasures  of  life.  In  urging  the  audience  to 
contribute  to  the  collections  of  the  Society,  the  speaker 
stated  that  Dr.  Jackson  had  expressed  a  willingness  to  give 
his  entire  cabinet,  of  twenty  thousand  specimens,  gathered 
at  a  cost  of  $10,000,  to  this  institution. 

Professor  Rogers  again  rose  to  do  justice  to  the  taste,  zeal 
and  conscientious  devotion  of  the  architect  of  the  building. 

Lieut.  Lutke,  having  been  called  on,  expressed  his  high 
gratification  in  being  able  to  participate  in  the  ceremonies  of 
dedication. 

The  exercises  were  here  brought  to  a  close,  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Society  invited  the  audience  to  remain  and  ex- 
amine the  rooms  and  collections. 

The  building  thus  dedicated  to  science  is  built  of  granite, 


45 

brick  and  freestone,  measuring  ninety-five  by  one  hundred 
and  five  feet.  The  height  of  the  basement  above  the  ground 
is  six  feet;  the  first  story  is  sixteen  feet  high,  the  second 
eighteen  feet,  and  the  third  eighteen  feet,  with  a  lantern 
roof  above,  making  the  total  height  of  the  building,  to  the 
top  of  the  pediment,  eighty  feet.  It  is  built  in  the  classic 
style  of  architecture,  with  Corinthian  pilasters  and  capitals. 
The  foundation  ot  the  building  is  of  heavy  hammered  gran- 
ite ;  the  first  story  of  freestone,  and  the  second  and  third 
of  brick,  with  walls  three  feet  in  thickness,  having  an  air 
space  in  the  interior.  The  exterior  trimmings  are  worked 
from  freestone.  Over  the  main  entrance  is  carved  the  seal 
of  the  Society,  with  the  head  of  Cuvier,  from  drawings  fur- 
nished by  the  Du-ectors  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris.  On 
the  keys  of  the  front  windows  of  the  first  story  are  cut  heads 
of  the  Hon,  the  bear,  the  boar  and  the  zebra ;  on  the  south 
window  keys,  the  jaguar,  the  camel,  the  bison,  the  gnu  and 
the  walrus ;  and  on  the  north  side,  the  wolf,  the  tapir,  the 
rhinoceros,  the  gorilla  and  the  kangaroo.  The  pediment  is 
surmounted  by  a  carved  eagle  facing  the  east.  In  the  friezes 
of  the  second  story  are  the  names  of  three  great  naturalists, 
—  Aristotle,  Linnseus,  Cu^der. 

On  entering,  the  visitor  is  confronted  by  two  large  bears, 
cut  in  walnut,  supporting  carved  walnut  candelabra  at  the 
foot  of  the  oak  staircase  leading  to  the.  grand  hall.  On  the  left 
is  a  hbrary  room  thirty  feet  square.  Here  are  placed  the  por- 
traits of  Linnaeus  and  Nuttall,  and  other  well-known  natural- 
ists, and  a  plaster  cast  of  Cuvier  from  the  Directors  of  the  Jar- 
din  des  Plantes.  This  room  is  connected  by  the  Secretary's 
ofiice  with  a  room  in  the  rear  of  a  like  size,  and  to  be  used  for 
a  similar  purpose.  In  the  rear  of  the  vestibule  is  the  lecture- 
room,  forty  by  forty  feet,  and  on  the  right  are  the  ethnologi- 
cal and  botanical  rooms,  each  thirty  by  thirty  feet.  Between 
these  two,  and  connecting  them,  is  a  small  room  for  the  mi- 
croscopical department. 

Ascending  the  staircase  to  the  grand  hall  on  the  second 
floor,  the  skeleton  of  an  elephant  is  met,  placed  on  the  plat- 
form constructed  over  the  heating  apparatus.  A  similar 
platform  directly  in  the  rear  of  the  stairway  is  designed  for 


46 


the  receptiou  of  a  cast  of  the  megatherium,  in  the  Royal  Col- 
lege of  Surgeons,  London,  presented  by  Joshua  Bates,  Esq., 
of  that  city.  The  hall  runs  through  the  centre  of  the  build- 
ing embracing  two  stories,  is  foity  by  ninety  feet  on  the 
floor,  and  sixty  feet  in  height.  The  ceiling  is  stuccoed  in 
panel,  scroll  and  fretwork,  and  the  hall  is  Hghted  by  win- 
dows in  the  front  and  rear,  and  in  the  roof.  Two  balco- 
nies, of  unique  design,  supported  by  ii*on  bearei*s,  extend 
aroimd  the  hall.  Opening  from  the  hall  floor  are  four 
square  rooms,  thiity  by  thirty  feet,  to  be  provided  with 
cases  and  balconies  connecting  with  the  hall  balconies.  The 
eastern  end  of  the  haU  and  one  south  room  are  to  be  de- 
voted to  the  department  of  Geology  and  Paleontology; 
the  corresponding  room  on  the  north  side  to  Mineralogy ; 
the  western  end  of  the  hall  and  adjoining  rooms  to  the 
department  of  Comparative  Anatomy,  which  exhibits  one 
of  the  largest  collections  in  the  country.  The  cases  in 
the  hall  are  decorated  with  the  horns  of  large  ruminants. 
On  this  floor  are  also  two  small  working  rooms.  The  third 
story  and  balconies  are  reached  by  open  flights  of  stairs  on 
each  side  of  the  hall.  This  upper  story  has  four  wing  rooms, 
con'espon<ding  with  those  on  the  hall  floor,  Tsith  smaller 
rooms  connecting  them ;  and  is  devoted  to  the  departments 
of  Ornithology,  Oology,  Herpetology.  Ichthyology,  Conchol- 
ogy,  Crustacea,  Radiata  and  Entomology. 

In  the  central  apaitment  of  the  basement  is  the  large  fire- 
proof Gold  heating  apparatus,  with  three  boilers  which  supply 
steam  for  heating  the  buil.iing  throughout.  The  two  front 
wing  basement  rooms  are  intended  for  storage,  and  the  cor- 
responding rear  rooms  are  to  be  occupied  as  janitors  and  dis- 
secting rooms.  Adjoining  the  latter  is  a  smaller  macerating 
room. 

The  building  is  provided  with  a  dumb  waiter,  closets,  and 
every  other  convenience  required  by  the  purposes  to  which 
it  is  devoted.  It  is  finished  in  oak,  chestnut  and  walnut, 
presenting  a  chaste  and  substantial  appearance. 

The  architect  of  the  edifice  is  Mr.  Wm.  G.  Preston,  who 
was  assisted  in  the  construction  by  the  knowledge  of  build- 
ing possessed  by  his  father,  Mr.  Jonathan  Preston.     The  fine 


47  tScudder. 

carvTQg  of  animals'  heads  in  the  window  keys,  and  of  the 
Society's  seal  over  the  main  entrance  was  executed  by  Mr. 
Garret  Barry;  the  eagle  surmounting  the  pediment  was 
carved  by  Mr.  Edlifeton,  and  the  bears  cut  in  walnut  at  the 
foot  of  the  staircase  leading  to  the  grand  hall,  as  well  as  the 
candelabra  which  they  support,  were  the  work  of  Mr.  Rinn. 
The  total  cost  of  the  edifice  is  estimated  at  nearly  8100,000. 


June  15, 1864 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-eight  members  present. 

Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder  presented  a  series  of  fossils,  some  of 
which  were  exhibited,  obtained  dming  a  recent  visit  to  Cuba, 
from  the  Tertiary  Rocks  of  Matanzas.  They  were  obtained 
from  three  different  locaUties  ;  (a),  quarries  of  soft  coral  rock 
beyond  the  Paseo  where  no  distinct  marks  of  stratification 
could  be  seen ;  (bj,  strata  of  gravel  inclined  at  an  angle  of 
45°  which  seem  to  rest  upon  the  former  (are  generally  non- 
fossiliferous)  and  are  situated  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Tumuii 
river  just  before  it  empties  into  the  bay;  (c),  soft  limestone 
rocks  which  underhe  the  gravelly  strata  at  a  similar  angle  dip- 
ping to  the  south,  and  form  the  greater  portion  of  the  Cum- 
bre  which  separates  the  Valley  of  the  Yumuri  from  Matanzas 
Bay ;  upon  the  sides  of  smaU  caverns  in  the  latter  were 
also  found  masses  of  clay  hardened  so  as  to  be  distin- 
guishable only  by  slight  differences  of  color  from  the  rock 
itself  containing  large  quantities  of  the  remains  of  land- 
snails.  Some  of  the  specimens  exhibited  were  kindly  pre- 
sented to  him  by  Seiiors  Garcia  and  Jimeno.  He  also  ex- 
hibited specimens  of  the  non-fossiliferous  rocks  of  the  Isle 
of  Pines,  and  made  the  following  statements  concerning  the 
physical  geography  of  the  island :  — 

The  island  is  situated  south  of  Cuba  at  the  meridian  of  B^vana. 
and  differs  entirely  in  its  physical  aspects  from  Cuba,  or  at  least  that 


Scudder.]  48 

part  of  it  which  lies  between  Havana  and  Cardenas.  The  country  is 
very  level  indeed,  the  southern  half  very  marshy,  the  northern  with 
numerous  short  ranges  of  mountains,  which,  in  all  cases,  run  almost 
directly  north  and  south,  and  rise  abruptly  from  the  plain.  The 
mountains  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  —  those  which  are 
found  upon  the  north  coast  and  those  rising  in  the  centre  of  the 
island ;  the  former  are  composed  of  three  parallel  ranges  between 
one  and  two  miles  apart,  called  respectively  from  west  to  east.  Sierra 
de  las  Casas,  Sierra  de  los  Caballos,  and  Blbijagua  —  the  latter  is  but 
an  insignificant  row  of  hills,  while  the  other  two  are  more  elevated  and 
afford  many  instances  of  striking  scenery,  their  sides  being  frequently 
very  precipitous,  especially  upon  the  western  slope,  and  their  outlines 
very  broken  and  craggy.  Sierra  de  los  Caballos  is  broken  up  into 
three  separated  ranges:  the  northernmost  projecting  boldly  into  the 
sea,  forming  the  promontory  called  the  Columpo;  the  central  portion 
called  Mango,  forming  the  greater  portion  of  the  range,  attains  the 
height,  as  measured  by  the  barometer,  of  943  feet  above  the  sea ;  the 
southernmost,  a  little  higher  than  Columpo,  is  called  El  Seperatim. 
Sierra  de  las  Casas  is  also  broken  up  into  two  ranges,  the  southern- 
most being  the  highest,  but  neither  of  them  were  measured ;  they  are, 
however,  of  all  the  mountains,  next  in  height  to  the  Sierra  de  los  Ca- 
ballos ;  between  these  two  ranges  runs  the  Rio  de  Sierra  Casas,  and  the 
town  of  Nueva  Gerona  is  situated  on  its  left  bank  about  two  miles 
from  the  mouth,  at  the  limit  of  steamboat  navigation. 

These  mountains  are  formed  of  very  hard  limestones,  forming  in  some 
places  a  marble  of  medium  quality,  which  has  been  quarried  upon  the 
eastern  slope  of  Mango ;  calc  spar  was  found  in  considerable  quantity 
upon  the  summit,  and  large  veins  of  quartz  are  found  especially  upon 
Sierra  de  las  Casas.  The  rocks  dip  at  an  angle  of  60°  to  the  cast. 
The  vegetation  of  the  region  surrounding  these  mountains  is  wanting 
in  the  two  species  of  pitch  pine  which  grow  so  abundantly  in  all  other 
parts  of  the  island  and  from  Avhich  it  has  received  its  name. 

The  other  series  of  mountains  is  formed  of  eight  or  ten  parallel,  very 
short  ranges  extending  from  the  Sierra  de  la  Canada  upon  the  north- 
west coast  to  the  San  Jose  mountains  upon  the  eastern  coa^t  just  south 
of  the  middle  of  the  island,  taking  as  a  whole  the  general  direction  of 
W.  N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E.  Each  range,  however,  preserves  within  a  few 
degrees  the  same  general  direction  as  those  of  the  northern  hills.  The 
Sierra  de  la  Canada  is  the  range  farthest  to  the  northwest  of  any  on 
the  island ;  its  western  slope  is  characterized  by  lofty  precipices,  the 
mountain  itself  being  the  highest  on  the  island,  1007  feet  high.  San 
Pedro  comes  next,  both  in  position  and  height ;  its  central  peak  being 
636  feet;  the  two  others  being  respectively  about  10  to  25  feet  higher. 
Between  this  and  the  Pico  de  la  Daguilla;  the  next  most  prominent  moun- 


49  [NUes. 

tain  lyinii  about  south  east  of  the  hamlet  of  Santc  Fe,  are  formed  the 
Sierra  de  los  Cristales  which  do  not  rise  to  any  considerable  height,  but 
the  general  level  of  the  country  is  much  more  broken  between  them. 
The  Pico  de  la  Daguilla  appears  to  form  an  exception  to  the  general 
rule  as  regards  the  direction  of  the  ranges,  though  the  exception  is  only 
one  of  appearances.  Its  summit,  which  rises  into  a  conical  form  near 
the  apex,  reaches  the  height  of  590  feet,  and  being  quite  free  of  trees 
commands  the  best  view  of  the  whole  island.  The  San  Jose  hills 
are  low  and  inconspicuous,  more  like  those  of  Bibijagua,  and  are 
separated  at  a  wide  distance  from  the  Pico  de  la  Daguilla,  besides  lying 
a  little  north  of  the  general  trend  of  the  series  of  ranges.  These  moun- 
tains are  composed  of  mica  and  talcose  slate  intermingled  with  con- 
siderable quartz,  especially  upon  the  Sierra  de  los  Cristales,  the  slates 
varying  considerably  in  different  places,  being  much  altered  upon  the 
Pico  de  la  Daguilla.  Though  no  good  opportunities  for  direct  examin- 
ation were  offered,  yet  the  slates  appeared  to  rest  upon  the  limestones ; 
both  were  altogether  destitute  of  fossils,  —  with  the  exception  of  the 
Pico  de  la  Daguilla,  which,  in  this  respect,  more  resembled  the  northern 
mountains.  The  central  ranges  were  covered  with  a  growth  of  pine. 
The  level  plains  were  covered  with  a  conglomerate  rock  of  a  peculiar 
character,  consisting  of  small  black  pebbles  in  a  reddish  paste,  strongly 
impregnated  with  iron,  affecting  the  compass  even  at  the  distance  of 
fifteen  feet  from  the  ground.  The  roads  over  this  were  exceedingly 
hard  and  smooth. 

Mr.  Niles  stated  that  he  had  noticed  among  the  hills 
of  Western  Massachusetts,  that  frequently  there  are  hills  on 
different  ranges  having  similar  appearances  in  the  charac- 
ters of  their  surface,  soil  and  vegetation. 

On  a  closer  examination  he  had  observed  the  underlpng  rock  was  the 
same.  The  ranges  of  hills  trend  in  a  northwesterly  and  southeasterly 
direction,  while  the  strata  with  a  vertical  dip  have  a  strike  of  nearly 
north  and  south.  Therefore  the  stratum  which  on  one  range  consti- 
tutes the  fundamental  rock  of  a  certain  farm  or  tract  of  land,  may 
form  the  underlying  rock  of  a  farm  on  an  eastern  range  but  situated 
to  the  north;  or,  of  a  farm  on  a  western  range,  but  located  to  the 
south.  He  observed  that  the  number  and  character  of  the  springs 
were  similar  on  those  farms  of  different  ranges  which  have  the  same 
kind  of  rock.  The  owner  of  a  certain  hill-top  farm  could  raise  with 
success  the  same  crops  as  another  hill-top  farmer  having  the  same 
underlying  rock,  but  on  another  range  a  mile  or  two  distant  to  the 
north  or  south.    Each  could  benefit  from  the  experiments  of  the  other, 

PKOCEKDINGS  B.  S.  N.  H.— VOL.  X.  4  DECEMBER,  1865. 


Pickering.]  50 

while  neither  could  learn  from  the  success  of  his  nearest  neighbor  on 
the  same  range,  if  he  had  a  different  rock  underljang  his  farm. 

He  was  familiar  with  an  instance  where  the  indigenous  and  intro- 
duced vegetation  of  two  farms  differed  quite  conspicuously  in  some 
species,  although  they  are  on  the  same  range  and  the  farm-houses  are 
not  more  than  one  hundred  rods  distant.  The  one  with  underly- 
ing granite  rock  has  an  abundance  of  the  Butternut,  Juglans  cenerea 
Linn.,  Purselane  Portulucca  oleracea  Linn.,  and  common  burdock 
Lappa  major  Gcertner,  while  the  other  farm  with  mica-slate  rock  has 
neither  of  these  species. 

A  difference  in  the  water  is  quite  obvious.  On  the  inside  of  the  tea- 
kettle used  on  the  farm  with  the  mica-slate  rock  was  to  be  found  a  thick 
incrustation,  while  the  tea-kettle  of  the  other  farm  was  quite  free  fi'om 
anything  of  the  kind.  Coincident  with  this  is  also  a  phenomenon 
observed  in  the  manufacture  of  maple  sugar  on  the  two  farms.  The 
vessels  used  for  evaporating  the  sap  on  the  farm  overlying  the  mica- 
slate  rock,  become  incrusted  like  the  tea-kettle,  while  on  the  farm  on 
the  granitic  rock  the  evaporating  vessels,  like  the  tea-kettle,  are  per- 
fectly free  from  sediment.  This  incrustation  is  the  same  as  what  the 
farmers  frequently  call  sand  or  grit  in  sugar. 

Mr.  Niles  exhibited  specimens  of  the  sediments  from  both  the  tea- 
kettle and  sugar-boiler  of  the  farm  situated  on  the  mica-slate  rock. 
He  remarked  that  they  had  been  carefully  analyzed  by  Mr.  A.  G.  Hill, 
of  the  Lawrence  Scientific  School,  with  the  following  results :  — 

In  the  sediment  from  the  tea-kettle  were  found  present,  Carbonate 
of  Lime,  Carbonate  of  Magnesia  and  traces  of  Phosphate  of  Lime, 
Phosphate  of  Magnesia,  Chloride  of  Sodium  and  Carbonate  of  L'on. 

In  the  sediment  from  the  sugar-boiler  were  found  present.  Phosphates 
of  Lime  and  Magnesia,  traces  of  Oxalates  and  Tartrates  of  Lime, 
Magnesia  and  Phosphate  of  Soda. 

Mr.  Niles  thought  that  observations  on  the  character  and  position 
of  the  underlying  rock  would  be  of  practical  value  to  only  the  hill- 
top farmers  of  Western  Massachusetts,  and  not  to  the  valley  farmers 
where  the  different  soils  had  become  mixed  by  aqueous  agency. 

Mr.  L.  Wetherell  stated  that  he  was  familiar  with  two 
flimis  upon  which  gypsum  was  used  on  the  clover  crops,  to 
no  effect  in  one  case,  while  in  the  other  it  was  invariably- 
attended  by  a  three-fold  crop,  the  two  farms  being  but  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  from  one  another.  Mr.  ISTiles  related  a  sim- 
ilar case. 

Mr.  Octavius  Pickering  exhibited  and  presented  the  roots 
of  a  weeping  willow,  which  were  found  in  the  following  con- 


51  [Bouve. 

dition :  The  tree,  eight  inches  in  diameter,  had  shown  signs 
of  decay  the  last  year,  and  this  year  put  out  no  leaves  except 
on  a  few  hmbs ;  on  examination  the  bark  appeared  to  be  split, 
and  it  was  found  that  a  new  bark  was  forming  beneath  the 
old,  and  that  the  new  roots  were  put  out  here  and  there  be- 
tween the  two  layers  of  bark,  aiming  unquestionably  to  reach 
to  the  ground,  and  assuming  by  their  position  a  strange  flat- 
tened appearance.  Prof  Wyman  mentioned  that  in  a  similar 
case  in  his  own  garden  the  roots  had  really  reached  the 
ground. 

Dr.  W.  E.  Rice  presented,  on  behalf  of  Mrs.  Rice,  an  oil 
painting,  by  herself,  of  the  Hayward  quarry  at  Braintree, 
famous  for  its  remains  of  Paradoxides ;  the  thanks  of  the 
Society  were  voted  to  Mrs.  Rice. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  moved  the  passage  of  the  following  vote : 

Voted,  That  the  President  and  Treasurer  of  the  Boston  Society  of 
Natural  History  are  hereby  authorized  to  accept  on  behalf  of  the 
Society,  from  William  J.  Walker,  his  gift  of  $20,000,  on  the  conditions 
which  shall  be  agreed  upon  between  the  said  William  J.  Walker  on  the 
one  part  and  the  said  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History  on  the  other, 
and  to  affix  to  the  said  agreement  their  names  and  the  corporate  seal 
of  the  Society. 

Mr.  Bouve  moved  that  when  the  Society  adjourned,  it  be 
to  the  third  Wednesday  in  September. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Bouve  it  Avas  voted  that  the  names  of 
subscribers  to  the  Working  Fund  be  entered  upon  the  Record 
of  the  Society. 

Prof  Wyman  mentioned  that  Dr.  W.  J.  Walker  had  pointed 
out  to  him  a  peculiar  habit  of  the  earth  worm  of  puUing  into 
its  hole  the  tops  of  onion  stalks,  which  was  done  by  the 
passage  of  the  body  around  one  side  of  the  stalk  a  little  way 
above  the  ground,  and  bringing  the  top  to  the  ground  by  the 
weight  of  its  body.  Prof  Wyman  was  shown  many  instances 
where  the  onion-tops  penetrated  to  the  depth  of  two  or 
three  inches. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members ; 
Messrs.  Jeremiah  Whipple  and  Abner  Chapman. 


52 

DONATIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM. 

April  20.  Fruits,  insects,  etc.,  from  St.  Thomas  Island,  by  Mr.  Samuel 
Wells,  Jr.;  two  sclerotics  of  the  horse-mackerel,  by  Dr.  B.  J.  Jeffries;  a  large 
collection  of  reptiles,  birds,  etc.,  from  the  Gaboon  River,  Bombay  and  other 
localities,  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Otis,  U.  S.  N. ;  shells,  and  tooth  of  an  elephant,  by  ]^Ir.  W. 
H.  Dall. 

Mav  4.  Two  musical  instruments  from  China,  and  the  skin  of  a  Manis  penta- 
dactyia,  by  Mrs.  James  Phillips;  a  collection  of  plants,  by  Mr.  L.  Babo. 

May  18.  Calcite  and  other  minerals,  from  Martinsburg,  N.  Y.,  and  from  the 
Trenton  Limestone  and  Lead-bearing  rocks  of  Black  River,  N.  Y.,  by  Dr.  C.  T. 
Jackson ;  raoimted  skin  and  skull,  with  a  section  of  a  large  ash  tree,  cut  by  a 
beaver  on  the  borders  of  Lake  Superior;  Semoiilus  corporalis  Abbot,  from  Wil- 
liamstown,  Mass.,  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam;  Phoca,  from  Greenland,  in  exchange; 
copper  ore,  from  Chili  and  California,  by  Dr.  B.  S.  Shaw ;  numerous  skins  of  birds, 
from  California  and  South  America, by  Prof.  W.  B.  Rogers;  a  valuable  collection 
of  skins  and  mammals,  from  Arctic  America;  Vuljies  lagopus  ^  ,Fort  Anderson, 
Spermophilus  Parryi,  Ajiderson  River,  north  of  Bear  Lake,  Erethizon  epixanthus 
$  ,  Youkon,  Arctomys  pruinosus,  Sciurus  hudsoniciis,  Deer  Creek,  Arctic  America, 
Lepus  sylvaticiis,  Fort  Desmoiues,  Iowa,  L.  Toicnsendii,  Deer  Creek,  Nebraska, 
and  some  reptiles  and  insects,  fi-om  Massachusetts  and  Georgia,  by  Dr.  H.  Biy- 
ant ;  the  seed  vessel  of  Trajri  bicornis,  from  Asia,  by  ]Mr.  D.  J.  BroAvn ;  alcoholic 
specimens  of  the  fruit  of  Jlyristica  moschata,  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Parker;  the  great 
blue  heron,  Ardea  herodias,  by  Dr.  A.  Coolidge ;  a  white  bellied  mouse,  Hesper- 
omys  leucopus,  from  Mr.  Brewer;  a  microscopic  section  of  the  enamel  of  the 
mastodon's  tooth,  from  C.  Johnston,  M.  D.,  of  Baltimore;  Cycloptervs  lumjnis, 
from  Swampscot,  Mass.,  by  S.  M.  Buck;  twenty-seven  specimens  of  fishes,  from 
Williamstown,  Mass. ;  eleven  fishes,  from  Bonne  Esperance,  Labrador;  six  fishes, 
taken  off  Cape  Ray,  by  the  Greenland  Expedition,  Lyceum  of  Natural  History, 
Williams  College ;  seven  fishes,  from  Panama,  S.  A.,  by  Mr.  W.  A.  Xason. 

June  1.  Original  cast  in  sandstone  of  bones  from  the  ^Mesozoic  rocks  at  Mid- 
dlebury,  Ct.,  by  Prof.  W.  B.  Rogers ;  magnetic  oxide  of  iron  and  emery,  found 
in  the  veins  of  the  ore,  from  Cliester,  Mass.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson. 

June  15.  Stones  of  the  scarlet-fiowered  peach,  from  China,  by  Dr.  C.  Picker- 
ing; roots  of  weeping  willow,  by  Mr.  0.  Pickering;  Samia  Cecropia,  frora  Milton, 
by  Mr.  J.  Fairbanks;  skuU  and  bones  of  Rangifer  grcenlandicus,  by  Mr.  W. 
Beetle;  Cyanurus  cristatus,  young  blue  jay,  by  Mr.  H.  A.  Purdie;  two  bats, 
eleven  specimens  of  birds,  twelve  reptiles,  a  crustacean  and  one  hundred  and 
fourteen  mollusca,  from  the  Isle  of  Pines,  W.  I. ;  two  hundred  and  twenty-five 
specimens  of  fossils,  from  Matanzas,  Yumuri,  Cuba,  thirteen  specimens  of  rocks 
and  fossils,  from  Calabazar,  near  Havana,  five  specimens  of  rocks  and  crystals, 
from  Caevas  de  Belle,  near  Matanzas ;  forty-one  specimens  of  rocks  and  minerals, 
and  sixteen  Fungi,  from  the  Isle  of  Pines,  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder;  by  purchase, 
thirty-four  species,  comprising  thirty-six  specimens  of  fishes,  from  Havana, 
Cuba,  detennmed  by  Prof.  Felipe  Poey. 


BOOKS  RECEIVED  DURING  THE  QUARTER  ENDING  JUNE  30,  1864. 

Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  United  States  Coast  Survey  for  1861. 
4to.    Washington.    From  the  Superintendent. 


53 

Preliminary  Li?t  of  the  Plants  of  Buffalo  and  its  Vicinity.  By  Geo.  W.  Clin- 
ton.   8vo.    Pamph.    1864.    From  the  Author. 

Glossaria  Linguarum  Brasiliensium.  Von  Dr.  C.  F.  P.  von  Martins.  Svo. 
Erlangen,  1863.    From  the  Author. 

Descriptions  of  six  new  species  of  Unionidae,  from  Lake  Xyassa,  Central  Africa. 
By  Isaac  Lea.    Svo.    Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Proof  Sheets  of  a  Synopsis  of  the 
Air-breathmg  Mollusks  of  North  America.  By  W.  G.  Binney.  8vo.  From  the 
Author. 

A  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Massachusetts.  By  E.  A.  Samuels. 
8vo.    Pamph.    Boston,  1864.    From  the  Author. 

Fossils  from  the  Potsdam  of  Wisconsin  and  Lake  Superior.  By  Prof.  A. 
Wmchell.     Svo.    Pamph.     1864.    From  the  Author. 

A  Discourse  deUvered  in  Amherst,  March  2,  1864,  at  the  funeral  of  the  Rev. 
Prof.  Edward  Hitchcock,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.  By  Prof.  Wm.  S.  Tyler.  Svo.  Pamph. 
Springfield,  1S64.     From  the  Author. 

On  the.  Acid  Tartrates  of  Csesia  and  Rubidia.  By  Prof.  J.  P.  Cooke.  8vo. 
Pamph.    1864.    Frovi  the  Author. 

Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Choerajiilis  from  North  Carolina.  On  an 
unnamed  generic  Type  aUied  to  Sebastes.  Description  of  a  new  generic  Type 
of  Ophidioids,  etc.    By  Theodore  Gill.     Svo.    Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Catalogue  of  North  American  Butterflies.  By  J.  Am.  Weidemeyer.  Svo. 
Pamph.    Philadelphia,  1864.    From  the  Author. 

Photographs  of  Samia  Columbia  Smith.     By  A.  E.  Verrill.    From  the  Author. 

Elements  of  Natural  History.  By  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger,  M.  D.  2  vols. 
12mo.    Philadelphia,  1860.    From  the  Author. 

Notice  sur  Paul  Dalinier.     Par  M.  Hebert.     Svo.    Pamph.     From  the  Author. 

Die  Sonne  uud  ihi'e  Flecken.  Von  Dr.  Rudolf  Wolf.  Svo.  Pamph.  Zurich, 
1861.    From  the  Author. 

The  Classification  of  Animals  based  on  the  Principle  of  Cephalization.  No.  3. 
Classification  of  Herbivores.  Note  on  the  Position  of  Amphibians  among  the 
Classes  of  Vertebrates.  By  J.  D.  Dana.  Svo.  Pamph.  1864.  From  the 
Author. 

The  Geology  and  Archaeology  of  Beadnell,  Northumberland,  with  descriptions 
of  fossil  AnneUds.  By  George  Tate.  The  Land  and  Fresh-water  ^loUusca  of 
Alnwick.  By  George  R.  Tate,  '^L  D.  Svo.  Pamph.  Ahiwick.  1858.  From 
the  Authors. 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  New  York. 
Svo.     Pamph.     From  the  Regents. 

The  Natural  History  of  Norway.  Translated  from  the  Danish  original  of  the 
Right  Rev.  Erich  Pontoppidan.     fol.     London,  1755.     From  Dr.  J.  Jackson. 

Inaugural  Address  of  His  Honor  Frederick  W.  Lincoln,  Jr.,  :Mayor  of  the  City 
of  Boston  to  the  Citv  Council,  Jan.  4,  1S64.  Svo.  Boston,  1864.  From  the 
City. 

Population  of  the  United  States  in  1860,  compiled  from  the  original  returns 
of  the  Eighth  Census.  By  Joseph  C.  G.  Kennedy.  4to.  Washington,  1864. 
From  Hon.  Charles  Sumner. 

Annual  Report  of  the  School  Committee  of  the  City  of  Boston.    Svo.    1863. 


Monograph  of  the  Order  Pholadacea  and  other  Papers.    By  George  W.  Tryon, 
Jr.    Svo.    Philadelphia,  1S62. 


54 

List  of  American  Writer?  on  Recent  Conchology,  with  the  Titles  of  their 
Memoirs  and  Dates  of  Publication.  By  George  W.  Tryou,  Jr.  8vo.  Kew  York, 
18G1.     From  the  Author. 

Geology  and  Ai-chaeology  of  the  Borders.  By  George  Tate.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Alnwick,  1863. 

The  Berwickshire  Mountain  Linaestone  Fauna.  By  George  Tate.  8vo. 
Pamph. 

The  Polished  and  Scratched  Rocks  in  the  Neighborhood  of  Alnwick,  viewed 
in  coimection  with  the  Boulder  Formation  in  Northumberland.  By  George 
Tate.     Svo.    Pamph.    Alnwick,  1860.    From  the  Author. 

Hemiptora  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  under  Com'rs.  Rodgers 
aud  Ringgold.    By  P.  R.  Uhler.     Svo.    Pamph. 

Contributions  to  the  Neuropterology  of  the  United  States.  No.  1.  By  P.  R. 
Uliler.    8vo.    Pamph. 

Descriptions  of  a  few  new  species  of  Hemiptera,  and  observations  upon  some 
already  described.    By  P.  R.  Uhler.    Svo.     Pamph. 

Hemipterological  Contributions.    Nos.  1,  2.     By  P.  R.  Uhler.     Svo.     Pamph. 

Orthopterological  Contributions.  By  P.  R.  Uhler.  Svo.  Pamph.  From  the 
Author. 

Birds  of  Scotland  and  other  Poems.  By  Jane  Graham.  12mo.  Philadel- 
phia, 1807. 

Introduction  to  Botany.  By  P.  Wakefield.  12mo.  Boston,  1811.  From  W. 
E.  Ball. 

An  Account  of  the  Fishes  found  in  the  River  Ganges  and  its  Branches.    By 
Francis  Hamilton.     2vols.     4to.     Edinburgh,  1822. 
Basaltic  Mountains.    4to.    From  Norman  Easton. 

Beschreibung  eines  neuen  ]\Iexicanischen  Schmetterlinges  Zenzera  Redten- 
bacheri  Hammerschmidt  dessen  Entwickelung  in  Wien  beobachtet  wui'de  vou 
Dr.  Karl  E.  Hammerschmidt.    4to.    Pamph.    Wien,  1847. 

Note  sur  les  iloeurs  des  Bourdons.  Par  M.  La  Billardiere.  Svo.  PamjA. 
1815. 

^lemoire  sur  I'Achlysie,  nouveau  genre  d'Arachnides  trachdennes.  Par 
M.  J.  Victor  Audouin.    4to.    Paraph. 

Facultatis'  Medicce  in  Academia  Lipsiensi  H.  T.  Procancellarius  D.  J.  E. 
Hebenstreit  Paneg;^'rin  Medicam.  D.  vii  Mail  anni  1745,  celebrandam  indi- 
cit  et  Historice  naturalis  Insectorum  institutiones  proponit.  4to.  Pamph. 
Lipsite. 

Cliarter  and  By-Laws  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  Svo. 
Pamph.    Philadelphia,  1862.    Frwn  Samuel  H.  Scudder. 

A  List  of  Animals  dredged  near  Caribou  Island,  Southern  Labrador,  during 
July  and  August,  1860.    By  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.     Svo.     Pamph. 

Notes  on  the  family  Zygaenidae.  By  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.  Svo.  Pamph. 
Salem,  1864. 

De  ovo  vegetabili  ejusque  mutationibus  observationes  recentiores.  Scripsit 
L.  C.  Treviranus.    4to.    Pamph.    Vratislaviae.    1828. 


55 

Horti  botanic i  Vratislaviensis  Plantarum  vel  novanim  vel  minus  copitarum 
manipulus  descripsit,  L.  C.  Treviranus.    4to.    Pamph. 

Alii  species  quotquot  in  horto  botanico  Vratislaviensi  coluntur  recensuit 
rariores  observationibus  illustravit,  novas  quasdam  descripsit  L.  C.  Treviranus. 
4to.    Pamph.    Vratislavise.    1822. 

Bemerkungen  iiber  den  Bau  der  Befruchtungstheile  und  das  Befruchtungs, 
geschafc  der  Gewachse.     Von  L.  C.  Treviranus.     4to.     Pamph. 

Von  der  Entwicklung  des  Embryo  und  seine  Umhiillmigen  im  Pflanzen-Ey 
Von  L.  C.  Treviranus.    4to.  Berlin.     1815.    From  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. 

OfVersigt  af  K.  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Forhandlingar.  Vols,  xvn-xix. 
8vo.     Stockholm.    1860-62. 

Nova  Acta  Eegias  Societatis  Scientiarum  Upsaliensis.  Vols.  i-iv.  4to. 
1856-63. 

K.  Sachische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften.  Abhandlungen.  Math.-Phys. 
Classe.  Band  vi.  pp.  1-570.  Berichte  iiber  die  Verhandlmigen.  1862.  8vo. 
Leipzig. 

Entomologische  Zeitung.     Jahrg.  xxiv.      8vo.     Stettin,  1863. 

Archiv  des  Vereins  der  Freunde  der  Xaturgeschichte  in  !Meklenburg.  Jahrg. 
XVII.     8vo.     1863. 

Schriften  der  Natuiforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Danzig.    8vo.    Pamph.    1863. 

Der  Zoologische  Garten.  Jahrg.  rv,  Xos.  7-12.    Jahrg.  v,  No.  1.     8vo. 

Wochensclu-ift  des  Vereines  zur  Beforderung  des  Gartenbaues.  Nos.  31-51. 
4to.     Berlin,  1863. 

Archiv  fur  Naturgeschichte.    1862,  No.  6.     1863,  No.  3.     8vo.     Berlin. 

Wiener  Entomologische  Monatschrift.  Band  vii,  Nos.  1-12.  8vo.  Wien, 
1863. 

Berichte  iiber  die  Verhandlungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  zu  Frei- 
burg, i.  B.     Band  m.    Heft.  1.  ''8vo.     1863. 

Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band  xv.  Heft.  3.  8vo. 
Berlin,  1863. 

Wiirzbm-ger  naturwissenschaftliche  Zeitschrift.  Band  it.  Heft.  1.  8vo. 
1863. 

Physikalische  Abhandlungen  der  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin. 
1863.     4to. 

Sitzungsbei-ichte  derK.  B.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Miinchen.  1863. 
Heft.  1-2.     8vo. 

Jahrbuch  der  K.  K.  geologischen  Reichsanstalt.  Band  xin.  Nro.  3-4.  8vo. 
Wien,  1863. 

Neunundzwanzigster  Jahresbericht  des  Mannheimer  Vereins  fiir  Naturkunde. 
8vo.    Mannheim,  1863. 

Nachrichten  von  der  Georg-Augusts-Universitat  mid  der  K.  Gesellschaft  der 
Wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen.     1863.     8vo.    Gottiugen. 

Wiirttembergische  naturwissenschaftliche  Jahreshefte.  Jahrg.  xix.  Heft.  1. 
8vo.    Stuttgart",  1863. 

Verhandlungen  des  Naturforschenden  Vereines  in  Briinn.  Band  i.,  1862.  8vo. 
Briinn,  1863. 

Abhandlungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  zu  Gorlitz.  Baud.i-ii,  in 
(Heft  2,)-vi.  Die  Regeuverhiiltnisse  Deutschlands.  Abdmck  aus  den  Band 
vn..  Heft  1.     Band  viii-xi.     8vo.     Gorlitz,  1827-55  and  1857-62. 

Abhandlungen  von  der  Senckenbergischen  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft. 
Band  v.    Heft.  1.    4to.    Frankfm-t  a.  il.  1864. 


56 


Verhanrllungcn  der  K.  Leopoldino-Carolinisclien  Deutschen  Akademie  der 
Naturforscher.     Band  xxx.    4to.    Dresden,  1864. 

Berichte  des  naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereines  des  Harzes.  Jahr.  1840-49, 
1851-62.     Statuten,  1858. 

Societa  Reale  di  Napoli.    Rendiconto.    1862,  Fasc.  1-8.    1863,  Fasc.  1-6.  4to. 

Memoires  de  la  Soci^td  Eoyale  des  Sciences  de  Liege.  Tome  xviii.  8vo. 
Liege,  1863. 

Actes  de  1' Academic  Lnp^riale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Bor- 
deaux. 3«  Serie,  24"  Aim^e,  3^  et  4«  Trimestres.  25"  Annee  1"  et  2"  Trimestres. 
8vo.    Paris,  1862-3. 

Journal  de  Conchyliologie.  3"  Sdrie.  Tome  ni.  Tome  iv,  Nos.  1-2.  8vo. 
Paris,  1863-4. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^t^  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Neuchatel.  Tome  vi.  Sec- 
ond cahier.     8vo.    Neuchatel,  1863. 

Bulletin  cie  la  Societe  Geologique  de  France.  2"  S^rie.  Tome  xx,  Feuilles 
31-48.    Tome  xxi,  Feuilles  1-5.     8vo.    Paris,  1862-4. 

Memoires  de  la  Society  Iraperiale  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Cherbourg.  Tome 
IX.     8vo.  Cherbourg,  1863. 

Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d' Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts  de  la  Sarthe.  2"  S^rie. 
Tome  IX,  Trimestres  1-3.     8vo.     Le  Mans,  1863-4. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^td  de  G^ographie.  5«  Serie.  Tome  vi.  8vo.  Paris, 
1863. 

M^moires  de  la  Socidti^  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve. 
Tome  xvii,   1"  Partie.    4to.   Geneve,  1863. 

Annales  de  la  Soci^td  Entomologique  de  France.  2«  Sdrie.  Tomes  vn-x.  3« 
Serie.  Tomes  i,  Trimestres  1-3.  ii,  iii,  Tr.  3-4.  iv-vin.  4«  Serie.  Tomes 
l-li.  III,  Tr.  1-2.     8vo.     Paris,  1849-63. 

Proceedings  of  the  Roval  Society.  Vol.  xiii,  Nos.  58-62.  8vo.  London, 
1864. 

Transactions  of  the  Royal  Scottish  Society  of  Arts.  Vol.  vi.  Part  3.  8vo. 
Edinburgh. 

Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London.  3d  Series.  Vol.  i.  Parts 
8-9.     8vo.     London,  1864. 

Inaugural  Address,  by  Prof.  Owen.     8vo.    Pamph. 

Report  of  Proceedings  of  the  Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  West 
Riding  of  Yorkshire.     8vo.     Leeds,  1863. 

Forty-third  Report  of  the  Council  of  the  Leeds  Philosophical  and  Literary 
Society.     8vo.     1862-3. 

Relations  of  Science  to  Modem  Civilization.  An  Essay,  by  Prof.  H.  Hennessy. 
8vo.     Pamph. 

Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.  Palseontologia  Indica,  Series 
2d,  Part  6.    Series  3d,  Part  1.    4to. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India  and  the  Museum  of  Geology 
for  the  years  1862-3.     8vo.     Calcutta,  1863. 

Transactions  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy.  Vols,  i-vi,  viii,  x-xii,  xvii,  xviii, 
Parts  1-2.     8vo.     Dublin,  1787-1839. 

Tlie  Reader.    Nos.  54-76.    fol.    London,  1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society.  Vol.  iv,  Nos.  4-7.  8vo.  Lon- 
don, 1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geogi-aphical  Society.  Vol.  viii,  Nos.  1-2.  Svo. 
London,  1863-4. 


57 


Proceedings  of  the  Berwickshu-e  Naturalists'  Club.  Vol.  iv,  Nos.  5-6.  8vo. 
Alnwick. 

Examination  Papers  of  the  Univenlty  of  Toronto.  4  Pamphlets.  8vo. 
Toronto,  1863. 

Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.  Nos.  50-51.  8vo.  Toronto 
1864.  '  ' 

Natural  History  Society  of  New  Brunswick.    Annual  Report,  1863. 

Fourth  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  of  the  Provmce  of  New 
Bnmswick.     8vo.     Frederickton,  1864. 

Proceedmgs  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  1864, 
Nos.  1-2.    8vo. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Annual  Reports  of  Regents.     1862-3. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge.    Vol.  xm.    4to.    Washington,  1863. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections,     Vol.  v.    8vo.      Washington,  1864. 

Proceedmgs  of  the  Essex  Institute,  Salem,  Mass.  Vol.  n\  No.  1.  8vo. 
1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  held 
in  Worcester,  Oct.  21,  1863.     8vo.     Boston. 

Charter,  Constitution  and  By-Laws  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History.  8vo. 
New  York,  1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society.  Vol.  ix.  No.  70.  8vo. 
Philadelphia,  June,  1863. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology, 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  together  with  the  Report  of  the  Director,  for  1863.  8vo. 
Boston,  1864. 

American  Medical  Times.     New  Series.    Vol.  viii,  Nos.  18-26.    4to.    New 
York. 
Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.    Nos.  1888-1896.     8vo.    Boston,  1864. 

California  Farmer  and  Journal  of  Useful  Sciences.  Vol.  xxi,  Nos.  17-18. 
fol.    San  Francisco,  1864.    By  Exchange. 

Iconum  Botanicarum  Index.  Von.  Dr.  G.  A.  Pritzel.  2'«  Ausgabe.  8vo. 
Berlin,  1861. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.    Nos.  74-77.     8vo.    London,  1864. 

Bibliotheca  Historico-Naturalis.  Verzeichniss  der  Biicher  iiber  Natm-geschichte 
welche  in  den  Jahren  1700-1846,  erschienen  sind.  Von  W.  Engelmann.  Band  i. 
8vo.     Leipzig,  1846. 

Bibliotheca  Historico-Naturalis  et  Physico-Chemica,  herausgegeben  von 
Ernst  A.  Zuchold.  Jahrg.  i,  Heft  1-2,  (i851).  iv.  Heft  2,  (1854).  vii.  Heft 
1,  (1857).    IX,  (1859).    XIII,  Heft  2,  (1863).     8vo.     Gottingen. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  Vol.  xx.  No.  78.  8vo.  Lon- 
don, 1864.    From  Cowtis  Fund. 

Life  of  William  H.  Prescott.    By  George  H.  Ticknor.    4to.    Boston,  1864. 

New  England  Historical  and  Genealogical  Register.  Vol.  xvm,  Nos.  1-2. 
8vo.    Boston,  1864. 

The  History  of  King  Philip's  War.  By  the  Rev.  Increase  Mather.  Also  a 
History'  of  the  same  War,  by  the  Rev.  Cotton  Mather,  with  an  Introduction  and 
Notes  by  S.  G.  Drake.     Svol!    Boston,  1864. 

Early  History  of  New  England.  By  Increase  Mather,  with  an  Introduction 
and  Notes  by  S.  G.  Drake.  8vo.  Boston,  1864.  Deposited  by  the  Bejniblican 
Institution. 


Shurtleff.]  58 

September  21,  1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-six  members  present. 

The  Secretary  read  the  Report  of  the  last  regular  meeting, 
of  two  sj^ecial  meetings  held  since  that  time,  and  extracts  fi'om 
the  memorandum  of  an  agreement  entered  into  between  the 
Society  and  Dr.  Wm.  J.  Walker,  relative  to  the  management 
of  the  Working  Fund. 

The  President  announced  the  sudden  death,  on  June  26th, 
of  one  of  the  most  j^romising  of  the  younger  members  of  the 
Society,  Mr.  Carleton  A.  Shurtleff,  and  read  a  letter  from  his 
brother.  Dr.  Augustine  Shm-tleff,  presenting  on  behalf  of  his 
family,  his  papers  and  his  collections,  consisting  principally 
of  Insects  and  Plants,  begging  that  the  Society  would  view 
the  gift  in  the  light  of  a  bequest  from  his  brother. 

Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder  offered  a  few  remarks  upon  the  char- 
acter and  scientific  attainments  of  Mr.  Shurtleff,  and  presented 
a  paper  by  him  upon  "  The  general  Plan  of  Venation  in  the 
Order  of  Insects  and  its  modification  in  the  different  subor- 
ders," in  wdiich  Mr.  Shurtleff  endeavored  to  show  there  were 
six  distinct  veins  in  a  normal  wing,  which  were  coupled  in 
pairs,  forming  thus  three  distinct  areas,  the  first  or  anterior 
of  which,  was  designed  for  strength,  the  second  or  middle  for 
flight,  while  the  third  or  posterior  area  was  either  supple- 
mentary to  the  second,  or  specially  developed  for  specific 
purposes,  as  in  the  stridulating  organs  of  the  male  Orthop- 
tera.  The  veins  of  the  first  area  arose  from  a  side-piece  on 
the  thorax  distinct  from  that  which  bore  those  of  the  third 
area,  while  the  veins  of  the  middle  area  did  not  appear  to 
arise  from  either,  but  to  be  interpolated  between  them.  Ex- 
am])les  were  cited  throughout  all  the  suborders. 

The  President  read  a  letter  from  Mr.  W.Brigham  giving 
Bome  account  of  observations  on  animal  and  vegetable  life  in 
liot  springs  in  California.  Prof  Wyman  gave  a  resume  of  pub- 
lislied  observations  on  this  point. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  the  following  letters, 
viz: 


59 

From  George  W.  Tryon,  Esq.,  Philadelphia,  acknowledging  his 
election  as  Corresponding  Member ;  the  Secretary  of  the  Convention 
of  the  Young  Mens'  Christian  Associations,  held  in  Boston,  acknowl- 
edging courtesies  received  from  this  Society ;  the  editor  of  the  Annu- 
aire  des  Societes  Savantes,  Paris,  June  29,  1864,  asking  information 
concerning  the  Society;  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  May  16th,  1864, 
acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications ;  the  Super- 
intendent of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India,  Calcutta,  October  1st, 
1863,  presenting  publications  of  the  Survey;  the  Naturhistorische 
Gesellschaft  zu  Niirnberg,  June  loth,  1864,  presenting  its  Transac- 
tions; and  the  Academie  Lnperiale  des  Sciences,  Lyon,  April  10th, 
1863,  presenting  its  Memoires. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Messrs.  James  Tolman,  Henry  Edwards,  Oliver  Ames, 
Phineas  E.  Gay,  Charles  S.  Kendall,  Avery  Plumer,  Joseph 
Breck,  George  H.  Homans,  and  Wilham  Endicott,  Jr. 


DONATIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM. 

Sept,  21.  Eighteen  hundred  dried  plants,  mostly  from  Brookline,  Mass.,  six  thou- 
sand five  hundred  dry,  and  two  thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  alcoholic 
specimens  of  insects,  twenty-six  spiders,  and  twenty-nine  myriapoda,  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  native  Chinese,  and  two  hundred  specimens  of  Japanese  insects, 
thirty-two  mammals  and  birds,  thirty-six  reptiles,  seven  fishes,  fifty-two  Crusta- 
cea, fifty-one  worms,  eighty-five  mollusca,  forty-seven  radiata,  mostly  from  New 
England,  bequest  of  Mr.  C.  A.  Shurtleflf;  two  skeletons  of  Galapagos  tortoise  from 
Galapagos  Islands,  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow ;  lower  jaw  of  sperm  whale  from  the 
Coast  of  Pei-u,  by  Capt.  P.  Howland ;  twenty-seven  specimens  of  rocks  and  build- 
ing stones,  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution;  tracks  of  Cheirotherium  from  Sorton 
Quarry,  near  Liverpool,  England,  by  Capt.  Anderson  and  Mr.  George  Moore; 
model  in  plaster  of  Mont  Blanc  and  Chamounix,  by  Mr.  H.  B.  Stanwood ;  two 
trilobites  from  Trenton  Falls,  three  specimens  of  insects  in  Amber,  fourteen 
spirifers,  from  the  Potomac  River,  three  miles  below  Aquia  Creek,  a  fossil  echino- 
derm;nestof  Chcetura  pelasgia^  from  BurUngton,  Vt.;  four  uniones,  from  Fish 
Creek  Ponds,  Saranac  Lakes,  N.  Y.,  by  Dr.  H.  I.  Bowditch;  mollusca,  from  the 
Cretaceous  beds,  New  Castle  County,  Del.,  by  Mr.  J.  T.  Rothrock;  one  hundred 
and  seventy-five  specimens  of  land  and  fresh  water  mollusca  consisting  of  the 
following  species:  Helix  auricoma  FOr.,  H.  incrustata  Poey,  II.  Brodieri  Gu- 
tierez,  H.  emarginata  Gundl.,  H.  vortex  Pfr.,  H.  versicolor  Biun.,  H.  ruhromar- 
ginata  Gundl.,  H.  minuscula  Binn.,  H.  Ottonis  Pfr.,  H.  GundlacU  Pfr.,  Helicina 
reeveana  Pfr.,F.  elongafa  Orb.,  ff.  minima  Orb.,  H.  bellula  Gundl.,  K  subglobulosa 
Poey,  Ci/lindrella  sexdecimalis  Jimeno,  C-  sowerbyana  Pfr.  var.  minor,  C.  irroi'ata 
Gundl.,  C.  brunnescens  Gundl.,  C.  coronach  Arm.,  C.  variegata  Pfr.,  C.  bland- 
iana  Gundl.,  C.  angulifera  Gundl.,  C  ElUottii  Poey,  C.  Wrightii  Pfr.,  C  ccuru- 
lans  Poey,  C.  notata  Gundl.,  Cyclostomn  egregium  Gundl.,  C.  chordatina  Gundl., 
C.  textum  Gundl.,   C.2^udicum  Orb.,  C   rugulosum  Pfr.,  C.  undosum  Gundl.,  C. 


60 

rotundatum  Poey,  C  Pretrei  Orb.,  C  scobina  Gundl.,  C.  perspectimm  Gundl.,  C 
latilabre  Orb.,  C.  Shuttleworth'd  Pfr.,  var.  minor,  Oleacina  okacea  F6r.,  Macroce- 
ramiis  pujmdes  Pfr.,  Vertigo  jjellucida  Pfr.,  Truncatella  lineata  Poey,  Palu- 
dina  bennudiana  Orb.,  Stenogyra  terebraster,  from  Cuba,  by  Dr.  Juan  Gundlach: 
four  skulls  of  birds,  six  jaws  of  fish,  corals,  mollusca,  fossil  bones,  and  seeds  of 
plants,  from  New  Oi-leans,  La.,  by  Dr.  S.  Kneeland;  sturgeon's  scale  and  shark's 
ray,  fifty  specimens  of  insects,  from  Lexington,  ]\Iass.,  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague; 
specimens  of  granite,  from  Orange,  Franklm  Co.,  N.  Y.,  by  lix.  S.  Rice;  nest  of 
Pencilled  Grosbeak,  by  Mr.  Luther  Hill. 


BOOKS  RECEIVED  DURING  THE  QUARTER  ENDING  SEPT.  30,  1864. 

On  the  Structural  Character  of  the  so-called  Melanians  of  North  America.  By 
Dr.  W.   Stimpson.     8vo.    Pamph.    New  Haven,  1864.    From  the  Author. 

The  Law  of  Increase  and  the  Structure  of  Man.  By  F.  P.  Liharzik.  Pro- 
spectus.   4to.     Pamph.     Vienna,  1862.    From  the  Author. 

SjTiopsis  of  Canadian  Ferns  and  Filicoid  Plants.  By  George  Lawson.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Edinburgh,  1864.     From  the  Author. 

Revision  of  the  Polyps  of  the  Eastern  Coast  of  the  United  States.  By  A.  E. 
Ven-ill.    4to.    Pamph.     Cambridge,  1864.     From  the  Author. 

The  Past  and  the  Present.  Semi-centennial  address  to  the  Alumni  of  Yale 
College,  and  Graduates  of  1814,  at  thek  Annual  ]\Ieeting,  July  27,  1864.  By 
Samuel  B.  Ruggles,  LL.D.  8vo.  Pamph.  New  York,  1864.  From  the  Aur- 
thor. 

Report  of  the  Committee  of  the  Overseers  of  Harvard  College  appointed  to 
visit  the  Library  for  the  year  1863 ;  together  with  the  accompanying  documents. 
8vo.    Pamph.     Boston,  1864.    From  Harvard  College. 

Directory  of  Pittsburgh  and  Alleghany  Cities,  the  adjoining  Boroughs,  vil- 
lages, etc.,  for  1864-5.    By  Geo.  N.  Thurston.     8vo.    From  the  Publisher. 

Letter  addressed  to  M.  Cordier,  member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences, 
on  certain  new  Bone  Caves.  By  Marcel  de  Serres.  8vo.  Pamph.  New 
Haven. 

A  Summer  Cruise  on  the  Coast  of  New  England.  By  Robert  Carter.  12mo. 
Boston,  1864.    From  Samuel  H.  Scudder. 

Historical,  Chemical  and  Therapeutical  Analysis  of  the  Principal  Mineral 
Fountains  at  Saratoga  Springs.  By  R.  L.  Allen,  M.  D.  24mo.  Saratoga  Springs, 
1848. 

The  Empire  Spring,  its  Composition  and  Medical  uses.  By  E.  Emmons,  M.  D. 
16mo.     Albany,  1849. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science.  Vol.  viii.  No.  32.  London, 
1860. 

Catalogus  Florae  Ludovicianae,  auctore  J.  L.  Riddcll,  ^I.  D.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Contributions  to  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  By  Bennett  Dowler, 
M.  D.    Nos.  1  and  4.     8vo.    Pamph.     From  Br.  S.  Kneeland. 

Columbian  Centinel,  1800-1801, 1812-14, 1816-28.    17  vols.    fol.    Boston. 
Episcopal  Recorder.     Vol.  x.    fol.    Philadelphia. 


61 


Boston  Eecorder,  1820-23.    4  vols.    fol. 

Boston  Recorder  and  Telegraph,  1824-28.    2  vols.    fol. 

National  Gazette  and  Literary  Register,  1820-28.     8  vols.    fol.   Philadelphia. 

Boston  Daily  Advertiser,  July  1846-1848,  July  1849-June  1850,  1851-March 
1856.     18  vols.     fol.     Boston. 

Daily  Evening  Traveller,  July  1849-1855.  13  vols.  fol.  Boston.  From  Br, 
J.  M.  Warren. 

Anatomical,  Pathological  and  Therapeutical  Researches  upon  the  Disease 
known  under  the  name  of  Gastro-enterite,  putrid,  adynamic,  ataxic  or  typhoid 
fever.    By  P.  Ch.  A.  Louis.    2  vols.     8vo.     Boston,  1836. 

Anatomical,  Pathological  and  Therapeutical  Researches  on  the  Yellow  Fever 
of  Gibraltar  of  1828.     By  P.  Ch.  A.  Louis.     8vo.     Boston,  1839. 

The  London  Medical  Dictionary.  By  Bartholomew  Parr,  M.  D.  2  vols.  4to. 
Philadelphia,  1819. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Management  of  the  Teeth.  By  Benjamin  James.  8vo. 
Boston,  1814. 

The  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society,  8vo.   Boston.  1808. 

Catalogue  of  the  Recent  Shells  in  the  Cabinet  of  John  C.  Jay.  8vo.  Pamph. 
New  York,  1835. 

Elements  of  the  Practice  of  Physic.  By  George  Fordyce,  M.  D.  8vo.  Lon- 
don, 1771. 

A  Report  on  Spasmodic  Cholera  prepared  by  a  Committee  under  the  Direction 
of  the  Counsellors  of  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society.  8vo.  Boston,  1832. 
From  Dr.  J.  W.  Randall. 

List  of  the  Specimens  of  British  Animals  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Mu- 
seum.   Part.  5.     Lepidoptera.     12mo.    London,  1850. 

Descriptions  of  the  Amei'ican  Limacid®.    By  Amos  Binney.     8vo.    Pamph. 

Synopsis  of  North  American  Sphingidse.  By  Brackenridge  Clemens,  M.  D. 
4to.    Pamph. 

North  American  Lepidoptera.  Plate  ix.  Sphingidae.  Published  by  J.  W. 
Weidemeyer,  S.  Calverly  and  W.  R.  Edwards.    New  York. 

On  the  Darlingtonia  californica,  a  new  pitcher  plant  from  Northern  Califor- 
nia.    By  John   ToiTey.      4to.    Pamph.    Washington,  1853. 

Notes  on  new  Species  and  Localities  of  Microscopic  Organisms.  By  J.  W. 
Bailey,  M.  D.    4to.     Pamph.    Washington,  1853. 

Microscopical  Examination  of  Soundings  made  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
off  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  the  United  States.     By  J.  W.  Bailey.    4to.    Pamph. 

Microscopical  Observ^ations  made  in  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Florida. 
By  J.  W.  Bailey.    4to.    Pamph. 

Observations  on  the  Batis  maritima  of  Linnaeus.  By  John  Torrey.  4to. 
Pamph.    Washmgton,  1853.    By  Bequest  of  C  A.  Shurtleff. 

Vierteljahrsschrift  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Ziirich.  Jahrg. 
l-vm.     8vo.     Zurich,  1856-63. 

Jahrbuch  der  K.  K.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt.  xiv.Band.  N"-  1.  8vo. 
Wien,  1864. 

Zeitschrift  der Deutsch en  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  xv.  Band,  4  Heft.  xvi. 
Band,  1  Heft.     8vo.     Berlin,  1863-4. 

Abhandlungen  der  Naturhistorischen  Gesellschaft  zu  Niii'uberg.  ui.  Band, 
1  Halfte.    8vo.    1864. 


62 


Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society.  Vol.  viii,  No.  3.  Aprilj 
1864.  Announcement  and  Bailotuig  List  for  Anniversary  Meeting  for  May,  1864. 
8vo.     London. 

Memorial  to  Lord  Clyde.  Extract  from  the  Times  of  Saturday,  April  2,  1864. 
8vo.    Pamph. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society.  Vol.  iv,  No.  8.  8vo.  Lon- 
don, 1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society.  Vol.  xiii,  No.  63.  8vo.  London,  AprU 
1864. 

The  Reader.  Vol.  in,  Nos.  77-78.  Vol.  iv,  Nos.  79-81,  84-85,  87-89.  foL 
London.    June  to  September.    1864. 

The  Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Arts.  New  Series.  No.  52. 
8vo.    Toronto,  1864. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  Contents  of  First  Series.  New  Series. 
Vol.  I,  Nos.  1-4.     8vo.    Montreal,  1864. 

Transactions  of  the  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec.  Session  of 
1863-4.    New  Series.     Part  2.     8vo.     Quebec,  1864. 

Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York.  Vol.  vii,  Nos.  13-16. 
Vol.  VIII,  No.  1.   '8vo.    New  York,  1861-3. 

American  Medical  Times.  New  Series.  Vol.  ix,  Nos.  1-10.  4to.  New  York. 
July-September,  1864. 

Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  lxvi,  Title  Page,  lxviii,  No.18. 
LXIX,  Nos.  25-26.     LXX,  Nos.  23-26.     LXXI,  Nos.  1-9.     8vo.     Boston,  1863-4. 

California  Farmer  and  Journal  of  Useful  Sciences.  Vol.  xxi,  Nos.  20-24. 
Vol.  XXII,  Nos.  1-3.    fol.     San  Francisco.     June- August,  1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  the  Serai-Annual  Meet- 
ing held  in  Boston,  April  7,  1864.     8vo.    Pamph. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society.  Vol.  ix.  No.  71.  8vo. 
Philadelphia,  1864. 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Vol.  xxxviii,  No.  113.  8vo.  New 
Haven,  September,  1864.  » 

Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  1864, 
No.  3.     8vo. 

Proceedings  of  the  Essex  Listitute.  Vol.  iv,  No.  2.  8vo.  Salem.  April- 
June,  1864.     By  Exchange. 

Verhandlingen  van  het  Bataviaasch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschap- 
pen.    Deel  xx-xxi.     8vo.    xxii-xxvi.    4to.  Batavia,  1844-57. 

Transactions  and  Collections  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society.  Archae- 
ologia  Americana.     Vol.  ii.     8vo.     Cambridge,  1836. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society,  Annual  Meetings  of  1839- 
55.   8vo.     Cambridge,  Worcester  and  Boston. 

Comptes  Rendus  des  Stances  et  Memoires  de  la  Soci^te  de  Biologic.  2« 
S^rie.     Tome  i.     8vo.     Paris,  1864. 

Journal  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  London.  Vol.  xiv,  Part  2. 
Vols.  XX-XXI.     8vo.    London,  1844,  and  1850-51. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  L-ish  Academy.  Vol.  I.  Vol.  v,  Part  1.  Vol.  vi, 
Part  2.     8vo.     Dublin,  1836-40,  1851  and  1855. 

Erster  Bericht  des  Offeubacher  rereins  fur  Naturkunde.  8vo.  Offenbach  a. 
M.     1860. 

Bulletin  de  la  Socidt^  Irap^riale  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou.  Aim^e  1849, 
No.  1.    8vo.    Moscou. 


63  [White. 

Proceedings  of  the  Berwickshire  Nataxralists'  Club.  Vol.  iii.  Vol.  iv,  Nos.  1, 
2, 5.     8vo.     Alnwick. 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte.    Jahrg.  xxi,  Heft.  2.     8vo.    Berlin,  1855. 

M^moires  et  Documents  relatifs  a  I'Histoire  du  Canada,  publics  par  la  Soci^t^ 
Historique  de  Monti'eal.     8vo.     Montreal,  1859. 

The  Natural  History  Review.    Nos.  1,  6  and  12.     8vo.    London,  1861-3. 

L'Investigateur.  Journal  de  I'lnstitut  Historique.  5«  Sdrie.  Tome  i.  Octo- 
ber and  November,  1851.    Tome  ix.    January-June  and  September,  1859. 

Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  Dublin.  Vol.  iv,  Part  2,  No.  2.  1850. 
Vol.  IX,  Part  2.     1861.     8vo. 

Journal  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society.  Vol.  ii.  Vol.  iii.  No.  17.  8vo.  Dub- 
Un,  1860. 

Report  of  the  Twenty-Eighth  Meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Science.     8vo.     London,  1859. 

Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London.  For  the  years 
1831,  1836  (Part  1),  1843,  1845,  1847  (Part  1).  4to.  London.  By  Exchange  with 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.  Nos.  78-80.  8vo.  London.  June- 
August.    1864. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  No.  79.  Svo.  London,  1864. 
From  Courtis  Fund. 


October  5,  1864. 
Mr.  C.  J.  SjDragiie  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-one  members  present. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  exhibited  under  the  microscope  specimens 
of  Trichina  spiralis,  and  gave  an  account  of  recent  discov- 
eries which  had  been  made  in  regard  to  it. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague  exhibited  ripe  apples  from  the  tree  grow- 
ing in  Lowell,  which  bore  the  peculiar  blossoms  shown  by  him 
to  the  Society  at  the  meeting  of  June  1st.  The  same  irregular 
arrangement  of  the  pips  was  seen  in  the  ripe  fruit,  they  being 
racemose  along  the  central  axis.  Some  of  them  were  devel- 
oped at  the  end  of  the  fruit,  opening  directly  at  the  surface. 
The  rudimentary  green  scales,  to  which  the  corolla  was  re- 
duced in  the  flower,  had  taken  on  a  succulent  growth  and 
become  pulpy,  like  the  rest  of  the  fruit ;  while  the  sepals  had 
withered  and  shrunk  to  their  usual  condition  at  maturity. 

He  also  announced  that  Callwia  vulgaris  (the  Heath,)  had 


Putnam.]  64 

been  found  gi'owing  at  Cape  Breton,  ^NTova  Scotia,  (speci- 
mens of  which  he  exhibited,)  thus  disproving  the  negative 
arguments  brought  forward  by  him  some  time  since  to  prove 
that  it  was  not  indigenous  in  this  country. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam  remarked  that  all  the  fishes  from  the 
Milwaukee  River  presented  this  evening  by  Mr.  Dall,  were 
recognized  by  him,  Avith  perhaps  one  exception,  as  belonging 
to  the  same  species  as  those  found  in  Lakes  Superior  and 
Champlain ;  indeed,  of  all  the  forty  or  fifty  species  found  in 
these  Great  Lakes  only  five  or  six  were  found  in  either, 
which  did  not  occur  in  all,  proving  that  we  have  but  a  single 
Ichthyological  fauna  through  the  whole  region  of  the  Great 
Lakes,  including  Lake  Champlain.  Until  the  present  season 
he  had  thought  that  this  "  Great  Lake  fauna"  had  extended 
to  the  larger  lakes  in  Maine ;  but,  from  his  exploration  of  the 
Richardson  chain,  he  was  now  convinced  that  such  was  not 
the  case,  as  there  v/ere  but  three  or  four  of  the  fourteen  spe- 
cies of  the  Richardson  Lakes,  which  were  of  the  same  species 
as  those  of  Lakes  Champlain  and  Superior.  The  absence  of 
the  Perch,  Bream,  Shiner,  Pout,  Pickerel  and  the  Cyprino- 
donts,  in  the  Richardson  Lakes,  was  a  marked  characteristic 
of  that  fauna,  distinguishing  it  from  that  of  the  Great  Lakes. 

A  partial  exploration  of  Sebago  Lake,  in  Maine,  showed 
that  the  fishes  of  that  lake  are  of  a  difierent  character  from 
those  of  the  Richardson  chain,  for  of  the  fourteen  species  col- 
lected, the  Chub  and  Red-fi]^  only,  were  common  to  the  two 
waters.  In  Lake  Sebago,  however,  the  fishes  which  have  been 
mentioned  as  wanting  in  the  Richardson  Lakes,  were  found  in 
abundance,  with  the  exception  of  the  Cyj^rinodonts.  There 
were  also  a  Lota  and  a  peculiar  species  of  Salmo  found  in 
Sebago,  which  were  not  found  in  the  Richardson  Lakes.  As  to 
Lake  Sebago  we  do  not  yet  know  enough  to  say  whether  the 
fauna  of  this  locality  is  identical  with  tliat  of  the  Great  Lakes 
or  of  New  England.  Certainly  there  were  several  marked 
differences  between  it  and  the  New  England  fauna  as  now 
generally  understood. 

Dr.  Pickering  stated  that  he  had  passed  the  summer  on  the 
Androscoggin  River,  twenty-five  miles  from  Lake  Umbagog, 
the  lowest  of  the  Richardson  Lakes,  and  that  he  had  found 


"^  [Putnam. 

the  Chub  abundant  and  the  Pickerel  was  not  rare.  Perch 
had  also  been  taken  there  for  the  first  time  during  this 
season. 

Mr.  Putnam  remarked  in  response,  that  the  fishes  of  the  An- 
droscoggin River  were  difierent  fi-om  those  of  the  Lakes  at  its 
head  waters,  and  that  but  few  species  passed  from  the  river  to 
the  lakes.  A  species  of  Lota  had  been  taken  in  the  Androscog- 
gin, but  never  in  the  lakes,  so  fir  as  he  was  aware.  The  Eel 
had  been  occasionally  found  in  the  lakes  at  the  "  Upper  Dam," 
but  never  in  the  lakes  above  that  dam.  In  regard  to  the  Eel, 
Mr.  Putnam  thought  it  was  yet  a  question  whether  there  was 
more  than  one  species  on  our  eastern  coast,  adjacent  rivers 
and  inland  waters. 

He  stated  that  the  Box  turtle  from  Wilmington,  Mass.,  pre- 
sented by  Mr.  Holden,  was  the  Cistudo  virginica^  which  has  a 
wide  distribution  on  our  continent  east  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. There  are  several  varieties  which  have  been  named,  but 
these,  Mr.  Putnam  was  convinced,  were  only  varieties  and  not 
species,  as  he  had  seen  specimens  with  characters  which  ren- 
dered it  impossible  to  consider  them  as  belonging  to  one 
variety  more  than  to  another.  Even  as  regards  the  three-toed 
variety  of  the  South,  he  had  seen  two  specimens  which  had 
three  toes  on  one  hind  foot  and  four  on  the  other. 

The  following  persons  w^ere  elected  Resident  Members :  — 
Mr.  Gilbert  E.  Pierce  and  the  Rev.  Wan-en  H.  Cudworth,  of 
East  Boston  ;  Mr.  Joshua  T.  Piatt,  of  Cambridge  ;  Messrs.  G. 
F.  H.  Markoe  and  Henry  D.  Dupee,  of  this  city. 


October  19,  1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-five  members  present. 

Capt.  N,  E.  At  wood,  of  Provincetown,  addressed  the  Society 
upon  the  habits  of  some  of  our  salt  water  fishes.  They  might 
be  divided,  he  said,  into  two  classes :  those  which  changed  their 
homes  in  the  different  seasons  from  somewhat  deep  to  shallow 

PEOCKEDING8  B.  8.  N.  H.— VOL.  X.  5  DECEMBER,  1865. 


Atwood.] 


66 


water,  and  those  which  might  be  termed  migratory ;  not  be- 
cause they  passed  up  and  down  the  coast,  but  always  came 
from  the  ocean  depths  beyond  fishing  limits,  to  the  coast, 
and  went  back  again,  at  the  beginning  and  close  of  the 
wann  season.  He  would  only  refer  to  one  or  two  of  this 
latter  class. 

He  first  spoke  of  the  Mackerel. 

These  appear  at  the  opening  of  spring,  and  are  found  abund- 
antly along  the  coast  in  this  vicinity,  extending  southward  to  the 
Delaware  capes,  below  which  they  are  rarely  caught,  though  they 
are  occasionally  found  as  far  south  as  the  Virginia  coast ;  northward 
thev  extend  to  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  instances  are  known 
where  they  have  been  taken  as  far  north  as  Bradore  on  the  coast  of 
Labrador.  This  can  only  occur  during  a  season  remarkable  for  the  prev- 
alence of  westerly  winds,  for  in  the  colder  seasons  they  do  not  go  so 
far  north.  They  are  found  every  year  as  far  north  as  the  Mecatina 
Islands  on  the  Labrador  coast.  They  make  their  earliest  appearance 
at  Provincetown,  at  the  extremity  of  Cape  Cod,  about  the  10th  of  May. 
The  large  individuals  (which  jVlitchUi  described  as  a  distinct  species,  but 
which  Capt.  Atwood  considered  but  as  the  full  grown  adult,)  appear 
first.  These  are  all  mature,  no  young  accompanj-ing  them,  and  they 
never  bite  at  a  hook,  which  is  the  case  also  with  aU  those  found  on  the 
Labrador  coast.  Later  in  the  season,  the  younger  ones,  which  wiU  read- 
ily take  the  bait,  appear,  and  they  are  no  longer  taken  with  the  net.  The 
large  individuals  (Scomber  vernalis)  come  about  a  week  before  they  lay 
their  spawn;  one  year  when  they  appeared  on  the  20th  of  May, 
most  of  them  were  found  to  be  laying  their  spawn  on  the  28th.  By  the 
4th  or  5th  of  June,  the  large  mackerel  disappear,  and  none  will  then 
be  found  but  those  not  fully  grown  (Scomber  grex  Mitchill).  In 
thirty  days  ft-om  the  laying  of  the  spawn  the  young  mackerel,  about 
two  inches  long,  will  be  found  in  great  abundance,  and  in  fifty-five 
days,  they  will  have  reached  the  length  of  four  inches. 

The  Scomber  grex  is  fished  for  with  the  hook.  Forty  years  ago  the 
fishermen  used  to  fish  during  the  entire  summer  off  of  soundings,  and 
out  of  sight  of  land,  both  off  our  coast  and  on  the  fishing  ground  lying 
entirely  to  the  eastward  of  Cash's  Ledge.  But  this  ground  failed  alto- 
gether in  1842,  and  now  most  of  the  fishing  is  done  upon  Cash's  Ledge, 
which  is  seven  leagues  long  by  two  broad,  with  a  shoal  spot  near  the 
middle  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  long  ;  at  this  small  spot  most  of  the 
mackerel  would  be  taken,  and  there  would  sometimes  be  as  many  as 
one  hundred  sail  of  vessels  upon  it. 

This  year  no  mackerel  were  taken  in  August ;  early  In  September 
some  were  caught  at  Boon  Island  Ledge,  to  which  place  the  fishermen 


67  [Atwood. 

flocked.  The  fishing  lasted  about  a  week,  and  many  thousand  barrels 
were  taken  just  at  the  ledge ;  and  though  occumng  in  such  abundance 
at  this  point,  not  one  could  be  taken  half  a  mile  off.  After  this  thej 
were  caught  near  ]\Iinot's  Ledge. 

About  the  middle  of  November,  the  fishermen  of  Provincetown  Bay 
begin  to  put  out  nets  for  the  large  mackerel  (Scomber  vernalis),  on  its 
return.  On  one  occasion  Capt.  Atwood  had  twelve  nets  out,  five  miles 
from  land ;  on  the  last  night  of  November  he  had  taken  nothing,  but  on 
visiting  the  nets  the  next  day  he  found  they  had  sunk  to  the  bottom 
filled  with  mackerel.  He  however  succeeded  in  getting  up  eight,  and 
the  nets  as  they  came  to  the  surface  looked  like  a  sheet  of  silver:  3,360 
mackerel  were  taken  from  these  eight  nets  by  nightfall ;  the  next  day 
the  remaining  nets  were  dragged  in  and  1,700  more  taken,  making  over 
5,000  fish  netted  at  a  single  "catch."  On  another  occasion  a  "catch" 
lasted  three  nights,  when  he  alone  caught  mackerel  of  the  best  quality, 
enough  to  make  sixteen  barrels  when  packed. 

The  fishermen  divide  the  mackerel  into  four  classes,  according  to 
their  size,  which  are  termed  respectively,  "large,"  "second  size," 
"tinkers,**  and  "blinks."  There  is  a  clear  line  of  demarcation  between 
them,  so  that  every  fisherman  can  separate  the  same  size  of  fish  in  the 
same  way;  from  this  fact  Capt.  Atwood  believes  that  it  takes  the 
mackerel  four  years  to  attain  its  growth. 

The  next  fish  Capt.  Atwood  alluded  to,  was  the  Menhaden  (Alosa 
MenhadenL).  They  arrive  at  Provincetown  a  little  sooner  than  the 
mackerel,  making  their  earliest  appearance  in  immense  numbers  • 
unlike  the  mackerel,  which  become  plentiful  by  degi-ees.  The  fisher- 
men never  find  any  spawn  in  them ;  in  September  small  fry,  four  or 
five  inches  long,  are  seen.  Most  of  the  menhaden  pass  off  late  in 
autumn,  but  some,  which  are  probably  still  to  be  found  up  the  creeks, 
do  not  disappear  till  towards  January.  Some  of  these,  taken  late  in 
December,  he  sent  to  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cam- 
bridge, and  Mr.  Putnam  found  mature  spawn  in  them.  From  these  cir- 
cumstances, and  from  the  fact  that  the  half  grown  fish  are  known  to  the 
negroes  of  the  Virginia  coast  by  the  name  of  "bug-fish,"  because  they 
beheve  them  to  have  been  produced  ti-om  insects,  since  they  never  find 
spawn  in  them  there,  Capt.  Atwood  believed  that  they  spawned  in  the 
winter  on  the  shoals  off  shore  between  Nantucket  and  Cape  Hatteras. 
From  the  circumstance  that  only  two  sizes,  the  large  and  tlie  small 
menhaden  are  ever  seen,  he  ftu'ther  deduced  the  fact  that  this  spe- 
cies attains  its  growth  in  a  single  year. 

In  reply  to  a  question  of  Mr.  Putnam's  relative  to  the  spawning  of 
eels,  Capt.  Atwood  said  he  had  never  been  engaged  in  the  eel  fishery, 
and  that  very  few  were  found  in  Provincetown,  but  that  the  young  ones 
were  to  be  seen  in  the  spring. 


Wyman.]  68 

Mr.  S.  N.  Chamberlain  stated  that  he  had  found  the  spawn  in  eels 
brought  to  market  for  about  three  weeks  in  October,  to  be  mature, 
but  very  small. 

The  President  exhibited  a  siDecimen  of  "Bull-dog  Cod," 
being  a  deformed  mdividual  of  the  common  species  of  cod 
and  made  some  remarks  upon  the  character  of  the  malformar 
tion  of  its  head. 

Capt.  Atwood  stated  that  this  monstrosity  was  found,  so 
far  as  he  was  aware,  only  in  Labrador,  and  was  not  uncommon 
there. 

Mr.  Putnam  said  that  Mr.  Sceva  had  recently  presented  a 
Cunner,  Ctenolahrus  cceruleus^  having  this  same  malforma- 
tion of  the  snout.  Mr.  Putnam  had  brought  this  summer 
from  the  lakes  in  Maine,  two  specimens  of  trout  similarly 
distorted. 

Capt.  Atwood  presented  two  deformed  claws  of  lobsters, 
in  which  Prof.  Wyman  stated  the  same  princiiDle  prevailed  as 
in  recorded  cases  of  monstrosities  in  Vertebrates. 

Capt.  Atwood  remarked  that  the  "  larger  claw "  of  the 
lobster  was  found  equally  on  either  side. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Mr.  David  S.  Greenough,  of  Jamaica  Plain,  and  Mr.  Copley 
Amory,  of  Boston. 


N'ovember  2,  1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-six  members  present. 

Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow  presented  two  skulls,  together  with  two 
stone  pestles  and  a  mortar,  which  he  had  obtained  from  a 
sepulchral  mound  which  covered  a  space  of  half  an  acre  near 
Stockton,  California.  The  mound  was  nearly  filled  with  im- 
plements and  with  the  skeletons,  which  were  found  lying  in  a 
horizontal  position. 

He  also  presented  some  fish,  a  sepia  and  some  lizards,  from 


69  [White. 

the  Bay  of  Paita  and  vicinity,  and  some  insects  taken  during 
a  journey  fi'om  the  borders  of  Ecuador  to  Quito,  together 
with  an  annelid  taken  at  the  height  of  seven  to  eight  thou- 
sand feet,  and  two  small  frogs  found  at  the  height  of  nine 
thousand  feet  above  the  sea. 

With  regard  to  the  stone  implements  found  in  the  mounds  in 
California,  Dr.  Winslow  stated  that  he  had  been  infonned  that 
it  was  the  invariable  custom  of  the  Indians  to  break  them 
when  burying  the  dead.  Both  of  these  were  broken,  but  he 
was  rather  inclined  to  think  that  in  one  there  was  a  fresh  frac- 
ture. The  mounds  at  Stockton  resembled  in  character  those 
found  in  South  America,  north  of  Pachacamac,  which,  with 
those  about  it,  were  square  structures  built  of  adobes. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  remarked  that  these  skulls  were  very  inter- 
esting, since  the  discovery  of  burial  mounds  in  C^difomia  was 
new,  or  had  never  been  noticed  by  Ethnologists,  and  the  skulls 
themselves,  though  of  undoubted  Indian  character,  were  not 
like  those  of  the  Atlantic  States  or  any  he  had  ever  seen.  He 
read  the  following 

Description  of  two  Human  Skulls  recently  brought  from 
Stockton,  California,  and  presented  to  the  Society  by 
Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow. 

They  were  obtained  from  a  large  burial  mound  at  that  place,  which 
contained,  beside  these  specimens,  the  bones  of  many  other  individ- 
uals and  broken  stone  ware.  The  existence  of  burial  mounds  at  this 
latitude  upon  the  Pacific  coast  has  never  before  been  observed.  One 
of  the  crania  (Xo.  1054  department  catalogue)  was  in  a  perfect  con- 
dition with  the  exception  of  the  loss  of  a  few  teeth,  and  was  evi- 
dently of  the  male  sex.  A  superficial  examination  revealed  very 
remarkable  points,  and  gave  the  impression  of  an  exceedingly  low 
type  of  development.  The  superciliary  ridges  are  very  strongly 
marked,  and  form,  at  the  median  line,  a  prominence  which  projects 
boldly  above  the  nasal  bones.  The  frontal  region  is  very  narrow  and 
extremely  low,  and  the  zygomatic  arches  so  prominent  as  to  allow 
half  an  inch  of  the  temporal  fossae  to  be  seen  when  the  skull  is  held 
at  arm's  length.  The  parietal  regions  are  widely  separated  and  bulg- 
ing, and  the  contour,  seen  from  above,  strikingly  resembles  a  jug, 
(Fig.  2)  the  strongly  developed  zygomatic  arches  furnishing  the  sem- 
blance of  handles.    The  occiput  is  broad  and  rounded. 

The  face  is  massive  and  decidedly  prognathous.     The  nasal  bones 


Wlirte.] 


70 


project  in  the  form  of  a  sharp  ridge.  The  shape  of  the  nasal  orifice  is 
that  of  an  elonf^^ated  triano;le.  The  character  of  the  skull,  which  is 
perfectly  symmetrical  and  presents  no  appearances  of  artificial  distor- 
tion, resembles  that  of  the  "  Digger  "  Indian,  but  one  of  a  much  more 
degraded  type. 

Fig.l. 


7.4  inches. 

5.8 

u 

4.4 

u 

5.0 

(( 

15.5 

u 

4.0 

ii 

14.4 

il 

20.5 

u 

8.4 

a 

5.7 

(( 

80 

3ub.  inches. 

The  measurements  are  as  follows : 
Longitudinal  diameter 
Parietal  "... 

Frontal  "... 

Vertical  "  ... 

Intermastoid  arch 
"  line 

Occipito-frontal  arch  . 
Horizontal  periphery    . 
Length  of  head  and  face 
Zygomatic  diameter     . 
Internal  capacity 

A  longitudinal  section  *  (Fig.  3)  shows  more  strikingly  than  an  ex- 
ternal view  the  low  development  of  the  anterior  central  lobes  and  the 
great  projection  of  the  superciliary  ridges.  Posteriorly  the  internal 
capa(!ity  is  large.     The  parietes  are  solid  and  thick. 

The  other  specimen  (No.  1055),  probably  a  female,  was  broken 
into  numerous  fragments,  but  has  been  restored  sufficiently  to  be 
measured.  The  general  form  of  the  skull  is  the  same  as  that  above 
described.  The  frontal  region  is  not  quite  so  low,  nor  are  the  super- 
ciliary ridges  more  prominent  than  in  many  skulls  of  the  red  man. 
The  parietal  regions  are  more  flattened  and  form  a  pyramidal  vertex. 
The  nasal  bones  are  nearly  flat,  and  give,  with  the  projecting  por- 

*  The  artist  has  not  drawn  the  projection  of  the  superciliary  ridge  with  sufficient 
prominence. 


71 


[White 


tions  of  the  supra-maxillaries,  a  great  breadth  to  the  interorbital 
region.  The  zygomatic  arches  also  in  this  specimen  are  strongly 
developed. 

Fig.  2. 


Longitudinal  diameter 

6.8  inches 

Parietal               «                 ... 

5.5 

Frontal                "                 ... 

4.1        " 

Vertical               "                ... 

5.0        « 

Intermastoid  arch       .... 

14.4        « 

"         Une         .         .         .        . 

4.0        " 

Occipito-frontal  arch 

14.0        " 

Horizontal  periphery           .         .         .         . 

19.2        « 

Length  of  head  and  face 

7.8        « 

Zygomatic  diameter  .... 

5.2        « 

Fig.  3. 


Jackson.]  72 

Dr.  "Wyman  remarked  that  In  the  mounds  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  the 
vessels  are  invariably  broken,  though  in  those  of  the  central  States, 
they  are  found  whole ;  to  which  Mr.  Alexander  Agassiz  added  his  testi- 
mony, stating  that  in  those  he  had  seen  in  the  neighborhood  of  San 
Mateo,  California,  he  was  able  to  find  but  a  single  mortar,  the  bottom 
of  which  was  not  broken  out. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  presented  to  the  Society  some  sjDecimens 
of  iron  ores  from  the  northern  end  of  Staten  Island,  where  a 
large  deposit  of  the  ore  exists,  and  has  been  wrought  to  some 
extent,  upwards  of  seven  thousand  tons  of  it  having  been 
made  into  good  cast  iron. 

This  ore  was  found  on  the  old  manor  of  Thomas  Durgan,  the  first 
British  Governor  of  the  Colony  of  New  York,  now  belonging  to  Cor- 
nehus  Du  Bois,  Esq. 

The  ore  is  a  singular  concretion  of  rounded  grains  of  magnetic  chrom- 
iferous  iron  ore,  the  rounded  grains  giving  the  mass  the  appearance 
of  a  pisolite  or  oolite,  being  made  up  of  concentric  layers  with  radii 
diverging  from  their  centres,  and  the  whole  being  imbedded  in  a  paste 
of  compact  brown  peroxide  of  iron,  or  haematite. 

On  chemical  analysis  the  ore  was  found  to  yield 


No.l. 

No.  2. 

Water        . 

. 

12.5     . 

.       12.5 

Silica 

, 

25.0     . 

9.0 

Oxide  of  chrome 

, 

16.0     . 

.       16.0 

Peroxide  of  iron 

. 

47.0     . 

.       63.0  = 

=  iron 

44.1. 

100.5  100.5  =  gain  oxygen. 

This  ore  does  not  make  strong  bar  iron,  but  very  good  cast  iron,  ac- 
cording to  reports  of  iron  masters  who  have  worked  it. 

He  also  presented  specimens  of  argentiferous  Galena  and 
Copper  Pyrites,  with  the  dressed  Copper  and  Lead  ore  pre- 
pared from  them,  from  Middletown,  Ct.,  and  also  a  specimen 
of  prepared  peat  from  Lexington,  Mass. 

He  remarked  that  some  economical  method  of  converting  the  exten- 
sive bogs  of  peat  which  abound  in  our  northern  States  into  good  fuel, 
both  for  the  range  and  stove,  as  well  as  for  the  reduction  of  iron  ores, 
had  long  been  desired.  In  the  ordinary  desiccation  of  cut  peat  the 
fibres  of  the  sphagnum  prevent  its  contraction  into  solid  masses,  and  it 


73  [Jackson, 

is  so  porous  that  it  Is  also  difficult  to  extinguish  when  converted  into  char- 
coal. Compression  has  been  tried  in  vain,  as  the  pulpy  peat  was  forced 
out  from  the  bags  and  machines.  Drying  by  fire  cost  more  fuel  than 
the  peat  was  worth,  and  hence  the  enterprise  was  generally  abandoned. 

Recently,  however,  it  has  been  discovered  that  if  the  sphagnum 
fibres  were  removed  from  the  pulpy  peat,  it  could  be  dried  in  the 
open  air  or  under  sheds  with  glazed  roofs,  and  that  the  peat  then  be- 
came perfectly  soHd  and  nearly  as  hard  as  horn,  thus  becoming  suita- 
ble for  fuel,  and  much  better  for  the  smelting  of  iron,  being  easily  con- 
vertible into  very  solid  charcoal  of  sufficient  firmness  for  the  forge  or 
furnace.  The  fibre  is  removed  by  two  diffi^rent  kinds  of  machinery. 
The  first  was  an  English  machine,  consisting  of  a  cone  revolving  in 
another  cone  pierced  like  a  cullender,  the  peat  in  fine  pulp  being  forced 
out  in  ropy  masses  of  the  size  of  a  man's  little  finger,  while  the  fibre  was 
cut  up  fine.  The  other  is  an  American  invention,  due  to  two  Boston 
mechanics,  consisting  of  a  series  of  combs  which  comb  out  the  fibre,  after 
which  the  fine  peat  is  forced  by  an  endless  screw  through  a  tube,  from 
which  it  issues  in  a  large  cylindrical  mass  five  inches  in  diameter,  in 
a  continuous  stream.  This  is  spread  on  boards  and  cut  into  squares  like 
bricks,  and  allowed  to  dry  partially  in  the  open  air,  and  then  under 
glazed  sheds,  until  it  becomes  very  compact  and  hard  as  horn, 
when  it  can  be  used  for  fuel  in  the  place  of  coal.  It  is  also  advanta- 
geous to  have  this  fuel  in  regular  brick-like  forms,  since  it  packs  com- 
pactly on  board  steamships  and  no  space  is  lost  by  vacuities. 

This  peat  fuel  contains  no  sulphur,  and  is  found  to  be  the  best  fuel 
for  annealing  iron  wire,  especially  for  piano-forte  wires,  and  is  also  un- 
objectionable for  furnace  uses,  as  it  does  not,  like  coal,  contain  sulphur 
that  would  tend  to  deteriorate  the  iron.  Anthracite  dust  is  also  to  be 
worked  into  this  fuel  for  furnace  uses  and  may  thus  be  economized.  A 
patent  has  been  granted  to  parties  in  this  State  for  this  improvement. 

The  manufactory  of  peat  fuel  is  now  in  operation  in  the  town  of  Lex- 
ington, twelve  miles  from  Boston,  with  every  prospect  of  success,  and 
I  have  no  doubt  that  many  of  our  great  peat  bogs  will  soon  have  the 
requisite  machinery  placed  near  them,  and  that  a  large  supply  of  this 
valuable  fuel  will  soon  be  in  our  market  in  competition  with  the  coals 
of  Pennsylvania  and  Nova  Scotia.  At  the  collieries  of  Pennsylvania 
millions  of  tons  of  fine  screenings  of  Anthracite  are  piled  up  around  the 
mines.  This  coal  dust,  before  useless,  will  soon  find  a  market  at  the 
north  for  mixing  with  our  peat. 

I  have  seen  good  gun-powder  made  from  peat  charcoal,  and 
I  have  made  blasting  powder  suitable  both  for  civil  and  military 
mining,  by  mixing  peat  with  a  saturated  solution  of  boiling  nitrate  of 
soda,  and  then  stirring  in  pulverized  sulphur,  by  the  same  process  that 
blasting  powder  is  made  of  waste  tan  bark  in  Belgium. 


Gould.]  f4: 

Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  read  from  an  English  paper,  that  portion  of 
the  address  of  Dr.  Gray  before  the  Zoological  section  of  the 
British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  at  its  re- 
cent meeting  in  Bath,  which  treated  of  public  museums  and 
their  arrangement;  and  a  discussion  of  this  subject  followed, 
in  which  Dr.  White  and  Messrs.  A.  Agassiz  and  Scudder  par- 
ticipated. 

Mr.  George  Sceva  remarked  in  relation  to  the  skeletons 
which  the- Society  had  acquired  within  the  past  few  years, 
and  which  had  lately  been  mounted  by  him,  that  particular 
pains  had  been  taken  in  articulating  the  bones,  to  insure  their 
greatest  usefulness,  while  at  the  same  time  all  unnecessary 
expense  had  been  avoided,  such  as  using  costly  j^latforms 
with  brass  standards  for  mounting  the  specimens.  Great  care 
had  been  taken  in  drilling  the  holes  for  the  wires,  to  make 
them  small  and  few  in  number,  retaining  the  bones  in  place, 
and  the  ends  of  the  wires  in  many  parts  of  the  skeleton 
instead  of  being  turned  over  several  times  forming  a  large 
curl,  had  been  fastened  by  simply  turning  the  end  of  the 
wire  back  upon  itself,  which  he  believed  to  be  stronger  and 
of  considerable  advantage  in  affording  a  better  view  of  the 
small  bones  of  the  extremities.  He  had  also  endeavored  to 
mount  the  skeletons  so  that  a  part,  or  the  whole,  might  be 
easily  disarticulated,  and  the  bones  studied  separately. 

In  relation  to  having  a  number  of  specimens  representing 
several  species  of  the  same  genus  mounted  and  placed  to- 
gether on  exhibition,  Mr.  Sceva  thought  that  where  space 
could  be  afforded,  in  many  studies  requiring  special  investiga- 
tions in  Osteology,  the  examinations  and  comparison  of  bones 
could  be  made  with  greater  facihty  by  having  them  mounted 
as  mentioned  above,  than  by  storing  them  in  drawers  or 
boxes. 

In  illustration  of  the  convenience  of  the  former  arrange- 
ment he  mentioned  that  in  one  of  the  large  cases  in  the  So- 
ciety's Museum,  containing  seven  of  the  larger  species  of  the 
genus  Felis,  the  student  would  find,  on  examining  the  tarsal 
bones,  that  the  first  metatarsal,  which  is  rudimentary  in  the 
cats,  was  coalesced  with  the  internal  cuneiform  on  both  feet  of 
one  of  the  specimens,  and  in  another  of  the  same  species,  the 


^  75  [Sceva. 

bones  had  united  on  one  side  and  were  separate  on  the  other ; 
while  in  the  other  specimens  they  were  all  separated.  Such 
examinations  could  be  made  in  a  few  moments,  while  it  would 
occasion  a  considerable  loss  of  time,  besides  the  injury  to  the 
bones  by  frequent  handling,  if  they  were  placed  promiscuously 
in  drawers. 

Mr.  Samuel  Hubbard,  of  San  Francisco,  was  elected  Cor- 
responding Member. 

Dr.  George  T.  Moffat  and  Mr.  A.  M.  Shurtleff  were  elected 
Resident  Members. 


N'ovemher  16,  1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-seven  members  present. 

The  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  Mr.  Charles  L.  Swasey, 
of  New  Bedford,  communicating  the  intelhgence  of  the  cap- 
ture of  a  species  of  shark  in  the  harbor  of  Marion.  It  meas- 
ui-ed  thuteen  feet  long,  the  body  being  six  feet  and  the  tail 
more  than  seven  feet  long,  and  weighed  four  hundred  pounds. 
A  figure  accompanied  the  letter.  The  President  stated  that 
it  had  been  occasionally  taken  on  our  coast  and  was  called 
the  Swingle-tail  (Alopias  vulpes). 

Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow  presented  a  number  of  fossil  bones  and 
teeth,  entire  and  in  fragments,  of  various  unknown  animals 
taken  by  him  a  few  miles  south  of  Riobamba  during  his  late 
exploration  in  the  equatorial  Andes,  and  in  presenting  them, 
pointed  out  the  locality  on  his  maps,  and  read  the  following 
extracts  from  his  Journal.  Dr.  James  Taylor  of  Riobamba 
accompanied  him,  and  Dr.  Winslow  thus  describes  the 
journey: 

Riobamba,  Tuesday,  May  31,  1864.  At  seven  o'clock  we  started 
upon  our  excursion  to  the  ravine  of  Tungshi,  about  eight  miles  dis- 
tant to  the  southward,  a  spot  nearly  opposite  Punin,  where  large 
deposits  of  fossil  bones  have  for  some  yeare  past  been  known  to  exist. 
We  followed  the  road  by  which  I  came  to  the  city  until  we  arrived  at 


Winslow.]  76  , 

the  foot  of  the  Kuute  —  a  high  and  steep  dividing  ridge  between  the 
Cordilleras  —  when  we  took  the  direction  toward  Punin,  and  leaving 
that  town  on  the  right,  descended  into  and  crossed  an  immense  ravine. 
Following  up  its  left  bank  we  at  last  descended  again  by  a  difficult 
path,  and  tied  our  beasts  near  the  bottom  of  the  ravine  of  Tungshi  to 
a  few  bushes  that  grew  along  its  desolate  side.  We  then  crossed  the 
stream  and  climbed  up  the  steep  cliff.  By  clinging  to  the  rocks  I  could 
pass  round  a  sharp  point,  and  ascending  the  precipice  two  or  three 
hundred  feet  by  sloping  zigzag  indentations  worn  out  by  the  rains,  I 
came  to  a  place  where  the  descent  was  easy  to  the  spot  where  the 
bones  had  been  previously  found.  This  was  some  three  hundred  yards 
from  the  spot  where  we  had  tied  our  mules. 

The  bones,  either  entire  or  in  fragments,  laid  promiscuously  in  a 
very  compact  hard  silt  or  brown  fine  gritty  mud,  and  the  bottom  of  the 
ravine  where  we  could  work  in  excavating  them  was  at  least  five  hun- 
dred feet  from  the  top  of  the  cliSs  which  formed  the  edges  of  the 
ravine.  The  ravine  was  formed  by  the  action  of  running  water,  and 
the  further  we  ascended  the  chasm  the  deeper  and  narrower  it 
became,  and  the  more  perpendicular  were  its  sides ;  for  it  was  formed 
in  a  steep  declivity  which  ran  upward  and  eastward  towards  the 
mountains  which  in  this  direction  were  very  lofty,  and  formed  the 
snowy  crests  of  the  eastern  Cordillera  of  Cubillin.  The  small  stream 
which  ran  at  the  bottom  of  the  ravine  had  cut  its  way  down  to  hard 
compact  quartzose  sandstone.  The  bed  of  the  stream  was  filled  with 
boulders  of  porphyry  and  other  igneous  rocks,  and  I  observed  several 
boulders  which  appeared  to  be  granitic.  Upon  this  hard,  flinty  sand- 
stone rested  this  immense  thickness  of  compact  silt  or  gritty  mud  which 
contained  bones,  mostly  in  good  condition.  A  stone  was  only  here 
and  there  to  be  seen,  and  these  were  small  and  rounded.  But  the 
bones  were  numerous  all  the  way  from  the  bottom  of  the  ravine  to  the 
height  of  a  fourth  or  fifth  part  of  the  altitude  of  the  cliff  on  both  sides, 
and  I  observed  them  even  three  hundred  yards  below  our  excavation 
and  near  the  spot  where  we  had  left  our  mules. 

Dr.  Taylor  visited  this  spot  with  some  travellers  five  years  since, 
when  he  saw  some  very  large  bones  imbedded  in  the  cliffs  which  he 
could  not  reach.  He  represents  one  of  them  to  have  been  the  os 
Innominatum  of  some  gigantic  animal,  and  that  the  articulating  point 
of  the  bone  was  as  large  as  his  hat.  Afterwards,  more  than  three 
years  since,  Garcia  Moreno,  the  present  chief  magistrate  of  the  Re- 
public, either  visited  the  place,  or  hearing  of  huge  and  curious  bones 
existing  in  these  deposits,  ordered  them  taken  out  and  removed  to 
Quito. 

We  spent  some  two  hours  or  more  in  excavating,  and  I  have 
obtained  many  whole  bones  or  fragments,   and   four  different  forms 


77  [Winslow. 

of  teeth.  The  bones  and  teeth  are  mostly  In  excellent  preservation, 
and  their  future  examination  by  comparative  anatomists  may  add 
important  data  for  our  study  of  the  former  life  and  the  geological 
changes  which  have  taken  place  in  the  heart  of  the  Andes. 

About  two  hundred  feet  above  the  place  where  we  excavated  the 
bones,  the  ravine  became  so  narrow  that  it  was  not  more  than  six  feet 
wide,  and  its  sides  were  perpendicular,  the  stream  filling  the  whole 
width  so  as  to  render  a  further  penetration  into  the  chasm  impossible 
Some  days  after  this  record  I  became  acquainted  in  Quito  with  Mr. 
Ignacio  Lezarzaleuru,  who  informed  me  that  he  was  one  of  President 
Garcia  Moreno's  party  who  some  years  previously  took  out  of  the  cliff 
the  skeleton  of  the  mastodon,  fragments  of  which  were  presented  to 
me  by  Vincente  Espinosa,  LL.D.,  and  governor  of  the  Province  of 
Riobamba,  and  which  I  have  presented  to  this  Society ;  and  Mr. 
Lezarzaleuru  farther  stated  that  he  explored  the  upper  parts  of 
these  cliflTs  very  thoroughly,  and  observed  the  bones  throughout  the 
entire  thickness  of  the  silt,  which  he  judged  to  be  six  hundred  feet 
thick,  and  thought  them  more  numerous  in  the  upper  portion  than  in 
the  lower. 

The  silt  in  which  these  bones  are  found  is  not  stratified  nor  lamin- 
ated in  any  place  exposed  to  view,  but  is  a  solid  mass  of  immense 
thickness,  and  the  bones  lie  in  all  directions,  and  at  all  angles  and 
inclinations.  The  silt  is  very  compact,  and  it  required  as  much  work  to 
separate  the  bones  from  the  material  in  which  they  were  impacted 
as  if  it  had  been  sandstone. 

June  1.  Having  to-day  been  introduced  to  Governor  Espinosa,  my 
attention  became  engaged  while  in  his  study  with  the  fragments  of 
gigantic  bones  which  he  had  taken  from  the  ravine  of  Tungshi  several 
years  since.  They  came  from  the  same  spot  which  I  visited  yesterday. 
He  informed  me  that  the  skeleton  of  the  animal  appeared  to  be  com- 
plete and  that  the  bones  protruded  from  the  cliff  about  twenty  feet 
from  the  bottom  of  the  ravine.  The  bones  had  been  given  away  and 
lost ;  and  he  presented  me  with  the  last  in  his  possession.  The  femur 
(probably  of  a  mastodon,)  the  lower  fragment  of  which  I  present  to  the 
Society,  had  been  broken  in  two  pieces. 

The  length  of  the  larger  fragment  was  just  eight  and  one  quarter 
inches,  and  its  largest  diameter  was  seven  and  three-eighths  inches,  its 
short  diameter  about  four  inches. 

» 

Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  said  that  there  had  been,  and  still  was, 

great  diversity  among  conchologists   in  the  application   of 

terms  in  the  description  of  shells,  especially  in  regard  to  those 

of  dimension,  they  being    often   used  in  directly  opposite 


Gould.]  78 

senses.  He  considered  that  a  correct  and  Tiniform  use  was 
possible,  since  the  consideration  of  the  animal  had  come  to  be 
combined  with  that  of  the  shell  by  refening  the  terms  to  the 
related  position  of  the  animal. 

Taking  a  common  clam  for  an  example,  and  placing  it  with  the 
beak  uppermost,  lie  showed  the  position  of  the  enclosed  organs,  and 
that  the  extremity  which  was  in  front  during  locomotion  should  be 
called  the  anterior^  and  the  opposite,  the  posterior  extremity ;  that 
the  distance  from  the  beak  to  the  opposite  margin  should  be  called 
the  altitude,  the  distance  from  the  anterior  to  the  posterior  extremity, 
the  longitudinal  diameter,  and  the  distance  through  from  one  valve  to 
the  opposite  the  transverse  diameter;  that  the  concentric  markings 
of  growth  should  be  called  longitudinal,  in  distinction  from  those 
which  radiated  from  the  beak  to  which  the  name  of  vertical  should 
^be  applied.  The  terms  equilateral,  posterior  side  and  anterior  side,  as 
used,  he  showed  to  be  peculiarly  improj)er,  and  suggested  Instead  the 
terms  equipartite,  posterior  part,  segment  or  section,  etc.  Passing  then 
to  the  common  spiral  shells  through  the  medium  of  LImax,  Patella, 
DentaUum,  and  Vermetus,  he  showed  that  the  radiating  or  spiral  strise 
in  like  manner  should  be  denominated  vertical,  and  those  which 
crossed  the  single  whorls  or  the  concentric  lines  of  growth  longi- 
tudinal stride — that  in  reality  the  longitudinal  diameter  of  a  shell 
was  the  width  of  the  largest  whorl  at  Its  aperture,  and  Its  altitude  the 
length  of  the  unrolled  spiral,  and  thus  the  terms  used  In  the  descrip- 
tion of  ail  shells  become  identical  for  analogous  parts.  For  conven- 
ience however,  we  may  speak  of  the  altitude  of  the  spire  as  distinct 
from  that  of  the  shell,  and  so  of  its  length ;  the  anterior  extremity  and 
other  relative  terms  were  to  be  determined  In  this  as  In  the  other 
instances,  by  the  relation  of  the  shell  to  the  animal  when  In  motion ; 
and  the  parts  enclosed  by  the  spiral  shell  should  be  regarded  as  simply 
a  hernia  of  the  viscera  through  the  back  of  the  animal. 

There  were  other  terms  also,  which  he  showed  to  be  unsuitable, 
having  been  derived  from  a  false  idea  of  use,  or  from  a  fanciful  analogy. 
Thus  the  mouth  and  throat  and  teeth  and  lips  of  a  shell  are  spoken  of, 
which  terms  might  be  allowable,  were  it  not  that  there  is  an  animal  in 
all  cases  which  should  properly  be  considered  in  the  full  description, 
and  which  has  all  these  parts  performing  their  legitimate  offices.  He 
pursued  the  subject  In  this  direction  with  various  examples  and 
suggestions. 

The  Custodian  announced  the  presentation  of  a  sei-ies  of 
thirty-three  casts  of  Mexican  masks  from  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  which  were  exhibited  on  the  table. 


79  [Sheafe. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Sheafe  remarked  that  he  had  recently  been  mak- 
ing some  experiments  with  Borax  as  a  means  of  driving  away 
cm-  "  water  bug,"  the  Ectohia  germanica.  He  had  placed 
two  specimens  in  a  bottle  with  a  couple  of  drachms  of  the 
powder,  and  found  them  both  dead,  one  at  the  end  of  twenty- 
four  and  the  other  after  thirty-eight  hours  confinement ;  by 
sprinkhng  half  a  pound  about  his  house  he  had  quite  driven 
them  away. 

Messrs.  William  R.  Dimmock  and  Stillman  E.  Chubbuck 
were  elected  Resident  Members. 


December  7, 1864. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 
The  following  communications  were  read  : 

Kemarks  on  some  facts  connected  with  the  Development 

OF    Frogs,    observed    at    Waterville,    Maine,  by   C.   E. 

Hamlin. 

In  accordance  with  a  suggestion  made  to  me  by  Professor  Agassiz, 
I  have  observed  a  few  facts  relating  to  the  development  of  Frogs  in 
this  vicinity,  which  I  beg  leave  to  present  to  your  notice. 

In  the  first  two  weeks  of  June  last,  among  very  small  tadpoles,  evi- 
dently produced  from  the  egg  since  the  opening  of  spring,  a  few  indi- 
viduals were  found  of  three  inches  or  more  in  length,  and  having  the 
body  and  posterior  limbs  so  weU  developed  that  it  seemed  improbable 
that  so  great  an  amount  of  growth  had  taken  place  since  the  close  of 
winter.  I  was  inchned  to  consider  them  to  be  the  young  of  the  pre- 
vious year. 

During  the  fall  of  this  year,  from  October  5th  to  November  10th, 
great  numbers  of  small  tadpoles  were  noticed  in  several  difi'erent 
places  where  water  had  been  abundant  throughout  the  season.  Of 
these  I  made  collections  on  October  12th,  17th,  22d  and  31st,  and 
again  on  November  10th.  The  specimens  taken  on  October  12th  meas- 
ured from  one  to  one  and  three-quarters  inches  in  total  length ;  and  in 
the  largest  of  them  the  hind  legs  were  but  minute  huds.  Specimens 
taken  from  the  same  pools,  on  October  31st  and  November  10th,  show 
an  increase  of  about  half  an  inch  in  average  length,  and  the  rudi- 
mentary legs  were   a  little  larger.     On  these  last  two  dates  six  speci- 


Hamlin.]  80 

mens  were  taken  that  had  attained  a  length  of  three  inches.  The 
legs  of  these  were  halt'  an  inch  long,  with  all  the  toes  readilv  dis- 
tinguishable. But  in  none  of  the  fall  specimens,  nor  in  the  largest 
of  those  collected  in  the  first  eleven  davs  in  June,  -vrere  there  anv 
external  indications  of  anterior  limbs.  Between  October  31st  and 
November  10th,  a  week  of  sharp  cold  intervened,  during  which  thick 
ice  formed  upon  still  water.  Three  successive  days  of  warm  rain  fol- 
lowed, and  on  November  1  Oth  I  found  the  tadpoles  very  lively  in  the 
ditches  from  which  most  of  my  specimens  were  taken.  On  the  13th, 
snow  fell  and  remained  to  the  depth  of  several  inches.  The  subsequent 
cold  probably  drove  the  tadpoles  into  permanent  winter  quarters. 

From  the  foregoing  facts  I  infer  that  at  least  a  part  of  the  young  of 
one  or  more  species  of  Frogs  are,  in  this  vicinity,  overtaken  by  winter 
before  completing  their  changes,  and  that  having  hybemated  as  tad- 
poles.  they  resume  their  development  with  the  return  of  spring.  And 
as  I  have  found  so  late  as  October  17th.  salamanders  still  retaining 
their  gills,  the  same  is  probably  true  of  some  species  of  our  Urodela. 

Os  A  H-VBIT    OF    CeRTHLA.   AMERICAXA   SUPPOSED     TO    HAVE    BEEN 
HITHERTO   tTrS-OTICED   BY    AUTHORS.      By    C    E.    HL^MLEN'. 

In  January,  1863.  while  searching  in  the  woods  of  "WatervUle  for 
winter  birds.  I  observed  a  habit  of  CertJiia  americana  which  has  not 
been  described  by  any  naturalist,  so  far  as  1  can  ascertain. 

I  stood  watching  the  peculiarly  nimble  motions  of  six  or  eight  Brown 
Creepers  as  they  ran  up  the  trunks  of  the  tallest  beeches  and  maples, 
and  saw  them  repeatedly  fly  from  the  tops  of  trees  which  they  had 
vi5^  examined  to  the  foot  of  neighboring  ones,  in  the  manner  described  by 
ornithologists.  In  two  cases,  however,  individuals,  not  seeming  satis- 
fied with  the  search  they  had  already  made,  commenced  it  anew. 
But  instead  of  running  downward  from  the  top  of  the  trunk,  as  is  the 
well  known  habit  of  the  Nuthatches,  each  of  the  two  referred  to 
dropped  perpendicularly,  for  twenr\'  feet  or  more,  with  closed  wings 
to  the  foot  of  the  tree  up  which  it  had  just  been  climbing,  and,  when 
close  to  the  ground,  darted  aside  to  the  trunk  and  ran  upward  again. 

Happening  in  both  instances  to  be  quite  near  the  performers  of  this 
singular  feat,  I  saw  the  manner  of  executing  it  perfectly:  and  as  three 
of  the  birds  were  shot  and  identified,  there  is  no  doubt  about  the 
species.     I  have  found  this  bird  here  only  in  the  fall  and  winter.* 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  presented  some  spjeciniens  of  carbon- 
iferous plants  from  the  Wyoming  coal  basin  in  Pennsylvania, 
making  a  few  remarks  upon  their  position.     He  also  pre- 

*  Since  writing  the  above,  1  find  that  Goise  fBird?  of  Jamaica,  p.  1.35,)  ascribes 
the  same  habit  of  dropping  vertically  downward,  upon  the  wing,  to  JIniotiUa  varia. 


8 1  [AtwDod. 

sented  on  behalf  of  M.  Elie  de  Beaumont,  trro  pamphlets  on 
his  pentagonal  system  of  mountain  chains,  taking  occasion  bv 
the  donation  to  urge  on  American  Geologists  the  study  of 
Beaumont's  system. 

Captain  X.  E.  Atwood  exhibited  and  presented  the  lower 
jaw  of  a  large  shark,  of  which  only  one  or  two  specimens 
have  hitherto  been  taken.  One,  obtained  some  years  since,  is 
in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology ;  and  another,  taken 
in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  was  given  to  the  State  Cabinet,  and 
the  thu-d,  captured  at  Provincetown,  and  now  presente<i, 
proved  on  comparison  by  himself  with  the  one  from  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  to  be  the  same,  and  an  undescribed  species  of 
Carcharias. 

In  the  stomach  of  this  specimen,  nearly  the  Trhole  of  a  full  grown 
sword-fish  was  found,  and  some  ten  or  twelve  wounds  in  the  skin  of  the 
shark,  giving  evidence  of  the  contest  which  must  have  occurred,  and 
establishing  the  identity  of  the  victim.  He  suggested  the  specific  name 
of  tigris  as  an  appropriate  designation  for  this  shark  when  it  should  be 
properly  described.  At  present  nothing  could  be  said  of  the  colors 
and  form  of  this  shark  other  than  that  it  was  blue  on  the  back  and 
white  on  the  belly. 

Captain  Atwood  continued  with  some  account  of  other  sharks,  pre- 
senting the  jaws  of  a  male  and  female  Dog-fish.  {Mustelus  cani^).  This 
shark,  he  observed,  was  the  most  common  one  upon  our  coast.  He 
had  seen  it  at  Gay  Head.  Martha's  Vineyard,  but  knew  nothing  further 
about  its  southerly  limits.  Both  above  and  below  Cape  Cod  it  was 
abundant,  and  was  found  all  along  the  coast  of  Massachusetts.  Maine, 
Xova  Scotia  and  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  He  had  never  himseh* 
seen  them  further  north  than  the  Magdalen  Islands  and  the  east  coast 
of  Cape  Breton  Island,  but  reliable  accounts  say  that  it  is  found  on 
the  southern  coast  of  Xewfoimdland. 

As  the  Dog-fish  appear  at  Provincetown  a  Httle  while  after  the 
mackerel,  of  which  an  accomit  was  given  at  a  previous  meeting,  and 
disappear  shortly  before  them,  he  judged  that  they  probably  needed 
warmer  water  than  that  fish,  and  therefore  do  not  probably  go  quite 
so  far  north. 

\Mien  they  first  appear,  they  are  in  great  abundance ;  the  females 
alwap  excel  in  numbers  the  males,  but  in  the  early  part  of  the  season 
all  are  females,  and  all  have  young  in  some  stages  of  development, 
though  not  in  every  stage,  there  being  seldom  any  between  the  young 
just  forming,  and  those  nearly  grown.     The  gravid  females  may  be 

PROCEEDIXGS  B.  S.  X.  H.— VOL.  X.  6  DZCZatBKB,  lS6o. 


Atwood.] 


82 


found  W4tli  the  young  in  some  stage  of  development  during  the 
whole  season. 

The  mature  male  weighs  five  or  five  and  a  half  pounds,  rarely  as 
much  as  six  pounds,  while  the  female  attains  the  weight  of  eight  or 
eight  and  a  half  pounds.  In  spring  they  are  poor,  and  their  liver 
is  of  a  dark  color  and  lean,  but  in  autumn  it  is  quite  fat  and  large, 
and  the  amount  of  oil  does  not  increase  proportionably  with  the 
enlarged  size  of  the  liver,  but  rather  decreases.  In  the  Gadidse, 
on  the  contrary,  the  liver  when  in  poor  condition  affords  no  oil. 
Fat  is  also  found  in  the  flesh  of  the  Dog-fish  which  is  sometimes 
used  for  fuel,  burning  well,  when  dried, —  as  was  proved  by  a  sample 
before  the  Society,  —  while  the  Goose-fish  or  Lophius,  has  little  or  no 
fat  either  in  the  flesh  or  liver.  The  part  remaining  after  the  extrac- 
tion of  the  oil  from  the  liver  is  called  "gurry"  by  the  fishermen. 

In  reply  to  a  question  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow,  Captain  Atwood  stated 
that  he  did  not  know  to  what  extent  sharks  possessed  the  sense  of 
smell;  but  they  could  distinguish  between  fresh  and  stale  bait.  The 
blue-fish  is  an  excellent  bait  for  dog-fish  when  fresh,  but  when  salted 
or  stale,  is  eaten  by  them  but  sparingly. 

Dr.  Winslow  said  that  some  dissections  he  had  made  some  years 
since  showed  that  the  olfactory  organs  were  well  developed  In  sharks. 

Dr.  Pickering  asked  how  It  was  possible  for  the  shark  to  capture  a 
sword-fish,  which  was  a  much  swifter  animal.  Captain  Atwood  replied 
that  the  mackerel  was  caught  by  the  hake,  a  much  slower  fish. 

In  reply  to  a  question  of  Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson  about  the  thrasher 
shark  or  swingle-tail  recently  exhibited  in  Boston,  Captain  Atwood 
said  that  they  were  abundant  at  Provincetown,  though  not  so  common 
as  Lamna  punctata.  He  also  observed  that  he  placed  no  confidence 
whatever  in  the  stories  current  of  attacks  on  the  wdiales  by  the 
thrasher,  believing  them  to  be  quite  harmless,  and  unable  to  hurt  a 
dolphin,  —  the  story  very  likely  arose  from  some  peculiar  movements 
made  by  the  hump-backed  whale.  Sword-fish  he  believed  might 
attack  a  whale  and  kill  him,  from  what  he  had  seen  of  the  force  of 
their  thrusts  Into  the  bottoms  of  vessels,  though  he  has  no  evidence 
that  they  ever  do  attack  them ;  he  was  not  aware  either,  that  the 
thrasher  ever  uses  his  tail  for  ofiensive  purposes. 

Mr.  Andrew  T.  Hall  alluding  to  the  use  of  borax  in  driving 
away  insects,  as  referred  to  in  the  report  of  the  last  meeting, 
stated  that  chloride  of  lime  was  an  effectual  agent  in  di'iving 
rats  from  vessels  overrun  with  them. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  exhibited  a  piece  of  the  organic  tissue  of 
the  elephant  found  imbedded  in  the  ice  at  the  River  Lena, 


83  [White. 

Siberia,  in  which  certain  cells  were  seen  under  the  microscojje 
to  be  as  well  preserved  as  in  common  dried  animal  tissues. 
The  specimen  was  presented  to  the  Society  by  Dr.  Walter 
Channing. 

Dr.  "NYhite  presented,  in  the  name  of  Mr.  Todd,  a  fi-agment 
of  the  lower  jaw  of  a  moose  to  all  appearances  fossil,  found  on 
the  surface  of  the  soil  at  Lake  Superior ;  and  the  skull  of  a 
polar  bear  of  an  unusually  large  size  taken  sixty  days  ago  in 
Hudson's  Bay,  and  presented  by  Mr.  W.  M.  Thoruj)  of 
New  Bedford.  With  this  were  exhibited  skulls  of  a  giizzly 
and  brown  bear,  together  with  a  cast  of  that  of  the  extinct 
cave  bear  of  Europe,  and  some  of  the  characteristic  distinc- 
tions between  them  were  pointed  out. 

Dr.  Winslow  presented  the  remainder  of  the  bones  taken 
by  him  fi-om  the  same  locaUty  in  South  America  as  those 
exhibited  at  the  last  meeting;  the  complete  series  were 
referred  to  Dr.  Wjanan  for  examination. 

Rev.  Mr.  Eddy  exhibited  some  specimens  of  Anastase  fi-om 
Smithfield,  Rhode  Island,  for  the  first  time  discovered  in  this 
country. 

Prof  A.  E.  Yerrill  stated  that  he  had  succeeded  in  prei^ar- 
ing  star-fishes  with  theii'  natural  colors  perfectly  preserved, 
simply  by  immersion  in  weak  alcohol  a  sufiicient  length  of 
time  to  kill  the  animal,  and  then  to  dry  rapidly  by  artificial 
heat. 

The  Secretary  also  made  a  statement  on  behalf  of  the  Pub- 
lishing Committee,  relative  to  efforts  making  to  obtain  subscrib- 
ers sufiicient  to  warrant  the  Council  to  direct  them  to  resume 
publication.  He  stated  that  the  Journal  would  now  be 
published  in  quarto  under  the  style  of  Memoirs,  and  that  the 
Proceedings  would  no  longer  be  issued  to  the  Members  free 
of  cost.  It  would  be  necessary  to  obtain  two  hundred  sub- 
scribers to  the  Memoirs  at  three  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per 
number,  and  three  hundred  subscribers  to  the  Proceedings  at 
three  dollars  per  volume,  before  commencing  again.  A  sub- 
scription paper  and  circulars  were  placed  upon  the  tabic. 

Messrs.  Henry  P.  Quincy  and  Charles  W.  Kennard  were 
elected  Resident  Members. 


Jackson.]  b-i 

December  21,  1S64. 
Vice  President  C.  T.  Jackson,  M.  D.,  in  the  chair. 

Thirteen  members  present. 

The  following  paper  was  read  : 
DiscovzEY    OF    Emzet   rs'    Chester.  :^L\S5.     By  Charles  T. 
Jackson,  M-  D. 

It  has  been  said  in  England  that  '•  a  good  mine  of  emery  is  worth 
more  to  a  manufacturing  people  than  many  mines  of  gold."  This 
being  undoubtedlv  true,  it  affords  me  great  pleasure  to  be  able  to 
announce  the  discovery  of  an  inexhaustible  locality  of  excellent 
emery  in  the  middle  of  the  State  of  ^Massachusetts,  in  the  town  of 
Chester,  in  Hampden  county,  within  three-fourths  of  a  mile  of  the 
Western  EaiLroad,  and  twenty-seven  miles  from  the  Springfield  cir- 
mories  and  machine  shops. 

For  more  than  two  years  the  existence  of  important  beds  of  ^lag- 
netic  iron  ore  has  been  known  in  the  mountains  of  Chester,  and  Dr. 
H.  S.  Lucas,  who  originally  discovered  and  secured  them,  sought  the 
aid  of  Boston  capitalists  in  mining  and  smelting  the  ore.*  In  conse- 
quence of  this  agitation  I  was  sent  by  John  B.  Taft,  Esq..  on  the  1 9th 
of  October.  186.3,  to  examine  the  locahty.  and  to  report  to  him  the 
results  of  my  explorations.  Large  and  rich  beds  of  magnetic  iron  ores 
were  discovered,  and  one  bed  had  so  remarkable  an  appearance  as  to 
excite  my  doubts  as  to  its  being  really  a  pure  iron  ore.  I  brought  speci- 
mens of  it  and  of  the  associated  minerals  home  for  chemical  examina- 
tion: and  found  among  the  minerals  which  occur  in  veins  beautiiul 
foliated  crj-stals,  which  I  ascertained  by  chemical  examination  to  be 
iMargarite  or  the  Emerylite  of  J.  Lawrence  Smith,  a  constant  asso- 
ciate with  the  Emery  of  Naxos.  Ephesus  and  other  localities  in  Greece, 
Asia  Elinor  and  Siberia.  With  this  also  I  found  two  other  associates 
of  emery,  the  Chlorotoid  and  black  Tourmaline,  which  are  more  com- 
mon minerals.  The  rocks  were  also  found  to  be  similar  to  those  of 
known  emerj-  locahties.  and  from  these  premises  I  at  once  declared 
my  full  belief  that  emery  would  be  foimd  at  the  Chester  locahty,  and 
m^ed  that  it  should  be  sought  for. 

Subsequently  I  saw  Br.  Lucas  at  my  ofl&ce,  and  explained  to  him  the 
nature  of  the  emery  rock,  and  showed  him  how  to  identify  it,  and 
asked  him  to  send  to  me  any  mineral  he  might  find,  that  would  readily 

*  I  would  here  express  mv  obligations  to  Dr.  Lucas  for  valuable  assistance  in  the 
field  during  all  mv  explorations.  He  has  been  active  in  searching  the  hills,  and  ia 
one  of  the  owners  of  the  property  I  am  describing. 


o5  [Jackson. 

scratch  quartz  crystals.  In  a  few  weeks  he  sent  me  some  pieces  of  a 
mineral  which  the -workmen  said  "wore  out  forty  drills  in  boring  a 
single  hole  for  blasting."  and  on  phvsical,  chemical  and  microscopical 
examination,  it  proved  to  be  identical  with  the  emery  of  Xaxos.  with 
which  it  was  compared.  It  was  found  to  scratch  quartz  and  topaz 
readily,  and  I  cut  a  face  on  a  crystal  of  quartz  with  its  powder  spread 
with  water  on  a  plate  of  iron.  Chemical  analysis  showed  it  to  consist 
essentially  of  Alumina  cind  Protoxide  of  iron,  and  it5  specific  gravity 
was  near  that  of  the  Xaxos  emery. 

On  the  11th  of  October  last,  in  company  with  Mr.  Taffc  and  several 
of  his  associates.  I  re-visited  Chester  with  a  view  to  a  ftill  examination 
of  the  localities  for  emery,  and  was  surprised  to  find  that  one  of  the 
beds  we  had  aU  supposed  to  be  magnetic  iron  ore.  and  trom  which  hun- 
dreds of  tons  had  been  taken  and  smelted  with  the  ores  of  iron  in 
Berkshire  county,  was  really  composed  chiefly  of  pure  emery,  only  a 
part  of  the  bed  being  properly  an  iron  ore.  Had  not  the  occurrence 
of  Margarite  and  Chlorotoid  called  my  attention  to  the  probable 
existence  of  emery  at  this  locality,  it  would  have  been  overlooked  to 
this  day.  and  no  one  knows  for  how  long. 

I  mention  this,  as  an  example  of  the  real  uses  of  supposed  useless 
minerals.  They  are.  to  an  experienced  mineralogist,  the  guides  which 
point  to  other  and  often  valuable  discoveries.  There  are  many 
instances  in  which,  by  following  such  indications,  valuable  ores,  be- 
fore unknown  in  a  district,  have  been  discovered,  and  they  have  also 
been  the  means  of  discovering  other  minerals  interesting  to  science. 
I  would  here  express  my  obligations  to  J.  L.  Smith  of  LouisviUe.  Ky., 
for  his  valuable  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  associated 
emery  minerals  of  the  Grecian  Archipelago  and  Asia  Minor,  published 
in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  volumes  of  the  American  Journal  of  Science, 
in  1850  and  1851,  and  for  a  series  of  those  minerals  which  he  sent  me, 
at  that  time ;  since  that  information  aided  in  the  prediction  which  I 
made  respecting  the  occurrence  of  emerj-  in  Chester. 

The  principal  bed  of  emery,  in  the  South  Mountain  in  Chester,  is 
fi^m  four  to  ten  feet  in  width,  and  is  now  quarried  at  the  base  of  the 
hill.  Its  course  is  nearly  N.  20-  E..  S.  20^  TV.,  and  its  angle  of 
dip  is  70°  eastward.  The  bed  widens  rapidly  as  it  rises  in  the 
mountain,  and  is  in  one  place,  where  it  is  associated  with  a  bed  of  iron 
ore,  seventeen  feet  wide,  the  emery  itself  being  not  less  than  ten  feet 
in  the  clear.  The  highest  point  where  it  outcrops  is  seven  hundred 
and  fifty  feet  above  the  immediate  base  of  the  mountain ;  the  bed 
cuts  through  both  the  South  and  the  North  Mountains,  and  has  been 
traced,  in  length,  four  miles.  The  depth  to  which  it  penetrates  below 
the  lowest  point  seen  must  be  very  great,  so  that  we  may  say  without 
exaggeration  that  it  b  inexhaustible.     I  noticed  some  very  curious 


Jackson.] 


86 


facts  relating  to  the  segregation  of  the  emery.  Frequently  large 
globular  masses  of  it  arc  found  of  uncommon  purity  separated  from  the 
principal  masses  of  the  bed  and  surrounded  by  a  thin  layer  of  bright 
green  Chlorotoid,  and  a  thicker  layer  of  interwoven  laminated  crystals 
of  delicate  lilac  colored  Margarite,  sometimes  tAvo  or  more  inches  in 
thickness.  These  minerals,  according  to  Dr.  J.  Lawrence  Smith's 
theory  of  the  segregation  of  emery,  are  minerals  of  elimination,  or 
were  thrown  off  by  the  segregating  emery.  Some  of  these  balls 
of  emery  are  three  feet  or  more  in  diameter,  and  arc  extremely 
difficult  to  break,  for  the  sledge  can  get  no  gripe  on  the  rounded  sur- 
faces, and  it  is  almost  impossible  -to  drill  them.  I  therefore  advised 
the  application  of  fire,  which  by  irregularly  expanding  the  masses  will 
cause  them  to  break  to  pieces ;  or,  that  they  be  cracked  by  means  of  a 
heavy  drop  hammer,  if  it  is  desirable  not  to  roast  the  emery.  Expe- 
riment shows,  however,  that  the  grain  of  the  mineral  is  not  injured 
for  practical  use  by  any  degree  of  heat  applied  to  it. 

The  following  diagram  represents  a  section  of  the  rocks  at  the  base 
of  the  South  Mountain. 


Beginning  at  the  right  or  lower  rocks  we  have 

1.  Highly  crystalline  and  brilliant  black  Hornblende  Rock  which 
extends  to  the  eastward  for  some  distance,  but  how  far  is  not  known. 

2.  A  bed  of  magnetic  Iron  ore  more  or  less  impregnated  with 
emery. 

3.  The  emery  bed  with  numerous  strings  and  reticulated  veins  of 
Margarite,  Chlorotoid  and  black  Tourmaline.  This  bed  is  here  four 
feet  thick. 

4.  A  small  bed  of  granular  Quartzlte. 

5.  Chlorite  and  Talcose  slate  mixed. 

6.  Crystallized  Talc. 

7.  Talcose  Slate  rock. 

8.  Soap  Stone  or  Talcose  rock. 


o7  [Jackson. 

9.  Mica  Slate  rock  extending  to  the  eastward  to  a  distance 
unknown,  but  very  far. 

NORTH   MOUNTAIN. 

On  the  North  Mountain,  which  is  separated  from  the  South  Moun- 
tain by  a  branch  of  Westfield  River,  we  find  three  large  beds  of  rich 
magnetic  iron  ore,  six  feet  wide,  included  in  Chlorite  slate  rocks ;  and 
a  bed  of  more  largely  crystalline  emery,  some  of  it  approaching 
corundum  in  its  structure  and  purity,  and  having  a  red  brown  color, 
instead  of  the  usual  bluish  tint  of  emery. 

This  bed  is  seen  in  raised  ridges  where  ancient  glacial  or  drift  action 
has  worn  away  the  softer  materials  of  the  rock,  and  left  it  exposed ; 
and,  strange  as  it  may  appear,  this  —  one  of  the  hardest  minerals 
known  —  has  been  smoothed  and  polished  by  the  agency  of  drift 
grinding. 

I  present  to  the  Society  a  surface  specimen  thus  poHshed  by  drift 
action. 

The  principal  bed  of  emery  on  this  mountain  is  seven  feet  in  thick- 
ness, and  the  emery  is  more  free  from  oxide  of  iron  than  it  is  on  the 
South  Mountain,  but  still  it  is  quite  strongly  magnetic,  and  contains 
protoxide  of  iron  and  oxide  of  titanium. 

A  section  of  this  mountain  is  as  follows,  beginning  at  the  right  or 
lower  rocks,  and  proceeding  upwards. 

1.  Plornblende  rock. 

2.  Magnetic  iron  ore. 

3.  Emery,  seven,  feet. 

4.  Hornblende  rock. 

5.  Chlorite  slate. 

6.  Magnetic  iron  ore,  six  feet. 

7.  Talcose  slate. 

8.  Magnetic  iron  ore,  six  feet. 

9.  IMica  slate. 

It  is  probable  that  all  three  of  these  beds  of  iron  ore  will  be  found 
on  the  South  Mountain  ;  for  they  run  directly  towards  it,  and  it  is  not 
far  distant.  The  soil,  at  present,  prevents  their  being  seen  if  they  are 
there,  and  I  doubt  not  they  will  be  found  by  proper  search  by  cos- 
teaning,  or  digging  down  to  the  rocks  across  the  Hue  of  the  beds  as 
indicated  by  those  of  the  North  Mountain. 

It  is  evident,  however,  that  in  the  discovered  beds  we  have  iron  ore 
enough  to  use  for  a  century  to  come,  but  it  will  be  convenient  to 
mine  the  ore  on  the  side  of  the  South  Mountain  also. 


Jackson.] 


88 


Specific  gravities  of  specimens  of  the  emery. 

Two  specimens  from  South  Mountain         .  4.02  and  4.37 

Two  specimens  from  North  Mountain         .  3.75    "     3.80 

Two  specimens  from  Naxos,  Greece  .         .  3.71    "     3.72 

The  hardness  of  the  emery,  since  it  scratches  topaz,  is  of  course  9 
of  Mohs'  scale. 

Chemical  analysis  of  the  emery  of  the  North  Mountain. 

Alumina 46.50 

Protoxide  of  iron 44.00 

Titanic  acid 5.00 

Sihca  and  moisture 4.50 

100.00 

Specimens  from  the  South  Mountain. 

Alumina 45.50 

Protoxide  of  iron 43.00 

Silica,  Titanic  acid  and  water        .        •        •        .  11.50 


100.00 


The  mineral  was  rendered  soluble  by  successive  fusions  with  bi-sul- 
phate  of  potash,  and  lastly  by  fusion  with  a  mixture  of  carbonate  of 
soda  and  hydrate  of  potassa.  In  other  respects  the  analyses  were 
made  in  the  usual  way. 

After  digesting  the  finely  crushed  and  levigated  emery  with  a  mix- 
ture of  nitric  and  chlorhydric  acids,  so  as  to  remove  all  the  oxide  of 
iron  that  was  free  and  soluble,  we  have  for  the  composition  of  three 
samples  of  emery. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

Chester. 

Chester. 

Naxos  best  selected. 

Alumina              60.40 

59.05 

62.30 

Protoxide  Iron    39.60 

40.95 

37.70 

100.00  100.00  100.00 

From  which  it  would  appear  that  protoxide  of  iron  is  an  essential 
chemical  ingredient  in  emery,  and  not  an  accidental  admixture. 
Dr.  J.  Lawrence  Smith's  experiments  lead  to  the  same  result,  but  he 
considers  the  oxide  of  iron  to  be  an  irregular  mixture  with  the  alum- 
ina, and  not  a  regular  chemical  constituent.  In  either  case  I  think 
emery  ought  to  rank  as  a  separate  species  and  not  as  a  granular 
variety  of  corundum,  from  which  it  so  differs  In  physical  characters. 


89  [Jackson. 

Margarite  of  Naxos,  according  to  Dr.  J.  L.  Smith,  with  the  spe- 
cific gravity  2.80  to  3.09,  consists  of 

Silica 30.02 

Alumina 49.52 

Lime 10.82 

Oxide  of  Iron      , 1.65 

Magnesia 0.48 

Potash  and  soda 1.25 

Water 5.55 

99.29 
Formula  R^  *Si+2  Xi^  SI+2  H. 

Chlorotold  of  Naxos,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  with  the  specific  grav- 
ity 3.52  H.  6,  consists  of 

Silica 23.20 

Alumina 40.21 

Protoxide  iron 27.25 

Water 6.97 

Lime 0.83 

Magnesia 0.95 


99.41 
Practical  trials  of  the  Chester  emery,  by  skilled  workmen,  have 
proved  that  it  Is  fully  equal  to  the  best  London  prepared  emery 
from  Naxos,  and  In  one  of  the  fairest  tnals,  It  was  found  to  excel  that 
emery  In  the  work  it  performed  in  grinciing  hardened  swordblades,  In 
the  ratio  of  twenty  to  fifteen,  and  the  Chester  emery  wheel  after 
grinding  twenty  swords  was  far  from  being  used  up,  while  never  more 
than  fifteen  had  been  ground  by  the  wheels  armed  with  the  London 
emery.     This  experiment  was  made  by  Mr.  Ames  of  Chicopee. 

Those  familiar  with  the  working  of  hard  metals,  or  with  cutting  and 
polishing  of  hard  stones,  need  not  be  informed  that  this  discovery  of 
emery  in  our  country  and  State  is  of  vast  practical  importance.  I 
may  however  remind  you,  that  at  the  present  time  when  we  are  man- 
ufacturing so  many  arms  of  all  kinds  for  the  preservation  of  our  coun- 
try from  ruin,  and  when  foreign  exchange  renders  Importation  doubly 
expensive,  that  an  emery  mine,  situated  near  our  great  armories,  is  a 
matter  of  national  importance.  I  may  also  add,  that  in  case  of  war 
with  any  great  European  power,  the  mines  of  Naxos,  our  only  present 
means  of  supply,  would  be  effectually  closed  to  us,  and  then  we  should 
feel  that  a  kind  Providence  had  supplied  a  great  want  in  our  defence 
and  for  the  maintenance  of  our  independence. 


Bryant.]  90 

It  may  not  be  generally  known  that  the  emery  of  the  Grecian  Ar- 
chipelago is  monopolized  by  a  single  banking-house  in  London,  and 
those  of  Asia  INIinor  are  also  monopolized  by  a  single  mercantile 
house  in  Smyrna,  these  monopolies  having  raised  the  price  of  emery 
four-fold.  Now  Massachusetts  overrides  this  monopoly,  and  can  supply 
not  only  this  country,  but  the  entire  world  with  the  best  of  emery  for 
all  coming  time. 

One  of  our  citizens,  a  member  of  the  Society,  Mr.  John  B.  Taft  of 
Boston,  is,  in  behalf  of  his  associates,  the  present  manager  of  this  new 
mining  enterprise,  and  possesses  adequate  means  and  authority  to 
render  their  operations  prosperous. 

Boston,  Dec.  17,  1864. 

Dr.  B.  J.  Jeffries  announced  that  on  the  Friday  evening 
previous,  several  members  of  the  Society  specially  interested 
in  microscopical  studies,  had  met  in  the  room  of  that  depart- 
ment to  take  active  measures  to  organize  a  Section  of  Micro- 
scopy, and  invited  all  members  interested  to  attend  the  next 
meeting  on  the  "Wednesday  evening  following,  when  it  was 
hoped  the  organization  would  be  permanently  effected. 


January  4,  1865. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-two  members  present. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Niles  presented  "  An  Enumeration  of  Fossils 
collected  in  the  Niagara  Limestone  at  Chicago,  Illinois,  with 
descriptions  of  several  new  species."  By  Prof.  Alexander 
Winchell  and  Prof.  Oliver  Marcy. 

Remarks    on  the  Type    of  Buteo   insignatus   Cassin.    By 
Henry  Bryant,  M.  D. 

Since  writing  the  paper  on  Buteo  Harlani?  published  in  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  Volume  VIII.,  page  107, 
I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
the  original  specimen*  on  which  Buteo  insignatus  Cassin  was  founded. 

*  This  specimen  was  kindly  loaned  for  this  purpose  by  its  present  proprietreis, 
Mrs.  McCulloch,  through  the  mediation  of  George  Barnston,  Esq.,  of  Montreal. 


91  [Bryant. 

It  differs  in  no  respect  from  the  other  specimens  examined  by  me,  and 
determined  to  be  identical  with  Swaimonii  and  Bairdii.  It  is  smaller 
than  the  average,  but  in  the  ]-)roportions  of  the  primaries  and  in  color 
almost  identical  with  No.  13,228.  Another  specimen  in  the  cabinet 
of  the  Institution,  No.  22,567,  from  the  head  waters  of  the  Anderson 
River,  is  stiU  darker  and  smaller  than  any  specimen  previously  seen  by 
me,  but  does  not  differ  in  its  proportions  from  the  others. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  color  of  this  specimen : 

Above  dark  purplish  brown,  the  base  of  the  feathei's  whitish  on 
the  forehead,  showing  as  a  narrow,  ill-defined  white  line  next  the  bill. 
The  borders  of  all  the  feathers  on  the  back  and  scapulars  paler  without 
any  purphsh  gloss;  upper  tail  coverts  barred  with  paler;  primaries 
dark  brown  with  a  shght  purphsh  gloss,  almost  black  towards  the  tips  of 
the  outer  ones,  rather  hoary  on  the  outer  webs  and  becoming  lighter  on 
the  inner  webs  towards  the  base  and  faintly  barred  with  hghter ;  sec- 
ondaries and  tertiaries  brownish  with  numerous  irregularly  broadly 
V-shaped  marks,  the  angle  towards  the  base  ;  tail  hoary  brown, 
barred  with  darker,  and  tipped  with  lighter,  the  subterminal  bar  quite 
broad,  the  number  of  bars  seven. 

Beneath  purplish  brown,  the  margins  of  the  feathers  of  the  throat 
whitish  at  the  base,  showing  slightly  through  the  dark  ;  tibiae  purplish 
brown  very  distinctly  barred  with  purplish  rufous ;  crissum  du'ty  white, 
barred  with  brown  and  with  the  tips  of  the  feathers  pale  rufous ;  tail 
hoary  with  the  brown  bare  very  distinct ;  under  surface  of  wings  slaty 
brown,  becoming  nearly  white  towards  the  base  of  the  quiUs  and  barred 
with  lighter  except  towards  their  tips. 

This  bird  has  as  good  a  claim  for  specific  rank,  if  color  in  this  genus 
is  considered  as  a  rehable  test,  as  B.  insignatus  or  Bairdii ;  this  however 
is  not  my  opinion,  and  the  examination  of  the  additional  specimens 
received  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  since  the  publication  of  the 
paper  referred  to  only  serves  to  strengthen  the  theory  there  advanced 
that  Harlani  ?,  Swainsonii,  Bairdii  and  insignatus  are  all  varieties  of  one 
species. 

Remarks  on  Sphyropicus   varius  Linn.    By  Henry  Bryant, 
M.  D. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  some  of  our  smaller  woodpeckers  pick 
out  portions  of  the  sound  bark  of  trees,  particularly  of  apple  trees, 
where  there  are  no  larvae  and  apparently  no  inducement  for  them  to 
do  so.  What  their  object  is  has  never  been  satisfactorily  established. 
In  Massachusetts  I  am  not  aware  that  tlicse  holes  are  ever  sufficiently 
large  or  numerous  to  cause  any  material  injury  to  the  apple  trees;  they 
are  generally  seen  in  circles  round  the  limbs  or  trunks  of  small  irregu- 
larly rounded  holes,  and  in  this  vicinity  are  made  almost  exclusively  by 


Bryant.] 


92 


the  Downy  Woodpecker,  P.  piibescens,  aided  occasionally  by  the  Hairy 
Woodpecker,  P.  villosus.  In  certain  parts  of  the  West,  however,  it  is 
said  that  great  damage  is  done  to  orchards  by  the  yellow-bellied  Wood- 
pecker, S.  varius;  and  Dr.  Hoy  of  Racine,  Wis.,  has  advanced  the  theory 
that  the  object  of  the  bird  in  so  doing  is  to  obtain  the  inner  bark  for 
food.  A  number  of  specimens  of  this  bird  forwarded  by  Dr.  Hoy  to  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  have  been  placed  in  my  hands  by  Professor 
Baird  for  examination ;  as  the  specimens  are  alcoholic  the  soft  parts  are, 
as  is  always  the  case,  too  much  distorted  to  be  available  for  correct 
comparisons;  the  gizzard,  however,  seems  smaller  and  the  proven- 
triculus  larger  than  in  other  species  of  this  family  with  which  I  have 
compared  them.  The  contents  of  the  stomach  are  berries,  small 
coleoptera,  larvae  of  boring  beetles,  ants  and  fragments  of  the  inner  bark 
of  the  apple  tree.  In  order  that  the  extremely  aberrant  forms  of  the 
tongue  of  this  bird  can  be  more  readily  seen  I  subjoin  brief  descriptions 
of  the  tongue  of  a  tropical  Woodpecker,  of  a  Colaptes,  and  of  the  bird 
in  question. 

Tongue  of  P.  villosus.  Free  portion  twenty-seven  millimetres  in 
length,  of  which  the  horny  tip  occupies  nine.  The  general  shape  of  the 
soft  part  is  cylindrical,  somewhat  flattened  towards  the  tip  and  covered 
with  numerous  transverse  wrinkles  deepest  towards  the  base ;  its  diame- 
ter at  the  base  three  and  and  a  half  millimetres  and  next  the  horny  tip 
one  in  breadth  and  three-quarters  in  thickness.  The  horny  tip  is  tri- 
angular, one  and  a  half  millimetres  in  breadth,  and  three-quartere  in 
thickness  at  the  base,  terminating  anteriorly  in  a  sharp  point,  its 
upper  surface  flattened,  slightly  concave  near  the  base,  the  under  sur- 
face slightly  convex,  the  sides  smooth  on  the  basal  half  and  with  the 
anterior  half  armed  with  five  or  six  strong  horny  points  or  spiculae 
projecting  backward  at  an  angle  of  about  thirty  degrees  ;  the  largest 
nearest  the  base.  The  cornua  of  the  hyoid  bone  curve  round  the  base 
of  the  skull,  gradually  converging  to  the  vertex,  then  leaving  the 
median  line  together  run  round  the  right  orbit  terminating  opposite 
the  centre  of  its  posterior  border. 

Tongue  of  C.  auratus.  Free  portion  thirty-nine  millimetres  in  length, 
of  which  the  horny  tip  occupies  only  two  and  a  half.  The  general 
appearance  of  the  soft  parts  similar  to  that  of  P.  villosus  but  somewhat 
less  flattened  towards  the  tip ;  its  diameter  at  its  base  three  millimetres, 
diminishing  to  one  and  a  quarter  in  breadth  and  one  in  thickness  next 
the  horny  tip,  which  is  one  millimetre  in  breadth  and  one  half  in  thick- 
ness ;  at  the  base  acutely  triangular  with  the  apex  broadly  truncated, 
the  basal  half  of  the  sides  smooth  and  one  or  two  spiculae  on  the  ante- 
rior half  similar  in  direction  but  not  so  large  as  those  of  P.  villosus, 
cornua  of  hyoid  bone  similar  in  direction  to  those  of  P.  villosus  as  far 
the  vei-tex,  then  running  to  the  bottom  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  nasal 
groove. 


93  [Winslow. 

Tongue  of  S.  varim.  Free  portion  twenty  millimetres  in  length,  of 
which  thirteen  are  occupied  by  the  horny  tip ;  general  shape  of  soft  por- 
tion a  flattened  oval  with  the  ends  truncated ;  there  are  no  appearances 
of  rugae  on  its  surface ;  its  greatest  breadth  is  four  millimetres,  and 
thickness  one  and  a  half,  the  horny  portion  is  triangular,  less  acutely  so 
than  in  P.  villosus,  two  and  a  quarter  in  breadth  and  one  in  thickness 
at  the  base,  its  upper  surface  slightly  concave  and  the  under  surface 
convex.  The  posterior  half  of  sides  smooth,  the  anterior  half  with 
numerous  soft  horny  fragments,  those  nearest  the  base  projecting 
backward.  Cornua  of  hyoid  bone  extending  also  half  way  from  the 
occiput  to  the  vertex,  and  not  converging  at  the  tips.  The  general 
shape  of  the  whole  tongue  is  not  much  unlike  that  of  the  robin,  the  ciHated 
edges  show  an  analogy  to  the  Meliphagidae  and  indicates  that  the  sap 
of  the  trees  pecked  by  them  may  form  a  portion  of  their  food.  In  the 
stomachs  of  the  six  individuals  examined  by  me  fragments  of  the  inner 
bark  were  found  in  all,  so  that  it  can  hardly  be  presumed  to  have  been 
accidentally  introduced.  It  is  e\'ident  from  the  shape  of  the  tongue 
that  it  is  not  used  as  a  dart,  in  the  manner  of  the  true  woodpecker,  to 
draw  out  insects  from  their  lurking  places,  but  that  these  are  seized  by 
the  bill  as  in  other  insectivorous  birds.  Insects,  however,  probably  form 
their  chief  diet,  as  all  the  stomachs  examined  also  contained  insects,  the 
quantity  of  which  was  greater  than  that  of  the  fragments  of  bark;  in 
one  bird  there  were  two  larvae  of  a  boring  beetle  so  large  that  there 
was  not  room  for  both  in  the  stomach  at  once  and  one  remained  in 
the  lower  part  of  the  oesophagus.  If  these  were,  as  is  probable, 
the  larvae  of  the  Saperda,  they  would  do  more  damage  than  twenty 
woodpeckers,  and  I  sincerely  hope  that  the  birds  are  not  to  be 
exterminated  unless  it  is  clearly  demonstrated  that  the  injury 
caused  by  the  destruction  of  the  bark  is  not  more  than  compensated 
by  their  destruction  of  noxious  insects. 

Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow  read  an  elaborate  paper  on  the  general 
causes  which  have  produced  the  present  irregularities  of  the 
earth's  surface  ;  he  believed  these  irregularities  to  be  due  to 
sudden  depressions  and  revulsions  of  the  crust,  by  which  the 
earth  becomes  reduced  in  size,  the  result  of  a  repulsive  cos- 
mical  force. 

Rev.  E.  B.  Eddy  presented  two  specimens  of  Anastase,  a 
mineral  never  before  discovered  in  this  country.  It  occurs 
at  the  Dexter  Lime  Rock,  Smithfield,  R.  I.,  and  is  always 
associated  with  crystallized  quartz,  Nacrite,  Acicular  Natro- 
lite  and  Pearl  Spar.  The  rock  is  Dolomite.  The  needles  of 
NatroHte  penetrate  the  quartz  crystals  in  every  dii-ection, 


Jeffries.]  94 

and  the  Calcite  also.  It  was  discovered  by  the  donor  in 
September,  1864. 

The  Secretary  read  the  Resohitions  adopted  at  the  last 
meeting  of  the  Section  of  Microscoj^y,  by  which  a  permanent 
organization  was  effected. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Mr.  Luther  Hills  of  Chelsea,  Rev.  E.  B.  Eddy  of  Waltham,  Dr. 
Thomas  B.  Hitchcock  of  Boston,  Mr.  Alexander  Wadsworth, 
Dr.  James  D.  Whelpley,  Mr.  Thomas  E.  Satterthwaite,  Rev. 
E.  ISr.  Kirk,  Mr.  B.  F.  Campbell,  Mr.  Charles  Whittier,  Mr. 
William  Stowe  and  Mr.  E.  D.  Chamberlin,  Jr. 


January  18,  1865. 
Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-eight  members  pi'esent 

Dr.  B.  Joy  Jeffries  explained  his  views  in  regard  to  the 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Accommodation  in  the  human 
eye. 

As  the  eye  naturally  can  only  focus  parallel  rays,  or  those  nearly  so, 
upon  its  retina,  there  must  be  some  change  in  the  shape  of  the  eye  itself 
or  in  its  refractive  media  to  enable  it  to  focus  divergent  rays,  or  those 
coming  from  objects  near  to.  This  act  of  accommodation  was  thought 
to  be  accomplished  by  pressure  of  the  external  muscles  altering  the 
shape  of  the  eye,  or  forcing  forward  the  crystalline  lens.  Total  paraly- 
sis of  all  the  external  muscles  not  affecting  accommodation  dis- 
proves this  theory.  Some  change  must  therefore  take  place  within 
the  eye  itself.  Professor  Helmholz  examined,  with  an  instrument 
called  the  Phaciodoscope  the  three  images  of  a  lighted  candle,  given 
by  the  cornea,  the  anterior,  and  the  posterior  surfaces  of  the  lens. 
This  experiment  was  described  by  Dr.  Jeffries,  and  the  deductions  from 
it  explained,  namely,  that  during  the  act  of  accommodation  the  cornea 
does  not  change  its  shape,  the  lens  does  not  move,  but  that  its  shape 
alters.  Its  anterior  curve  becomes  greater,  pushing  forward  the  edge 
of  the  iris  forming  the  pupil,  while  the  outer  circle  of  the  iris  is  pushed 
back  by  the  aqueous  humor.     Professor  Knapp  calculated  the  effect 


95  [JeflTries. 

of  this  change  and  found  it  was  quite  sufficient  to  account  for  all  the 
range  of  accommodation:  i.  e.,  sufficient  to  enable  the  eye  to  focus 
all  the  differently  diverging  rays  coming  from  objects  at  the  distance 
of  six  inches  to  fifteen  feet.  The  question  now  was  how  the  change 
was  produced.  By  pressure  of  the  iris  on  the  lens  ?  By  pressure  of  the 
ciliary  processes  on  the  lens  ?  By  both  these  combined  ?  These 
theories  are  all  shown  to  be  wrong  from  a  case  of  Professor  Grcefe's 
where,  by  accident,  during  an  operation  on  the  eye,  the  entire 
iris  was  torn  away.  The  power  of  accommodation  remained.  More- 
over, the  ciliary  processes  being  laid  bare  to  view,  it  was  seen  that  dm'- 
ing  the  act  of  accommodation  they  did  not  touch  the  lens,  which,  as  it 
were,  of  itself  took  a  more  convex  shape.  Dr.  Jeffries  next  described 
the  ciliary  muscle  first  spoken  of  as  such,  by  Dr.  Clay  Wallace  of  New 
York,  afterwards  simultaneously  studied  by  Professor  Bowman  of 
London  and  Professor  Briicke  of  Vienna ;  also  by  Professor  Arlt 
and  Heinrich  Miiller,  who  discovered  a  set  of  circular  fibres  close 
to  its  attachment  to  the  sclerotic.  This  is  a  true  muscle,  freely  supplied 
with  nerves  from  the  lenticular  ganglion  and  the  nasal  branch  of  the 
ophthalmic  division  of  the  fifth  nerve.  In  the  act  of  accommodation  we 
have  a  sensation  of  muscular  effort.  Dr.  Jeffries  thought  the  chano;e  in 
the  lens  was  produced  by  the  action  of  this  muscle  drawing  forward 
the  choroid  and  ciliary  processes,  and  thus  slacking  up  the  hgament 
of  the  lens  by  which  it  is  suspended,  and  so  allowing  it  to  take  its  (as 
it  were)  natural,  more  convex  form:  i.e.,  to  become  thicker  antero- 
posteriorly.  This  it  does  when  removed  from  the  eye.  The  ciliary 
ligament,  by  its  tension,  keeps  the  lens  flattened ;  the  action  of  the  mus- 
cle slacks  up  this  tension  and  the  lens  assumes  its  more  spherical 
shape.  Dr.  Jeffries  exhibited  dissections  of  the  eyes  of  the  seal,  horse- 
mackerel  and  sword-fish  in  illustration  of  the  anatomy  of  the  lens,  its 
capsule  and  ligament,  and  a  model  in  imitation  of  one  of  Professor  Lud- 
wig's  of  Vienna,  to  show  the  action  of  the  ciliary  muscle  and  the  change 
of  shape  of  the  lens.  Dr.  Jeffries  said,  as  old  age  came  on  the  lens 
grew  harder,  the  muscle  less  powerful,  and  we  therefore  had  to  supply 
this  deficiency  by  a  convex  glass  before  the  eye.  He  gave  some  illustra- 
tions of  the  importance  of  this  muscle  and  a  proper  appreciation  of  its 
action,  as  through  it  we  gained  distinct  vision  of  near  objects,  and 
when  it  failed  the  causes  must  be  thoroughly  understood  to  enable  the 
ocuhst  to  assist  his  patient.  He  described  the  action  of  atropine 
and  the  calabar  bean  upon  this  muscle  and  the  iris;  these  two 
substances  being  opposed  to  each  other  in  their  influence  upon 
the  ciliary  muscle. 

Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder  exhibited  diagrams  illustrative  of  the 
structure  of  the  wings  in  the  two  fossil  insects  fi-om  carbonife- 


Scudder.]  96 

rous  concretions  in  Illinois,  recently  described  by  Professor 
Dana,  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science,*  under  the  names 
of  Miamia  and  Hemeristia,  together  with  similar  ones,  to 
show  the  distinctions  between  the  different  families  of  Neu- 
ropterous  insects,  based  upon  the  neuration  of  the  wings 
alone. 

He  pointed  out,  by  means  of  these,  how  it  was  possible  in  the  ease 
of  Hemeristia,  where  portions  of  four  completely  overlapping  wings 
were  all  that  were  left  to  us,  to  decide  whether  the  upper  or  under 
surface  of  the  wings  was  presented  to  our  view  ^  whether  the  right  or 
the  left  wing  overlapped  the  other,  and  to  which  of  the  four  wings 
each  of  the  numerous  nervures  and  cross-veins  belonged,  and  thus  to 
reconstruct  the  complete  wing  as  a  basis  to  determine  the  relation  of 
the  insect  to  other  neuropterous  types. 

He  endeavored  further  to  show,  by  a  cortiparison  of  the  mode  of 
neuration  in  these  two  fossil  fonns  with  that  of  the  different  families  of 
Neuroptera  now  living,  that  they  each  belonged  to  a  distinct  family,  to 
which  he  applied  the  names  of  Palasopterina  and  Hemeristina.  By 
certain  characters  they  were  alhed  to  those  families  which  are  now 
generally  grouped  under  the  name  of  Pseudoneuroptera  ;  and,  by  cer- 
tain others,  to  the  Keuroptera  proper,  in  reality  exhibiting  a  synthetic 
neuropterous  type,  in  which  are  combined  characters  which  hitherto 
had  been  known  only  as  belonging  to  distinct  groups.  The  other  parts 
of  the  insect,  in  the  only  specimen  which  has  much  of  the  body  besides 
the  wings  remaining,  exhibited  in  a  similar  manner,  characters  bor- 
rowed from  families  belonging  some  to  one,  some  to  the  other,  of  these 
two  great  groups. 

Mr.  Scudder  also  referred  to  the  discovery  of  fossil  insect  remains 
even  older  than  these,  and  the  oldest,  he  believed,  yet  discovered  any 
where,  obtained  from  Devonian  strata  in  New  Brunswick,  by  iVIr.  C.  F. 
Hartt,  which  exhibited  similar  synthetic  relations,  and  represented,  in 
some  cases,  still  additional  families  of  Neuroptera. 

Dr.  Bryant  remarked  that  he  had  seen  an  Arkansas  Fly- 
catcher which  had  been  shot  in  Plympton,  Me.,  in  October, 
which  was  more  remarkable  than  even  the  case  of  the  thrush 
before  mentioned,  since  the  fly-catcher  was  a  young  bird  not 
over  two  or  three  months  old. 

Drs.  C.  W.  Swan  and  H.  F.  Damon,  and  Messrs.  Isaac  Y. 
Chubbuck  of  Roxbury  and  J.  H.  Clapp  were  elected  Resi- 
dent Members. 

*  Vol.  XXXVII.  p.  M.    Jan.  1864. 


97  [Jackson. 

February  1,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty  members  present. 

Dr.  B.  Joy  Jeffries  exhibited  a  diagram  in  illustration  of 
his  remarks  at  the  pre^-ious  meeting,  one  half  of  which  pre- 
sented the  appearance  of  the  eye  in  its  natural  position,  the 
other  half  during  accommodation. 

The  President  thought  that  the  question  was  yet  open  to 
discussion  whether  the  change  of  form  in  the  lens  did  not 
take  i^lace  within  itself  by  its  own  contractibihty,  mthout 
reference  to  any  external  force. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  presented  a  large  and  fine  specimen  of 
Calcite,  from  Martinsbm-g,  ^.  Y.  He  remarked  that  the  cal- 
cite  in  that  locality  was  found  in  two  sets  of  veins  very 
nearly  parallel  to  one  another,  and  only  three  hundred  yards 
apart,  in  one  of  which  the  crystals  were  lenticular,  and  in  the 
other  the  si^-sided  prisms  were  found.  He  frirther  added 
that  the  metalliferous  veins  of  that  section  were  found,  as 
Vanuxem  first  pointed  out,  either  running  in  a  north- 
southerly  direction,  or  in  an  east-westerly  direction.  Those 
which  ran  in  a  north-southerly  direction  contained  no  lead, 
while  the  other  always  contained  highly  crystallized  galena. 
Dr.  Jackson  thought  this  was  ex23lained  readily  on  the  sup- 
position that  the  veins  were  produced  at  two  entirely  distinct 
periods.  The  galena,  he  beheves,  was  raised  in  vapor  or 
sublimed,  instancing  experiments  to  show  that  this  must  be 
the  case. 

The  results  of  some  experiments  upon  the  penetration  of 
moulds  into  the  interior  of  closed  cavities,  in  continuation 
of  former  remarks  on  the  same  subject,  were  commented 
upon  by  Professor  Jeffi'ies  Wjman,  as  having  a  bearing  upon 
questions  now  raised  of  the  origin  of  minute  organisms. 

Six  eggs  were  placed  on  a  sand-bath  and  heated  sufii- 
ciently  to  coagulate  the  albumen,  and  until  they  had  lost  one- 
fourth  of  their  weight.  Thus  a  clear  air-space  between  the 
inner  membranes  of  the  ^%%  was  made.  They  were  then 
placed  in  a  ground-glass  stoppered  jar  with  a  little  water 

PKOCEi:DI>'GS  B.  S.  ^^  H.— VOL.  X.  7  FEBRUARY,  1866. 


Wyman.]  98 

at  the  bottom  to  facilitate  decomposition;  in  this  they  re- 
mained two  weeks,  when  one  of  them  was  examined.  One- 
fourth  of  the  interior  was  filled  with  air,  the  membranes  were 
unbroken,  and  there  was  no  crack  in  the  shell,  but  the  whole 
cavity  was  lined  with  a  full  crop  of  mould  giving  out  its 
spores  abundantly.  The  others  were  examined  later,  with  the 
same  results  in  all. 

There  were  three  ways  in  which  to  account  for  the  pres- 
ence of  the  mould  : — 

That  the  spores  were  already  in  the  egg  when  laid. 

That  they  afterward  penetrated  from  without  inward. 

That  they  were  produced  by  spontaneous  generation. 

Prof.  Wyman  thought  that  the  first  supposition,  though 
not  probable,  was  possible.  He  considered  it  more  likely 
that  they  had  penetrated  through  the  shell  itself,  because 
the  shell  was  made  up  of  granules  of  lime  and  the  mem- 
branes of  fibres,  and  therefore  not  homogeneous,  but  more 
strictly  a  texture. 

In  answer  to  an  inquiry  of  Dr.  White,  Prof  Wyman  stated 
that  he  had  not  seen  the  spores  making  their  way  through 
either  the  shell  or  the  membrane. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  suggested  covering  the  egg  with  soluble 
glass  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  the  entrance  of  spores. 

Another  experiment  w^as  mentioned  by  Professor  Wyman, 
in  which  he  endeavored  to  test  the  assertion  of  Pasteur  that 
Vibrios  and  Bacteriums  have  the  power  of  resisting  the  action 
of  boiling  water. 

He  took  three  vessels  thoroughly  cleansed,  in  each  of  which 
a  similar  quantity  of  boiled  and  filtered  beef-juice  w^as 
placed.  One  he  allowed  to  remain  as  it  was;  to  the  second 
he  added  five  drops  of  infusorial  water;  and  to  the  third  five 
drops  of  the  same  infusorial  water  after  it  had  been  boiled. 
At  the  commencement  of  the  experiment  the  liquid  in  all  the 
vessels  was  transparent  —  at  the  end  of  twenty-four  hours  the 
first  was  still  transparent,  the  second  had  become  turbid,  from 
the  presence  of  infusoria  which  had  rapidly  multiplied,  and  the 
third  remained  as  transparent  as  the  first,  nor  did  it  become 
turbid  until  the  third  day,  when  the  first  and  third  were 
equally  so. 


99  [White. 

The  experiment  was  repeated  with  thirty  vessels  in  three 
series  of  ten,  each  with  exactly  similar  results.  Thus  it  ap- 
pears that  a  given  organic  solution  does  not  become  invaded 
any  sooner  when  boiled  infusoria  are  added  to  it  than  when 
none  are  added ;  while  portions  of  the  same  solution  to  which 
infusoria  that  have  not  been  boiled  are  added  become  invaded 
in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  the  others  requiring  three 
days. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members : 

As  Honorary  Member : — Prof  Joseph  Henry  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution. 

As  Corresponding  Members :  —  Prof  Oliver  Marcy,  of  the 
Northwestern  University,  Chicago,  Prof  Alexander  Win- 
chell,  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  Prof  J.  D.  Whitney,  of 
the  California  Geol.  Survey,  and  Mr.  D.  G.  Elliott,  of  New 
York  City. 

As  Resident  Members  :  —  Messrs.  B.  W.  Gilbert,  Thomas 
McHayes,  Phihp  S.  Sprague  of  Quincy,  N".  Willis  Bumstead, 
Paul  M.  Gidney  and  James  P.  Babcock. 


February  15,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-five  members  present. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  exhibited  a  series  of  dissected  skulls  of 
man,  the  apes,  and  monkeys,  explaining  the  j^rincipal  points 
of  the  discussions  which  have  recently  attracted  so  much 
attention  in  England  and  elsewhere,  upon  the  relations  of 
man  to  the  higher  apes,  based  upon  the  differences  of  the 
brain  structure.  He  pointed  out  in  particular  the  relation  of 
the  cerebrum  to  the  cerebellum,  showing  that  not  only  in 
man,  but  also,  contrary  to  the  assertions  of  Owen,  in  nearly 
the  whole  series  of  the  quadrumana  except  the  lowest,  the 
cerebral  hemispheres  completely  covered  and  even  over- 
lapped the  cerebellum  ;  and  since  the  separation  of  man,  by 


White.]  100 

Owen,  as  a  distinct  sub-class,  was  founded  principally  upon 
the  assumption  that  this  overlapping  of  the  cerebellum  by  the 
cerebrum  was  pecuhar  to  him,  and  furthennore  upon  the 
distinctive  presence  of  a  posterior  horn  to  the  lateral  ventri- 
cle, and  of  the  hippocampus  minor,  which  Huxley  had  also 
shown  to  exist  in  some  of  the  quadrumana,  and  by  whom 
it  was  insisted  that  these  distinctions  were  valueless. 

Professor  Jeffries  Wyman  mentioned  some  of  the  peculiar 
characteristics  of  the  elephant's  brain. 

Dr.  White  remarked  that  the  highest  capacity  of  the  skull 
of  a  gorilla,  as  given  by  Owen,  was  thirty-four  and  a  half 
cubic  inches,  and  that  one  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  Wyman 
contains  thirty-five,  while  the  one  in  the  Society's  cabinet 
now  exhibited  measured  even  thirty-seven  cubic  inches. 

Dr.  Winslow,  referring  to  the  remarkable  flatness  of  the 
occiput  in  the  Peruvian  skull  just  presented  by  him,  observed 
that  in  the  Peruvians  of  the  present  day,  whether  Indians,  or 
those  of  the  highest  rank,  the  flatness  of  the  occiput  was  the 
result  of  the  mode  of  tending  the  children,  the  custom  being 
quite  a  universal  one  of  swathing  the  infmt  in  bandages  so 
tightly  that  it  cannot  move,  and  of  always  laymg  it  upon  its 
back  when  at  rest  whether  upon  a  hard  or  soft  surface. 

Dr.  White  remarked  that  the  custom  of  swathing  the  child 
was  practised  by  the  Germans  until  the  infant  was  a  year  old ; 
and  that  there  could  be  no  doubt  that  both  the  brachycephalic 
and  dolichocephalic  forms  of  ancient  Peruvian  skulls  were 
much  modified  by  the  custom  of  artificial  compression. 

At  this  point  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson,  Vice  President,  took  the 
chair,  and  the  Rev.  Mr.  Waterston  addressed  the  meeting 
upon  some  of  the  educational  instrumentalities  which  he 
believed  to  be  within  reach  of  the  Society ;  he  afterwards 
embodied  his  remarks  in  the  following  motion  : 

"  That  a  Committee  of  three  be  appointed  to  consider  the  subject 
of  coui-scs  of  lectures  to  the  Public  School  Teachers  of  this  vicinity, 
with  full  powers  to  act." 

The  motion  was  warmly  seconded  by  Mr.  Cummings. 
Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  proposed  that  the  subject  should  be 
referred  to  the  Council. 

Mr.   T.  T.   Bouve  thought  that  a  committee  fi:om  the 


101  [Stodder. 

Society  at  large  could  best  carry  out  the  plan,  and  after 
some  discussion  the  resolution  was  passed. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Cummings  it  was  voted  that  the  com- 
mittee be  nominated  by  the  chair. 

The  chair  nominated  Rev.  Mr.  Waterston,  Mr.  Bouve  and 
Dr.  Gould.  Mr.  Bouve  desired  to  withdraw  his  name,  as 
circumstances  would  prevent  his  giving  his  services  as  a 
member  of  such  committee.  Dr.  White  being  nominated  in 
his  place,  the  committee  as  thus  foiTiied,  Rev.  Mr.  Waterston, 
Drs.  Gould  and  White,  were  elected  unanimously. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  announced  that  at  the  next  meeting  the 
Building  Committee  w^ould  make  their  report  and  suiTender 
the  Building  into  the  hands  of  the  Society. 

Professor  A.  E.  Yerrill,  of  Yale  College,  was  elected  a  Cor- 
ponding  Member,  and  Dr.  Alexander  M.  Wood  a  Resident 
Member. 

The  following  paper  was  read  before  the  Microscopic 
Section,  February  7th. 

Note  on  Ehabdonema  mirificum.    By  Charles  Stodder. 

Professors  W.  H.  Harvey  and  J.  W.  Bailey  published  in  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Science  of  Philadelphia,  October,  1853, 
a  list  and  descriptions  of  new  species  of  Diatomaceae,  collected  by  the 
United  States  Exploring  Expedition,  under  Captain  Wilkes.  One  of 
the  new  species  they  called  Hyalosira  punctata,  which  they  describe 
thus:  "Frustules  large,  united  in  long  chains,  rectangular,  subquadrate, 
transversely  and  uninterruptedly  vittate,  granulate  in  the  middle  of 
the  frustule,  the  others  furnished  with  a  series  of  conspicuous  puncta.'* 
Habitat,  Tahiti;  with  no  figure. 

Professor  AVilliam  Smith,  in  the  second  volume,  page  thirty-five,  of 
the  Synopsis  of  the  British  Diatomacese,  pubhshed  in  1856,  mentions  in 
a  gathering  from  Mauritius,  the  occurrence  of  a  new  form  of  Rhabdo- 
nema,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of  R.  mirificum,  and  partially  describes 
it  as  a  "magnificent  species  with  alternate  and  cribrose  septa."  He 
published  no  figure,  as  it  was  not  a  British  species. 

In  the  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science,  Vol.  vi.,  p.  92,  1858,  Dr. 
Arnott  gives  some  of  the  characters  of  R.  mirificum,  but  no  figure. 

In  the  same  Journal,  for  1859,  Vol.  vii.,  p.  180,  ]\Ir.  Brightwell 
quotes  Arnott,  and  gives  a  figure,  plate  ix,  figure  11.  Ralfs  in 
Pritchard's  Infusoria,  fourth  edition,  1861,  page  805,  copies  Smith 
and  Arnott,  and  gives  a  reduced  copy  of  Brightwell's  figure. 


Stodder.]  102 

Harvev  and  Bailey's  figure  of  H.  punctata  has  be^  printed,  but 
can  hardlv  be  said  to  be  published  as  yet.  One  hundi-ed  copies 
only  of  their  report  were  printed  by  order  of  Congress.  Two  years 
as;o,  these  were  in  the  custody  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  and 
remained  in  the  original  package  as  received  from  the  printer,  and 
it  is  probable  that  they  yet  remain  among  the  unarranged  material  of 
the  Congressional  Library.  Fortunately  for  Science,  Professor  Asa 
Gray  had  some  copies  printed  at  his  own  expense,  one  of  which  I  now 
possess.  The  figure  of  HyalosLra  punctata  at  once  shows  its  identity 
with  Rhabdonema  mii'ificum  of  Smith. 

WTiich  of  these  names  shoidd  be  accepted  ?  It  is  univei-sally  ad- 
mitted that  priority  of  publication  secm-es  the  right  of  the  author  to 
the  name.  But  what  is  publication  ?  Is  it  merely  a  description  in 
words,  or  are  figures  necessary  ?  Harvey  and  Bailey's  description  is 
fuller  and  more  definite,  though  they  mistook  the  genus,  than  Smith's 
and  Arnott's.  The  two  genera  are  closely  allied,  but  the  form  in 
question  undoubtedly  belongs  to  Rhabdonema.  There  can  be  but  little 
doubt,  that  Smith  knew  of  Harvey  and  Bailey's  description  of  Hyalosira 
punctatum,  still  less  doubt  that  Arnott  and  Brightwell  knew  of  it 
when  they  wrote  in  1858  and  1859;  while  Ralfs  certainly  knew  it  in 
1860,  when  he  edited  the  fourth  edition  of  Pritchard,  as  he  publishes 
descriptions  of  both  species  on  opposite  pages.  All  these  experts, 
Ralfs.  Brightwell  and  Ai-nott,  and  probably  Smith,  were  familiar  with 
the  description  of  Harvey  and  Bailey,  and  not  one  of  them  appears 
to  have  suspected  even  the  identity  of  the  two.  L'nder  these  circum- 
stances I  think  it  must  be  decided  that  Harvey  and  Bailey,  although 
the  original  discoverers,  are  not  entitled  to  the  priority,  but  that  Smith's 
name,  first  figured  by  Brightwell  in  1859,  must  be  accepted,  and  the 
name  given  by  Harvey  and  Bailey  to  this  species,  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  of  the  Diatomacese,  must  be  cancelled. 


March  1,  1865. 
Mr.  C.  K.  Dillaway  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-seven  members  present. 

Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve  exhibited  a  Gannet,  recently  obtained  for 
the  Society,  in  the  plumage  assumed  by  the  bii-d  in  its  change 
j&'om  the  young  to  the  adult  stage. 

Dr.  Jackson  made  some  remarks  on  Petroleum,  its  mode 


103 


[Atwood. 


of  foi-mation   and   occurrence,   and  the  geological  position 
of  rocks  beaiing  it. 

Captain  X.  E.  Atwood  addressed  the  meeting  upon  some 
points  in  the  history  of  the  Cod. 

No  other  fish,  said  he,  has  so  wide  a  geographical  range.  He  had 
taken  three  specimens  twenty  miles  north  of  Cape  Hatteras,  and  here 
he  believed  its  southern  limits  terminated.  Northward,  however,  it  ex- 
tends almost  indefinitely,  and  may  be  found  on  all  the  shoal  banks ; 
and  the  question  naturally  arises  whether  it  is  one  and  the  same  spe- 
cies which  exists  all  along  this  eastern  coast.  The  species  found  on  the 
western  coast  of  Europe  has  been  called  Morrhua  vulgaris,  and  that  on 
our  coast,  that  is,  off  Massachusetts  and  New  York,  has  been  consid- 
ered by  Storer  and  others  as  distinct,  and  given  the  name  of  M.  ameri- 
caria.  The  species  which  occurs  off  the  shores  of  the  British  Provinces 
is  doubtful.  Perley  has  called  that  found  near  the  shore  M.  americana, 
while  he  considers  the  off-shore  species  the  M.  vulgaris  of  Europe. 

The  cod  varies  much  as  to  size,  some  times  growing  to  very  large 
dimensions.  Yarrell  says  the  largest  one  he  knew  of  weighed  sixty 
pounds.  Pennant  gives  an  account  of  one  which  weighed  seventy- 
eight  pounds.  Captain  Atwood  had  seen  one  at  Provincetown  which 
weighed  one  hundred  and  a  half  pounds.  On  the  banks  of  Newfound- 
land their  average  size  is  such  that  it  takes  thirty-five  to  forty-five  fish 
to  weigh  one  hundred  and  twelve  pounds,  when  dried,  and  the  largest 
never  weigh  more  than  thirty  or  forty  pounds ;  when  taken  on  Ban- 
quereau  and  Sable  Island  Banks,  they  are  smaller,  and  four  or  five 
more  fish  would  be  required  for  the  hundred  weight.  At  George's  and 
Brown's  Banks,  on  the  other  hand,  they  are  larger,  and  sometimes  of 
extreme  size,  and  no  small  ones  with  them,  so  that  the  average  num- 
ber required  to  make  the  same  weight  is  only  fifteen  to  eighteen,  while 
again  in  the  common  fisheries  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  it  takes  as 
many  as  seventy  or  eighty,  and  up  to  the  time  when  the  fish  were 
taken  by  "  trawling  "  very  few  large  ones  were  caught.  Since  then 
very  large  ones,  so  large  as  to  only  require  three  or  four  to  the  hun- 
dred weight,  when  dried,  have  been  taken  from  the  same  places. 
Captain  Atwood  was  unable  to  say  whether  these  belonged  to  two 
species  or  were  the  old  and  young  of  one. 

From  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle  to  Anticosti,  the  fish  are  of  a  consid- 
erably uniform  size,  never  weighing  more  than  twenty  or  at  the  most 
twenty-five  pounds,  and  the  average  requiring  one  hundred  or  one 
hundred  and  twelve  pounds  to  the  hundred  weight,  when  dried,  being 
thus  smaller  than  anywhere  along  the  whole  coast.  At  Bradore.  how- 
ever, there  is  a  small  bank  five  miles  from  shore,  where  larger  fish  are 
found  than  even  at  the  Grand  Banks,  and  the  same  is  true  of  other 


Atwood.]  104 

shoal  banks  off  shore  in  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle.  These  fish  never  go 
on  to  the  coast,  though  when  they  all  go  off  shore  at  the  end  of  the 
season  they  must  intermingle.     Here  there  may  be  two  species. 

As  a  further  indication  of  there  being  two  species  Captain  Atwood 
stated  that  the  cod  off  the  coast  of  New  England  spawned  in  November 
and  December,  on  the  ledges,  while  on  the  banks  of  Newfoundland  they 
were  found  with  mature  spawn  late  in  May  or  early  in  June.  Yarrell 
gives  ten  spines  to  the  first  dorsal  as  a  characteristic  of  M,  vulgaris. 
In  M.  americana,  according  to  Storer,  there  are  fourteen  or  fifteen, 
while  some  from  the  banks  of  Newfoundland,  that  Captain  Atwood 
counted,  had  twelve  or  thirteen. 

The  liver  of  the  cod  varies  also  in  character  in  different  places.  A 
cargo  of  cod  taken  on  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland  will  yield  much  less 
oil  than  the  same  quantity  of  fish  taken  on  the  coast  of  Labrador ;  the 
livers  of  the  cod  at  Labrador  are  very  much  larger  and  white,  but  if 
an  equal  bulk  of  livers  from  these  two  localities  is  taken,  those  from 
the  banks  will  yield  the  most  oil.  This  is  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
Labrador  livers  contain  a  large  quantity  of  water,  while  those  from  the 
Newfoundland  Banks  are  small,  and  many  of  them  reddish. 

In  answer  to  an  inquiry  about  the  color  of  the  cod,  Captain  Atwood 
said  that  they  varied  in  coloration ;  those  from  the  ledges  along  the 
coast  were  much  darker,  and  their  food  consisted  of  crabs  and  mol- 
lusks.  Upon  the  banks,  the  fish  that  swim  the  lowest  are  of  a  lighter 
color,  and  feed  on  mollusks,  but  those  that  keep  at  the  surface  are 
darker  and  feed  on  small  fish. 

Referring  to  what  he  had  said  at  a  previous  meeting  about  the 
"Bull-dog"  codfish  he  remarked  that  he  had  since  learned  that  they 
were  also  found  at  the  Sable  Island  Bank,  and  that  the  fishermen  also 
frequently  found  what  they  called  "double-jointed  fish;"  that  is,  cod, 
the  vertebrte  which  were  more  compact,  denser,  and  shorter  than  usual, 
giving  the  fish  much  shorter  proportions. 

Mr.  David  Pulsifer  presented  an  Eel  fi-om  the  "West  Indian 
islands,  obtained  by  Mr.  David  Ranks,  and  the  thanks  of  the 
Society  were  voted  for  the  donation. 

The  Custodian  announced  the  following  donations  to  the 
Museum  received  since  the  last  meeting :  —  A  collection  of 
various  animals  from  the  coast  near  Paita,  Peru,  collected  and 
presented  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow;  a  collection  of  106  jDlants 
from  the  Alps  of  Europe. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Dr.  S.  W.  Langmaid,  Messrs.  William  Endicott,  Jr.,  and  D. 
W.  Job,  of  Boston;  and  Charles  A.  Tufts,  of  Dover,  NT.  H. 


105  [Wyman. 

March  15,  1865. 

The  President  in  the  chaii*. 

Thirty-five  members  present. 

Prof.  Jeffries  Wyman  exhibited  the  fossil  bones  recently 
collected  near  Riobamba,  South  America,  by  Dr.  C.  F. 
Winslow,  and  presented  by  him  to  the  Society ;  giving  an 
enumeration  of  them  with  some  brief  observations  on  the 
most  interesting  forms. 

BONES  OF  A  HORSE. 

1 .  A  fragment  of  the  left  temporal  bone,  including  a  part  of  the 
squamous  portion,  about  two-thirds  of  the  glenoid  fossa,  and  the  pos- 
terior glenoid  process. 

2.  A  fragment  of  the  right  lower  jaw,  comprising  the  last  two  mo- 
lars with  their  alveoli  and  a  small  portion  of  the  base  of  the  coronoid 
process. 

3.  A  fragment  of  the  "  angle  "  of  the  same  part  and  probably  from 
the  same  individual  as  the  preceding. 

4.  The  third  molar  tooth  from  the  right  upper  jaw. 

5.  The  atlas  nearly  entire. 

6.  The  second  phalanx  of  the  fore-foot. 

The  above  remains  indicate  the  existence  of  a  species  of  horse  some- 
what smaller  than  the  horses  of  the  present  time.  This  is  evident,  as  is 
seen  in  the  following  tables,  from  a  comparison  of  the  corresponding 
parts  of  the  extinct  and  fossil  species. 


Transverse  diameter  of  3d  upper  molar 
Longitudinal      "         "    "       «         " 
Length  of  5  th  lower  molar 
"         "  6th      "         "     . 


Greatest  diameter  from  side  to  side     . 

"  "  "    before  backwards 

Transverse  diameter  across  posterior 

articular  surfaces        .  .         .         ,         3.28         3.53 

Transverse  diameter  across  anterior 

articular  surfaces         .  .  .         .         2.13         3.54 

Greatest  thickness  from  dorsal  to  ventral 

surface ,         2.76         3.16 

This  bone  is  broader  and  more  depressed  in  the  fossil  than  in  the 


FossC. 

Eecent. 

0.85 

1.10 

0.Q8 

1.05 

0.94 

1.05 

1.15 

1.25 

FossU. 

Eecent. 

5.45 

5.65 

3.40 

4.19 

Fossil. 

Eecent. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

11.00 

6.73 

2.18 

1.30 

1.40 

0.71 

2.47 

1.56 

Wymau.]  106 

recent  species.  In  the  fossil  the  anterior  articulating  surfaces  cover 
the  whole  of  the  fossa  for  the  reception  of  the  occipital  condyles,  but 
do  not  in  two  recent  bones,  with  which  they  have  been  compared. 

SECOND  PHALANX. 

Fossil.       Recent. 
Greatest  tranverse  diameter     ..         .         ,         1.73         2.15 
Length  on  median  line      ....         1.50         1.68 

LAMA. 

7.     Metacarpal  bone  of  gigantic  size  when   compared  with  the 
same  part  in  the  existing  species. 


Length 

Breadth  of  upper  end 

"         "  middle     .... 

"        "  lower  end 

8.  Second  phalanx;  length  3.45  inches  in  the  fossil,  2.20  inches  in 
the  recent  species. 

The  height  of  the  existing  lama  at  the  shoulders  is  about  three  feet. 
If  the  proportions  of  the  fossil  were  the  same  as  in  the  recent  species, 
then  the  height  of  the  former  at  the  shoulders  as  deduced  from  the 
size  of  the  metacarpal  bone  was  about  five  feet. 

9.  A  fragment  of  the  upper  end  of  the  femur  of  a  Tapir.  The 
head  and   neck  of  the  bone  are  gone. 

10.  Two  molar  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  of  a  Deer,  of  about  the  size 
of  those  of  the  Cervus  virginianus. 

11.  Last  molar  from  the  lower  jaw  of  a  Deer  much  larger  than  the 
preceding. 

12.  The  left  Humerus  of  a  Deer,  the  lower  end  of  which  is  broken 
off.     This  belonged  to  an  animal  somewhat  smaller  than  the  Moose. 

13.  A  fragment  of  the  pelvis  comprising  portions  of  the  left  acet- 
abulum, of  the  ramus  of  the  pubes  and  of  the  ascending  part  of  the 
ilium.  It  resembles  the  corresponding  part  from  the  horse,  though  the 
indentation  for  the  attachment  of  the  rectus  muscle  is  deeper.  Uncer- 
tain as  to  its  specific  character. 

14.  A  fragment  of  the  pelvis  comprising  the  same  parts  as  the  pre- 
ceding, but  as  large  as  those  of  the  common  horse.  15.  Upper  end 
of  the  tibia  of  a  large  Ruminant.  16.  Another  fragment  of  the  same 
as  the  preceding.  17.  Astragalus  of  a  Ruminant.  18.  Lower  end 
of  the  tibia  of  a  Ruminant.  19.  Caudal  vertebrae  of  a  Megatheroid 
animal.  20.  Os  calcis  ;  21.  Fragment  of  the  ilium;  22.  Occipital  crest; 
23.  Undetermined  bones ;  and  24.  Lumbar  vertebrae ;  not  determined. 


107  [Greeiileaf. 

25.  Fragments  of  lumbar  vertebrae  ;  26.  Carpal  bone  of  unknown 
animal;  27.  A  portion  of  the  lower  jaw,  the  teeth  worn  to  the  base 
of  the  crowns,  so  that  but  little  besides  the  fangs  remains ;  not  de- 
termined. 28.  A  fragment  of  a  scapula  of  unknoM^n  animal,  includ- 
ing the  glenoid  cavity.  29.  Lower  end  of  the  thigh-bone  of  a  masto- 
don, of  about  the  size  of  Mastodon  giganteus.  This  probably  be- 
longed to  the  Mastodon  Humboldtii.  30.  Lower  end  of  the  radius  of 
a  mastodon.     31.     Fragment  of  the  ilium  of  a  mastodon. 

Mr.  Andrew  F.  Hall  donated  a  specimen  of  Lycopodiinn 
lepidophyllum  from  Sonora,  Mexico,  which  remained  curled 
up  when  dried,  but  retained  its  life  indefinitely,  expanding 
when  placed  in  water.  He  also  presented  a  bulb  of  the 
family  Amaryllidacese,  from  California,  the  integuments  of 
which  were  cottony. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  exhibited  a  human  cranium,  presented  by 
Mr.  Curtis,  for  which  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted. 

Professor  P.  A.  Chadbourne,  of  Williams  College,  was 
elected  a  Corresponding  Member;  and  the  following  gen- 
tlemen Resident  Members :  Dr.  N.  S.  Cressy,  of  Cam- 
bridge, and  Dr.  Calvin  Pratt,  of  Boston. 

The  following  paper  was  read  before  the  Microscopic 
Section,  March  8th : 

On  a  new  species  of  Nitzschia.    By  R.  C.  Greenleaf. 

NiTZSCHIA  MITCHELLIANA.      nOV.  Sp. 


^^ 


\i4lll|ii'|i'lTli|il[77r^M^TpTTTfrTiTTTTT17T^ 


Valve  linear  lanceolate,  arcuate  on  the  dorsal  margin,  apices  curved 
into  a  beak-like  form,  strite  very  faint.  From  the  dorsal  margin  proceed 
costse  of  unequal  length,  the  largest  reaching  almost  to  the  middle  of 
the  valve.     Length  of  longest  valve,  .0055. 

I  have  examined  several  specimens  of  this  species,  all  having  the 
same  peculiarities,  but  have  failed  of  finding  a  front  view.  It  belongs 
to  the  group  of  N.  amphioxys  and  N.  vivax. 

I  have  named  this  diatom  in  compliment  to  my  friend,  Henry 
IMitchell,  Esq.,  of  the  United  States   Coast  Survey,  to  whom  I  am 


Wyman.]  108 

indebted   for  the  specimens  dredged  in   St.  George   River,  Maine, 
and  for  many  other  gatherings  from  our  coast  and  inland  waters. 


April  5,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-one  members  present. 

The  President  announced  the  decease,  since  the  last  meet- 
ing, of  our  liberal  benefactor,  Dr.  William  J.  Walker,  at 
Newport,  R.  I.,  April  2,  1865. 

He  made  a  few  remarks  upon  the  interest  which  Dr. 
Walker  had  taken  in  our  welfare,  and  offered  the  follow- 
ing Resolution: 

Resolved,  That  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History  recognize 
in  the  death  of  Dr.  William  Johnson  Walker,  the  loss  of  their  greatest 
benefactor,  and  in  view  of  his  munificent  gifts  to  this  Society,  and  aid 
to  the  cause  of  education  and  science,  we  would  ever  hold  his  name  in 
honorable  and  grateful  remembrance. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Gould  it  was  voted  that  a  copy  be  sent 
to  the  daily  papers   of  this  city. 

Dr.  Gould  moved  that  in  view  of  the  absorbing  interest  of 
the  hour  in  national  affairs,  the  Society  do  adjourn,  and  hold 
an  informal  gathering  for  the  expression  of  sentiment. 

Action  upon  this  motion  was  jDostj^oned  until  after,  the 
business  of  the  evening  had  been  taken  up. 

The  President  read  a  note  from  Mrs.  B.  D.  Greene,  offer- 
ing to  the  acceptance  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  His- 
tory, a  portrait  of  Mr.  Greene,  as  a  memento  of  his  interest 
in  the  study  of  Natural  History,  and  in  the  Society  instituted 
in  Boston  for  its  advancement. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Gould  it  was  voted  that  the  Correspond- 
ing Secretary  be  requested  to  make  an  appropriate  acknowl- 
edgment to    Mrs.  Greene  for  her  valuable  gift. 

Dr.  W.  B.  Mackie  and  Barker  B.  Kent,  Jr.,  were  elected 
Resident  Members. 


109 

May  3,  1865. 
ANNUAL  MEETING. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-two  members  present. 

The  Secretary  read  the  record  of  the  last  Anniial  and  the 
last  regular  meetings. 

The  Custodian  made  the  following  Report,  embodying  the 
Annual  Rej^orts  of  the  Librarian  and  Curators  of  the  several 
departments,  for  1864-5. 

The  official  year  now  brought  to  its  close,  has  been  an  ex- 
tremely interesting  one  in  the  history  of  our  Society ;  and  a 
review  of  what  has  transpired  and  is  now  occupjdng  the 
attention  of  the  community  in  connection  with  this  Institu- 
tion wiU  doubtless  show,  in  after  years,  that  it  has  been  the 
transitional  epoch  of  its  history,  the  link  which  unites  the 
old  and  the  new. 

Early  in  the  year,  on  the  second  of  June,  1864,  the  Society 
met  in  the  spacious  Hall  above,  to  attend  the  exercises  of 
the  dedication  of  our  new  Museum,  and  to  listen  to  an  ad- 
dress by  Prof  W.  B.  Rogers,  in  which  the  steps  were  pointed 
out  by  which  the  Society  had  progressed  from  the  first  small 
gathering  of  a  few  ardent  lovers  of  Mature,  up  through  the 
various  phases  of  its  career,  and  our  warm  thanks  were  ex- 
pressed to  the  many  patrons  through  whose  generosity  the 
Society  was  then  able  to  disj^lay  its  treasures  of  Nature  in 
an  edifice  far  surpassing  in  magnificence  any  devoted  to  kin- 
dred objects  of  which  this  country  can  boast.* 

In  but  a  few  months  afterwards  the  efibrts  of  the  So- 
ciety, in  endeavoring  to  raise  a  working  fund,  were  crowned 
with  complete  success.  In  August  last,  the  subscription 
books  were  closed,  which  brought  the  Society  into  posses- 
sion of  $20,000,  received  fi-om  its  many  patrons,!  in  addition 

*  For  a  list  of  subscribers  to  the  "  Building  Fund,"  see  page  142. 
t  For  a  list  of  subscribers  to  the  "  Working  Fund,"  see  page  143. 


no 


to  the  equal  sum  given  by  our  late  most  generous  benefac- 
tor, Dr.  William  J.  Walker ;  by  which  Fund  the  care  of  the 
collections  of  the  Society  was  at  once  securely  estabUshed 
for  all  time.  Other  direct  results  flowed  from  the  donation 
of  Dr.  Walker ;  from  one-half  of  the  income  of  this  fund, 
representing  his  gift,  i^rize  funds  are  accumulating  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  his  donation,  and  a  committee 
has  been  appointed  by  the  Council  to  carry  these  provisions 
into  efiect;"  their  report  will  be  presented  to  you  at  this 
meeting.*  Quite  recently  we  have  been  called  to  mourn  the 
death  of  our  distinguished  patron,  who  in  his  Will  has  pro- 
vided largely  for  this  Society,  in  common  with  other  Institu- 
tions of  learning,  though  the  exact  terms  of  his  bequest  have 
not  yet  been  made  public  by  the  executors. 

These  are  the  more  important  outside  influences  which  have 
been  brought  to  bear  upon  the  history  of  the  Society  during 
the  past  year;  let  us  now  turn  to  observe  its  internal  workings. 

The  year  has  been  spent  by  the  officers  of  the  Societyf  in 
bringing  order,  symmetry  and  harmony  into  the  arrange- 
ments of  the  collections,  etc.,  after  the  partial  confusion  into 
which  they  were  necessarily  throAvn  during  the  removal  of 
our  stores  to  our  new  building.  The  time  of  the  dedication 
found  much  accomplished,  and  this  closing  year  witnesses  an 
orderly  state  of  things  throughout  the-  establishment.  In 
attempting  to  give  a  clear  account  of  all  the  operations  of 
the  Society  in  all  its  branches  for  the  past  year,  I  will  first 
present  the  statement  of  the  Librarian,  following  it  by  what- 
ever else  has  transpired  in  other  departments  beside  that  of 
the  Museum  itself,  and  close  with  the  reports  of  the  Cura- 
tors in  charge  of  the  difierent  collections. 

The  Librarian  reports  that  during  the  past  year  a  great 
deal  of  labor  has  been  expended  upon  the  Library  and  pub- 
lications ;  and  that  the  additions  have  been  very  consider- 
able, larger,  he  beUeves,  than  have  been  received  in  any  pre- 
vious year  from  the  ordinary  sources,  although  only  171.89 
have  been  spent  in  the  direct  purchase  of  books. 

*  See  page  146. 

t  For  a  list  of  these  see  page  147. 


Ill 


The  following  table  will  show  the  number  of  these  addi- 
tions by  volumes,  parts  and  pamphlets : 


Books  presented  by  individuals 

"     purchased 

"     deposited  by  the  Republican  Institut'n 

"  received  in  exchange  for  our  publica- 
tions     

"  received  in  exchange  from  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  for  duplicates 
from  our  Library 

"  received  in  exchange  from  the  Ameri- 
can Academy  for  duplicates  from 
our  Library 

Total  . 


8vo. 

4to. 

folio.       ! 

vlslptsiph 

vls,pts 

Ph 

vis  |pts 

phTo'l 

55  26 
4  30 
25     2 

105 

13 

35 

67 

1 

3    305 

I    34 

27 

152  357 

72 

88 

152 

21 

3 

90 

18 

953 

9  22 

9 

8 

2 

50 

28     6 

15 

22 

43 

3 

1 

1 

119 

11488 

A  careful  estimate  has  also  been  made  of  the  number  of 
books  now  in  the  Library — there  are  7,262  volumes,  1,596 
parts  of  volumes  and  2,333  pamphlets  —  in  all,  11,191. 

Owing  to  a  more  liberal  policy  instituted  by  the  Council 
about  two  years  since  in  the  distribution  of  our  publications 
to  scientific  bodies  abroad,  we  now  find  our  Library  rapidly 
increasing  in  size  in  the  Transactions  of  Learned  Societies, 
and  every  new  invoice  received  through  the  medium  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  (to  which  we  are  deeply  indebted 
for  their  importation  free  of  every  expense),  adds  to  their 
number  and  value.  The  ratio  of  increase  has  been  very 
great,  as  may  be  seen  on  comparison  of  the  reports  of  the 
Librarian  for  the  past  few  years ;  a  year  ago  the  Librarian 
reported  the  number  of  volumes  and  pamj^hlets  received 
during  the  previous  year  from  this  source  as  237;  the 
record  for  the  past  year  shows  953,  or  four  times  as  many. 
The  number  of  scientific  associations  and  periodicals  at  home 
and  abroad  with  which  the  Society  now  exchange  their 
publications  is  243.* 

The  Library  has  been  weeded  of  superfluous  duphcates  dur- 
ing the  past  and  a  portion  of  the  previous  year,  the  accumula- 
tions of  years ;  a  MS.  catalogue  of  them  has  been  made  with 
prices  annexed,  and  the  more  important  part  of  them  pub- 
Hshed  in  the  sale  catalogue  of  Messrs.  Wm.  Wood  &  Co., 
our  agents  in  New  York ;  their  sale  has  already  amounted 


A  list  of  these  will  be  found  on  page  148. 


112 

to  $917.51,  and  some  8200  to  $300  worth  stiU  remain  unsold; 
this  money  is  still  on  hand  for  the  purchase  of  new  books, 
an  insignificant  portion  of  it  only  having  been  expended ; 
the  sum  of  money  thus  placed  at  our  disposal  being  more 
considerable  than  has  been  in  our  hands  for  this  purpose  for 
some  time  past,  the  Librarian  suggests  that  it  be  used  mainly 
in  the  purchase  of  larger  works,  such  as  the  scientific  reports 
of  expeditions  sent  out  by  foreign  governments,  of  which 
the  Library  lacks  a  great  many;  it  would  however  be  un- 
doubtedly advantageous  to  delay  any  direct  action  until  their 
cost  in  our  national  currency  shall  not  be  so  great  as  at  pres- 
ent. Besides  the  Library  duplicates  which  have  been  sold, 
others,  particularly  the  publications  of  Foreign  Societies, 
have  been  exchanged  with  the  American  Academy  of  Ai*ts 
and  Sciences  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution ;  the  total  num- 
ber received  from  this  source,  as  seen  by  the  table,  is  169. 

During  the  year,  the  work  of  cataloguing  and  arranging 
the  Library  has  progressed  steadily;  book  j^lates  have  been 
placed  in  every  volume  to  which  they  had  not  already  been 
fastened,  and  to  every  book  in  the  front  room  excejDt  some 
of  the  publications  of  Societies,  has  been  attached  a  digest 
of  the  new  Library  regulations,  a  process  requiring  consid- 
erable time.  The  books  in  the  back  room  are  now  under- 
going the  same  process  ;  every  work  as  soon  as  received  has 
been  entered  on  the  books,  catalogued  and  placed  upon  the 
table  and  shelves,  generally  with  a  detention  of  but  a  few 
hours. 

There  has  also  been  prepared  a  List,  in  extenso^  of  the  de- 
siderata among  the  publications  of  Scientific  Institutions, 
with  a  view  of  taking  active  means  to  remedy  the  deficiencies 
of  this  part  of  the  Library. 

All  this  work  in  the  Library  would  not  have  been  possible 
Tvdthout  assistance,  the  expense  of  which  has  been  defrayed 
partly  by  the  Society's  funds,  partly  by  subscription  among 
the  members  of  the  Council,  and  partly  from  money  given 
to  the  Society  for  this  special  purpose. 

There  is  now  no  catalogue  of  the  Library  except  the  Card 
Catalogue,  which,  in  its  present  condition,  the  cards  being 
kept  loosely  in  a  partitioned  box,  is  not  suitable  for  examin- 


113 


ation  by  the  public,  because  the  cards  will  be  misplaced,  as, 
under  similar  circumstances,  they  always  have  been,  requir- 
ing much  time  and  vexation  in  their  rearrangement — neither 
are  they  convenient  for  use  by  any  one,  having  outgrown 
the  limits  of  their  former  sufficient  receptacle ;  what  is  now 
needed  is  a  set  of  separate  trays,  with  elevated  sides  and 
back  and  open  front,  in  each  of  which  the  cards  belonging 
to  a  few  letters  can  be  placed,  with  rods  passing  through 
punched  holes  in  the  cards,  so  as  to  prevent  their  removal, 
but  permit  their  readiest  examination  by  all ;  this  method 
has  been  found  to  succeed  admirably  in  other  places,  and 
would  seem  to  be  pecuharly  suited  to  our  wants ;  it  would 
become  a  j^ermanent  aiTangement,  because  leaving  nothing 
to  be  desired  in  convenience,  the  only  change  required  by 
the  extension  of  the  Library  would  be  the  addition  of  simi- 
lar trays. 

Much  work  still  remains  to  be  done  in  order  to  place  the 
Library  in  the  condition  of  ready  reference  and  safety  which 
its  value  demands.  Yery  many  of  the  pamphlets  yet  remain 
to  be  catalogued  and  placed  upon  the  shelves  before  they  can 
be  of  any  use  to  the  members ;  at  present  they  are  piled  up 
in  heaps  awaiting  their  turn.  The  whole  Library  is  also  in 
a  somewhat  unsafe  condition  so  long  as  we  have  no  sej^a- 
rate  catalogues  wherein  the  books  are  arranged  according  to 
shelves,  or  what  are  generally  called  alcove  catalogues;  at 
present  the  only  means  of  knowing  whether  a  book  has  been 
lost  is  to  look  for  it  on  the  card  catalogue  after  the  attention 
has  been  specially  called  to  it ;  on  that  account  I  am  unable 
to  report  whether  or  not  any  books  have  been  lost  the  past 
year ;  a  day  or  two  with  the  alcove  catalogue  will  suffice  to 
tell  whether  any  and  what  books  are  missing  or  misplaced  in 
the  whole  Library,  a  work  which,  without  such  aid,  would 
certainly  require  the  constant  toil  of  one  person  for  more 
than  a  month. 

Few  pei-sons  are  aware  of  the  time  necessarily  consumed 
in  preparing  a  book  for  the  shelves  ;  take,  for  instance,  a  vol- 
ume of  Transactions  of  some  Foreign  Academy  —  it  is  re- 
ceived through  the  Smithsonian  Institution  accompanied  by 
a  written  blank  from  them  to  be  signed :  it  has  first  to  be 

PROCEEDI>-GS  B.  S.  >-.  H.— VOL.  X.  8  FEBEUARY,  1866. 


114 

compared  with  the  record  on  the  blank  to  see  if  it  be  cor- 
rect ;  next,  for  the  same  pm-pose,  with  the  letter  from  the 
Academy  that  sends  it,  and  an  acknowledgment  in  full  made 
to  the  Academy  for  it,  and  a  record  of  the  acknowle'dgment 
taken ;  then  entered  on  the  Record  of  Publications  received 
in  exchange,  with  all  the  necessary  dates  and  memoranda; 
next  on  the  Library  Accession  Catalogue  and  indexed  for 
ready  reference ;  after  this  the  title  page  in  full  written  upon 
a  card  with  all  the  necessary  cross-references  upon  other 
cards;  stamped  with  the  Society's  name,  the  book-plate 
affixed  and  its  blanks  filled  out,  the  Library  Regulations  fis- 
tened  upon  the  cover  and  its  place  in  the  Library  marked  in 
one  corner,  it  is  at  last  ready  for  the  shelves  or  tables  of  the 
Library ;  all  these  points  are  absolutely  essential ;  the  time  now 
occupied  in  taking  care  of  the  books  w^hich  are  presented 
to  the  Library  consumes  an  average  of  over  two,  and  per- 
haps three,  hours  a  day.  When  we  call  to  mind  the  yearly 
increasing  influx  of  books  to  the  Library,  it  must  be  appar- 
ent to  all  that  where  the  Librarian  holds  other  offices 
requiring  much  time  in  their  fulfilment,  a  regular  assist- 
ant becomes  indispensable,  especially  when  so  much  remains 
to  be  done  to  put  the  Library  already  in  our  hands  in  proper 
order. 

Other  expenditures  may  be  referred  to,  which  it  is  highly 
desirable  should  be  made  upon  the  Library.  There  is  a 
multitude  of  unbound  parts  of  volumes  which  are  ready  for 
the  binder's  hands,  and  the  number  of  loose  pamphlets  is 
rapidly  increasing,  and  now  numbers  over  2,000.  These 
ought  to  be  bound  separately  in  a  cheap  way,  on  the  plan 
used  in  the  other  Boston  Libraries,  so  that  persons  wishing 
to  take  away  a  pamphlet  need  not  be  compelled  to  transport 
a  thick  volume ;  the  new  plan  is  scarcely  more  expensive 
than  the  old. 

The  dust  which  is  blown  in  at  the  sides  of  our  loose  win- 
dows, and  will  continue  to  be  blown  in,  especially  while  so 
much  of  the  ground  about  us  is  unoccupied  as  at  present,  is 
injuring  the  books  to  an  unfortunate  degree.  Weather-strips 
it  is   beUevcd  would  remedy  the  trouble  in  great  measure, 


115 

and  perhaps  also  pay  for  themselves,  in  the  end,  by  the  sav- 
in 2:  of  fuel. 

A  book  has  been  furnished,  divided  off  into  various  sub- 
jects, wherein  members  are  invited  to  record  the  title,  place 
of  publication  and  price  of  any  book  which  they  desire  to 
have  purchased  for  the  Society. 

The  Librarian  is  pleased  to  be  able  to  state  that  the  By- 
Laws  for  the  regulation  of  the  Library,  concerning  which 
there  was  considerable  discussion  and  doubt  when  first 
adopted,  just  a  year  since,  have  proved  successful  beyond 
the  hopes  of  the  most  sanguine.  No  difficulty  whatever  has 
been  experienced  in  the  prompt  return  of  books  lent,  and  it 
has  been  necessary  to  impose  a  fine  in  but  a  single  instance, 
when  it  was  promptly  paid.  He  would  propose,  however, 
that,  as  soon  as  possible,  means  should  be  taken  to  have  the 
Library  opened  for  one  or  two  hours  in  the  evening,  for  the 
accommodation  of  many  who  find  it  impossible  to  come  dur- 
ing the  day ;  expressions  of  such  a  desire  have  been  fre- 
quently made  to  the  Librarian.  The  number  of  persons  who 
have  taken  books  from  the  Library  the  year  past,  has  been 
74,  and  the  number  of  books  taken  out,  426. 

There  have  been  18  regular  meetings  of  the  Society  held 
during  the  year,  beside  two  special  meetings.  In  addition  to 
this,  the  Section  of  Microscopy  has  been  revived  and  re- 
organized under  favorable  auspices,  and  seven  meetings  of 
this  Section  have  been  held  ;  there  has  been  an  average 
attendance  of  34  members  at  the  regular  meetings  of  the 
Society,  and  of  nine  at  those  of  the  Section  of  Microscopy. 

At  these  meetings  23  communications  have  been  pre- 
sented, as  follows : 

May  18,  1864. 

Prof.  J.  Wyiman^.    On  the  development  of  moulds  in  the  inte- 
rior of  eggs. 

June  15,  1864. 

S.  H.  ScuDDER.     Remarks  on  the  physical  geography  of  the 

Isle  of  Pines. 
Dr  Wm.  Stimpson.    Malakozoological  Notices.    No.  2. 


116 


W.  H.  NiLES.  Kemarks  on  the  relations  between  the  Tegeta- 
tion  and  geological  structure  of  the  hills  of  Western  Mas- 
sachusetts. 

September  21,  1864. 

C.  A.  Shuetleff.     The  general  Plan  of  Venation  in  the  or- 
der of  Insects  and  its  modifications  in  the  different  sub- 
orders. 
October  19,  1864. 

Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood.  Remarks  on  the  habits  of  the  Mackerel 
and  Menhaden,  (^Scomber  vernalis  and  Alosa  menhaden). 

November  2,  1864. 

Dr.  James  C.  White.  Description  of  two  human  skulls  re- 
cently brought  from  Stockton,  California,  and  presented  to 
the  Society  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.    Remarks  on  the  manufacture  of  Peat. 

November  16,  1864. 

Dr.  C.  F.  WixsLOW.     On  fossil  bones  from  the  Andes. 
Dr.  A.  A.  Gould.     Remarks  on  the   diverse  signification  of 
descriptive  terms  among  Conchologists. 

December  7,  1864. 

Prof.  C.  E.  Hamlix.     Remarks  on  some  facts  connected  with 

the  development  of  Frogs,  observed  at  Waterville,  Maine. 

On  a  Habit  of  Certhia  americana,  supposed  to  have  been 

hitherto  unnoticed  by  authors. 
Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood.     Remarks  on  the  habits  of  the  Dog- 

Fish,  (Mustelus  canis). 

December  21,  1864. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.    Discovery  of  Emery  in  Chester,  Mass. 

January  4, 1865. 

Profs.  Alexander  Winchell  and  Oliver  IVIarcy.  Enu- 
meration of  Fossils  collected  in  the  Niagara  Limestone  at 
Chicago,  Illinois,  Vith  descriptions  of  several  new  species. 

Dr.  Henry  Bryant.  Remarks  on  the  tj-pical  specimen  of 
Buteo  insignatus  Cassin,  in  confirmation  of  previously  ex- 
pressed views  of  the  author  of  the  identity  of  several  so- 
called  species  of  Buteo.  An  examination  of  the  tongue  of 
Sphjrapicus  varius  in  relation  to  its  alleged  habit  of  eat- 
ing the  inner  bark  of  the  aj^ple  tree. 

January  18,  1865. 

Dr.  B.  Joy  Jeffries.  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  accom- 
modation in  the  human  eye. 


117 


S.  H.  ScuDDER.  An  inquiry  into  the  zooloofical  relations  of 
the  first  discoTered  traces  of  fossU  Xeuropterous  Insects  in 
Korth  America,  with  remarks  on  the  difference  of  struc- 
ture in  the  wings  of  living  Xeuroptera. 

February  8,  1865. 

Chaeles  Stodder.    Kote  on  RhcMonema  mirificunu 

March  1,  1865. 

Capt.  K.  E.  Atwood.  Eemarks  on  some  points  in  the  histo- 
ry of  the  Cod-fish,  (Morrhua  americana). 

March  8,  1865. 

R.  C.  Gree^^xeat.     Description  of  Nitzschia  MitcheUiana. 

March  15,  1865. 

Prof.  J.  Wy^iax.  Enumeration  of  the  fossil  bones  from  Rio- 
bamba.  South  America,  presented  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow. 

Diu'ing  the  past  year,  the  Society  has  elected  one  Honor- 
ary Member,  eight  CoiTesponding  Members  and  76  Resident 
Members.  Of  these  latter,  21  have  not  yet  ratified  their 
election  by  the  paj-ment  of  the  admission  fee,  and  six  others, 
who  have  paid,  have  not  fully  complied  with  the  regulations 
for  membership  by  signing  the  Constitution. 

As  the  Society  has  not  pubhshed  an}i:hing  during  the 
past  year,  of  com-se  little  has  been  done  in  the  distribution 
of  our  pubhcations  abroad.  We  sent,  however,  early  in  the 
year,  the  last  number  of  our  Journal  and  nine  sheets  of  our 
Proceedings  to  212  different  Societies  and  Periodicals, 
which,  in  addition  to  a  few  special  gifts,  makes  the  whole 
number  given  in  exchange  to  be  equivalent  to  55  volumes  of 
our  Journal  and  121  of  our  Proceedings. 

Besides  this,  171  parts  of  the  Journal,  equivalent  to  about 
43  volumes,  and.  18  volumes  of  the  Proceedings  have  been 
sold,  and  8180.80  reahzed  from  that  source. 

The  Council  has,  however,  recently  authorized  the  Pub- 
Hshing  Committee  to  print  the  remainder  of  the  ninth  vol- 
ume of  the  Proceedings ;  this  is  now  printed,  and  will  be 
issued  in  a  few  days.  They  were  also  du'ected  to  reprint  a 
sin2:le  signature  of  Yol.  IT.  of  the  Proceedings,  the  edition 
of  which  had  been  exhausted,  which  has  been  done,  and 
copies  of  Yol.  II.  may  now  be  obtained. 


118 

During  the  suspension  of  publication  it  was  decided  that 
the  Proceedings  could  not  be  furnished  any  longer  fi*ee  of 
cost  to  the  members,  without  serious  detriment  to  the  Treas- 
ury; and  it  has  been  further  deemed  advisable  to  change  the 
form  of  the  Journal  from  8vo  to  4to,  and  the  title  at  the 
same  time  to  '"Memoirs,"  and  accordingly  the  Committee 
were  authorized  in  December  last  to  issue  a  circular  inviting 
subscriptions  to  both  these  Pubhcations,  to  see  if  a  sufficient 
number  could  be  obtained  to  nearly  cover  the  cost  of  their 
pubhcation;  careful  estimates  seemed  to  prove  that  200 
subscriptions  would  cover  the  expense  of  printing  the  Me- 
moirs and  300  that  of  the  Proceedings  ;  up  to  this  time  161 
names,  representing  172  subscriptions,  have  been  appended 
to  the  List,  viz.,  142  subscriptions  to  the  Memoirs  and  164 
to  the  Proceedings.  It  is>  confidently  hoped  that  20  or  30 
more  names  will  be  added  within  a  month,  and  that  other 
additions  will  be  made  so  soon  as  the  issue  actually  com- 
mences. Under  these  circumstances  it  seems  desirable  to 
recommence  the  regular  issue  of  our  pubhcations  without 
delay;  it  is  the  only  means  whereby  we  obtain  the  publica- 
tions of  other  Societies,  an  important  part  of  our  Library, 
and  a  long  suspension  may  bring  serious  detriment,  espe- 
cially as  it  is  so  recently  that  we  have  enlarged  our  hst 
of  correspondents. 

Some  of  the  back  joarts  of  the  Journal  and  Proceedings 
are  entirely  out  of  piint,  and  others  nearly  so,  in  conse- 
quence of  which,  a  tariff  of  prices  for  the  different  vol- 
umes and  parts  has  been  estabhshed  by  the  Pubhshing 
Committee. 

All  the  copies  of  the  back  volumes  of  the  Journal  and 
Proceedings  have  been  carefully  examined  this  year  and 
the  latter  part  of  last  year ;  in  the  early  part  of  this  work 
the  Librarian  had  the  welcome  assistance  of  Mr.  Horace 
]Mann  and  Mr.  S.  M.  Buck.  These  volumes  were  removed 
to  this  building  in  a  great  state  of  confusion  ;  in  very  many 
cases  the  signatures  of  the  Journal  had  never  been  assorted, 
and  it  was  impossible  to  know  how  many  copies  were  in  the 
Society's  possession  until  this  was  done.  The  copies  of  the 
Journal  which  were  perfect  in  text  and  plates  were  placed  by 


119 

themselves  and  a  list  made  of  tliem,  showing  that  there  are 
2,800  parts,  besides  48  bound  volumes ;  those  of  which  we 
had  copies  nearly  complete  were  next  assorted,  tied  up  in 
bundles  and  marked,  and  -a  list  of  them  taken  which  shows 
that  we  have  731  copies  of  different  parts  with  the  text 
only,  and  874  others  with  some  plates  but  wanting  others, 
besides  some  sheets  still  remaining  unfolded  as  they  came 
from  the  press.  The  oversheets  still  remained  with  many 
impressions  of  plates,  from  which  were  culled  such  separate 
articles  as  could  be  obtained,  and  the  plates  added  where 
present ;  762  copies  of  88  different  papers  were  thus  obtained, 
of  which  a  catalogue  has  been  prepared  Avith  prices  to  each 
annexed.  The  oversheets  and  plates  still  remaining  have 
been  assorted,  bundled  up  and  labelled,  and  a  hst  of  each  pre- 
pared and  placed  on  file ;  there  are  1,716  of  the  foimer  and 
1,830  of  the  latter,  of  which  68  are  colored. 

The  copperplates  themselves  were  then  examined,  and 
those  which  were  not  present  searched  for  in  every  plate- 
printing  establishment  in  the  city,  though  but  a  few  of  the 
missing  ones  were  found.  A  hst  of  all  the  plates  which  have 
been  published  by  the  Society  has  been  prepared  for  the 
PubUshing  Committee,  with  a  special  list  of  the  missing 
ones.  By  this  it  can  be  seen  at  once  at  what  cost  we  may 
be  able  to  reprint  back  publications  when  out  of  print. 

The  same  care  has  been  bestowed  upon  the  Proceedings, 
and  a  complete  hst  of  the  perfect  volumes  and  oversheets 
drawn  up,  by  which  it  appears  that  we  have  in  our  posses- 
sion, 1,175  unbound  and  45  bound  volumes,  and  15,755  over- 
sheets. 

An  orderly  arrangement  has  also  been  introduced,  in  every 
other  dii-ection.  A  regular  account  is  now  kept  with  every 
Society  with  which  we  correspond,  so  that  on  opposite  pages 
the  contents  of  every  parcel  received  or  sent  are  recorded, 
and  the  date  of  their  acknowledgment  marked.  The  trans- 
mission of  our  pubUcations,  scattered  irregularly  through 
several  volimies,  has  also  been  indexed  from  the  beginning, 
for  more  ready  reference. 

The  Recording  Secretary  has  also  undertaken  to  make  an 
authentic  alphabetical  Ust  of  the  Members  of  the  Society,  of 


120 

all  classes,  from  its  foundation,  in  correcting  which  he  has 
been  assisted  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  and  T.  T.  Bouve,  Esq. 
This  list  ftirnishes,  so  far  as  possible,  the  name,  residence, 
time  of  election  and  admission  of  members,  the  character  of 
their  membership,  the  time  and  cause  of  its  dissolution,  and 
the  offices,  if  any,  held  by  them.  The  Records,  both  of  the 
Society  and  Council,  from  the  commencement  to  the  pres- 
ent time,  have  been  carefully  gleaned  for  all  important  data, 
and  the  list  is  beUeved  to  be  as  nearly  perfect  as  practicable, 
Accompanying  it  is  a  list  of  all  the  officers  since  the  founda- 
tion of  the  Society,  and  the  times  of  their  entrance  upon 
and  exit  from  office. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  By-Laws  of  the 
Society,  the  Custodian  has  opened  a  Donation  Book,  in 
which  all  objects  received  for  the  Museum  are  entered  care- 
ftiUy  and  numbered  by  lots.  The  increase  to  the  Collections 
during  the  past  year  has  been  very  considerable,  although 
only  $68.50  has  been  spent  in  the  purchase  of  specimens; 
there  are  no  means  of  direct  comparison  with  the  accessions 
of  former  years.  The  donations  number  443  lots  and  21,155 
specimens,  about  half  of  which  are  Insects,  principally  form- 
ing the  cabinet  of  the  late  Mr.  C.  A.  Shurtleff,  which  was 
bequeathed  to  us,  together  with  his  other  collections  and  ac- 
companying papers ;  they  form  the  most  valuable  addition  of 
the  year. 

The  opening  of  our  collections  once  more  to  the  public, 
after  their  long  storage,  has  made  our  halls  again  the  favorite 
resort  of  many ;  the  number  of  visitors  has  varied  but  little, 
notwithstanding  the  difficulty  of  access  to  the  building  in 
the  severe  winter  weather,  the  unheated  ajDartments  at  that 
time,  and  the  breaking  up  of  the  ground  around  us  in  the 
spring.  'No  regular  record  was  kept  of  the  number  of  vis- 
itors in  the  early  part  of  the  official  year,  but  since  the  first 
of  January  they  have  been  7,363  in  number,  averaging  272 
on  public  days. 

We  will  turn  now  to  the  Reports  of  the  Curators.  These 
I  have  concluded  to  present,  not  in  any  scientific  arrange- 
ment, but  in  the  order  which  one  would  naturally  take  in 


121 

passing  through  the  building,  endeavoring  in  the  account  of 
each  department  to  give  not  simply  the  additions  that  have 
been  made  to  it  and  the  work  that  has  been  bestowed  upon 
it  during  the  year,  but  also  some  general  statement  of  what 
the  collection  is  as  a  whole,  since  no  connected  account  which 
should  combine  all  the  departments,  has  ever  been  attempted 
of  recent  years.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  some  of  the 
Curators,  the  statements  with  regard  to  their  collections 
must  be  very  meagre,  but  such  as  they  are,  they  are  offered 
for  your  consideration. 

The  principal  collection  upon  the  lower  floor  is  that  of 
Botany.  The  Curator  reports  it  to  be  in  admirable  preser- 
vation ;  the  plants  are  arranged  in  Manilla  paper  covers  and 
are  classified  according  to  Endlicher's  Genera  Plantarum, 
the  object  of  this  classification  being  that  any  one  can  readily 
turn  to  any  cover,  by  ascertaining  the  number  of  the  desired 
genus  in  Endlicher's  work,  as  the  covers  of  the  plants  bear 
numbers  in  accordance  and  are  ranged  in  numerical  sequence 
around  the  room.  The  collection  of  plants  is  large,  and 
represents  to  a  great  extent  the  Flora  of  North  America, 
besides  being  rich  in  European  forms.  The  great  bulk  of 
the  Herbarium  was  the  result  of  Dr.  Benjamin  D.  Greene's 
botanical  correspondence  with  the  first  botanists  of  Europe 
for  twenty-five  years,  as  well  as  a  constant  interchange  of 
sj^ecunens  with.  American  collectors.  Some  of  his  collections 
w^ere  very  valuable,  such  as  a  suite  of  the  plants  collected  iu 
Franklin's  Arctic  Expedition.  Among  the  more  interesting 
acquisitions  were  Lindheimer's  and  Wright's  Texan  and  New 
Mexican  collections,  Vauthier's  BraziHan  plants,  Beitero's 
ChiUan  collections,  and  various  local  ones,  which  remain  as 
yet  undistributed,  as  they  were  received  from  Dr.  Greene, 
though  they  have  been  thoroughly  examined  and  are  fi*ee 
from  danger  of  the  ravages  of  insects.  During  the  last  few 
years  the  Society  has  come  into  the  possession  of  very  valua- 
.ble  collections  of  cryj^togamous  plants.  Bailey's  AlgiB  are 
well  known  as  an  extensive  suite  of  the  highest  importance 
as  authentic  forms  of  the  author's  own  description  ;  the 
Fungi  presented  by  the  Curator  himself,  the  fruit  of  many 


122 

years'  collections,  numbering  some  tlioiisand  sj^ecies,  are  val- 
uable as  being,  many  of  them,  new  and  authentic  species 
named  from  these  very  specimens.  A  collection  of  dried 
fruits  and  seed-vessels  has  been  commenced,  and  the  cabinet 
devoted  to  this  purpose  already  exhibits  a  goodly  display, 
numbering  about  250  specimens. 

The  means  of  study  offered  to  the  public  are  naturally  re- 
stricted when  the  objects  to  be  examined  are  dry,  crumbling 
leaves  and  flowers.  Much  work  remains  to  be  accomplished, 
and  until  the  loose  specimens  are  securely  glued  to  paper, 
the  Herbarium  must  necessarily  remain  locked  from  general 
study ;  only  those  who  are  thoroughly  familiar  with  the 
handling  of  perishable  specimens  can  be  j^ermitted  to  have 
access  to  the  Herbarium  in  its  present  state.  The  principal 
additions  during  the  past  year  have  been  a  collection  of  New 
England  plants,  about  1,800  in  number,  the  bequest  of  our 
late  member,  Mr.  C.  A.  Shurtleff,  and  an  admirably  preserved 
suite  of  German  plants,  numbering  over  1,200  specimens, 
from  Col.  Joseph  Howland.  Besides  these  we  have  been  the 
recipients  of  various  minor  donations  from  Drs.  Kneeland, 
Otis,  Pickering  and  C.  G.  Putman,  the  Rev.  Charles  Mason, 
Mrs.  Fielding,  Miss  Kingman,  Messrs.  L.  Babo,  N.  Bishop, 
D.  J.  Browne,  A.  T.  Hall,  C.  H.  Parker,  O.  Pickering,  S.  H. 
Scudder,  John  R.  Willis  and  ]^.  Willis,  and  the  Essex  Insti- 
tute. 

The  small  room  adjoining  the  Botanical  apartment  is  that 
devoted  to  the  Section  of  Microscopy.  The  Bailey  Bequest 
forms  the  basis  of  this  collection,  of  i^reeminent  value.  The 
shdes  number  nearly  1,400,  accompanied  by  manuscript  cata- 
logues or  other  memoranda,  in  which  the  j^osition  of  more 
than  3,000  individual  objects  on  the  slides  are  noted  with 
reference  to  Bailey's  universal  indicator  for  the  Microscoj^e ; 
these  are  mostly  Diatomaceae,  but  there  are  also  many  ani- 
mal tissues  and  recent  and  fossil  vegetable  tissues.  In  addition 
to  these  there  is  a  great  quantity  of  original  specimens  of 
microscopic  material,  collected  by  various  scientific  and  ex- 
l^lormg  expeditions,  and  an  extensive  series  of  specimens 
received  from  European  coiTCspondents,  including  Ehrenberg 


123 

and  other  distinguislied  microscopists.  There  is  also  a  yoI- 
ume  of  microscopic  memoranda,  containing  many  valuable 
notes,  and  not  less  than  3,000  sketches,  highly  valuable  as  an 
illustrative  accompaniment  to  the  microscopical  collection, 
and  a  large  number  of  scientific  letters  containing  many 
valuable  scientific  facts,  well  worthy  of  publication.  The 
rough  material  has  been  carefully  catalogued  by  the  Curator, 
and  numbers  534  lots.  The  process  of  re-cataloguing  and 
an-anging  the  mounted  specimens  to  accommodate  them  to 
the  indicators  now  in  use  has  been  undertaken  by  some  of 
the  members  of  the  section,  and  is  progressing  favorably. 
The  only  other  collection  in  this  department  worth  mention- 
ing is  that  purchased  of  the  heirs  of  Dr.  W.  I.  Burnett,  con- 
taining his  collection  of  Acari  and  other  mounted  objects, 
numbering  in  all  about  600  slides,  many  of  them  with  a 
number  of  specimens  on  each ;  about  400  of  them  are  animal 
parasites  and  the  remainder  miscellaneous  objects  such  as 
minute  animal  organisms,  hairs  of  different  animals,  etc. 

In  the  Vestibule  is  displayed  the  principal  portion  of  the 
Society's  collection  of  fossil  foot-prints,  brought  together 
mainly  by  the  late  Mr.  Marsh  and  purchased  after  his  death. 
It  is  of  considerable  size  and  contains  many  slabs  of  great 
magnitude,  some  of  them  the  finest  known,  which  are  of 
special  value  in  exhibiting  the  measure  of  the  stride  of  the 
paradoxical  animals  whose  impress  they  bear,  as  well  as  in 
giving  one  an  idea  of  the  abundance  of  hfe  on  the  ancient 
shores  of  the  Connecticut ;  one  important  addition  has  been 
made  during  the  past  year  in  a  slab  containing  the  track  of 
the  Cheirotherium  from  Sort  on  Quarry,  near  Liverpool,  for 
which  we  are  indebted  to  George  Moore,  Esq.,  of  the  Liver- 
pool Free  Museum  and  Capt.  Anderson  of  the  Cunard 
Steamship  China.  Another  imj^ortant  and  exceedingly  in- 
teresting donation  the  last  year  has  witnessed,  is  the  origi- 
nal cast  in  sandstone  of  bones  of  one  of  the  animals  which 
formed  these  tracks  upon  the  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut 
River,  almost  the  only  important  remains  of  this  nature 
which  have  yet  been  discovered,  rescued  by  Prof  W.  B. 
Rogers  fi'om  the  Government  edifice  at  Newport,  into  which 


124 

the  block  of  sandstone  containing  them  was  about  to  be 
placed,  and  presented  by  him  to  us  early  in  the  year.  With 
the  exception  of  these  slabs,  the  Geological  and  Palseonto- 
looical  collection  occupies  the  eastern  half  of  the  principal 
hall  of  the  Society's  Museum  and  the  large  room  leading 
from  the  main  hall  at  the  south-eastern  corner.  In  the  first 
case  upon  the  northern  side,  are  placed  the  fossil  bones  and 
other  specimens  of  such  species  of  animal  life  as  have  existed 
on  the  earth  since  its  occupation  by  man,  i.e.,  during  the 
period  known  as  the  "  Era  of  Mind."  Here  may  be  seen 
some  of  the  remains  of  enormous  birds  which  have  but 
recently  becdtae  extinct.  Also  specimens  of  rock  such  as  is 
now  forming  at  Florida,  of  which  a  considerable  part  of  that 
peninsula  is  comj^osed,  made  up  of  the  comminuted  shells 
and  corals  of  the  adjacent  waters.  Here,  too,  are  specimens 
of  art,  such  as  jars,  bottles  and  other  objects,  cemented  to- 
gether by  coralHne  and  other  deposits,  from  the  bottom  of 
the  sea  in  the  Margarita  channel  eleven  fathoms  deep,  where 
they  were  submerged  forty  years  or  more  since,  by  the 
destruction  of  the  Spanish  man-of-war  San  Pedro.  These 
are  exhibited  to  show  the  progress  made  in  the  brief  period 
since  their  deposit,  towards  uniting  them  in  a  solid  conglom- 
erate, and  also  as  an  example  of  the  rate  of  growth  of  the 
coral  polyi^idom.  There  are  also  in  the  same  case  skulls  and 
other  remains  of  the  elephant  and  mastodon  of  this  conti- 
nent, and  of  various  animals,  all  of  which  were  contempora- 
neous with  man,  or  existed  but  a  short  time  previous  to  his 
epoch,  certainly  since  the  earth  has  presented  generally  the 
same  features  of  land  and  ocean  as  at  present ;  the  specimens 
in  this  case  number  198. 

Following  this,  and  extending  around  the  end  of  the  hall 
until  reaching  the  passage  way  to^  the  south-eastern  room,  is  a 
series  of  cases  filled  with  shells  and  fossil  bones  or  casts  of 
bones  of  the  Pliocene  and  the  Miocene  Tertiary  periods.  In 
these  may  be  found  rej^resentatives  of  a  large  number  of  the 
remains  of  carnivorous  and  herbivorous  animals,  as  well  as 
some  huge  reptiles,  all  fi'om  the  deposits  of  the  Sivalik  Hills 
in  India.  The  specimens  in  these  cases  number  572.  On  the 
the  southern  side,  toward  the  middle  of  the  hall,  is  a  case 


125 

filled  with  the  remains  of  the  life  of  the  Eocene  period.  Here 
are  some  bones  of  the  gigantic  Zeuglodon,  almost  an  entire 
series  of  the  vertebrae  of  one  of  which  is  ranged  around  the 
sj^ace  for  the  stairway  on  the  middle  of  the  northern  side  of 
the  hall.  In  the  same  case  are  many  beautiful  fossil  shells  of 
the  Paris  basin,  and  some  fine  impressions  of  Fishes  from 
Monte  Bolca.  The  number  of  specimens  in  this  case  is  590. 
Passing  into  the  south-eastern  room,  and  commencing  with 
the  series  of  wall  cases  at  the  right  entrance,  the  visitor  first 
finds  the  remains  of  the  period  in  the  earth's  history  next 
preceding  the  Tertiary ;  viz.,  the  Cretaceous  or  chalk  period. 
liere  the  specimens  are  all  of  marine  origin,  and  the  preva- 
lence of  Echinoderms  becomes  a  prominent  feature  among 
them ;  about  350  specimens  fill  the  cases  of  this  period ;  a 
large  proj^ortion  of  these  were  presented  by  Mr.  James  M. 
Barnard.  Next  in  order,  as  we  proceed  toward  the  earlier 
developments  of  life,  we  come  to  the  Jurassic  period ;  and  in 
the  cases  devoted  to  its  animal  remains  are  to  be  found  many 
rare  specimens  of  Echinodenns,  of  Ammonites  and  other 
unique  forms,  together  numbering  about  260  specimens,  in- 
cluding some  in  horizontal  cases  on  the  same  floor.  Then 
succeed  the  fossil  remains  of  the  Triassic  period  in  the  next 
cases,  and  these  include  the  splendid  collection  of  the  animal 
impressions  uj^on  the  Red  Sandstone  of  this  age  belonging  to 
the  Society,  the  first  of  which  have  been  referred  to  as  adorn- 
mg  the  walls  of  the  hall  of  entrance.  Some  of  the  most 
interesting  of  these  impressions,  as  well  as  many  good  im- 
pressions of  Fishes  from  the  rocks  of  the  same  age,  may  be 
seen  in  the  horizontal  cases  upon  the  floor.  The  specimens  of 
this  period  number  about  170.  We  come  next  to  those 
of  the  coal  period  arranged  in  the  succeeding  cases,  where 
may  be  seen  the  fossil  plants  from  the  shales  that  accompany 
the  coal,  to  the  number  of  about  225  specimens.  To  these 
succeed  the  remains  of  the  Sub-carboniferous  period,  about 
100  specimens  ;  then  those  of  the  Devonian  period,  about  230 
specimens ;  and  finally  we  come  to  those  of  the  earliest,  tlie 
Silurian  ages,  which  are  represented  by  many  forms  of  corals, 
shells  and  Trilobites,  numbering  over   500   specimens.     The 


126 


whole  collection  may  be  said  to  consist  of  about  3,200  speci- 
mens all  arranged  and  labelled. 

Diu-ing  the  past  year  the  cast  of  the  Megatherium  pre- 
sented to  the  Society  by  the  late  Joshua  Bates,  Esq.,  of 
London,  has  been  mounted.  This  was  put  up  in  the  centre 
of  the  eastern  part  of  the  main  hall  by  Mr.  Sceva,  with 
artistic  skill,  under  the  superintendence  of  Prof  Jeffries  Wy- 
mau  and  Dr.  J.  C.  White,  and  it  is  believed  to  present  a  pos- 
ture in  accordance  with  the  character  and  habits  of  the 
animal. 

The  additions  during  the  past  year  have  been  considerable, 
amounting  in  all  to  825  specimens.  The  most  important  are 
a  series  of  casts  of  large  animals  obtained  from  Prof  H.  A. 
Ward  in  exchange,  and  a  collection  of  fragments  of  fossil 
Mammals  from  the  Andes,  collected  and  presented  by  Dr.  C. 
F.  AYinslow.  The  other  donors  are  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution, Prof  H.  A.  Ward,  Drs.  H.  I.  Bowditch,  S.  A.  Green, 
T.  B.  Hitchcock,  C.  T.  Jackson  and  S.  Kneeland ;  and  Messrs. 
E.  A.  Brigham,  W.  H.  Dall,  S.  Rice,  J.  T.  Rothrock,  H.  B. 
Stanwood  and  S.  H.  Scudder. 

The  north-eastern  room  is  devoted  to  the  Mineralogical 
collection  which  is  arranged  according  to  Dana's  system. 
There  are  about  1,500  specimens  on  exhibition.  A  great 
deal  of  labor  has  been  spent  upon  the  collection  by  the  acting 
curator,  Mr.  Bouve.  Within  the  last  three  months  the 
whole  collection  has  been  entirely  rearranged,  and  every 
specimen,  with  few  exceptions,  has  been  washed  and  will 
soon  be  labelled.  268  specimens  were  added  during  the  past 
year  by  Drs.  A.  A.  Gould,  C.  T.  Jackson  and  B.  S.  Shaw, 
Rev.  E.  B.  Eddy,  Messrs.  W.  H.  Dall,  W.  T.  Eustis,  S.  H. 
Scudder,  E.  L.  Sturtevant,  and  a  company  of  gentlemen. 

The  space  allotted  to  the  collection  of  Comparative  Ana- 
tomy and  Mammalia,  comprises  the  entire  lower  floor  of  the 
western  extremity  of  the  main  hall,  opposite  the  Palasonto- 
logical  collections,  with  the  adjoining  apartments.  The  cases 
in  the  hall  are  entirely  devoted  to  the  reception  of  mounted 
mammaUan  skeletons,  in  which  department  it  may  be  con- 


127 


sidered  the  most  extensive  of  any  in  the  country ;  the  south- 
western room  is  partially  occupied  by  the  skeletons  of  the 
ruminants  which  could  not  be  accommodated  in  the  large 
hall,  and  the  skeletons  of  the  birds  and  reptiles  ;  the  rest  of 
this  room  contains  the  collection  of  mammalian  crania ;  dur- 
ing the  past  year  the  Curator  lias  prepared  sections  of  a  series 
of  skulls,  representing  nearly  all  the  famiUes  in  the  various 
orders  of  Mammalia,  which  have  been  placed  in  one  of  the 
cases  and  form  an  instructive  illustration  of  the  comparative 
size  and  shape  of  the  brain  in  this  class  of  the  animal  king- 
dom. In  the  north-western  apartment  the  mounted  skeletons 
and  parts  of  skeletons,  the  odontological  cabinet,  the  skulls 
of  reptiles,  the  specimens  illustrating  the  comparative  osteo- 
logy of  birds  and  fishes,  the  dried  dissections  and  the  prepara^ 
tions  in  alcohol  consisting  of  mammals,  embryos,  etc.,  are 
placed.  The  Curator  calls  attention  to  the  large  collection  of 
skins,  which  has  not  yet  been  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  taxi- 
dermist, for  want  of  the  requisite  amount  of  money,  and  is 
still  in  the  cellar  exposed  to  injury  from  insects,  hoping  that 
an  early  appropriation  may  place  this  interesting  department 
in  a  proper  condition  for  exhibition. 

Three  interesting  skeletons  have  been  mounted  and  placed 
in  the  cabinet  the  past  year ;  viz.,  the  Poq^oise,  White  "Whale 
and  Dromedary.  So  far  as  practicable,  colored  representations 
of  the  animals  have  been  placed  in  connection  with  the  labels 
in  the  cases  containing  the  mammalian  skeletons.  The  most 
marked  deficiencies  in  the  department  are  the  imperfections 
in  the  series  of  mammalian  skulls  and  particularly  the  small 
size  of  the  anthropological  cabinet. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  present  year  the  collection,  apart 
from  the  skins  of  mammals  which  were  not  estimated, 
amounted  to  1,040  specimens,  as  follows  : 

Mammals  —  skeletons  mounted,  73  ;  skeletons  unmounted, 
25  ;  parts  of  skeletons,  107  ;  skulls,  279 ;  teeth,  93. 

Birds — skeletons,  25  ;  parts  of  skeletons,   56;  skulls,  87. 

Reptiles — skeletons,  13;   parts  of  skeletons,  8;  skulls,  12. 

Fishes  —  parts  of  skeletons,  57;  skulls,  21. 

Alcoholic  specimens,  100 :   horns,  50  :  miscellaneous,  25. 

The  additions  during  the  past  year  are  enumerated  by  the 


128 

Curator  as  follows :  Skins  of  mammals,  17  ;  bodies  of  mam- 
mals, 3  ;  mammals  in  spirits,  4 ;  skeletons  of  vertebrates,  8  ; 
parts  of  vertebrates,  13 ;  skulls  of  vertebrates,  32  ;  miscel- 
laneous, 7 ;  total,  84. 

The  donors  have  been  Drs.  H.  Bryant,  W.  Channing,  W. 
E.  Coale,  C.  T.  Jackson,  S.  Kneeland,  B.  S.  Shaw  and  C.  F. 
Winslow ;  Mrs.  James  Phillips,  Rev.  R.  C.  Waterston,  Capts. 
N".  E.  Atwood  and  Philip  Howland  ;  Messrs.  Wm.  Beetle, 
Brewer,  W.  H.  Dall,  W.  P.  Kuhn,  C.  L.  Parker,  H.  A.  Pur- 
die,  J.  G.  Rich,  S.  H.  Scudder,  C.  A.  Shurtleff,  W.  M.  Thorup, 
and  Todd ;  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Science,  and  the  Ly- 
ceum of  Natural  History,  at  Williams  College. 

The  Ethnological  collection  is  temporarily  displayed  in  the 
deep  cases  of  the  north-western  room,  designed  to  contain 
eventually  the  skins  of  mammals.  It  was  founded  only  a 
few  years  since,  upon  the  gift  of  the  Boston  Marine  Society, 
which  consisted  of  wearing  apparel,  models  of  canoes,  etc.,  of 
the  Chinooks,  and  from  Russian  America ;  various  implements 
of  warfare  and  household  utensils  from  Central  America,  the 
Hawaiian,  Eangsmill,  Hervey,  Feejee,  and  Navigator  Islands, 
fi'om  the  Papuan  groups,  the  East  Indies,  and  the  Anamo- 
Siamese  countries,  a  small  collection  of  Egyptian  relics,  and 
African  krisses  of  iron  procured  and  forged  by  the  negro 
tribes.  There  have  been  added  to  this  the  collection  formed 
in  this  neighborhood  by  the  late  Mr.  Thoreau,  and  bequeathed 
us  by  him,  consisting  of  stone  implements  of  war  and  home  of 
the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  New  England.  The  most  inter- 
esting accession  of  the  past  year  has  been  the  series  of  casts 
of  ancient  Mexican  masks  from  the  originals  in  the  possession 
of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  presented  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  Other  donations  have  been  re- 
ceived from  Mrs.  James  Phillips,  Messrs.  E.  A.  Brigham,  W. 
H.  Dall,  W.  L.  Parker,  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow,  and  a  com- 
pany of  gentlemen.  In  presenting  his  report  the  Curator 
of  this  department  offers  the  following  suggestion  for  the 
arrangement  of  a  collection  of  this  nature  ;  —  a  collection  of 
the  handiwork  of  nations  should  be  arranged  according  to 


129 


the  distance  from  tlie  historic  centre,  or  Egypt ;  beginning  at 
the  farthest  remove  : 

1.  The  aboriginal  American  tribes  and  nations. 

2.  The  islanders  of  the  Pacific,  Polynesians,  IMicronesians,  Negril- 
los and  Papuans. 

3.  The  Australians. 

4.  The  East  Indian  tribes. 

5.  Madagascar,  and  Equatorial  and  Austral  Africa. 

6.  The  Japanese  and  neighboring  more  Northern  islands,  with  the 
North  Eastern  border  of  Asia. 

7.  The  Chinese  empire,  with  Tartary  and  Northern  Asia. 

8.  The- Anamo-Siamese  countries. 

9.  Hindostan. 

10.  Pei-sia,  Northwestern  Asia  and  all  Europe. 

11.  Arabia,  Mesopotamia,  Sp-ia,  North  Africa  and  Egypt. 

The  wall  cases  of  the  first  gallery  are  devoted  exclusively 
to  mounted  birds,  which  also  occupy  a  portion  of  the  southern 
side  of  the  upper  gallery.  The  collection  is  in  very  good 
condition.  The  Curator  complains  that  owing  to  the  plan  of 
the  cases  in  the  gallery,  it  is  impossible  to  introduce  a  careful 
systematic  aiTangement ;  it  is  much  to  be  hoped  that  we 
may  soon  be  able  to  open  one  of  the  side  rooms  in  which 
this  interesting  department  more  properly  belongs,  to  obviate 
the  difficulties  which  at  present  are  insmmountable.  The 
Curator  urges  fiuther  that  immediate  measures  be  taken  to 
tighten  the  joints  of  the  cases,  through  the  defects  of  which 
the  birds  are  too  hable  to  injury  fi'om  destructive  insects,  and 
to  keep  out  the  too  powerful  light  to  which  they  are  penna- 
nently  exposed,  and  by  which  they  will  be  inevitably  ruined. 
The  collection  numbers  about  2,500  mounted  specimens  ;  as 
a  general  one  it  represents  very  well  the  diflerent  orders  and 
families  of  birds  and  affords  a  very  favorable  opportunity, 
with  the  aid  of  our  library,  to  study  general  ornithology. 
As  a  special  collection,  however,  of  the  birds,  first  of  the 
State  of  Massachusetts,  secondly  of  the  United  States,  and 
lastly  of  North  America,  it  is  extremely  deficient ;  and  it  is  of 
the  highest  importance  that  this  deficiency  be  remedied  as 
soon  as  possible.     We  need  particularly  specimens  of  all  our 

PROCEEDINGS  B.  8.  K.  H.— VOL.  X.  9  FEBRUARY,  1866. 


130 

common  birds  in  different  states  of  i:)lumage,  commencing 
with  the  nestlings.  The  Curator  hopes  the  Society  may  be 
able  to  authorize  the  necessary  expense  for  doing  this  the 
present  year.  The  donations  for  the  past  year  have  not  been 
very  numerous ;  they  number  188  specimens  received  fi'om 
the  Chicago  Academy  of  Science,  Prof  W.  B.  Rogers,  Drs. 
Aten,  Bryant  and  Coolidge,  and  Messrs.  E.  A.  Brigham,  P.  A. 
Gidney,  T.  Kumlein,  S.  H.  Scudder  and  J.  T.  Smith,  and  by 
purchase. 

The  Department  of  Oology  is  at  present  limited  to  a  few 
of  the  railing  cases  of  the  uj^per  gallery,  designed  for  Insects ; 
it  numbers  about  800  specimens  of  eggs  and  nests  on  exhibi- 
tion, almost  entirely  of  American  species.  During  the  past 
year  there  has  been  an  addition  of  164  specimens  from  Drs. 
Bryant  and  Packard,  Messrs.  Hills  and  Willis,  and  the 
Chicago  Academy  of  Science,  and  by  j^urchase.  Most  of 
them,  however,  were  either  of  very  common  species  or  of 
httle  scientific  value.  The  Cm-ator  considers  it  worthy 
of  remark  that  the  eggs  of  any  bu'd,  unless  the  parent  bird 
has  been  fully  identified,  are  of  no  scientific  value  whatever ; 
and  farther  that  there  is  no  department  in  Natural  History 
wherein  absolute  and  exact  care  in  ascertaining  and  in  per- 
manently recording  the  origin  of  each  specimen,  is  so  essen- 
tial to  its  value  ;  the  eggs  of  very  many  species  are  absolutely 
indistinguishable  fi-om  those  of  several  others,  unless  thus 
determined.  'Nor  is  it  enough  to  ascertain  their  origin  alone ; 
to  remain  of  permanent  value,  this  knowledge  must  be  asso- 
ciated with  the  specimens  by  some  abiding  records  of  pater- 
nity. These  important  and  indispensable  laws  cannot  be  too 
strongly  urged  upon  the  attention  of  all  who  would  make 
collections  for  themselves  or  others,  for  scientific  purposes; 
without  constant  attention  to  exact  identification,  collections 
are  valueless  and  specimens  are  of  no  intrinsic  importance. 

Owing  to  the  absence  of  the  Curator  of  Conchology,  I  am 
miable  to  give  so  full  an  account  of  om'  admirable  collections 
in  this  direction  as  is  desirable,  though  I  have  received  from 
him  some  notes  in  regard  to  them.     The  Gasteropods  alone 


131 

are  exposed  to  view,  temporarily  aiTanged  in  the  railing-cases 
of  the  first  gallery.  This  disposition  does  not  allow  of  the 
display  of  the  larger  and  more  showy  specimens,  so  that 
altogether  not  more  than  one-third  of  the  collection  is  on 
exhibition,  the  remainder  being  stored  in  one  of  the  un- 
opened rooms,  which  we  hope  may  soon  be  furnished  for 
their  public  display;  in  consequence  of  the  want  of  any 
suitable  place  for  the  exhibition  of  the  specimens  in  this 
department,  the  collection  remains  much  as  it  was  at  the  last 
annual  report.  The  Curator  calls  attention  to  the  deficiency 
of  the  Museum  in  alcoholic  specimens  of  Mollusca,  which 
would  greatly  enhance  the  interest  and  value  of  the  collec- 
tion for  scientific  purposes.  Some  interesting  collections 
have  been  received  during  the  past  year,  especially  a  collec- 
tion of  determined  species  containing  over  500  specimens 
from  Cape  St.  Lucas,  received  from  Dr.  Bryant,  and  another 
smaller  collection  of  Cuban  shells  from  Dr.  Gundlach.  The 
additions  have  amounted  to  nearly  2,500  specimens,  received 
from  Drs.  S.  A.  Bemis,  H.  I.  Bowditch,  H.  Bryant,  J.  Gund- 
lach, S.  Kneeland,  A.  S.  Packard,  and  C.  F.  Winslow;  and 
Messrs.  Bishop,  Dall,  Hubbard,  Scudder,  Shurtleff"  and  Wilhs, 
and  by  purchase. 

The  upper  gallery  is  devoted  to  the  remaining  depart- 
ments. That  of  Herpetology  occupies  the  wall  cases  at  the 
eastern  end.  The  collection  consists  of  about  500  species, 
not  far  from  half  of  which  are  upon  exhibition.  This  num- 
ber, though  small,  represents  to  a  tolerable  degree  the 
Reptiles  of  New  England,  and  contains  some  rare  specimens 
fi'om  this,  as  well  as  foreign  countries ;  it  is  much  to  be 
regretted,  however,  that  the  department  wants  some  of  the 
most  common,  even,  of  our  3Iassachusetts  reptiles,  a  deficien- 
cy which  ought  least  of  all  to  occur  here,  and  which  it  is 
hoped  will  speedily  be  remedied,  now  that  it  is  known. 
The  Curator  has  been  occupied  during  the  past  year,  as  far  as 
time  and  opportunity  allowed,  in  continuing  the  identifica- 
tion and  classification  of  the  specimens  under  his  care.  As 
soon  as  this  important  work  can  be  accomplished,  each  speci- 
men will  be  labelled  carefiilly;  at  present,  the  collection  is 


132 

only  distinguished  by  numbers,  referring  to  a  numerical 
catalogue  in  course  of  preparation.  The  collection  is,  in 
every  way,  in  a  more  satisfactory  condition  than  for  some 
time  past ;  but  it  is  a  source  of  regret  that  so  many  of  the 
specimens  were,  in  former  years,  received  and  dei^osited 
without  being  identified  or  any  distinguishing  mark  placed 
with  them,  not  only  making  the  labor  incumbent  on  the  j^res- 
ent  Curator  far  more  arduous,  but  rendering  the  collection  of 
far  less  value  than  it  might  have  been  with  more  attention  to 
these  unportant  points.  As  soon  as  it  is  possible  to  complete 
the  arrangement  of  the  collection  now  in  possession  of  the 
Society,  the  Curator  has  assurance  of  additions,  by  donation 
and  exchange,  to  enable  hun  to  fill  out  certain  of  the  defi- 
ciencies which  exist.  Although  the  sjDace  allotted  to  this 
department  is  large  enough  to  accommodate  the  present 
collection,  the  Curator  calls  our  attention  to  the  fact  that  it 
cannot  long  remain  so  with  the  ordinary  influx  of  material 
for  display,  and  urges  the  fitting  up  of  one  of  the  unoccupied 
apartments,  for  his  collection,  and  that  of  Ichthyology.  The 
additions  to  this  department  during  the  past  year  have 
amounted  to  140,  and  have  been  received  from  the  following 
gentlemen:  Drs.  Bryant,  Shaw,  and  Winslow;  Messrs.  F. 
Andernach,  Bishop,  T.  T.  Bouve,  L.  L.  Holden,  J.  Robertson, 
R.  Scott,  S.  H.  Scudder,  C.  A.  Shurtleff,  E.  F.  Snow,  H.  C. 
Whitten,  and  by  purchase. 

The  cases  in  which  the  Ichthyological  collections  are  dis- 
played, are  those  against  the  northern  wall  of  the  upper 
gallery.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year  the  collection  con- 
sisted of  nearly  650  species,  represented  by  about  1,800  speci- 
mens, all  but  200  of  which  are  preserved  in  alcohol. 

The  arrangement  of  the  collection  is  that  of  a  faunal  one 
and  in  this  only  the  larger  faunal  districts  could  be  desig- 
nated, as  the  collection  is  not  yet  large  enough  to  show  the 
more  Hmited  faunae.  The  siDccimens  thus  arranged  come 
under  the  following:  Zoolosrical  Provinces. 

1.  The  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America,  from  Cape  Hatteras 
northward,  including  Greenland;  represented  by  about  90  species. 


133 

« 

2.  The  Atlantic  coast  of  Nortli  America  south-ward  to  Cape  St. 
Roque  in  South  America,  including  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas  and  the 
West  Indies;  represented  by  about  170  species. 

3.  The  fresh  waters  of  North  America,  east  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains; represented  by  about  115  species. 

4.  The  Pacific  coast  of  North  America;  represented  by  15  spe- 
cies from  the  coast  of  California. 

5.  The  Pacific  coast  of  Central  America ;  represented  by  4  species 
from  Panama. 

6.  The  Pacific  coast  of  South  America;  represented  by  6  species 
from  the  coast  of  Peru. 

7.  The  fresh  waters  of  Northern  South  America  ;  represented  by 
about  50  species. 

8.  The  Mediterranean ;  represented  by  5  species. 

9.  The  coast  of  Europe ;  represented  by  6  species. 

10.  The  fresh  waters  of  Europe ;  represented  by  14  species. 

11.  The  Canary  Islands  and  the  Northwest  coast  of  Africa;  repre- 
sented by  10  species. 

12.  The  East  coast  of  Africa;  represented  by  10  species. 

13.  The  coast  of  Southern  Asia  and  the  East  Indies;  represented 
by  20  species. 

14.  The  fresh  waters  of  Southern  Asia ;  represented  by  5  species. 

15.  The  Sandwich  Islands;  represented  by  about  200  species. 

There  are  about  64  species  in  the  collection  whose  locali- 
ties are  not  known;  these  will  eventually  be  used  with 
others,  to  show  the  classification  and  comparative  structure 
of  fishes. 

The  dry  and  stufied  specimens  have  not  yet  been  identi- 
fied or  catalogued,  though  they  are  for  the  present  placed  in 
one  of  the  cases  in  the  gallery.  The  alcoholic  specimens  not 
yet  catalogued  and  exhibited  are  contained  in  the  following 
lots:  —  1st,  a  collection  of  about  200  species  of  Sandwich 
Islands  fishes  presented  some  years  since  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Wins- 
low;  2d,  the  fi-esh  water  fishes  of  Northern  South  America; 
3d,  various  small  lots  from  foreign  countries ;  4th,  the  collec- 
tion of  44  species  of  Cuban  Fish  purchased  the  past  year  by 
Mr.  Scudder,  and  kindly  identified  by  Prof  Poey ;  5th,  the 
collection  of  several  hundred  specimens  made  by  the  Curator 
during  the  past  season  at  the  Richardson  Lakes,  and  at  Lake 
Sebago  in  Maine.    These  specimens  cannot  be  exhibited,  nor 


134 

« 
tliose  now  on  exliibition  properly  arranged,  until  more  alco- 
hol and  bottles  can  be  obtained.  The  work  of  cataloguing 
which  has  progressed  rapidly  during  the  past  year,  is  also 
hindered  from  the  same  cause.  At  the  same  time  the  space 
at  the  disposal  of  the  Curator  is  insufficient  for  the  proper 
distribution  of  the  fishes  in  a  faunal  arrangement,  and  with 
the  rapid  growth  of  the  collection  similar  to  what  the  past 
year  has  witnessed,  the  opening  of  one  of  the  unfurnished 
apartments  will  soon  be,  if  it  is  not  already,  essential.  The 
additions  during  the  past  year  were  over  1,200  specimens, 
some  of  which  were  obtained  by  purchase,  while  for  the 
remainder  we  are  indebted  to  Drs.  Bryant,  Shaw,  Shurtleff 
and  Winslow,  Messrs.  Bishop,  Buck,  Dall,  Nason,  David 
Pulsifer,  Putnam,  Snow  and  Whitten,  and  to  the  Lyceum  of 
Natural  History  in  Williams  College. 

A  portion  of  the  collection  of  Radiates  has  been  placed  on 
exhibition  during  the  past  year  in  the  wall  cases  at  the  west- 
ern end  of  the  Hall,  and  in  one  of  the  adjoining  ones  on  the 
southern  side.  The  Echinoderms  have  been  fully  catalogued 
and  arranged,  with  the  exception  of  those  preserved  in  alco- 
hol, for  which  no  new  alcohol  or  bottles  have  as  yet  been  pro- 
vided ;  among  those  arranged  are  the  specimens  forming  the 
large  and  valuable  collection  of  Echini  presented  by  Mr. 
Barnard.  Part  of  the  corals  have  been  displayed,  but  owing 
to  unavoidable  circumstances  their  final  arrangement  has 
been  delayed,  though  it  will  soon  be  completed.  The  collec- 
tion at  present  is  most  complete  in  the  order  of  Echini  and 
in  corals,  but  even  in  these  there  are  many  undesirable  defi- 
ciencies. The  collection  of  star  fishes  is  still  incomplete,  even 
in  native  species,  but  we  have  promise  of  a  series  of  those 
found  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy  with  their  natural  colors  pre- 
served, from  the  Museum  of  Yale  College,  which  have 
already  been  selected  for  us  in  exchange  for  some  sent  by  us. 
Of  Holothurians  we  have  but  a  very  meagre  collection.  A 
collection  embracing  153  specimens  and  about  60  species, 
chiefly  Echinoderms,  has  been  sent  to  the  Museum  of  Yale 
College  in  exchange.  A  small  collection  of  corals  formerly 
borrowed  by  the  Curator  for  study  at  the  Museum  of  Com- 


135 


parative  Zoology  has  been  returned,  fully  labelled ;  most  of 
them  were  the  original  types  of  species  described  by  Prof. 
Dana.  Donations  to  the  number  of  about  79  specimens  have 
been  received  fi-om  Drs.  Kneeland  and  Wmslow,  and  Messrs. 
Shurtleff  and  Wilhs. 

The  remaining  wall  cases  of  the  upper  gallerj^  upon  the 
western  end  of  the  southern  side  contain  the  Crustacea,  one 
the  dried  preparations  and  the  other  the  alcoholic  specimens. 
The  Curator  being  absent  in  the  AiTuy  is  unable  to  give  any 
report  of  operations  during  the  past  year,  though  little  or 
nothing  has  been  done.  The  collection  is  a  small  but  select 
one  with  representatives  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  contain- 
ing a  year  ago  122  alcoholic  specimens  and  198  dried  prep- 
arations. The  past  year  additions  have  been  made  of  129 
specimens  from  Dr.  Winslow,  Capt.  Atwood  and  Messrs.  S. 
Hubbard,  S.  H.  Scudder,  C.  A.  Shurtleff  and  J.  R.  WilHs. 

The  Entomological  collection  has  not  heretofore  been  dis- 
played by  the  Society,  having  been,  up  to  the  present  time, 
arranged  in  drawers  and  boxes,  totally  excluding  the  light. 
Now,  however,  the  railing  cases  of  the  upper  gallery  have 
been  devoted  to  that  purpose,  and  the  task  of  transposi- 
tion of  portions  of  the  collections  into  the  boxes  necessary  for 
this  method  of  arrangement  has  been  commenced,  and  will 
be  vigorously  pursued  the  present  year;  it  is  the  intention  of 
the  Curator  to  display  all  of  the  collection  in  this  manner, 
except  the  cabinet  of  the  late  Dr.  T.  W.  Harris,  which  will  be 
kept  by  itself;  this  plan  will  entail  a  large  amount  of  work 
simply  in  the  transferrence  of  the  objects,  but  will  undoubt- 
edly be  more  satisfactory  when  concluded.  The  Insects  be- 
longing to  the  Society  belong  to  four  different  collections,  the 
old  collection,  the  Hentz  collection,  the  Hams  Cabinet  and 
that  bequeathed  during  the  last  year  by  the  late  Mr.  C.  A. 
Shurtleff.  The  old  collection  was  principally  rich  in  exotic 
Lepidoptera  (especially  the  diurnal)  and  Coleoptera,  besides 
many  Orthoptera  and  Hymenoptera,  and  was  gathered 
together  in  the  earlier  period  of  the  Society's  history  by  the 
exertions  mainly  of  Drs.  Gould  and  Harris.     The  catalogues 


136 

still  extant  witness  to  the  great  value  of  the  collection.  The 
Hentz  collection  was  purchased  of  Prof  IST.  M.  Hentz  for  the 
sum  of  $550  by  friends  of  the  Society,  who  subscribed  in 
response  to  a  circular  issued  by  Dr.  Harris  in  1835.  It  con- 
tained a  most  choice  collection  of  Coleoptera  from  all  parts 
of  the  United  States,  about  1,500  species  in  all,  catalogued 
and  arranged  and  accompanied  by  admirable  dissections,  copi- 
ous notes  and  drawings  of  characteristic  details,  and  was 
also  very  rich  in  American  Hymenoptera.  Of  these  two  col- 
lections scarcely  one  fiftieth  part  remains  in  a  condition  fit 
for  any  purposes  of  comparison  or  identification  whatsoever, 
and  almost  none  which  are  suitable  for  public  exhibition. 
The  damage  done  to  these  collections  by  the  ravages  of  the 
Anthrenus,  the  exposure  to  dust,  and  the  practice  of  baking, 
has  been  excessive.  Some  30  or  40  drawers  of  specimens 
appear  never  to  have  had  a  cabinet  for  their  reception  ;  cer- 
tainly none  can  now  be  found,  nor  have  I  ever  seen  a  trace  of 
one.  Such  specimens  of  these  collections  as  will  bear  public 
inspection  will  be  arranged  in  the  systematic  collections,  and 
those  of  which  only  fragmentary  remains  can  be  rescued  will 
be  placed  for  a  study  collection  in  drawers.  The  Harris  Cab- 
inet was  purchased  in  1858,  shortly  before  the  Curatorship 
was  ofiered  to  the  present  incumbent.  It  had  previously  been 
carefully  scrutinized  by  Mr.  Alexander  Agassiz,  who  selected 
from  the  maze  of  boxes  in  which  a  considerable  portion  of 
the  collection  had  been  placed,  such  as  were  worthy  of  pres- 
ervation after  the  exposure  they  had  been  subjected  to, 
subsequent  to  Dr.  Harris's  death  and  before  they  had  reached 
our  hands.  The  arranged  collection  of  United  States  Insects 
had,  however,  received  no  injury  from  this  cause,  having 
remained  in  the  hands  of  his  family.  The  injury  thus 
mentioned  to  all  these  collections  has  resulted  from  the  same 
cause,  namely,  the  want  of  constant  care  of  the  objects. 
There  are  no  objects  of  Natural  History  so  endangered  by 
destructive  insects  as  Entomological  collections.  An  inspec- 
tion of  the  Curators'  reports  in  years  past  leads  the  Curator 
to  think  that  a  great  part  of  this  injury  to  the  old  Society 
collection  and  to  the  Hentz  collection  occurred  not  far  from 
the  time  of  the  dangerous  illness  and  subsequent  death  of  Dr. 


137 


Burnett,  the  then  Curator  in  charge ;  he  being  obhged  to 
leave  them  while  in  a  state  of  disorder,  when  just  beginning 
to  arrange  them.  Thousands  of  specimens  of  Dr.  Harris's 
insects  which  had  been  stored  in  the  garret  of  Harvard 
Library  were  found  destroyed  when  they  came  under  Mr. 
Agassiz's  supervision,  who  was  able  to  rescue  but  about  one- 
fourth  part  of  those  which  had  been  put  away  in  that  place. 
The  same  portion  of  the  collection  which  was  rescued  from 
this  fate  was  again  attacked  by  Anthreni  while  stored  in  the 
rooms  occupied  by  the  Society  in  Bulfinch  Street  shortly 
before  our  removal  thence,  for  they  were  examined  carefully 
just  previous  to  the  Curator's  absence  from  the  country  a 
year  ago,  and  were  found  somewhat  infested  on  his  return ; 
and  though  since  that  time  he  has  been  through  the  whole 
collection  three  times  with  great  care  and  through  parts  of  it 
more  frequently,  and  has  also  been  assisted  by  the  skill  and 
patience  of  Messrs.  Smith  and  Sanbom  upon  the  Coleoptera, 
he  fears  that  they  are  not  yet  wholly  free  from  destroyers. 
This  all  shows  how  gi^eat  the  need  is  of  constant  watchful- 
ness ;  it  is  as  true  here,  as  in  medical  treatment,  that  an 
ounce  of  prevention  is  worth  a  pound  of  cure. 

The  Harris  Collection  comprises  fi'om  12,000  to  14,000 
specimens  and  about  half  the  number  of  species,  nearly  all 
from  North  America.  The  aiTangement  initiated  with  re- 
gard to  them  is  to  select  of  every  North  American  species  in 
the  collection  representatives  from  every  locality,  of  each  sex, 
and  exhibiting  every  variation  discoverable.  These  are  ar- 
ranged according  to  the  systematic  distribution  used  by  him 
in  his  own  cabinet,  so  as  to  be  illustrative  of  his  own  ideas  of 
their  affinities  and  classification.  Each  species  bears  a  dis- 
tinctive number,  and  every  specimen  of  a  species  is  distin- 
guished from  the  others  by  bearing  in  addition  a  separate 
letter,  so  that  any  specimen  in  the  collection  can  be  spe- 
cifically referred  to ;  these  numbers  refer  to  a  catalogue, 
distinct  from  the  general  catalogue  of  Insects.  In  this  way 
most  of  the  Coleoptera  were  arranged  previous  to  our  removal 
to  this  building,  and  since  then  the  work  has  been  completed, 
and  the  Orthoptera  also    gone  through  with.     These  two 


138 

groups  occupy  32  drawers  of  large  size.  The  arrangement  of 
the  other  groups  will  be  continued  during  the  year. 

The  Shurtleff  Bequest  consists  of  between  five  and  six 
thousand  pinned  insects  from  the  United  States  and  mostly 
from  Massachusetts,  a  small  collection  of  Chinese  and  Japan- 
ese species,  over  700  dry  chrysalids  and  insect  j^roducts,  and 
more  than  2,000  insects  in  alcohol,  many  of  them  of  earlier 
stages  of  the  insects.  These,  with  the  duplicates  of  the 
Harris  Collection  are  forming  the  basis  of  a  New  England 
collection,  to  which  the  Curator  has  given  as  much  time  as 
possible,  though  not  so  much  as  he  desired  owing  to  the 
unusual  amount  of  work  laid  upon  him  by  his  other  official 
duties  in  the  Society  during  the  past  year.  Now  that  an 
orderly  arrangement  has  been  perfected  in  every  part,  he 
hopes  to  give  more  time  to  it.  He  has,  however,  arranged 
and  displayed  all  of  the  Oilhoptera  and  diurnal  Lepidoptera 
of  the  collection  belonging  to  New  England,  now  contained, 
in  17  boxes.  The  Society  is  much  indebted  to  Messrs.  F.  G. 
Sanborn  and  George  D.  Smith  for  the  time  and  care  they 
have  bestowed  upon  the  Coleoptera  ;  these  they  examined 
thoroughly,  and  will  completely  arrange.  They  have  already, 
in  the  course  of  the  past  six  months,  identified,  labelled,  trans- 
ferred and  arranged  for  exhibition  nearly  1,000  specimens, 
comprising  over  400  species,  and  occupying  20  of  the  boxes 
prepared  for  the  j^urpose,  which,  with  the  other  arranged  por- 
tions of  the  New  England  collection,  have  been  displayed  in 
the  railing-cases  of  the  second  gallery.  This  is  the  first 
thorough  arrangement  of  the  Coleoptera  attempted  for  years, 
and  the  j^ains  these  gentlemen  have  been  at  in  selecting 
the  specimens  from  the  confused  mass  of  good  and  bad, 
and  resetting  many  of  those  from  Mr.  Shurtleflf's  collection 
which  had  e\idently  been  the  result  of  his  earlier  inexpe- 
rienced collecting,  as  well  as  the  taste  and  care  displayed 
in  their  arrangement,  merit  the  warmest  thanks  of  the  So- 
ciety. When  the  arrangement  of  the  New  England  species 
has  been  completed,  they  will  follow  out  a  similar  plan 
for  the  rest  of  this  country,  and,  if  time  will  permit  them,  for 
the  rest  of  the  world. 

The  cases  to  which  the  insects  are  allotted  are  unfit,  in 


139 


their  present  condition,  for  the  preservation  of  insects  on 
exhibition  until  they  are  made,  so  far  as  possible,  air-tight. 
Strips  of  rubber  must  be  placed  entirely  around  the  case 
where  the  lid  meets  it,  and  fastenings  must  be  placed  at 
either  end  to  j^revent  any  springing  of  the  lid ;  the  light,  too, 
is  so  powerful  that  it  would  take  but  a  short  time  to  bleach 
the  highly  colored  specimens,  and  some  darkening  curtain  or 
shutter  must  be  contrived  to  exclude  the  light,  or  other 
means  taken  to  darken  sufficiently  the  light  coming  from  the 
lantern  roof  above. 

The  additions  to  this  collection  during  the  year  have  been 
very  important  on  account  of  the  bequest  of  Mr.  Shurtleff. 
Including  this,  they  number  10,750  specimens  of  which  42  are 
Arachnids  and  46  Mp-iapods.  Besides  Mr.  Shurtleif,  the 
donors  have  been  Drs.  S.  A.  Bemis,  H.  Bryant,  B.  S.  Shaw, 
and  C.  F.  Winslow ;  and  Messrs.  N.  Bishop,  W.  H.  Dall, 
J.  Fairbanks,  A.  L.  Miller,  W.  L.  Parker,  J.  Robertson, 
S.  H.  Scudder  and  C.  J.  Sprague;  some  were  obtained  by 
purchase. 

The  Curator  is  authorized  to  say  for  the  gentlemen  who 
have  so  kindly  given  him  their  assistance  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  Coleoptera  that  they  are  ready,  so  soon  as  boxes 
are  provided  for  them,  and  the  cases  are  made  sufficiently 
secure  to  insure  the  safety  of  insects  deposited  there,  to 
supply  as  many  as  1,500  species  of  Coleoptera  from  the 
United  States  which  they  will  arrange  and  label  carefully; 
these,  with  the  collection  of  New  England  Coleoptera  now 
being  arranged  by  them,  would  occupy  nearly  one  half  of  the 
railing  cases  around  the  entire  upper  gallery. 

With  a  few  general  remarks  upon  the  Museum  the  Custo- 
dian will  bring  to  an  end  this  already  too  prolonged  report. 

There  is  one  class  of  the  animal  kingdom,  that  of  Worms, 
which  is  not  at  present  assigned  to  any  department ;  there 
are,  to  be  sure,  but  few  specimens  in  the  collection,  but  it 
would  be  hardly  fitting,  even  were  there  none,  that  it  should 
not  find  a  place.  It  is  suggested  that  they  could  be  most 
ap})ropriately  given  to  the  charge  of  the  Curator  of  Crustacea. 

There  are  some  defects  in  the  arrangements  of  the  building 


140 

which  ought  certainly  to  be  remedied ;  one,  of  which  two  of 
the  Curators  have  spoken,  is  that  of  the  excessive  light  on  all 
days,  three  only  of  the  windows  having  shades ;  these  are 
upon  the  west  end  of  the  main  hall  and  are  absolutely  essen- 
tial for  the  protection  of  the  birds ;  hardly  less  important  is 
it  for  the  ^^reservation  of  the  collection  for  any  length  of  time 
that  the  windows  of  the  lantern-roof  should  be  shaded  upon 
all  days  when  the  Museum  is  not  open,  so  as  to  darken  the 
room  as  much  as  it  is  possible ;  indeed  it  would  be  well  if 
the  room  could  be  thoroughly  darkened,  but  unless  some  pro- 
tection fi-om  the  glare  of  light  is  given  to  some  of  the  collec- 
tions, especially  those  of  Ornithology  and  Entomology,  they 
will  be  seriously  injured.  Another  thing  that  is  necessary  is 
the  providing  the  railing  cases  of  the  gallery  with  iron-rod- 
railings,  slightly  elevated.  So  long  as  the  cases  are  at  their 
present  height,  the  glass  will  be  in  continual  danger  of 
breakage  by  visitors  who  carelessly  lean  upon  it.  Several 
panes  have  already  been  broken  in  that  way,  and  they  will 
doubtless  continue  to  be  broken,  and  injure  or  destroy  the 
specimens  beneath,  unless  this  precaution  is  taken.  The 
fastenings  to  the  larger  cases  prove  to  be  very  defective; 
the  shrinkage  of  the  doors  is  constantly  rendering  them  use- 
less or  troublesome,  and  a  very  considerable  sum  has  already 
been  expended  in  repeated  repairs ;  they  cannot  accomplish 
the  object  for  which  they  were  designed,  and  should  be  re- 
placed by  locks  of  some  more  substantial  character,  as  a 
safeguard  to  the  collections. 

One  great  hindrance  to  the  arrangement  of  many  of  the 
collections  is  the  want  of  alcohol,  which  we  are  now  obliged 
to  pay  for  at  ten  times  the  former  price  and  therefore  can 
use  but  sparingly.  It  is  believed  that  this  difficulty  may  be 
obviated  by  proper  petition  to  Congress,  so  that,  as  in  Eng- 
land, methyllated  spirits  may  be  used  free  from  the  excise, 
which  is  almost  the  only  cause  of  the  extravagant  price;  and 
steps  have  been  taken  which  it  is  hoped  may  secure  a  favor- 
able result. 

This  review  of  the  operations  of  the  past  year  warrants 
the  Custodian  in  congratulating  the  Society  uj^on  what  it 
has   accomplished  during  that  j^eriod,  and  on  the  present 


141 

generally  satisfactory  state  of  its  affairs  ;  still  more,  however, 
upon  the  brilliant  prospects  which  open  before  it,  if  their 
reasonable  exj^ectations  be  realized ;  for,  so  large  a  ratio  does 
the  bequest  of  our  distinguished  Patron  bear  to  the  funds 
upon  the  basis  of  which  the  Society  has  prospered  the  past 
year,  that  it  evidently  must  have  a  j^rominent  and  pennanent 
effect  upon  the  workings  of  our  Institution,  not  simply  in  the 
expanding  of  the  appliances  now  in  force,  but  even,  perhaps, 
in  considerable  changes  in  its  modes  of  administration.  With 
tliis  thought  uppei-most  in  our  minds  and  inspiring  our  action, 
we  may  ^e  penuitted  to  express  our  most  confident  hope 
and  declare  our  resolute  detennination  that  this  Society  shall 
hereafter  act  even  a  more  prominent  part  than  in  the  past, 
in  the  development  of  the  Natural  Sciences  in  America. 


142 


Appendix  A. 


1.     SUBSCRIBEKS  TO  THE  BUILDE^G  FUND. 


Samuel  L.  Abbot,  M.D. 
Francis  Alger. 
H.  F.  Allen. 
Holmes  Ammidown. 
Charles  H.  Appleton. 
William  Appleton. 
John  Bacon,  M.D. 
Wm.  E.  Baker. 

A.  C.  Baldwin. 
James  M.  Barnard. 
John  D.  Bates. 

J.  H.  Beale. 
J.  M.  Bethune. 
G.  A.  Bethune,  M.D. 
Amos  Binney. 
George  Baty  Blake. 
Edward  Blanchard. 
H.  T.  Bonney. 
J.  K  Borland,  M.D. 
H.  I  Bowditch,  M.D. 
]Mrs.  N.  I.  Bowditch. 
Martin  Brimmer. 
C.  Allen  Browne. 
Henry  Bryant,  M.D. 
Thomas  T.  Bouve. 
William  S.  Bullard. 
S.  Cabot  Jr,  M.D. 
George  R.  Carter. 
E.  H.  Clarke,  M.D. 
Arthur  Codman. 
E.  W.  Codman. 
Isaac  C.  Cooper. 

B.  E.  Cotting,  M.D. 
John  Cummings,  Jr. 
Nathaniel  Cummings. 
Ebenezer  Dale. 
Thcron  J.  Dale. 
John  C.  Dalton,  M.D. 
J.  Amory  Davis. 


James  Davis,  Jr. 
J.  H.  Dix,  M.D. 
Silas  Durkee,  M.D. 
Calvin  Ellis,  M.D. 
Jonathan  Ellis. 
Edward  H.  Eldi-edge. 
George  B.  Emerson. 
Albert  Fearing.  • 

C.  L.  Flint. 
Thomas  Gaffield. 
John  L.  Gardner. 
John  L.  Gardner,  Jr. 
Joseph  P.  Gardner. 
N.  B.  Gibbs. 

D.  O.  Goodrich. 
Augustus  A.  Gould,  M.D. 
Michael  Grant. 

Benj.  D.  Greene,  M.D. 
R.  C.  Greenleaf. 
Henry  Grew. 
George  Hayward,  M.D. 
Hogg,  Brown  &  Taylor. 
C.  D.  Romans,  M.D. 
John  Homans,  M.D. 
George  O.  Hovey. 
George  Howe. 

B.  J.  Jeffries,  M.D. 
H.  U.  Jeffries. 
John  Jeffries,  Jr. 

C.  Berkley  Johnson. 
Samuel  Johnson,  Jr. 
N.  C.  Keep,  M.D. 
J.  G.  Kidder. 
George  H.  Kuhn. 
Abbott  Lawrence. 
Amos  A.  Lawrence. 
James  Lawrence. 
Thomas  Lee. 


143 


Dilisses  Lowell. 

Tlieodore  Lyman. 

Nathan  Matthews 

Samuel  May. 

Mrs.  J.  L.  Merriam. 

Charles  H.  Minot. 

W.  W.  IMoreland,  M.D. 

N.  C.  Munson. 

Naylor  &  Co. 

LjTnan  Nichols. 

WiUiam  Perkins. 

E.  Pickering. 

Paschal  P.  Pope. 

Mrs.  Wm.  Pratt. 

Jonathan  Preston. 

Josiah  Quincy. 

Horace  Richardson,  M.D 

E.  S.  Pvitchie. 

G.  H.  Rogers. 

Henry  B.  Rogers. 

William  B.  Rogers. 

M.  D.  Ross. 

J.  T.  Rothrock. 

S.  P.  Ruggles. 

A.  C.  Sanborn  &  Co. 

Sanderson,  Bros.  &  Co. 

Henry  Sayles. 

Mrs.  M.  F.  Sayles. 


David  Sears. 

G.  Rowland  Shaw. 

C.  C.  Sheafe. 
John  Simmons. 

D.  D.  Slade,  M.D. 
Joshua  Stetson. 
H.  P.  Sturgis. 
Nathaniel  Thayer. 
N.  A.  Thompson. 

E.  S.  Tobey. 
Frederick  Tudor. 
Mary  Anne  Wales. 
Geo.  AV.  Wales. 
T.B.Wales. 

William  J.  Walker,  M.D. 

Charles  E.  Ware,  M.D. 

John  Ware,  M.D. 

Geo.  Washington  Warren. 

J.  Mason  Warren,  M.D. 

Robert  Waterston. 

William  F.  Weld. 

James  C.  White,  M.D. 

Edward  Wigglesworth. 

]\Iisses  M.  and  A.  Wiggleswortli. 

H.  W.  Williams,  M.D. 

J.  Huntington  Wolcott. 

Jeffries  W}-man,  M.D. 


2.    SUBSCRIBERS  TO  THE  WALKER  FL^ND. 


Oliver  Ames. 
Wm.  S.  Appleton. 
Elisha  Atkins. 
Gilbert  Atwood. 

A.  C.  Baldwin. 
E.  P.  Bancroft. 
Chas.  Bartlett. 

B.  E.  Bates. 
Bayley,  Rollins  &  Co. 
James  M.  Beebe. 


James  Beck. 

G.  A.  Bethune,  M.D. 

John  M.  Bethune 

Jacob  Bigelow. 

J.  A.  Blanchard, 

J.  Ingersoll  Bowditch. 

Mrs.  Nathaniel  Bowditch. 

Francis  W.  Brewer. 

Gafdner  Brewer. 

Martin  Brimmer. 


144 


Peter  C.  Brooks. 
J.  C.  Biirrage. 
Geo.  B.  Gary. 
Isaac  H.  Gary. 
WiUiam  W.  €hurcliIU. 
Joseph  W.  Glarke. 
Thomas  Gushing. 
E.  F.  Gutter. 
Eben  Dale. 
Theron  J.  Dale. 
S.  T.  Dana. 
Jas.  Davis,  Jr. 
Daniel  Denny. 
Jas.  A.  Dupee. 
Henry  F.  Durant. 
J.  Wiley  Edmands. 
Henry  Edwards. 
Jonathan  Ellis. 
Wm.  Endicott. 
Edward  Everett. 
Stephen  Fairbanks. 
Isaac  D.  Famsworth. 
J.  Story  Fay. 
Albert  Fearing. 
Frank  S.  Fiske. 
Richard  Fletcher. 
John  Foster. 

Rev.  N.  L.  Frothingham. 

S.  Frothingham. 

S.  Frothingham,  Jr. 

C.  W.  Galloupe. 

John  L.  Gardner. 

P.  E.  Gay. 

Benj.  R.  Gilbert. 

Thomas  A.  Goddard. 

S.  H.  Gookin. 

Mrs.  Benj.  D.  Greene. 

J.  S.  Goplcy  Greene. 

Richard  G.  Grcenleaf. 

Andrew  T.  Hall. 

Charles  D.  Head. 

Augustine  Heard. 

John  T.  Heard. 

IMrs.  Augustus  Hemmenway. 


John  Hogg. 
John  Ilomans,  M.D 
R.  W.  Hooper,  M.D. 
Samuel  Hooper. 
Gardiner  G.  Hubbard. 
H.  B.  Inches. 
J.  B.  S.  Jackson,  M.D. 
Samuel  Johnson,  Jr. 
E.  D.  Jordan. 
Gharles  S.  Kendall. 
H.  P.  Ividder. 
J.  G.  Kidder. 
Wm.  H.  Knight. 
A.  A.  LawTcnce. 
James  Lawrence. 
Henry  Lee. 
Thomas  J.  Lee.- 
James  L.  Little. 
Giles  H.  Lodge,  M.D. 
Gharles  Lord. 
Theodore  Lyman. 
John  J.  May. 
Mrs.  J.  L,  IMerrlam. 
Hugh  Montgomery. 
William  Mountford. 
Wm.  IMunroe. 
Gilbert  L.  Murdock. 
Naylor  &  Go. 
S.  D.  Nickerson. 
Otis  Norcross. 
Gharles  H.  Parker. 
William  Perkins. 
H.  W.  Pickering. 
Garlos  Pierce. 
Samuel  S.  Pierce. 
Avery  Plumer. 
Mrs.  Wm.  Pratt. 
Edward  S.  Rand. 
Geo.  C.  Richardson. 
Jeffrey  Richardson. 
S.  W.  Rodman. 
Le  Baron  Russell,  M.D. 
Ignatius  Sargent. 
IVIrs.  M.  F.  Sayles. 


145 


•A  a.  .*  j:^-jiu 


J.  C.  Sharp,  M.D. 
Geo.  C.  Shattuck,  M.D. 
G.  Rowland  Shaw. 
Mrs.  G.  H.  Shaw. 

C.  C.  Sheafe. 
M.  H.  Simpson. 
S.  G.  SneUing. 
A.  W.  Spencer. 
Charles  J.  Sprague. 

D.  H.  Storer,  M.D. 
John  Taylor. 
Nathaniel  Thayer. 
Ticknor  &  Fields. 
Edward  S.  Tobey. 
James  Tolman. 
James  Tuttle. 


Jos.  Vila,  Jr. 

Josiah  Vose. 

Mrs.  A.  L.  Wales. 

Geo.  W.  AVales. 

Miss  M.  A.  Wales. 

C.  E.  Ware,  M.D. 

J.  Mason  Warren,  M.D. 

Robert  Waterston. 

E.  M.  Watson. 

Wm.  F.  Weld. 

J.  Wetherbee,  Jr. 

Msses  ]\I.  and  A.  Wigglesworth. 

Thomas  Wiggles Avorth. 

J.  Huntington  Wolcott. 

Edward  Wyman. 


PROCEEDINGS  B.  B.  N.  H.— VOL.  X. 


10 


VEBBUAST,  1866. 


146 

Appendix  B. 
WALKER  PRIZES. 

The  following  prizes  were  founded  by  the  late  Dr.  William  J 
AValker,  for  the  best  memoirs,  and  in  the  English  language,  on  sub 
jects  proposed  by  a  committee  appointed  by  the  Council  of  the  So- 
ciety. The  first  and  second  are  to  be  awarded  annually ;  the  third 
once  in  five  years,  beginning  1870. 

First — For  the  best  memoir  presented,  a  prize  of  sixty  dollars  may 
be  awarded.  If,  however,  the  memoir  be  one  of  marked  merit,  the 
amount  awarded  may  be,* increased  to  one  hundred  dollars,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  committee. 

Second  —  For  the  next  best  memoir,  a  prize  not  exceeding  fifty  dol- 
lars may  be  awarded  at  the  discretion  of  the  committee ;  but  neither 
of  the  above  prizes  shall  be  awarded  unless  the  memoirs  presented 
shall  be  deemed  of  adequate  merit. 

Third —  Grand  Honorary  Prize.  The  Council  of  the  Society 
may  award  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars  for  such  scientific  investi- 
gation or  discovery  in  natural  history  as  they  may  think  deserving 
thereof;  provided  such  investigation  or  discovery  shall  have  first  been 
made  known  and  published  in  the  United  States  of  America ;  and  shall 
have  been,  at  the  time  of  said  award,  made  known  and  published  at 
least  one  year.  If  in  consequence  of  the  extraordinary  merit  of  any 
such  investigation  or  discovery,  the  Council  of  the  Society  should  see 
fit,  they  may  award  therefor  the  sum  of  one  thousand  dollars. 

Subject  of  the  Annual  Prize  for  1865-6.  "  Adduce  and  discuss  the 
evidences  of  the  co-existence  of  man  and  extinct  animals,  with  the 
view  of  determining  the  limits  of  his  antiquity. 

Sid)ject  for  1866-7.  "The  fertilization  of  plants  by  the  agency  of 
insects,  in  reference  both  to  cases  where  this  agency  is  absolutely 
necessary,  and  where  it  is  only  accessory ;"  the  investigations  to  be  in 
preference  directed  to  indigenous  plants. 

Memoirs  offered  in  competition  for  the  above  prizes  must  be  for- 
warded on  or  before  April  first,  prepaid  and  addressed 

"  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History^ 

for  the  Committee  on  the  Walker  Prizes^ 

Boston^  Mass.*' 

Each  memoir  must  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  envelope  enclosing 
the  author's  name,  and  superscribed  by  a  motto  corresponding  to  one 
borne  by  the  manuscrij)t. 

Boston,  May,  1865. 


147 

Appendix  C. 
LIST  OF  THE   OFFICERS  FOR  1864-5. 


President. 
Jeffries  Wyman,  M.D. 

Vice-Presidents. 
Charles  T.  Jackson,  M.D.,    Augustus  A.  Gould,  M.D. 

Corresponding  Secretary. 
Samuel    L.    Abbot,   M.D. 

Recording  Secretary. 
Samuel  H.  Scuddeb, 

Treasurer. 
Thomas  T.  Bou^^. 

Librarian. 
Samuel  H.  Scudder. 

Custodian. 
Samuel  H.  Scudder. 


Curators. 


Tliomas  T.  Bouve, 
Charles  J.  Sprague, 
Thomas  M.  Brewer,  M.D. 
Henry  Bryant,  M.D., 
F.  W.  Putnam, 
James  C.  White,  M.D., 

Samuel  H.  Scudder, 
B.  Joy  Jeffries,  M.D., 
Francis  H.  Brown,  M.D., 
Charles  Pickering,  M.D., 
William  T.  Brigham, 
Alpheus  Hyatt, 
A.  S.  Packard,  Jr., 
A.  E.  Verrill, 


Of  Geology  and  Palceontology. 
Botany. 
Oology. 
Ornithology. 
IcTithyology. 
Mammalogy    and    Comparative 

Anatomy. 
Entomology. 
Microscopy 
Herpetology. 
Ethnology. 
Mineralogy. 
Conchology. 
Crustacea. 
Radiala. 


148 


Appendix  D. 


LIST  OF   SOCIETIES,  ETC.,    TO  WHOM    OUR  PUBLICA- 
TIONS ARE  SENT. 


Albany  Institute 

New  York  State  Library    .        •        .        . 
Berwickshire  Naturalists'  Club 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  des  Osterlandes 
Genootschap  Natura  Artis  Magistra  . 
Koninklijke  Akademie  van  Wetenschappen 
Soci^t^  Paleontologique  de  Belgique 
Naturhistorischer  Verein   .... 

Maryland  Academy 

Naturforschende  Gesellschaft     . 

Naturforschende  Gesellschaft    . 

Bataviaasch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen 

Natuurkundige  Vereeniging  in  Nederlandsch  Indie 

Natural  History  and  Philosophical  Society 

Bergens  Museum 

Archiv  fiir  Anatomic,  Physiologie,  und  wissenschaftliche 

Medicin        .... 
Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte 
Deutsche  Geologische  Gesellschaft 
Entomologischer  Verein     . 
Gesellschaft  fiir  Erdkunde 

Koniglich-Preussische  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften 
Verein  fiir  Beforderung  des  Gartenbaues  . 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  .  .  .  .  • 
Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  des  Harzes 
Imperial  Regio  Istituto  Geologico 
Reale  Accademia  delle  Scienze 
Bombay  Geogi'aphical  Society  . 
Royal  Asiatic  Society 
Naturhistorischer  Verein  des  Preussischen  Rheinlandes 
Acad(5mie  Imp^riale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts 
Soci^t^  des  Sciences  Physiques  et  Naturelles   . 

Soci^t^  Linn^enne 

American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Boston  I\Iedical  and  Surgical  Journal 

Horticultural  Society 

Kon.  Kais.  Maerisch-Schlesische  Gesellschaft  fiir  Befdrd 

erung  des  Akerbaus,  der  Natur  und  Landeskunde 

Naturforschender  Verein 

Academic  Royale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et  des  Beaux 

Arts 

Soci^t^  Entomologique  de  Belgique  .... 
Academic  Royale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  BeUes-Lettres 
Socidt^  Linn^enne  de  Norraandie      .... 
Agricultural  and  Horticultural  Society  of  India 


Albany. 

Alnwick. 

Altenburg. 

Amsterdam. 

Anvers. 

Augsburg. 

Baltimore. 

Bamberg. 

Basel. 

Batavia. 

Belfast. 
Bergen. 

Berlin. 


Bern. 

Blankenberg. 

Bologna. 

Bombay. 

Bonn. 
Bordeaux. 


Boston. 
<( 

(( 
Briinn. 

Bruxelles. 

Caen. 

Calcutta. 


149 


Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  . 

Geological  Survey  of  India 

Cambridge  Philosophical  Society 

Hai-vard  Natural  History  Society 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

Journal  fiir  Ornithologie    .... 

Accademia  Gioenia  di  Scienze  Xaturali    . 

Societe  Imp^riale  des  Sciences  Xaturelles 

Elliott  Society  of  Natural  History 

Kongelige  Norske  Frederiks  Universitet   . 

Katurforschende  Gesellschaft  Graubiindtens 

Naturforschende  Gesellschaft     . 

Mittelrheinischer  Geologischer  Verein 

Acaddmie  Impdriale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres. 

Archiv  fur  die  Naturkunde,  Lief-  Est-  und  Curlands 

Kais.  Leopoldinisch-Carolinische  Deutsche  Akademie  der 

Naturforscher 

Naturwissenschaftliche  Gesellschaft,  Isis  . 
Dublin  Botanical  Society 

"       Quarterly  Journal  of  Science 

"      University  Philosophical  Society  . 

Natural  History  Society 

Eoyal  Dublin  Society 

"     Geological  Society  of  Ireland  . 

"     Irish  Academy 

University  Zoological  and  Botanical  Association 
Eoyal  Scottish  Society  of  Arts  .... 
Eoyal  Society  of  Edinburgh       .... 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft     .... 
Senckenbergische  naturforschende  Gesellschaft 

Zoologische  Gesellschaft 

Naturforschende  Gesellschaft    .... 

Soci^td  de  Physique  et  d'  Histoire  NatureUe    . 

Oberhessische  Gesellschaft         .... 

Naturforschende  Gesellschaft     .... 

Konigliche  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften 

British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 

Hollandsche  ]\Iaatschappij  der  Wetenschappen 

Eeal  Sociedad  Economica  de  Amigos  del  Pais 

Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Natural  Science 

Linnaea,  ein  Journal  fiir  die  Botanik  in  ihrem  gauze 

Umfange      .... 
Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein 
Naturwissenschaftliche  Gesellschaft 
Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein 
Naturhistorische  Gesellschaft     . 
Naturhistorisch-Medicinischer  Verein 
Finska  Vetenskaps  Societeten   . 
Siebenbiirgischer  Verein  fiir  Naturwissenschaften 
Provinciaal  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen 
Tasmania  Eoyal  Society 


Calcutta. 

u 

Cambridge,  Eng. 
"  Mass. 

((  u 

Cassel. 

Catania. 

Cherbourg. 

Charleston. 

Christiania. 

Chur. 

Danzig. 

Darmstadt. 

Dijon. 

Dorpat. 

Dresden. 

Dublin. 


Edinburgh. 

Emden. 
Frankfort  a.  M. 

Freiburg. 

Geneve. 

Giessen. 

Gorlitz. 

Gottingen. 

Great  Britain. 

Haarlem. 

Habana. 

Halifax,  N.  S. 

HaUe. 

u 

Hamburg. 
u 

Hannover. 

Heidelberg. 

Helsingfors. 

Hermannstadt. 

Hertogenbosch. 

Hobarttown. 


150 


Asiatic  Society  of  China Hong  Kong. 

Royal  Hawaiian  Agricultural  Society       ....  Honolulu. 

Ferdinandcum Innsbruck. 

Imper.  Kazanskii  Universitet Kazan. 

Jamaica  Society  of  Arts     .        .       , Kingston. 

Det  Kongelige  Danske  Videnskabemes  Selskab        .        .  Kjobenhavn 

Kongelige  Nordiske  Oldskrift  Selskab        .        .        .        .  " 

Naturhistorisclies  Landesmuseum  von  Kaemten       .        .  Klagefnurt. 

Kon.  Physikalisch-Okonomisclie  Gesellschaft  .        .        .  Konigsberg. 
Soci^t^  Entomologique  des  Pays-Bas        .        .        .        .La  Haye. 
Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Eiding 

of  Yorkshire Leeds. 

Philosophical  and  Literary  Society " 

Academia  Lugduno-Batava Leyden. 

Nederlandsche  Entomologische  Vereeniging     ..." 

Koniglich  Saechsische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften    .  Leipzig. 

Zeitschrift  fur  wissenschaftliche  Zoologie .        .        .        .  "                  , 

Soci^t^  d' Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts  de  la  Sarthe        .  Le  Mans. 

Soci^te  Royale  des  Sciences Li^ge. 

Soci^td  des  Sciences,  d' Agriculture  et  des  Arts         .        .  Lille. 

Academia  Real  das  Sciencias Lisboa. 

Literary  and  Philosophical  Society Liverpool 

Liverpool  Royal  Institution " 

Museum  Francisco-Carolinum- Linz. 

Annals  and  ]\lagazine  of  Natural  History  ....  London 

Entomological  Society " 

Entomologist's  Weekly  Intelligencer         .        .        .        .  " 

Ethnological  Society " 

Geological  Society *' 

India  Museum " 

Journal  of  Entomology " 

Linnsean  Society " 

London,  Edinburgh  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine  .  " 

Microscopical  Society " 

Museum  of  Practical  Geology  and  Geological  Snrvey      .  " 

Natural  History  Review " 

Palseontographical  Society " 

Royal  Agricultural  Society  of  England      .        .        .        .  " 

"      Geographical  Society *' 

"      Horticultural  Society " 

"      Institution  of  Great  Britain ** 

"      Society " 

The  Athenaeum " 

"    Ibis « 

"    Reader " 

"    Zoologist " 

Zoological  Society       .        .    ■ " 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein Luneburg. 

Soci^td    des    Sciences  NatureUes  du   Grand-Duchd  de 

Luxembourg Luxembourg. 

Acad^mie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  Lyon. 


151 


Socidtd  d'  Agriculture,  d'  Histoire  Naturelle  et  des  Arts 

Utiles Lyon. 

Soci^td  Lirm^enne " 

Wisconsin  Natural  History  Society Madison,  Wis. 

Literary   Society  and  Auxiliary  of  the  Royal  Asiatic 

Society Madras. 

Academia  Eeal  de  Ciencias Madrid. 

Literary  and  Philosopliical  Society Manchester. 

Mannhenner  Yereiu  fiir  Naturkunde        ....  Mannheim. 

Gesellschaft    fur    Befdrderung  der  Gesammten    Natur- 

wissenschaften ]\Iarburg. 

Philosophical  Institution  of  Victoria Melbourne. 

Soci^t^  d'  Histoire  Naturelle  du  Department  de  la  Moselle  Metz. 

Zeeuwsch  Genootschap  der  Wetenschappen      .        .        .  Middleburg. 

Iraperiale  Regio  Istituto  Lombardo  di  Scienze,  Lettere 

ed  Arci Milano. 

Museo  dei  Fratelli  Villa " 

Societa  Italiana  di  Scienze  Naturali           .        .        .        .  " 

Societa  Italiana  delle  Scienze Modena. 

Socidte  des  Sciences,  des  Arts  et  des  Lettres  du  Hainault  Mons. 

Academic  des  Sciences  et  Lettres Montpellier. 

Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist Montreal. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada " 

Soci^td  Imp(?riale  des  Naturalistes Moscou. 

Koniglich  Bayerische  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften        .  Miinchen. 

Koniglich  Hof-und-Staatsbibliothek " 

Real  Accademia  delle  Scienze  e  Belle  Lettere  .        .        .  Napoli.    , 

Verein  der  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte  in  Mecklenburg  Neubrandeburg. 

Soci^t^  des  Sciences  Naturelles Neuchatel. 

Die  PoUichia  zu  Dlirkheim  a.  H.  Rheinpfalz     .        .        .  Neustadt. 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts      ....  New  Haven. 

Lyceum  of  Natural  History New  York. 

Naturhistorische  Gesellschaft Numberg. 

Obshtshestv-o  Seljskago  Khozjaistva  Juzhnoi  Rossii.        .  Odessa. 

Offenbach  Verein  fiir  Naturkunde    ......  Offenbach  am  Main. 

Ashmolean  Society Oxford. 

Imperiale  Regia  Accademia  di  Scienze,  Lettere,  ed  Arti .  Padova. 

Accademia  delle  Scienze  e  belle  Lettere  ....  Palermo. 

Eeale  Istituto  d'  Incoraggiamento  di  Agricoltura,  Arti, 

e  Manifatture  in  Sicilia       ......" 

Acaddmie  Imperiale  des  Sciences Paris. 

Ecole  des  Mines " 

Journal  de  Conchyliologie " 

Ministere  de  la  ^larine ** 

Museum  d'  Histoire  Naturelle ** 

Revue  de  Sericiculture  Compar^e ** 

Revue  et  Magazin  de  Zoologie ** 

Soci^t^  de  Geogi-aphie **     ■ 

"      des  Antiquaires  de  France    ,....** 

"      Entomologique  de  France " 

"      G^ologique  de  France ** 


152 


Wijs. 


Soci^td  Imperiale  et  Centi-ale  d'  Agi-icnlture    . 

"      Impdriale  Zoologique  d'  Acclimatatiou 
Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences    .... 
American  Philosophical  Society        .        .        , 
Society  of  Natural  History         .... 
Koniglich  Boehmische  Ge?;ellschaft  . 
Lotos,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Naturwissenschaffcen 
Kon.  Kais.  Patriot-Okonomische  in  Bohmen    . 

Verein  fur  Naturkunde 

Literary  and  Historical  Society. 
Correspondenzblatt  fiir  Sammler  von  Insekten . 
Kon.  Bayerische  Botanische  Gesellschaft  . 
Zoologisch-Mineralogischer  Verein    . 

Naturforscheuder  Verein 

Bataavsch  Genootschap  der  Proefondervindelijke 

geeberte       

St.  GaUische  GeseUschaft 

Natural  History  Society  of  New  Brunswick 
Academic  Imperiale  des  Sciences 
Biblioth^que  Imperiale  Publique 
Etat  Major  du  Corps  des  Ingenieurs  des  Mines  de  Russia 
Gidrographitsheskii  Deportament  Morskago  Ministerstva 
Imper.  Eusskoe  Geographitsheskoe  Obshtshestvo 
Russisch-Kaiserliche  Mineralogische  Gesellschaft 
Soci^te  Entomologique  de  Russie 

Essex  Listitute 

Kon.  Kais.  Landwirthschaft  Gesellschaft  .        • 
California  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  .        . 

Universidad  de  Chile 

Skandinaviske  Naturforskeres  Forsamling 

Entomologischer  Verein 

Bureau  de  la  Recherche  Gdologique  de  la  Sufede 

Kongliga  Svenska  Vetenskaps  Akademien 

Soci^t^  d'  Histoire  Naturelle      .... 

Deutsche  Ornithologe  Gesellschaft    . 

Verein  fiir  Vaterlandische  Naturkunde    .        • 

Schvveizerische  Entomologische  Gesellschaft    . 

Soci^t^  Vaudoise  des  Sciences  Naturelles. 

Koniglich  Saechsische  Akademie  fiir  Forst-und  Land 

wirthe 

Reale  Accademia  delle  Scienze . 

Canadian  Institute 

Academic  des  Sciences,  Inscriptions  et  BeUes-Lettres 

Kongliga  Vetenskaps  Societeten 

Provinciaal    Utrechtsch   Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en 

Wetenschappen  .        .        .        ,        , 

Istituto  Veneto  di  Scienze,  Lettere  ed  Arti 
Accademia  d'  Agricoltura,  Commercio  ed  Arti 

Smithsonian  Institution 

Kaiserliche  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften 


Paris. 

Penzance. 
Philadelphia. 

Portland. 
Prag. 


Presburg. 

Quebec. 

Regensburg. 


Riga. 

Rotterdam. 
St.  Gallen. 
St.  Johns,  N.  B. 
St.  P^tersbourg. 


Salem,  Mass. 

Salzburg. 

San  Francisco. 

Santiago. 

Scandinavia. 

Stettin. 

Stockholm. 

Strasbourg. 

Stuttgart. 

Switzerland. 


Tharand. 

Torino. 

Toronto. 

Toulouse. 

Upsala. 

Utrecht. 
Venezia. 
Verona. 

Washington,  D.  C. 
Wien. 


153 


Kon.  Kais.  Central- Anstalt  fiir  Meteorologie  und  Erdmag- 

netismus 

Kon.  Kais.  Geologische  Eeichsanstalt 
Kon.  Kais.  Zoologisch-Botanische  Gesellschaft , 
Wiener  Entomologische  Monatschrift 
Vei-ein  fur  Naturkunde      .... 
American  Antiquarian  Society .        .        . 
Wiirzburger  naturwissenschaftliche  Zeitschrift 
Naturforschende  Gesellscliaft    .        •       •       . 


Wien. 


Wiesbaden. 
Worcester,  Mass. 
Wiirzburg. 
Zurich. 


154 


o 

H 

O 
O 

m 
o 

H 
cc 
O 

pq 


&  >" 
^^  o 

I?;  t= 

H 

o 
pq 


^SS^^??S8S8       SS3 

s 

?i 

1^ 

0(M        CO                    t-rH              rH 

oT 

rH 

lo             ■* 

i-i 

^ 

u 

11 . 

. 

^H     S 

S  O 

3                 -2     SS 

05 a    -ai  d    ■ 

^ 

1 

"S 

a: 

r3  cs 

li  -lilji!! 

.2 

h  paid  as  fo 
Buildinj?,  p 
iture  for  Nc 
ual  and  I'ro 
ral  Expensf 
let 

iry,  paid  on 
ed  tempora 
of  Massacl 
of  Boston, 
Receivable, 

est  paid  on 

-2 
a 

PQ 

A 

rH   ft 

< 

Oi 

8§8S88[::§§    ^ 

ggoggg^oo 

Sg 

§ 

CO 

lOOiCTjiidccsco     cc 

oc 

5  0  0  (M  t^  0 

Ot-^ 

t- 

§gS^Sg§8^    S 

sss;5^s^ 

g§ 

^ 

t 

coco          ij^-oo 

T-l 

rH 

s" 

^ 

s 

«              a    qt 

' 

E: 2   •ll 

• 

• 

0                 »     ts     'S 

§  ••'g  -i  •'S  -2 

. 

S 

-o 

^ 

.l!llllls.li 

=  5  OS  S^  ii-J  =* 

• 

PI 

0 

2 

o 

1 

§|a 

_2     co-go 

1 

0 

o 

M 
o 

s 

1 

_i^ 

• 

^^ 

2 

i--Hi 

'S 

iH   ftrH 

3, 

<5 

-< 

O 


w 


155 


►73 


►c  "ts  *:3  t; 's  *t3 
S.  S.  S.  S.  H.  2. 
o  s,  a  5-'  E  S.'  £■  5-' 

p  o  3  •    --  !r*  ;5_;  , 


a. 


r     O 


■3=- 

:2a 


0-0      o     ■* 

2.S5    S- 
•  5=  :i  •  • 


;  =  a 


w 

o 

c! 
<1 

«| 

H    O 

ft 
> 


9 


156 


fl 

Jo 

8 

§ 

8 

^d 

8 

Q 

i 

i 

^    J5 

r- 

03 

^§  .g^ 

•1  • 

33     o-d 

II  ill 

g 
W 

-5        ^^^  fi 

.Scg 

03   r 

1 

-a 
o 

o 

.    CS     S  .ti  C^H 

• 

^•►2« 

1 

l-l 

^^i!0^ 

^ 

fi^fl 

^ 

1 

p 

^ 

PQ 

;  C 

: 

w 

t>> 

K 

pq 

H 

a 

•^       ^ 

•t-1  J 

8 

a 

^-gi 

t 

^ 

O        ^ 

";^S 

P4 
< 

8 

8 

"8 

O 

Q 

g 

f2 

Q 

o 

o 

^ 

iH 

<^ 

€& 

Iz; 

M 

\' 

'6 

a 

^  fl-S  • 

•^ 

pH     • 

o 

ll. 

t 

^Si- 

^ 

1 

w 

^ 

Si  §".» 

w 

1  ■ 

S 

o 

sill 

O 

1 

pq 

■s 
•^ 

O  OS 

tc 

2 

2 

o 

rj 

a 

S 

Eh 

^ 

^1                    ^§ 

^ 

|So              ^5  fti 

(4 

o 

•<i 

Pi 

1 

o 


157 


It  will  be  perceived  that  there  is  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer,  in 
account  with  the  Walker  Fund,  a  balance  of  .  .  .  814G.95 
In  his  hands  in  acc't  with  the  Bulfinch  St.  Estate        .         .         731.61 


Together,  . 
And  that  there  is  a  balance  due  him  on  general  acc't  of 

Making  the  actual  balance  in  his  hands 
of  all  the  acc'ts  rendered. 


$878.56 
397.05 

$481.51 


NEW  BUILDING   AND   CASES. 

The  full  cost  of  our  New  Building,  including  commissions  for  architec- 
tural services,  and  not  including  the  cases,  has  been       $94,393.80 
The  cases,  including  architect's  commissions,  have  cost  10,003.36 


Makins:  tojiether 


$104,397.16 

A  result  with  which  the  Society  certainly  has  reason  to  be  gratified 
as  such  a  building,  with  the  cases,  could  not  now  be  built  for  a  sum 
less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  to  one  hundred  and  sixty  thousand 
dollars. 


PROPERTY  OF   THE   SOCIETY. 


As  Treasurer  of  the  Society  I  reported  the  property  May  1st,  1862, 


as  worth,  exclusive  of  the  Library  and  Cabinet 

May  1st,  1863,  it  was  valued  at       ...         . 
May  1st,  1864  it  was  valued  at       ...         . 
and  now.  May  1st,  1865,  it  sums  up    . 

This  consists  of 
The  Estate  in  Bulfinch  Street    .        .        .    $30,000.00 

Courtis  Fund     .  ' 10,000.00 

New  Building 94,393.80 

Furniture 10,095.05 

Balance  due  on  unsettled  account       .         .  24.42 

Walker  Fund 41,105.00 


$185,618.27 

Less  due  to  Trustees  of 

Courtis  Fund,  borrowed, 

$8,339.71 

And  to  the  Treasurer      . 

.      397.05           8,736.76 

.$85,001.49 
.  133,497.80 
.  142,512.47 
.176,881.51 


$176,881.51 


158 


This  is,  as  stated  above,  exclusive  of  Library  and  Cabinet.  I  will 
not  undertake  to  estimate  the  value  of  our  property  in  the  estate  of 
our  late  benefactor,  Dr.  Wm.  J.  Walker.  It  suffices  me  to  know  that 
in  resigning  the  office  of  Treasurer,  I  leave  to  my  successor  the 
pleasing  task  of  showing,  on  our  next  anniversary,  means  of  usefulness 
beyond  what  our  most  sanguine  anticipations  could  have  looked  for. 

With  regard  to  the  income  that  can  be  depended  upon  from  our 
present  property  and  from  assessments  on  members,  &c.,  I  present 
the  following  as  approximate  results : 
From  Estate  Bulfinch  Street Si, 000 


Assessments  on  members 
Comlis  Fund  (note  of  S3,000)  . 
Walker  Fund  (notes  of  $41,105) 
Admission  fees  of  new  members 


1,000 
180 

2,466 
200 


Making  In  all  .         .        .        .        $4,846 
Of  this,  however,  one  half  of  the  income  from  the  Walker 
fund  is  not  available  for  general  purposes.     Deduct  this  1,233 

And  we  have  for  general  purposes $3,613 

Our  expenses  as  we  are  now  going  on  may  be  estimated  as 
follows : 

Custodian  and  Janitor $1,500 

Other  assistance 200 

Stationery,  printing,  cards,  &c 300 

Expressage,  transportation,  &c 100 

Coal,  &c 500 

Gas  and  Water 100 

Insurance   ......••.•  75 

Repaii-s 200 

Sundries  not  mentioned -  200 

Making .        $3,175 

This,  of  course,  is  a  rough  estimate,  and  the  actual  amount  may  be 
less  or  more  according  as  economy  is  regarded.  Allowing  our  receipts 
and  expenditures  to  be  as  indicated,  there  would  be  something,  say 
So 00  left  for  publications  and  purchase  of  specimens.  This  is  all 
based,  however,  upon  circumstances  being  much  as  at  present,  our 
house  in  Bulfinch  Street  let  and  no  change  in  management.  Of 
course,  with  the  expected  accession  of  wealth  and  the  projected 
changes  in  our  operations  these  figures  may  have  but  little  value. 

The  one  half  of  the  Walker  Fund  not  available  for  general  pur- 
poses, may  in  part  be  used  for  a  portion  of  the  estimated  expenses 
above,  but  probably  not  enough  of  it  to  vary  essentially  the  result. 


159 


Mr.  Edward  Pickering,  on  behalf  of  the  Auditing  Commit- 
tee, stated  that  they  had  examined  the  accounts  of  the 
Treasurer  and  found  them  correctly  cast  and  properly 
vouched,  and  had  signed  statements  to  that  effect  upon 
the   books. 

The  Secretary  read  a  letter  addressed  to  the  President 
from  the  Curator  of  Botany,  Mr.  Sprague,  resigning  that  office, 
giving  an  account  of  the  vast  progress  in  his  department  dur- 
ing the  twelve  years  that  he  had  charge  of  it,  and  the  amount 
of  work  expended  upon  it,  and  suggesting  the  name  of  Mr. 
Horace  Mann  as  his  successor. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  then  declared  elected  Offi- 
cers of  the  Society  for  the  year  1865-6  : 

PRESIDE>-T, 

JEFFRIES    WY^IAX,   M.D. 

VICE-PRESIDENT. 

CHAKLES  T.  JACKSON,  M.D.,    AUGUSTUS  A.  GOULD,  M.D. 

CORRESPO^'DI^fG    SECRETARY, 

SAMUEL    L.  ABBOT,  MJ). 

RECORDING    SECRETARY, 

SAMUEL  H.    SCUDDER. 

TREASURER, 

EDWARD   riCKERING. 

LIBRARIAN, 

SAMUEL   H.    SCUDDEE. 

CUSTODIAN, 


CURATORS, 

THOMAS   T.   BOUVfi,  Of  Geology  and  Paleontology. 

THOMAS    M.    BREWER,  M.D-.  Oology. 

HENRY   BRYANT,  MJD.,  Ornithology. 

F.  W.   rUTNAM,  Ichthyology. 

JAMES  C.    WHITE,  M.D.,  SIammalogy  and  Com.  Anatomy. 

SA3IUEL  H.  SCUDDER,  Entomology. 

B.  JOY  JEFFRIES,  M.D.,  Microscopy. 

FRANCIS   H.  BROWN,  M.D.,  Herpetology. 

CHARLES  PICKERING,  M.D..  Ethnology. 

ALPHEUS  HYATT,  Conchology. 

A.  S.  PACKARD,  JR.,  Crustacea. 

A.  E.  VERRILL,  Radiata. 

THOMAS  T.  B0UV1&,  Mineralogy. 

HORACE  MANN,  Botany. 


160 

The  Nominating  Committee  brought  in  a  list  of  names  as 
candidates  for  office  dming  the  ensuing  year,  leaving  the 
office  of  Custodian  vacant,  and  asking  that  further  time  might 
be  given  them  for  that  appointment.  They  also  suggested 
that,  in  consideration  of  the  amount  of  property  now  held 
by  the  Society,  and  the  great  increase  expected,  a  commit- 
tee of  three  be  chosen  to  act  as  Trustees. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  J.  C.  White,  the  thanks  of  the  Society 
were  unanimously  voted  to  Mr.  Bouve,  Treasurer,  for  his  able 
and  untiring  services  during  his  tenure  of  the  office. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson,  the  thanks  of  the  Society 
were  unanimously  voted  to  Mr.  Sprague  for  the  efficient  and 
laborious  effiDrts  bestowed  by  him  during  the  last  twelve  years 
in  the  care  of  the  Botanical  Collection. 

The  proposition  of  the  Nominating  Committee  for  the 
appointment  of  Trustees,  was  then  taken  up,  and  Mr.  Bouve 
gave  notice  that  the  necessary  change  in  the  By-Laws  to 
allow  of  Trustees  would  be  brought  up  at  the  next  meeting. 
After  some  discussion  it  was  voted,  on  motion  of  Mr.  Stodder, 
that  a  Committee  of  three  be  chosen, to  be  nominated  by  the 
Chair,  who  should  draw  up  the  necessary  amendment  to  the 
By-Laws,  and  report  at  the  next  meeting.  The  Chair  nom- 
inated the  Treasurer,  and  Messrs.  Bouve  and  Sprague ;  and 
they  were  elected. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  H.  W.  Williams,  it  was  voted  that  the 
Committee  on  Nominations  be  requested  to  bring  in  at  the 
next  meeting  the  names  of  two  other  persons  besides  the 
Treasurer  to  act  as  Trustees. 

The  Report  of  the  Building  Committee  being  called  for, 
Mr.  Bouve  announced  on  their  behalf  that  the  full  cost  of 
the  new  building,  including  commission  for  architectural  ser- 
vices, and  not  including  the  cases,  has  been  $94,393.80,  and 
that  the  cases,  including  architect's  commissions,  have  cost 
$10,003.36,  making  a  total  of  $104,397.16,  a  result  with  which 
the  Society  certainly  has  reason  to  be  gratified,  as  such  a 
building  with  the  cases  could  not  now  be  built  for  a  sum  less 
than  $150,000  to  $160,000.  With  this  report  the  Committee 
ask  the  Society  to  accept  of  the  building  and  discharge  them 
from  further  duty. 


161 

The  Society  voted  to  accept  tlie  report,  and  discliarge  the 
Committee,  with  their  thanks. 

Tlie  Committee,  appointed  by  the  Council,  upon  the 
"Walker  Prizes,  announced  that  a  circular  had  been  pre- 
pared, which  was  distributed  to   the  members  present. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson,  the  Society  voted  to  in- 
vite the  Massachusetts  Medical  Association  to  \isit  the 
Museum  during  their  coming  Session  in  this  city. 

The  Secretary  read  the  following  list  of  letters  received 
since  the  last  announcement :  — 

From  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  July  27th,  1864  ;  the  Natur- 
historischer  Verein  der  preussischen  Rheinlande  und  Westphalens, 
October  26th,  1864;  the  AthenaBum,  London,  Nov.  3d,  1864;  the 
Bataafsch  Genootschap  der  Proefondervindelijke  Wijsbegeerte  te  Rot- 
terdam; the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  zu  Basel;  the  Sencken- 
bergische  JSTaturforschende  Gesellschaft,  Frankfurt,  a.  M. ;  the  Natur- 
•wissenschaftUche  Yerein,  Luneburg;  the  Entomological  Society  of 
London,  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  Dec.  13th,  1864 ; 
the  Kongehge  Danske  Videnskabernes  Selskab,  Kjobenhavn,  Dec.  27th, 
1864,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications;  the  Lin- 
nean  Society,  London,  October  7th,  1864 ;  the  St.  Gallischen  naturwis- 
senschaftliche  Gesellschaft,  St.  Gallen ;  and  the  Real  Academia  de  Cien- 
cias,  Madi'id,  October  26th,  1864  ;  the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft 
in  Emden,  the  Naturhistorischer  Verein  in  Augsburg,  the  Academic 
Royale  des  Sciences  a  Amsterdam ;  the  Kaiserliche  Akademie  der 
Wissenschaften,  Wien  ;  the  Accademia  delle  Scienze  dell'  Istituto  di 
Bologna ;  the  Konigiiche  Siichsische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften, 
Leipzig;  and  the  Societe  des  Sciences  de  Finlande,  Helsingfors,  De- 
cember 13th,  1864,  acknowledging  the  same  and  presenting  their  own 
publications ;  the  Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  etc.,  de  Lyon, 
February  1st,  1864;  the  Geological  Survey  of  India,  June  20th,  and 
Nov.  5th,  1864 ;  the  Societe  Imperiale  d'Agriculture,  etc.,  de  Lyon, 
Aug.  24th,  1864  ;  the  Naturhistorische  Gesellschaft  zu  Niirnberg,  Sept. 
20th,  1864;  the  Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein,  Hamburg;  the  Konig- 
liche-Preussische  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Berlin,  and  the  Natur- 
forschende Gesellschaft,  Frankfurt,  a.  M.,  Oct.  26th,  1864;  the  Albany 
Institute,  Albany,  N.  Y.,  November  2d,  1864  ;  and  the  Societe  Royale 
des  Sciences  a  Upsal,  December  13th,  1864,  presenting  their  pubhca- 
tions ;  the  Naturhistorische  Gesellschaft  zu  Hannover,  October  26th, 
1864,  presenting  their  publications  and  asking  for  back  numbers  of  the 
Society's;  BibUotheca  Universitatis  Lugduno-Batava3,  December  13th, 

FROCEEDIiTGS  B.  S.  If.  H. — VOL.  X.  11  JFEBEUARY,  1866. 


162 

1864,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications  and  ask- 
ing for  back  numbers  of  the  same ;  also  from  Mr.  George  W.  Tryon, 
Jr.,  Philadelphia,  September  21st,  1864;  and  ^Mr.  John  T.  Gulick, 
Hong  Kong,  December,  7th,  1864,  acknowledging  their  election  as 
Corresponding  Members ;  and  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Convention 
of  Young  Men's  Clii-istian  Associations  of  the  United  States  and 
British  Provinces,  June  16th,  1864,  acknowledging  courtesies  tendered 
by  the  Society  to  their  Delegates  during  a  recent  visit  to  Boston. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
John  Ritchie,  Esq.,  of  BrookUne ;  Messrs.  Charles  E.  and 
Walter  Faxon,  of  Jamaica  Plain ;  Mr.  Joshua  G.  Nickerson, 
of  this  city,  and  Mr.  Charles  H.  Tweed,  of  Cambridge. 


DONATIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM. 

October  5.  Chelydra  serpentina  from  near  Boston,  by  Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve;  Cis- 
tudo  virffinica,  Wilmington,  Mass.,  by  Mr.  L.  L.  Holden.  Galena  from  the 
Hampton  Mines,  Northampton,  Mass.,  by  Mr.  W.  T.  Eustis.  Tcenia  solmm,  by 
Mr.  Fox.  Collection  of  fourteen  specimens  offish,  eleven  specimens  of  reptiles, 
four  insects,  Anacardium  occidentale,  etc.,  eight  specimens,  from  San  Juan  de  los 
Remedios,  Cuba,  by  Mr.  N.  H.  Bishop.  Thirty-eight  specimens  of  fish  from  the 
Milwaukee  river,  Wis.  ;  two  hundred  specimens  of  fish,  from  Lake  Goodwin, 
Marquette  Co.,  Mich. ;  fifty-seven  specimens  of  Unionidce  from  Kankaka,  Kan- 
kakee river;  twenty-six  specimens  of  minerals  and  seventeen  specimens  of  fos- 
sils, from  Nova  Scotia;  three  stalactites,  from  Yellowstone  river,  Nebraska;  four 
specimens  of  fossils  and  minerals,  from  Maine;  seventy-three  specimens  of  fossils 
and  minerals  from  Northern  Michigan;  two  rock  specimens  from  New  Hamp- 
shire; eleven  minei-als  from  Massachusetts;  forty-five  specimens  of  fossijs  and 
minerals,  from  Illinois ;  nineteen  geological  specimens,  from  Europe,  and  three 
from  St.  Josephs,  Mo. ;  an  Indian  arrow-head,  from  a  mound  near  Chicago,  111. ; 
anthracite,  from  Reading,  Pa.;  minerals,  from  Calcutta,  and  Valparaiso,  South 
America;  sixty-six  specimens  iron  ore  and  rock  specimens  and  a  fish-hawk, 
from  Marquette  Co.,  Mich. ;  fifteen  specimens  of  insects  from  Goodwin  Lake, 
Mich.,  by  j\Ir.  W.  H.  Dall.  Menobranchus  maculatus,  Chicago  river,  by  Mr. 
Samuel  Clark.  Sixty-two  specimens  of  Mollusca,  by  Mr.  Charles  A.  Johnson. 
A  book  containing  twenty-nine  specimens  of  sea-mosses,  from  Lynn  Beach,  by 
Mr.  N.  Willis.     Corydcdis  cornutus,  from  Lynn,  by  Mr.  W.  L.  Parker. 

October  19.  Base  of  lower  jaw  of  Sperm  whale,  by  Mr.  W.  P.  Kuhn.  Two 
Indian  crania,  a  stone  mortar  and  two  pestles,  from  Stockton,  Cal.,  by  Dr.  C.  F. 
Winslow.  An  Indian  stone  household  implement  from  Sandwich,  ]\Iass.,  and 
three  fossil  bones  from  Gay  Head,  Martha's  Vineyard,  by  Mr.  E.  A.  Brigham. 
Seven  specimens  Arachnida  and  Myriapoda  from  the  Isle  of  Pines,  by  Mr.  S.  H. 
Scudder. 

November  2.  Batrachus  from  Cohasset,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant.  Twenty-six  speci- 
mens of  Fishes  and  Reptiles  from  Pennachenee  Lake,  Maine,  by  Messrs.  E.  F. 


163 

Snow  and  H.  C.  "Whittier.  Phalaropus  Wihonii  in  breeding  plumage,  by  Mr.  Thure 
Kuralein.  Seven  specimens  of  insects  and  thirty-four  Helices,  from  Hartt's 
Location,  White  Mountains,  N.  H.,  by  Dr.  S.  A.  Bemis.  Two  deformed  lobster 
"  claws  "  from  Provincetown,  Mass.,  by  Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood.  A  number  of  casts 
of  fossils,  from  Prof.  H.  A.  Ward,  by  exchange.  A  Lizard  and  its  eggs,  from  La 
Huecaon  the  River  Chira,  near  the  Bay  of  Paita,  S.  A.;  two  Lizards  from  the 
cliffs  on  the  Bay  of  Paita,  S.  A. ;  two  Sepiae,  from  the  Bay  of  Paita ;  two  frogs  col- 
lected between  the  borders  of  Equador  and  Quito,  taken  at  an  elevation  of  9,000 
feet  above  the  sea:  an  Annelid,  Equador,  taken  at  an  elevation  of  7,000  to 
8,000  feet;  one  hundred  and  sixty-seven  specimens  of  insects,  from  P'quador,  by 
Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow.  Pemmican,  from  the  Red  River  Settlements,  British  North 
America,  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder.  Cyanurus  cristatus  and  Icterus  Baltimorl,  from 
near  Boston,  by  Mr.  E.  A.  Brigham.  Six  specimens  of  Copper  and  Lead  ores 
from  Middletown,  Conn. ;  Peat,  from  Lexington,  Mass.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson. 

November  16.  Thirty-three  ]\Iexican  masks,  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
forty-five  specimens  of  fossil  bones,  from  Riobamba,  S.  A. ;  a  Criistacean,  from 
Mansanilla,  Mexico;  Brenthus  taken  on  shipboard  in  the  Gnlf  of  Mexico, 
by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow.  Lignite,  from  Dutch  Cap  Canal,  James  River, 
Va.,  by  Dr.  S.  A.  Green.  Salamander,  from  Jamaica  Plain,  by  Mr.  R.  Scott. 
Procijon  lotor,  Raccoon,  living,  by  Dr.  W.  E.  Coale.  Silver  sword  grass, 
from  Mauna  Loa,  Sandwich  Islands,  by  ^liss  Kingman.  Brucite  and  Py- 
romorphite,  from  Pennsylvania,  by  Mr.  E.  L.  Sturtevant.  Skull  of  Polar 
Bear,  Ursus  maritimus,  from  Hudson's  Bay,  by  W.  M.  Thompson.  Two  seed 
vessels,  by  Mrs.  Fielding.  Romalea,  from  Jacksonville,  Florida,  by  Mr.  A.  L. 
Miller.  Ostraa,  from  the  Southern  States,  or  West  Indies,  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder. 
Twenty-nine  specimens  of  nests  and  eggs  of  birds,  collected  by  Xanthus  and 
others  in  Mexico  and  West  Indies ;  four  hundred  and  ninety-six  specimens  of  land 
shells,  fromMatanzas  and  Flor  de  Cayo  near  Remedios,  Cuba;  fifty-six  speci- 
mens of  Lepidoptera,  from  Flor  de  Cayo,  Cuba;  five  hundred  and  nine  speci- 
mens of  Mollusca,  from  Cape  St.  Lucas ;  sixty-one  specimens  of  ]\Iollusca,from  Car^ 
denas,  Cuba;  a  small  collection  of  skulls  and  stei-nal  bones  of  birds  from  Massa- 
chusetts, Labrador  and  the  Bahama  Islands;  seventy-three  alcoholic  specimens 
of  Mollusca,  and  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  alcoholic  specimens  of  Insects 
from  San  .Juan  de  los  Remedios,  Cuba ;  one  hundred  and  seventy-five  Lepidop- 
tera, from  France  and  Switzerland;  three  hundred  and  fifty-five  insects,  mostly 
coleopterous,  from  Algeria;  two  hundred  and  seventy-eight  specimens  of  Coleop- 
tera,  from  France ;  one  hundred  and  ninety-four  native  insects,  by  Dr.  H.  Bry- 
ant. Snake  and  tree  toad,  from  Petersburg,  Va.,  by  M.  F.  Andemach.  Two 
hundred  and  twenty-seven  specimens  of  Mollusca  from  Cuba,  by  Seiior  D. 
Francisco  Jimeno.  Twenty-six  specimens  of  fossils  from  St.  Albans,  Vt.,  Mad- 
ison and  Canaan,  Me.,  by  Mr.  L.  Hills. 

December  7.  Model  of  a  Diamond,  from  North  Carolina,  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould. 
Lignite,  from  Dutch  Gap  Canal,  Va.,  by  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Hitchcock.  Eighteen 
specimens  of  coal  plants  from  Pennsylvania,  eleven  samples  of  coal,  from  Ply- 
mouth, Pa.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.  One  hundred  and  seventeen  specimens  of 
Mollusca,  probably  from  Cape  de  Verde  Islands,  by  Mr.  N.  H.  Bishop.  Four 
specimens  of  jaws  andvertebroeof  sharks  and  the  sword  fish,  from  Provincetown, 
Mass.,  by  Capt.  N.  S.  Atwood.  Part  of  the  lower  jaw  of  the  moose,  from  Lake 
Superior,  by  ^Ir.  Todd.  Organic  tissues  of  Klephas  primigenius  Blum.,  from  the 
Lena  river,  Siberia,  by  Dr.  W.  Channing.  Skull  of  Beaver,  from  Lake  Superior, 
by  ^Ir.  W.  H.  Dall.  Diaphomera  femornta.,  from  Boston,  by  ]Mr.  C.  .J.  Sprague. 
Eupyrgus  scaber,  twenty-five  specimens  of  Turrittlla  reticulata  Mighels;  thirteen 


164 

specimens  of  Ophioglyplia  nodosa  Lyman,  from  Labrador,  by  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. 
Five  hundred  and  seventy  seeds  of  plants,  from  Burmah,  E.  I.,  by  Rev.  Dr. 
Francis  Mason.  Fifty  specimens  of  copper,  lead  and  silver  ores,  from  South 
America;  two  Indian  hatchets,  from  Bordentown,  N.  J. ;  Wheat  and  Barley, 
from  Egj-ptian  mummies;  fossil  mollusk,  from  mine  at  Huantajaya,  Peru,  S.  A.; 
spmdle  and  cotton  from  Quilca,  Pei-u,  purchased  by  subscription  at  the  Sailor's 
Fair. 

December  21.  Fourteen  specimens  of  rocks  and  'minerals,  from  Chester, 
Mass.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.  Ten  specimens  of  Carnelian,  from  the  mountains 
west  of  Madras,  India;  Geode  from  volcanic  scoriae,  from  Aden  on  the  Red  Sea,  by 
Mr.  W.  H.  Dall.  Twenty-three  specimens  of  Crustacea,  from  England ;  Infusoi'ial 
earth,  from  Cornwallis,  Nova  Scotia,  twenty-eight  bird's  eggs,  from  Nova  Scotia; 
Sargasso  weed,  eight  specimens  of  Crustacea,  one  Annelid,two  Echinoderms,  forty- 
six  MoUusca,  and  claw  of  a  gigantic  Lobster,  all  from  Sable  Island,  coast  of 
Nova  Scotia,  by  Mr.  J.  R.  Willis.  Skull  and  bones  of  a  Shark,  from  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  south  of  the  Gulf  Stream;  bones  of  another  species,  from  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  one  thousand  miles  north  of  Isthmiis  of  Panama ;  three  Reptiles  and  two 
Scorpions,  from  Tule,  one  hundred  and  eighty  miles  north  of  Mazatlan,  by  Mr. 
J.  Robei-tson. 

January  4, 1865.  Anastase,  from  Smithfield,  R.  I.,  by  Rev.  E.  B.  Eddy. 
Specimens  of  dry  goods,  destroyed  by  spontaneous  combustion;  four  specimens 
of  Paludina,  from  Duval  Bluff,  Lake  Munroe,  FL;  a  Stone  Hatchet,  from  Graf- 
ton, ]\Iass.,  by  Mr.  E.  A.  Brigham.  Six  insects  and  an  Echiuoderm,  from  Paita, 
Peru,  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow.  Fossil  Shark's  tooth,  from  near  the  Petersburg  and 
Richmond,  Va.,  Railroad,  by  Dr.  S.  A.  Green.  Lynx  canadensis,  from  Umbagog 
Lake,  Maine,  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Rich.  Two  specimens  of  Orthoptera,  twenty-two 
Neuroptera,  nineteen  Hemiptera,  one  hundred  and  fifteen  Coleoptera,  forty-eight 
Diptera,  thirty-five  Lepidoptera,  two  hundred  and  thirty  Hymenoptera,  twelve 
Myriapoda,  six  Annelids,  one  hundred  and  sixty  Mollusca,  sixteen  Salamanders, 
sixteen  eggs  of  Tropidonotus,  five  bird's  eggs,  nine  hundred  fish,  and  forty  other 
zoological  specimens  from  Northern  Maine,  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam.  An  abnor- 
mal specimen  of  the  Orange,  by  Mr.  R.  H.  Eddy. 

January  18.  Casts  of  Ichthyosaurus  communis  and  Castor  ohioensis,  received  in 
exchange  from  Prof.  H.  A.  Ward.  Sixteen  Birds,  from  Massachusetts,  by  Dr. 
Aten.  Duck,  from  the  East  Indies,  by  Mr.  P.  A.  Gidney.  A  Varied  Thrush, 
shot  m  Ipswich,  Mass,  by  Mr.  James  T."  Smith.  Twenty-three  eggs  of  North 
American  birds ;  Presbyiis,  from  Siam,  by  i\Ir.  W.  L.  Parker.  Skull  of  a  Por- 
poise, from  the  Mediterranean,  jaw  of  a  Shark,  a  Frog,  two  birds,  seven  rep- 
tiles, two  Salamanders,  two  Centipedes  from  Cape  Haytien,  one  fish  and  a 
fungus,  by  Dr.  B.  S.  Shaw. 

Februxiry  1.  Calcite,  from  Martinsburg,  N.  Y.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.  Thirty- 
four  eggs  of  North  American  Birds,  thi'ee  specimens  of  Sturnella  magna,  three 
specimens  of  Quiscalus  versicolor,  Arvicola  xanthognathus,  from  Yukon  River,  two 
hundred  miles  south-west  of  Porcupine  River;  Scalops  argentatu-s,  from  Peoria, 
111.;  Eremophila  cornuia,  from  San  Diego,  Cal. ;  Pica  ludoviciana,  Picahudsonica, 
Cyanura  niacrolophus  and yEgralites  voci/erus,  Tyrannus  veclicalis,  Pipilo  arcticus, 
Jlirundo  lunifrons,  CoUyrio  elegans,  two  specimens  of  Tetrao  obscurus,  Athene 
cunicularia,  Falco  sparverius,  Sciurus  Fremontii,  S.  Aberiii,  and  Cynomys  ludo- 
vicianus,  from  mountains  west  of  Denver  City,  Colorado  Terr. ;  Tardus  migrat07'ius, 
from  Fort  Rae,  Great  Slave  Lake ;  Turdus  alicice,  T.  Swainsonii,  Sciurus  ludo- 
vicianus,  by  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences.  Microscopic  objects,  mostly 
Diatomaceaj  from  St.   George's  River,  Maine;  Neuse  River,  N.  C ;  Hull  Inlet; 


165 


Mystic  Pond,  Mass.,  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Greenleaf.  Diatomaceae  from  a  pond  near 
White  ;Moiintain  Notch,  source  of  Saco  River,  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Lewis.  Wing  of  a 
Lepidopterous  insect,  mounted  as  a  microscopic  object,  by  Mr.  T.  Nourse. 

February  15.  Specimens  of  Margarite  and  Emery  from  Chester,  Mass.,  by 
Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.  Cranium  of  an  Inca,  from  Samanca,  Peru,  twelve  Echin- 
odeiTns,  seventy-two  Mollusca,  twenty-nine  Cnistacea,  eight  Annelids,  six  Fish 
and  three  Reptiles,  from  Paita,  Peni;  a  Mp-iapod  and  five  Arachnids,  from  Point 
Galera,  Ecuador;  two  marine  Reptiles  and  a  Fish,  from  the  coast  of  Ecuador; 
a  Crustacean  and  Mollusca,  from  the  anchorage  ofi"  Tumbay  river,  by  Dr.  C.  F. 
Win  slow. 

March  1.  Collection  of  one  hundred  and  six  dried  plants,  from  the  Alps, 
and  three  hundred  and  twenty-two  native  plants,  by  Dr.  C.  G.  Putnam.  Fifty-one 
Coleoptera,  from  the  Pacific  States,  received  in  exchange,  from  Dr.  J.  L. 
LeConte.  Sula  bassana,  Boston  harbor,  by  purchase.  Eel,  from  the  West  In- 
dies, by  Mr.  D.  Pulsifer.  Twelve  hmidred  and  fifteen  plants,  from  Germany, 
by  Col.  J.  Howland.  Twenty-four  plants,  from  Zanzibar,  Africa,  by  the  Essex 
Institute. 

March  15.  Human  Cranium,  by  Mr.  G.  R.  Curtis.  A  living  specimen  of 
Lycopodium  lepidophijllum,  from  Sonora,  ]\Iexico,  and  a  bulb  of  an  amarj^Ui- 
daceous  plant,  by  Mr.  A.  T.  Hall.  Tavo  ]\Iollusca  and  ten  specimens  of  Crus- 
tacea, from  California,  by  Mr.  Samuel  Hubbard.  A  Longicorn  Beetle  and  eight 
nocturnal  Lepidoptera,  from  ]\Ioneague,  Jamaica,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant. 

April  5.  Forty-four  eggs  of  birds,  from  Hopedale,  Labrador,  by  A.  S.  Pack- 
ard, Jr.  Seven  sterna  of  Birds,  three  dissections  of  skulls  of  birds,  fourteen 
Mollusca,  ten  Reptiles,  and  seven  Insects,  from  Moneague,  Jamaica.  Eggs  of 
CHsiocampa  ameHcana  from  Cohasset,  Mass.,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant.  Cast  of  the 
head  of  a  Hottentot,  by  purchase. 


BOOKS  RECEIVED  FROM    OCT.    1864  TO  MAY  3,   1865. 

On  introduced  Species  of  Nova  Scotia.  By  J.  Bernard  Gilpin,  M.  D.  8vo. 
Pamph.    From  the  Author. 

Synopsis  of  the  Bombycidas  of  the  United  States.  By  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. 
Parts  i-ii.     Svo.    Philadelphia,  1864.     From  the  Author. 

Leukosin.  A  new  Substance  found  in  the  Blood  of  Leukaemia.  Also  a  De- 
scription of  another  Crystalline  Body,  found  in  the  Vomitus.  By  James  C. 
White,  ^l.  D.     Svo.      Pamph.     Boston,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Illustrations  of  the  Birds  of  California,  Texas,  Oregon,  British  and  Russian 
America.  By  John  Cassin.  Nos.  vi,  ix  and  x.  Svo.  Philadelphia,  1855. 
From  the  Author. 

Die  Philosophic  in  Cyclus  der  Naturwissenschaften.  Von  Dr.  Adolph  Drechs- 
ler.     Svo.    Pamph.    Dresden,  1863.    From  the  Author. 

Steensti-up,  J.  Japetus,  Sm.  Om  Skjsevheden  hos  Fljmdeme  og  navnlig  cm 
Vandringen  af  det  ovre  Oie  fra  Blindsiden  til  Oiesiden  tvers  igjennem  Horedet, 
m.  m.    Svo.     Pamph.    Kjobenhavn,  1864.    From  the  Author. 

A  Synopsis  of  the  North  American  Gaurinese.  By  Joseph  Trimble  Rothrock, 
B.  S.    8vo.    Pamph.    Boston,  1864.    From  the  Author. 


1G6 

Annual  Meteorological  Synopsis  for  the  year  1864.  Observations  taken  by  J. 
B.  Trembley,  M.  D.    fol.     Paraph.     Toledo,  Ohio.     From  the  Author. 

Kritisk  Ofversigt  af  Finlands  Fisk-Fauaa.  Af  Anders  Johau  Malmgren.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Helsingfors,  1863.     From  the  Author. 

Account  of  some  new  or  little  known  species  of  Fossils  from  Rocks  of  the 
Age  of  the  Niagara  Group.  By  James  Hall.  8vo.  Pamph.  Albany,  1864.  From 
the  Author. 

Embryology  of  the  Star-fish.  By  Alexander  Agassiz.  4to.  Cambridge,  Mass., 
1864.     From  the  Author. 

On  the  Hymeiioptera  of  Cuba.  By  E.  T.  Cresson.  8vo.  Philadelphia,  1865. 
Fi'om  the  Author. 

Description  of  certain  species  of  Diurnal  Lepidoptera,  found  within  the  limits 
of  the  United  States  and  British  America.  No.  4.  By  Wm.  H.  Edwards.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Philadelphia,  1864.     From  the  Author. 

Notes  on  the  Habits  of  some  species  of  Humble  Bees,  and  on  the  Leaf-cutting 
Bee.  By  F.  W,  Putnam.  The  Humble  Bees  of  New  England  and  their  Para- 
sites, etc.  By  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.  8vo.  Paraph.  Salem,  1865.  From  the 
Authors. 

De  la  Sericiculture  dans  la  Gironde.  Par  M.  M.  le  C*  de  Kercado  et  H. 
Trimoulet.     8vo.     Pamph.     Bordeaux,  1863.    From  the  Authors. 

Steenstrup,  Japetus,  og  Liitken,  Chr.  ]\Iindre  Meddelelser  fra  Kjobenhavns 
Universitets  Zoologiske  Museum.  8vo.  Pamph.  Kjubenhavn,  1861.  From 
the  Authors. 

Notices  of  the  Life  and  Writings  of  Carl  Christian  Rafn.  By  Laurent  Etierme 
Boi-ring.     8vo.     Pamph.     Copenhagen,  1854.     From  Mrs.  Rafn. 

Monograph  of  the  Bats  of  North  America.  By  H.  Allen,  M.  D.  Svo.  Paraph. 
Washington,  1864.     From  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Coast  Survey,  showing  the  Progress  of 
the  Survey  during  the  year  1862.  4to.  Washington,  1864.  From  the  Super- 
intendent. 

Bibiiotheca  Historico-Naturalis,  Physico-Chemica  et  Mathematica.  8vo. 
New  York,   January  to  June,  1864.    From  B.  Westerman  &  Co. 

Proofs  that  General  and  Powerful  Currents  have  swept  and  worn  the  siirface  of 
the  Earth.  By  Nathan  Appleton.  Svo.  Pamph.  Boston.  1862.  From  Mr. 
W.  S.  Appleton. 

Contributions  to  the  Natui-al  History  of  the  Bermudas.  By  J.  Matthew  Jones, 
F.  L.  S.  Part  i.  Mollusca.  8vo.  Pamph.  Halifax,  1864.  From  Prof.  S.  F. 
Baird. 

Prof  Silliman's  Report  upon  the  Oil  Property  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Petroleum 
Company  of  New  York.     Svo.     Pamph.     New  York,  1865.     From  C  C  8heqfe. 

Catalogue  of  the  Officers  and  Students  in  Yale  College.  Svo.  Pamph.  New 
Haven,  1864.     From  Yede  College. 

Statement  of  Groton  Soapstone  Quarry  and  Manufactory,  Groton,  Mass.  Svo. 
Paraph.     Boston,  1864.    From  S.  A.  Greene. 

Prospectus,  Der  Thiergarten.  Herausgegeben  von  Dr.  D.  F.  Weinland.  Svo. 
Paraph.     Stuttgart,  1864.     From  Dr.  Weinland. 

Note  sur  les  Mreurs  de  quelques  Reptiles  du  Mexique.  Par  F.  Sumichrast. 
Svo.    Pamph.     Geneva,  1864.     Froin  Henri  de  Saussui-e. 

On  the  Reflection  of  Polarized  Light  from  Polished  Surfaces,  Transparent  and 
Metallic.    By  Rev.  Samuel  Haughton.    4to.     Pamph.    Dublin,  1863. 
On  the  Tides  of  the  Arctic  Seas.    By  Rev.  Samuel  Haughton.    Part  i.    On 


167 

the  Diurnal  Tides  of  Port  Leopold,  North  Somerset.    4to.    Pamph.    Dublin, 
1862.    From  the  Author. 

Classification  of  Polyps;  (Extract  condensed  from  a  Synopsis  of  the  Polypi  of 
the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  under  Captains  Ringgold  and  Kodgers, 
U.S.N.)    By  A.  E.  Verrill.     8vo.     Pamph.     Salem,  1865. 

Report  upon  the  Property  of  the  Essex  and  Lake  Champlain  Ore  and  Iron 
Company.    By  A.  E.  Verrill.    8vo.    Pamph.    Boston,  1865.    From  the  Author. 

Prof.  Winchell  on  the  Prairies  of  the  Mississippi.  8vo.  Pamph.  New  Haven, 
1864. 

The  Soils  and  Subsoils  of  Michigan.  By  Alexander  Winchell,  A.  M.  8vo. 
Pamph.    Lansing,  1865.    From  the  Author. 

On  Cephalization,  and  on  ^legasthenes  and  Microsthenes,  in  Classification; 
(being  in  continuation  of  an  article  on  the  higher  subdivisions  in  the  classifica- 
tion of  mammals).    By  James  D.  Dana.     8vo.    Pamph.    New  Haven,  1863. 

On  Time  Boundaries  in  Geological  History.  On  the  Homologies  of  Insects  and 
Crustaceans.  By  James  D.  Dana.  8vo.  Pamph.  New  Haven,  1863.  From 
the  Author. 

Tableau  des  Donn^es  Numdriques  qui  fixent  159  Cercles  du  Reseau  Pentag- 
onal. Par.  M.  L.  Elie  de  Beaumont.  4to.  Pamph.  Paris,  1863.  From  the 
Author. 

Bidrag  til  Kundskab  om  Echiniderme.  Af  Dr.  Phil.  Chr.  Liitken.  8vo.  Kjo- 
benhavn,  1864. 

Liitken,  Chr.  Nogle  nye  Krybdyr  og  Padder.  8vo.  Pamph.  Kjobenhavn, 
1862. 

Liitken,  Chr.  I  Anledning  af  Hr.  Professor  H.  Kroyers  Kritik  af  mine  Be- 
mserkninger  om  Liparis  lineatus.  8vo.  Pamph.  Kjobenhavn,  1861.  From 
the  Author. 

Reinhardt,  J.  og  Liitken,  Chr.  Bidrag  til  Kundskab  om  Brasiliens  Padder 
og  Krj^bdyr.    Forste  Afdeling.    8vo.    Kjobenhavn.    1861. 

Reinhardt,  J.  og  Liitken,  Chr.  Bidrag  til  det  vestindiske  Origes  og  navnligen 
de  dansk-vestindiske  Oers  Herpetologie.  8vo.  Pamph.  Kjobenhavn,  1863. 
From  the  AuOiors. 

Flora  Brasiliensis.  Edidit  C  F.  P.  de  Martins.  Fasc.  36-38.  fol.  Lipsias, 
1864. 

American  Journal  of  Science.  Second  Sei-ies.  Nos.  104-107, 109, 110,  and 
112-114.    8vo.    New  Haven,  1863-4.    From  Mrs.  B.  D.  Greene. 

The  White  Sulphur  Springs,  Greenbriar  Co.,  Virginia,  with  the  analysis  of 
their  waters.    12mo.    Pamph.    Philadelphia,  1860. 

The  Sweet  Chalybeate  Springs,  commonly  kno^vn  as  the  Red  Sweet  Springs; 
with  an  account  of  their  medicinal  properties  and  the  analysis  of  their  waters. 
12mo.    Pamph.     Philadelphia,  1860.    From  Dr.  S.  Kneeland. 

A  Classified  Index  and  Synopsis  of  the  Animal  Kingdom,  arranged  in  conform- 
ity with  its  organization,  by  the  Baron  Cuvier ;  with  additions  by  Edward  Grif- 
fith.   4to.     London,  1835. 


108 

Synopsis  of  the  Marine  Invertebrata  of  Grand  Menan,  by  William  Stimpson 
4to.    Pamph.    Washington,  1S53.    From  Mr.  James  M.  Barnard. 

Kapport  Historique  sur  les  Progr^s  des  Sciences  Naturelles  depuis  1789,  et  sur 
leur  Etat  actuel.     R^dige  par  M.  Cuvier.    4to.    Paris,  1810. 

Elements  of  Natural  History.  By  John  Stark.  2  vols.  8vo.  Edinburgh,  1828. 
From  Dr.  W.  Channing. 

The  Natural  History  of  Ireland.  By  the  late  William  Thompson,  Esq.  Vol. 
IV.     8vo.     London,  1856. 

Catalogue  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Recent  Shells  in  the  collection  of  C. 
B.  Adams.    8vo.     Pamph.     Middlebury,  1847. 

General  Species  and  Iconography  of  Recent  Shells.  By  L.  C.  Kiener.  Trans- 
lated from  the  French.     By  D.  H.  Storer,  M.  D.    No.  1.     8vo.     Boston,  1837. 

Prodromus  descviptionis  animaliura  vevtebratonim  quas  in  Expeditione  ad 
Oceanum  Pacificura  Septcntrionalem,  Johanue  Rodgers  Duce  a  Republica  Fe- 
darata  raissa,  observavit  et  descripsit.  W.  Stimpson.  8vo.  Pamph.  From  F. 
H.  Brown,  M.  D. 

Note  sur  le  Scirpus  Duvalii  Hopp.,  de  Vayres  (Gironde).  Par  M.  Ch.  Des 
Moulins.    8vo.    Pamph.     Bordeaux,  1858. 

Le  Bassin  Hydrographique  du  Couzeau.  Par  M.  Ch.  Des  Moulins.  8vo. 
Bordeaux,  1864. 

Etudes  Organiques  sur  les  Cuscutes.  Par  M.  Ch.  Des  Moulins.  8vo, 
Toulouse,  1853. 

Erythrffia  et  Cyclamen  de  la  Gironde.  Par  M.  Ch.  Des  Moulins.  8vo. 
Pamph.    Bordeaux,  1851. 

Sur  les  Chrysanth^mes  d'Automne  de  nos  Jardins.  Par  M.  Ch.  Des 
Moulins.    8vo.     Pamph.    Boixleaux,  1858. 

Eclaircissement  sur  une  Question  d' Orthographic.  Par  M.  Ch.  Des  Mou- 
lins.   8vo.     Pamph.    Bordeaux,  1861. 

Congres  Scientifique  de  France.  Tomes  i-v.  8vo.  Bordeaux,  1861.  From 
M.  Des  Moulins. 

Surgical  Memoirs  of  the  Campaigns  of  Russia,  Germany  and  France.  By 
Baron  D.  J.  Larrey,  translated  by  John  C.  Mercer.     8vo.     Philadelphia,  1832. 

Observations  on  the  Changes  of  the  Air  and  the  Epidemical  Diseases  in  the 
Island  of  Barbadoes.     By  WHliam  Hillary,  :M.  D.     8vo.     London,  1766. 

Observ^ations  on  the  Air  and  Epidemic  Diseases  from  the  year  1828  to  1837 
inclusive;  made  by  Dr.  Huxham  at  Plymouth;  translated  from  the  Latin  origi- 
nal.    8vo.     London,  1759. 

Histoire  Naturelle  du  S^n^gal.  Coquillages.  Avec  la  Relation  Abr^gee  d' 
un  .Voyage  fait  en  ce  pays,  pendant  les  ann^es  1749-53.  Par  M.  Adanson.  4to. 
Paris,  1757. 

A  Dictionary'-  of  Chemistry.  By  William  Nicholson.  2  vols.  4to.  London,  1795. 

Description  of  the  distinct,  confluent,  and  innoculated  Small  Pox,  Varioloid 
Disease,  Cow  Pox  and  Chicken  Pox.  By  John  D.  Fisher,  M.  D.  4to.  Bos- 
ton, 1829. 

Midwifciy  illustrated.  By  J.  P.  Maygrier,  M.  D.  Translated  from  the  French 
by  A.  Sidney  Doane,  M.  D.     8vo.    New  York,  1833. 

Practical  Observations  in  Surgerj',  illustrated  with  cases  and  Plates.  By  Wil- 
liam Hey.    8vo.    Philadelphia,  1805.    From  Dr.  J.  W.  RandaU, 


169 

On  the  Devonian  Insects  of  New  Brunswick.  By  Samuel  H.  Scudder.  8vo. 
Pamph.    Fredericton,  1865. 

On  the  occurrence  of  Pieris  Rapce  in  Canada.  By  G.  J.  Bowles.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Montreal,  1864. 

Life  and  Letters  of  David  Coit  Scudder,  Missionary  in  Southern  India.  By 
Horace  E.  Scudder.     8vo.     New  York,  1864. 

An  Account  of  the  Discovery  of  Megalithic  Cysts,  near  Madura,  South  India, 
principally  from  Extracts  of  letters  written  by  the  Rev.  David  C.  Scudder  and 
the  Rev.  William  B.  Capron.     8vo.    Paraph.     Boston,  1865. 

Physiologie  Compar(5e.  Propridt^s  distinctives  entre  les  membranes  vdg^tales 
et  les  enveloppes  des  Insectes  et  des  Crustac^s.  Par  M.  Pay  en.  4to.  Pamph. 
Paris,  lc43. 

Observations  sur  nn  Insecte  qui  attaque  les  Olives,  etc.  Par  M.  Gudrin- 
Mdneville.     4to.     Pamph.     Paris,    1844. 

Opuscula  Entomologica.  Jacobus  Christianus  SchaefFer.  4to.  Regensburg, 
1764. 

Ueber  den  innern  Bau  der  Arachniden.  Von  G.  R.  Treviranus.  4to.  Pamph. 
Nlirnberg,  1812. 

Orthoptera  Nova.  Illustravit  Franciscus  L.  B.  Ocskay.  Anmerkungen  zu 
den  im  vorhergehenden  beschriebeueu  Orthopteren.  Von  Herrn  Professor 
Schummel.    4to.    Pamph.    Bonn,  1832.    From  S.  E.  Scudder. 

Rappel  des  litres  de  M.  F.  E.  Guerin-M(^neville.  Par  M.  de  Gasparin.  4to. 
Paraph.    Pai-is. 

Ecole  d'Ailanticulture.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Gu<^rin-M^neville.   8vo.  Pamph.    Paris. 

Description  d'un  nouveau  Genre  de  Carabiques  de  la  Guin^e  Portugaise.  Par 
M.  E.  Berti-and-Bocande.     8vo.     Pamph.     Paris. 

Note  sur  quelques  Carabiques  de  la  Russie  m^ridionale.  Par  M.  Victor  de 
Motschoulsky.     8vo.     Pamph.  Paris. 

Description  du  Julodis  Onopordi.     Par  M.  Guerin.    8vo.  Pamph.    Paris. 

Description  de  la  Fulgora  Castresii,  (et  lanternaria).  Par  M.  Gu^rin-Mdne- 
Ville.    8vo.     Pamph.     Paris. 

Description  du  genre  Calognathus.  C.  Chevralotti,  (Melasom.).  Par  M. 
Gudrin-MeneviUe.     Svo.    Pamph.     Paris. 

Description  d'une  Esp^ce  nouvelle  de  Porcellion.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Gudrin- 
Meueville.    Svo.    Pamph.     Paris,  1839. 

Catalogue  des  Insectes  coldopteres,  recueillis  par  M.  Gaetano  Osculati,  sur 
les  bords  du  Napo  et  de  I'Amazone.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Gudrin-MeneviUe.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Paris. 

Description  du  genre  Hypoconcha,  nouveaux  Crabes.  Par  M.  Gudrin-Mdne- 
ville.     Svo.     Pamph.     Paris,  1854. 

De  la  ]Mani6re  d'Enseigner  et  d'Etudier  I'HistoIre  NatureUe.  Par  Gabriel 
Grimaud  de  Caux.     Svo.    Pamph.     Paris,  1857. 

Prodrome  d'une  ^lonographie  des  Myzines.  Par  SI.  Gudrin-Mdneville. 
Svo.     Pamph.    Paris,  1837. 

Recherches  sur  les  ISiIaladies  des  Vdgdtaux.  Par  M.  Gudrin-Mdneville.  Svo. 
Pamph.     Paris,  1854. 

Note  sur  un  procddd  cultural  et^  efScace,  eraployd,  par  M.  Thdnard  pour  faire 
pdrir  P  Eumolpe  de  la  Vigne  ou  Ecrivain.  Par  M.  Gudrin-Mdneville.  Svo. 
Pamph.     Paris,  1865. 

Note  sur  les  Accouplements  entre  Coiisanguins  dans  les  Families  ou  Races  des 
principaux  Animaux  domestiques.  Par  M.  Huzard.  Svo.    Pamph.    Paris,  1857. 


170 

Note  sur  une  Larve  d'Insecte  observee  par  ]\I.  Boitel  dans  les  Tiges  de 
Seigle  provenaiit  de  la  Champagne.  Par  I\I.  F.  E.  Gudrin-Mdneville.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Paris,  1851. 

Observations  pour  servir  a  I'Histoire  Naturelle  de  I'Hyl^sine  piniperde,  In- 
secte  destructeur  des  Pins.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Guerin-M^neville.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Paris,  1852.    From  M.  F.  Guerin-Meneville. 

Remarks  on  the  Genus  Galeoscoptes  Cabanis,  with  the  characters  of  two  new 
Genera  and  a  Description  of  Turdus  plumbeus  Linn.  By  Henry  Bryant.  8vo. 
Pamph.    Boston,  1863. 

Nouveau  Manuel  Complet  de  I'Observateur  au  Microscope.  Par  M.  F.  Dn- 
jardin.    24mo.     Atlas  8vo.     Paris,  1842-43. 

Nouveaux  El^mens  de  Botanique  et  de  Physiologic  Veg^tale.  Par  Achille 
Eichard.     8vo.     Paris,  1833. 

Traitd  Pratique  du  Microscope.  Par  le  Dr.  L.  Mandl.  Suivi  de  Recherches  sur 
r  Organisation  des  Animaux  Infusoires,  par  D.  C.  G.  Ehrenberg.  Svo.  Paris, 
1839. 

Observations  sur  Quelques  Maladies  des  Oiseaux.  Par  M.  Flourens.  4to. 
Pamph.    Paris,  1828. 

tjber  einige  Pathologische  Producte  von  Vogeln  und  Saugethieren.  Von  Dr.  E. 
V.  Bibra.    4to.    Pamph.     1847. 

Memoire  sur  les  Phenomenes  Chimiques  et  Physiologiques  que  pr^sentent  les 
Poules  nourries  avec  de  I'Orge.    Par  F.  Sacc.    4to.     Pamph.    Neuchatel,  1849. 

De  Metamorphosi  Rostri  Pici  et  de  Generatione  Mucoris  in  Organismo  Ani- 
mali  vivente.  Programma  quo  ad  audiendam  Orationem  D.  iii,  Nov.,  1821 
(Hor.  XI.)  habendam  invitat  Carolus  Fridericus  Heusinger.  4to.  Pamph. 
Jenae. 

Experiences  sur  les  Canaux  Semi-circulaires  de  1' Oreille  dans  les  Oiseaux. 
Par  M.  Flourens.    4to.    Pamph.    Paris,  1828. 

Sur  les  Deviations  Organiques  provoqu^es  et  observ^es  dans  un  Etablisse- 
ment  d'Incubations  Artificielles.  Par  M.  Geoffrey-Saint-Hilaire.  4to.  Pamph. 
Paris,  1826. 

Schmid,  Christianus.    Dissertatio  de  Pelecano.    4to.    Pamph.   Lipsise,  1570. 

Purkinjis,  Joannis  Ev.  Symbolae  ad  Ovi  Avium  Historiam  ante  Incuba- 
tionem.    4to.    Paraph.     Vratislaviae. 

Tannenbei-g,  Godofredus  Guilielmus.  Dissertatio  Inauguralis  sistens  Spicile- 
gium  Observationum  circa  Partes  genitales  masculas  Avium.  4to.  Pamph. 
GottingJB,  1789. 

Jo.  Casparis  Posneri.  Prolusio  de  Phcenice  qua  Orationem  auspicalem  et 
Publicas  pra^lectiones  indicit.    4to.    Pamph.    Jente,  1700. 

Hildebrand,  C.  F.  Dissertatio  Inauguralis  Medica  sistens  Struthionis  Cameli 
Embryonis  fabricam.     8vo.    Pamph.  Hate,  1805. 

Kohlrausch,  Rudolphus.    De   Avium   Saccorum  Aeriorum  utilitate.     Svo. 
Pamph.     Gotting£e,l?32. 
Schlegel,  H.    Die  Vogels  van  Nederland.     Specimen  sheet.    4to.    Leyden. 

United  States  Exploring  Expedition.  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology.  By 
John  Cassin.     4to.    Atlas,"  fol.     Phihidelphia,  1858. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  List  of  Foreign  Correspondents  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  corrected  to  January,  1862.  8vo.  Pamph.  Wash- 
ington. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Circular  in  reference  to  collecting 
Nests  and  E^!]:.^  of  North  American  Birds.    8vo.     Pamph. 


171 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Instructions  in  reference  to  collecting 
Nests  and  Eggs  of  North  American  Birds.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Circular  iu  reference  to  collecting 
North  American  Shells.    8vo.     Pamph. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Circular  in  reference  to  the  History 
of  North  American  Grasshoppers.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Catalogue  of  the  Reptiles  and  P>atrachian3  found  in  Norway,  Oxford  Co., 
Maine.     By  A.  E.  Yen-ill.     Svo.     Pamph.     Boston,  1863. 

Notes  on  the  Ornithology  of  Labrador.  By  Elliot  Coues.  Svo.  Pamph.  Phila- 
delphia, 1861. 

A  Monograph  of  the  Genus  iEgiothus,  with  descriptions  of  New  Species.  Svo. 
Pamph.     Philadelphia,  1861. 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  North  American  Grouse.  By  Geoi-ge  Suckley, 
M.  D.  Notes  on  Cretaceous  Fossils.  By  W.  M.  Gabb.  Descriptions  of  new  species 
of  American  Tertiary  Fossils  and  a  new  Carboniferous  Cephalopod  from  Texas. 
By  W.  M.  Gabb.    Svo.     Pamph.     Philadelphia,  1861. 

Descriptions  of  new  species  of  the  genus  Unio,  from  the  United  States.  By 
Isaac  Lea,  Description  of  new  species  of  the  genus  To.  By  Isaac  Lea.  A 
Revision  of  the  species  of  Baculites,  described  in  Dr.  Morton's  "  Synopsis  of  the 
Cretaceous  Group  of  the  United  States."  By  W.  M.  Gabb.  On  the  JMoUusca 
of  Harper's  Ferry,  Va.  By  Geo.  W.  Trvon,  Jr.  Svo.  Pamjih.  Philadelphia, 
1861. 

Descriptions  of  three  New  Species  of  Humming-Birds  of  the  genera  Helio- 
master,  Amazilia,  and  Mellisuga.  By  George  N.  Lawrence.  &vo.  Pamph. 
New  York,  1860. 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  Bird  of  the  Genus  Phaeton,  also  of  a  new  spe- 
cies of  the  Humming-Bird  of  the  genus  HeliopjEdica.  By  George  N.  Lawrence. 
Svo.     Pamph.     New  York,  1860. 

An  Englishman's  Descriptive  Account  of  Dublin.  By  Nathaniel  Jeffreys. 
12mo.     London,  1810. 

Revue  Zoologique.  Par  la  Soci^t4  Cuvierienne.  Public  sous  la  Direction 
de  M.  F.  E.  Gu^rin-:Meneville.  1841.    1848,  Nos.  4,  5.    Svo.    Paris. 

Annual  Reports  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  for 
1859  and  1861.     Svo.     Washington. 

Abstract  from  the  Returns  of  the  Agricultural  Societies  in  Massachusetts,  for 
the  year  1845.    By  J.  G.  Palfrey.    Svo.     Boston. 

European  Agriculture  and  Rural  Economy.  From  Personal  Observation.  By 
Henry  Coleman.     Yol.  i,  Part  4.     Yol.  ii,  Parts  9,  10.  Svo.     Boston,  1845. 

A  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Anatomical  Museum  of  the  Boston  Society 
for  Medical  Improvement.     By  J.  B.  S.  Jackson,  M.  D.     Svo.     Boston,  1847. 

Braithwaite's  Retrospect  of  Practical  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Parts  28,  30, 
38-46.     Svo.     New  York,  1854-63. 

A  Dictionary  of  Practical  ]\Iedicine,  by  James  Copeland,  M.  D.  Edited  with 
additions,  by  Charles  A.  Lee,  M.  D.  Svo.  New  York,  1860.  From  Ilenry  Bry- 
ant, M.  D, 

Natuurkundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandsch  Indie.  Tweede  Jaarg.  to  Derde 
Serie,  Deel  iii.    Svo,    Batavia,  1851-7. 

Acta  Societatis  Scientiarum  Indo-Neerlandicae.  Vols,  i,  ii.  4to.  Batavia, 
1856-7. 

Memorias  da  Academia  Real  das  Sciencias  de  Lisboa.    Sciencias  Mathemati- 


172 


cas,  etc.    Nova  Serie,  Tom,  i,  Part  1,  ii,  in,  part  1.  Siencias  Moraes,etc.    Nova 
Serie.     Tom.  i,  ii,  in,  part  1.     4to.     Lisboa,  1854-63. 

Comptes  Rendus  Hebdomadaires  des  Seances  de  I'Acaddmie  des  Sciences. 
Tome  XV,  Nos.  23-25.  xxxvii,  Nos.  1-13  and  22-26.  xxxix.  No.  7.  xl,  Nos. 
15  and  19.  xlii,  No.  14.  xliv,  Nos.  17, 18.  xlvi,  No.  10.  Tables  for  Tomes 
XVI,  xvii,  XXXVII,  xxxix,  and  xlviii.    4to.     Paris,  1842-58. 

The  Pliilosophical  Transactions  and  Collections  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Lon- 
don, 1722-34. 

Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London.  1833,  part  1. 
1842,  part  1.  Alphabeticallndex  from  Vol.  cxi  (1821)  to  Vol.  cxx  (1830).  4to. 
London. 

Six  Discourses  delivered  before  the  Royal  Society.  By  Sir  Humphrey  Davy. 
4to.     London,  1827. 

Letters  and  Papers  on  Agriculture,  from  the  Correspondence  Book  of  the 
Society  instituted  at  Bath  for  the  encouragement  of  Agriculture,  Arts,  etc. 
Vols.  i-v.     8vo.     Bath,  1780-90. 

A  Synopsis  of  the  Classification  of  the  British  Palaeozoic  Rocks.  By  the  Rev. 
Adam  Sedgwick.  With  a  systematic  Description  of  the  British  Palaeozoic  Fos- 
sils in  the  Geological  Museum  of  the  University  of  Cambridge.  By  Frederick 
McCoy.    Fasc.  i  and  in.    4to.     London,  1851  and  1855. 

Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  United  Kingdom,  British  Organic 
Remains.    Decades  ii-v  and  vi-vii.   4to.    London,  1849-53. 

Transactions  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London.  Plates  and  maps  to  Vol. 
I.     4to.     London,  1811. 

Museum  of  Practical  Geology  and  Geological  Survey.  Records  of  the 
School  of  Mines.     Vol.  i,  part  1.     8vo.    London,  1852. 

Report  of  the  Select  Committee  of  the  Legislature  of  1849,  on  the  Publica- 
tion of  the  Natural  History  of  the  State  of  New  York.     8vo.     Albany,  1850. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Director-General  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  the  Museum  of  Practical  Geology  and  the  Government  School 
of  Mines.     8vo.     Pamph.     1860. 

Some  Account  of  the  Art  of  Photogenic  Drawing.  By  Henry  Fox  Talbot. 
4to.    Pamph.    London,  1839. 

Description  of  a  New  Molhisk  from  the  Red  Sandstone,  near  Pottsville,  Pa. 
By  Isaac  Lea.     8vo.     Pamph'.    Philadelphia,  1855. 

Nouveau  Memoire  sur  la  question  relative  aux  J^lgilops  triticoides  et  speltas- 
formis.    Par  Alexis  Jordan.     8vo.    Pamph.     Paris,  1857. 

Remains  of  Domestic  Animals  discovered  among  Post-Pleiocene  Fossils  in 
South  Carolina.     By  Francis  S.  Holmes.     8vo.    Pamph.     Charleston,  1858. 

On  Signor  Carlo  Matteuci's  Letter  to  H.  Bence  Jones,  M.  D.  By  Emil  du 
Bois-Reymond.     8vo.    Pamph.    London,  1853. 

Observations  sur  les  Ulex  des  Environs  de  Cherbom-g.  Par  Auguste  le  Jolis. 
8vo.     Pamph.     Cherbourg,  1853. 

Catalogue  of  the  Hirundinidae  in  the  Collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia.     By  John  Cassin.    8vo.    Pamph.    Philadelphia,  1853. 

Essai  d'une  Bibliographic  Neerlando-Russe.    8vo.   Pamph.   Amsterdam,  1859. 

On  the  Pre-Carboniferous  Flora  of  New  Brunswick,  ]Maine,  and  Eastern  Can- 
ada.    By  J.  W.  Dawson.     8vo.  Pamph.     Montreal,  18G1. 

Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Registrar-General  of  Births,  Deaths  and  Mar- 
riages in  England,  and  Appendix,     fol.     London,  1841. 

Grundzlige  dcr  Schlesischen  Klimatologie.  Dr.  J.  G.  Galle.  4to.  Paraph. 
Breslau,  1857. 


173 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte.    xvi,  Jahg.  5  Heft.    8vo.    Berlin,  1850. 

Board  of  Trade.  Department  of  Science  and  Art.  Prospectus  of  the  Me- 
tropolitan School  of  Science  applied  to  Mining  and  the  Arts.  3d  Session^ 
1853-4.     Svo.    Pamph.    London. 

Compte-Kendu  de  la  45*  Session  de  la  Soci^t6  Suisse  des  Sciences  Natur- 
elles.    Svo.    Lausanne,  1861. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society.  Annual  Meeting  of  1849. 
Svo.     Cambridge,  1850. 

Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles.  Planche  contenue  dans  le  cahier  de  Sept. 
1849.    Botanique.     8vo.    Paris. 

Crustacea  decapoda  podophthakna  marina  Sueciae,  interpositis  speciebus  Nor- 
vegicis  aliisque  vicinis,  enumerat  A.  Goes.     Svo.    Pamph.     Stockholm,  1S63. 

Oversigt  over  det  Kgl.  danske  Videnskabernes  Selskabs  Forhandlinger  og  dets 
Medlemmers  Arbeider.     Aar   1847.     8vo.    Kjobenhavn,  1848. 

On  the  Dip  and  Variation  of  the  Magnetic  Needle  in  the  United  States.  By 
Elias  Loomis.    Svo.    Pamph.    New  Haven,  1842. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science.  Nos.  1,  2.  Svo.  London, 
1^52-3. 

Chemical  Analysis  of  the  White  Sulphur  Water  of  the  Artesian  Well  of  La- 
fayette, Ind.    By  Charles  M.  WetheriU.    Svo.    Pamph.    Lafayette,  1858. 

Note  sur  quelques  Oiseaux  du  Mexique.  Par  M.  H.  de  Saussure.  8vo. 
Paraph.    Paris,  1859. 

Scientific  Memoirs.  Edited  by  Eichard  Taylor.  Vol.  iii,  Part  10.  Svo. 
London,  1842. 

Academic  Lnp^riale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen.  Prix  le 
Sauvage.  Kapport  sur  le  concours  ouvert  le  26  F^vrier,  1858.  Par  M.  Roul- 
land.     Svo.     Caen,  1862. 

Catalogus  van  Boeken,  etc.,  over  de  Nederlandsche  Bezittingen.  Svo.  Pamph. 
Amsterdam,  1854. 

Coup  d'Oeil  sur  I'Hydrologie  dn  Mexique.  Par  Henri  de  Saussure.  1"  Par- 
tie.    Svo.     Geneve,  1862. 

Bemserkniuger  Angaaende  Graptolitheme,  af  Christian  Boeck.  4to.  Pamph. 
Christiania,  1851. 

Observations  sur  les  Ph^nomenes  d'Erosion  en  Norvege,  recueillies  par  J.  0. 
Horbye.    4to.     Pamph.     Christiania,  1857. 

Monogi-aphia  Hymenomycetum  Sueciae.  Vol.  ii.  Scripsit  Elias  Fries.  Svo. 
Upsalise,  1863. 

Forhandligeri  Videnskabs-Selskabet  i  Christiania.     Aar  1858-61.     Svo. 

By  Exchange  with  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Kongliga  Svenska  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Handlingar.  Ny  Foljd.  Fjerda 
Bandet.    Andra  Haftet.    4to.     Stockholm,  1862. 

dfversigt  af  K.  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Forhandlingar.  Tjugonde  Argangen. 
Svo.     Stockholm,  1864.    Ledamoter,  Maj,  1864. 

Beretning  om  en  i  Somraeren  1863  foretagen  zoologisk  Eeise  i  Christiania 
Stift  af  G.  0.  Sars.     Svo.     Pamph.     Christiania,  1864. 

Sveriga  Geologiska  Undersoknmg.  Af  A.  Erdmann.  Nos.  1-13.  Svo.  Bla- 
det,fol.     Stockholm,  1862. 

Notiser  ur  Sallskapets  pro  Fauna  et  Flora  Fennica  Forhandlingar.  Bihang 
till  acta  Societatis  ScientiarumFennicos.     Hiift  ii-iii.    4to.    Helsingfors,  1852-7. 

Ofversigt  af  Finska  Vetenskaps-Societetens  Forhandlingar.  i.-v.  Svo.  and 
4to.    Helsingfors,  1838-63. 


174 

Acta  Societatis  Scientiarum  Fennicse.  Tom.  i-vii.  4to.  Helsingforsise. 
1841-63. 

Furteckning  ofver  Finska  Vetenskaps-Societetens  Boksamling.  Ar  1862.  8vo. 
Helsingfors. 

Bidrag  till  Finlands  Naturkannedom  Etiiografi  och  Statistik,  utgifna  af  Finska 
Vetenskaps-Societeten.     HLift  i-x.     Svo.     Helsingfors,  1857-64. 

Bidrag  till  Kaimedom  af  Finlands  Natur  och  Folk,  utgifna  af  Finska  Veten- 
skaps-Societeten.    Hiift  I,  and  iii-vi.     Svo.    Helsingfors,  1858-63. 

Sveriges  Rikes  Landslag,  stadfastad  af  Konung  Christopher,  iir  1442.  Ofver- 
sattning  pii  Finska  Spraket  af  Ljungo  ThomEe ;  Pa  Finska  Vetenskaps-Societe- 
tens bekostnad  utgifven  af  Wilh.  Gabr.  Lagus.    4to.    Helsingfors,  1842. 

Sveriges  Rikes  Stadslag.  Ofversattning  pa  Finska  Spriiket  af  Ljnngo  Thomas ; 
Pa  Finska  Vetenskaps-Societetens  bekostnad  utgifven  af  Wilh.  Gabr.  Lagus. 
4to.    Helsingfors,  1852. 

Observations  faites  a  I'ObservatoireMagndtiqueet  M^teorologique  de  Helsing- 
fors. Sous  la  direction  de  Jean  Jacques  Nervander.  l'^''*  Section.  Vols.  i-iv. 
4to.     Helshigfors.     1850. 

Palgeontologie  Suedrusslands.  Von  Dr.  Alexander  von  Nordmann.  Text  4to. 
Plates  fol.     Helsingfors,  1858-60. 

Nova  Acta  Regise  Societatis  Scientiarum  Upsaliensis.  Seriei  Tertise.  Vol.  v. 
Fasc.  1.      4to.  Upsalia;,  1864. 

Bulletin  de  I'Acad^mie  Imp(5riale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg.  Tome  v. 
Fe.  9  to  Tome  vii,  Fe.  11.  4to.  St.  Pdtersbourg,  1863.  M^moires,  Tome  v.  No. 
2  to  end.     Tome  vi.     4to.     St.  P(:'tersbourg,  1862-3. 

Horse  Societatis  Entomologicse  Rossicee.  Fasc.  i-ii.  Svo.    Peti-opoli,  1851-3. 
Con-espondenzblatt  des  Naturforschenden  Vereins  zu  Riga.   Jahrg.  14.    Svo. 
Riga,  1864. 

Verslagen  en  Mededeelingen  der  Koninklijke  Akademie  van  Wetenschappen. 
Deel.  i-xvi.     Svo.    Amsterdam,  1853-64. 

Jaarboek  van  de  Koninklijke  Akademie  van  Wetenschappen  gevestigd  te 
Amsterdam.     Voor  1857-62.     Svo.     Amsterdam. 

Programme  de  la  Societe  Batave  de  Philosophie  Experimentale  de  Rotterdam, 
Svo.    Pamph.    Rotterdam,  1863. 

Zeitschrift  fiir  die  gesammten  Naturwissenschaften.  Jahrg.  1863,  Heft  7-12. 
Jahrg.  1864.     Svo.     Berlin. 

Wiirzburger  Naturwissenschaftliche  Zeitschrift.  Band  iv.  Heft  2, 3.  Band. 
V.     8vo.     Wlirzburg,  1863-4. 

Mittheilungen  aus  dem  Osterlande.    Band  xvi.  Heft  4.  Svo.    Altenburg,  1S64. 
Berichte  liber  die  Verhandlungen  des  naturforschenden   Gesellschaft  zu  Frei- 
burg i.  Br.     Band  iii.  Heft  2.     Svo.     Freiburg  i.  Br.  1864. 

Wiirttembergische  naturwissenchaftliche  Jahreshefte.  Jarg.  xix,  2,  3.  Heft. 
Jarg.  XX,  1.  Heft.       Svo.     Stuttgart,  1863-4. 

Verhandlungen  der  K.  Leopoldino-Carolinischen  deutschen  Akademie  der 
Naturforscher.     Band  xxxi.     4to.     Dresden,  1864. 

K.  B.  Akademie  der  Wissenchaften  zu  Miinchen.  Sitzungsberichte,  1863,  ii. 
Heft.  II  to  1864,  II.  Heft.  ii.  Svo.  Festrede  am  28.  Nov.  1863.  4to.  Pamph. 
Munchen,  1863. 

Fiinfter  Bericht  des  Offenbacher  Vereins  fiir  Natui-kunde.  Svo.  Offenbach 
am  Main,  1864. 

Archiv  des  Vereins  der  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte  in  IMeklenburg.  Jahr. 
16  und  18.     Svo.     Neubrandeburg,  1862-4. 

Wochenschrift  des  Vereines  zur  Beftirderung  des  Gartenbaues.  Nos.  30-52. 
4to.      Berlin.  1864. 


175 


K.  P.  Akademie  der  Wissenchaften,  Berlin.  Monatsbericlite,  Jahr.  1868.  8vo. 
Abhandlungen,  Phj-s.  und  Math.  Klasse.  Jahr.  1863.  4to.  Verzeichniss  der 
Abliandlungeu  gelehrter  Gesellschaften  und  der  wissenschaftlichen  Zeitschriften 
in  der  Bibliothek.  Svo.  1864.  Preisfragen  fiir  die  Jahre  1866  und  1867. 
8vo.     Berlin. 

Entomologische  Zeitung.    xxv.  Jahrg.     8vo.     Stettin,  1864. 

Aratlicher  Bericht  ijber  die  achtund  dreissigste  Versammlung  deutscher  Na- 
turforscher  und  Arzte  in  Stettin  im  September  1863.    4to.     Stettin,  1864. 

Verhandlungen  der  Xaturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Basel,  i-iii.  Theil.  iv 
Theil,  1  Heft.     8vo.     Basel,  1858-64. 

Bericht  iiber  das  Museum  Francisco-Carolinura,  24*'.   Svo.     Linz,  1864. 

Nachrichten  von  der  K.  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenchaften  und  der  Georg- 
Augusts-Universitat,  aus  dem  Jahre  1864.     Svo.     Guttingen,  1865. 

Bericht  iiber  die  Thiitigkeit  der  St.  Gallischen  naturwisseuschaftlichen  Gesell- 
schaft wiihrend  des  Vereinsjahres  1862-3.    Svo.     St.  Gallen. 

Der  Zoologische  Garten.    Jarg.  v.  Nos.  2-12.  Svo.    Frankfurt  a.  M.     1864. 

Sitzungs-Berichte  der  naturwissenchaftlichen  Gesellschaft  Isis  zu  Dresden. 
Jalirg.  1863.     Svo. 

Jahrbuch  der  K.  K.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt.  Band,  xiv,  N'°  2-4.  Svo. 
Wien,  1864. 

Dreizehnter  Jahresbericht  der  naturhistorischen  Gesellschaft  zu  Hannover, 
von  Michrelis  1862  bis  dahin  1863.   4to.     Hannover,  1864. 

Abhandlungen,  herausgegeben  von  der  Senckenbergischen  naturforschenden 
Gesellschaft.     Band,  v,  Heft  2.     4to.     Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1864. 

Abhandlungen  aus  dem  Gebiete  der  Naturwissenchaften,  herausgegeben  von 
dem  naturwissenchaftlichen  Vereiu  in  Hamburg.  Baud,  iv,  Abth.  1.  4to. 
Hamburg,  1858. 

Verhandlungen  des  naturhistorischen  Vereins  der  Preussischen  Eheinlande, 
und  Westphalens.    Jahrg.  xx.     Svo.     Bonn,  1863. 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte.  Jahrg.  xxix.  Heft  4-6.  Jahrg.  xxx.  Heft  1-3. 
Svo.     Berlin,  1863-4. 

Jahresbericht  der  Pollichia.  xviii-xxi.     Svo.    Neustadt  a.  d.  H.  1861-3. 

K.  Akademie  der  Wissenchaften.  Denkschriften.  Band.  xxii.  4to.  Wien, 
1864.  Sitzungsberichte,  1'^  Abtheilung.  Band,  xlvii,  Heft  4,  5;  xlviii. 
Heft  1-5  ;  xlix.  Heft  1.  2'«  Abtheilung.  Band,  xlvii.  Heft  5  ;  xlviii, 
Heft  1-4  ;  xlix.  Heft  1.     Svo.     Wien,  1863-4. 

Schriften  der  K.  physikalisch-okonomischen  Gesellschaft  zu  Konigsberg. 
Jahrg.  IV.  Abth.  1-2.    4to.     Konigsberg,  1863. 

Verhandlungen  der  K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft  in  Wien.  Band 
XIII.     Svo.     Wien,  1863. 

Monographie  der  Oesteriden  von  Friedrich  Brauer.  Herausgegeben  von  der 
K.  K.    zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft  in  Wien.    Svo.   Pamph.    Wien,  1863. 

K.  Siichsischen  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenchaften  zu  Leipzig.  Mathematisch- 
Physische  Classe.  Berichte  iiber  die  Verhandlungen.  Band,  xiv,  xv.  Svo. 
Leipzig,  1863-4.  Abhandlungen.  Band,  vi  und  vii,  pp.  1-400.  Svo.  Leip- 
zig, 1861-4. 

Siebenzehnter  Bericht  der  naturhistorischen  Vereins  in  Augsburg.  Svo. 
Augsburg,  1864. 

Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band,  xvii,  Heft  2,  3. 
Svo.    Berliji,  1864. 

Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Emden.  Jahresbericht  48"-49".  Svo.  Era- 
den,  1862-3.    Kleine  Schriften,  xi.     4to.  Emden,  1864. 


176 


Societa  Reale  di  Napoli.  Accademia  delle  Scienze  Fisiche  e  Mathematiche. 
Atti.  Vol.  I.    Rendiconto.    Anno  ii,  Fasc.   8-12.    Anno  ui,  Fasc.  1,2.    4to. 

Napoli,  1863-4. 

Accademia  delle  Scienze  dell'  Istituto  di  Bologna.  Memorie.  Tom.  x-xn. 
Serie  Seconda,  Tom.  I,  ii.  4to.  Bologna,  1859-62.  Rendiconto  delle  Sessioni. 
Ann.  1860-63.     8vo. 

Giornale  del  Reale  Istituto  d'Incoraggiamento  di  Agricoltura,  Arti  e  Mani- 
fatture  in  Sicilia.     Terza  Serie.     Anno  i.    8vo.  Palenno,  1863. 

Real  Academia  de  Ciencias  de  Madrid.  Memorias.  1*  Serie.  Tom.  i,  Parte 
2.  t  Serie.  Tom.  i,  Parte  3.  Tom.  ii,  Parte  1.  4to.  Madrid,  1863-4.  Re- 
sumen  de  las  Actas,  auo  Academico  de  1861  a  1862.     8vo.  Madrid,  1863. 

Libros  del  Saber  de  Astronomia  del  Rey  D.  Alfonso  de  Castilla,  copilados, 
anotados  y  comentados  por  Don  Manuel  Rico  y  Sinobas.  Tom.  i,  ii.  fol. 
Madrid,  1863. 

Academic  Royale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et  des  Beaux-Arts  de  Belgique, 
Bulletins  des  Seances  de  la  Classe  des  Sciences.  Ann^e  1863.  8vo.  Bruxelles, 
1863.    Anuuaire.    SO'^'^Annde.    24mo.    Bruxelles,  1864. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^t^  gdologique  de  France.  2«'"«  Serie.  Tome  xix.  Feu- 
illes  69-75.    Tome  xxi.    Feuifles  6-28.    8vo.    Paris,  1862-4. 

Annales  dela  Socii^te  Entomologique  de  France.  4*  Serie.  1863,  Trimestres  3, 
4;   1864,  Trimestre  1.     8vo.     Paris. 

Comptes  Rendus  Hebdomadaires  des  Stances  de  I'Academie  des  Sciences. 
Tomes  liv-lvi.    4to.     Paris,  1862-3. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^te  d' Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts  de  la  Sarthe.  2"® 
S^rie.  Tome  ix,  1863,  4*  Trimestre.  1864,  l*"^  Trimestre.  8vo.  Le  Mans. 
1863-4. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci^te  de  Geographic.  5°  S^rie,  Tome  vii.  8vo.  Paris, 
1864. 

Society  des  Sciences  Naturelles  du  Grand-Duclie  de  Luxembourg.  Tome  vii. 
Svo.    Luxembourg,  1864. 

Actes  de  1' Academic  Imp^riale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Bor- 
deaux. 3'  S^rie,  25'  Annde,  3«  et  4«  Trimestres.  26"  Annee  V  et  2'  Tr.  8vo. 
Paris,  1863-4. 

Actes  de  la  Soci^td  Linn^enne  de  Bordeaux.  3*  S^rie,  Tome  iv,  Livr.  1-4. 
Tome  V,  Livr  1-3.     8vo.    Bordeaux,  1861-4. 

Journal  de  Conchyliologie.  3°  S^rie.  Tome  iv^,  Nos.  3-4.  Tome  v,  No.  1. 
Svo.     Paris,  1864-5. 

Revue  de  Sericiculture  Compar^e,  par  M.  F.  E.  Gu^rin-M^neville.  Nos.  1-12. 
8vo.     Paris,  1863. 

Rapport  a  S.  ]\I.  I'Empereur  sur  les  Travaux  entrepris  par  ses  Ordres  pour 
introduire  le  Ver  a  Sole  de  1 '  Ailante  en  France  et  en  Algerie.  Par  M.  F.  E. 
Gu^rin-M^neville.     8vo.    Paris,  1860. 

Rapport  a  S.  E.  le  Ministre  de  1 'Agriculture,  etc.,  sur  les  Progres  de  la  Cul- 
ture do  r  Ailante,  etc.    Par  M.  F.  E.  Gu^rin-Mi^neville.     Svo.     Paris,  1862. 

Ailantine,  Silk  for  the  Million.  ByM.  F.  E.  Gu^rin-Meneville.  Svo.  Pamph. 
London. 

Le  Ver  a  Sole  de  1' Ailante,  par  F.  E.  Gu^rin-M^neville.  Svo.  Pamph. 
Nantes,  1858. 

Quelques  Nouvelles  des  Experiences  d 'Educations  Agi-icoles  du  Ver  a  Sole 
de  1' Ailante  faites  en  1862.     Svo.    Pamph.     Paris. 

Rapport  ala  Society  Irap6riale  d'Acclimatationsur  les  Travaux  entrepris  pour 


177 


appliquer  des  nioyens  pratiques  et  rationnels  de  restaurer  la  graine  de  Vers  k 
Soie.    Par  M.  F.  E.    Gu^'riu-Meneville.    8vo.    Pamph.    Paris,  1858. 

Melanges  de  S^riciculture.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Gu^rin-J]^neville.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Paris,  1S59. 

Ver  a  Soie  du  Vemis  du  Japon  6lev6  en  plein  Air.  8vo.  Pamph.  Paris, 
1859. 

Sur  rindustrie  de  la  Soie  en  Algdrie.  Par  ^I.  Guerin-Meneville.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Paris,  1864. 

E^'sumd  Sommaire  des  Observations  Sdricicoles  faites,  en  1839,  dans  le  midi 
de  la  France,  par  M.  Gu(^n-in-Mdneville.    8vo.    Pamph.    Paris,  1859. 

La  Question  des  Soies  a  I'Acad^mie  des  Sciences,  E^sume  Historique  et 
Critique,  par  G.  Grimaud  de  Caux.    8vo.    Pamph.    Paris,  1859. 

Production  de  la  Soie.  Situation,  Maladies  et  Amelioration  des  Races  du 
Ver  a  Soie,  par  'M.  Guerin-Meneville. 

Association  Sericicole.  Par  M.  Guerin-Meneville.  8vo.  Pamph.  Paris, 
1863. 

Note  sur  les  Educations  pour  Graine  qii'il  conviendrait  de  faire  pour 
attenuer  les  desasti-eux  Etiets  de  I'Epizootie  des  Vers  a  Soie.  Par  M.  Gue- 
rin-Meneville.    8vo.     Pamph.     Paris,  1857. 

Education  des  Vers  a  Soie  et  1' Ailante  et  du  Piicin  et  Culture  des  V^gdtaux 
qui  les  nourrissent,  par  M.  F.  E.  Gu^rin-r'-Ieneville.  12mo.  P-amph.  Paris, 
18G0. 

M^moires  de  la  Soci^t^  Impdriale  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Cherbourg. 
Tome  X.     8vo.     Paris,  1864. 

Bulletin  de  la  Socidtd  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Neuchatel.  Tome  vi,  3' 
Cahier.    8vo.    Neuchatel,  1864. 

Royal  Geographical  Society.  Proceedings,  Vol.  viii,  Nos.  2-6,  and  Vol.  ix, 
No.  1.  Journal,  Vol.  xxxiii.  Address  to  Section  E  at  the  Bath  meeting  of  the 
Bi-itish  Association,  by  Sir  R.  I.  I\Iurchison.    8vo.    London,  1863-5. 

Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London.  Third  Series.  Vol. 
n.  Parts  2,  3.     Vol.  in,  Part  1.    8vo.    London,  1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Lastitution  of  Great  Britain.  Vol.  iv,  Parts  3,  4. 
8vo.    London,  1864. 

Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Lidia.  Vol.  iii.  Part  2.  Vol.  iv.  Part 
2.  8vo.  Calcutta,  1864.  Palceontologia  Indica.  Part  iii,  Fasc.  2-5.  4to. 
Calcutta,  1864.    Annual  Report,  1863-4.     8vo. 

Triibner's  American  and  Oriental  Litertuy  Record.  No.  1.  4to.  London, 
1SG5. 

The  Journal  of  Entomology.    Vol.  ii,  Nos.  10,  11.     Hvo.     London,  1864. 

Transactions  of  the  Royal  Scottish  Society  of  Arts.  Vol.  vi.  Part  4.  8vo. 
Edinburgh,  1864. 

Royal  Irish  Academy.  Transactions,  Vol.  xxiv,  Parts  1-3.  4to.  Dublin, 
1864.     Proceedings,  Vol.  viii.     8vo.    Dublin,  1864. 

The  Reader.    Vol.  iv.    5jos.  90-110  and  121.    fol.    London,  1864-5. 

Linneau  Society  of  London.  Transactions,  Vol.  xxiv.  Part  2.  4to.  Lon- 
don, 1863.  Journal  of  the  Proceedings,  Vol.  vii.  Botany,  Nos.  27-30.  Zool- 
ogy-, Nos.  27-29.  8vo.  London,  1863-4.  List.  8vo.  P^amph.  1863.  Ad- 
dress of  George  Bentham,  President,  nt  tlie  Ai.niversary  Meeting  on  May  25, 
1863.     Same  on  May  24,  1864.     8vo.    Pamph.     London,  1863-4. 

Dublin  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science.  Nos.  xvi,  xvii.  8vo.  Dublin, 
■1864-5. 

PROCEEDIXGS  B.  S.  Is".  H.— VOL.  X.  12  FEBRUARY,  1866. 


178 

Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  Dublin.  Vol.  x,  Part  2.  8vo.  Dub- 
lin, 1864. 

A  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  in  the  Museum  of  the  Hon.  East  India  Company. 
By  Thomas  Horsfield  and  Frederic  Moore.  Vols,  i,  ii.  8vo.  London,  1854-8. 
Another  copy  of  Vol.  i. 

Leeds  Philosophical  and  Literary  Society.     Annual  Report  for  1863-4.     8vo. 

On  the  Early  History  of  Leeds.  A  Lecture.  By  Thomas  Wright.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Leeds,  1864. 

Report  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the 
West  Riding  of  Yorkshire,  1863-4.    8vo.     Leeds. 

The  Journal  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society.     No.  xxxi.    8vo.    Dublin,  1863-4. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society.  Vol.  xiii.  Nos.  64-69.  8vo.  London, 
1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Scientific  Meetings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London, 
for  the  year  1863.     8vo.    London. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society.  Vol.  iv.  Nos.  9  and  11-12. 
Vol.  V.    Nos.  1,  2.    8vo.     London,  1864-5.     Almanack  for  1865. 

Anales  y  Memorias  de  la  Real  Junta  de  Fomento  y  de  la  Real  Sociedad  Eco- 
nomic a.  Serie  4^  Tomo  vii.  Memorias  de  la  Real  Sociedad  Economica  y 
Anales  de  Fomento.     Tom.  viii,  ix.  Entrega  1-3.      8vo.     Habana,  1862-4. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada.  Figures  and  Descriptions  of  Canadian  Or- 
ganic Remains.     Decade  ii.     8vo.    Montreal,  1865. 

Memoires  sur  le  Canada,  depuis  1749  jnsqu'a  1760.  Publics  sous  la  direction 
de  la  Socidte  Litteraire  et  Historique  de  Quebec.     8vo.     Quebec,  1838. 

CoUections  de  Mdmoires  et  de  Relations  sur  I'Histoire  Ancienne  du  Canada. 
Publics  sous  la  direction  de  la  Societe  Litteraire  et  Historique  de  Quebec.  8vo. 
Quebec,  1840. 

Report  on  the  Mines  and  Minerals  of  New  Brunswick.  By  L.  W.  Bailey, 
A.  M.    8vo.     Frederickton,  1864. 

Notes  on  the  Geology  and  Botany  of  New  Brunswick.  By  Prof  L.  W.  Bai- 
ley.    8vo.     Pamph. 

On  Ocean  Drifts  and  Currents.    By  J.  Matthew  Jones.    8vo.    Pamph. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  New  Series.  Vol.  i.  Nos.  4,  5.  8vo. 
Montreal,  1864. 

Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.  New  Series.  Nos.  liii-lvi. 
8vo.     Toronto,  1864-5. 

Transactions  of  the  Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Natural  Science  of  Halifax, 
Nova  Scotia.     Vol.  ii..  Part  2.     8vo.    Halifax,  1864. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Review  of  American  Birds  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  By  S.  F.  Baird.  Part  i.  North  and 
Middle  America.  8vo.  Pamph.  Washington,  1864.  Monographs  of  the  Dip- 
tera  of  North  America.  By  H.  Loew.  Edited  by  R.  Osten  Sackeu.  8vo.  Wash- 
ington, 1864. 

American  Philosophical  Society.  Proceedings,  Vol.  ix.  No.  72.  8vo.  Trans- 
actions, New  Series.  Vol.  xiii.  Part  1.  4to.  Philadelphia,  1865.  Lists  of 
Members. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society,  at  the  Annual  Meeting, 
1864.     8vo.    Worcester. 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Art.  Second  Series.  Nos.  112  and  114-116. 
8vo.    New  Haven,  1864-5. 

Regulations  for  the  use  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  in  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.    4to.    Pamph. 


179 


California  Farmer  and  Journal  of  Useful  Sciences.  Vol.  xxn.  Nos.  5-23. 
Vol.  XXIII.    Nos.  1-6,  8  and  10.    Fol.     San  Francisco.     1864-5. 

Transactions  of  the  Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Useful  Arts  in  the  State  of 
New  York.    Vol.  iv.    Part  2.    8vo.    Albany,  1819. 

Transactions  of  the  Albany  Institute.     Vol,  iv.     8vo.    Albany,  1858-64. 

Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  1864.  Nos. 
4, 5.    8vo. 

Portland  Society  of  Natui-al  History.  Journal,  Vol  i,  No.  1.  Proceedings, 
Vol.  I.  pp.  97-128.     8vo.     Portland,  1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Essex  Institute.  Vol.  ii,  Part  1.  1856-7.  Vol.  ni,  1860-63. 
Vol.  4,  No.  4.     8vo.     Salem,  1858  and  1864-5. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Vol.  vi.  pp. 
97-340.     8vo.     Boston,  1863-4. 

Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  LXXI,  Nos.  10-26.  Vol.  lxxii, 
Nos.  1-13.   8vo.     Boston,  1863-5.    By  Exchange. 

Malakozoologische  Bliitter.  Band,  ix,  Bogen  12-15.  Band,  x,  xi,  Bogen 
1-6.     8vo.     Cassel,  1862-5. 

Thesaurus  Conchyliorum.  By  G.  B.  Sowerby.  Part  xxii.  8vo.   London,  1863. 

Proceedings  of  the  Scientific  Meetings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for 
the  year  1863.     With  Illustrations.    8vo.    London. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.  Vol.  xiv.  Nos.  81-84.  Vol.  xv. 
Nos.  85-87.    8vo.    London,  1864-5. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  Nos.  80,  81.  8vo.  London,  1864-5. 

A  Synopsis  of  the  Birds  of  North  America.  Bj  John  James  Audubon.  8vo. 
Edinburgh,  1839. 

Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth.  By  J.  C.  Nott,  M.  D.,  and  George  R.  Gliddon. 
8vo.    Philadelphia,  1857.    By  Purchase. 

Voyage  de  D^couvertes  de  I'Astrolabe.  Zoologie,  par  M.  M.  Quoy  et 
Gairaard.  Tomes  ii-iu.  Mollusques.  8vo.  Paris,  1832-4.  Atlas,  fol.  Paris, 
1833.    De^osittd  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould. 

Essays,  Moral,  Political  and  ^Esthetic.  By  Herbert  Spencer.  12mo.  New 
York,  1865. 

Essays.  By  Hugh  Miller.  Edited,  with  a  Preface.  By  Peter  Bayne.  12mo. 
Boston,  1865. 

Dissertations  and  Discussions.  By  John  Stuart  Mill.  3  vols.  12mo.  Bos- 
ton, 1864. 

Man  and  his  Relations.    By  S.  B.  Brittan,  II.  D.    8vo.     New  York,  1864. 

Man  and  Nature.    By  George  P.  Marsh.    8vo.    New  York,  1864. 

The  Races  of  the  Old  World.     By  Charles  L.  Brace.    8vo.    New  York,  1864. 

Queens  of  Song.     By  Ellen  Creathorne  Clayton.     8vo.     New  York,  1865. 

Climatology  of  the  United  States.  By  Lorin  Blodgett.  8vo.  Philadelphia,  1857. 

Our  Garden  Friends  and  Foes.     By  the  Rev.  J.  G.  Wood.   8vo.   London,  1864. 

Heat  considered  as  a  Mode  of  Motion.  By  John  Tyndall,  F.  R.  S.  8vo.  New 
York,  1865. 

History  of  New  England.  By  John  Gorham  Palfrey.  Vol.  iii.  8vo.  Bos- 
ton, 1864. 

Arctic  Researches  and  Life  among  the  Esquimaux.  By  Charles  Francis 
Hall.    8vo.    New  York,  1865. 

Savage  Africa.    By  W.  Winwood  Reade.      8vo.    New  York,  1864. 


White.]  180 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of  International  Law.  By  Theodore  D.  "Womsey. 
8vo.    New  York,  1864. 

Religion  and   Chemistry.    By  Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Jr.    8vo.    New  York,  1864. 

Elements  of  Chemistry.  By  William  Allen  Miller,  M.  D.  8vo.  New  York, 
1864. 

Principles  of  Pohtical  Economy.  By  John  Stuart  MiU.  2  vols.  8vo.  New 
York,  1864. 

A  Supplement  to  Ure's  Dictionary  of  Arts,  Manufactures  and  Mines.  Edited 
by  Robert  Hunt.     8vo.    New  York,  1864. 

Death's  Doings.  Illustrations  of  thirty  Copper  Plates,  designed  and  etched 
by  R.  Dagley.    8vo.     Boston,  1828. 

Evidence  as  to  Man's  Place  in  Nature.  By  Thomas  Huxley,  F.  R.  S.  8vo. 
New  York,  1863.    Deposited  by  the  Repvblican  Institution. 


May  17,  1865. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Fifteen  members  present. 

The  following  paper  was  read  : 

Observatioxs  on  the  genus  Belemnocrinus.    By  Charles 
A.  White,  M.  P. 

Examinations  of  more  perfect  specimens  of  the  only  yet  discovered 
species  of  Belemnocrinus,  which  came  into  my  hands  after  I  had  pub- 
lished a  description  and  formula  of  that  genus  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  have  convinced  me  that  I  had  inad- 
vertently committed  an  error  in  designating  the  position  of  the  first  anal 
plate.  The  diagram  and  description  of  the  genus  referred  to  are  to  be 
found  on  pages  thirteen  and  fourteen  of  volume  nine  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings, for  which  I  here  substitute  the  following  formula : 
Genus  Belemnocrinus,  White. 
Generic  formula. 

Basal  pieces,  5  ;  short. 

Subradial  pieces,  5 ;  long,  narrow,  forming  a  more  or  less  solid  cylin- 
der, which  has  however,  a  central  perforation,  and  is  more  or  less 
excavated  at  its  upper  end,  forming  part  of  the  visceral  cavity. 

Radial  pieces  5,  more  or  less  by  5.  The  first  radials  large,  forming 
the  greater  part  of  the  calyx ;  the  others  more  or  less  cylindrical,  form- 
ing the  bases  of  the  arms. 

Anal  pieces  unknown. 


181  [Putnam. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam  read  a  letter  fi-om  Dr.  J.  Bernard  Gilpin, 
of  Halifax,  N.  S.,  containing  the  description  of  a  Trout,  from 
the  St.  John  River,  and  exhibited  drawings  of  the  fish  by  Dr. 
Gilpin.  He  called  attention  to  the  great  confusion  which 
exists  in  regard  to  the  species  of  the  genus  Salmo  in  North 
America,  and  how  much  there  is  yet  to  be  done  before  the 
number  of  species  can  be  definitely  determined.  The  Trout 
in  question,  he  thought,  was  of  the  same  species  as  the  one 
found  in  Thompson's  Pond,  Norway,  Maine,  but  to  which  of 
the  many  named  species,  if  they  are  species,  it  should  be 
referred,  it  was  impossible  to  state  from  the  present  data. 

Mr.  Putnam  called  the  attention  of  the  meeting  to  a  few 
observations  he  had  recently  made  on  the  Pleuronectidas ; 
stating  that  in  the  young  specimens  of  Achii'us  lineatus^  pec- 
toral fins,  composed  of  four  well  developed  rays,  were  present, 
and  that  these  fins  did  not  disappear  mitil  the  fish  was  nearly 
half  grown. 

He  had  also  noticed  that  the  teeth  on  the  jaws  oi  Platessa 
plana  were  movable  in  fresh  specimens,  but  that  after  the 
specimens  were  placed  in  alcohol  the  teeth  became  fixed.  In 
P.  dentata  and  P.  ferruginea  the  teeth  were  not  movable  in 
either  fresh  or  alcohoUc  specimens. 

The  President  read  a  letter  from  Dr.  Brewer  of  the  Geo- 
logical Survey  of  California,  on  the  existence  of  j^lants  in 
warm  springs. 

Prof  Nevil  Story  Maskelyne  of  the  British  Museum,  and 
Mr.  W.  T.  March  of  Spanishtown,  Jamaica,  were  elected 
Corresponding  Members  ;  and  Messrs.  A.  K.  Carruthers,  A.  P. 
Wingate,  Wm.  H.  Mendell  and  Wm.  M.  Gorham,  were  elect- 
ed Resident  Members. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  J.  C.  White,  the  Report  of  the  Custodian 
at  the  previous  meeting  was  accepted,  and  on  motion  of  Mr. 
C.  K.  Dillaway,  it  was  voted  that  it  be  printed  under  the 
direction  of  the  Publishing  Committee. 

The  storm  preventing  the  presence  of  some  members  of  the 
Committee  appointed  at  the  last  meeting  upon  the  cliange  in 
the  By-Laws,  action  upon  them  was  postponed. 


Atwood.]  182 

June  7, 1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Eighteen  members  present. 

The  Secretary  announced  a  number  of  valuable  donations 
since  the  last  meeting,  some  of  which  were  upon  the  table. 
The  more  important  of  them  were  a  collection  of  corals  from 
the  Essex  Institute,  and  a  box  of  fossils  from  various  parts  of 
the  United  States,  about  four  hundred  in  number,  labelled  by 
Mr.  F.  B.  Meek,  and  presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution; 
another  collection  of  fossils,  a  type  series  of  those  collected 
on  the  upper  Missouri,  by  Dr.  Hayden  and  Lieut.  Warren, 
also  presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution ;  and  a  magnifi- 
cent cast  of  the  Schistopleicrwn  ti/piis,  or  great  fossil  arma- 
dillo, of  South  America,  from  Martin  Brimmer,  Esq.,  which  had 
already  been  mounted  in  our  large  hall,  and  forms  an  inter- 
esting and  conspicuous  feature  of  the  Palaeontological  depart- 
ment. 

The  thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted  for  this  valuable 
donation. 

The  Librarian  called  attention  to  the  large  collection  of 
books  on  the  table,  too  numerous  to  specify,  added  to  the 
Library  since  the  Annual  Meeting. 

Dr.  Pickering  offered  some  desultory  remarks  upon  the 
corals  presented  by  the  Essex  Institute,  and  especially  on  the 
Fungiaus. 


June  21,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Eleven  members  present. 

Capt.  N".  E.  Atwood  made  some  brief  statements  of  the 
habits  of  the  Halibut,  especially  in  distinction  from  the  Cod. 

It  is  found  during  all  seasons,  though  it  does  not  enjoy  so  wide  a 
geographical  range  as  the  Cod,  not  extending  so  far  southward,  and 
seldom  fished  for  below  Nantucket  Shoals  ;  it  is  found  mostly  on  banks, 


183  [A'cwood. 

and  during  the  month  of  July  probably  deposits  its  spawn  in  rocky 
localities.  At  first  it  was  only  sought  for  off  our  coast,  but  as  the  de- 
mand for  it  increased,  the  fishermen  went  to  George's  Bank,  but  the 
fish  found  there  proved  to  be  poor  when  compared  with  those  found 
nearer  to  us,  and  after  the  fishery  became  more  extensive,  they  became 
more  and  more  scarce,  so  that  the  fisheries  have  extended  as  far  £is 
Cape  Sable,  and  the  fish  themselves  which  were  caught  are  smaller  in 
size,  and  do  not  find  so  ready  a  market.  Those  found  along  our  coast 
are  still  the  best.  There  is  a  great  disproportion  in  the  number  of  in- 
dividuals belonging  to  the  two  sexes,  there  being  at  least  nine  females 
to  a  single  male.  The  males  can  be  readily  distinguished  by  being  in 
poor  condition.  Captain  Atwood  had  caught  but  a  single  male  that  was 
fat,  which  weighed  over  sixty  pounds.  The  average  full  grown  female 
generally  weighs  from  one  hundred  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  pounds. 
The  largest  Captain  Atwood  had  ever  taken,  weighed,  when  dressed, 
two  hundred  and  thirty-seven  pounds,  and  would  probably  have 
weighed  three  hundred  pounds  as  taken  from  the  water.  Halibut  are 
generally  caught  after  sunrise,  and  then  seize  the  bait  used  for  fishing 
for  Cod,  so  as  to  drive  them  away,  and  continue  to  bite  during  the 
day,  while  Cod  are  generally  caught  mostly  by  night.  The  Halibut 
will  devour  almost  any  fresh  bait,  though  it  will  not  touch  clams  or 
squid,  which  are  good  bait  for  Cod.  There  is  not  enough  fat  in  Halibut 
to  pay  for  the  extraction  of  the  oil. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  the  following  list  of 
letters :  — 

From  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society,  London;  the  Polllchia, 
Neustadt,  the  Societe  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  Luxembourg  ;  and  the 
Natural  History  and  Philosophical  Society  of  Belfast,  February  4th, 
1865  ;  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  March  11th,  18G5;  the  Smith- 
sonian Listitution,  March  27th,  and  June  7th,  1865;  the  K.  B.  Akade- 
mie  der  Wisseuschaften,  and  the  K.  Hof-  und  Staats-Bibliothek,  Miin- 
chen;  the  K.  K.  Geologische  Reichsanstalt,  Wien,  March  27th,  1865; 
the  Societe  Lnperiale  Geographlque  de  Russie,  St.  Petersbourg,  and  the 
Royal  Society  of  London,  March  29th,  1865  ;  the  Societe  de  Geogra- 
phic, Paris ;  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia ;  and 
the  Societe  d' Agriculture,  etc.,  de  la  Sarthe,  Le  Mans,  April  14th, 
1865;  the  Konigliche  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen; 
and  the  Royal  Geological  Society  of  Ireland,  May  1st,  1865;  Bowdoln 
College,  Brunswick,  Me.,  May  31st,  1865;  the  Deutsche  geologische 
Gesellschaft,  Berlin;  the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft,  Danzig;  the 
Naturhistorischer  Verein  in  Augsburg ;  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History 
of  New  York;  the  Societe   Lnperiale  des   Naturalistes  de  Moscou; 


Jackson.]  *  184 

and  the  Naturwissenscliaftllclier  Verein  des  Harzes,  Blankenburg, 
June  7th,  1865  ;  the  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec,  June 
15th,  18G5,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications; 
the  K.  Akademie  der  Wisscinschaften,  Wien,  February  4th  and  June 
2d,  1865  ;  the  Naturforscheiide  Gesellschaft  des  Osterlandes,  zu  Alten- 
burg,  February  4th,  1865  ;  the  Journal  of  Entomology,  London ;  and  the 
Verein  fiir  vaterliindische  Naturkunde  in  Wurtemberg,  March  1 7th, 
1865  ;  the  Zoologische  Gesellschaft  zu  Frankfurt  am  Main,  March 
27th,  1865  ;  the  Societe  Linneenne  de  Bordeaux,  and  M.  Ch.  des 
Mouhns,  April  14th,  1865;  the  Museum  Francisco-Carolinum,  Linz; 
and  the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft,  Basel,  May  1st,  1865  ;  the  K. 
K.  Central  AnstaltfiirMetcorologie  und  Erdmagnetismus,  Wien,  June 
2d,  1865  ;  the  Ferdinandeum,  Innsbruck  ;  the  Natursforschende 
Gesellschaft  zu  Gorlitz;  and  the  Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire 
Naturelle  de  Geneve,  June  7th,  1865,  acknowledging  the  same  and 
presenting  their  own  pubhcations;  the  Kongl.  Svenska  Vetenskaps 
Akademien,  Stockholm ;  and  the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft,  Frei- 
burg,"  February  4th,  1865;  the  Geological  Survey  of  India;  the 
Royal  Geographical  Society,  London;  and  the  Bureau  de  la  Be- 
cherche  geologique  de  la  Suede,  March  13th,  18G5  ;  the  Naturforschende 
Verein  zu  Biga,  April  14th,  1865 ;  and  the  K.  P.  Akademie  der  Wis- 
senschaften,  BerHn,  April  14th,  and  June  7th,  1865,  presenting  their 
publications;  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal,  June  16th, 
1865,  presenting  their  publications  and  asking  for  back  numbers  of  the 
Society's;  from  Baron  von  Osten  Sacken,  March' 23d,  1865,  present- 
ing the  pubhcations  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  St.  Petersburgh ; 
and  from  Mr.  Samuel  Hubbard,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  March  17th, 
Prof.  P.  A.  Chadbourne,  WilHamstown,  Mass.,  INIarch  21st,  and  Prof. 
A.  E.  Verrill,New  Haven,  Ct,  Aprd  12th,  1865,  acknowledging  their 
election  as  Corresponding  Members. 


July  5,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-one  members  present. 

Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson  exhibited  a  series  of  photographs 
(forty-seven  in  number)  of  Indians  of  different  tribes,  sexes 
and  ages,  intended  to  illustrate  ethnological  differences. 


185  [Gould. 

Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  presented,  by  title,  n  paper  on  "The 
Kudibrancliiate  Mollusks  of  New  England." 

Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow  read  some  notes  on  microscopic  ma- 
rine animals  found  floating  on  the  sea  off  the  northern 
Lobos  Island,  Lat.  6°  30'  S.,  Long.  83°  15'  W.,  on  the  morn- 
ing of  March  15th,  1864.  They  covered  the  surface  of  the 
sea  with  a  grayish  scum  like  dirty  oil,  which  under  the  mi- 
croscope appeared  gelatinous,  translucent,  or  rather  transpa- 
rent, Ics^  than  .01  inch  in  diameter  and  very  unifonn  in 
size.  Other  forms  found  with  thein  were  also  described  by 
Dr.  Winslow. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  the  !N"atu- 
ral  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

The  sj^ecial  business  of  the  evening,  consisting  of  the 
question  of  adoption  of  proposed  amendments  to  the  By- 
Laws,  being  called  up ;  it  was  voted,  on  motion  of  Dr.  White, 
that  in  the  question  of  their  adoption  they  be  considered 
separately,  and  the  several  amendments  as  proposed  were 
adopted  as  follows ; 

Section  II.  Article  5.  The  first  clause,  which  now  reads:  "The 
Treasurer  shall  have  char<]!:e  of  all  money  and  other  property  of  the 
Society,  except  the  Building,  Library  and  IMuseum,"  to  be  altered  so 
as  to  read,  "  The  Treasurer  shall  have  charge  of  all  money  and  other 
property  of  the  Society,  excepting  the  Building  on  Berkeley  Street 
and  its  contents,  and  excepting  also  such  property  as  may  be  placed 
by  the  Council  in  the  hands  of  Trustees." 

Sec.  it.,  Art.  9,  which  now  reads :  "  The  Council  shall  control  all 
expenditure  of  money,  and  make  rules  for  the  use  of  the  Library  and 
Museum,  and  special  rules  for  the  direction  of  the  Librarian  and 
Custodian.  It  shall  elect  annually  a  committee  of  five  members  to  be 
called  the  Publishing  Committee,  and  a  committee  of  three  members 
to  be  called  the  Finance  Committee.  The  Council  shall  have  free 
power  to  act  for  the  interests  of  the  Society,  in  any  way,  not  incon- 
sistent with  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws,"  to  be  altered  by  omitting 
the  word  "  and  "  after  "  money,"  substituting  the  word  "  and  "  for  "  It," 
after  ','  Custodian"  and  omitting  the  words  "  and  a  committee  of  three 
members  to  be  called  the  Finance  Committee." 

An  additional  article  to  be  appended  to  this  section,  as  follows: 
"vlr/.  10.  The  Council  shall  annually  appoint  three  Trustees,  one  of 
whom  shall  be   the   Treasurer   ex-officio,  to  whose  charge   shall  be 


Wyman.]  186 

entrusted  all  the  funded  property  of  the  Society,  with  power  to  sell 
and  re-invest  according  to  their  judgment." 

Sec.  Yl.,  Art.  2,  to  be  struck  out,  and  the  following  substituted 
in  its  place  :  "  The  Council  shall,  previously  to  every  annual  meeting, 
appoint  a  committee  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  audit  the  accounts  of 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Corporation." 


September  20,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty  members  present. 

Prof.  Wyman,  in  noticing  a  fine  exhibition  of  ripple  marks 
on  strata  of  the  Potsdam  sandstone  in  Keeseville,  N.  Y., 
made  some  observations  on  similar  marks  which  he  had  seen 
made. 

Those  of  the  Potsdam  sandstone  were  distinct  and  fi^-esh 
as  those  recently  made.  He  had  noticed  on  the  border  of 
the  lake  in  the  neighborhood,  the  recent  ones  made  on  a 
sandy  beach,  when  the  wind  ruffled  the  sm-face  of  the  wa- 
ter. They  were  three  inches  wide,  while  the  waves  above 
them  measured  three  feet  from  crest  to  crest.  During  a 
calm  they  flattened  down  and  gradually  disappeared.  They 
were  parallel  to  the  shore,  and  forced  on  by  the  waves  ad- 
vanced toward  it,  travelling  the  distance  of  three  inches  in 
half  an  hour.  Indications  of  such  changes  in  position  could 
also  be  plainly  seen  on  the  Potsdam  sandstone.  There 
were  sometimes  transverse  marks,  occurring  at  breaks  in  the 
course  of  those  Ipng  parallel  to  the  shore,  occasioned  by 
cross  waves.  Such  were  also  indicated  in  the  Potsdam 
sandstone. 

In  fonu,  the  ripple  marks  seen  in  the  lake  were  steep  on 
the  shore  side,  but  presented  a  longer  slope  towards  the 
water  side ;  thus  one  could  distinguish  the  shore  from  the 


187  [Scudder. 

water  side  in  the  Potsdam  sandstone ;  sometimes,  however, 
the  sides  were  equal. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  the  following  list  of 
letters : — 

From  the  Albany  Institute,  June  7tb,  1865;  the  Naturhistorlsclier 
Verein  der  preussischen  Rheinlande  und  Westphalens,  and  theMittel- 
rheinischer  geologischer  Verein,  Darmstadt,  August  24th,  1865; 
the  India  Museum,  and  the  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Que- 
bec, September  16th,  1865,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's 
publications;  the  Real  Academia  de  Ciencias,  Madrid,  July  13th,  and 
August  24th,  1865,  acknowledging  the  same  and  presenting  their  own 
pubUcations;  the  Naturhistorische  GescUschaft  zu  Hannover,  July 
15th,  1865;  the  Museo  publico  de  Buenos  Aires,  the  Societe  Impe- 
riale  de  Geographic  a  St.  Petersbourg,  the  Societe  Linneenne  de 
Lyon,  the  R.  Istituto  Tecnico  di  Palermo,  August  24th,  1865,  pre- 
senting their  pubUcations. 

The  following  paper  was  read : 

Notes  upon    some  Odoxata  from  the  Isle  of  Pines.    By 
Samuel  H.  Scuddek. 

The  Isle  of  Pines,  where  the  Insects  were  obtained,  which  form  the 
basis  of  the  following  notes,  is,  zoologically  speaking,  a  portion  of 
Cuba,  though  differing  from  It,  or  at  least  from  those  portions  of  it 
with  which  It  is  In  geographical  contiguity,  by  very  marked  physical 
features.  I  believe  that  a  few  insects  have  been  found  there,  which 
have  not  yet  been  discovered  in  Cuba,  but  probably  a  more  careful 
search  will  bring  them  to  hght.  The  island  is  about  twenty-five  miles 
In  diameter,  its  nearest  point  fifty  miles  distant  from  Cuba,  (a 
distance  broken  moreover  by  a  series  of  keys  stretching  in  a  north- 
westwardly direction)  and  is  in  the  longitude  and  jurisdiction  of  Ha- 
vana. The  climate  is  milder,  but  much  more  equable  than  that  of  the 
contiguous  parts  of  Cuba. 

The  Odonata  mentioned  In  the  following  pages  were  obtained  at 
Sante  Fe,  on  May  10th  and  13th,  with  the  exception  of  one  or  two 
which  were  taken  in  Cuba  at  an  earher  date,  but  which  became 
mingled  in  my  collection,  so  that  I  was  not  able  to  distinguish  them; 
the  notes  have  reference  particularly  to  the  colors  of  the  living  insects. 
I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  P.  R.  Uhler  for  some  valuable  hints  upon  the 
generic  relations  of  some  of  the  species  mentioned. 


Scuddcr.]  188 

Agrion  Maria  nov.  sp. 

9  Head,  light  blue ;  the  vertex,  behind  the  front  ocellus,  black, 
enclosing  a  transverse,  light  band  of  irregular  border,  which  fails  to 
reach  the  border  of  the  eyes  or  of  the  ocelli,  and  is  constricted  in 
the  middle  so  as  to  be  nearly  resolved  into  two  wedge-shaped  spots  in 
reversed  positions ;  antennae  dusky,  the  anterior  half  of  j&rst  joint  and 
basal  half  of  the  second  pale  bluish ;  prothorax  light  blue,  a  dorsal 
line,  a  lateral  stripe,  and  a  sublateral  apical  spot,  black ;  posterior  edge 
triangularly  produced,  the  apex  rounded ;  thorax  light  blue,  the  dor- 
sum with  a  serrated  median  stripe  and  a  humeral  stripe,  cleft  from  the 
humerus  for  more  than  half  its  length,  black ;  pleura  with  a  narrow 
anterior  abbreviated  black  stripe,  thickened  at  the  tip,  not  more  than 
one-third  or  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  pleura,  approximated  and 
parallel  to  the  humeral  stripe  and  sometimes  connected  with  its  pos- 
terior fork  at  the  apex  of  the  same ;  also  a  narrow  median  black  stripe 
parallel  to  the  others,  triangularly  dilated  posteriorly  at  the  base, 
startino-  from  the  base  of  the  posterior  wings  at  the  anterior  border  and 
falling  to  reach  the  mesothoracic  stigma,  beneath  which  In  assumed 
continuation  of  this  stripe  is  a  small  black  spot ;  wings  hyaline,  apical 
third  indistinctly  luteous;  pterostigma  small,  rhomboldal,  dark  red- 
dish brown ;  legs  pale  with  black  spines,  the  femora  with  a  superior 
blackish-brown  vitta,  extended  on  to  the  anterior  surface  at  the  apex; 
tibiae  with  an  inferior  fuscous  vitta  obsolescent  towards  the  apex; 
abdomen  bronze-black,  segments  1-2  with  a  broad  lateral  stripe,  one 
with  a  dorsal  central  spot,  two  with  a  median  spot  in  the  form  of  an  (!), 
3-7  with  a  narrow  basal  annulus,  and  a  narrow  lateral  stripe  pale 
hght  blue,  that  of  segments  1-2  more  distinct;  segment  eight,  with  a 
very  narrow  basal  annulus  and  the  Inferior  surface  pale  blue  ;  nine,  pale 
blue  with  a  linear  basal  annulus,  a  narrow  apical  annulus  expanded 
triangularly  on  the  middle  of  the  dorsum,  and  a  dot  on  either  side  of  the 
expansion,  black;  ten,  pale  blue  above,  black  beneath,  posterior  margin 
entire ;  appendages  black,  very  short ;  superior  pair  trigonal,  laminate, 
channelled  Infcriorly  and  so  minutely  bifid  at  the  tip,  which  is  directed 
posteriorly  upwards  and  slightly  outwards,  with  a  tubercle  upon  the 
middle  superiorly ;  inferior  pair  sub-cylindrical,  simple,  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  subcultrlfbrm,  obtusely  carinate  beneath ;  eleven  postcubltals. 

Length,  1.38  inches  ;  alar  expanse,  1.44  inches.     4  9. 

During  life  the  colors  of  the  body  are  black  with  a  metallic  lustre 
on  head  and  thorax  as  well  as  abdomen,  and  Hght  blue,  very  pale  on 
the  abdominal  segments,  except  1-2. 

It  seems  to  be  closely  allied  to  A.  exsulans  Hagen.  _ 


189  [Scudder. 

?  Agrion  (Ischnura)  cceciim  Hagen. 

Some  of  my  specimens  seem  to  agree  pretty  well  with  Hagen's 
description  of  this  species,  but  yet  differ  so  much  that  I  deem  it  best 
to  describe  them  throughout. 

The  colors  of  the  ?  in  life  were  not  noted  by  me ;  those  of  the  $ 
were  a  bronze-green  with  metallic  reflections,  and  a  deep  bluish  pur- 
ple ;  in  the  teneral  stage  the  green  was  dull,  and  the  purple  very  pale; 
in  the  following  description  1  give  the  colors  as  they  now  appear. 

Head  black,  the  front  brownish-black,  labrum  dark  testaceous 
(adult  $),  or  luteous  with  a  vertical  transverse  band  of  bronze-green 
extending  forward  to  the  base  of  the  antennge,  and  in  the  middle  of 
which  the  ocelli  are  situated  (teneral)  ;  antennse  blackish-brown,  basal 
joint  reddish-brown  (adult  3),  or  luteous  (teneral),  joints  two  and 
three  tipped  with  reddish-brown  ((5)  or  two  luteous,  three  fuscous, 
basal  half  luteous  (teneral  ? )  ;  dorsum  of  prothorax  bronze-green, 
sides  bluish  purple  (adult  5),  or  sides  pale  purplish  (teneral  (5),  or 
pale  testaceous  (teneral?);  posterior  edge  uniformly  raised  (5),  or 
entire  and  simple  (?)  ;  thorax  deep  bluish  purple  (adult  (5),  or  pale 
purplish-brown  (teneral  6),  or  pale  testaceous  (teneral  ?),  with  a 
broad  straight  median  dorsal  stripe,  a  broad  straight  humeral  stripe, 
largely  clubbed  at  the  apex,  and  a  narrow  metathoracic,  sometimes 
abbreviated,  stripe,  bronze-green,  the  humeral  stripe  in  teneral  ?  only 
dark  testaceous ;  wings  hyahne ;  pterostigma  small,  rhomboidal,  ros}'- 
brown  (adult  5 )  or  pale  (teneral)  ;  legs  blackish-fuscous  with  black 
spines,  those  of  tibise  very  long,  the  coxa?,  the  femora  at  base,  their 
posterior  and  inferior  surfaces,  and  tibise  except  anterior  surface,  red- 
dish-brown, claws  reddish,  black-tipped  (adult  $),  or  pale,  the 
anterior  edge  of  superior  surface  of  femora  and  tibiae  and  a  basal 
annulus  on  the  tarsi  blackish-fuscous  (teneral) ;  abdominal  segments 
1-3  bright  blue,  the  base  of  1,  sides  of  2  and  a  dorsal  transverse  band 
just  beyond  the  middle  of  the  segment,  its  posterior  edge  excised, 
apical  fourth  of  3  bronze-green,  4-7  and  10  bronze-green,  8-9  bright 
blue  (3  ,  in  the  teneral  ?  the  blue  is  faint),  or,  bronze  greenish-brown, 
deepest  on  segments  1-2,  7-9,  the  sides  wholly,  and  on  segments  3-7  a 
basal  annulus  pale  testaceous  (teneral  ? ,  of  which  the  terminal  seg- 
ment is  destroyed)  ;  posterior  edge  of  10  in  6  strongly  excised;  supe- 
rior appendages  of  $  black,  forcipated,  as  long  as  the  side  of  the 
terminal  segment,  sub-incurved,  interiorly  subunguiculated  at  tip,  a 
tooth  which  is  sometimes  indistinctly  bifid  on  the  interior' edge  at  one- 
third  the  distance  from  the  tip,  basal  half  suddenly  produced  at  the 
inferior  inner  angle  to  a  broad  rounded  testaceous  lamina ;  inferior 
appendages  luteous,  very  short,  broad,  the  outer  upper  angle  furnished 
with  a  sharp,  subincurved  and  sharply  upturned,  black-tipped  unguic- 


Scudder.]  190 

ulus ;  appendages  of  eighth  segment  of  $  broadly  ensiform,  minutely 
denticulate  beneath,  superior  half  pale  testaceous,  inferior  half  blackish 
fuscous,  with  apical  acicular  divaricating  appendages  nearly  .01  inch 
in  length ;  9-1 1  postcubitals. 

Length,  1.25  inches;  alar  expanse,  1.26-1.48  inches  (^),  1.20 
inches  ( ? ).     3  S,  2  teneral  $ ,  1  teneral  9 . 

iEsclma  virens  Kamb. 

I  have  two  males  from  the  Isle  of  Pines,  which  apparently  belong  to 
this  species  as  described  by  Hagen  ;  all  the  green  markings  of  variable 
brilliancy  in  the  dried  insect  were  of  a  similarly  bright  grass-green  in  the 
living  insect,  and  all  the  darker  markings,  except  the  fuscous  sutures 
of  the  thoracic  pleura  were  black.  The  inferior  abdominal  appendage 
appears  to  differ  from  Hagen's  description  in  being  more  than  half  as 
long  as  the  upjDcr,  and  in  being  docked  at  the  tip ;  the  auricles  of  the 
second  abdominal  segment  are  smaller  than  usual,  and  there  is  a  mass 
of  nigro-cinereous,  delicate,  close  pile  on  the  dorsum  of  the  first  and 
second  abdominal  segments,  in  the  latter  only  at  the  base ;  the  pos- 
terior half  of  the  wings  are  very  slightly  washed  with  fuscous ;  antecu- 
bitals  18-21;  postcubitals  11-12. 

Length  2.90-3.16  inches;  alar  expanse  4.15-4.44  inches;  ptero- 
stigma,  .20  inches.     2  $. 

Macromia  cubensis  mv.  sp. 

Vertex  and  front  above  purplish  (in  life  steel-blue)  with  metallic 
reflections ;  front  dull  yellowish-brown  (as  in  life) ;  labrum  reddish- 
brown,  edged  with  black  (as  in  life)  ;  dorsum  of  thorax  purplish  (steel- 
blue  with  greenish  reflections,  more  or  less  dulled  in  life)  ;  plem'a  fus- 
cous (in  life  brownish-yellow)  with  three  dull-purplish  stripes  (metallic 
blue  in  life),  the  middle  one  narrower  and  shorter  than  the  others; 
legs  black,  next  the  base  within,  especially  in  the  hind  pair,  yellowish ; 
wings  hyaline,  the  posterior  pair  fulvous  at  the  extreme  base ;  ptero- 
stigma  greyish-fuscous;  membranule  nigro-cinereous;  abdomen  bronze- 
green  with  metallic  reflections  (as  in  life)  with  a  band  along  the  sides, 
broader  next  the  base,  linear  beyond  the  fourth  segment,  but  extend- 
ing the  whole  length  of  the  abdomen,  fuscous  (in  life  brownish-yel- 
low) ;  appendage  black,  very  short ;  vulvar  lamina  triangularly  pro- 
duced, excised  at  the  apex,  so  as  to  make  it  bifid,  the  segment  foflow- 
ing  it  carinated;  tip  of  abdomen  furnished  with  short  cinereous  hairs; 
antecubitals  8  ;  postcubitals  6-7  ;  two  discoidal  areolets. 

Length  1.44  inches;  alar  expanse  2.44-2.48  inches;  pterostigma 
.10  inch.     3  ?. 


191  [Scuddor. 

Tramea  insnlaris  Hagen. 

I  have  taken  but  a  single  female  of  this  species,  which,  though 
Hagen  refers  to  no  such  distinction,  differs  from  four  males  taken  by 
me  In  having  the  front  above  of  the  same  color  as  the  rest  of  the  face, 
and  the  vertex  a  darker  tinge  of  the  same  color  instead  of  being  brassy 
purple ;  also  in  that  the  fuscous  band  at  the  base  of  the  posterior  wings 
is  narrower  and  reaches  neither  the  posterior  border,  nor  the  anal  an^le 
toward  which  it  turns. 

This  ?  when  ahve  had  the  front  and  vertex  light  brownish  yellow, 
the  labrum,  except  the  black  apex,  as  well  as  the  other  mouth-parts, 
reddish-brown ;  thorax  very  pale  olivaceous-green  ;  spots  on  the  last 
three  segments  of  abdomen  black,  the  dorsum  of  the  segment  anterior 
to  them  dull  orange ;  the  other  segments  above  reddish-orange ;  sides 
of  abdomen  dull  olivaceous-green,  beneath  plumbeous. 

I  do  not  think  this  can  be  the  ?  of  T.  ahdominalis ;  the  pterostigma 
is  fulvous ;  the  specimens  were  all  taken  at  the  same  time,  and  the 
6  3  are  unmistakably  T.  insularis.  Selys  seems  to  have  had  speci- 
mens of  both  before  him  in  preparing  his  description. 

I  do  not  find  that  Hagen  makes  any  reference  in  his  Synopsis  to  the 
species  referred  to  by  Selys  under  the  name  of  L.  cophjsa  Kollar 
MS.,  which  belongs  to  this  group,  has  been  found  in  Cuba,  and  appeai-s 
never  to  have  been  described  :  is  it  this  species  ? 

Antecubltals,  11 ;  postcubitals,  8-9.  Length,  1.84  inches;  alar  ex- 
panse, 3.32  inches;  pterostigma,  .11  inch. 

Libellula  auripennis  Burm. 

I  have  several  specimens  from  the  Isle  of  Pines  which  agree  with 
Hagen's  description  of  this  species ;  the  wings,  however,  can  hardly  be 
said  to  have  their  anterior  margin  flavescent,  £is  the  flavescence  is 
ahnost  entirely  confined  to  the  two  principal  veins  at  this  point, 
slightly  suffusing  the  membrane  at  the  nodus  and  towards  the  base ; 
the  slight  Infuscation  of  the  apex  is  a  Uttle  flavescent  also. 

During  life  the  natural  colors  of  the  teneral  stage  (  5  and  ?  )  are  as 
follows :  The  face  is  pale  brownish-yellow ,  dorsum  of  thorax  yellowish- 
brown  (I  made  no  note  of  the  median  sulcus)  ;  pleura  the  same  as  the 
face  with  a  tinge  of  green,  the  abbreviated  stripe  yellowish-brown ; 
abdomen  dusky  lemon-yellow,  the  median  stripe  black  posteriorly, 
brown  anteriorly ;  beneath  the  same  as  the  pleura. 

Antecubltals,  15-17  ;  postcubitals,  11-13.  Alar  expanse,  2.92-3.10 
inches.     5  5 ,  1  ? .    It  was  one  of  the  most  common  species 


Scudder.]  192 

Libellula  angustipennis  Ttamb. 

One  teneral  female  taken  by  me  seems  to  agree  with  the  descriptions 
by  Selys  and  Hagen,  although  my  specimen  is  somewhat  smaller. 

When  living,  this  teneral  9  showed  the  vertex  of  the  head  next  the 
eyes  very  dark  reddish-brown  ;  the  rest  of  the  vertex  and  the  upper 
part  of  the  face  steel-blue  with  metallic  reflections,  below  lemon-yel- 
low ;  the  dorsum  of  the  thorax  dark  yellowish-brown,  the  pleura  steel- 
blue,  both  with  some  metallic  reflections,  and  their  stripes  (which  on  the 
dorsum  are  a  median  and  humeral  line,  and  on  the  pleura  are  two  lines 
and  two  stripes  alternately  disposed,  the  stripes  (posterior)  lemon- 
yellow;  abdomen  of  a  lighter  yellowish-brown  than  the  dorsum  of  the 
thorax,  the  basal  streaks  lemon-yellow,  and  the  edges  black. 

Antecubitals,  14-15  ;  postcubitals,  8-9.  Expanse  of  wings,  2.4  inches; 
pterostigma,  .13  inches.    1  teneral  ?. 

Libellula  vinosa  nov.  sp. 

Front  reddish-brown,  paler  in  the  middle  (the  labrum  sometimes 
edged  with  black),  or  dull  olivaceous-yellow  (in  life  deep  blood-red); 
dorsum  of  thorax  fuscous  (in  life  olivaceous-red)  obscurely  banded 
before  the  humerus  with  dull  yellowish  (in  life  only  a  lighter  tint  of  the 
basal  color)  or  with  a  median  line  and  two  narrow  (the  anterior  some- 
times broad)  humeral  stripes,  bent  abruptly,  without  widening,  at  the 
humerus,  and  just  falling  to  reach  the  middle  line,  yellow;  pleura  fus- 
cous, sometimes  with  slight  steel-blue  reflections  (in  life  dark  olivaceous- 
brown  with  dark  greenish  reflections)  with  four  yellow  or  ochraceous 
stripes  (in  life  blood-red  *  )  ;  the  anterior  irregular,  indistinct  close 
to  the  humeral  stripe ;  the  second  in  the  middle,  broad  and  straight, 
the  fourth  as  broad  as  the  second,  bordering  the  hinder  edge  of  the 
pleura,  the  third  between  them  insignificant  and  irregular ;  wings 
hyahne  with  vinous  veins,  sublnfuscated  at  tip,  the  anterior  pair  fla- 
vescent  from  tlie  base  to  about  one-third  the  distance  to  the  triangle ; 
posterior  pair  fusco-flavescent  at  the  base  as  far  as  the  triangle,  with 
two  blackish  streaks  In  the  spot,  between  the  second  and  third  and  the 
fourth  and  fifth  principal  veins,  which  are  also  indistinctly  seen  on  the 
anterior  wings ;  pterostigma  nigro-  (teneral)  or  rubro-fuscous ;  mem- 
branule  blackish ;  legs  black,  base  of  femora,  inside  of  fore  and  some- 
times middle  femora  luteous ;  abdomen  reddish-broAvn  (in  life  blood- 
red  or  yellowish-brown,  teneral) ;  the  incisures,  segments  1-4  and  8-9 

*  This  deep  and  brilliant  color  in  this  and  other  parts  is  mentioned  in  my  notes 
only  with  reference  to  the  darker  colored  and  banded  individuals ;  I  can  hardly  be- 
lieve that  those  wliich  have  the  bands  distinctly  and  rather  fresh  yellow  at  present, 
could  have  had  them  blood-red  during  life;  it  does  not  appear  to  have  any  teneral 
siifnilication. 


193  [Scudder. 

and  sometimes  those  between  with  a  lateral  stripe,  black ;  append- 
asjes  reddish-brown  ((5),  or  yellowish-brown  (teneral  S),  tipped  with 
black  (5),  or  fuscous  (teneral  3);  or  basal  half  yellowish-brown, 
apical  half  black  (teneral  ?)  ;  antecubitals,  15-17  ;  postcubitals,  9-11; 
three  rows  of  discoidal  areolets. 

Length,  1.42  inches  ;  alar  expanse,  2.24-2.48  inches  ;  pterostigma, 
.10  inch.     Adult  5,2;  teneral  ( <5 ,  3  ;   $  1). 

Dythemis  frontalis  (Burm.)  Hagen. 

Hagen  has  added  very  little  to  the  previous  descriptions  of  this  spe- 
cies by  Burmeister  and  Selys,  and  evidently  had  before  him  only  the 
specimens  of  these  authors,  neither  of  whom  mention  the  ? ,  which 
differs  considerably  from  the  $ ,  at  least  in  wanting  the  pruinosity 
of  that  sex,  and  in  the  size  of  the  expanded  terminal  abdominal 
segments. 

? .  The  face  in  front  is  pale  brownish-yellow  (in  life  pale  greenish-yel- 
low) ;  above  and  on  the  vertex,  but  not  on  the  sides,  greenish-chalybe- 
ous  (in  life  bronze-black  with  purplish  reflections)  ;  labrum  black ; 
behind  the  eyes  yellow,  broken  by  transverse  fuscous  lines;  thorax 
fuscous  (in  life  dark  fuscous)  with  an  humeral  streak,  angulated  on  the 
inside  at  the  base  of  the  wings,  and  three  pleural  stripes  dull  yellow 
(in  life  lemon-yellow) ;  not  only  the  anterior  but  also  the  middle 
femora  pale  inside  (in  life  yellow),  and  not  only  inside  but  posteriorly 
and  at  the  base  altogether ;  wings  h}'aline,  the  extreme  base  of  the 
posterior  pair,  next  the  principal  veins  fulvous ;  a  spot  on  the  anterior 
half  of  the  apex  of  the  wings,  in  the  middle  of  which  the  pterostigma 
stands,  barely  tinged  with  luteous ;  the  membranule  mentioned  by 
Selys  as  fuscous  and  by  Hagen  as  black,  is  dark  fuscous ;  the  width  of 
the  swollen  base  of  the  abdomen  is  to  that  of  the  expanded  portion, 
extending  from  the  middle  of  the  sixth  segment  to  the  ninth  (inclu- 
sive) as  four  to  five  ;  abdomen  black  (so  in  life),  the  sides  with  an 
upper  and  lower  longitudinal  irregular  streak  of  brownish-yellow  (in 
life  lemon-yellow)  most  conspicuous  on  segments  1-3,  only  present  as 
a  line  on  the  basal  half  of  segments  5-6,  as  outer  and  inner  spots  or 
streaks  on  basal  half  of  7-8,  more  conspicuous  on  8,  and  wanting  on  9; 
antecubitals  14 ;  postcubitals  10 ; 

Length  1.84  inches ;  alar  expanse  3.20  inches  ;  pterostigma  .10  inch. 

The  6  differs  from  the  ?  in  the  following  particulars  :  —  the  thorax 
is  bluish  pruinose  (as  in  life)  with  the  markings  like  the  9  faintly  dis- 
cernible ;  only  the  anterior  femora  pale  inside  and  at  the  base,  though 
the  middle  femora  have  those  parts  fuscous  rather  than  black  ;  the 
posterior  pair  of  wings  do  not  have  the  base  so  much  tinged  with 
ftunose,  if  at  all,  and  the  luteous  spot  at  the  apex  of  all  the  wings 

PROCEEDINGS  B.  S    X.  H.— VOL.  X.  13  PEBSUAET,  1866. 


Scudder.]  194 

nearly  if  not  quite  reaches  the  posterior  edge,  but  extends  no  nearer 
the  apex  than  the  middle  of  the  pterostigma,  starting  from  half  way 
between  the  nodus  and  pterostigma;  the  abdomen  (in  life)  has  the 
segments  4-6  black,  the  others  blue  pruinose;  the  pruinosity  re- 
mains in  one  specimen  before  me,  in  another  it  is  seen  only  on  seg- 
ments 1-3,  and  on  the  others  none  at  all;  the  abdominal  markings  of 
the  9  are  altogether  wanting ;  the  width  of  the  swollen  base  is  to  that 
of  the  posterior  half  of  segment  sixth  to  the  ninth  segment  as  four  to 
six;  antecubitals  15-16;  postcubitals  9-11. 

Length  1.75-1.78  inches;  alar  expanse  3.04  inches.     3  (J,  1  9. 

Dythemis  pleurosticta    (Burm.)  Hagen. 

I  consider  £is  belonging  to  this  species  six  specimens  obtained  by  me, 
all  but  one  of  which  are  teneral ;  I  could  not,  however,  have  consid- 
ered them  identical  with  Burmeister's  L.  pleurosticta  from  Brazil, 
had  not  Dr.  Hagen  compared  his  types  with  specimens  from  Cuba; 
the  expression  "  thoracis  dorso  trilineato  "  would  not  have  been  applied 
to  specimens  the  dorsum  of  whose  thorax  was  figured  with  a  rather 
broad  humeral  streak,  very  broad  and  angulated  at  the  humerus,  and 
with  the  barest  possible  indication,  when  any,  of  a  median  line ;  in 
other  respects  my  specimens  agree  with  the  descriptions  of  Burmeister, 
Selys  and  Hagen,  except  that  the  membranule  should  rather  be 
described  as  whitish-cinereous  (those  of  the  teneral  stage  almost 
milk-white),  that  the  pleural  spots  of  the  thorax  are  pale  bluish- 
white  (In  the  teneral  stage  milk-white),  and  that  the  apex  of  the 
primaries  beyond  the  nodus  in  the  teneral  9  is  fumose,  faintly 
fenestrated  with  fuscous. 

In  the  living  specimens  the  vertex  of  the  head  is  bronze-black  with 
purpHsh  reflections,  but  next  the  eyes,  as  in  dried  specimens,  reddish- 
brown  ;  the  upper  part  of  the  face  is  very  pale  bluish-white,  below  dull 
reddish-brown,  passing  to  the  upper  part  of  the  labrum,  and  including 
the  apical  half  of  the  labium ;  the  thorax  is  testaceous  marked  with 
black,  the  spots  bluish  white  (or  in  teneral  specimens  milk-white) ; 
there  is  a  minute  yellowish  spot  on  black  ground  on  the  pleura,  just 
above  the  hind  coxas ;  abdomen  pitchy-black,  marked  with  bluish-white 
(or  in  teneral  specimens  milk-white,  a  little  dull). 

Antecubitals  13-15  ;  postcubitals  8-10  ;  alar  expanse  2.5-2.64 
inches.     16,1  teneral  i ,  4  teneral  9 . 

Mesothemis  Poeyi  nov.  sp. 

Vertex  and  upper  portion  of  front,  except  at  the  sides,  chalybeous  (in 
life  bronze-black  with  deep  purplish  reflections)  ;  face  and  mouth  pale 
yellow  (in  life  pale  greenish-yellow)  ;  back  of  the  head  between  the 


195  [Scudder. 

eyes,  and  a  spot  on  either  side  in  the  middle,  yelloTv;  two  spots  on  the 
middle  of  the  dorsum  of  prothorax  and  its  posterior  lobe  yellow  ;  dor- 
sum of  thorax  as  far  as  the  middle  of  anterior  wings  reddish-black  with 
purphsh  reflections  (in  Hfe  dark  greenish-brown)  striped  with  bright 
lemon-yellow  (as  in  life)  as  follows :  —  a  middle  line  expanded  anteri- 
orly, a  straight  antehumeral  narrow  stripe  on  either  side,  slightly 
divaricating  anteriorly,  thickened  posteriorly,  bent  downwards  and 
blurred  anteriorly,  a  narrow  humeral  stripe,  shaped  like  a  brace,  the 
central  angle  directed  backwards,  also  the  humerus  and  a  minute  ante- 
humeral  transverse  spot  yellow  ;  pleura  of  thorax  bright  lemon-yellow 
(as  in  life)  with  two  approximate  central  stripes,  nearly  or  quite 
straight  of  purplish-black  (in  life  dark  greenish-brown)  ;  legs  black, 
interior  of  fore  femora  luteous ;  wings  hyaline,  an  indication  of  ful- 
vescence  at  the  extreme  base,  especially  of  posterior  pair ;  pterostigma 
fuscous ;  membranule  black ;  abdomen  pitchy  black  (as  in  life)  ;  a  broad 
lateral  stripe  extending  from  base  of  abdomen  to  middle  of  fourth 
segment,  an  abbreviated  lateral  stripe  on  segment  5,  the  base  of  seg- 
ments 5  and  6  narrowly,  and  a  large  spot  at  base  of  7  not  reaching  the 
lateral  edge  but  extending  over  more  than  half  of  the  segment,  excised 
in  the  middle  posteriorly  and  divided  by  a  median  black  line,  yellow 
(in  life  bright  lemon-yellow) ;  terminal  segment  with  four  indistinct 
yellow  dots ;  appendages  black ;  genital  lobes  bent  towards  and  touch- 
ing one  another,  broader  and  truncate  at  tip,  black ;  anterior  branch  of 
genital  hamules  short,  simple,  conical,  testaceous ;  posterior  branch  tes- 
taceous, narrowed  in  the  middle,  directed  strongly  backwards,  the 
basal  halves  divaricate,  apical  halves  approximate  and  touching  at  tip, 
which  are  broad,  denticulate  and  black,  at  the  base  interiorly  and  pos- 
teriorly a  minute  reddish  unguiculus  directed  backwards,  their  tips 
divaricate;  10-11  antecubitals;  7-8  postcubitals;  three  rows  of  dis- 
coidal  areolets,  then  two,  then  three  again. 

Length  1.6  inches;  alar  expanse  2.52  inches;  pterostigma  .12 inch. 
1  $. 

Mesothemis  Gundlachii  nov.  sp. 

6  .  Vertex  and  front  dull  green,  the  upper  part  of  the  face  a  little 
infuscated  (in  life  grass-green)  ;  vertex  bi-tuberculated  ;  mouth  luteous 
(in  life  lemon-yellow)  ;  thorax,  both  dorsum  and  pleura,  dull,  slightly 
olivaceous-green  (in  life  grass-green),  the  incisures  reddish-brown; 
humerus  edged  with  black ;  legs  black,  base  of  all  the  femora  and  the 
inside  of  fore  femora  pale;  wlngshyaline  with  black  veins;  pterostigma 
luteo-flavescent ;  membranule  black ;  abdomen  black  marked  with 
brownish-yellow  (in  life  grass-green) ;  segments  1-3  brownish-yellow 
with  black  incisures,  the  third  with  a  subdoi-sal  band  of  black  on  the 


Scudder.]  196 

apical  half  of  either  side,  united  at  the  apex  ;  4  black,  broadly  brownish- 
yellow  at  base,  with  an  abbreviated  lateral  stripe  of  brownish-yellow 
beyond ;  5-8  black  with  a  saddle-shaped  brownish-yellow  spot  ante- 
riorly;  9-10  black  ;  upper  appendages  clear  yellow,  lower  ones  tinged 
with  fuscous ;  abdomen  beneath  prulnose ;  genital  hamule  testaceous, 
inner  branch  black,  within  cylindrical,  unguiculated,  outer  branch 
laminate  rounded,  but  slightly  docked  at  the  tip,  extending  half  way  to 
apex  of  genital  lobe;  genital  lobe  oval,  black,  hairy;  12-13  antecubi- 
tals;  10  postcubitals;  three  rows  of  discoidal  areolets. 

Length  1,66  inches;  alar  expanse  2.48  inches;  pterostigma  .125 
inch.     1  6. 

Diplax  ochracea  (Burm.)  Hagen. 

? .  Vertex  and  upper  part  of  front  fuscous  (in  life  pale  reddish- 
brown  with  a  greenish  tinge),  or  dull  luteous  (teneral)  ;  face  yeUowish- 
brown  (in  life  pale  green)  or  pale  (teneral) ;  labrum  edged  with  reddish- 
brown  ;  dorsum  of  thorax  brown  mottled  with  dull  yellow  (in  life  dull 
green),  or  yellow  marked  with  brown  (teneral)  ;  pleura  of  thorax  dull 
greenish-yellow,  paler  below,  the  sutures  brown  with  a  dark  reddish- 
brown  spot  at  the  base  of  the  anterior  and  middle  legs  (in  life  dull 
green  with  dark  reddish-brown  markings),  or  pale  lemon-yellow  with 
fiiscous  markings  (teneral)  ;  legs  black,  fore  femora,  except  the  outside, 
the  other  femora  towards  their  base,  pale  luteous;  wings  hyaline,  veins 
black,  subinfuscated  at  the  extreme  tip,  the  base  flavescent  as  far  as 
half  way  to  the  triangle  or  less  on  the  anterior  wings,  and  to  the  tri- 
angle on  posterior  pair ;  on  one  specimen  it  Is  almost  wanting  on  the 
anterior  wings  and  on  the  posterior  wings  extends  only  as  far  as  is  usual 
on  the  anterior  pair;  pterostigma  fuscous,  the  bordering  nervures  very 
black,  in  teneral  stage  paler ;  membranule  black ;  abdominal  segments 
1-3  testaceous  bordered  posteriorly  with  fuscous  (in  life  dull  greenish- 
yellow  bordered  with  very  dark  brown),  or  pale  lemon-yellow  bor- 
dered with  brownish-fuscous  (teneral)  ;  remaining  segments  blackish 
brown,  each  side  of  segments  4-7  with  a  broad  broAvnish-yellow  band 
directed  backwards  and  upwards,  nearly  meeting  one  another  poste- 
riorly (colors  of  the  living  specimens  like  the  base  of  the  abdomen),  or 
in  teneral  stage  the  same,  with  the  colors  pale  yellow  and  brownish- 
black  ;  terminal  segment  and  appendages  fuscous  or  pale  yellowish  (ten- 
eral) ;  10-11  antecubitals ;  7-8  postcubitals;  three  rows  of  discoidal 
areolets,  then  two,  then  three  again. 

Length  1.30-1.34  inches;  alar  expanse  2.20-2.26  inches;  ptero- 
stigma .13  inch.     4  ?,  3  teneral  9. 

The  posterior  lobe  of  the  prothorax  is  large  and  quadrangular, 
hardly  bifid. 


197  ISciifMHr 

Hagen  in  his  synopsis  gives  "  Libellula  Justinian  a  Selys  "  as  a  syn- 
onym, evidently  through  inadvertence,  "  Libe'llula  justina  Selys"  being 
intended,  as  is  evident  from  the  description,  as  well  as  from  his  giving 
"  Libellula  justiuiana  Selys  "  as  a  synonym  to  his  Diplax  justiniana 
immediately  below ;  in  one  the  vulvar  lamina  is  erect,  in  the  other 
suberect. 

Diplax  justiniana  (Selys)  Hagen. 

I  have  specimens  which  agree  altogether  with  Hagen's  careful 
description  of  this  species,  with  the  following  exceptions  :  The 
appendages  of  the  adult  S  are  brownish-black,  being  rufo-fuscous, 
as  described  by  Selys,  in  the  teneral  stage ;  the  pterostigma  is  pale 
fuscous  in  both  stages  and  sexes,  instead  of  yellow  as  described  by  both 
Selys  and  Hagen ;  the  membranule  is  nigro-cinereous,  edged  with 
black,  in  the  adult   $ . 

The  colors  of  the  living  specimens  are  as  follows :  —  Vertex  of  head 
and  upper  part  of  face  bronze-black  with  purplish  reflections  (adult 
5  )  or  dusky  greenish-yellow  (teneral  ($  )  or  lemon-yellow  (teneral  ?  ) ; 
middle  of  face  very  dark  brown  (adult  5  ),  or  dusky  greenish-yellow 
(teneral  3),  or  lemon-yellow  (teneral  ?);  labrum  reddish-brown 
(adult  (J ),  or  testaceous  (teneral  5 )  or  lemon-yellow  (teneral  ? )  ; 
dorsum  of  thorax  velvety-black  (adult  5 )  or  reddish-brown,  pale 
along  the  middle  (teneral  (5  )  or  yellowish-brown  with  a  lemon-yellow 
median  band  (teneral  ?  )  ;  pleura  of  thorax  dark  dull  olivaceous-green 
(adult  $ ),  or  dark  dull  green  (teneral  5  )  or  lemon-yellow  (teneral 
?  )  ;  abdomen  black  prulnose,  some  of  the  terminal  segments  —  the 
particular  ones  not  noted  at  the  time  of  description,  and  not  indicated 
on  the  dried  specimens  —  very  dark  bronze-green  (adult  5  ),  or  black 
pruinose,  marked  with  reddish-brown  mixed  with  black  (teneral  $  ), 
or  yellowish  brown  marked  with  black  (teneral  ?). 

Antecubitals  8-9;  postcubitals  6-7;  length  1.04-1.16  inches;  alar 
expanse  1.64-1.88  inches. 

1  adult  $ ,  2  teneral  $ ,  1  teneral  ? . 

Diplax  abjecta  (Ramb.)  Hagen. 

To  this  species  must,  I  suppose,  be  referred  four  male  specimens 
which  I  captured  in  the  Tsle  of  Pines,  although  the  basal  spot  of  the 
wings  is  altogether  absent,  the  pterostigma  is  almost  fuscous  and 
measures  scarcely  more  than  three  millimetres  in  specimens  whose 
expanse  of  wing  is  56  millimetres;  the  base  of  the  legs  are  reddish- 
brown. 

In  life  the  vertex  and  front  above  are  bright  steel-blue ;  the  face 
below  pitchy-black;    the  dorsum   of  the   thorax   velvety-black;   th© 


Scudder.]  198 

pleura  very  dark  oHvaceous-brown,  above  the  base  of  femora  reddish- 
brown;  abdominal  segments  1-3  very  dark  reddish-brown  mixed  with 
black,  segments  4-6  and  all  of  7  except  apex,  black  pruinose,  the 
remainder  velvety-black  with  occasional  reflections  of  a  very  dark 
bluish  tinge;  10-11  antecubitals ;  7-9  postcubitals. 
4   S. 

Perithemis  Domitia  (Drury)  Hagen. 

In  living  specimens  the  lighter  colors  of  the  face  are  olive-green,  the 
darker  reddish-brown  with  an  olivaceous  tint ;  the  thorax  is  maroon- 
brown  with  an  olivaceous  tint,  the  markings  —  the  dorsal  and  two 
pleural  stripes  —  of  olivaceous-green ;  the  abdomen  above  is  yellow- 
ish-brown, the  markings  —  a  divided  median  longitudinal  stripe  —  of 
ochraceous  yellow;  beneath  it  is  pale  olivaceous-green;  the  ptero- 
stigma  brilliant  red. 

Antecubitals  7 ;  postcubitals  4-5 ;  length  .84  inch ;  alar  expanse 
1.48  inches. 

2   $, 

The  following  announcement  was  made  by  the  Publishing 
Committee : — 

Written  communications  presented  to  the  Society  for  publication 
shall  be  under  the  entire  control  of  the  Publishing  Committee,  who 
shall  decide  from  their  length  and  character  whether  they  shall  ap- 
pear in  the  "  Memoirs  "  or  "  Proceedings  ";  they  may  make  any  alter- 
ations in  the  MS.  which  they  may  deem  advisable  to  prepare  it  for 
the  press,  retaining,  however,  the  essential  meaning  of  the  author ; 
and  shall  make  or  cause  to  be  made  for  publication  in  the  "  Pro- 
ceedings "  an  abstract  of  every  paper  appearing  in  the  "  Memoirs." 
In  the  "  Proceedings  "  every  paper  or  abstract  shall  be  published  in 
connection  with  the  doings  of  the  meeting  at  which  it  was  presented ; 
but  the  Publishing  Committee  shall  decide  upon  the  consecutive  ar- 
rangement of  those  inserted  in  the  "  Memoirs,"  assuming  editorial 
privileges  in  this  respect,  in  order  to  secure  uniformity  of  size,  variety 
of  matter  and  a  fair  proportion  of  illustrations  in  the  different  num- 
bers. 

Any  article  requiring  or  improved  by  plates  will  be  illustrated,  pro- 
vided drawings  are  furnished  by  the  author ;  but  no  portion  of  any 
paper  will  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  printer  until  the  whole  of 
the  MS.  and  the  accompanying  drawings  are  in  the  possession  of  the 
Publishing  Committee. 

As  soon  as  a  paper  is  published  in  the  "  Memoirs,"  a  number  of 


199 


extra  copies,  not  exceeding  fifty,  in  plain  colored  wrappers,  wdll  be 
given  to  the  author  as  he  may  specify  at  the  time  of  the  presentation 
of  the  paper  ;  any  additional  number,  or  any  extras  whatsoever  from 
the  "  Proceedings  "  must  be  at  the  author's  expense. 

The  author  shall  be  liable  for  any  corrections  made  by  substitution 
of  words  or  sentences,  additions  to  or  subtractions  from  the  article 
after  it  is  in  type. 

Mr.  S.  G.  Webber  was  elected  a  Resident  Member. 


DONATIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM 

May  3.  A  double-headed  Kitten,  Holothurian  and  four  Crustacea,  two  poly- 
pes, a  bird's  skull,  and  a  fish,  by  Dr.  B.  S.  Shaw.  Pebbles,  scratched  by  glacial  ac- 
tion, from  Dorchester,  by  Mr.  C.  Stodder.  Specimens  of  Cinchona  Bark  and  Mu- 
ravilla  Bark,  from  Paita,  Peru,  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow.  Leaf  of  the  Palm,  by 
Miss  Wales.  Crystals  and  Starch  granules,  prepared  for  the  Polariscope,  by 
Mr.  J.  S.  Melvin.  Meloslra  fragillaria,  and  Rhabdonema,  mounted  for  the  mi- 
croscope ;  Campanularia,  etc.,  from  South  Boston  bridge,  by  Mr.  C.  G.  Bush. 
Fossils  from  Jarrett's  Knob,  Murfreesboro',  Tenn.,  by  Mr.  W.  C.  Russell. 

May  11.  A  Bat,  Artibeus  achradopMlus  Gosse?,  from  Moneague,  Jamaica; 
Bow  and  Arrows  from  the  East  Indies  ;  a  bird;  and  Sarcorhampus papa,  from 
Para,  Brazil,  and  Insects  from  Panama,  by  Dr.  H.  Bn,'ant.  Samia  Cecropia  and 
cocoon,  from  Roxbury,  Mass.,  by  Miss  Holliday.  Five  hundred  and  fifty-six 
specimens  of  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  fossils  from  the  West,  labelled  by  Mr.  F. 
B.  Meek,  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Cast  of  Schistopleurum  typus,  by  Mr. 
]\Iartin  Brimmer.  Five  birds  from  near  Boston,  by  Mr.  W.  C.  Bradburv'.  Aste- 
rlas  vulgaris  Stmp.,  from  New  Haven,  Conn.,  Asterias  Uttoralis  Stimp.,  Astro- 
phyion  Agassizii,  Solaster  endeca,  and  an  Asterias  sp.,  from  Eastport,  Me.,  by 
Yale  College. 

June  7.  Eight  specimens  of  Corals,  by  the  Essex  Institute.  Corbula  mactri- 
Jbrmls  M.  and  H.,  from  Fort  Clark  ;  Cardium  siibquadratum  E.  and  S.,  from  the 
Yellowstone  River;  Cucullea  Shumardl  ^I.  and  H.,  from  Long  Lake,  Dacota 
Terr. ;  and  Dione  sp.,  from  the  mouth  of  Milk  River,  from  the  Cretaceous  forma- 
tion, collected  by  Messrs.  ^leek  and  Hayden ;  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
^Eshna,  from  Boston,  by  Mr.  George  Coles. 

June  21.  Three  Lepldoptera,  from  Hartt's  Location,  White  Mountains,  N.  H., 
by  Dr.  S.  A.  Bemis.  Bean  pods  of  the  Acacia,  from  AUtigua,  by  Mr.  S.Wells,  Jr. 
Barnacles  taken  from  a  vessel  after  a  passage,  by  Mr.  P.  E.  Steams.  Cannabis 
sativa,  Hasheesh,  from  West  Africa,  by  H.  McMiutrie.  Idoteea,  from  Boston 
Harbor,  by  ilr.  C.  Stodder.  Samia  Cecropia  and  cocoon,  from  Boston,  by  Miss 
Blaikie.  Liomorpha  Jlabellata  Smith?,  Diatomaceous deposit,  from  Bemis  Lake, 
White  Mountains,  by  Dr.  S.  A.  Bemis.  Tropcea  Luna,  from  Richmond,  Va.,  by 
Dr.  C.  F.  Hildreth.  Collection  of  fossils,  from  the  table  land  above  Paita,  Colan 
and  Amotape,  S.  A. ;  Iron  Ore,  from  the  West  Cordillera  of  the  Andes,  Lat. 
5°  S.,  Peru ;  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow. 

July  5.  Bituminous  Shale,  from  Mantigo  Bay,  Mexico,  by  Mr.  Nelson.  Clay, 
from  an  Artesian  well  from  near  Paita,  Peru ;  a  mass  of  Silicious  Infusoria,  from 


Wilder.]  200 

between  Sachusa  and  the  Great  Salt  Basin,  seventy  miles  south  of  Paita,  Peru; 
a  beetle,  from  the  Desert,  twenty  miles  back  from  Paita,  Peru;  a  serpent  from 
the  lowlands,  twenty  miles  from  Guayaquil,  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow. 

September  20.  Specimens  of  Idocrase,  from  Perry's  Farm,  Minot,  Me.,  and  of 
Tourmaline,  from  Hebron,  Oxford  Co.,  Me.,  by  Mr.  Luther  Hills.  A  male  Cory- 
dalis  carnutus,  from  near  Boston,  by  Rev.  Mr.  Eddy.  A  rattlesnake,  from  Canton, 
Mass,  by  Dr.  S.  Cabot.  A  Fox,  Eagle,  Strombus  gigas,  and  three  specimens  of 
Cassis,  by  Dr.  A.  Coolidge.  Sixteen  specimens  of  Diurnal  liCpidoptera,  from  a 
locality  south  of  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  by  Mr.  Samuel  Hubbard.  A  female 
Diaphomera  femorata  alive,  from  near  Boston,  by  Mr.T  .W.  Willard.  Sixty  speci- 
mens of  fishes  labelled  by  Prof.  Theo.  Gill,  from  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
Polished  glacial  boulders  from  Bethel,  Me.  by  Dr.  N.  T.  True.  A  Pickerel,  from 
East  Lexington,  Mass.,  a  specimen  of  Clytus,  from  Boston,  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague. 
A  Rodent,  Frog,  Lizard  and  hymenopterous  insect,  fifteen  specimens  of  Mollusca, 
two  Crustacea  and  one  Myi'iapod,  from  Zanzibar,  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould.  Cast  of  the 
Head  of  John  Rouse,  an  idiot,  by  Dr.  Lyman.  A  Field  Mouse,  from  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  by  Mr.  Horace  Mann.  A  specimen  of  Leptocephalus,  from  Bethel,  Me., 
Mesothemis  Poeyi  Scudd.,  Agrion  coecum  Hagen,  A.  Maria  Scudd.,  Libellula  auri- 
pennis  Burm.,  and  twenty  additional  specimens  of  Odonata,  from  Isle  of  Pines; 
Cordulia  eremitaScndd.,  C  elongaia  Scudd.,  C  Shurtleffii  Scudd.,  C  forcipata 
Scudd.,  C.  lateralis  Scudd.,  Diplax  rubicundula,  from  the  White  Mountains, 
N.  H.,  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder  ;  a  Japanese  Cat,  from  Jamaica  Plain,  a  spider, 
from  Campton,  N.  H.,  by  Mr.  W.  L.  Parker.  Five  larva  of  Dermestes,  by  Dr. 
J.  C.  White.  Skull  of  Black  Bear,  from  Hopedale,  Labrador,  Specimen  of 
Labradorite,  from  near  Hopedale,  Labrador,  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. 


Octoher  4,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-three  members  present. 

Dr.  B.  G.  Wilder  exhibited  specimens,  living  and  pre- 
served, of  both  sexes  of  a  large  and  but  little  known  species 
of  geometrical  spider,  NepMla  plumipes  f  from  the  coast  of 
South  Carolina,  together  with  silk  of  a  brilliant  yellow  color, 
which  he  had  reeled  directly  from  the  living  insect ;  and  gave 
the  following  account  of  the  species  and  of  the  hitherto  un- 
known method  of  obtaining  its  silk.* 

*  While  this  was  passing  through  the  press  I  foimd  in  the  Astor  Library,  New 
Tork,  acopy  of  a  rare  Itahan  work  by  R.  M.  de  Zermeyer,  entitled  "Kicherche 
e  sperimenti  sulla  setade  Rogni,"  in  which  is  described  his  process  of  obtaining  silk 
directly  from  spiders.  But  no  allusion  is  made  by  others,  to  either  the  idea  or  the 
book  itself,  which  was  published  about  1800.  I  find  also  that  in  Jones'  "Naturalist 
in  Bermuda,"  1859,  page  126,  is  described  an  experiment  of  the  author  for  ascertain- 
ing the  strength  of  the  silk  of  Epeira  {Nephila)  clavlpes,  by  drawing  the  silk  out 
of  its  body. 


201  [Wilder. 

By  a  letter  written  on  the  20tli  of  August,  1863,  from  the  camp 
of  the  55th  Mass.  Vol.  Inf ,  at  the  north  end  of  Folly  Island,  South 
Carolina,  I  find  that  "  on  that  day  I  caught  a  large  and  very  hand- 
some spider,  from  which,  as  it  stood  quiet  near  the  top  of  my  tent, 
I  wound  off  silk  upon  a  quill  for  an  hour  and  a  quarter,  at  the  rate  of 
six  feet  per  minute,  making  four  hundred  and  fifty  feet  or  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  yards." 

This  silk  is  still  in  my  possession,  but  has  been  removed  from  the 
quill  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  its  weight,  which  is  one-third  of  a 
grain.  I  had  never  heard  of  this  method  of  obtaining  silk ;  neither 
had  I  ever  seen  or  read  of  such  a  spider ;  but,  though  this  specimen 
was  not  preserved,  I  was  so  impressed  with  its  size  and  the  peculiar 
aspect  given  by  the  brushes  of  stiff  hairs  upon  the  legs,  that  when, 
during  the  following  summer,  another  officer  *  of  our  regiment  described 
to  me  a  large  spider  very  common  upon  Long  Island,  which  lies  just 
west  from  Folly  Island,  I  knew  it  was  che  same  species  and  told  him 
what  I  had  done,  adding  that  I  was  "  sure  something  would  come  of  it 
sometime."  By  substituting  a  cylinder  worked  with  a  crank,  for  mine 
turned  in  the  fingers,  this  officer  obtained  more  of  the  silk,  which  he 
wound  in  grooves  cut  upon  rings  of  hard  rubber,  and  in  other  directions 
upon  the  sides  of  such  rings ;  while  another  officer ;  f  by  employing  a 
"gear  drill  stock"  with  cog-wheels,  accomplished  similar  results  still 
more  rapidly ;  on  the  first  simple  machine  I  wound  off  silk  into  two 
grooves  cut  in  the  periphery  of  a  hard  rubber  ring,  parallel  except  at 
one  point  where  they  crossed  to  form  a  kind  of  signet,  the  silk  being 
guided  at  this  crossing  by  a  pin  upon  a  pivot  moved  by  the  hand  at 
each  revolution  of  the  ring;  and  on  the  " gear  drill  stock "  upon  a 
larger  ring  one  inch  in  diameter  and  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in  width, 
in  a  groove  upon  its  periphery  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  width,  and  across 
the  sides  of  the  ring  in  two  directions,  I  wound  tliree  thousand  four 
hundred  and  eiglihj  yards,  or  nearly  two  miles  of  silk.  This  length 
was  estimated  by  accurately  determining  the  different  dimensions  of 
the  ring  where  wound  upon,  and  multiplying  by  this  the  number  of 
revolutions  of  the  cylinder  per  minute  (170),  and  this  product  again 
by  the  number  of  minutes  of  actual  winding  (285),  having  deducted 
from  the  gross  time  of  winding  (about  nine  hours),  each  moment  of 
stoppage  for  any  cause. 

This  was  in  the  autumn  of  1864,  and  so  the  matter  rested  till  Feb. 
1865,  when,  preparing  to  present  the  subject  to  the  Society,  I  showed 
specimens  of  the  spider  and  silk  to  Professors  Wyman,  Agassiz, 
and  Cooke  of  Harvard  University,  to  all  of  whom  both  the  species  of 

*  Major  Sigourney  Wales,  55th  Mass.  Vols, 
t  Lieut.  Col.  Chas.  B.  Fox. 


Wilder.]  202 

spider  and  the  kind  of  silk  were  entirely  new*  as  was  also  the  idea  of 
reeling  silk  directly  from  it  or  any  other  insect. 

At  this  time  too,  a  friend  f  to  whom  the  whole  history  of  the  matter 
was  known,  expressed  his  confident  belief  that  this  new  silken  product 
could  be  made  of  some  practical  utility,  especially  in  view  of  the  an- 
ticipated scarcity  of  the  ordinary  silk ;  and  it  is  with  his  advice  and 
assistance  that  the  experiments  and  investigations  recounted  below 
have  been  made  as  far  as  our  limited  time  and  means  have  allowed. 

On  the  30th  of  August,  1865, 1  obtained  from  Long  Island  some  liv- 
ing specimens,  chiefly  females,  and  have  succeeded  in  bringing  a  few  of 
them  to  the  North. 

I  find  no  mention  of  this  spider  in  the  works  of  Hentz  or  any  other 
American  entomologist,  which  may  be  the  result  of  its  being  very  cir- 
cumscribed in  its  locality  to  a  small  and  unimportant  island ;  but  in  "Die 
Arachniden,"  by  C.  L.  Koch,  Vol.  6.,  is  a  figure  of  a  mutilated  female 
specimen,  the  only  one  ever  collected,  and  said  to  have  been  found  in 
Louisiana,  which  was  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  J.  Sturm  at  Nu- 
remberg. 

The  description  and  figure  of  this  specimen  are  so  unsatisfactory 
that  I  am  really  in  doubt  as  to  its  identity  with  the  spider  under  con- 
sideration, but  will  provisionally  regard  the  latter  as  the  Nephila 
plumipes,  hoping  at  some  time  to  settle  the  point  by  an  actual  com- 
parison with  the  unique  specimen  described  by  Koch. 

I  append  here  a  description  and  figure  of  the  spider  drawn  from 
living  individuals. 

Nephila  plumipes  Koch. 

A  large  and  very  elegant  species,  resembling  most  of  its  congeners 
in  the  general  form  of  the  body,  and  like  N.  clavipes  and  N.fasci- 
culata  possessing  peculiar  collections  of  stiff  hairs  upon  the  legs,  but 
differinfT  from  them  in  that  these  hairs  are  more  closely  set  together, 
so  as  to  justify  the  German  term  "Haarbiirste"  (Hair  brushes). 

The  cephalothorax  is  black  above,  but  covered,  except  in  spots, 
with  silver-colored  hairs.  The  abdomen  is  olive-brown  variously 
marked  with  yellow  and  white  spots  and  stripes.  On  the  1st,  2d,  and 
3d  pairs  of  legs  are  one  or  two  brushes  of  stiff  black  hairs,  pointing 
forward  away  from  the  body.  The  length  of  the  body  is  fi-om  1  to 
1.10  and  the  spread  of  the  legs  2.75  in  a  lateral,  and  3.75  inches  in  a 
longitudinal  direction. 

The  above  applies  only  to  the  female,  which  will  now  be  more 
minutely  described ;  the  male  is  very  small  and  diflferently  marked. 

*  Prof.  Wyman  has  sinco  found  among  his  alcoholic  specimens  of  insects  col- 
lected in  the  South,  one  female  individual  of  this  species,  but  is  not  certain  of  the 
precise  locality  in  which  it  was  obtained. 

t  Dr.  William  Nichols  of  Boston. 


203  [WUder. 

The  entire  upper  and  anterior  surface  of  the  cephalothorax  is  jet 
black,  but  behind  the  eye-spots  it  is  thickly  covered  with  little  white 
hairs,  except  in  six  spots,  three  upon  each  side  over  the  origins  of  the 
three  anterior  pairs  of  legs ;  the  first  pair  of  spots  being  the  largest 
and  pointing  obliquely  forward  and  outw'ard.  The  edges  of  the  cepha- 
lothorax are  reddish-brown.  The  eye-spots  are  black  and  eight  in 
number,  four  in  the  centre  in  form  of  a  square,  and  two  upon  each 
side, 'one  above  and  one  below  a  rounded  elevation.  The  falces  are 
black.  The  abdomen  above  is  light  yellow.  On  each  side  of  the  mid- 
dle line  are  six  silvery  spots,  of  which  the  1st  and  3d  pairs  are  the 
largest,  then  the  2d,  4th,  5th,  and  6th;  the  three  anterior  pairs  are 
rounded,  the  others  flattened  laterally.  On  the  middle  line  between 
the  1st  and  2d  pairs,  and  again  between  the  3d  and  4th  pairs,  the 
pulsations  of  the  dorsal  vessel  are  visible;  besides  the  larger  spots 
there  are  many  smaller  ones  irregular  in  size,  shape  and  position,  but 
more  numerous  anteriorly.  The  anterior  edge  of  the  abdomen  is 
olive-brown;  in  front  of  and  below  it  is  a  silvery  cross  stripe  semilunar 
in  shape,  the  horns  pointing  backward ;  and  just  behind  it  is  a  similar 
stripe. 

The  sides  of  the  abdomen  are  lighter  than  the  top  and  the  spots  are 
generally  silver-colored  and  oblong,  especially  in  the  line  of  the  horns 
of  the  above  mentioned  white  stripe.  The  lower  surface  is  still  darker 
than  the  sides,  but  the  anterior  third  is  a  hard  and  horny  plate  with  a 
free  posterior  edge  covering  the  generative  orifice.  The  surface  of  this 
is  by  its  coloring  divisible  into  three  sections,  one  median  and  two  lateral, 
each  of  which  is  again  composed  of  a  broad  anterior  and  a  narrow  poste- 
rior portion.  The  anterior  median  portion  is  brown  and  depressed  be- 
tween the  lateral  portions,  which  are  black  and  slightly  punctate  and 
bordered  internally  by  a  yellow,  and  externally  by  a  dull  reddish 
stripe;  the  posterior  median  section  is  dark  brown,  raised  and  quite 
convex,  while  the  lateral  portions  are  dull  red  and  flat,  with  sharp  pos- 
terior edges. 

The  middle  third  of  the  lower  surface  of  the  abdomen  is  dull  red 
without  spots  and  separated  from  the  sides  by  yellow  stripes  or  series 
of  spots,  and  from  the  posterior  third  by  several  yellow  spots ;  this  third 
is  also  dull  red  and  without  spots,  but  not  so  distinctly  separated  from 
the  sides;  behind  the  posterior  third,  and  forming  its  boundary,  is  the 
group  of  spinnerets,  or  mammulae,  of  Avhich  there  are  two  principal 
pairs,  anterior  and  posterior.  Between  these  and  concealed  by  them  is  a 
very  small  pair,  the  nature  and  use  of  which  I  have  not  yet  ascertained. 
In  color  the  mammulae  are  dull  red,  but  the  apices  are  surrounded  by 
short  black  hairs ;  behind  the  spinners  and  enclosed  in  the  same  fold 
of  integument  is  a  median  papilla  through  wliich  tlie  excrement  is 
voided.     The  posterior  surface  of  the  abdomen  is  flattened,  and  re- 


Wilder.]  204 

sembles  the  sides  in  color  and  marking.  The  lower  surface  of  the  ceplia- 
lothorax  is  shield  or  heart  shaped,  black  in  the  centre  but  dull  red 
at  the  sides. 

The  1st  and  2d  segments  (shanks)  of  the  limbs  are  dull  red;  the  3d 
segment  (thigh)  is  dirty  yellow,  but  in  the  first,  second  and  fourth 
pairs  the  distal  third  is  dull  red,  and  covered  with  a  brush  of  stiff 
black  hairs ;  the  depth  of  the  color  and  the  size  of  the  brush  decreases 
from  the  first  to  the  fourth  pair ;  the  thigh  of  the  third  pair  is  perhaps 
a  shade  darker  where  the  brushes  are  upon  the  others.  The  4th  seg- 
ment is  dull  red  in  all  the  legs ;  the  5th  is,  in  all,  dirty  yellow  as  to  its 
proximal  portion  (a  little  less  than  half)  while  the  distal  portion  is 
dull  red.  In  the  third  pair  it  presents  a  few  scattering  black  hairs,  but 
on  the  other  three  pairs  there  is  a  hair  brush  like  that  upon  the  thigh, 
completely  encircling  the  limb,  but  the  hairs  are  set  a  little  more  nearly 
at  right  angles  with  the  surface.  There  are  also  a  few  black  hairs  on 
the  under  side  just  at  the  junction  of  the  5th  with  the  4th  segments, 
and  in  the  third  pair  a  few  in  the  place  of  the  hair  brushes  on  the  others. 
The  proximal  portions,  (again  less  than  one-half)  of  the  6th  segment 
(1st  of  the  foot)  is  dark  dirty  yellow  and  the  distal  portion,  with  the 
7th  segment,  is  dark  dull  red,  or  nearly  black,  and  both  segments  are 
covered  with  short  black  hairs.  Upon  the  proximal  yellow  portion  of 
the  3d  and  5th  segments  are  very  fine  short  hairs,  with  a  few  longer 
ones  intermixed. 

The  outer  half  of  the  maxlllas  is  dirty  yellow,  the  inner  half, 
with  the  1st  segment  of  the  palpi,  dull  red  ;  2d  segment  dirty  yellow 
and  covered  by  very  small  black  hairs,  the  3d  segment  is  dull  red, 
likewise  the  4th  and  5th,  the  latter  being  nearly  black  and  thickly 
covered  by  black  hairs. 

Of  the  eight  eyes,  the  four  Intermediate  ones  form  a  square,  and  are 
set  at  the  four  corners  of  a  prominence ;  the  lateral  eyes  are  set  upon 
the  extremities  of  two  more  oblique  tubercles,  those  of  each  pair  being 
separated  from  each  other  by  more  than  their  own  diameter,  and  look- 
ing, the  one  downward  and  forward  and  the  other  upward  and  back- 
ward. 

The  body  of  the  male  Is  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  his 
legs  spread  less  than  one  inch  in  a  longitudinal  and  three-fourths  of 
an  inch  in  a  lateral  direction.  The  general  color  of  both  body  and 
legs  is  dark-brown,  the  former  presenting  a  median  dorsal  stripe  of 
a  darker  color,  and  the  latter  a  few  scattering  black  hairs,  but  no 
such  brushes  as  those  of  the  female.  His  palpi  are  strongly  clavate  at 
the  middle  of  their  length  and  end  in  a  sharp  point  turning  outward. 

I  have  never,  during  a  two  years'  stay  on  the  coast  and  in  the  in- 
terior of  South  Carolina  and  Florida,  met  with  any  traces  of  this 
spider  elsewhere  than  near  Long  Island ;  nor,  with  the  exception  of 


205  [Wilder. 

the  first  specimen  found  upon  Folly  Island,  and  a  cocoon  found  In  a 
tree  on  James  Island,  have  I  seen  it  upon  the  adjoining  islands,  though 
there  seems  no  reason  why  it  should  not  also  occur  all  along  the  sea- 
coast. 

Long  Island  is  a  low,  narrow,  uninhabited  strip  of  land  about  five 
miles  southwest  from  Charleston,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  creeks  and 
in  the  midst  of  a  great  salt  marsh.  The  spiders  are  found  in  the  for- 
est, building  their  webs  between  trees  and  shrubs,  sometimes  within 
reach, but  more  often  ten  or  fifteen  or  even  more  feet  from  the  ground 
60  as  to  be  reached  by  the  sun.  The  web  is  very  large,  from  three  to 
four  feet  in  diameter,  quite  strong  and  very  viscid ;  its  yellow  color  is 
seen  in  the  sunlight,  or  when  the  web  is  gathered  into  a  mass.  It  is 
composed  of  two  kinds  of  silk,  of  which  one  is  white  or  silver-gray,  in- 
elastic and  perfectly  dry ;  the  other  is  of  a  bright  yellow  or  golden  hue, 
very  elastic  and  studded  with  little  globules  of  gum  which  render  it 
exceedingly  adhesive ;  the  frame-work  of  the  web,  namely,  the  guy- 
lines  or  stays  and  the  diverging  lines  or  spokes  of  the  wheel-shaped 
structure,  is  all  composed  of  the  former  or  silver  colored,  dry  and  in- 
elastic silk,  while  the  concentric  circles  which  serve  for  entangling 
the  prey  are  composed  of  the  latter,  or  golden,  elastic  and  sticky  silk; 
these  circles  are  very  numerous,  being  generally  less  than  one-third 
of  an  inch  apart,  but  for  the  further  strengthening  of  so  large  a  web, 
between  every  eight  or  ten*  such  circles  occurs  one  of  the  silver  colored 
silk ;  these  latter  are  made  before  the  viscid  lines,  but  neither  of  them 
are  in  the  web  of  this  species  spiral,  as  in  the  web  described  by  Black- 
wall  and  others,  f  on  the  contrary  they  seldom  if  ever,  form  complete 
circles,  but  are  looped  and  return  in  the  opposite  direction  into  a  cor- 
responding point  at  the  other  side  of  the  web,  leaving  above  the  cen- 
tre a  space  occupied  only  by  radii  tlirough  which  the  spider  can  pass 
to  either  surface  of  her  web,  the  greater  part  of  which,  therefore,  is 
below  the  point  where  the  radii  converge,  the  dry  lines  are  not  de- 
stroyed on  the  completion  of  the  web,  but  remain  and  seem  necessary 
for  its  stability. 

As  might  be  inferred  from  these  facts  this  spider  not  only  has  the  pow- 
er of  regulating  the  size  of  its  thread,  according  as  one  or  two,  or  three, 
or  four  of  its  mammulae  are  pressed  upon  the  surface  from  which  the 
line  is  to  extend,  or  as  a  greater  or  less  number  of  the  spinnerules  in 
any  mammula  are  employed  ;  but  can  also  use  in  the  construction  of 
its  web,  either  the  white  or  the  yellow  silk  at  will;  for  of  its  two  prin- 
cipal pairs  of  mammulse,  one,  the  anterior,  yields  the  yellow,  while  the 
other  or  posterior  pair  yields  the  white  silk.     Of  this  I  satisfied  myself 

*The  number  varies  according  to  the  individual  and  even  in  different  parts  of  the 
same  web. 
t  Zoological  Journal,  Vol.  V.,  p.  181. 


Wilder.]  206 

by  carrying  the  thread  from  the  anterior  pair  of  mammulaB  upon  one 
part  of  a  spindle  and  that  from  the  posterior  pair  upon  another,  guiding 
them  with  pins  while  the  spindle  was  in  motion ;  the  result  being  the 
formation  of  two  circles  of  silk,  one  of  a  golden,  the  other  of  a  sil- 
ver color,  as  In  one  of  the  specimens  exhibited ;  morever.  If  while  both 
threads  are  being  drawn  out,  they  are  slackened,  the  lower  silver 
thread  will  wrinkle  and  fly  up,  being  inelastic,  while  the  other  will 
contract  and,  within  certain  limits,  preserve  Its  direction.  At  that 
time  the  existence  of  a  smaller  pair  of  mammulas  intermediate  be- 
tween the  other  two,  was  unknown  to  me,  and  It  Is  possible  that  the 
yellow  line  proceeded  from  them,  and  that  both  the  larger  pair  yield 
the  white  silk.  Most  of  these  experiments  were  made  In  the  field  under 
unfavorable  circumstances  and  will  be  more  accurately  repeated. 

The  careful  dissection  of  an  alcoholic  specimen  will  readily  discover 
the  organs  from  which  this  silk  proceeds,  and  which  have  been  described 
in  other  species  by  several  authors ;  the  preparation  exhibited  to  the 
Society  shows  one  set  of  silk-glands  consisting  of  six  elongated  yellow 
bodies,  more  or  less  convoluted  and  measuring  about  one-third  of  an 
Inch  In  length,  lying  under  the  integument  of  the  lower  surface  of 
the  abdomen,  three  upon  each  side  of  the  middle  line ;  the  excreting 
ducts,  one  for  each  gland,  are  also  plainly  visible.  But  beside  these, 
there  are  to  be  found  at  least  four  more  glands,  of  which  one  pair 
shorter  but  thicker  and  larger,  and  also  of  a  yellow  color,  are  located  In 
the  upper  and  anterior  angles  of  the  abdomen;  while  the  other  two 
glands  are  white,  or  transparent,  and  lie  nearly  in  the  center  of  the 
abdomen ;  the  ducts  of  all  these  glands  are  easily  traced  to  the  region 
of  the  spinnerets,  but  I  have  not  yet  observed  the  precise  mode  of  their 
termination.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  yellow  silk  is  secreted  In 
greater  abundance,  as  also  that  It  Is  more  extensively  employed  in  the 
construction  of  the  web. 

All  these  glands  contain  a  semi-fluid  and  very  viscid  gum  which  may 
be  drawn  out  into  threads  of  variable  diameter;  these  however,  being 
single  and  not,  like  those  spun  by  the  spider,  minutely  compound, 
break  up  on  being  sharply  bent. 

A  familiar,  but  thus  far  unexplained,  fact  is,  that  while  the  yellow 
thread  as  spun  by  the  spider  in  its  web  is  so  exceedingly  viscid  on  ac- 
count of  the  numerous  globules  of  gum  with  which  it  is  studded,  as  to 
follow  the  point  of  a  pin,  tins  same  yellow  silk  when  reeled  from 
the  Insect,  whether  slowly  or  rapidly,  and  also  when  employed  by  the 
spider  to  form  the  cocoon  about  her  eggs.  Is  perfectly  dry  and  much 
less  elastic  and  yielding,  though  still  more  so  than  the  white  variety. 
I  have  put  several  specimens  under  the  influence  of  chloroform  which 
apparently  has  no  effect  upon  the  evolution  of  silk. 

I  have  never  been  able  to  reel  above  three  hundred  yards  of  silk  from 


207  [Wilder. 

a  spider  at  one  time;  but  this  evidently  does  not  exhaust  the  supply, 
for  on  opening  the  abdomen  the  glands  are  still  partially  filled  and  the 
following  day  a  quantity  equal  to  the  fii-st  may  be  obtained ;  this  I  did 
upon  three  successive  days,  so  that,  if,  as  now  seems  probable,  the 
emission  of  the  silk  is  mainly  mechanical,  then  a  certain  degree  of 
preparation  is  necessary  after  it  is  secreted  before  it  is  ready  for  use. 

The  diameter  of  the  silk  as  spun  by  the  insect  or  as  reeled  from  it, 
varies  from  -^^^  to  j-^^q  of  an  inch ;  *  it  is  exceedingly  strong,  but  I 
have  not  yet  been  able  to  accurately  determine  its  strength  as  com- 
pared with  fine  ordinary  silk.  The  largest  threads  are  those  compos- 
ing the  outer  layer  of  the  cocoons,  but  these  are  evidently  compound, 
and  the  two,  three  or  four  strands  are  apparently  such  as  proceed  from 
the  single  spinners,  the  minute  fibrils  of  which  have  united  at  once  on 
leaving  the  spinnerules  so  as  to  form  the  ordinary  silken  fibre  which 
generally  appears  simple  under  the  microscope. 

Having  completed  her  web,  the  female  stations  herself  at  its  centre 
head  downward,  waiting  for  prey ;  the  diminutive  male  (they  are  not  con- 
stantly present)  preserves  a  respectful  distance  fix)m  her,  and,  as  far 
as  I  have  seen,  never  attempts  to  do  anything  for  himself,  except  of 
course  the  impregnation  of  the  eggs ;  he  builds  no  web  and  catches  no 
prey ;  and  while  she  is  moving  from  place  to  place,  or  even  while  mak- 
ing her  web,  he  gets  upon  the  upper  or  lower  side  of  her  abdomen 
holding  on  with  his  legs  and  darting  about  to  keep  out  of  the  way  of 
hers ;  for  she  seems  to  pay  no  attention  to  him  and  might  easily  do 
him  an  injury  even  by  accident. 

On  one  occasion  I  saw  a  male  stray  away  from  his  proper  home  to 
an  adjoining  web,  from  which,  however,  he  was  speedily  driven  by  the 
indignant  female  possessor,  with  the  loss  of  two  of  his  legs  ;  of  which 
injury  he  shortly  afterwards  died. 

Li  the  webs  of  these  spiders  are  found  insects  of  all  kinds,  even  the 
largest  and  most  vigorous,  such  as  the  great  cicada  of  the  South. 
When  anything  strikes  the  web,  the  spider  instantly  starts,  and,  if  the 
vibrations  indicate  that  it  is  suitable  for  food  she  rushes  to  it  and  seiz- 
ing it  in  her  powerful  jaws  holds  on  till  it  is  dead ;  after  which  she 
throws  a  net  around  it  and  carries  it  to  a  place  where  she  can  devour 
it  at  her  leisure ;  in  this  respect  unlike  some  other  geometrical  spiders, 
of  which  one  species,  common  on  James  Island,  S.  C,  never  attempts 
to  seize  the  prey  with  the  jaws  till  it  has  first  dexterously  spread  a  net 
over  it  by  turning  it  over  and  over  with  the  first  and  third  pairs  of 
legs  and,  with  the  fourth  pair,  used  alternately,  drawing  out  the  silk 
as  a  broad  white  band. 

But  if  the  violent  struggles  of  the  prey  show  it  to  be  of  large  size, 
then  our  spider  advances  with  caution,  feeling  with  her  anterior  legs, 

♦The  micrometer  measurements  were  made  by  Mr.  K.  C.  Greenleaf. 


Wilder.]  208 

and  If  satisfied  that  she  can  do  so  "with  safety,  will  suddenly  close  with 
the  victim ;  but  If  not,  or  if  some  foreign  body  is  placed  in  the  web, 
then  she  will  snip  off  with  her  jaws  every  line  which  supports  it  till  it 
drops  to  the  earth  ;  this  I  saw  done  by  several  spiders,  which  had  made 
their  webs  In  my  room  In  South  Carolina,  with  a  dead  snake  six  inches 
in  length. 

It  is  remarkable,  that  although  these  spiders  possess  eight  eyes  and 
can  evidently  distinguish  light  from  darkness,  yet,  so  far  as  my 
observation  goes,  they  cannot  see  anything  at  all  whether  near  or  re- 
mote ;  they  pay  no  attention  to  an  object  put  close  to  them  nor  to  the 
quiet  movements  of  any  one  about  them,  and  will  often  rush  by  an 
insect  entangled  In  their  web  if  it  chance  to  cease  its  struggles  before 
the  spider  has  accurately  determined  upon  Its  position ;  it  will  then 
slowly  return  to  the  center  of  the  web  and  wait  till  another  vibration 
indicates  the  whereabouts  of  the  Insect ;  a  fly  offered  to  It  upon  the 
point  of  a  needle  will  not  be  noticed  till  It  begins  to  buzz,  when  it  will 
be  seized  at  once ;  the  hearing  and  touch  are  evidently  very  acute ; 
the  organ  of  the  former  sense  Is  not  known ;  the  latter  Is  exercised  by 
the  palpi  and  by  the  extremities  of  all  the  legs,  especially  those  of  the 
first  pair,  which  are  continually  used  as  feelers.  How  acute  the  sense 
of  smell  Is  I  do  not  know. 

This  spider  is  remarkably  quiet  in  its  habits,  never  leaving  Its  web 
unless  disturbed  in  some  way,  and  It  bears  handling  better  than  any 
species  with  which  1  am  acquainted.  That  It  can  bite  is  evident  from 
the  size  of  the  jaws  and  the  firmness  of  their  hold,  and  that  the  venom 
Is  active  is  shown  by  the  speedy  death  of  Its  victims ;  *  but  they  never 
attempt  to  bite  unless  provoked,  and  may  be  allowed  to  run  over 
one's  flesh  with  impunity,  care  being  taken  not  to  remove  them  from 
it  suddenly  or  roughly  for  they  are  apt  to  hold  on  with  the  jaws  when 
the  grasp  of  the  legs  Is  not  sufficient.  The  length  and  comparative 
weakness  of  the  legs  renders  It  easy  to  put  this  spider  In  the  only  po- 
sition In  which  any  spider  can  be  safely  handled,  namely  with  all  the 
legs  held  behind  the  back.  In  their  webs  they  are  active  and  sure- 
footed, but  slow  and  awkward  on  the  ground  or  any  plane  surface. 
They  always  prefer  the  light,  and  construct  their  webs  where  the  sun 
can  reach  them ;  the  young  manifest  the  same  instinct  and  always  seek 
the  sunny  side  of  a  glass  vessel  containing  them ;  they  also  keep  the 

*Black\vall,  (Linn.  Transactions,  Vol.  xxi.  page  31-37)  recounts  experiments  to 
support  his  opinion  that  the  bite  of  the  larger  British  species  causes  no  more  injury 
to  man,  to  other  spiders,  or  to  insects  tlian  an  ordinary  puncture  or  laceration  of 
equal  extent  and  severity;  and  the  same  author  in  his  Spiders  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  Part  1,  p.  2,  does  not  even  mention  the  word  poison  in  speaking  of  the 
colorless  fluid  emitted  through  tlie  falces,  but  although  we  seldom  hear  of  well  au- 
thenticated cases  of  injury  from  the  bite  of  a  spider,  it  would  hardly  be  safe  to  sup- 
pose all  of  them  harmless. 


209  [-Wilder. 

head  downward  and  will  instantly  turn  over  if  the  vessel  containin"- 
them  be  inverted. 

The  eggs  are  laid  in  a  rounded,  or  flattened  mass  about  one  half  an 
inch  in  diameter  ;  they  are  .04  to  .05  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  white  and 
at  first  slightly  agglutinated  together,  but  become  yellowish  and  easily 
separable  as  the  time  for  hatching  arrives,  which,  in  the  case  of  some 
eggs  laid  this  fall  was  in  about  thirty  days ;  the  young  spiders  are  yel- 
low with  whitish  legs,  which  however  soon  become  darker  in  color 
while  the  abdomen  presents  some  faint  markings  on  its  surface  ;  some 
have  cast  one  skin  within  a  few  days  and  can  spin  a  thread  within  a 
week  after  leaving  the  egg;  but  of  their  own  accord  they  do  not  leave 
the  cavity  of  the  cocoon  for  some  time,  during  which,  as  far  as  I  know, 
they  take  no  food,  excepting  perhaps  that  they  devour  one  another, 
but  seem  to  undergo  an  increase  of  the  logs  and  cephalothorax  at  the 
expense  of  the  abdomen ;  but  for  some  reason,  whether  on  account 
of  th^  elements,  or  birds,  or  other  insects,  or  the  attacks  upon  one  an- 
other, I  cannot  say,  only  five  or  six  out  of  the  five  or  six  hundred 
hatched  in  any  one  cocoon  ever  come  to  maturity  in  the  natural 
state. 

The  mass  of  eggs  is  enclosed  in  a  loose  silken  cocoon,  the  threads 
of  which  are  very  large  and  strong,  especially  the  outer  ones,  which 
are  y^^oo  ^^  ^^  ^^^^^  ^^  diameter  while  the  interior  ones  are  •5^Vo  °^ 
an  inch  in  diameter;  this  cocoon  weighs  from  .320  to  .655  of  a  grain. 

The  groAvn  females,  which  I  have  kept  alive  for  one  month  or  more, 
in  boxes  or  in  webs  constructed  in  my  room  in  South  Carolina,  have 
all  readily  taken,  from  the  point  of  a  needle,  live  flies  or  bits  of  fresh 
chicken's  liver,  from  which  they  suck  the  juices ;  they  likewise  take 
water  from  the  point  of  a  stick  or  hair  pencil,  holding  the  drop  be- 
tween the  palj)i  and  the  jaws  while  it  is  slowly  swallowed ;  one  spider 
has  thus  taken  six  drops  of  water  in  succession. 

Much  more  might  be  related  concerning  the  habits  of  the  insect,  of 
the  manner  of  keeping  and  feeding  the  young,  of  the  means  of  secur- 
ing the  spider  while  its  silk  is  obtained,  and  of  the  various  apparatus 
employed  ;  but  I  am  so  impressed  with  the  peculiarities  thus  far  ob- 
served in  themselves,  and  with  the  beauty  and  strength  of  the  silk  that 
if  time  and  means  permit,  I  shall  continue  the  inquiry  as  far  as  possi- 
ble, and  will  defer  to  a  future  occasion  a  more  complete  account  of  the 
spider,  its  habits,  anatomy  and  embryology,  and  of  the  various  qual- 
ities of  its  silk,  with  whatever  conclusion  can  be  reached  concerning 
the  practicability  of  rearing  the  young,  and  also  how  flir  it  is  possible 
to  apply  the  same  method  of  extraction  to  the  silk  worm,  and  other 
silk  producing  larva3. 

Note.  April  2d,  1866.  Some  of  these  spiders,  hatched  in  October,  1865,  are 
now  more  than  an  inch  in  length. 

PROCEEDINaS  B.  8.  If.  H.— VOL.  X.  14  APRLL,    1836. 


Wilder.] 


210 


It  is  but  recently  that  I  have  had  the  benefit  of  an  acquaintance  with  the  in- 
vestigations of  others  upon  the  economy  of  the  geometrical  spiders ;  and  in  the 
entire  absence  of  any  American  works  on  this  subject,  I  will  refer  to  the  me- 
moirs of  Blackwall  and  other  British  naturalists  published  in  the  Linngean 
Transactions,  Vols,  xvi.,  xviii,,  and  xxi.,  in  the  Zoological  Journal,  Vols.  iv.  and 
v.,  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society,  Vols,  i.,  ii.,  and  iii.;  En- 
tomological Magazine,  Vols.  ii.  and  iii.,  and  Reports  of  the  British  Association 
for  1844  and  1858.  The  earlier  papers  are  quoted  in  Kirby  and  Spence's  En- 
tomology, while  a  brief  synopsis  of  nearly  all  is  contained  in  the  introduction 
to  Part  1.  of  Blackwall's  Spiders  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  published  by  the 
Ray  Society  in  1861  and  1864. 

Many  of  these  opinions  have  been  confirmed  by  my  observations  upon  the 
Nephila  plumipes,  and  where  it  is  otherwise  stated,  the  differences  may  sometimes 
(as  with  the  construction  of  the  webs,  mentioned  above)  be  in  consequence 
of  specific  peculiarities. 


Nephila  plumipes  Koch. 
The  smaller  figure,  the  male ;  the  larger,  the  female. 


211  [Scudder. 

Dr. -A.  A.  Gould,  in  referring  to  the  recent  death  of  Mr. 
Hugh  Cuniing  of  London,  gave  a  sketch  of  his  hfe  and 
scientific  services. 

A  letter  of  resignation  as  Curator  of  Herpetology  from 
Dr.  F.  H.  Brown  was  read.  It  was  voted  that  his  resigna- 
tion be  accepted,  and  on  motion  of  Dr.  White,  a  committee 
of  two,  consisting  of  Dr.  J.  C.  White  and  Mr.  F.  W.  Put- 
nam, were  appointed  to  nominate  a  successor. 

Mr.  Putnam,  in  referring  to  two  young  Gar  Pike  presented 
this  evening,  said  that  they  were  the  only  specimens  in  the 
Society's  collection,  showing  clearly  the  banded  structure  of 
the  young  of  this  species,  which  by  Richardson  was  described 
as  the  Lepidosteus  Jmronensis.  This  species  has  received 
three  names  from  DeKay  and  another  authority,  while  a 
still  younger  form  was  placed  in  a  distinct  genus  by  Rafin- 
esque. 

The  following  paper  was  read : 

Notes   on   some   Odonata  from   the  White  Mountains  of 
liTEW  Hampshjre.    By.  S.  H.  Scudder. 

The  following  notes  have  reference  mostly  to  the  colors  during  life 
of  some  species  of  Odonata  taken  in  the  summer  of  1862  by  my 
valued  friend,  the  late  Mr.  C.  A.  ShurtlefF,  and  myself  during  a  visit 
of  a  few  weeks  at  the  Glen,  White  Mountains.  Most  of  them  were 
taken  at  Hermit  Lake,  a  small  pool  of  water  situated  in  the  forest  at 
the  mouth  of  Tuckerman's  Ravine,  where  they  were  so  abundant  that 
dozens  of  specimens  of  a  single  species  might  be  taken  in  a  single 
hour;  all  our  visits  to  this  spot  taken  together  did  not  amount  to 
more  than  three  or  four  hours,  yet  some  hundreds  of  specimens  were 
brought  away.  In  proportion  to  the  number  of  specimens  obtained, 
very  many  were  of  species  as  yet  undescribed,  especially  in  the  genus 
Cordulia,  where  it  proved  to  be  the  case  with  all  of  them.  Doubt- 
less many,  if  not  all,  of  these  are  identical  with  those  of  northern  habi- 
tats in  Selys'  Collection,  of  which  the  names  only  are  mentioned  in 
Hagen's  Synopsis.  Nine  species  in  all  are  referred  to,  of  which  eight 
are  believed  to  be  new. 

Cordulegaster  lateralis  nov.  sp. 

5  .  Vertex  and  rhinarium  black ;  front,  epistoma  and  labrum,  except 
the  anterior  edge  of  the  latter,  which  is  reddish-brown,  very  pale  green 
(as  in  life)  ;  labium  luteous  (in  hfe  dull  pale  reddish-brown)  ;  occiput 


Scudder.l  212 

luteous  (in  life,  yellowish-green  in  front,  greenish-yellow  behind) 
edged  on  all  sides  with  black,  and  crowned  Avith  a  transverse  comb 
of  long  black  hairs  which  extend  along  a  black  band  bordering  the 
eyes  on  either  side  above ;  except  this  the  parts  behind  the  eyes  are 
brownish-yellow  (in  life  dirty  pale  green)  ;  the  eyes  in  life  are  grass- 
green  ;  thorax  black,  a  little  ferruginous  along  the  middle  of  the  dor- 
sum ;  dorsum  with  a  large  cuneiform  stripe  on  either  side,  approxi- 
mate above,  pointed  and  divaricate  below,  rather  pale  green  in  life ;  a 
mesothoracic  and  metathoracic  very  broad  oblique  stripe  lemon-yellow 
in  life,  and  midway  between  them  a  narrow,  inconspicuous  yellowish- 
brown  stripe  (color  in  life  not  noted)  ;  wings  hyaline,  very  slightly  in- 
fuscated ;  pterostigma  fusco-ferruginous  ;  membranule  white ;  legs 
black,  anterior  femora  with  a  ferruginous  tinge  on  anterior  surface  ; 
claws  with  a  minute  inferior  median  tooth  ;  abdomen  black,  a  spot  on 
segment  2  below  auricle  and  another  upon  genital  lobe,  an  indented 
stripe  on  sides  of  segments  1-3,  a  sub-triangular  spot  on  the  sides  of 
segments  4-8  in  the  middle,  and  a  minute  spot  on  side  of  segment  9  at 
base  yellowish  tinged  more  or  less  with  brown  (in  life  bright  lemon-yel- 
low); abdomen  a  little  inflated  at  the  base,  segment  3  a  little  constricted, 
beyond  nearly  equal,  but  segments  7-8  expanding  a  little  ;  appendages 
black,  superior  pair  short,  about  three-fourths  the  length  of  segment 
10,  straight,  parallel,  subtrigonal  at  base,  depressed  and  laminate  at 
apex,  the  apex  slightly  expanded  interiorly,  obhquely  docked  interi- 
orly, pointed  just  before  the  middle,  inferiorly,  a  pretty  large  recurved 
tooth  ;  inferior  appendage,  broad,  very  short,  a  little  rounded,  the  sides 
strongly  auriculated,  the  auricles  extending  backward,  outward  and 
upward,  obscurely  bidentate.  18-21  antecubitals  ;  14-16  postcubi- 
tals  ;  two  rows  of  discoidal  areolets. 

Length  2.08-2.30;  alar  expanse  3.02-3.14;  pterostigma  .13-.14  in. 
White  Mts.,  (the  Glen).  4  $.  June  17,  July  26  and  middle  of 
August. 

JSschna  constricta  Say. 

I  obtained  both  sexes  of  this  species  in  abundance,  differing  in  the 
markings,  especially  of  the  abdomen,  from  Hagen's  description.  The 
dorsal  stripes  of  the  thorax  are  interrupted  or  absent  in  the  9  as  de- 
scv'ihed  by  lla.gen  in  yE.  multicolor,  the  pleural  stripes  are  bordered 
with  black  ;  on  the  abdomen  I  find  the  following  markings :  segment  1 
with  a  transverse  apical  blue  band ;  segment  2  with  a  narrow  dorsal 
median  stripe,  the  sides  with  a  transverse  middle  narrow  stripe,  ex- 
panding below  (upon  the  auricle  in  the  6  )  just  failing  to  reach  the 
dorsal  stripe,  yellow  or  yellowish-green,  the  apex  with  a  broad  trans- 
verse green  or  greenish-blue  band;  segments  3-10  with  a  quadrangu- 


213  [Scudder. 

lar  apical  dorsal  spot,  divided  in  the  middle  ;  3-8  with  a  similarly  di- 
vided dorsal  triangular  spot,  becoming  a  transverse  line  on  posterior 
segments,  central  anteriorly,  approaching  the  base  posteriorly ;  the 
sides  of  segment  3  at  base  with  a  whole,  those  of  4-8  near  the  base 
with  a  divided  spot,  all  either  pea-green  (5  )  or  pale  gi'assy  green  (? ). 
The  colors  during  life  of  other  parts  of  the  body  are  as  follows  : — 
whole  face  yellowish-green  ( (J  )  or  dull  luteous-green  (  ?  )  ;  eyes  above 
bright  grass-green  (  5  )  or  dark  green  (  ?  ) ;  thorax  reddish-brown,  dor- 
sal stripes  pea-green  ( (5  )  or  grass-green  ( ?  )  ;  pleural  stripes  pea- 
green,  yellowish  below,  bordered  with  black ;  hind  border  of  metatho- 
rax  with  a  bright  blue  roundish  spot ;  abdomen  brownish-black  ( (J  )  or 
dark  reddish-brown  (  ?  )  ;  pterostigma  fuscous  ( <5  )  or  luteous  (  ?  )  ; 
appendages  of  ?  foliaceous.  One  9  differs  from  the  others  and  from 
the  $  in  having  a  much  less  constricted  abdomen  immediately  behind 
the  inflated  base,  and  has  no  spots  on  the  dorsum  of  segments  8  and  9, 
while  in  others  those  of  these  segments  are  largest.  7  6.7  ? .  White 
Mts.     August. 

JEschna  eremita  nov.  sp. 

Vertex  and  occiput  yellow  ;  front  and  epistoma  bluish-green,  at  the 
sides  greenish-yellow,  above  with  a  T-shaped  spot  extending  slightly 
and  indistinctly  upon  the  face ;  a  narrow  band  before  the  eyes,  the 
incisure  between  front  and  epistoma  and  abbreviated  dashes  in  the  pits 
of  the  latter,  black,  the  dashes  sometimes  brownish ;  maxillae  and  labi- 
um greenish-yellow  ;  eyes  dark  brown  with  a  greenish  tinge.  Thorax 
reddish-brown,  the  elevated  portions  and  sutures  marked  with  black, 
each  side  of  the  dorsum  with  a  streak,  somewhat  like  a  reversed !, 
when  viewed  from  the  front,  blue  ;  pleura  with  a  broad  mesothoracic 
stripe,  deeply  excavated  anteriorly  above  the  middle,  on  the  metatho- 
rax  a  somewhat  similar  one,  but  broader  at  the  base,  a  spot  midway 
between  them  above,  sometimes  prolonged  to  a  narrow  abbreviated 
stripe,  all  bordered  with  brownish-black,  either  blue  above  and  more 
or  less  greenish  below  ( 5  )  or  slightly  yellowish-green  ( ? )  ;  wings 
hyaline,  the  veins  black,  femora  and  tibise  reddish-broAvn  superiorly; 
abdomen  dark  brown  (S)  or  very  dark  yellowish-brown  ( ? )  ;  seg- 
ment 2  with  a  longitudinal  dorsal  line,  the  whole  apex,  and  in  the  S  a 
lateral  spot  just  above  the  auricle,  sides  of  3-8  with  a  basal  lateral 
divided  spot  quadrangular  except  on  3  where  it  is  very  large  and 
broadest  at  base,  apex  of  3-10  with  a  sub-quadrangular  apical  spot  on 
either  side  of  the  dorsal  line  more  or  less  confluent  with  an  irregular 
apical  lateral  spot  on  3-9,  either  blue,  those  on  sides  duller  (^)  or 
yellowish-green,  those  on  segments  6-10  duller  ($)  ;  segment  2  with  a 
median  transverse,  narrow,  straight  band,  broken  on  the  middle  of 


Scudder.]  214 

dorsum,  segments  3-7  with  a  median  (3-4)  or  sub-basal  (5-7)  trans- 
verse triangular  spot  on  either  side  of  dorsal  line,  approximate,  either 
brownish-yellow  ((5)  or  yellowish-green  (?);  10th  segment  with  a 
basal  median  tubercle  and  a  lesser  one  on  either  side  of  it ;  superior 
appendages  of  $  fuscous,  foliaceous,  narrowed  at  base,  obtuse  at  apex, 
a  blunt  basal  tubercle  above  slightly  concave,  beneath  a  little  ele- 
vated, and  the  sides  depressed  at  apex,  sub-carinated  above  toward  the 
inner  edge,  the  carina  more  central  and  elevated  near  apex,  its  edge 
denticulated,  inner  edge  sub-villose ;  inferior  appendage  fully  half  as 
long,  triangular  appendages  of  9  straight,  foliaceous,  concave  beneath, 
convex  and  sub-carinate  above,  auricle  of  $  with  5  sharp  incurved 
teeth  on  lower  outer  edge.     17-21  antecubitals ;    13-17  postcubitals. 

Length  3  in.;  alar  expanse  3.9  in.;  pterostigraa  .16  in.;  superior 
$  appendage  .2  in.     14  5,2?.     White  Mts.     August. 

The  colors  given  are  those  of  the  living  specimens. 

JEschna  propinqua  nov.  sp. 

Vertex  and  occiput  yellofr,  front  and  epistoma  yellowish-green,  la- 
brum  paler,  rhinarium  brownish ;  a  distinct  T-shaped  spot  on  top  of 
front,  a  narrow  band  next  the  eyes  and  the  incisure  between  front  and 
epistoma,  black  ;  labium  indistinct  bluish-yellow ;  eyes  either  bright  or 
bluish-green  (the  head  is  wanting  in  my  ?).  Thorax  either  reddish- 
brown  ( (5  )  or  rather  light  brown  with  a  castaneous  tinge  (  ?  );  elevated 
portions  and  sutures  black  ;  dorsum  with  a  curved  antehumeral  streak, 
pointed  anteriorly,  slightly  angulated  at  posterior  extremity,  either 
pea-green  (3)  or  faint  pale  green  (?)  ;  a  meso-  and  meta-  thoracic, 
rather  broad,  straight  streak,  sometimes  distinct  only  beneath,  some- 
times separated,  generally  rather  broadly  bordered  with  blackish, 
either  pea-green,  upper  portion  bluish  or  when  separated,  blue  (  5  )  or 
the  mesothoracic  very  pale  pea-green,  the  metathoracic  pale  bluish 
(  9  )  ;  wings  hyahne,  the  costal  border  especially  toward  tip  sometimes 
very  indistinctly  pruinose,  the  veins  black,  those  of  anterior  border 
yellowish  ;  pterostigma  black  (<5  )  or  fuscous  (  ?  )  ;  membranule  black- 
ish, pale  at  base ;  legs  black,  the  femora  with  a  reddish  streak  superi- 
orly at  base  (  6  )  or  fuscous,  the  femora  reddish  brown  (  ?  )  ;  abdomen, 
blackish-brown  (  5  )  or  castaneous,  segments  3-6  lighter  brown  anteri- 
orly (  ?  )  ;  it  agrees  in  the  character  of  the  markings  with  ^.  eremita^ 
except  that  the  apical  dorsal  spots  are  not  confluent  with  the  apical  lat- 
eral ones,  except  on  segment  3,  and  the  lateral  ones  are  only  present  on 
3-6.  In  the  ^  the  colors  of  the  spots  are  all  blue,  except  the  large 
lateral  spot  of  segment  3  which  is  brownish-blue,  and  the  median 
transverse  band  of  segment  2,  and  the  triangular  dorsal  median  spots 
of  the  segments  following  which  are  yellowish.     In  the  ?  the  lateral 


215 


[Scudder. 


spots  of  segment  2  are  pale  bluish,  the  lateral  spots  of  the  other  sog- 
ments,  lavender-colored ;  the  median  dorsal  triangular  spots  are  pale 
dirty  yellow;  the  apical  dorsal  spots  very  pale  dirty  bluish,  more  decided 
in  tint  on  posterior  segments;  segment  10  of  5  with  a  prominent, 
bluntly  pointed  basal  tubercle,  9  only  carinated  on  basal  half;  seg- 
ments 8-9  in  ?  not  carinated ;  appendages  of  $  blackish.  Ion"-,  folia- 
ceous,  nearly  straight,  narrower  toward  the  base,  the  apex  rounded,  a 
superior  tubercle  at  the  extreme  base  interiorly,  carinated  along  the 
median  line  above,  the  apical  portion  very  slightly  curved  upwards ; 
inferior  appendages  nearly  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  superior,  triangu- 
lar; auricle  with  four  teeth;  appendages  of  ?  long,  straight,  folia- 
ceous,  narrower  at  base,  rounded  at  apex,  carinate  above,  black. 
17-21  antecubitals ;  10-12  postcubitals. 

Length  2.75  in.;  alar  expanse  3.64  in.;  pterostlgma  .17  in.;  abd. 
app.  of  5  .2  in.  3  (5  .  1  ? .  White  Mts.  August.  The  colors  given 
are  those  of  the  living  insect. 

Cordulia  eremita  nov.  sp. 

Vertex,  front,  except  lower  border  and  sides,  which  are  yellowish- 
brown  (in  life  light  reddish-brown)  brassy -green  as  in  life ;  epistoma 
bronzcrbrown  (in  life  reddish-brown) ;  rhinarium  pale  as  in  life ; 
labrum  black  as  in  life;  labium  luteous  (in  life  pale  smoky  with  a 
bluish  tinge)  ;  occiput  blackish-brown  (as  in  life),  furnished  with 
black  pile  above,  and  pale  pile  behind,  eyes  in  life  brassy-green, 
thorax  furnished  with  long  greenish  pile,  shining  brassy-green  as 
in  life,  a  humeral  spot,  and  a  single  mesothoracic  boat-shaped  stripe 
not  reaching  either  base  or  apex,  just  in  advance  of  the  mesothoracic 
stigma,  subparallel  to  the  sutures,  but  its  upper  limit  distant  from  the 
metathorax,  and  its  lower  approaching  it,  luteous  as  In  life;  wings  hya- 
line, those  of  the  $  usually  indistinctly  sub-fumose ;  pterostigma  red- 
dish-brown; membranule  blackish-brown,  base  (basal  half  in  ?) 
white ;  legs  black,  fore  femora  with  a  postero-superior  reddish-brown 
vitta ;  abdomen,  very  dark  brassy^reen,  almost  black  (as  in  life) 
covered  with  short  greyish  pile,  the  incisures  reddish-brown  (pale  lu- 
teous in  life)  ;  an  indistinct  reddish-brown  spot  (as  in  life)  on  the 
sides  of  segment  2  at  the  apex,  apex  of  the  10th  segment  luteous  at 
the  side  ( (J  )  or  in  addition  to  that  a  reddish-brown  spot  at  basal  half 
of  3  and  at  base  of  4-6  on  the  side  (  9  ) ;  segments  4-5  especially  ba- 
sal half,  and  somewhat  on  3,  6,  granulated ;  abdomen  of  9  equal, 
swollen  at  the  base  ;  abdomen  of  5  with  the  3d  segment  much  con- 
stricted ;  superior  appendages  of  5  consisting  of  a  main  stem  and  an 
apical  process  ;  the  former  is  sub-depressed  apically,  carinate  beneath  ; 
viewed  from  above  the  sides  are  parallel,  the  inner  edge  straight,  the 
outer  slightly  swollen  at  base  and  apex  and  furnished  with  a  tubercle 


Sciidcler.]  216 

just  past  the  middle,  the  Inner  edge  furnished  with  a  row  of  hairs  di- 
rected outwards  somewhat,  which  continue  on  to  the  outer  posterior 
angle ;  the  Inner  posterior  angle  Is  produced  Into  the  apical  process, 
which  is  about  one-half  as  long  as  the  main  stem,  continuous  with  the 
lower  surface,  laminate,  a  little  more  than  half  as  broad  as  the  main 
stem,  directed  Inwards  and  backwards  equally,  the  apical  half  recurved 
upwards,  the  apex  pointed ;  the  Inferior  appendage  is  triangular, 
reaching  more  than  half  way  to  the  extreme  apex  of  the  superior  ap- 
pendages, Its  apex  minutely  uncinate  above ;  appendages  of  ?  cylin- 
drical, straight,  constricted  at  the  base,  the  apex  bluntly  pointed, 
vulvar  lamina  bifid ;  two  discoidal  nervules,  (sometimes  three,  at  the 
triangle),  then  three.     7-9  antecubitals ;  7-10  postcubitals. 

Length  1.86  ;  alar  expanse  2.92-3.08.  S  appendages  (exclusive  of 
apical  process)  .11  in.  ?  .loin.  PterostIgma.il.  39  5,8  ?  Her- 
mit Lake,  August.  Eggs  lemon-yellow,  ovoid,  subacute  at  either  end, 
not  smooth,  .02  In.  long,  uniform  In  size.  It  is  allied  to  Cord,  septen- 
trionalis  Hagen. 

Cordulia  forcipata  nov.  sp. 

Vertex,  most  of  front,  occiput  and  labrum  dark  brassy-green,  as  In 
life,  the  occiput  and  labrum  less  brassy ;  epistoma  and  sides  and  lower 
edge  of  front,  dark  yellowish-brown  (in  life  luteous)  ;  rhinarium  dark 
luteous  (in  life  luteous);  labium  luteous  as  in  life  ;  upper  half  of  eyes, 
In  life,  grass-green,  lower  half  indistinct  purplish  ;  back  of  head  black, 
back  of  occiput  with  an  indistinct  reddish  spot ;  thorax  covered  with 
long  greyish  pile,  brassy-green,  as  In  life,  the  dorsum  In  front  black, 
anteriorly  with  an  Indistinct  fulvous  spot  as  in  life,  the  pleura  with  a 
mesothoracic  and  metathoracic  central  indistinct  Ill-defined  bar,  fulvo- 
luteous  as  In  life ;  wings  hyaline,  extreme  base  of  posterior  pair, 
including  but  little  more  than  the  triangle  bordering  the  membranule 
subfumose  ;  pterostigma  fusco-ferruginous ;  basal  half  of  membranule, 
white,  apical  blackish-brown ;  legs  black,  anterior  femora,  except  apex, 
with  a  confluent  posterior  and  superior  fulvo-ferruginous  vltta ;  abdo- 
men obscure  deep  brassy-green,  segments  5-10  mixed  with  brownish 
(as  in  life),  the  whole  of  the  sides  of  segments  1  and  2,  on  the  latter 
extending  on  to  the  genital  lobes,  and  the  base  of  segment  3,  marked 
with  indistinct  fulvo-luteous  (as  in  lil'e)  ;  sides  of  segments  5-8,  on  8 
Indistinctly,  with  a  round  basal  spot  fulvous  ;  appendages  black,  infe- 
rior ones  testaceous  above,  superior  pair  carinate  Inferlorly  and  on  the 
basal  half  exteriorly,  sub-cylindrical ;  when  viewed  from  above  the 
basal  half  is  straight,  swollen,  constricted  just  beyond  the  base,  espe- 
cially on  the  Interior  edge,  the  apical  half  bent  slightly  outwards,  tlien 
inwards,  the  Inner  edge  rounded  off  to  the  pointed  apex ;  when  viewed 
laterally  they  are  seen  to  be  curved  dowuAvards  considerably,  the  apex 


217 


[ S  didder  • 


laminate,  the  lower  edge  with  a  small  basal  exterior  tooth,  beyond  the 
middle  a  prominent  tubercle,  and  between  them  the  interior  edge  pro- 
duced to  a  rather  large  rounded  himeUa,  more  prominent  toward  the 
base ;  inferior  appendage  triangular,  bhmtly  pointed,  the  edge  of  the 
under  surface  raised  on  the  basal  half,  curved  upwards,  the  tip  minutely 
uncinate  above  and  reaching  fully  the  tubercle  of  the  superior  pair. 
8  antecubitals ;  8-9  postcubitals,  two  rows  of  discoidal  areolets. 

Length  1.90 ;  alar  expanse  2.60;  pterostigma  .09  ;  superior  abdominal 
appendages  .14.     IS.   July  26.     The  Glen,  AVhite  Mts. 

Cordulia  ShurtleflBi  nov.  sp. 

$  Vertex  and  front,  except  sides  and  lower  edge,  bronze-green,  as 
in  life,  the  latter  edge  with  reddish-brown ;  vertex  with  a  purplish 
lustre,  as  in  life  ;  occiput  as  in  life,  indistinct  bronze-green,  with  a  slight 
purplish  lustre ;  sides  and  lower  edge  of  front  and  the  epistoma  dark  oliv- 
aceous (in  life  dark  reddish-brown)  ;  rhinarium  pale ;  labrum  black  ;  la- 
bium light  brownish-yellow  as  in  life ;  eyes  in  life  bright  gi'ass-green,  red- 
dish-brown at  the  tubercle :  thorax  brassv-o;reen  with  a  ferruo-inous  tino-e 
below  and  on  mesothorax  (as  in  life),  black  next  the  base  of  the  femora, 
covered  with  grey  pile  longest  on  front  of  dorsum  ;  wings  hyaline,  ful- 
vous at  the  extreme  base ;  pterostigma  brownish-ferruginous  ;  mem- 
branule  dark  brown,  white  at  base ;  legs  black,  unguiculi  reddish- 
brown  with  an  interior  tooth  just  beyond  the  middle  ;  abdomen  very 
dark  brassy-green  almost  black ;  the  sides  of  segment  2  below  the  au- 
ricle, but  not  extending  on  to  the  genital  lobe,  reddish-brown ;  and 
above  on  either  side  an  indistinct  roundish  spot  of  same  color  as  in 
life ;  incisure  between  segments  2  and  3  reddish-brown,  luteous  in  life ; 
abdomen  swollen  at  the  base,  segment  3  constricted,  4  with  the 
sides  equal,  5-7  with  apex  slightly  broader  than  base,  8  equal,  9-10 
with  base  slightly  broader  than  apex,  the  10th  carinated  ;  appendages 
black,  superior  pair  short,  cylindrical,  nearly  straight,  slightly  kneed 
outwards  at  the  extreme  base,  curved  slightly  outwards  at  the  apex, 
which  is  rounded,  an  internal  sharp  tooth  and  a  minute  infero-exter- 
nal  one  at  the  base,  and  a  small  inferior  one  in  the  middle,  ciliated 
with  long  hairs  interiorly  ;  inferior  apixmdage  deeply  cleft,  the  branches 
sub-compressed,  vertically  bifid,  the  apices  pointed.  8  antecubitals ; 
7-8  postcubitals,  two  rows  of  discoidal  areolets. 

Length  1.75-1.85;  alar  expanse  2.4-2.48  ;  pterostigma  .09  in.;  up- 
per appendages  .09  in.     2  5.    Hermit  Lake,  August  11,  25. 

Cordiilia  Walshii  nov.  sp. 

6  Vertex  and  occiput  dark,  sometimes  a  little  brassy,  brown  (in 
life  yellowish-brown);  epistoma,  sides  and  lower  border  of  front  dark, 
dull  yellowish-brown  (in  life  yellowish-brown);  rhinarium  and  labium 


Scuddor.]  218 

luteous  (In  life  dirty  yellow);  labrum  black ;  eyes  in  life  green ;  thorax 
brassy-green  (as  In  life)  sometimes  dulled  with  fuscous ;  dorsum  In  front 
tinged  with  faint  dull  ferruginous,  as  In  life,  not  seen  in  the  fuscous 
individual,  mesothorax  with  an  abbreviated  stripe,  metathorax  with  a 
central  spot  pale  yellowish-brown  (In  life  whitish  with  a  tinge  of  yel- 
lowish-brown) ;  between  them,  below  the  mesothoracic  spiracle,  an  In- 
distinct spot  of  yellowish-brown  as  in  life  ;  wings  hyaline,  the  posterior 
pair  slightly  fulvescent  next  the  membranule ;  pterostlgma  brownish 
t'erruginous,  membranule  fuscous,  whitish  at  the  base  ;  legs  black,  fore 
femora,  except  apex  and  inferior  surface,  yellowish-brown ;  claws  of 
tarsi  with  a  small  interior  tooth  beyond  the  middle ;  abdomen  very 
dark  green,  almost  black,  behind  segment  4  covered  with  very  short 
yellowish  pile ;  the  sides  on  segment  2  not  extending  on  to  genital 
lobes,  a  spot  on  side  at  base  of  segments  3-7,  and  apical  third  of  dor- 
sum of  10  reddish-brown  (In  life  pale  yellowish-brown) ;  abdomen 
swollen  at  the  base,  segment  3  much  constricted,  beyond  gradually 
swollen  so  as  to  be  a  little  broader  than  the  base  at  apex  of  5,  gradu- 
ally narrowed  again  so  as  to  be  half  as  broad  in  middle  of  8,  widen- 
ing again  as  gradually  to  the  apex  of  abdomen,  dorsum  of  base  of 
segment  10  sub-carinated  ;  appendages  black,  apex  of  superiors  dull 
yellowish-brown,  especially  above,  dilate  with  very  long  yellowish- 
brown  hairs  near  the  apex  except  beneath,  forming  a  brushlike  termin- 
ation to  the  appendages ;  superior  pair  rather  long,  depressed  and 
compressed  at  the  base,  sub-cylindrical  beyond;  when  viewed  from 
the  side  slightly  arched,  when  viewed  from  above  directed  outwards  at 
the  extreme  base,  and  thence  inwards  so  as  to  bring  the  apices  to- 
gether ;  at  the  extreme  base  a  supero-internal  tooth,  on  the  basal  third 
two  infero-external  teeth,  swollen  especially  exteriorly  before  the  apex, 
upon  which  swollen  portion  the  whorl  of  long  hairs  is  placed,  the  ex- 
treme apex  produced  to  a  sub-depressed  triangularly  pointed  recurved 
and  upcurved  lamina ;  Inferior  appendage  half  as  long  as  superior, 
triangular,  apex  blunt  and  furnished  with  a  recurved  ungulculus,  the 
appendage  supported  upon  either  side  at  the  base  exteriorly  with  a 
short  semicircular  lamina.  6-9  antecubitals  ;  5-6  postcubltals  ;  two 
rows  of  discoidal  arcolets. 

Length  1.8  ;  alar  expanse  2.68-2.60;  pterostlgma  .09  In.;  superior 
appendages  .14  in.     3  5.     The  Glen,  White  Mts.     Aug.  20-28. 

Cordulia  elongata  nov.  sp. 

Vertex  and  front  except  sides  and  on  lower  border  brassy-green ; 
sides  and  lower  border  of  front  brownish  yellow  (In  life  luteous);  rhlna- 
rlum  and  labium  luteous,  as  In  life ;  epistoma  very  dark  brown  or  black, 
labrum  black;  occiput  blackish,  in  the  ?  with  ferruginous  hairs  poste- 
riorly ;  eyes  In  life  bright  grass-green  above,  brownish-green  below,  a  lit- 


219  [Scudder. 

tie  spot  of  whitish  in  advance  of  the  tubercle;  thorax  brassy-green  (6) 
or  bronze-brown  tinged  with  green  especially  on  pleura  (  ?  );  a  dull  ferru- 
ginous spot  on  each  side  of  dorsum  anteriorly,  pleura  with  a  broad, 
straight,  abbreviated  mesothoracic  stripe  and  an  elongated  metatho- 
racic  spot  brownish-yellow  (in  life  lemon-yellow,  the  anterior  paler) ; 
wings  hyaline,  the  ?  sometimes  with  a  smoky  tinge  about  the  nervures; 
pterostigma  black  ;  membranule  fuscous,  the  base  (sometimes  the  basal 
half)  white  ;  legs  black,  fore  femora  with  a  superior  castaneous  vitta ; 
claws  with  a  minute  tooth  beyond  the  middle ;  abdomen  very  dark 
bronze-green  approaching  to  black,  covered  beyond  segment  4  with 
greenish-gray  short  pile,  segments  1-2  and  base  of  3  in  ?  very  dark 
brown  (in  life  yelloAvish-brown),  2-3  in  $  greenish-black ;  on  sides  of 
segment  2  not  extending  in  $  upon  genital  lobes,  a  large  brownish-yel- 
low spot  (iu  life  luteous)  ;  dorsum  of  segment  2  with  a  spot  on  either 
side  at  the  apex  indistinct,  on  3  at  the  base  distinct  brownish-yellow 
(in  life  luteous) ;  abdomen  swollen  at  the  base,  much  constricted  in 
middle  of  segment  3,  gradually  widening  so  as  to  be  nearly  the  width 
of  the  base  at  segment  6,  which  is  equal,  beyond  this  narrowing  in  a 
nearly  similar  degree  ( (5  )  or  swollen  at  the  base,  behind  which  nearly 
equal;  dorsum  of  segment  10  carinated  above;  appendages  black, 
superior  pair  ($)  long,  subcylindrical,  ciliate  except  at  the  extreme 
apex,  when  viewed  from  above  nearly  straight ;  apical  two-thirds  ap- 
proximate parallel ;  viewed  from  the  side  they  appear  slightly  arched, 
the  apex  upcurved,  pointed ;  there  is  a  minute  basal  tooth  directed 
downwards  on  the  exterior  margin,  and  just  beyond  it  a  larger  one  on 
the  middle  of  the  inferior  surface,  starting  from  which  the  inferior  sur- 
face is  subcarinated  towards  the  interior  edge  before  the  curvino-  of 
the  apex ;  inferior  pair  a  little  more  than  half  as  long,  shaped  as  in 
CorduUa  Walsliii\  appendages  of  ?  long,  cylindrical,  the  apices  very 
slightly  curved  outwards,  pointed,  constricted  at  the  base.  8-9  ante- 
cubitals ;  7-8  postcubitals ;  two  rows  of  discoidal  areolets,  beyond, 
three. 

Length  2.2-2.30 ;  alar  expanse  2.9-3.2;  pterostigma  .12  ;  append- 
ages 3  .14,  ?  .16.     1  ^,3  ?.     White  Mts.     August. 

Diplax  rubiciindiila  (Say,)  Hagen. 

I  suppose  by  the  "  black  band  before  the  eyes  "  Hagen  refers  to  a 
transverse  band  between  the  vertex  and  the  front,  i.  e.,  an  antenna! 
band,  since  such  a  one  is  present  in  my  specimens  ;  but  in  other  places 
he  uses  the  same  words  where  it  refers  to  a  band  bordering  the  ante- 
rior inner  edge  of  the  eyes,  as  in  some  species  of  yEsckna  ;  my  speci- 
mens differ  from  Hagen's  description  in  the  following  particulars :  the 
tips  of  the  superior  appendages  in  the  $  are  fuscous,  the  apex  acute 
but  not  recurved,  the  superior  edge  being  nearly  straight,  while  the 


Scudder.]  220 

inferior  is  curved  upwards  somewhat ;  the  median  tooth  beneath  is 
denticulated  anteriorly ;  the  genital  hamule  has  the  apex  bifid,  the 
posterior  branch  triangular,  bluntly  pointed,  longer  than  broad,  the 
anterior  branch  forming  an  unguiculus  which  is  one-third  the  length 
of  the  whole  hamule,  directed  backwards  and  inclining  in  the  least 
degree  towards  one  another.     7-8  antecubitals  ;  G-9  postcubitals. 

Length  S  1.34-1.40,  ?  1.14;  alarexpanse  1.96-2.16  in.;  pterostig- 
ma  .08  in.;  abdominal  appendages  (5  .05  in.  5  (?  ,  2  ? .  August,  sum- 
mit of  Mt.  Washington  and  also  in  the  valley. 

During  life  the  whole  of  the  front  ai^d  mouth  parts  are  pale  yellow- 
isli-green,  except  the  maxilla  and  tips  of  mandibles  and  an  antennal 
band,  black ;  eyes  dull  ferruginous  above,  below  tinged  w4th  oliva- 
ceous; dorsum  of  thorax  olivaceous-brown  (<?)  or  olivaceous-green,  in 
less  mature  specimens  dull  brownish  (  ?  )  ;  pleura  tinged  slightly  with 
reddish,  especially  behind  ( <5  )  or  yellowish-green,  especially  behind, 
in  less  mature  specimens  greenish  above,  yellowish  below,  merging  into 
one  another,  with  a  brownish  spot  at  base  of  hind  legs  (  ?  )  ;  abdomen 
either  bright  blood-red,  except  first  segment,  which  is  dark  yellowish- 
brown  with  a  blackish-brown  transverse  streak,  lateral  spots  black, 
subdorsal  spots  faint  yellowish-brown,  on  segment  3  amber,  (5  )  or  dor- 
sum blood-red,  last  segment  tipped  with  yellowish,  the  transverse  spots 
olivaceous ;  sides  yellowish,  olivaceous-green,  the  spots  black,  below 
the  spots  with  a  whitish  pruinosity  ;  beneath,  segments  1-8  black,  9-10 
yellowish-brown  (?)  or  In  less  mature  specimens  of  ?  ,  light  and  bright 
olivaceous,  segments  reddish,  the  spots  black. 

I  am  inclined  to  consider  as  identical  the  species  described  by  Ha- 
gen  in  his  Synopsis  as  No.  1,  the  assimilata  of  Uhler  and  No.  6,  the 
rublcundulaof  Say,  with  which  ambigua  of  Rambur  is  placed  as  sy- 
nonymous. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Uhler  I  have  examined  with  consider- 
able care,  and  at  several  different  times,  the  specimens  of  both,  which 
are  found  in  his  collection.  The  specimens  of  assimilata  are  the  same  as 
those  used  by  him  in  his  original  description  of  that  species,  and  they 
seem  to  differ  in  a  very  slight  degree  from  all  the  specimens  of  rubi- 
cundula  which  I  have  seen,  in  the  shape  of  the  posterior  genital  ha- 
mule and  the  genital  lobe  of  the  $  ,  and  in  the  bifid  portion  of  the  vul- 
var lamina  of  the  ?;  the  former  (assimilata)  in  the  genital  lobe  of  the 
6  is  long  and  slender,  nearly  equal  throughout ;  in  the  latter  it  is 
more  triangular,  much  broader  at  base  than  at  tip,  the  tip  rounded ; 
so,  too,  tlie  posterior  genital  hamule  is  slenderer  and  less  triangular  in 
the  former  than  in  rubicundula ;  the  hamules  are  less  extruded  in  my 
specimens  of  the  latter,  than  in  those  I  have  seen  of  the  former,  but 
this  may  be  purely  accidental ;  in  the  latter,  the  lobes  of  the  bifid  por- 
tion of  the  vulvar  lamina  of  ?  are  separated  from  the  base  by  a  dis- 
tinct, equal  channel ;  each  is  sub-carinate,  conical,  pointed  ;  in  assimi- 


221  [Scudder. 

lata  they  are  separated  by  a  channel  more  distinct  toward  the  tip,  so 
as  nearly  to  hide  the  carination,  the  tips  subdivaricate  ;  but  the  parts 
vary  so  much  in  the  specimens  before  me  of  ruble  unci ula  that  I  am  in- 
clined to  think  that  a  larger  number  of  specimens  of  assimilata  would 
show  less  constancy  of  character  than  the  few  I  have  examined  possess, 
and  bridge  over  the  very  narrow  chasm  which  now  seems  to  separate 
them.  There  are  specimens  of  ruhicundula  too  in  Mr.  Uhler's  collec- 
tion w^hich  have  a  more  suffused  amount  of  coloration  upon  the  wings 
than  some  of  his  specimens  of  assimilata  have. 

But  if  there  are  two  species  here,  the  ruhicundula  of  Say  must  be 
referred  to  the  species  described  under  that  name  by  Ilagen,  and  not 
to  the  assimilata  of  Uhler  as  argued  by  Walsh ;  the  tAvo  species,  if 
they  be  two,  do  not  dijQfer  as  Walsh  states,  in  the  color  of  the  legs  nor 
in  size,  they  both  agree  perfectly  well  with  the  description  of  the  norm 
as  given  by  Say,  of  his  ruhicundula ;  though  his  description  of  the  va- 
riety with  discolored  wings  is  more  characteristic  of  assimilata.  Now 
Harris  received  from  Say  specimens  of  his  ruhicundula^  as  will  be  seen 
by  Say's  description,  and  there  are  in  the  cabinet  of  Dr.  Harris,  spe- 
cimens which  are  marked  on  his  MS.  catalogue  as  some  of  them  re- 
ceived from  Say  and  labelled  ruhicundula  by  him;  there  are  four  spe- 
cimens marked  so  either  by  Say  or  Harris  ;  three  of  these  are  plainly 
vicina  of  Hagen,  but  vicina  of  Hagen  cannot  be  the  ruhicundula  of 
Say,  as  a  comparison  of  the  description  will  show,  for  the  abdomen  of 
vicina  has  no  lateral  black  vitta,  and  is  not  of  so  deep  a  color  as  san- 
guineous ;  the  superior  anal  appendages  of  the  $  have  a  tooth  not  on 
the  inferior  middle  but  much  nearer  the  tip  ;  it  has  only  six  or  at  most 
seven  postcubitals  instead  of  about  nine  ;  the  remaining  single  speci- 
men is  probably  that  received  from  Say  himself,  and  is  the  ruhicundula 
and  not  the  assimilata  of  Hagen,  so  that  I  am  inclined  to  think  Hagen 
and  not  Walsh,  is  right  in  the  determination  of  the  locus  of  Say's  ruhi- 
cundula. Of  the  truth  of  this  determination  Mr.  Uhler,  through 
whose  kindness  I  have  been  permitted  to  examine  considerable  series 
of  ruhicundula,  assimilata  and  vicina,  some  received  from  Messrs.  Ha- 
gen and  Walsh,  is  now  persuaded,  on  a  reexamination  of  the  speci- 
mens since  he  gave  in  bis  adhesion  to  Mr.  Walsh's  view ;  he  is  also 
incHned  to  doubt  with  me  the  propriety  of  separating  the  two  as  dis- 
tinct species. 

I  do  not  think  however  that  Hagen  can  be  correct  in  referring  the 
L.  amhigua  of  Rambur  to  the  L.  ruhicundula  of  Say,  for  the  legs  of  Z. 
ruhicundula  are  not  "jaunatre  "  but  blackish,  and  the  whole  particular 
description  of  these  parts  by  Rambur  is  incorrect  as  applied  to  ruhi- 
cundula. "  Ailes  sans  tachejaune  sensible  a  la  base  "  is  not  true  of 
ruhicundula,  all  the  wings  in  all  specimens  show  some  trace  ;  the 
pterostigma  is  not  "blanchatre  "  at  the  extremities,  but  only  paler. 

Nor  in  these  respects,  save  in  the  very  last,  will  it  apply  any  better  to 


^gassiz.]  222 

the  specimens  of  assimilata  before  me.  Nor  can  the  description  ap- 
ply to  D.  vicina  of  Hagen,  since  the  vulvar  lamina  of  the  ?  is  not  bifid, 
as  Rambur  describes  that  of  L.  amhigua  to  be  ;  it  still  remains  to  be 
seen,  therefore,  what  the  L.  amUgua  of  Rambur  is. 


October  18,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty  members  present. 

Mr.  A.  Agassiz  made  a  communication  on  the  development 
of  the  Porcellanidse,  and  exhibited  drawings  of  the  zoea  of 
.Porcellana  macrocheles  Gibbs,  from  Newport  Harbor,  R.  I. 

Dr.  B.  G.  Wilder  gave  an  account  of  a  case  of  imperforate 
ear  in  an  adult. 

The  possessor  was  a  colored  man  named  Lee  Mallory,  a  private  of 
Co.  "D."  102d  U.  S.  Colored  Troops  ;  23  years  old,  stout  of  body  but 
simple  and  at  times  feeble  in  mind.  He  has  never  had  fits,  but  is  liable 
to  dizziness  and  pain  in  the  head  which  is  more  severe  behind  the  im- 
perforate ear ;  from  this  there  has  never  been  a  discharge,  but  from 
the  left  or  open  ear,  there  has  been  occasionally  discharged  a  thick 
flaky  yellowish  fluid.  He  Is  quite  deaf,  hearing  but  poorly  with  one 
ear  and  not  at  all  with  the  other. 

The  left  ear  is  smaller  than  usual  and  wants  the  lobule,  but  is  In 
other  respects  well-formed.  The  right  ear  is  as  long  as  the  left  but 
more  narrow  and  consists  only  of  the  cartilage  tightly  covered  by  the 
skin  ;  the  lobule  is  wholly  deficient ;  the  fossa  of  the  helix  Is  not  visi- 
ble except  as  an  oval  depression  where  it  should  lie  as  if  the  helix 
were  depressed  upon  the  fossa  and  had  coalesced  with  Its  floor.  Tra- 
gus very  small ;  antitragus  present  as  a  cartilage,  but  does  not  project. 
Concha  well  defined,  though  small,  but  presents  no  opening  whatever, 
nor  has  there  ever  been  one  ;  a  needle  was  pushed  to  the  depth  of 
half  an  inch  through  the  Integument  where  the  meatus  should  be,  but 
everywhere  came  In  contact  with  a  firm  gristly  substance.  The  upper 
margin  of  the  ear  Is  rounded  as  usual. 

Just  In  front  of  the  tragus  Is  a  small  pedunculated  papilla,  about 
two  lines  in  diameter.  It  has  no  connection  with  the  ear  Itself,  being 
freely  movable  with  the  integument;  but  this  man  says  that  his  father 
and  sister  each  have  one  imperforate  ear,  In  front  of  which  is  just  such 


223  [Wilder. 

a  papilla.  Taken  by  themselves,  these  three  cases  would  be  merely 
curiosities,  but  there  are  on  record  several  cases  where  such  or  similar 
papillae  have  accompanied  an  imperfect  development  of  the  ear.  In 
Otto's  "  Monstrorum  descrlptio  anatomica,"  Plate  iv,  Fig.  3,  is  repre- 
sented a  foetus  with  a  natural  left  ear,  but  small  right  ear,  with  several 
such  paplllas  in  front  of  it  and  over  the  lower  jaw ;  and  Fig.  2  repre- 
sents another  foetus  in  which  the  right  ear  was  normal,  but  in  place  of 
the  left  was  a  large  papilla,  looking  as  if  the  meatus  had  been  everted- 
I  am  informed  by  Prof.  Wyman  that  there  may  be  traced  a  se- 
ries of  abnormal  appendages,  from  such  simple  papillae  as  those  de- 
scribed, at  the  one  extreme,  to  a  more  or  less  completely  formed  foe- 
tus at  the  other ;  so  that  the  papIHae  may  be  regarded  as  the  mini- 
mum of  development  for  a  twin.  The  absence  of  the  lobule  in  both 
cars  Is  instructive,  when  it  Is  remembered  that  this  portion  of  the  ex- 
ternal ear  Is  the  last  to  appear  in  the  development  of  the  embryo,  and 
that  it  Is  the  first  to  disappear  among  the  mammalia  below  man. 

Prof.  H.  James  Clark  presented  a  paper  "  On  the  Yorticel- 
lidan  parasite  (  Trichodina  pediculus  Ehr.)  of  Hydra."  He  re- 
marked that  in  its  healthy,  unrestrained  condition,  Trichodina 
is  very  dissimilar  from  the  hitherto  published  representations 
of  it ;  that  it  has  a  deep,  asymmetrical,  cyathiform,  or  dice- 
box  shape,  with  an  kregular  and  longitudinally  furrowed  and 
plicated  exterior ;  a  greatly  depressed  cupuliform  disc^  along 
the  margin  of  which  a  single,  spiral  row  of  vibratile  cilia  or 
"vibratory  organ  "  is  attached;  that  the  so-called  vestibular 
lash,  or  "  bristle  of  Lachman,"  is  an  optical  illusion  arising 
from  a  foreshortened  or  edgewise  view  of  the  row  of  cilia  at 
the  mouth  of,  and  within  the  vestibule ;  that  the  posterior, 
truncate  end  of  the  body  is  margined  by  a  distinct,  annular 
velum,  immediately  behind  which,  and  arising  from  the  same 
basis,  is  a  complete  circle  of  vibratory  cilia;  and  finally  that 
the  so-called  "  adherent  organ,"  or  apparatus  of  hooks  and 
radii  consists,  firstly,  of  a  distinct,  separate,  annular  border, 
of  which  the  opposite  faces  are  dissimilarly  striated  by  per- 
fectly straight,  transverse  ridges ;  secondly,  of  a  complicated 
circle  of  separable  hooks,  which  is  applied  to  the  posterior 
face  of  the  striated,  annular  border,  along  its  proximate  edge  ; 
and  thirdly,  of  a  series  of  T-shaped  radii  which  He,  one  by 
one,  opposite  the  several  hooks,  and  converge  toward  the  axis 
of  the  basal  plane  of  the  body. 


Jackson.]  224 

Dr.  J.  C.  White,  in  behalf  of  the  Committee  appointed  to 
nominate  a  Cm-ator  of  Herpetology,  proposed  the  name  of 
Dr.  B.  G.  Wikler,  who  was  duly  elected. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Mr.  W.  F.  Elston,  Cambridge ;  Mr.  Alexander  Moore  and 
Mr.  Roofer  Wolcott  of  Boston. 


JSTovemher   1,   1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-two  members  present. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  gave  an  account  of  a  scientific  jour- 
ney through  California  and  Nevada,  and  exhibited  to  the 
Society  two  portfolios  of  sketches  and  i^hotographic  views 
by  Vischer,  a  California  artist,  comprising  admirable  draw- 
ings of  the  "Big  Trees"  of  Calaveras  County  {Sequoia 
gigantea)^  the  height  and  circumference  of  the  most  re- 
markable ones  having  been  measured  by  Joseph  B.  Meader 
and  Dr.  Jackson ;  also  reduced  photographic  views,  from 
larger  sketches,  of  the  Nevada  scenery,  drawn  by  Vischer, 
and  views  of  mines  and  of  mining  machinery  of  California 
and  Washoe. 

The  voyage  from  New  York  to  Aspinwall,  and  railway 
transit  to  Panama,  and  voyage  up  the  Pacific  coast  of  Amer- 
ica, were  briefly  described,  with  remarks  on  all  the  interesting 
observations  made  at  sea  and  along  the  coast. 

The  distance  across  the  Isthmus  to  Panama  is  fifty-nine  miles,  re- 
quiring three  hours  by  railroad  to  make  the  transit.  This  route  is  of 
great  interest  to  Northern  people  who  have  there  an  opportunity  of 
seeing  the  luxuriant  vegetation  of  a  tropical  region. 

On  the  voyage  from  Panama  to  San  Francisco  the  traveller  has  an 
opportunity  of  viewing  the  lofty  ranges  of  mountaina  of  Mexico, 
most  of  which  are  volcanic,  and  some  of  them  active.  The  first  stop- 
ping place  Is  Acapulco,  in  Mexico,  Avhere  the  ship  remains  a  few 
hours  and  the  passengers  are  allowed  to  land.  The  isothermal 
lines  crossing  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  turn  directly  up  the  coast  to  the 
North,  so  that  an  equatorial  heat  reaches  entirely  to  Acapulco,  and 


225  [Jackson. 

hence  all  the  tropical  fruits  abound  there.  The  next  stopping  place 
was  Mansanilla,  which  is  the  place  of  export  for  the  silver  from  the 
Zacatecas  and  other  silver  mines  of  Mexico  at  the  present  time.  Many 
millions  of  dollars'  worth  of  silver  in  the  form  of  bricks,  are  exported 
from  that  place.  While  in  Mansanilla  harbor  Dr.  Jackson  had  an 
opportunity  of  studying  the  habits  of  the  large  and  voracious  sharks 
which  were  very  numerous.  It  is  commonly  believed  that  sharks  turn 
over,  bringing  their  mouths  up  under  an  object  floating  on  the  water 
when  they  seize  it,  but  he  observed,  when  the  intestines  of  oxen  were 
thrown  over,  that  the  sharks  after  playing  around  this  food  for  at  least 
five  minutes,  swimming  cautiously  all  around  it  and  viewing  it  care- 
fully, finally  darted  suddenly  at  it  and  thrusting  the  nose  out  of  the 
water  and  over  the  food,  seized  it,  and  never  in  any  case  turned  over 
in  the  manner  they  have  been  supposed  to  do.  The  natives  swim  in 
the  water  while  sharks  are  near,  and  do  not  seem  to  fear  them,  but  they 
do  not  go  so  far  from  their  boats  as  to  prevent  their  returning  to  them 
if  they  see  a  shark  has  any  intention  of  making  an  attack,  and  there 
is  always  time  enough  to  escape,  since  the  shark  is  so  very  cautious. 

Amved  at  San  Francisco  April  7th,  he  entered  the  harbor  amid  a 
heavy  shower,  which  was  the  last  rain  of  the  season  ;  and  not  a 
drop  of  water  fell  in  California  for  four  months  afterwards.  The  dry 
season  (our  summer,)  is  the  winter  of  California ;  drought  takes  the 
place  of  and  is  equivalent  to,  the  cold  of  winter,  giving  to  the  vegeta- 
tion a  period  of  rest.  Owing  to  the  uniform  north  and  north-westerly 
winds,  which  blow  over  San  Francisco  from  Russian  America  during 
the  dry  season,  the  temperature  of  the  place  is  generally  from  G0°  to 
65°  F.  during  that  season,  and  the  current  of  cold  water  from  the 
north  setting  into  the  bay  of  San  Francisco  adds  to  the  coolness  of  the 
climate.  From  the  name.  Golden  Gate,  one  is  apt  to  form  a  brilliant 
conception  of  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  San  Francisco,  but  it  is 
really  a  dreary  and  chilly  spot,  remarkable  chiefly  for  its  cold  fogs  and 
innumerable  sea  lions. 

After  a  few  days'  rest  in  San  Francisco,  Dr.  Jackson,  with  three 
gentlemen  from  Boston,  proceeded  to  the  State  of  ^Kevada,  examining 
on  their  Avay  the  celebrated  gold  mines  (auriferous  quartz  veins)  of 
Amidor  County,  California.  The  Sierra  Xevada  range  of  mountains, 
white  with  snow,  with  its  serrated  peaks,  fully  justifies  the  Spanish  de- 
scriptive name  which  signifies  a  Saw  of  Snow.  By  the  Placerville 
route  the  Sierra  range  was  crossed  at  an  elevation  of  7,467  feet  above 
tide  water,  sledges  being  substituted  for  wagons,  the  snow  being  about 
ten  feet  deep  on  the  road.  After  crossing  the  mountains  we  descend 
into  the  mountain  valley  of  Washoe  mines  district,  and  reach  Virginia 
City,  which  is  elevated  6,342  feet  above  the  sea  and  is  surrounded  by 

PROCEEDINGS  B.  S.  N.  H.— VOL,  X.  15  APRIL,  18G6. 


Jackson.]  226 

snowy  mountain  peaks.  Virginia  City  is  a  large  and  prosperous  min- 
ino-  town,  and  owes  its  existence  to  the  silver  mines  of  the  Comstock 
ledge  of  argentiferous  quartz,  which  is  extensively  mined  by  many 
large  and  enterprising  companies,  yielding  millions  of  dollars'  worth 
of  silver  per  annum.  Only  a  short  stop  was  made  at  Virginia  City  at 
this  time  by  our  party,  for  we  were  hastening  on  to  the  special  scene  of 
our  labors  in  and  near  Austin.  Descending  upon  a  table-land  plain, 
incrusted  with  carbonate  of  soda  and  sea  salt,  we  travel  for  about  one 
hundred  and  eighty  miles  over  a  scene  of  utter  barrenness  and  desola- 
tion, on  a  plain  upon  which  only  sage  brush  grows.  As  we  come  near 
the  foot  of  the  Humboldt  range  of  mountains,  well  characterized 
Trachyte,  Trachyte  Porphyry  and  Domite  were  seen  to  be  the  char- 
acteristic rocks  of  the  ancient  volcanic  formation.  Specimens  were 
obtained  from  the  land  falls  or  slides  from  the  mountains,  which  had 
reached  nearly  to  the  border  of  the  plains,  and  the  denuded  sides  of 
the  mountains  were  seen  to  be  composed  of  these  rocks. 

Approaching  Austin  we  come  to  mountain  ridges  and  rise  above 
the  level  of  Virginia  City,  when  we  enter  the  valley  of  Austin,  where 
by  barometrical  measurement  the  centre  of  the  town  was  found  to 
be  6,489  feet  above  tide  level,  or  147  feet  higher  than  Virginia  City. 

Austin  is  surrounded  by  three  mountains  separated  by  deep  canons; 
Lander  Hill,  Central  Hill,  and  Union  Hill  are  the  names  by  which 
they  are  known.  These  hills  consist  of  a  granite  made  up  of  crystal- 
line feldspar  and  mica  without  any  aggregated  crystals  of  quartz,  though 
the  rock  is  cut  by  an  immense  number  of  quartz  veins  containing  the 
silver  ores.  The  geological  age  of  this  rock  is  probably  Triassic  or 
Jurassic,  since  it  is  protruded  through  slate  strata  which,  in  California, 
has  been  proved  by  the  existence  of  certain  fossils  to  belong  to  that 
formation.  Rich  veins  of  ruby  silver  ore  abound  in  this  rock,  and 
hundreds  of  mines  have  been  opened  for  its  extraction.  At  a  future 
meeting,  details  with  regard  to  some  of  these  mines  will  be  given. 

Austin,  surrounded  with  snow-capped  mountains,  has  of  course  a 
cool  climate,  but  since  it  is  shut  in  by  the  mountains  the  valley  is  warm 
in  the  middle  of  the  day.  No  farming  is  attempted,  and  all  food  is 
brought  from  Utah  or  San  Francisco  for  the  supply  of  the  village. 
There  are  but  a  few  spots  where  even  a  garden  can  be  successfully 
cultivated  in  the  town.  Wood  for  fuel  is  brought  from  distant 
mountains  by  the  Shoshone  Indians,  who  retail  loads  of  it  in  the 
streets.  Excursions  were  made  to  mineral  lands  in  Smoky  Valley  and 
to  the  Cortez  District  near  Humboldt.  Indian  hostilities  rendered 
travelling  somewhat  dangerous,  but  we  did  not  happen  to  meet  with 
any  hostile  bands. 

Returning  to  San  Francisco  another  mountain  pass  through  the 
Sierra  Range  was  chosen,  called  the  Dutch  pass,  and  we  went  through 


227  [Jackson. 

Grass  Valley,  California,  the  richest  quartz  gold  mining  district  of  the 
State.  Some  days  were  spent  at  the  gold  mines  of  this  town,  and  full 
examinations  were  made  of  the  mills,  and  process  employed  in  the 
extraction  of  the  gold.  We  found  Platner's  chlorine  process  for 
extracting  gold  from  poor  ores,  was  used  in  working  the  auriferous 
pyrites  concentrated  from  the  taihngs  of  the  amalgamating  mills.  The 
village  of  Grass  Valley  is  very  beautiful,  most  of  the  cottages  being 
surrounded  with  flowers ;  and  the  climate  being  very  salubrious,  people 
of  leisure  and  taste  are  attracted  to  the  spot,  and  the  good  hotels  of  the 
town  are  well  patronized. 

On  the  4th  of  June,  I  made  an  examination  of  the  acorns  which  the 
California  red-headed  woodpecker  so  abundantly  inserts  into  holes 
made  in  the  bark  of  the  trees.  Knowing  that  the  bird  is  insectivo- 
rous I  did  not  believe  the  common  opinion  that  the  acorns  were  eaten 
by  woodpeckers.  The  acorns  are  always  driven  into  the  holes  made 
to  fit  them,  cup  end  foremost,  so  that  the  pointed  end  only  is  exposed 
to  view.  They  are  packed  in  so  tightly  that  it  is  difficult  to  extract 
them  without  the  aid  of  a  knife.  On  getting  out  some  of  these  acorns 
I  found  in  them  only  the  worm,  which  had  eaten  up  the  kernel  of  the 
nut.  Thus  it  would  appear  that  the  woodpecker  is  able  to  select  the 
infected  acorn  in  which  there  is  a  minute  and  almost  invisible  egg  and 
puts  the  acorn  into  a  hole  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  the  escape 
of  the  worm  when  it  comes  to  maturity ;  as  the  worm  can  only  cut 
through  the  softer  portion  of  the  shell  at  its  base  and  not  through  the 
hard  pointed  end,  so  it  is  securely  imprisoned  until  the  woodpecker 
calls  for  it.  Shice  there  must  be  a  limit  in  time  as  to  the  procuring 
of  the  infected  acorns,  and  to  the  existence  of  the  worms  in  the  nuts, 
and  a  sudden  harvest  of  the  worms  would  be  obtained  at  a  particular 
time  in  the  year,  it  seems  probable  that  these  birds  lay  up  this  store  of 
food  for  their  young,  which  must  require  a  large  supply  of  animal  food, 
for  it  has  been  shown  by  Dr.  Treadwell  that  a  young  robin  eats  about 
its  weight  of  worms  per  diem. 

Although  woodpeckei-s  are  not  gregarious,  living  in  pairs  and  not  in 
flocks,  they  in  this  case,  from  necessity,  have  to  act  on  community 
principles,  for  it  would  be  difficult  for  any  one  of  the  birds  to  identify 
and  defend  his  particular  property,  and  the  worm  harvest  must  be 
open  to  the  whole  community.  Here,  then,  we  have  a  fine  example 
of  instructive  prevoyance  in  birds  and  of  provision  made  for  their 
young.  Every  year  millions  of  acorns  are  nicely  packed  into  holes  in 
the  bark  of  trees  and  even  in  the  wooden  ceilings  of  the  porticos  of 
houses,  where  a  crack  enlarged  is  made  capable  of  receiving  an  acorn. 
A  lady  told  me  that  every  morning  during  the  acorn  season  it  seemed 
as  if  a  hundred  carpentei-s  were  at  work  hammering  in  the  veranda  of 
her  house,  so  loud  were  the  strokes  of  the  woodpecker's  beak. 


Jackson.]  228 

By  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  the  U.  S.  steam  cut- 
ter Shubrick  was  placed  at  the  disposal  of  Dr.  John  Torrey  for  our 
voyage  down  the  coast  to  Santa  Barbara  county,  whither  we  went  to 
make  some  general  explorations  of  the  country  and  to  settle  the  vexed 
question  as  to  the  existence  of  petroleum  springs  in  the  mountains. 
While  in  bivouac  near  Mupu  on  the  Ojai  ranch,  on  Wednesday,  July 
12th,  at  7.29  P.  M.,  we  were  suddenly  startled  by  a  burst  of  intense 
light,  and  looking  to  the  north-westward  saw  a  magnificent  mete- 
orite passing  through  the  heavens  and  toward  the  north-east.  It  left  a 
long  train  of  brilliant  sparks  and  was  itself  of  the  apparent  magnitude 
of  a  six-pound  cannon  ball.  The  time  of  its  transit  was  eight  seconds, 
while  the  illuminated  train  remained  visible  twelve  minutes,  and  set- 
tled so  slowly  that  I  had  ample  time  to  measure  its  angle  of  elevation, 
by  means  of  a  clinometer,  the  only  instrument,  for  the  purpose,  I  had 
at  hand.  This  angle  I  found  to  be  21°  from  the  horizon.  It  was  ob- 
served that  the  portion  of  the  meteor's  train  which  showed  the  largest 
sparks  settled  more  rapidly  toward  the  earth  than  its  other  parts,  so 
that  it  formed  a  bow  downwards  in  its  middle.  The  train  was  ob- 
served to  waver,  as  if  from  currents  of  air,  and  from  all  the  phenom- 
ena, we  think  the  atmosphere,  where  the  meteorite  passed,  possessed 
some  considerable  density  and  powers  of  resistance.  On  returning  to 
San  Francisco,  a  notice  of  our  observations  regarding  this  meteorite 
was  published  in  the  mining  and  scientific  press  of  that  city,  with  mem- 
oranda of  points,  upon  which  information  was  desired,  from  other  ob- 
servers, to  aid  in  the  determination  of  the  position  of  this  remarkable 
object.  In  reply  we  soon  obtained  from  the  Grass  Valley  Union 
newspaper  the  observations  made  by  a  surveyor,  who  was  on  his  way 
from  Virginia  City  to  Grass  Valley,  and  was  thirty  miles  south  of  Vir- 
ginia City,  Nevada,  on  the  overland  route,  three  hundred  and  fifty  miles 
north  of  our  point  of  observation.  He  saw  the  meteorite  at  the  same  time 
we  did,  and  south-eastward  of  his  point  of  observation  and  at  an  esti- 
mated angle  of  20°  above  the  horizon.  Allowing  his  observation  to 
be  approximatively  correct,  we  have  for  the  height  of  the  meteorite, 
by  computation  of  the  triangle  with  corrections  for  refraction  and 
curvature  of  the  earth,  forty-five  and  a  half  miles ;  its  distance 
from  us,  one  hundred  and  eighty-two  miles,  and  from  him,  one  hun- 
dred and  ninety  miles,  while  the  point  on  the  surface  of  the  earth  di- 
rectly under  the  meteorite  was  one  hundred  and  sixty-nine  and  nine- 
tenths  miles  from  us,  and  one  hundred  and  seventy-eight  and  a  half 
miles  from  him. 

It  is  seldom  that  we  can  obtain  even  so  imperfect  data  as  the  above 
for  computation  of  a  meteorite,  since  the  observer,  startled  by  so  bril- 
liant an  apparition  in  the  heavens,  is  not  likely  to  think  at  once  of  the 
importance  of  observations  to  determine  the  position  of  the  object. 


229  [Mann. 

Fortunately  the  long   duration  of  tlic  Uluui'natcd  train  gave  ample 
time  for  retlection  and  for  observations. 

Dr.  Jackson  next  gave  a  brief  outline  of  the  geology  of  California 
and  Nevada,  describing  the  cretaceous  and  tertiary  rocks  of  the  coast 
range  of  California,  so  remarkably  metamorphosed,  containing  serpen- 
tine and  other  rocks  heretofl}re  supposed  to  belong  to  much  older 
formations.  He  noticed  the  mercury  mines  of  Almaden  and  the  coal 
formation  of  the  Mt.  Diablo  range  which  are  in  tlie  cretaceous  rocks, 
the  petroleum  springs  of  Santa  Barbara  and  of  Humboldt,  which  are 
in  the  tertiary  strata,  or  between  the  cretaceous  and  tertiary,  the 
asphaltum  beds  and  veins,  etc.  He  then  described  a  geological  sec- 
tion of  the  strata  from  the  coast  at  San  Francisco  to  the  Cortez 
district,  seventy  miles  west  of  Austin,  Nevada,  mentioning  the  re- 
markable elevations  which  he  had  measured  barometrically  along 
his  line  of  section.  He  described  the  gold  bearing  rocks  of  Amidor 
county  and  Grass  Valley,  California,  the  copper  mines  of  Calaveras 
county,  Cal.,  and  the  silver  mines  of  Virginia  City,  Nevada,  and  of 
Austin,  Nevada,  of  which  he  said  he  should  give  detailed  descrip- 
tions at  some  future  meetings  of  the  Society,  when  he  hoped  to  pre- 
sent a  series  of  specimens,  now  on  their  way  to  Boston  via  Cape  Horn, 
which  would  fidly  illustrate  the  subject  of  the  mines. 

Mr.  H.  Mann  said,  in  referiing  to  some  Hawaiian  human 
crania  and  skeletons  which  were  upon  the  table,  that  they 
were  obtained  near  the  beach  beyond  Diamond  Hill  on 
Oahu,  about  eight  miles  from  Honolulu,  in  what  is  supposed 
to  have  been  an  old  battle  ground,  the  fight  having  been 
to  oppose  the  landing  of  natives  from  another  island. 
There  were  several  places  on  or  near  beaches  on  different 
islands  where  there  are  great  numbers  of  skeletons  lying  ex- 
posed in  the  sand.  It  is  difficult,  at  this  late  day,  to  ascertain 
whether  these  are  all  battle-grounds,  or  if  some  of  them  may 
not  have  been  burial  places.  The  presence  of  the  skulls  and 
skeletons  of  females,  and  also  of  infants,  would  seem  to  flivor 
the  latter  supposition,  while  the  customs  of  the  natives  in  not 
usually  burying  their  dead  in  such  places,  and  in  such  a 
manner,  would  be  an  objection.  One  place  on  Kauai  near 
Koloa  he  mentioned  especially  as  having  a  very  large  num- 
ber of  skeletons,  including  those  of  infants. 

Mr.  Mann  then  said  a  few  words  in  regard  to  the  volcano 
of  Kilauea  at  the  time  of  his  visit  in  August,  1864,  when  it 
was  in  sluggish  action,  the  lava  lake  being  about  three  hun- 


White.]  230 

dred  feet  in  diameter,  and  the  lava  thirty  or  forty  feet  below 
the  brink.  At  the  time  of  his  visit  to  the  summit  crater  of 
Mauna  Loa,  there  was  no  action,  excepting  in  a  few  steam 
cracks.  He  pointed  out  the  direction  of  the  streams  of  lava 
which  have  issued  from  the  sides  of  Mauna  Loa  since  1840, 
and  spoke  more  especially  of  the  one  of  1859,  which  ran 
about  fifty  miles  in  nine  days,  before  entering  the  sea.  The 
channels  through  which  the  lava  ran  in  this  stream  were, 
in  places,  at  least  seventy-five  feet  deep  and  ofi^en  arched 
over.  It  was  a  question  whether  the  whole  stream  was  of 
this  depth  at  any  one  time  or  if  the  lava  had  melted  its  chan- 
nel part  way  into  underlying  beds  of  rock.  He  si3oke  of  the 
aspect  of  Hualalai,  which  is  covered  with  great  numbers 
of  small  cones,  each  containing  one  or  more  pit  craters. 
There  is  a  singular  "  blow  hole  "  on  the  summit  of  this  moun- 
tain, of  only  about  twenty-five  feet  in  diameter,  with  more  than 
a  thousand  feet  of  perpendicular  depth,  its  cone  being  com- 
posed of  the  loose  fragments  of  lava  ejected  in  a  viscid  condi- 
tion and  thus  adhering  slightly  when  falhng  together.  The 
inside  of  the  shaft  does  not  seem  to  be  made  of  regular 
blocks  as  is  usually  the  case,  but  is  as  smooth  as  if  plastered 
over  or  turned  out  of  plastic  matter,  showing,  perhaps  mo- 
tion of  the  gases  and  other  matters  upon  their  axis  on  being 
ejected. 

Dr.  White  drew  attention  to  the  remarkable  difierences 
presented  by  the  teeth  of  the  crania  from  the  Hawaiian  Is- 
lands, as  compared  with  the  dentition  of  the  California  Digger 
Indians,  observed  in  the  skulls  presented  by  Dr.  Thayer  this 
evening.  In  the  latter  the  crown  of  the  teeth  formed  flat 
grinding  surfaces,  while  in  the  teeth  of  the  Sandwich  Island- 
ers the  cusps  were  very  perfect  and  the  incisors  and  canines 
unusually  large.  He  also  noticed  evidences  of  diseased 
action  in  several  of  the  vertebrae  belonging  to  one  of  the 
skeletons. 

Mr.  Mann  referred  to  an  article  of  food  used  by  the  Indians 
of  the  Yo  Semite  valley,  consisting  of  the  larva  of  a  fly 
abounding  in  Lake  Mono. 

Prof  H.  Y.  Hind  of  Toronto,  Canada,  was  elected  a  Cor- 
responding member,  and  the  following  gentlemen  Resident 


231  [Clark. 

Members:  — W.  M.  Ogden,  Dr.  J.  F.  Frisbie;  Messrs.  E 
Bicknell,  W.  S.  Whitwell,  W.  S.  Chase,  Alanson  Tucker  of 
Boston,  and  Mr.  B.  P.  Mann  of  Concord,  Mass. 


November  15,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-three  members  present. 

Prof  H.  James  Chirk  made  a  communication  on  the  ves- 
tibular bristle  of  Vorticellidie. 

The  so-called  "  bristle  of  Lachman"  is  an  optical  illusion. 
Two  rows  of  vibrating  cilia  may  be  traced  fi*om  the  stem  of  the 
vibrating  organ  of  Epistylis  {JE.  galea  Ehr  ?  and  JE.  grandis 
Ehr  ?)  into  the  aperture  of,  and  to  the  very  bottom  of  the 
vestibule.  One  of  these  rows  of  cilia  lies  on  the  right  side 
and  the  other  on  the  left  side  of  the  mesial  line  of  the  vestibule. 
The  one  on  the  left,  in  particular,  has  a  very  strong  resem- 
blance to  a  single  lash  or  bristle.  This  arises  from  the  peculiar 
mode  of  arrangement  of  the  cilia.  Outside  of  the  vestibule 
they  are  extended  in  comparatively  straight,  parallel  Unes, 
but  when  they  enter  the  body  they  curve  upon  themselves 
in  such  a  way  as  to  form  collectively  a  sort  of  cylinder;  so 
that  the  vestibule  appears  to  be  lined  with  a  series  of  closely 
approximated  rings  or  hoops.  From  whatever  point  of  view, 
therefore — excej^ting  when  looking  directly  into  its  mouth — 
the  vestibule  is  seen,  the  outline  of  its  cyhnder  of  cilia  ap- 
pears as  a  single  line^  vibrating  more  or  less,  according  to  the 
activity  of  the  component  elements.  Inasmuch  as  these  two 
rows  of  cilia  are  quite  wide  apart  in  Epistylis,  there  always 
ajDj^ear  to  be  two  false  bristles  within  the  vestibule ;  but  as  a 
general  thing  the  one  on  the  right  is  very  fiint.  In  Carche- 
sium  ( C  polypinmn  Ehr.)  and  V^orticella  ( V.  nebulifera 
Ehr.)  the  two  rows  are  so  close  together  that  very  rarely 
more  than  one  filse  bristle  can  be  seen.  In  Trichodina  (^T. 
pedieulus  Ehr.),  the  vestibular  ciha  forms  but  one  single 
continuous  Hne,  and  in  consequence  of  this  there  seems  to 
be  but  one  false  bristle.  In  perfectly  fresh  specimens  of 
all  the  above  mentioned  Vorticellidans  the  illusion  is  most 


Manu.]  232 

marked,  because  the  cilia  vibrate  so  rapidly  as  to  produce  a 
mere  line  of  ligbt,  or  a  sort  of  halo,  not  only  within  the  ves- 
tibule, but  along  the  whole  periphery  of  the  rotary  organ ; 
so  that  the  light  line,  which  is  generally  mistaken  for  a  vi- 
brating filament,  or  bristle,  may  be  traced  directly  from  the 
interior  of  the  body  to  the  outside,  and  thence  continuously 
all  around  the  disc. 

Mr.  Mann  spoke  of  the  denudation  observed  in  the  rocks 
of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

The  west  side  of  Hawaii  is  remarkable  for  its  dryness,  or  rather  its 
want  of  running  surface  streams,  in  contrast  to  the  northeast  side  of 
the  island.  From  Kawaihae  along  the  whole  western  coast  of  the 
island  around  to  Waiohinu,  a  distance  of  one  hundred  and  fifteen 
miles,  there  is  not  a  stream  of  water.  At  Waiohinu,  a  village  near 
the  southern  point  of  the  island,  situated  in  a  shallow  valley,  there  is 
a  small  stream  which  takes  its  rise  about  ten  miles  fi-om  the  sea  in 
three  large  springs  of  water,  but  the  stream  is  lost  five  miles  before 
reachincT  tlie  coast.  In  a  direct  line  from  Waiohinu  to  the  volcano  of 
Kilauea,  and  beyond,  along  the  base  of  Mauna  Loa,  a  distance  of 
forty  miles,  there  is  not  another  stream.  The  character  of  this  coun- 
try, beginning  again  at  Kawaihae,  is,  first,  very  barren  from  that 
point  up  the  slopes  of  Mauna  Kea  and  Hualalai;  south  of  Hualalai 
and  west  of  Mauna  Loa,  there  is  a  heavily  wooded  region  about  ten 
miles  in  width,  beginning  at  a  distance  of  five  miles  from  the  coast. 
The  rains  are  here  frequent.  Southwest  of  Mauna  Loa,  and  for 
twenty  miles  westward  from  Waiohinu,  the  country  is  one  vast  bed  of 
volcanic  fragments,  lying  in  low  and  undulating  ridges,  with  a  sparse 
and  stunted  vegetation.  Tiie  sunmier  rains  seldom  reach  the  coast  in 
this  direction.  Southeast  of  Kilauea,  in  Puna,  as  well  as  in  some  of 
the  tracts  between  Waiohinu  and  Kilauea,  there  is  some  forest  land, 
but  broken  up  by  immense  beds  or  streams  of  lava,  either  in  the  form 
of  cHnker  beds,  or  the  smoother  "  pahoihoi"  of  the  native  language. 
Where  these  are  found  all  is  barrenness.  From  a  point  just  north  of 
Kilauea,  a  point  thirty  or  forty  miles  west  of  Hilo,  heavily  timbered 
land  is  again  found  which  stretches  north  for  forty  miles  around  the 
base  of  Mauna  Kea,  in  a  belt  twenty  miles  wide  or  thereabouts,  be- 
ginning from  three  to  five  miles  from  the  sea-coast. 

This  whole  region  is  intersected  by  almost  innumerable  streams ; 
going  north  by  the  road  from  Hilo  to  Laupohoehoe,  there  are  sixty- 
five  of  these  gulches  to  be  crossed  in  a  distance  of  thirty  miles,  many 
of  them  nearly  or  quite  one  thousand  feet  deep,  with  a  raging  stream 
at  the  bottom, —  which  all  take  their  rise  and  receive  their  su23plles 
from  the  swampy  land  throughout  the  forest. 


233  [Mann. 

Denudation  takes  place  here  very  rapidly ;  the  lavas  bcino;  of  a  soft 
basaltic  structure,  often  with  layers  of  scoria  interstratified  with  more 
compact  masses,  some  of  which  exhibit  the  columnar  structure  of  ba- 
salt very  finely.  A  stream  of  water  once  getting  a  passage  into  these 
softer  scoriaceous  beds  will  fast  undermine  whatever  more  solid  ma- 
terial there  is  above.  Professor  Dana,  in  the  Geol.  U.  S.  Expl. 
Exped.,  has  well  shown  the  different  ages,  in  relation  to  one  another, 
of  the  different  mountains  of  the  group,  and  this  can  not  fail  to 
attract  any  one's  notice  in  the  different  degrees  of  denudation,  i.  e.,  in 
the  difference  of  the  sizes  of  the  valleys  formed  in  different  mountains. 
In  the  western  end  or  mountain  of  the  island  of  Maui,  this  denudation  is 
strikingly  exhibited.  We  have  here  a  conical  mountain  of  nearly 
six  thousand  five  hundred  feet,  thus  rising  to  a  height  of  about  one 
thousand  feet  above  the  general  level  of  the  clouds, —  remaining 
but  a  mere  framework  of  what  it  originally  was.  Radiating  in 
different  directions  towards  the  coast,  are  seven  very  large  valleys, 
besides  others  smaller,  which  one  may  throw  a  stone  into,  severally, 
by  walking  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  The  valley  of  Wailuku, 
opening  on  the  northeast  side  of  the  mountain,  is  three  or  four  miles 
in  diameter,  both  longitudinally  and  transversely,  with  a  depth  of  six 
thousand  feet,  bounded  on  either  side  by  nearly  vertical  walls  which 
merely  serve  to  shut  it  off  from  two  other  valleys  of  but  little  less 
size ;  one  of  which  opens  seven  miles  north  and  the  other  four  miles 
south,  while  in  places  the  separating  walls  are  so  thin  that  one  can 
sit  astride  of  them,  one  foot  in  one  valley,  and  the  other  in  another. 
A  third  valley  opening  twenty  or  more  miles  farther  to  the  south 
actually  cuts  into  Wailuku  valley  to  so  great  an  extent  that  in  olden 
times  the  natives  preferred  to  cross  by  the  pass  one  or  two  thousand 
feet  high  rather  than  go  around  by  the  coast.  The  valley  of  Hona- 
kahau  which  opens  on  the  opposite  or  west  side  of  the  island,  cuts  into 
the  head  of  Wailuku  valley  also. 

This  is  what  we  see  on  a  conical  peak.  On  the  island  of  Oahu, 
which  has  a  northern  range  of  mountains,  instead  of  a  single  peak, 
condensing  the  moisture  of  the  clouds  along  its  whole  length,  we 
have  parallel  valleys  to  the  number  of  thirty  or  forty,  on  the  south- 
ern slope.  The  northern  side  of  the  range,  for  thirty  miles,  is 
one  stupendous  cliff,  from  two  to  four  thousand  feet  in  almost  per- 
pendicular height.  But  again,  at  the  western  end  of  this  range, 
where  the  mountains  slope  in  three  directions  from  the  centre,  the 
fourth  being  a  cliff,  we  see,  in  a  less  marked  manner,  the  features  of 
West  Maui.  The  southern  range  of  Oahu  also  shows  the  same  marks 
of  denudation,  the  latter  being  governed  by  its  shape,  which  com- 
bines a  peak  with  a  range  on  either  hand. 

On  the  island  of  Kauai,  there  are  many  grand  featm-es  of  scenery 


Wyman.]  234 

produced  by  the  mode  of  denudation,  which  has,  in  several  instances, 
excavated  valleys  two  or  three  thousand  feet  deep,  and  from  seven 
to  fifteen  miles  long,  very  narrow  and  with  abrupt  sides,  exhibiting 
every  lava  stream  which  flowed  to  form  the  island  in  the  places  where 
they  are  thus  cut  through.  Hanapepe  valley  is  the  most  striking  of 
these  long,  deep  and  very  narrow  valleys,  though  the  "VVaimea,  Ma- 
kaweli  and  Wainiha  valleys,   are  each  very  large. 

On  the  mountains  of  the  group;  i.  e.,  Haleakala,  on  East  Maui, 
Mauna  Loa,  Mouna  Kea  and  Hualalai,  on  Hawaii,  where  volcanic 
action  has  been  more  recent,  we  fail  to  find  any  such  systems  of  val- 
leys though  their  sides  are  in  some  places  slightly  scored. 

I  think  in  some  instances  the  position  of  the  valleys  is  between 
streams  of  lava,  but  it  is  very  probable  that  this  has  not  always  been  a 
means  of  locating  them. 

Prof.  J.  Wyman  gave  an  account  of  some  iiTegularities  no- 
ticeable in  the  cells  of  the  hiye  bee.  He  had  found  the 
studies  of  Reaumur,  on  this  subject,  published  one  hundred 
and  twenty-five  years  ago,  more  correct  than  those  of  some 
of  the  later  observers,  especially  Lord  Brougham,  who  have 
attempted  to  show  that  the  cells  are  mathematically  exact  in 
their  construction.  Reaumur  observed  not  only  variations  in 
the  diameter  of  the  cells,  and  breadth  of  the  sides,  but  also  in 
the  terminal  planes. 

Dr.  Wyman  found  that  all  the  kinds  of  cells  varied,  the  worker 
cells  least,  those  of  the  drones  more,  and  the  honey  cells  greatly 
The  variations  of  these  last  are  easily  noticed  by  all. 

If  ten  worker  cells,  arranged  in  the  same  straight  line,  are  meas- 
ured through  corresponding  sides,  and  then  two  other  series  of  the 
same  number  crossing  the  first  line,  the  different  measurements  will 
sometimes  be  found  to  vary  by  the  diameter  of  a  cell,  as  the  following 
measurements  show : 

Cell  1.     1st  diameter 1.97  inch. 

2d         "  2.06  " 

3d         "  1.99  " 

Cell  2.     1st  diameter 1.93  " 

2d         "  1.97  " 

3d         "  2.00  " 

Cell  3.     1st  diameter 2.02  « 

2d         •'  2.09  " 

3d         "  2.03  « 


235  [Wyman. 

Cell  4.     1st  diameter 1.95  inch. 

2d        "  1.85     " 

3d         "  2.10     " 

The  diameter  of  an  ordinary  worker  cell  is  about  0.20  inch. 

This  variation  does  not  exceed  a  certain  amount,  and  when  exist- 
ing in  one  portion  of  the  cell  is  corrected  in  the  other.  The  terminal 
planes  of  the  worker  cells  are  liable  to  a  large  variation  in  conse- 
quence of  the  cells  on  opposite  sides  of  the  comb  not  being  in  parallel 
lines ;  a  slight  deviation  from  parallelism  tending  to  bring  in  a 
fourth  side,  in  which  case,  the  cell,  instead  of  ending  in  three  equal 
rhombs,  ends  in  two  rhombs  and  two  hexagons.  Lastly,  the  cells  on 
the  two  sides  may  be  so  arranged,  that  instead  of  having  their  planes 
parallel,  the  apices  of  the  angles  of  one  cell  correspond  with,  and  are 
directed  towards  the  sides  or  terminal  planes  of  the  other  ;  in  which 
case  the  end  of  the  cell  is  sometimes  flat,  instead  of  being  pyramidal, 
and  the  economy  of  wax  is  thus  very  much  interfered  with. 

He  found  the  irregularity  just  described,  also  extending  through  a 
large  mass  of  drone  cells.  Casts  and  diagrams  of  the  honey  cells 
were  also  exhibited,  showing  their  great  irregularity  in  shape,  size  of 
the  angles,  thickness  of  the  walls,  and  distribution  of  the  wax  in  the 
construction  of  the  cells. 

Dr.  White  exhibited  a  preparation  of  the  human  arterial 
system,  injected,  dried  and  properly  mounted  by  Mr.  Ogden, 
which  exhibited  the  system  of  vessels  as  a  whole. 

Prof  W}TQan  was  reminded  of  the  Harveian  preparations 
in  the  Hunterian  Museum  in  London,  and  in  this  connection 
drew  attention  to  the  great  equality  in  the  size  and  length 
of  the  arteries  of  the  arms,  as  compared  with  those  distributed 
to  the  lower  extremities,  well  seen  when  thus  dissected  out ; 
showing  how  the  two  systems  of  branches  thus  repeated  each 
other.  A  study  of  the  whole  system  thus  exhibited,  was 
of  aid  in  simplifpng  our  knowledge  of  the  morphology  of 
the  arterial  system.  Thus  the  intercostal  arteries  branching 
off  from  the  aorta,  were  repeated  in  the  lumbar  and  iliac 
arteries,  as  could  be  demonstrated  by  studying  the  same  ar- 
teries in  the  fishes  and  reptiles,  where  they  are  nearly  iden- 
tical in  size  and  form,  and  thrown  off  at  regular  intervals 
along  the  course  of  the  main  trunk. 

The  President  read  a  letter  from  the  Trustees  of  the  Bos- 
ton City  Library,  extending  to  all  the  members  of  the  Soci- 
ety the  privilege  of  using  the  Library.     It  was  voted  that 


Blake.]  236 

the  thanks  of  the  Society  be  given  to  the  Trustees  of  the 
Library  for  their  courtesy. 

Prof  H.  Y.  Hind  of  Toronto,  Canada,  was  elected  a  Cor- 
responding Member,  and  the  following  gentlemen  elected 
Resident  Members  : — Dr.  William  Ingalls  of  Boston,  and 
Mr.  Henry  W.  Fuller  of  Roxbury. 


Dec.  6,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-two  members  present. 

The  following  2:)apers  were  read :  — 

Account  of  an  Earthquake  at  San  Feancisco,  Cal.,  Oct.  8, 
1865.    By  Prof.  Wm.  P.  Blake. 

An  earthquake  of  unusual  violence,  sufficient  to  crack  and  injure 
many  of  the  buildings  in  San  Francisco,  was  experienced  in  this  re- 
gion, on  the  8th  of  October  last,  at  sixteen  minutes  before  one 
o'clock,  P.  M.  There  were  two  distinct  shocks,  or  periods  of  agita- 
tion, from  five  to  ten  seconds  long,  separated  by  an  interval  of  per- 
haps five  seconds.  I  was  in  Oakland,  sitting  at  a  table,  and  the  first 
shock  seemed  to  be  a  rapid,  vertical,  or  jarring  motion;  the  next,  after 
an  interval  of  a  few  seconds,  was  more  lateral  and  wave-like,  and 
seemed  to  be  along  a  northeast  and  southwest  line.  The  cottage 
rocked  so  violently  that  it  seemed  as  if  the  plastering  must  fall,  and 
we  all  ran  out  in  fear.  The  shock  in  San  Francisco  was  perhaps 
more  violent.  Some  of  tbe  heavy  buildings  were  badly  cracked, 
walls  were  loosened  from  the  timbers  of  the  floors,  and  fircAvalls  and 
cornices  were  thrown  down.  The  front  wall  of  a  new  four  story 
building,  on  Third  Street,  was  thrown  down,  while  the  side  walls  re- 
mained uninjured.  In  some  of  the  streets  there  was  a  gi-eat  destruc- 
tion of  window  glass.  No  lives  are  known  to  have  been  lost.  There 
are  many  interesting  facts  which  seem  to  show  the  extent  and  direc- 
tion of  the  movement  in  some  places,  but  they  are  so  conflicting  as  to 
be  unsatisfactory.  Water  standing  in  tubs,  pails  and  bowls,  was  par- 
tially thrown  out ;  and  in  the  philosophical  instrument  shop  of  Mr. 
Roach,  a  barometer  tube,  filled,  and  hanging  by  a  string,  was  swung 
forwards  and  sideways  so  as  to  catch  upon  a  projection  three  inches 


237  [Blake. 

from  the  wall.  Many  articles  were  thrown  over  towards  the  west.  It 
is  generally  conceded  that  the  shocks  were  less  violent  on  the  hills 
than  in  the  lower  parts  of  the  city.  It  would  seem,  also,  that  the 
high,  brick  buildings  bent  and  vibrated  under  the  motion,  and  were 
perhaps  less  injured  in  general,  than  the  more  solid  and  unyielding 
structures.  The  shot  tower  was  distinctly  seen  to  sway  back  and 
forth  several  feet. 

The  earthquake  was  felt  at  about  the  same  time,  and  in  the  same, 
or  even  greater  force  at  Santa  Cruz,  Watronsville,  and  San  Jose. 
Northwards,  we  have,  as  yet,  no  record  of  its  effects  beyond  Sacra- 
mento, Petaluma,  and  Tomales  Bay ;  eastward  it  does  not  appear  to 
have  extended  beyond  the  foot  hills  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  It  was 
not  felt  at  Grass  Valley,  in  Nevada  County,  and  at  Sacramento  the 
shock  was  not  heavy.  It  was  felt  at  Stockton  in  considerable  force, 
but  it  did  not  extend  to  Los  Angeles.  It  was  noted  at  sea,  about 
twenty-five  miles  from  land  between  Monterey  and  San  Francisco. 
It  thus  appears  to  have  been  comparatively  local,  and  confined  to  the 
Coast  Mountains  and  the  central  part  of  the  great  Sacramento  Val- 
ley. 

Additional  shocks  were  noted  in  the  evening,  one  of  them  about 
ten  o'clock  being  quite  strong,  and  one  the  next  day  at  twenty-five 
minutes  of  eleven,  shook  the  buildings  again  in  a  disagreeable  way. 
Over  eleven  distinct  shocks  were  reported  from  Santa  Cruz,  and  they 
have  continued  at  intervals  up  to  this  time.  On  the  loth,  there  was 
a  third  or  fourth  strono;  shakino;. 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  recent  accounts  from  Portland,  Oregon, 
show  that  Mt.  Hood  is  in  a  state  of  eruption,  but  we  have  no  im- 
portant particulars.  On  the  9th  of  September  last,  when  at  the  Mut- 
tole  Valley,  Humboldt  County,  I  noted  a  very  peculiar,  sharp,  lateral 
shock,  apparently  from  the  northAvest.  A  severe  shock  was  expe- 
rienced at  Fort  Humboldt  and  Eureka,  on  Sunday,  Oct.  1,  which 
threw  down  nearly  all  the  chimneys,  and  did  other  damage.  It  would 
thus  appear  that  we  have  a  season  of  unusual  earthquake  activity. 
Even  so  late  as  this  morning,  shocks  were  noted  in  San  Francisco,  but 
were  so  slight  as  not  to  be  generally  oliserved. 

The  extremely  local  character  of  an  earthquake  of  such  violence  is 
to  me  an  interesting  and  suggestive  fact,  and  I  shall  endeavor  to  as- 
certain its  geographical  range  with  more  precision. 

Preliminary  Notice  of  some  Opinions  concerning  the  mode 
OF  Elevation  of  Continental  Masses.    By  N.  S.  Shaler. 

The  following  notice  presents  a  brief  summary  of  some  views  as  to 
the  nature  of  the  forces  by  which  continents  have  been  elevated, 
which  were  presented  in  a  course  of  University  Lectures  delivered  at 


Shaler.]  238 

Cambridge,  Mass.yin  the  autumn  of  1865.  Only  a  preliminary  state- 
ment is  meant  to  be  given  of  views  wliich  the  author  will  hereafter 
endeavor  to  establish,  by  adducing  the  j^henomena  which  have  led  to 
their  adoption. 

We  are  indebted  to  the  simultaneous  thought  of  Charles  Babbage 
and  Sir  J.  Herschel  for  the  following  conclusions  concerning  the  eifect 
of  movement  of  the  isogeothermal  lines,  and  the  causes  competent  to 
produce  such  movement. 

1st.  That  the  isogeothermal  lines,  at  least  in  those  regions  near  the 
surface,  have  their  jDOsition  determined  by  the  thickness  and  conduct- 
ing power  of  the  materials  constituting  the  solid  crust ;  and  that  any 
considerable  increment  of  non-conducting  material  at  any  point  on 
the  surface,  would  result  in  changing  the  position  of  the  isogeother- 
mals,  bringing  the  lines  of  equal  heat  nearer  the  original  surface. 

2d.  That  by  this  means  the  lines  representing  the  points  of  equal 
heat  must  be  constantly  rising  in  those  portions  of  the  earth's  crust 
exterior  to  which  deposition  of  strata  is  taking  place,  and  that  such 
an  accession  of  heat  into  previously  unheated  strata  must  produce  a 
great  expansion  of  their  mass ;  and  as  a  consequence,  we  may  have  a 
considerable  vertical  uplift  of  the  outer  surface  of  the  crust.  These 
theoretical  speculations  are  adduced  by  Mr.  Babbage  to  account  for 
observed  phenomena  of  local  elevation. 

Accepting  these  conclusions  as  to  the  effect  exercised  on  the  move- 
ment of  lines  of  heat  by  deposition,  and  the  effect  of  such  intruding 
heat  in  expanding  the  ordinary  materials  composing  strata,  it  is 
at  once  evident  that  such  expansion  must  act  horizontally  as  well 
as  vertically,  producing  a  tendency  to  lateral  as  well  as  perpendicular 
movement.  On  consideration  it  will  be  manifest  that  the  result  of 
this  lateral  expansion,  from  the  great  elevation  of  temperature  of  the 
lower  portion  of  the  solid  crust,  would  be  a  tendency  of  the  whole  area 
over  which  deposition  was  going  on,  to  cm've  downwards.  For  the  sake 
of  illustration,  this  tendency  may  be  advantageously  compared  to  the 
movement  resulting  from  the  application  of  heat  to  a  bar  composed 
of  two  strips  of  metals  having  different  coefficients  of  expansion ;  the 
resulting  flexure  is  always  in  the  direction  of  the  material  having  the 
greatest  rate  of  expansion.  In  the  case  of  the  earth's  crust,  the 
same  effect,  produced  in  the  metallic  bar  by  different  rates  of  ex- 
pansion, is  brought  about  by  different  amounts  of  heat  received  by 
the  upper  and  lower  parts  of  the  crust,  from  the  change  of  posi- 
tion of  the  isogeothermal  lines.  While  the  deposition  of  one  mile 
of  vertical  depth  of  strata  at  any  given  point  on  the  earth's  surface 
would  not  affect  the  heat  of  the  crust  near  the  surface,  to  such 
an  extent  as  to  produce  any  considera1)le  expansion,  the  effect  on 
deeper  portions  would  be  very  considerable. 


239  [Shaler. 

The  same  reasoning  which  leads  us  to  conclude  that  over  sea  bot- 
toms where  deposition  is  going  on  there  is  a  tendency  to  subsideiice, 
leads  us  to  the  opposite  conclusion  with  regard  to  those  portions  of  the 
earth's  crust  which  are  above  the  water  level,  and  over  which  degra- 
dation is  taking  place.  This  removal  of  material  which  is  going  on  every 
where  over  the  surface  of  the  subacrial  portions  of  the  Crust,  must 
result  in  driving  the  isogeothermal  lines  toward  the  centre,  in  the 
gradual  cooling  of  beds  previously  heated,  and  in  the  addition  to  the 
lower  portions  of  the  crust,  of  soHd  material  gained  from  the  viscidly 
fluid  nucleus  as  the  downward  cooling  progresses.  These  changes 
would  evidently  result  in  giving  to  such  regions  of  the  crust  a  tend- 
ency to  bend  upward,  or  in  the  reverse  direction,  from  a  similar  move- 
ment of  the  ocean  floor. 

The  process  of  accommodation  of  the  hardened  outer  crust  to  the 
nucleus  diminishing  from  loss  of  heat,  requires  the  formation  of  ridges 
and  valleys  which  will  occur  in  such  places,  and  of  such  size  as  the 
condition  of  the  crust  determines.  Let  us  suppose  that  during  any 
geological  period  the  earth  has  parted  with  sufiicient  heat  to  require 
a  readjustment  of  the  crust  to  the  reduced  nucleus.  At  what  point 
wiU  the  upfold  take  place  and  where  the  downfold  ?  Manifestly  at 
those  points  where  there  exists  some  tension  acting  in  those  directions. 
Such  tension  we  have  seen  is  given  to  the  crust  by  the  actions  of  deg- 
radation and  deposition,  and  it  follows  therefore  that  when  readjust- 
ment of  the  crust  to  the  nucleus  takes  place,  the  resulting  flexm-es 
will  be  upward  over  the  subaerial  portion  of  the  crust,  and  down- 
ward over  the  subaqueous  portion.  This  action  will  necessarily  be 
complicated  by  the  operation  of  other  causes  than  that  mentioned ; 
the  transfer  of  weight  from  one  portion  to  another  of  a  comparatively 
rigid  crust,  would  necessarily  tend  to  produce  similar  results  on  the 
direction  of  flexure.  The  most  prominent  effect  of  this  transfer  of 
weight  would  be  a  tendency  to  produce  fractures  extending  through 
the  crust  at  points  near  the  shore  line.  Such  fractures  would  extend 
through  the  superincumbent  strata  into  beds  which  had  been  greatly 
heated  by  the  deposition  of  the  mass  which  had  produced  the  fracture, 
and  the  result  would  be  the  formation  of  vents  for  the  pent  up  gases 
of  the  heated  strata,  along  shore  lines,  presenting  the  series  of  phe- 
nomena we  have  exhibited  in  volcanic  fissures. 

Assuming  the  original  nuclei  of  the  continents,  or  the  points  first 
elevated  above  the  sea  level,  to  have  been  in  the  northern  portion  of 
the  existing  continents,  a  view  which  it  would  not  be  difficult  to  show 
to  be  eminently  probable,  it  is  believed  that  continents  wosild  increase 
southwardly  in  a  succession  of  southward  pointing  triangles  through 
the  action  of  the  before  mentioned  causes. 


Putuam.]  240 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  exhibited  an  additional  Emery  mineral, 
Diaspliore^  fi-om  Chester,  Mass.,  which  was  first  identified  by- 
Prof.  U.  T.  Shepard  of  Amherst  College. 

Dr.  Penio  exhibited  drawings  of  a  gland-like  body,  situated 
on  the  right  thigh  of  a  negro,  aged  40  years,  hving  at  Charles- 
ton, S.  C.  This  gland  was  situated  over  the  "tensor  vaginae 
femoris"  muscle,  and  in  feeling  and  consistence,  size  and  aj)- 
pearance,  together  with  the  nipple,  the  centre  of  which  was 
depressed,  strongly  resembled  the  female  mamma. 

Dr.  B.  G.  Wilder  made  some  additional  observations  on  the 
habits  of  the  young,  while  in  confinement,  of  Nephila  plu- 
raipes. 

Mr.  A.  Agassiz  made  a  communication  on  the  develoj^ment 
of  Limidus.  and  exhibited  drawings  of  the  young. 

Mr.  Putman  made  some  remarks  on  the  ichthyological 
fauna  of  the  Great  Lakes,  as  exhibited  by  the  collection  of 
fishes  which  he  had  recently  made  at  Lake  Erie,  and  which 
confirmed  his  previously  expressed  opinion  that  there  was 
only  one  flmna  in  the  Great  Lakes,  and  that  Lake  Cham- 
jDlain  belonged  to  it.  At  a  future  time  he  should  offer  a  j^a- 
per  embodying  the  results  of  his  investigations. 

He  also  exhibited  specimens  of  the  Whitefish  of  the 
Lakes  (  C or  eg  onus)  ^  and  remarked  upon  the  great  variability 
of  the  species.  He  had  had  an  opj^ortunity  of  examining 
several  thousand  fresh  specimens  and  was  surprised  to  see  the 
marked  differences  in  form  and  proportion  between  young 
and  adult  indi\iduals,  males  and  females,  and  even  of  individ- 
uals of  the  same  age  and  sex.  In  another  species  of  the  ge- 
nus, called  "Herring"  at  Lake  Erie,  this  individual  variation 
was  considerable,  but  still  not  so  great  as  in  the  Whitefish. 

He  said  that  the  number  of  Whitefish  had  not  appar- 
ently diminished  in  that  part  of  the  Lake  where  he  had  been 
(Kelly's  Island),  though  for  several  years  past  thousands  had 
been  taken  each  year.  This  he  had  reason  to  think  was 
due  to  the  mode  of  fishing  for  them  in  "pounds,"  from  which 
the  smaller  specimens  were  enabled  to  escape,  and  owing  to  the 
large  number  crowded  together,  the  spawn  and  milt  was 
pressed  out,  and  the  eggs  falling  through  the  interstices  of  the 
net  were  impregnated  and  developed. 


241  [Rogers. 

The  Trout  had  become  quite  rare  in  Lake  Erie  and  the 
Muskallonge  was  now  only  occasionally  taken. 

In  this  connection,  Mr.  Lyman  remarked  on  the  destructive 
method  of  taking  Salmon  on  the  coast  of  Scotland  by  similar- 
ly constructed  pounds. 

The  Secretary  read  the  following  letters  : 

From  the  Linnaean  Society  of  London,  October  2d,  1865 ;  the 
Asiatic  Society,  Calcutta,  October  13th,  1865 ;  the  Entomological 
Society  of  London,  November  3d,  1865;  the  Listitute  Imperial  de 
France,  November  23d,  1865 ;  the  Albany  Institute,  and  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  November  28th,  1865, 
acknowledging  the  receipts  of  the  Society's  publications  ;  the  Verein 
fiir  Vaterlandische  Naturkunde  in  Wiirttemberg,  October  31st,  1865; 
the  Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  des  Harzes,  Blankenburg ;  the 
Natm-forschende  Gesellschaft  in  Emden,  and  the  I.  R.  Accademia  di 
Scienze,  Letere  ed  Ai-ti  di  Padova,  acknowledging  the  same  and 
presenting  their  own  publications  ;  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  of 
London,  October  31st,  1865  ;  and  the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in 
Danzig,  November  1st,  1865,  presenting  their  pubhcations;  and  from 
M.  Guillemot,  Pere,  La  Rochelle,  France,  December  6th,  1865,  desir- 
ing to  exchange  specimens. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Corresponding 
Members: — Messrs.  Eugene  M.  Riotte,  Austin,  Nevada, 
Josej^hB.  Meader,  Stockton,  Cal.,  Leander  Ransom,  San  Fran- 
cisco, Cal.,  Louis  Janin,  Jr.,  Virginia  City,  Nevada,  Dr.  Her- 
mann Behr,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  Mr.  Andrew  Hayes  of  Rox- 
bury  was  elected  a  Resident  Member. 


December  20,  1865. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-three  members  present. 

Ox  THE  Pleistocene  Glacial  Climate  of  Europe.    By  Prof. 

H.  D.  Rogers,  LL.D. 

I  avail  myself  of  this  opportunity  to  submit  to  this  Society  a  the- 
ory of  mine  in  explanation  of  the  Pleistocene  Cold  or  Glacial  Climate 
of  Eui-ope,  its  sudden  coming  in  and  departure. 

PKOCtEDINGS  B.  S.  N.  H.— VOL.  X.  16  APKIL,  1866. 


Rogers.]  242 

All  geologists  who  have  studied  the  phenomena  of  the  later  Ter- 
tiary Ages,  admit  that  there  was  an  abnormally  cold  or  very  snowy 
era,  in  certain  parts  of  our  earth's  surface,  about  the  end  of  the 
Pleistocene  Period. 

The  indications  from  organic  remains,  and  the  physical  move- 
ments and  impressions,  all  concur  to  prove  that  this  refrigeration  of 
the  surface,  late  in  the  "  Great  Tertiary  Day,"  was  local  and  not 
world-wide. 

No  satisfactory  evidence  has  yet  been  adduced  to  show  that  this 
chilling  of  our  world's  climate  was  cosmic al  or  general,  while  all  the 
testimony  I  have  been  able  to  examine,  convinces  me  that  it  was 
essentially  geographical,  and  intimately  connected  with,  or  dependent 
on,  special  conditions  in  the  distribution  of  the  waters  and  the  clay- 
lands  of  the  period. 

Astronomy,  in  fact,  all  physical  science,  refuses  to  explain,  or  indeed 
to  accept  the  notion  of  a  general  terrestrial,  somewhat  abrupt,  cool- 
ing and  subsequent  heaving  up.  They  fail  to  suggest  any  competent 
cause  as  much  as  geology  refuses  to  produce  any  acceptable  proofs. 
I  wish  to  abstain,  in  toto,  at  present,  fifom  all  discussion  of  this  ques- 
tion, partly  because  I  conceive  that  it  befits  more  a  Society  of  Physi- 
cists than  one  of  Naturalists. 

The  phenomena  T  wish  to  account  for  are  local  upon  our  earth, 
though  of  wide  geographic  distribution,  and  I  hold  it  to  be  far  more 
philosophic  to  seek  for  their  solution  in  geographical  facts  and  laws, 
than  in  hypotheses,  which  invoke  an  appeal  to  agencies  in  nature, 
far  beyond  and  without  the  pale  of  the  appearances  to  be  explained. 
I  prefer  to  try  to  elucidate  geographical  phases  in  geology  by  refer- 
ence to  geographical  causation. 

Waiving  the  much  mooted  topics  of  Diluvial  and  Glacial  action,  I 
propose  to  restrict  myself  to  a  description  of  certain  admitted  geolog- 
ical facts  connected  with  the  most  superficial  deposits  of  Great 
Britain,  indicative  of  a  cold  or  icy  period ;  and  to  a  statement  of 
other  facts  recently  collected  by  me,  which  I  think  plainly  indicate 
how  that  cold  state  of  the  surface  was  produced. 

•  During  the  last  few  years  evidence  has  been  rapidly  accumulating 
in  England  and  Scotland,  especially  in  the  latter  country,  through  the 
researches  of  zealous  naturalists,  that  the  organic  remains  of  the 
most  superficial  deposits,  more  particularly  those  of  the  "Brick  Clays" 
and  their  associated  "  Sandy  Silts,"  which  skirt  both  the  eastern  and 
western  margins  of  the  Island,  like  a  narrow  selvage,  and  occupy  the 
beds  and  borders  of  its  many  bays  and  broad  inlets,  always  at  or  only 
very  little  above  the  existing  sea-land,  are  all  of  them  of  a  more  or 
less  cold  or  Arctic  type.  Mr.  Smith  of  Jondon  Hill,  and  Rev.  Henry 
W.   Croskey,  both  of  them  diligent  and  successful  collectors,   have 


243  [Rogers. 

thoroughly  established  the  AiTtic  and  sub- Arctic  character  of  the 
great  majority  of  the  many  species  they  and  others  have  collected  and 
identified.  A  number  of  the  Mollusca  are  of  species  still  living,  only 
they  frequent  no  longer  the  British  Seas,  but  frequent  the  waters  of 
the  Baltic,  or  even  the  Arctic  Sea. 

Mr.  Croskey  has  established  this  very  interesting  general  fact,  that 
of  these  Pleistocene  Fossils,  those  of  the  eastern  side  of  Scotland,  and 
of  England  too,  betoken  an  essentially  cooler  aquatic  climate  than  do 
those  of  the  western  or  Atlantic  side. 

Before  the  announcement  of  this  important  deduction,  I  had  ex- 
pressed my  conviction  more  than  once,  at  Sessions  of  the  PhUosophi- 
eal  Society  of  Glasgow,  where  this  fact  of  a  diiference  of  temperature 
was  first  made  public,  that  we  must  seek  the  cause  or  origin  of  this 
refrigeration  of  the  ancient  coasts  of  Scotland  in  the  physical  geogra- 
phy of  the  regions  separating  Scandinavia  from  Russia.  I  grew  im- 
patient to  procure  authentic  information  respecting  the  Isthmus  of 
Finland,  which  now  links  together  those  two  countries,  for  I  had  be- 
come persuaded  that  all  the  phenomena  of  the  Arctic  Temperature 
of  the  Pleistocene  Clay-period  seemed  plainly  to  imj^ly  that  the  frigid 
waters  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  had  access  at  that  time  to  the  British 
shores  through  the  wide  valley  of  the  Baltic,  and  the  low,  flat  plain, 
now  the  neck  of  Finland.  I  was  aware,  as  every  person  at  all  versed 
in  European  geography  should  be,  that  the  district  separating  the 
Gulf  of  Finland  from  the  Southern  bays  of  the  "  White  Sea,"  is  flat 
and  watery,  and  of  only  moderate  elevation,  with  no  ridge  of  hills 
passing  through  it  as  a  water-shed  ;  but  I  was  unable  to  authenticate 
this  beUef  by  inspection  of  any  accessible  trustworthy  geographical 
materials. 

In  this  state  of  suspense  and  uncertainty  I  therefore  sent  to  the 
Governor  of  Finland,  Baron  Rokasoski,  a  letter  explanatory  of  my 
conjectures  and  wants,  with  a  Hst  of  interrogations.  I  was  soon  after 
in  receipt  of  two  admirable  orographic  charts  of  Finland,  carefully 
annotated  by  C.  Gulden,  the  government  geographer,  and  quickly 
after,  a  letter  from  the  same  excellent  authority,  in  fiill  and  satisfac- 
tory reply  to  all  my  questions. 

The  information  embodied  in  this  letter  and  the  charts,  is  to  this 
effect.  The  wide  Isthmus  dividing  the  Gulf  of  Finland  from  the 
White  Sea  is  low^  very  flat  and  marshy,  and  nowhere  elevated  above 
the  Baltic  as  much  as  two  hundred  English  feet.  For  ages  past  there 
has  been  a  tradition  familiar  to  the  Finland  peasantry  and  fishermen, 
that  their  country  was  once  an  island,  and  their  ancient  name  for  it 
is  the  '•  Island  of  Finland."  Moreover,  they  and  the  more  enlight- 
ened inhabitants  have  always  believed  and  asserted  that  the  land  is, 
and  has  been  steadily  and  perceptibly  slowly  rising  higher  and  higher 


Eogers.]  244 

above  the  sea-level.  The  letter  assures  me  that  critical  surveys  con- 
ducted for  a  long  while  past,  prove,  that  while  the  dry-land  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Gulf  of  Finland,  is,  and  has  been  rising  at  the  rate  of 
two  feet  per  century,  that  near  Lake  Ladoga  is  lifting  at  the  rate  of 
four  feet,  and  all  the  surface  further  north  than  this  at  the  still  swifter 
pace  of  five  English  feet  each  century. 

These  data  are  in  strict  accord  with  all  that  we  have  been  long 
ago  taught  of  the  gradual  rising  of  all  the  west  coast  of  Scandinavia, 
for  one  thousand  miles  from  near  Stockholm  in  Southern  Sweden,  to 
North  Cape  in  Lapland,  at  rates  augmenting  as  we  go  north,  and  be- 
ing in  high  latitudes  in  Norway  as  rapid  as  three  feet  English,  per 
century. 

Such  satisfactory  confirmations  of  my  theory  have  been  very  grati- 
fying to  me.  Supposing  the  wide  neck  of  land  centrally  occupied  by 
Lake  Onega,  has  been  rising  in  the  past  no  fester  than  at  present,  we 
go  back  only  forty  centuries,  or  four  thousand  years,  to  a  state  of  the 
surface,  at  which  the  Arctic  Ocean  and  the  North  Sea  of  Britain, 
were  joined  by  an  enormous  marine  strait  or  channel,  wider  than  the 
present  Baltic,  and  stretching  irom  the  White  Sea  of  Archangel, 
southwestward,  across  Finland  and  over  Southern  Sweden,  all  Den- 
mark and  Holland,  into  the  North  Sea.  Going  a  Kttle  farther  back  in 
time,  to,  say  more  than  six  thousand  years  ago,  or  to  an  epoch  just, 
antecedent  to  the  generally  supposed  first  appearance  of  mankind 
upon  our  earth,  and  we  are  in  conditions  of  the  physical  geography 
of  Western  Europe  which  quadrate  admirably  with  all  the  geological 
relics  yet  gathered  of  the  immediately  Prehuman  Period. 

Judging  from  the  existing  very  flat  and  low  profile  of  all  the  dis- 
trict bordering  the  Baltic,  and  assumed  by  me  to  have  been  flooded  by 
the  great  northeast  Arctic  current,  I  infer  that  its  average  breadth 
was  little  less  than  four  hundred  miles. 

I  deem  it  superfluous  to  attempt  any  detailed  explanation  of  the 
influences  such  a  vast  broad  stream  of  icy  and  ice-floating  Arctic 
water  would  possess  in  promoting  a  southward  distribution  of  North- 
ern plants  and  animals,  and  a  very  abnormal  precipitation  of  snow  in 
the  Alps,  and  on  many  of  the  lofty  mountain  tracts  of  Europe.  We 
need  but  turn  and  gaze  to  the  refrigerating  and  glacier-making  agen- 
cies of  the  North  American  Arctic  currents,  to  interpret  at  once  the 
chilling  and  snow-producing  powers  of  this  assumed  outpouring  of  the 
Arctic  Sea  through  the  Baltic  against  France  and  Britain. 

If  space  permitted.  I  could  cite  many  instances  of  the  far  convey- 
ance of  huge,  angular  blocks,  of  various  mineral  composition,  to  local- 
ities where  all  geologists  Avho  have  beheld  them  have  been  constrained 
to  assert  that  they  could  have  reached  the  points  where  they  lie  by  no 
conceivable  agency  but  that  of  floating  ice.     Murchison  speaks  of  one 


245  [Jackson. 

such  case  of  groups  of  large  rocky  masses  lying  at  the  foot  of  the 
Valdai  Hills  in  Russia,  some  seven  hundred  miles  from  their  ascer- 
tainable source  in  Northern  Sweden,  or  perhaps  Lapland. 

I  can  add  that  I  am  familiar  with  the  frequent  occurrence  of  laro-e 
sharply  angular,  wholly  unworn  blocks  of  stone  imbedded  in  the  fine 
grained  brick-clay  of  the  Clyde  Valley  in  Scotland,  resting  in  the 
undisturbed  clay,  and  environed  by  fragile  fossils,  bearing  no  marks 
of  any  commotion  in  the  waters,  and  amid  all  the  signs  and  proofs  of 
their  having  been  freighted  to  where  they  rest,  by  ice  rafts,  and 
let  gently  down  into  the  clay  by  the  gradual  melting  of  the  stranded 
ice. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  fully  concuiTed  with  the  observations  of 
Prof.  Rogers  concerning  the  causes  of  the  drift  scratches,  stat- 
ing that  there  was  no  proof  of  their  radiating  from  mountain 
groups  of  small  extent  in  Korth  America.  In  the  State 
of  Maine  he  had  observed  that  the  scratches  inin  around  the 
sides  of  the  mountains,  and  were  deflected  into  the  valleys,  on 
the  principle  that  the  angle  of  reflection  is  equal  to  the  angle 
of  incidence.  In  Rhode  Island  he  had  noticed  boulders  con- 
taining iron  ore  that  could  only  have  come  fi-om  Cumberland 
of  that  State,  which  were  scattered  on  both  sides  of  the 
Providence  River;  that  they  diminished  in  size  towards 
the  south,  and  had  evidently  been  rolled  and  pushed  for- 
wards by  strong  aqueous  currents.  He  had  lately  seen  how 
greatly  the  climate  of  a  country  could  be  lowered  by  cold 
northern  currents  during  his  visit  to  the  coast  of  California 
The  coast  about  San  Francisco  was  chilled  by  the  arctic  cur- 
rent flowing  southward  from  Russian  America,  for  while  one 
hundred  miles  in  the  interior  the  thermometer  ranged  from 
105°  to  110°  during  the  summer,  the  same  days  in  San  Fran- 
cisco it  stood  at  54° — 65°.  The  temperature  was  thus  locally 
lowered  by  the  arctic  currents  impinging  on  this  jDoint. 
But  four  hundred  miles  southward,  where  Point  Conception 
deflects  the  arctic  currents  from  Santa  Barbara  and  Los 
Angeles,  he  had  experienced  the  midsummer  temperature  of 
Naples. 

He  said  the  rocks  of  the  northern  part  of  the  country 
were  scratched  and  polished  by  the  action  of  grounded  ice- 
bergs, and  that  the  scratching  and  polishing  could  not  be  ac- 
counted for  by  the  glacial  theory.     Sir  John  Richardson  had 


Wilder.]  246 

mentioned  to  him  that  nowhere  on  the  northern  shores  of  the 
American  Continent  and  on  the  Arctic  shores  of  Siberia,  were 
to  be  fomid  any  ghiciers,  or  proper  climatic  or  topographical 
conditions  for  the  existence  of  glaciers,  as  nowhere  in  these 
limits  did  groups  of  mountains  rise  from  warm  valleys  high 
enough  to  reach  the  snow  line. 

Dr.  Jackson  also  referred  to  beds  of  clay  sixty  feet  in 
thickness  on  Block  Island,  on  the  coast  of  Rhode  Island, 
which  contained  perfectly  sharp  and  angular  boulders  of  a 
peculiar  granite,  which  he  had  traced  to  their  origin  in 
Kingston,  R.  I.,  fifteen  miles  in  a  northeast  direction. 

Dr.  B.  S.  Wilder  exhibited  a  kitten  with  extra  toes  upon 
both  fore  and  hind  feet,  which  he  considered  instances  of 
vegetative  repetition  ;  and  remarked  upon  the  fallacy  of 
drawing  moi^^hological  conclusions  from  parts  so  variable  in 
quantity,  and  so  subject  to  teleological  modifications  as  the 
distal  extremities  of  tlie  limbs. 

Prof  Wyman  stated  that  when  parts  are  doubled  at  the 
ends  of  limbs,  the  supernumerary  parts  did  not  generally  re- 
peat those  of  the  same,  but  of  the  opposite  side.  There 
exist  many  instances  of  partial  doubling  of  hands  and  feet, 
and  even  of  fore  arm  and  arm,  the  two  portions  standing  in 
relation  to  each  other  as  right  and  left  parts.  When,  how- 
ever, an  additional  little  finger  or  toe  was  developed,  these 
do  not  conform  to  this  rule  and  are  often  quite  irregular. 

Drs.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson  and  H.  R.  Storer  in  this  connection 
gave  instances  of  abnornal  features  transmitted  by  inheritance, 
and  the  President  added  several,  showing  that  in  such  cases 
the  primitive  germ  was  doubled,  that  the  spinal  cord  and 
other  parts  were  spht  down  and  co-ordinated  in  their  devel- 
opment, which  then  proceeded  as  harmoniously  as  the  normal 
growth  of  the  two  halves  of  the  body. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam  made  a  few  remarks  on  an  Indian 
grave  which  was  found  in  September  last,  on  Winter  Island, 
Salem,  by  the  workmen  engaged  in  making  the  embankment 
of  Fort  Pickering.  The  grave  was  situated  on  a  ledge,  and 
made  by  placing  a  few  stones  about  two  feet  from  an  abrupt 
ridge  of  the  ledge,  and  resting  other  stones  from  them  to  the 
ledge.     In  this  grave  were  found  a  stone  chisel,  ten  stone 


247  [Inituam. 

arrow  heads,  a  thin  oval  stone  with  two  holes  in  it,  an  oval 
stone  used  probably  in  dressing  skins  of  animals  for  clothing, 
several  fragments  of  an  oval  shaped  pot  about  fourteen  inches 
long,  ten  wide  and  four  deep,  made  of  soap-stone,  and  having 
a  knob  or  handle  at  each  end,  a  piece  of  pure  red  ochre, 
a  portion  of  a  scapula  and  two  bones  of  the  foot  of  a 
cow,  and  a  pre-molar  tooth  of  a  hog.  There  was  also  a 
quantity  of  bone  dust  and  considerable  colored  earth,  proba- 
bly colored  by  the  ochre. 

Messrs.  J.  I.  Hale,  Jr.,  and  George  W.  Swettwere  elected 
Resident  Members. 


DONATIONS  TO  THE  :MUSEUM  FOR  THE  QUARTER  ENDING 
DECE3IBER  31,  1865. 

Oct.  4.  A  specimen  of  Juhis,  from  E.  Stougliton,  Mass.,  by  Mr.  Asa  Brett ;  Diapho- 
mtrafemorata  ?  from  Winchester,  Mass.,  by  ]\Ir.  S.  D.  Clarke;  Jaws  of  a  shark, 
a  species  of  Bat,  Pteropus^  known  as  the  "  Flying  Fox"  in  Madras;  six  speci- 
mens of  fish,  specimens  of  clay  iron  stone  from  Madras,  four  hundred  and  fifty 
land  and  marine  shells  from  Southern  India  and  the  Indo-Chinese  Peninsula, 
by  W.  H.  Dall;  Sorex  platyrhinus^  a  litter  of  young  field  mice,  Eutainia  sertalis, 
Storeria  occipito-maculata,  Anibystoma  2)unctaia,  Pletliodon  erythronota,  Eana, 
Helix  albolabris.  Tebennophorus  carolinensis  from  Brunswick,  Me.,  and  Pholas 
crisjjata  from  Casco  Bay,  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. ;  specimens  of  Lava,  from 
Kilauea  volcano.  Sandwich  Islands,  tweutj^-two  species  of  Achatinella  from  the 
Sandwich  Islands;  Metaptera  alata  from  the  Genesee  river,  Rochestei',  N.  Y., 
by  Dr.  Alonzo  Chapin. 

Oct.  18.  Ambystoma  punctata  from  South  Dedham,  by  Mr.  M.  D.  White; 
specimens  of  Aphis  from  Chelsea, by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould;  Eggs  of  an  insect  depos- 
ited on  a  sprig  of  the  oak,  Norfolk,  Va.,  by  Dr.  C.  G.  Greene;  Seed  vessels  of 
Bignonia,  etc.,  exotic  shells  (two  hundred  specimens),  some  minerals,  and  the 
lower  jaw  of  a  porpoise,  by  Dr.  A.  Coolidge;  specimen  of  fossil  wood  from 
near  Washington,  D.  C,  by  Dr.  J.  F.  Fvhhie ;  Limophora  flabellata,  by  Mr.  C.  G. 
Bush;  a  mole  from  near  Washington,  D.  C,  and  young  flying  squirrels  from 
Burkville  Junction,  Va..  by  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. ;  four  hundred  specimens  of  Heli- 
ces and  marine  sheUs  from  Lyme  Regis,  one  hundred  specimens  of  fossils  from 
the  Lias,  from  Lyme  Regis,  thirty  specimens  of  Minerals  from  mines  in  Corn- 
waU,  England,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant;  Skull  of  a  camel  brought  from  New  Orleans, 
La.,  by  Boston  Milling  and  Manufacturing  Company. 

Nov.  1.  Specimens  offish  from  California,  which  are  caught  in  large  quan- 
tities and  dried  and  eaten  by  the  Wokopee  Indians,  three  specimens  of  Coleop- 
tera  collected  near  the  Dalles  of  the  Columbia  river,  ten  specimens  of  scorpions 
from  Panama,  S.  A.,  Insects,  mostly  Coleopterous,  from  Acapulco  and  Man- 
zanilla,  ]\Iexico,  a  Crustacean  from  Manzanilla,  a  collection  of  upwards  of 
three  hundred  insects,  and  the  embryo  of  a  bird  from  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  by 
Mr.  Samuel  Hubbard;  thirty-five  specimens  of  insects.   Fungi,  specimens  of 


Bryant.]  248 

diatomaceous  deposits  from  Hartt's  Location,  including  three  slides  of  mounted 
specimens,  and  from  the  summit  of  Mount  Ci'awford,  N.  H.,  by  Dr.  S.  A.  Bemis; 
Trepidolepis  undulatus,  Scincus  fasciatus,  Corondla  getvla,  Plethodon  glutinosa 
and  P.  erythronota^  Rana  two  species,  six  other  species  of  snakes  and  Camharus 
Bartonif  from  Danville,  Va.,  by  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. ;  two  native  skeletons  and 
five  skulls  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  by  Mr.  H.  Mann;  Skull  of  an  Indian 
from  Mendocino  Co.,  Cal.,  by  Dr.  Thayer;  specimen  of  Specular  Oxide  of  Iron 
from  the  Hudson  River,  N.  Y.,  by  Mr.  Charles  T.  White. 

Nov.  15.  Leda  truncata  from  the  clay  beds  of  Kennebtink,  Me.,  by  Mr. 
Frederic  Ware;  Fossil  shells  from  the  banks  of  the  Rapidan  near  Fredericksburg, 
Va.,by  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.;  Tertiary  (Miocene)  shells  of  the  following  species; 
Turritella pleheja  Say?  T.  Mortoni  Conrad,  Scajiharca  idonea,  Dentalium  atten- 
uatum  Say,  Mercenaria  fehrica  Conrad,  etc.,  from  St.  Mary's  River,  Md.,  by 
Dr.  J.  F.  Frisbie;  Preparation  exhibiting  the  entire  human  arterial  system,  pre- 
pared and  mounted  by  Mr.  W.  ]\I.  Ogden. 

Dec.  6.  A  human  cranium  (young),  by  Dr.  B.  Joy  Jeffries;  Chrysalids  of  a 
Sphinx  from  South  Dedham,  Mass.,  by  Mr.  N.  B.  White ;  SkuU  and  some  bones 
of  an  Esquimaux  from  Hopedale,  Labrador,  and  skull  of  an  Otter  from  Straits 
of  Belle  Isle,  Labrador;  sections  of  a  "  Lignum  vitas"  tree;  Leaves  and  cones  of 
Finns  bankskmus  from  the  Traveller  *  Mountain  in  Northern  Maine,  by  A.  S. 
Packard,  Jr. ;  supposed  footprints  and  fossils  in  sandstone,  Salamanca,  N.  Y.,  pre- 
sented by  Uv.  T.  G.-  Bancroft;  a  Double  Rose  with  green  leaf-like  petals,  by  Dr 
Charles  Pickering ;  Intestinal  worm  taken  from  Leuciscus  pulchellus  Storer,  at 
Lake  Parmachene,  Maine,  by  Mr.  F.  G.  Sanborn. 


January  3,  1866. 
The  President  in  the  chair 

Forty-two  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  read :  — 

A  List  of  Birds  from  Porto  Rico  presented  to  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  by  Messrs.  Robert  Swift  and  George 
Latimer,  with  descriptions  of  new  species  or  varieties. 
By    Henry   Bryant,  M.  D. 

The  collections  of  Birds  presented  by  Mr.  Swift  and  Mr.  Latimer  are 
very  interesting,  as  affording  additional  proof  of  the  fact  that  most  of 
the  West  India  Islands  possess  peculiar  forms  generally  recognized  by 
ornithologists  as  species,  but  -which  it  seems  to  me  more  rational,  in 
many  instances,  to  consider  as  local  forms  or  varieties,  the  limits  of 


249  [Bryant. 

which  are  more  sharply  defined  than  In  continental  ones,  precisely  as 
the  boundaries  of  the  region  they  inhabit  are  more  distinctly  marked. 

Falco. 

Tinnunculus. 
Falco  dominicensis  Gmel.  Several  specimens  of  a  small  hawk, 
presenting  no  very  appreciable  character  by  which  it  can  be  distin- 
guished from  this  species.  One  of  the  principal  characters  of  the 
Linnaean  genus  Falco  is  the  variety  in  plumage  presented  by  the  dif- 
ferent individuals  of  the  same  species,  and  in  none  of  those  with  which  I 
am  acquainted  is  this  carried  to  a  greater  extreme  than  in  the  present. 
During  a  short  visit  to  Cuba  in  the  spring  of  1863,  I  examined  a  very 
large  number  of  individuals,  and  was  unable  even  to  form  an  opinion 
as  to  what  should  be  considered  its  normal  type  of  coloration,  so  unlike 
each  other  were  the  numerous  specimens  procured  by  me. 

Tyr  annus. 
Tyr  annus. 
Tyrannus  dominicensis  Gmel.      Several  specimens. 

Pitangus. 
Tyrannus  Taylori  Sclater.     Several  specimens. 
Myiarchus. 

Tyrannus  antillarum.  Several  specimens.  This  species?  does 
not  resemble  particularly  any  other  known  to  me.  I  presume  it  is 
the  same  referred  to  in  Taylor's  list,  and  not  unUkely  the  same  as  the 
Tobago  Bii'd  in  Jardine's  catalogue  of  the  birds  of  that  Island.  Its 
most  striking  character  is  the  almost  total  absence  of  rufous  in  the 
tail. 

No.  36,459.  Length  of  dried  skin,  170  mm.*\  wing  from  flexure 
86-|  ;  tail  68  ;  tarsus  21  ;  middle  toe  and  claw  19;  claw  alone  7; 
bill  along  ridge  21 ;  4th  primary  longest,  1st,  7th,  2d,  slightly  shorter 
than  4  th. 

Head  above  fuliginous-bi-own  ;  hind-neck,  back  and  scapulars  dull, 
dirty,  olivaceous-brown,  becoming  paler  on  the  rump  and  somewhat 
rufous  on  the  upper  tail  coverts.  Wing  dark  brown,  the  middle  and 
greater  coverts  broadly  margined  with  dull  whitish  faintly  tinged  with 
rufous-olive,  and  with  all  the  remiges,  except  perhaps  the  first,  mar- 
gined externally  with  paler,  most  distinctly  so  on  the  inner  secondaries 
where  the  color  is  nearly  similar  to  that  of  the  border  of  the  greater 
coverts ;  this  color  is  gradually  shaded  into  quite  distinct  rufous  on  the 

*  Measurements  iu  millimetres. 


Bryant.]  250 

primaries,  brightest  next  tlieir  base.  Tail  dark  brown,  all  tlie  feath- 
ers obscurely  tipped  as  if  faded,  the  outer  web  of  the  outer  feathers 
much  lighter  and  margined  with  whitish  most  distinctly  towards  the 
base,  as  if  weathered.  Beneath  whitish,  slightly  ashy  on  the  throat, 
more  distinctly  so  on  the  chest  and  flanks,  and  with  a  faint  tinge  of 
yellow  on  the  abdomen  and  crissum,  under  surface  of  wings  showing  a 
pretty  broad  border  of  pale  rufous  on  the  inner  margin  of  the  primaries; 
axillaries  and  under  wing  coverts  pale  yellow,  much  brighter  than  the 
abdomen-  Under  surface  of  tciil  hoary  brown,  the  inner  web  of  most 
of  the  feathers  with  a  small  spot  of  pale  rufous  near  the  tip ;  bill,  tarsi 
and  toes  dark  blackish-brown. 

Todus. 

Todus  hypochondriac  us.  Several  specimens.  This  bird  corresponds 
quite  closely  to  Lesson's  description  of  T.  mexicanus,  but  wants 
the  yellow  margin  to  the  scarlet  gidar  patch.  It  can  be  easily  dis- 
tinguished from  any  other  of  the  described  West  Indian  species  by  the 
golden-yellow  flanks ;  this  character  I  should  have  thought  to  be  a 
mark  of  immaturity,  if  I  had  not  observed  so  large  a  number  of  the 
Cuban  and  Jamaican  varieties  at  the  same  period  of  the  year  when 
these  specimens  were  obtained,  none  of  which  presented  any  such 
appearance. 

No.  36,450.  Length  of  dried  skin  90 ;  wing  from  flexure  42 ;  tail 
28;  tarsus  10^;  middle  toe  and  claw  12;  claw  alone  3;  bill  along 
ridge  20;  3d,  4th  and  5th  primaries  nearly  equal  and  longest;  1st 
shorter  than  the  secondaries;  2d  about  equal  to  them.  All  above, 
with  closed  wings  and  tail,  bright  green,  with  a  slight  yellowish  tinge 
next  the  nostrils ;  the  tip  of  the  tail  and  bases  of  the  outer  primaries 
slightly  bluish ;  outer  edge  of  outer  tail  feathers  ashy.  Beneath,  throat 
bright  scarlet,  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  whitish  line  commencing  at 
the  base  of  the  rictal  bristles  and  gradually  shaded  into  the  pearl-grey 
of  the  fore  neck  and  breast.  Centre  of  abdomen  nearly  pure  white 
shaded  anteriorly  into  the  pearl-grey  of  the  breast  and  posteriorly 
and  on  the  sides  into  the  yellow  of  the  crissum  and  the  golden-yellow 
of  the  hypochondriacs ;  upper  mandible  dark  brown,  lower  yellowish ; 
tarsi  and  toes  light  yellowish-brown.  The  genus  Todus  has  been 
alternately  placed  with  the  kingfishers  and  the  flycatchers,  and  lately 
with  the  motmots.  It  has  in  structure  no  affinity  with  the  first  what- 
ever, and  its  habits  are  entirely  diilerent.  Its  plumage  is  loose,  the 
wings  feeble  and  its  legs  long.  It  resembles  the  motmots  in  the  serra- 
tion of  the  edges  of  the  mandibles,  but  the  toes  are  not  partially  united 
as  in  those  birds ;  the  bill  is  excessively  depressed  and  the  tail  short 
and  square,  while  its  habits  are  totally  dissimilar. 


251  [Bryant. 

Some  of  the  flat-billed  tyrants  have  perhaps  more  analogy  with 
it,  particularly  in  their  habits,  but  it  differs  from  them  in  the 
appearance  of  its  eggs  and  manner  of  incubation,  as  well  as  in  many 
other  important  particulars.  It  seems  to  me  to  form  an  entirely  dis- 
tinct family  Todidae,  which  cannot  be  included  in  any  other. 

Sylvieola. 

Panda. 
Sylvieola  americana  Linn. 

Dendrmca. 
Sylvieola  coronata  Linn.     The  southern  migration  of  this  bird  is 
more  extensive  than  I  had  supposed.     It  was  extremely  abundant  in 
the  interior  of  Jamaica  in  the  winter  of  1864-5. 
Sylvieola  diseolor  Vieill. 

Sylvieola  Adelaidce  Baird.  This  new  species  was  described  by 
Professor  Baird  in  his  review  of  North  American  Birds. 

Setophaga. 

Setophaga  rut ie ilia  Linn. 

Turdus. 

Mimoeiehla. 
Turdus  ardosiaceus  Vieill.     Abundant. 

Mimus. 

Mimus  polyglottus.  Yar.  portorieensis.  Several  specimens.  A 
variation  in  white  markings  is  the  most  indefinite  of  characters,  and 
I  am  inclined  to  think  that  this  bird,  with  orpheus,  dom.inieensis  and  cu- 
banensis*  etc.,  should  be  considered  as  varieties  of  polyglottus.  I  have 
never  seen  a  specimen  of  M.  dominieensis,  but  as  Mr.  Sclater,  comparino- 
it  with  Orpheus  says  of  it  "forsan  ab  illo  vix  distinctus,"  I  presume  it 
cannot  be  the  same  as  the  present  bird,  as  this  is  easiJy  distinguished 
from  Orpheus.  In  a  typical  polyglottus  the  whole  of  the  outer  tail 
feather  is  white  as  is  the  2d,  with  the  exception  of  a  portion  of  the 
outer  and  a  scarcely  perceptible  spot  on  the  inner  web ;  but  the  white 
occupies  only  a  small  portion  of  the  3d  and  the  extreme  tip  of  the 
4th.  In  the  present  bird  the  white  occupies  the  whole  of  the  1st  and 
2d  outer  tail  feathers  and  the  inner  web  and  basal  half  of  outer  web 
of  3d,  the  basal  5th  of  outer  web  and  tip  of  4th  and  a  scarcely  percep- 
tible spot  on  the  tip  of  5th.  In  Orpheus  the  white  occupies  all  the  three 
external  tail  feathers  except  a  small  spot  on  the  outer  web  of  the  3d 

*Tlie  Cuban  mocking-bird  is  easily  distinguishable  from,  polyglottus. 


Bryant.]  252 

near  the  tip ;  the  basal  third  and  quite  a  large  spot,  more  than  an  inch 
in  length,  near  the  tip  of  4th,  and  a  very  distinct  spot  on  the  tip  of  5th. 
No.  33,476.  Length  of  dried  skin,  205;  wing  from  flexure,  110; 
1st  primary  more  than  i-  of  2d ;  3d,  4th  and  5th,  nearly  equal  and 
longest;  2d,  longer  than  8th;  tail,  110;  tarsus,  31  ;  middle  toe  and 
claw,  28i;  claw  alone,  8-i- ;  bill  along  ridge,  21.  Above  ashy,  feath- 
ers of  the  head  with  the  centres  darker,  lores  dusky,  a  whitish  supra- 
ocular line,  commencing  at  the  nostrils  gradually  disappearing  behind 
the  eye.  AVings  blackish-brown,  the  middle  and  inner  greater  coverts 
tipped  with  white  and  with  the  margins  narrowly  edged  as  if  faded, 
the  outer  greater  coverts  white  with  a  spatulate  shaped  spot  of  dark 
brown  running  down  the  shaft  near  the  tip ;  the  smaller  coverts  edged 
with  ashy  like  the  back,  base  of  all  the  primaries  white,  extending 
farther  on  the  inner  than  outer  webs,  occuppng  about  ^  of  the  first 
and  |-  of  the  10th.  Secondaries  tipped  with  white,  and  narrowly  mar- 
gined as  if  faded.  Tail  blackish-brown,  marked  with  white,  as  above 
described ;  beneath  white,  the  bristly  tips  of  chin  feathers  black  and  a 
very  indistinct  black  stripe  formed  by  the  blackish  tips  of  the  feathers ; 
bill  black,  tarsi  and  toes  dark  bluish  horn,  claws  black. 

Hirundo. 

Progne. 
Hirundo  dominicensis  Gm. 

Petroclielidon. 
Hirundo  fulva  Vieillot. 

Certhiola. 

Certhiola  fiaveola.  Var.  portoricensis.  Several  specimens.  Read- 
ily distinguishable  from  the  Jamaican  bird  by  its  smaller  size,  the 
lighter  color  of  the  back  and  throat  and  the  absence  of  any  tinge 
of  red  in  the  yellow  of  the  breast. 

Vireo. 

Vireo  Latimeri  Baird.  This  species  will  be  described  by  Prof  Baird 
in  his  "Review." 

Tanagra. 

Spindalis. 

Tanagra  portoricensis.     Several  specimens. 

Ko.  36,502.  S.  Length  of  dried  skin,  150;  length  of  wing,  81 ; 
length  of  tail,  60  ;  length  of  bill  along  ridge,  9  ;  tarsus,   20^ ;  mid- 


253  [Bryant. 

die  toe  and  claw  23 ;  claw  alone,  61.  Head  black  with  two  white 
stripes  on  each  side,  a  supra-ocular  one  commencing  a  short  distance 
from  the  nostril  and  an  infra-ocular  one  commencing  at  the  ramus. 
Hind  neck  bright  golden-orange,  forming  a  very  conspicuous  nuchal 
collar.  Back,  scapulars,  rump  and  upper  tail  coverts  greenish-olive, 
brightest  towards  the  tail  and  with  a  dusky  streak  down  the  shaft  of 
the  feathers  next  the  nuchal  collar.  "Wings  dark  brown,  the  smaller 
coverts  next  the  body  of  the  same  color  as  the  back,  those  next  the  bend 
of  the  wing  showing  more  or  less  bright  ferruginous.  Middle  coverts 
bordered  with  ohvaceous,  faded  at  the  tij)S  and  external  border  into 
whitish.  Greater  coverts  bordered  externally  with  white  shaded  into 
olive  at  the  base,  all  the  remiges  but  first  bordered  with  lighter,  most 
conspicuously  on  the  inner  secondaries  and  gradually  shaded  with  dull 
whitish  into  olivaceous  on  the  outer  secondaries.  Tail  dark-brown, 
external  borders  of  the  feathers  somewhat  olivaceous  towards  the  base 
and  the  inner  web  of  outer  feather,  with  a  scarcely  perceptible  border 
of  white  near  the  tip.  Chin  white,  continuous  with  the  infra-ocular 
stripe,  and  like  it  with  the  tips  of  the  feathers  black.  Upper  part  of 
the  centre  of  the  throat  bright  yellow,  gradually  shaded  into  deep 
orange  on  the  fore  neck  and  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  conspicuous 
black  line  which  nearly  meets  its  fellow  opposite  the  base  of  the  skull 
and  again  recedes.  Breast  yellow  shaded  abruptly  into  the  orange  of 
the  fore  neck.  Centre  of  abdomen  white,  flanks  and  hypochondriacs 
greyish-olive  obscurely  streaked  with  dusky ;  tail  and  crissum  hoary 
brown,  the  feathers  of  the  latter  broadly  bordered  with  white.  Upper 
mandible  black,  under  mandible  bluish  horn,  as  are  the  tarsi  and  toes. 

?  .  Dimensions  nearly  similar  to  those  of  S  .  Above  greenish  olive, 
yellowish  towards  the  tail,  and  with  the  centre  of  the  feathers  of  the 
head  brownish-ash.  Wings  without  any  ferruginous  on  the  bend  of 
wing,  and  the  light  borders  of  the  feathers  more  olive  than  in  the  male. 
Tail  as  in  the  male.  Beneath  pale  dusky-yellowish  with  dusky  streaks 
down  the  centre  of  the  feathers,  very  much  as  in  Dulus  dominie  us, 
Young  $  like  female,  but  with  traces  of  chestnut  at  the  bend  of 
wing. 

The  species  of  Tanager  generally  united  under  the  name  of  Spin- 
dalis  form  two  distinct  groups,  in  the  fu'st  of  which  the  plumage  of  the 
female  is  somewhat  like  the  male  and  the  bill  is  much  stronger  than 
in  the  second.  This  is  the  type  of  SpindaUs,  and  contains  the  species 
T.  nigricephala.  In  the  second  the  plumage  bears  no  resemblance  to 
that  of  this  male,  and  the  bill  is  weaker;  if  the  absurd  system  of  forming 
genera  on  every  little  difference  is  to  be  adopted  this  might  be  called 
Spizampelis  —  it  contains  three  species,  T.  Pretrei,  T.  zena,  and  the 
present  bird. 


Bryant.]  254 

Fringilla. 

Phonipara. 
Fringilla  zena*  Linn.  1758.  Var.  jjortoricensis.  Several  speci- 
mens. The  resemblance  of  this  bird  to  specimens  of  F.  zena  from  the 
Bahamas  is  very  great;  the  only  difference  I  have  been  able  to  perceive 
is  a  slightly  brighter  tinge  of  olive  and  perhaps  less  extent  of  blackish 
beneath ;  it  would  seem  to  be  intermediate  between  zena  and  omissa 
of  Jardine's  Catalogue  of  Birds  of  Tobago. 

Coturniculus. 
Fringilla  passerina  Wils.    Specimens  representing  the  F.  tixicrus  of 
Gosse  from  Jamaica,  and  not  distinguishable  from  the  bird  of  the 
United  States. 

Loxia. 

Spermestes. 

Loxia  cucullata  Swain.  Several  specimens  of  this  well  known 
African  bird.  It  has  probably  been  naturalized  in  the  island 
as  the  common  European  sjoarrow  has  in  Havana. 

Pyrrliulagra. 

Loxia  portoricensis  Daud.  Several  specimens,  but  none  in  adult 
male  plumage.  The  subgenus  Loxigilla  Lesson  was  founded  on  Frin- 
gilla noctis.  The  type  of  Bonaparte's  subgenus  Pyrrliulagra  is  the 
present  bird,  and  includes  violacea  of  the  Bahamas,  etc.,  but  not  ano- 
xantha  which  may  form  the  type  of  a  third  subgenus,  Loxipasser,  nearly 
allied  to  SpermopMla  and  PJionipara.  These  three  birds  show  well 
the  folly  of  modern  generic  divisions,  either  of  them  approximat- 
ing more  closely  to  older  genera  than  to  each  other. 

Icterus. 

Icterus  xanthomus  Sclater.     Several  specimens. 

Icterus  dominicensis.  f  Var.  portoricensis.  This  bird  in  full 
plumage  is  easily  recognized  from  the  St.  Domingo  bird  by  the 
absence  of  yellow  on  the   hypochondriacs,  and   the  greater  propor- 

*  Linnaeus  describes  two  birds  under  the  name  of  Fringilla  zena  in  the  edition 
of  1758,  the  first  now  called  Tanagra  zena  and  the  second  generally  known  as 
Fringilla  or  Phonipara  bicolor,  but  which  should  be  FringiUa  or  Phonipara  zena 
Linn. 

t  Icterus  dominicensis  Var.  hypomelas  Dubus,  Bonap.  Conspec.  Vol.  1.  p.  433, 
from  Cuba.  Adult,  marked  very  much  as  in  portoricensis  but  with  less  yellow  on 
the  lower  part  of  abdomen.  Young,  greenish  olive  with  the  throat  blackish,  very 
similar  to  the  dominicensis  from  St.  Domingo.  This  variety  in  adult  plumage 
resembles  ^jo?'^orice?iA«s  quite  closely,  but  dillers  entirely  from  it  in  the  plumage  of 
the  young.  The  number  of  specimens  is  too  large  to  admit  any  probability  of 
this  difference  not  being  constant. 


255  [Brj'ant, 

tion  of  black  on  the  upper  tail  coverts  and  crissiim.  The  plumage  of 
the  young  bird  is  reddish-olive  above,  deepest  on  the  head  and  shaded 
into  yellow  on  the  rump ;  rufous-olive  beneath  with  a  yellow  ground, 
the  rufous  deepest  on  the  breast  and  with  the  upper  part  of  throat 
nearly  yellow. 

Quiscalus. 

Quiscalus  crassirostris  Sw.  ?  Resembling  closely  the  Jamaica 
bird,  but  smaller  and  Avith  the  purple  of  the  back  extending  to  the  tips 
of  the  upper  tail  coverts  instead  of  becoming  greenish  on  the  rump. 

Alee  do. 

Megaceryle.    . 
Alcedo  alcyon  Linn. 

Coeeyzus. 

Coccyzus  minor  Linn.  Several  specimens  of  this  bird  fi*om 
Porto  Rico  cannot  be  distinguished  from  others  in  the  Smithsonian 
Collection  from  Jamaica,  St.  Thomas,  Santa  Cruz,  Cuba,  Central 
America  and  Florida  ?  Their  average  size  is  rather  larger  instead 
of  smaller  as  stated  by  Mr.  Taylor,  though  this  difference  I  consider 
of  no  importance,  as  specimens  of  our  common  yellow-billed  cuckoo 
can  easily  be  found  varying  an  inch  in  length.  A  specimen  collected 
by  Mr.  Newton  in  Santa  Cruz  is  identified  as  nesiotes  Cabanis,  by 
Mr.  Sclater.  This  bird  resembles  precisely  the  other  specimens  in  the 
collection.  In  Cabanis'  description  of  nesiotes  the  only  specific  char- 
acter given  is  the  total  absence  of  white  on  the  outer  web  of  the  outer 
tail  feather.  I  have  never  seen  any  adult  yellow-billed  cuckoo  pos- 
sessing such  a  character,  and  certainly  the  specimen  identified  as 
nesiotes  by  Mr.  Sclater  does  not.  Young  birds  of  the  present  species, 
and  perhaps  of  all  the  yellow-billed  cuckoos,  have  the  tail  marked  as  in 
the  black-billed  species;  several  specimens  in  the  collection  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  clearly  demonstrate  this.  Some  con- 
fusion seems  to  exist  in  the  determination  of  the  West  Indian  species  of 
the  subgenus  Coccyzus,  which  has  not  been  diminished  by  Mr.  Sclater 
in  his  monograph  of  this  group,  in  which  the  bird  identified  as  Domini- 
cus  by  Professor  Baird  is  described  as  a  new  species  under  the  name 
of  Bairdii.  As  I  have  never  seen  a  specimen  from  St.  Domingo  I  can- 
not determine  whether  Professor  Baird  was  correct  in  identifying  the 
Jamaica  bird  as  that  species,  but  Mr.  Sclater  certainly  errs  in  compar- 
ing it  with.  Americanus,  as  the  specific  characters  of  Professor  Baird's 
species  are  the  rufous  edging  of  the  quill  feathers  not  found  in  the 
latter  bird  and  the  tail  marked  as  in  erythrophthalmus  instead  of  the 
distinct  black  and  white  tips  of  Americanus.     Notwithstanding  the 


Bryant.]  256 

authority  of  Mr.  March,  who  states  positively  that  this  bird  breeds  in 
Jamaica,  I  think  it  nothing  but  an  immature  specimen  of  one  of  the 
species  ah-eady  known.  The  locaHty  of  the  specimen  marked  Florida, 
formerly  in  ISIr.  Audubon's  possession,  I  consider  extremely  doubtful ; 
though  there  is  no  reason  why  any  Cuban  bird  possessing  equal  pow- 
ers of  flight  should  not  cross  the  narrow  strait  separating  that  island 
from  the  Tortugas. 

Saurothera. 

Saurothera  Vieillotii    Var.  rufescens.     Three  specimens. 

No.  36,440.  Length  of  dried  skin,  270;  wing  from  flexure,  130; 
tail,  226;  bill  along  ridge,  45;  from  nostril,  30;  along  gape,  51; 
tarsus,  35 ;  middle  toe  and  claw,  55 ;  claw  alone,  9-1 ;  depth  of  bill 
at  nostril.  Of;  breadth  of  bill  at  nostril,  81.  Above  bronze-green 
washed  with  rufous  growing  deeper  to  the  forehead  where  the  green 
disappears.  Wing  same  as  back,  but  with  a  decided  rufous  edging  to 
the  primaries,  brightest  towards  their  base.  Tail  bronze-green  with  a 
broad  subterminal  bar  of  black  extending  a  little  farther  anteriorly  on 
the  outer  web  of  all  but  the  inner  feather  and  a  narrower  but  very  con- 
spicuous terminal  bar  of  white,  both  narrowest  on  the  central  feathers. 
Beneath,  throat  soiled  white.  Fore  neck  and  breast  pale  cinereous 
shaded  gradually  on  the  sides  into  the  color  of  the  upper  parts. 
Abdomen,  tibiae  and  crissum,  rufous.  Under  surface  of  wing  pale 
rufous,  except  the  exposed  tips  of  the  primaries  which  are  shaded  with 
olivaceous.     Under  surface  of  tail  hoary  olive-brown,  barred  as  above. 


Crotophaga. 

Crotopliaga  ani  Linn.     Several  specimens  rather  larger  than  those 
from  Cuba  or  Jamaica. 

PiCTlS. 

Melanerpes. 
Picus  portoricensis  Daud.     Several  specimens. 


Psittacus. 

Chrysotes. 
Chrysoies .     A  species  not  yet  identified. 


257  [YerriU. 

Columba. 

Geotrygon. 

Columba  montana  Linn.  Nearly  if  not  quite  identical  with  the 
specimens  from  Jamaica. 

Zenaida. 
Columba  zenaida  Bon. 

ChamcEj^ilea. 
Columba  passerina  Linn. 

Ardea. 

Ardea  egretta  Gmel. 
Ardea  ccerulea  Linn. 
Ardea  exilis  Gmel. 

Aramus. 

Aramus  giganteus  Bon. 

Tringa. 

Tringoides. 
Tringa  macularia.     Several  specimens. 

Gallinula. 

Gallinula  galeata  Licht. 
Gallinula  martinica  Linn. 

Rallus. 

Rallus  carolinus  Linn. 

Prof.  A.  E.  YerriU  gave  an  account  of  a  new  Preservative 
Solution  which  he  had  invented  as  a  substitute  for  alcohol  in 
the  preservation  of  Natural  History  specimens. 

After  having  made  many  experiments  with  a  variety  of  substances, 
the  only  entirely  satisfactory  results  were  obtained  with  one  of  the 
simplest  and  cheapest  solutions.  For  convenience  the  two  followiuf 
solutions  may  be  prepared. 

SOLUTION  KO.  I. 

Water 1  gallon. 

Common  Salt 2i  lbs.. 

Nitre 4  oz. 

Dissolve  either  by  heat,  or  at  ordinary  temperatures.  Filter  the 
solution  through  paper,  or  some  other  medium  to  render  it  bright  and 
clear. 

This  is  the  standard  solution,  and  may  be  kept  in  quantity. 

PEOCEEDINGS   B.    S.   N.   H  —VOL.  X.  17  MAY,  18G6. 


TerrUl.]  258 

SOLUTIO'  XO.  IT.      (ARSENICAL.) 

Water 1  gallon. 

Solution  No.  1 1  quart. 

Arseniate  of  Potassa 2  oz. 

This  solution  should  be  used  with  care  on  account  of  its  highly  poi- 
sonous nature,  but  from  its  strongly  saline  character  there  is  no  danger  of 
its  being  swallowed  ignorantly.  It  will  not  usually  need  filtering.  The 
amount  of  arsenic  may  be  diminished  to  one  ounce,  or  less,  per  gallon, 
in  cold  weather  or  for  objects  that  are  readily  preserved,  as  all  verte- 
brates, except  fishes,  anatomical  preparations,  etc.;  but  for  marine 
invertebrates  and  larva)  of  insects,  the  full  strength  should  be  used. 
Solution  ]^o.  2.,  it  must  be  remembered,  is  intended  only  for  temporary 
use  while  the  object  is  being  saturated  loith  the  saline  solution. 

To  use  these  solutions  the  specimen  should  be  placed  in  Xo.  2, 
which  may  be  diluted  with  even  more  water  for  vertebrates,  in  cool 
weather,  and  allowed  to  remain  for  a  few  hours,  or  until  the  salts  have 
penetrated  the  tissues.  It  should  then  be  transferred  to  another  ves- 
sel containing  Solution  No.  1,  diluted  with  an  equal  amount  of  water. 
After  remaining  in  this  until  saturated  with  its  salts,  which  may 
usually  be  known  by  its  sinking  to  the  bottom,  it  maybe  transferred  to 
a  fresh  portion  of  No.  1,  and  allowed  to  remain  till  it  is  desired  to  put 
it  up  permanently,  when  it  should  be  put  into  a  new  lot  of  the  solu- 
tion. The  specimens  should  be  kept  under  each  of  the  liquids  until 
they  become  saturated,  and  sink  of  their  own  accord.  The  object  of 
making  several  transfers  is  to  bring  the  strength  up  gradually,  and 
thus  saturate  all  parts  of  the  tissues  uniformly,  avoiding  the  contract- 
ing and  hardening  of  the  exterior,  which  would  be  produced  if  placed 
directly  into  the  strongest  solution.  All  kinds  of  preservative  solu- 
tions produce  their  best  effects  only  when  used  in  this  way  —  alcohol 
not  excepted. 

Large  specimens  of  fish,  etc.,  should  be  opened  upon  one  side  of 
the  abdomen  to  admit  the  liquid  more  readily,  and  the  intestines  may 
be  injected.  Many  kinds  of  preparations  may  be  permanently  kept 
in  a  solution  of  not  more  than  half  the  strength  of  No.  1,  if  not  too 
much  crowded,  and  well  preserved  when  placed  in  it.  To  keep  the 
solution  in  glass  jars  permanently,  the  stoppers,  whether  of  cork  or 
glass,  should  be  coated  with  a  solution  of  paraffine  in  benzine  or 
turpentine,  or  some  similar  preparation.  The  necks  of  the  bottles 
should  also  receive  a  coating  of  the  same.  Such  a  solution  applied  to 
the  staves  of  casks  will  render  them  impermeable  to  the  solution. 

By  means  of  this  method  we  have  succeeded  in  preserving  larvaB 
and  pupa?  of  Sphingidaj,  and  other  insects,  with  their  natural  color  and 
form  remarkably  perfect.     It  has  also  succeeded  well  for  preparations 


259  [YerriU. 

of  the  soft  parts  of  Mollusca,  producing  little  or  no  contraction ;  and 
for  fishes  and  other  vertebrates,  and  worms,  etc.  It  also  preserves  many 
plants,  fruits  and  flowers,  much  better  than  alcohol,  —  the  green  color 
of  mosses,  especially,  is  beautifully  preserved. 

Mr.  Verrill  also  spoke  of  the  advantages  of  using  a  mixture  of 
transparent  gelatine  and  glycerine,  instead  of  Canada  balsam  for 
mounting  microscopic  preparations  of  entire  insects,  prepared  by  dis- 
solving their  soft  parts  in  caustic  potash,  and  washing  in  dilute  acetic 
acid.  The  mixture  consists  of  gelatine  dissolved  in  a  small  amount  of 
water,  with  about  one  fom-th  as  much  glycerine,  and  is  to  be  applied 
warm,  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  used  for  balsam.  The  specimens 
mounted  in  this  way  do  not  require  drying,  and  may  be  transferred 
directly  from  the  water  in  which  they  are  washed,  to  the  slide.  After 
the  thin  glass  has  been  pressed  down,  and  allowed  to  remain  a  short 
time  in  a  cool  place,  the  mixture  becomes  quite  firm,  and  may  be 
cleaned  from  around  the  edges  of  the  thin  glass,  and  a  circle  of  some 
cement  applied  so  as  to  guard  against  any  injury  from  dampness.  A 
mixture  of  India  rubber  and  mastic  dissolved  in  chloroform  answers  ad- 
mirably for  this  purpose.  Upon  specimens  of  insects  prepared  in  this 
way  he  had  been  able  to  make  many  interesting  observations  upon  the 
cellular  structure  of  the  integument,  and  the  morphology  of  the 
organs.  The  cells  of  the  rings  of  the  abdomen,  both  in  the  thickened 
portions  and  the  thin  membrane  between,  in  the  elytra  of  beetles,  and 
of  most  other  parts  are  brought  out  beautifully  in  these  preparations. 
One  fact  of  considerable  interest  that  may  be  readily  demonstrated 
by  these  preparations  is,  that  each  face  of  the  cornea  of  the  com- 
pound eye  is  a  modified  cell,  similar  to  the  cells  which  form  the  integ- 
ument of  the  jaws,  wings,  legs  and  abdomen,  differing  chiefly  in  being 
more  regular  in  form,  and  usually  somewhat  larger,  though  cases 
occur  in  which  the  cells  of  the  head  and  mouth  parts,  or  the  elytra  of 
beetles  are  as  large  as  the  facets  of  the  eye.  The  form  of  the  facets 
is  also  variable,  some  being  circular  cells  not  very  numerous  and  not 
crowded,  but  with  Intercellular  spaces,  as  in  somQ  Aphidce,  while  in  most 
insects  they  become  very  numerous,  crowded,  and  hexagonal  or  poly- 
gonal, sometimes  varying  in  form  in  different  parts  of  the  eye  in  the 
same  insect.  In  the  Grape  Hopper  {Te't'irjonia  vitis  Harris),  the  cells 
of  the  enlarged  front  of  the  head  are  nearly  as  large,  and  about  as 
distinct  as  the  eye  facets,  and  their  identity  of  origin  is  perfectly  evi- 
dent. 

Mr.  Verrill  also  gave  an  account  of  some  investigations 
■upon  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Xorth  American 
Birds,  made  with  reference  to  the  physical  causes  that  deter- 
mine their  limits  in  latitude. 


VerriU.l  260 

He  had  found  that  the  boundaries  between  the  Canadian  and 
Alleghanian  Faunte,  as  described  in  a  former  paper,*  are  coincident 
with  a  line  which  shall  indicate  a  mean  temperature  of  50°  Farenheit, 
during  the  months  of  April,  May,  and  June.  This  line  commences 
on  the  eastern  coast,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Penobscot  Eiver,  in  Maine, 
thence  it  passes  inland  curving  farther  to  the  east,  so  as  to  form  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  belt  of  coast-land  along  the  shores  of  the 
Bay  of  Fundy,  which  is  characterized  by  forests  of  coniferous  trees, 
but  smaller  in  size  than  in  Northern  Maine.  The  low  temperature 
of  this  region  is  evidently  caused  by  the  influence  of  the  cold  waters 
of  the  Arctic  current,  which  sweeps  along  the  coast,  producing 
even  in  mid-summer,  cold  fogs,  whenever  southern  winds  prevail; 
the  influence  of  these  fogs  and  cold  south  winds  diminishing  in 
going  inland  from  the  coast.  The  meterological  data  at  his  com- 
mand were  insufficient  to  determine  whether  the  line  of  50°  extends 
into  central  New  Brunswick,  which  is,  however,  quite  probable. 
After  reaching  its  eastern  limits  in  the  interior,  the  line  turns  to 
the  westward  so  as  to  enclose  a  narrow  belt  of  country  reaching  as  far 
northward  as  the  southern  part  of  Aroostook  County  in  favorable 
localities,  and  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  coniferous  forests  of  North- 
ern Maine.  It  passes  south  of  Moosehead  and  Umbagog  Lakes,  but 
rises  somewhat  northward  along  the  Androscoggin  Valley,  thence  it 
passes  southward  of  the  White  Mountains,  through  the  vicinity  of 
Conway,  N.  H.  It  bends  northward  again  up  the  Connecticut  Valley 
as  far  as  Craftsbury,  Vt.,  where  the  mean  temperature  is  50°  91.  It 
turns  to  the  southward  again  along  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Green 
Mountains,  the  higher  portions  of  which,  even  in  Western  Massachu- 
setts, and  perhaps  in  Connecticut,  have  a  temperature  below  50°. 
West  of  the  Green  Mountains  it  suddenly  bends  far  to  the  north, 
along  the  Champlain  Valley,  and  thence  to  the  valley  of  the  St. 
Lawrence,  as  far  at  least  as  Montreal,  then  following  the  river,  it  appar- 
ently extends  to  Lake  Ontario.  The  Adirondack  region  is  skirted  on  the 
eastern  side  along  the  shore  of  Lake  Champlain  by  a  branch  of  this  line, 
which,  passing  to  the  south  of  this  extensive  mountain  region,  unites 
with  the  northern  branch,  thus  leaving  the  entire  Adirondack  region  as 
an  island  of  the  Canadian  Fauna,  surrounded  by  the  Alleghanian,  just 
as,  geologically,  it  is  an  island  of  azoic,  granitic  rocks,  surrounded  by 
the  Silurian  limestones,  sandstones,  and  slates,  which  form  the  low 
lands  on  all  sides,  resting  against  the  flanks  of  the  mountains,  and 
extending  inward  along  the  river  valleys.  The  line  appears  to  cross 
Lake  Ontario  and  the  southern  part  of  Lower  Canada,  entering 
Michigan  in  the  vicinity  of  St.  Clair.  It  crosses  the  northern  part 
of  Wisconsin  north  of  Milwaukee,  and  then  bends  northward  up  the 

*  rroceediugs  of  the  Essex  Institute.  Vol.  Ill,  p.  136. 


2G1  [VerriU. 

Valley  of  the  INIississippi  as  far  as  St.  Paul,  and  perhaps  along  the 
Red  River  of  the  North,  but  in  that  region  there  is  again  a  lack  of 
data  for  accurate  determination.  Where  this  line  reaches  the  Middle 
Ornithological  Province  of  the  North  America,  so  well  defined  by- 
Prof.  Baird,*  and  -whether  corresponding  divisions  by  temperature 
exist  in  the  Mddle  and  Western  Provinces,  are  questions  that  can 
only  be  determined  by  more  extended  observations. 

In  like  manner  the  line  of  65°  mean  temperature,  during  the  same 
months,  coincides  with  the  boundary  between  the  Alleghanian  Fauna 
and  that  of  the  Southern  States,  or  Louisianian  Fauna.  This  line  com- 
mences on  the  Atlantic  coast,  near  Portsmouth,  Virginia,  and  passes  up 
the  Valley  of  the  James  River,  thence  to  the  vicinity  of  Gordonsville, 
Va.,  and  westward  till  it  reaches  the  eastern  slope  of  the  mountains  of 
central  Virginia,  when  it  passes  far  to  the  south  through  the  Carolinas 
and  Georgia  along  the  mountain  region,  which  it  finally  crosses, 
and  then  turns  again  to  the  northward  along  its  western  side.  It 
passes  through  central  Tennessee,  north  of  Memphis,  and  through 
Kentucky,  bending  northward  up  the  valley  of  the  Ohio  nearly  to  the 
vicinity  of  Cincinnati,  and  up  the  Mississippi  to  an  undetermined 
distance  beyond  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio.  West  of  the  Mississippi  the 
line  has  not  been  satisfactorily  determined. 

Again  the  temperature  of  Southern  Florida,  during  the  same  time, 
is  about  80°,  and  there  we  find  a  few  birds  that  do  not  extend  farther 
northward,  and  one  that  is  peculiar  to  that  region ;  thus  indicating  the 
commencement  of  another  fauna,  which  may,  perhaps  be  considered 
as  a  part  of  that  of  the  West  Indies. 

From  this  remarkable  coincidence  between  this  system  of  lines  of 
temperature  of  the  months  of  spring  and  early  summer,  with  what 
had  been  already  observed  in  the  actual  distribution  of  birds,  we  must 
necessarily  infer  that  they  are  chiefly  influenced  so  far  as  latitude  is 
concerned,  by  the  temperature  of  the  breeding  season.  Therefore  we 
should  expect  that  in  all  other  countries,  the  tropics,  perhaps,  excepted 
the  same  law  would  hold  good.  W^hether  a  similar  law  controls  the 
distribution  of  Mammalia,  Reptiles,  Insects,  etc.,  can  only  be  deter- 
mined by  farther  investigation.  Prof  Dana,  in  his  great  work  on 
the  Crustacea  of  the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition,  estab- 
lished the  law  that  the  distribution  of  Crustacea  in  latitude  is  con- 
trolled by  the  mean  temperature  during  the  winter  months,  which 
is  evidently  a  law  analogous  with  what  we  have  observed  in  birds. 

It  has  also  been  observed  by  several  botanical  writers,  that  the 
distribution  of  vegetation  is  controlled  by  the  temperature  of  the 
summer  months, —  the  mean  temperature  of  June,  July,  August, 
and  September,  being  usually  considered  the   most  important  for  this 

*  American  Journal  of  Science,  Jan.,  1866. 


Jackson.]  262 

purpose.  Thus  the  nortliern  limit  of  the  grape,  both  in  Europe 
and  America,  is  nearly  coincident  with  the  line  of  65°,  during 
those  four  months,  which  is  the  period  of  flowering  and  ripening  of  the 
fruit.  Some  varieties  of  grape  require  a  much  higher  temperature 
during  the  same  time.  Many  other  plants  are  controlled  by  the  same 
law,  but  this  law  in  the  case  of  plants  is  modified  by  other  causes,  as 
moisture,  nature  of  the  soil,  early  or  late  frosts,  etc.*  In  the  eastern 
United  States  the  lines  of  average  temperature  during  these  four 
months,  coincide  nearly  with  those  of  the  three  months  which  influ- 
ence birds.  Thus  the  northern  limit  of  grapes  (G5°)  mentioned  above 
is  nearly  coincident  with  that  of  50°  for  birds ;  and  that  of  80°  for 
plants  agrees  approximately  with  that  of  65°  for  birds.  For  this  reason 
we  find  that  the  limits  of  the  FlorEe  and  Faunte  are  nearly  the  same 
in  many  cases.  Thus  the  limit  of  the  Alleghanian  Fauna  is  also  the 
limit,  or  nearly  so,  of  the  grape,  chestnut,  hickory,  white  oak,  and  other 
species  of  oak,  and  many  other  species  of  plants,  while  the  region  of 
the  Canadian  Fauna  is  characterized  by  coniferous  forests,  and  espe- 
cially by  the  mixed  forests  of  spruce,  fir,  larch,  and  white  birch.  As 
many  insects  and  other  animals  are  directly  dependent  upon  particu- 
lar kinds  of  vegetation,  their  distribution  must  be  influenced  by  the 
same  causes,  even  if  the  temperature  of  their  breeding  seasons  does 
not  affect  them  directly. 

Dr.  Jackson  presented  specimens  of  cretaceous  fossils 
Cardium  Cooperi  Gabb,  and  Amauro2osis  alveolatus  Conr, 
collected  by  himself  at  Santa  Barbara,  and  labelled  by  Mr. 
Gabb.  The  chalk  formation  is  overlaid  by  the  miocene 
strata,  where  are  also  deposits  of  asphaltum  and  bituminous 
oil  in  the  cretaceous  rocks,  the  oil  rising  up  through  the  ter- 
tiary strata.  He  also  described  the  Quicksilver  deposits  of 
Santa  Barbara.  He  then  remarked  upon  the  Borax  found  in 
a  small  lake  in  Lake  County,  Cal.,  which  was  examined  by 
Dr.  Torrey.  •  This  was  a  shallow  lake,  with  hot  mineral 
springs  rising  in  it,  in  a  region  where  the  soil  is  charged  with 
carbonate  of  soda,  which  unites  with  the  boracic  acid  thrown 
up  in  these  springs,  thus  forming  the  biborate  of  soda ;  and  as 
the  lake  dries  up,  crystals  of  borax  are  left  in  the  mud  at 
the  bottom.  The  borax  is  now  obtained  by  sinking  iron 
coffer  dams  to  the  bottom,  and  then  pumping  out  the  water, 
when  the  clay  is  dug  out,  containing  crystals,  sometimes  as 

*For  an  exposition  of  these  laws  see  Articles  in  the  Reports  of  the  Agricultural 
Bureau  of  the  U.  S.    1862,  1863. 


263  [White. 

large  as  a  man's  thigh.  In  this  state  it  is  very  pure,  enough 
so  to  be  used  in  the  arts ;  but  is  redissolved  and  recrystal- 
lized  to  sell  more  readily  in  the  markets.  This  region  about 
Clear  Lake  is  a  volcanic  centre,  and  is  the  only  locality  of 
borax  as  yet  discovered  on  this  continent;  also  there  are 
mines  of  sulphur  worked,  the  mineral  being  simply  dug  from 
the  soil ;  Geysers  also  occur  there. 

He  also  spoke  of  the  mines  of  Oxide  of  Tin  near  Los  Ange- 
los ;  and  exhibited  specimens  of  the  "  Wood  Tin  "  from  Du- 
rango  County,  Mexico,  which  is  found  by  placer  mining  in  the 
alluvial  clayey  soil.  It  is  called  Wood  tin  from  having  lines 
like  those  of  the  annual  growth  in  wood ;  it  is  very  heavy, 
and  contains  seventy-nine  per  cent,  of  metallic  tin.  He  also 
exhibited  the  gold  bearing  clay  slate  of  Jurassic  age,  and 
read  some  notes  on  the  gold  mines  he  had  visited  in  Amidor 
and  Grass  Valley. 

Dr.  James  C.  White  gave  the  following  description  of  an 
enormous  human  skull  presented  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  in  the 
name  of  Dr.  C.  A.  Eorkpatrick,  U.  S.  A. 

This  skull  -was  dug  up  in  excavating  for  the  foundations  of  Fort 
Point,  Golden  Gate,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  of  San  Francisco. 
As  will  be  seen  by  the  accompanying  measurements,  it  is  among  the 
largest  skulls  of  the  Red  man  ever  described.  The  bones  of  the  face, 
including  the  lower  jaw,  are  very  massive.  The  nasals  are  flattened, 
and  the  nasal  cavity  is  nearly  quadrangular.  The  supraciliary  ridges 
are  very  little  developed,  presenting  in  this,  as  in  other  respects,  a 
striking  contrast  to  the  California  skulls,  which  are  described  on  p. 
6  9  of  the  present  volume.  The  general  shape  of  the  skuU  is  brachy- 
cephalic,  the  vertex  being  much  elevated,  and  presenting  a  promi- 
nent bulging  at  the  junction  of  the  coronal  and  sagittal  sutures.  The 
zygomatic  arches  project  but  slightly  when  viewed  from  above.  The 
teeth  are  small  and  much  worn. 

MEASUREMENTS. 

Internal  capacity 100  cubic  inches. 

Longitudinal  diameter 7.50  inches. 

Parietal  diameter 6.10      " 

Frontal  diameter 4.20      " 

Vertical  diameter 5.60      " 

Intermastoid  arch 16.00      " 

Intermastoid  line 4.50      " 

Occipito-frontal  arch 15.00      " 


TVhite.]  264 


Horizontal  pei'Iphery 22.00  inches. 

Length  of  head  and  face 8.20  " 

Zygomatic  diameter 6.00  " 

From  anterior  edge  of  foi-amen  magnum  to  alveoli    .    .    .  4.00  " 

From  anterior  edge  of  foramen  magnum  to  occiput  .    .     .  3.90  " 

Breadtli  across  malar  bones 5.70  " 

Transverse  diameter  of  orbit 1.80  " 

Vertical  diameter  of  orbit 1.60  " 

Inter  orbitar  space 1.10  " 

Length  of  nasal  bones 1.20  " 

Transverse  diameter  of  nasal  opening 1.15  " 

Vertical  diameter  of  nasal  opening 1.15  " 

Vertical  height  of  malar  bones 1.46  " 

Length  of  foramen  magnum 1.75  " 

Breadth  of  foramen  magnum 1.30  " 

Height  of  symphysis  of  lower  jaw,  exclusive  of  teeth   .     .  1.50  " 

Breadth  of  lower  jaw  through  angles 4.80  " 

Distance  from  angle  to  condyle 4.00  " 

Breadth  of  ramus  between  angle  and  condyle 1.70  " 

Dr.  Jacksf)n  also  presented  the  skull  of  a  Piute  Indian  from  an  old 
battle  field,  near  Austin,  Nevada.  This  specimen,  in  the  strongly 
developed  superciliary  ridges,  narrow  frontal  diameter,  and  great  pro- 
jection of  the  zygomse,  resembles  the  skulls  from  Stockton  above 
alluded  to.     The  measurements  are  as  follows : 

Internal  capacity    .     .    ; 73  cubic  inches. 

Longitudinal  diameter 7.10  inches. 

Parietal  diameter »    •    •   5.10      " 

Frontal  diameter 3.80      " 

Vertical  diameter 4.90      " 

Intermastoid  arch 13.50      •' 

Intermastoid  line 4.00      " 

Occipito  frontal  arch 13.90      " 

Horizontal  periphery 19.50      " 

Length  of  head  and  face 7.80      " 

Zygomatic  diameter 5.30      " 

List  of  Yertebkates  observed  at  Okak,  Labrador,  by  Rev. 
Samuel  Weiz,  with  Annotations  by  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr., 
M.  D. 

The  following  list  of  Vertebrates  was  furnished  me  by  Mr.  Weiz, 
who  resided  upwards  of  seventeen  years  as  a  missionary  at  the 
Moravian  station  at  Okak,  in  Northern  Labrador.  It  is  presented 
just  as  transcribed  from  Mr.  Weiz's  manuscript,  and  is  published 
without  any  alterations,  at  the  suggestion  of  Professor  S.  F.  Baird. 
It  will  be  observed  that  quite  a  number  of  the  species  are  those  bear- 
ino-  the   name   of   their   European  representatives,    but   experts   in 


265  [Weiz. 

American  zoology  will  readily  correct  such  identifications.  The 
accompanying  names  in  the  Esquimaux  language  give  an  additional 
interest  to  the  list.  Thus  the  Esquimaux  of  Labrador  had  a  name  for 
the  musk  ox,  which  tends  to  prove  that  its  range  was  formerly  ex- 
tended as  far  south  as  latitude  5G°-58°  on  the  Peninsula  of  Labrador, 
which  is  an  advance  southward  of  about  35°  beyond  its  present  high 
polar  limits.  Its  occurrence  has,  however,  passed  out  of  the  memory  of 
the  present  generation  of  Esquimaux,  as  we  were  informed  by  Mr. 
Weiz. 

The  fauna,  as  a  whole,  is  closely  allied  to  that  of  Southern  Green- 
land, and  is  very  free  from  the  "boreal"  species  ranging  over  British 
North  America.  Indeed  the  insect  and  land-molluscan  fauna  of 
Northern  Labrador  is  almost  identical  throughout  with  that  of  South- 
ern Greenland,  as  are  the  climatal,  topographical  and  general  geolog- 
ical features  of  the  coast.  Did  the  mountains  of  Labrador  rise 
above  the  snow  line,  where  now  they  just  reach  its  lower  limits,  we 
should  have  a  perfect  correspondence  between  the  Atlantic  slope 
of  Northern  Labrador  and  that  portion  of  Greenland  lying  between 
the  60th  and  70th  parallels  of  latitude. 

On  the  outer  islands,  lining  the  coast  for  fifty  miles  deep  in  the 
vicinity  of  Hopedale,  the  birds,  insects,  land  mollusca  and  vegetation, 
present  an  almost  purely  circumpolar  character.  Thus  the  Polyomma- 
tus  Fi'anklinii  and  some  other  insects,  were  very  abundant,  being 
the  same  species  as  those  discovered  by  Sir  John  Eoss  in  high  lati- 
tudes ;  and  many  square  miles  of  rocky  islets,  supporting  no  trees  or 
shrubs  rising  higher  than  six  inches,  agree  very  exactly  with  descrip- 
tions of  similar  lands  in  latitudes  70°  and  80°.  This  is  owing  to  the 
immense  fields  of  floating  ice  filling  up  the  channels  and  friths  be- 
tween these  islands  throughout  the  entire  short  summer  of  six  weeks, 
thus  greatly  reducing  the  temperature,  while  in  October  the  bays  and 
inlets  freeze  up  solid  until  the  following  June. 

MAMMALIA. 

Ursus  maritime.     Nenok. 

"      americanus.     Atlak. 
Cervus  tarandus.     Tuktu. 
Cains  lupus.     Amarok. 
Can  is.     Kremmek. 

"  vulpes.     Terrieniak. 

"  argentatus  (an  vulpes  ?  mesomelas.')     Kernertak. 

"  crucigera.     Akkorngartak. 

"  vulpes  (an  V.fulvus.)     Kajok. 

"         lagopus  (an  C.  lagopus.)     Kachortarsukuluk 


Weiz.]  2C^Q 

Cants.     Temeriasusak  ? 
Mustela  martes.     Kabiaitslak. 

"        vison.     M.  canadensis.     Kauajomlut.    Mink. 
"       erminea.     Terrlak. 
Lufra  vulgaris.     Pamioktok. 

Gulo  luscus.    Wolverene.     Kappik.     Meles  hudsonicus. 
Hystrix  dor  sat  a.     lUakosek. 
Lepus  variabilis  f     Ukkalek. 

"       americanus.     Ukkallartsiak. 
Sciurus  hudsonicus  (an  cinereus  ?)     Siksik. 
Sciurus.     sp.  ?    Siksivak. 
Pteromys  volans  ? 
Raccoon.     Nunivakak  (allgemeln). 
Georynclius  lemus.     Leming.     Avignak. 
Arvicola  hudsonicus. 
Myodes  hudsonicus. 
Sorex  Fosteri.     Ukounavik. 
Castor  zihethicus.     Eargaluk. 
Felis  canadensis.     Perktusezak. 
Bos  moschatus.     Umingak. 
Castor  Jiber.     Kigiak. 
Trichecus  rosmarus.     Aivek. 
Phoca  barbata.     Uksuk. 

"  "  Young.     Terrigluk. 

Phoca  grxnlandica.     Kairolik. 

"  "  Young.     Kalrolak. 

Phoca  vitulina.     Netsek. 

"  "  Young.     Netsearouk. 

Stemmatopus  cristatus.     Netsevak. 

«  "  Young.     Netsevarak. 

[  ?  ]     Kasslglak.* 

BalcBua  mysticetus.     60-70  feet  in  length.     Arvek. 
Physeter  an  Catodon.     60  feet  in  length.     Tikkagulik. 
Balozna  ph7/salus.     60-70  feet  in  length.     Pamioligarsuvak. 
Delphinus  serra  f    20-30  feet  in  length.     Arluk. 

"  ?  Grampus.     20-28  feet  in  length.     Pamioligarsuk. 

"  leucas.      12-16  feet  in  length.     Kellelugak. 
Monodon  monoceros.    20  feet  long.   Horns  6-10  feet  in  length.    Aglan- 

goak. 
Delphinus  phoccena.     5-6  feet  in  length.     Nisarsak. 

*  This  is  the  Greenland  word  for  P.  vitulina.    See  Naturhistoriske  Bidrag  till  en 
Beskrivelse  af  Gronland,  af  I.  Keinhardt,  etc.    Copenhaven,  1857.    p.  5. 


267  [Weiz. 


BIRDS. 

Aquila  alhicilla.    Nektoralik.    Breeds. 
Falco  islandicus.     Kigavik.     Breeds. 
"     peregrinus.     Kennuajok.     Breeds. 
"     lagopus.     Kennuajok.     Breeds. 
"      cesalon.     Breeds.     F.  palumhar'ms. 
Strix  nyctea.     Okpik.     Breeds. 
''     7iisoria,  (funerea).     Nuillatok.     Breeds. 
"     hrachyotus.     Imaingertak.     Breeds. 
"     Virginiana.    Ikketojok?    Breeds. 
Corvus  Uttoralis  (corax).     Kuppernaksoak.     Breeds. 

"      canadensis.     Kuppernaksoak.     Breeds. 
Turdus  mlgratorius,  16-20  May.     Ikkarilik.     Breeds. 

"       lahradoricus,     Tullugarnak.     Breeds. 
\_T.  Swainsonif] 
Quiscalus  niger. 

Emheriza  nivalis.     Amauligak.     Breeds. 
"      lapponica.    Nessauligak.    Breeds 
"      calcarata.     Breeds. 
Fringilla  lapponica.     Breeds. 
Alauda  alpestris.    Breeds. 
Antlius  ludovicianus.    Aviortok. 
?  Missaktak. 

Hegulus  calendula.  ? 

Saxicola  cenanthe.    Erkogolik. 
Sylvia  coronata. 
Fringilla  leucophrys.     Kutsertak. 

"      linaria.     Sagsariak.     Breeds. 
"       Canadensis? 
♦'       hyemalis  ? 
Pyrrhula  enucleator.     Isaluk.     Breeds. 
Loxia  leucoptera.     Sennervainga.     Breeds. 
Loxia.     sp. 

Parus  hudsonicus.     Atsertalsajok.     Breeds. 
Picus  tridactylus.    P.  hirsutus.     Tuggajok.     Breeds. 
Hirundo  riparia.     Tullugarsuk.     Breeds. 
Charadrius  semipalmatus.     Kullekulliak. 
"  auratus.     Ungllite  ? 

"  squatarola  ?     Akpingek. 

Numenius  horealis.     Akpingak. 

"         hudsonicus. 
Tringa  alpina.    T.  variabilis.     Sigsarlak.    Breeds. 
"       pusilla.     Lullaijox. 


Weiz.] 


2G8 


Totanus  macularius.     Sullaijok. 
Tringa  pectoralis.         ? 
"       maritima. 
"       islandica. 

f     Tullk. 
Phalaropus  rufus.     Savjak. 

"  cinereus.         ? 

Tetrao  lagopus.     Niksartok. 
"       albus  (salicti).     Akkiger\-ik. 
"       canadensis.     Akkigerlek. 
Anser  canadensis.     Nerdlek.     Breeds. 
"      torquatus. 
"      leucopsis. 

"      liyperhoreus.     Kangu  ? 
Anas  glacialis.     Aggek.     Breeds. 
"     Jiistrionica.     Ingiullksiut. 
"     acuta.     lungak. 
f      Mitterluk. 
Somateria  mollissima.     Mettek. 
"        spectahilis.     Kingalik. 
Anas  perspicillata.     Sorlotok. 
"     islandica.     Unluktut. 
"     Brownii. 
Mergus  serrator.     Pal. 
Lestris  parasitica.     Ipungak. 

"      crepidata.  ? 

Larus  glaucus.    Nun] a. 
"      argentatus.     Kollelik. 
''      tridactylus.     Nautsak. 
"      eburneus. 
"      marinus. 
"     fuscus  anjlavipes. 
Procellaria  glacialis.     Kakkorluk  ? 

"  pelagica. 

Thalassidroma  pelagica.     Kukklliksoak. 

"  Leacliii. 

Cygnus.    Swan.     Koksuk. 
Carlo  cormoranus.     Okaitok. 
Sterna  arctica.     Imerkotailak. 
Colynibus  septentrionalis.     Kaksaut. 
Anas  nigra.     Uvinglajok. 
Colymbus  glacialis.     TviUik. 
Uria  troile.     Akpavik. 
Uria  grylle.     Pitsiulak. 


269  [Packard. 

Mergulus  alle.     Akpalearsuk.     Uria  alle  an  minor. 
Alca  tor  da.     Akpa. 
Mormon  arctica.     Siggoluktok. 
?     Pitsiulapak. 
Seven  more  species  are  Indicated. 

FISHES. 

Gadus  morrhua.     Ogak. 

"       callarias.     Ogarsuk. 
Salmo  solar.     Kavisilik. 
Salmo  trutta.     Ekaluk. 
?  Anaklet. 

.?  Idlut. 

Pleuronectes  platessa.     Nettarnak. 
Lopliius  Icevigatus.     Kanajok. 
Clupea  sprattus.     KoUeligak. 

?     1  foot  in  length.     Kuksaonak. 
f     8-10  inches  long.     Nakunak. 
Tiktalik. 
Nipisak. 

NOTES   ON   THE   MAMMALIA. 

Cams  fulvus  Linn.  The  Red  Fox  occurred  commonly  at  Stag  Bay, 
•with  the  following  species. 

Canis  lagopus  Linn.  The  "Blue  Fox"  is  exceedingly  rare  about 
the  mouth  of  Hamilton  Lilet.  An  old  hunter  told  me  he  had  seen 
but  three  of  them  within  a  period  of  forty  years.  Their  fur  is  shorter, 
and  the  tail  shorter  and  more  bushy  than  in  the  "Patch  Fox."  On  a 
high  isolated  rock  much  frequented  by  sea  birds,  I  noticed  a  Patch 
Fox  with  a  murr's  egg  in  its  mouth.  It  is  very  tame  and  unsuspicious 
on  the  outer  islands,  where  it  lives  evidently  by  robbing  the  nests  of 
sea  birds.  It  is  the  common  statement  of  the  hunters  that  the  differ- 
ent varieties  of  this  species  are  found  in  the  same  litter. 

Putorius.  The  common  weasel  is  very  abundant  and  tame.  In 
winter  it  is  excessively  annoying  to  the  hunters  by  robbing  their  traps 
of  the  bait. 

Lutra  canadensis  Sab.  The  Otter  is  now  very  rarely  shot  upon 
the  coast. 

Procyon  lotor  Storr.     The  Raccoon  occurred  at  Square  Island. 

Sciwus  hudsonicus  Pallas.  No  squirrel  was  seen  at  any  time  upon 
the  coast,  though  a  skull  which  is  referred  to  this  species  was  found  at 
Henley  Harbor,  opposite  Belle  Isle. 


Packard.]  270 

Castor  canadensis  Kulil.  The  Beaver,  with  all  the  other  most 
valuable  fur  animals,  is  rapidly  becoming  extinct  upon  the  coast, 
though  probably  still  abundant  in  the  interior,  in  remote  and  inacces- 
sible districts. 

Fiber  zibethicus  Cuv.  At  Henley  Harbor,  Chateau  Bay,  a  skin 
■was  shown  me  with  much  finer  and  longer  fur  than  that  noticed  in  the 
United  States. 

Erethizon  dorsatum  F.  Cuv.  The  Porcupine  was  seen  in  Thomas 
Bay,  a  few  mile  south  of  Hopedale. 

Ursus  maritimus  Linn.  The  white  bear,  or  "Water  Bear"  as  it  is 
called  by  the  inhabitants,  is  occasionally  seen  upon  the  Atlantic  coast, 
where  it  is  brought  down  on  the  ice  by  the  Polar  current.  At  "Square 
Island,"  a  locality  situated  between  Belle  Isle  and  Domino  Harbor, 
two  cubs  were  captured  and  taken  to  St.  Johns,  Nfd.  At  Domino 
Harbor,  the  skin  of  a  bear  killed  during  the  preceding  spring,  was 
obtained  by  one  of  our  party.  An  intelligent  hunter  told  me  that  the 
white  bear  was  not  unfrequently  seen  at  Stag  Bay,  near  Roger's  Har- 
bor, which  is  situated  a  little  more  than  fifty  miles  south  of  Hopedale. 
One  was  killed  there  during  the  preceding  winter,  and  in  the  autumn 
their  tracks  were  "abundant."  They  were  very  shy,  and  could  not 
be  seen  in  the  day  time.  Farther  south  they  are  much  rarer.  The 
last  Polar  bear  said  to  have  been  seen  in  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle,  was 
shot  fifteen  years  ago  at  the  settlement  of  Salmon  Bay. 

Ursus  americanus  Pallas.  The  black  bear  is  abundant  on  the  south- 
ern coast,  where  it  leaves  its  Avinter  quarters  in  May,  but  above  Hope- 
dale  is  very  rarely  seen. 

Rangifer  Caribou  Baird.  The  Caribou  is  still  abundant  upon  the 
coast.  In  the  summer  it  is  found  only  on  the  tops  of  the  hills, 
away  from  the  woods.  The  hunters  on  the  coast  do  not  distinguish 
any  varieties,  such  as  the  "barren  ground  caribou,"  in  distinction  fi'om 
the'  "woodland  cari])ou"  of  Audubon  and  Bachman. 

Oc'ibos  moschatus  Blainv.  As  noticed  in  the  list  above  given,  the 
Labrador  Esquimaux  have  a  distinct  name  for  the  musk  ox.  It  is 
naturally  inferred  from  this  interesting  fiict,  that  this  species  must 
formerly  have  ranged  as  far  south  as  latitude  oG°-58°  on  the  Labra- 
dor Peninsula. 

PJioca  vitulina  Linn.  The  Harbor  seal  is  not  hunted  by  the  sealers 
as  its  range  is  confined  to  the  shores  and  inlets.  I  have  seen  it  up  the 
Esquimaux  River  ten  miles  from  its  mouth,  in  perfectly  fresh  water. 
The  young  weigh  about  thirty  pounds,  while  the  adult  attains  to  a 
weight  of  about  one  hundred  pounds.  It  should  be  observed  that  all 
the  other  seals,  noticed  l)elow,  only  visit  the  coast  in  large  numbers 
during  the  spring  and  autumn  months ;  during  the  summer  they  are 
rarely  seen,  while  P.  vitulina  is  abundant  the  year  round. 


271  [Packard. 

Of  the  PJioca  Idspida  Erxl.,  no   information  could  be  obtained 

Pagophilus  grcenlandicus  Gray.  (Phoca  grcenlandica  auet.)  This 
species  is  most  abundant  and  extensively  hunted  by  the  sealers. 
The  young  soon  after  birth  weigh  70-80  pounds,  while  the  adult 
weighs  140-150  pounds. 

Erignatlius  harhatus  Gill.  (Phoca  barbata  Fabr.)  It  is  probably 
this  species  which  is  called  by  the  sealers  the  "Square  Flipper."  It  is 
very  rare,  and  much  the  largest  species  known.  The  young  weigh 
140-150  pounds,  while  the  adult  will  weigh  500  to  600  pounds. 

Cystophora  cristata  Nilsson.  The  Hooded  seal  is  not  uncom- 
monly, during  the  spring,  killed  in  considerable  numbers  by  the  seal- 
ers. The  young  "  pelt  "  weighs  70-80  pounds,  while  the  old  male  or 
''dog  hood,"  weighs  400  pounds. 

Rosmarus  obesus  (lUiger)  Gill.  The  "Walrus  was  formerly  as 
abundant  on  this  coast,  and  about  the  Magdalen  Islands  and  certain 
parts  of  Nova  Scotia,  as  it  now  is  in  Greenland  and  Spitzbcrgen. 
In  the  sixteenth  century,  its  great  abundance  in  the  islands  of  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  especially  the  Magdalen  Islands,  was  com- 
mented upon  by  the  early  French  voyagers,  Cartier  and  Charlevoix, 
and  its  bones  are  still  found  in  abundance  on  those  islands. 
According  to  tradition,  it  also  inhabited  some  of  the  harbors  of 
Cape  Breton ;  and  I  have  been  informed  by  a  fisherman  in  Maine, 
whose  word  I  do  not  doubt,  that  on  an  islet  near  Cape  Sable,  Nova 
Scotia,  its  bones  are  found  abundantly  on  the  sandy  shore,  fifteen  to 
twenty  feet  above  the  sea.  In  the  St.  Lawrence  Gulf  they  were  exter- 
minated by  the  Canadian  and  American  fishermen  during  the  middle 
of  the  last  century.  The  last  one  seen  or  heard  of  in  the  Gulf,  so  far 
as  I  can  ascertain,  was  killed  at  St.  Augustine,  Labrador,  twenty-five 
years  since.  One  was  seen  at  Square  Island  fifteen  years  since,  and 
two  shortly  before  that,  and  another  was  killed  at  the  same  place 
about  eight  years  since.  I  saw  the  head  of  a  young  walrus,  which 
was  found  floating,  dead,  having  been  killed,  apparently  by  a  har- 
poon, in  the  drift  ice  north  of  Belle  Isle. 

Balrenoptera.     The  Fin-Back  is  frequently  seen  upon  the  coast. 

Dalccna  m>/st(cetus  Linn.  The  Hump  Backed  Whale  is  commonly 
seen.  This  species  shows  its  tail  and  the  pale  under  side  of  the  body, 
when  it  '-breaches"  ;  the  Finback  does  not  show  its  tail. 

Plij/.^cfcr  macronephnlus  Linn.  For  many  years  the  fishermen  on 
the  coast  have  noticed  a  school  of  nine  sperm  whales  passing  up  and 
down  the  coast.  Lately  the  number  has  been  reduced  to  five,  one  of 
which,  probalily,  was  seen  off  Domino  IIarl)or,  in  a  large  school  of 
"Finners"  and  ''Hump  backs."  The  three  genera  can  be  easily  distin- 
guished by  the  differences  in  the  stream  of  vapor  spouted  out  when 
the  animal  comes  to  the  surface  to  breath.     Thus,  according  to  my 


Packard.!  272 

informant,  Capt.  I.  Handy,  an  experienced  wliale  fisherman,  and  a 
very  accurate  observer,  the  "spout"  of  the  sperm  whale  issues  in  a 
single  short  stream  of  vapor  from  the  extreme  end  of  the  nose,  and 
curls  over  In  front  of  the  head.  The  spout  of  the  Finback  forms  a  single 
column  of  vapor  about  ten  feet  high.  The  Right,  and  Humpback, 
and  Sulphur-bottom,  all  "  blow  "  in  a  double  stream,  which  is  directed 
backwards  toward  the  tall. 

Monodonmonoceros  Linn.  While  the  Nai'whale  is  abundant,  going 
in  schools,  in  Hudson's  Straits,  it  is  a  very  rare  visitant  upon  the 
coast  of  Labrador,  and  had  not  been  seen  by  the  Esquimaux  near  the 
Moravian  settlements  for  at  least  twenty-five  years. 

Beluga  leucas  Pall.  The  White  whale  is  not  uncommonly  seen 
passing  In  schools  along  the  coast  in  the  summer  time. 

Orca  gladiator.  The  Killer  which  was  described  to  me  as  having 
the  head  much  shorter  and  blunter,  and  with  longer  teeth  than  the 
Grampus,  from  which  It  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  sharp,  dorsal 
fin,  five  or  six  feet  high,  is  commonly  said,  by  the  fishermen,  to  attack 
the  Right  and  Finback  whales,  "gouging  out  lumps  of  flesh."  At 
Belles  Amours,  an  Individual  was  captured,  from  whose  stomach 
five  "shoulders"  of  the  seal  were  taken. 

\  Globicephalus  melas  Auct.  The  Black-fish,  or  Grampus,  abounds 
on  the  whole  coast. 

REPTILES. 

Rana  septentrionaUs  Baird.  A  specimen  of  this  species  from  Okak, 
identified  by  Prof.  E.  D.  Cope,  was  presented  me  by  one  of  the 
missionaries.  The  occurrence  of  any  reptile  in  so  extreme  a  climate 
is  interesting.  The  genus  has  been  observed  on  the  Yukon  River  in 
latitude  60°  N.,  but  the  climate  of  that  region  is  much  milder,  as  it  is 
more  Inland.  We  were  Informed  by  the  inhabitants  that  frogs  were 
heard  and  seen  during  the  short  summer  at  Stag  Bay,  just  north  of 
Cape  Harrison,  Domino  Harbor,  Lewis  Bay,  and  Henley  Harbor. 

Bufo  americana  Lee.  A  single  specimen  was  obtained  at  Salmon 
Bay,  in  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle.  Thougli  no  direct  comparisons  were 
made,  it  did  not  apparently  differ  fi-om  our  common  toad. 

Plethodon  glutinoaa  Baird  ?  A  specimen  which  is  referred  with 
some  doubts  to  the  above  species  was  noticed  in  a  stream  at  Belles 
Amours,  Straits  of  Belle  Isle.  It  was  of  a  dark  slate  color,  with  a 
paler  dorsal  stripe,  and  about  six  inches  in  length. 

FISHES.* 

Scomher  vernalis  Mitch.     A  few  mackerel  are  taken  in  August  in 

*For  the  identifications  of  the  species  and  all  remarks  on  their  synonTmy, 
I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  F.  TV.  Putnam. 


273  [Packard. 

Salmon  Bay  and  ReJ  Bay.  The  Straits  of  Belle  Isle  are  evidently 
the  northern  limits  of  this  genus. 

Pygosteus  Cuvieri  Brevoort.  Syn.  Gasterosteus  Cuvieri  Girard. 
Gasterosteus  Uaculeatus  Auct.  in  part.  A  large  number  of  specimens 
from  a  tidal  fresh  water  spring,  near  Salmon  River,  Straits  of  Belle 
Isle. 

Ammodytes  dubius  Reinhardt.  Four  specimens  from  Sloop  Harbor, 
collected  in  July.  Until  a  comparison  of  these  specimens  with  Euro- 
pean ones  can  be  made,  I  have  considered  them  as  the  A.  dubius. 
They  differ  from  the  A.  americanus  of  our  coast  in  having  a  much 
longer  body.  This  species  is  probably  the  American  one  considered 
by  some  authors  as  the  A.  Tobianus. 

Sebastes  norvegicus  Cuv.  Young  specimens  were  dredged  in  fif- 
teen fathoms. 

Gijmnacanthus patris  Gill.  Three  specimens  from  Henley  Harbor, 
collected  in  July.  This  is  the  species  described  by  Dr.  H.  R.  Storer  as 
Acanthocottus  patris.,  and  is  referred  to  the  genus  Gymnacanthus  of 
Swainson  by  Prof  Gill. 

Cyclopterus  lumpus  Linn.     Taken  in  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle. 

Gadus  arenosus  Mitchill  (Gill.)  Eight  specimens  from  Sloop  Har- 
bor, collected  in  July.  From  a  careful  comparison  I  am  satisfied 
that  these  specimens  are  the  same  species  as  the  common  cod  of  New 
England,  the  Gadus  and  Morrhua  americana  of  authors,  and  which 
Prof  Gill  considers  as  identical  with  the  Gadus  arenosus  of  Mitchill. 
Prof  Gill  also  has  considered  specimens  of  the  cod  from  Labrador, 
which  he  had  examined,  as  identical  with  our  common  species. 

It  happened  that  our  vessel  touched  at  the  different  harbors  from 
Mecatina  Island  in  the  St.  Lawrence  Gulf  to  Hopedale,  a  distance  of 
over  six  hundred  miles,  at  times  when  the  cod  was  successively  mak- 
ing its  first  appearance.  Thus  at  Gore  Island,  near  Little  Mecatina 
Island,  we  found  the  cod  was  just  beginning  to  be  taken  by  the  fish- 
ermen, June  16.  A  few  were  seined  July  6th,  at  Square  Island,  on 
the  Atlantic  coast.  July  12th  they  were  evidently  breeding,  as  the 
females  were  full  of  spawn,  their  livers  poor,  with  little  oil  in  them,  and 
the  fish  were  generally  in  poor  condition.  At  Tub  Island  harbor, 
which  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Hamilton  Inlet,  the  fishery  had 
not  begun  July  1 7th.  Three  days  later  a  few  were  seined  at  Sloop  Har- 
bor, on  the  north  side  of  Hamilton  or  Invuctoke  Inlet,  while  at  Straw- 
berry Harbor,  about  fifty  miles  to  the  northward,  they  were  caught  in 
abundance  on  the  25th  of  July.  The  season  was  so  cold  and  stormy, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  the  drift  ice  in  an  unusual  quantity,  and  for 
a  much  longer  period  than  for  many  years  previous,  that  the  fisheries 
were  almost  a  failure,  scarcely  half  as  many  having  been  taken  as 

PROCEEDINGS  B.  S,  N.  H.— VOL.  X.  18  APRIL,  1866. 


Packard.]  274 

during  the  preceding  year.  It  was  the  same  with  the  salmon  and  the 
capelin. 

The  "roek  cod,"  or  duffij^  as  it  is  termed  by  the  fishermen,  which 
they  consider  less  valuable  than  the  deep  water  cod,  swarms  about  the 
boats  when  the  fishermen  are  seining  the  capelin,  and  are  seen  snap- 
ping them  up. 

Merlucius  vulgaris  Fleming  ?  "Hake."  I  was  told  by  a  fisherman 
that  he  had  taken  but  one  hake  during  a  period  of  forty  summers 
spent  on  this  coast.  He  had  never  seen  a  Haddock  on  this  coast. 
Both  of  these  species  are  abundant  at  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence in  Bay  Chaleur. 

Brosmim  Jiavescens  Lesueur  ?  A  "  Cusk "  was  caught  in  eighty 
fathoms  in  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle.  The  specimen  is  in  the  Collec- 
tion of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  Williams  College. 

Salmo  saLar  Linn.  Owing  to  the  great  lowering  of  the  climate  by 
the  drift  ice,  the  salmon  fishery  was  almost  a  failure  this  season.  The 
fishery  had  just  begun  at  Henley  Plarbor,  opposite  Belle  Isle,  on  the 
28th  of  June,  1864.  At  Square  Island  they  were  not  netted  before  the 
12th  of  July  ;  here  they  disappear  usually  about  the  15th  of  August. 
July  23d  they  had  not  appeared  at  this  point.  At  Thomas  Bay,  near 
Cape  Harrison,  they  appeared  on  the  2 2d  of  July.  At  this  place  the 
salmon  was  said  to  disappear  about  the  20th  of  August.  At  Groswa- 
ter  Bay,  (Hamilton  Inlet),  only  two  hundred  tierces  were  taken  dur- 
ing the  whole  season,  when  usually  five  times  that  number  are  caught. 

The  salmon  remains  upon  the  coast  at  the  mouth  of  streams  about 
a  month,  during  the  Labrador  mid-summer,  which  corresponds  in  tem. 
perature  to  that  of  the  middle  of  May  in  New  England. 

At  Hopedale  the  salmon  is  quite  rare,  and  I  was  informed  that  it 
was  not  common  north  of  this  point.  It  seems  to  be  a  rare  species  in 
Greenland,  thus  showing  the  close  correspondence  of  the  climate  of 
the  Labrador  coast  in  latitude  57°  to  that  of  the  southern  coast  of 
Greenland.  One  young  specimen  from  a  tidal  stream  at  Belles 
Amours,  Straits  of  Belle  Isle,  Avas  collected  June  28th. 

Salmo  immaculatus  H.  R.  Storer.  Three  specimens  from  near 
Hopedale  were  collected  July  29th.  These  specimens  are  unquestiona- 
bly referable  to  the  S.  immaculatus  of  Storer,  and  are  distinct  from  the 
S.  trutta  of  Europe,  with  which  species  Perley  and  others  have  con- 
founded them.  They  diSer  from  S.  trutta  by  having  larger  scales, 
and  being  without  spots,  as  their  name  indicates. 

Salmo  sp  "?  Two  specimens  from  the  Island  of  Ponds,  near  Domino 
Harbor,  collected  in  July.  This  species,  which,  from  its  rather  im- 
perfect condition,  I  have  not  been  able  to  recognize,  appears  to  be 
closely  allied  to  the  S.  trutta  of  Europe,  being  spotted  as  in  that 
species,  but  of  somewhat  different  shape,  especially  of  the  head.  There 


275  [Packard. 

are  also  specimens  from  Greenland  belonging  to  this  species  in  the  col- 
lection of  this  Society,  collected  by  the  Williams  College  expedition  to 
Greenland  and  Labrador  in  18G0. 

Salmo  liudson'icus  Suckley.  Three  specimens  from  a  tidal  pond  of 
brackish  water  on  Square  Island  w-ere  collected  July  15th.  Thes.e 
specimens  are  identical  with  those  mentioned  by  Dr.  H.  R.  Storer  as  S. 
fontinalis,  which  Dr.  Suckley  referred  to  his  S.  hudsonicus ;  but  from  a 
comparison  of  the  limited  number  of  specimens,  I  am  yet  in  doubt 
whether  the  Labrador  brook  trout  differs  specifically  from  the  S.  fon 
tinalis  of  New  England. 

Mallotus  villosus  Cuv.  The  Capehn  was  very  late  in  making  its 
appearance  on  the  coast  this  season,  owing  to  the  great  cjuantity  of 
ice,  which  likewise  detained  the  cod.  At  Square  Lland,  the  12th  of 
July  was  the  earliest  date  of  their  appearance  in  great  numbers.  July 
4th,  the  young,  about  one  inch  in  length,  were  seen  swimming  in  the 
water,  their  bodies  very  transparent,  so  as  to  enable  the  vertebra  and 
ribs  to  be  distinctly  seen,  and  provided  with  very  plainly  marked 
heterocercal  tails,  in  the  upper  and  larger  fork  of  which  the  vertebral 
column  terminated. 

Tii3  cap3lin  spawns  on  pebbly  shores  near  the  water's  edge,and  I  was 
informed  by  two  fishermen  who  had  each  observed  the  act,  that  during 
the  spawning  of  the  female,  two  males  swim  close  to  her  and  press 
her  between  them,  being  enabled  by  the  large  and  prominent  ridge  on 
the  sides  of  the  body  to  retain  the  female  in  this  position  between, 
and  a  little  below  them,  so  that  as  the  eggs  are  pressed  out  they  are 
fecundated  by  both  males.  This  probably  accounts  for  the  much 
greater  proportion  of  males  to  the  other  sex,  as  in  a  boat  load  of  these 
fish  it  was  often  difficult  to  find  a  single  female. 

According  to  information  received  from  intelligent  fishermen,  the 
capelin  remains  upon  the  coast  the  year  round,  but  in  winter  retires 
to  deep  water.  Is  it  not  probable  that  the  cod  has  the  same  habit  of 
going  from  deep  water  in-shore  and  to  elevated  "banks,"  for  the  pur- 
pose of  spawning  during  the  spring  and  summer  ;  and  in  the  winter  of 
retiring  to  depths  inaccessible  to  the  fishermen  ?  Should  the  cod  be 
found  to  present  local  varieties  at  intervals  along  the  Atlantic  coast 
as  seems  probably  the  case,  it  would  be  a  natural  inference  that  it  did 
not  migrate  for  hundreds  of  miles  northward,  following  the  coming  of 
spring  fi'om  Massachusetts  to  Hudson's  Bay.  It  is  abundant  in  Massa- 
chusetts Bay  and  on  the  coast  of  Maine  during  the  same  time  in  sum- 
mer that  it  abounds  on  the  Labrador  coast  and  in  Greenland.  All  the 
facts  observed  by  us  tend  to  prove  that  the  cod  does  not  migrate  exten- 
sively, as  commonly  supposed. 

Clupea.  The  herring  fishery  begins  In  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle 
during  the  middle  of  August,  after  the  cod  fishery  is  over.      The 


276  [Packard. 

fact  elicited  from  several  intelligent  fishermen,  that  the  herring 
does  not  spawn  abundantly  upon  the  coast  of  Northern  Labra- 
dor, that  is,  above  the  Mingan  Islands,  but  visits  the  coast  in  schools 
after  the  breeding  season  is  over,  -while  it  breeds  abundantly  on  the 
coast  of  Xew  Brunswick,  at  Bay  Chaleur,  the  Magdalen  Islands,  and 
on  the  southern  coast  of  Newfoundland,  affords  excellent  data  for 
limiting  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Arctic  fish  fauna  on  the  east- 
ern Atlantic  coast.  This  line  agrees  with  what  we  have  defined*  as 
the  southern  limits  of  the  '-Syrtensian  Fauna,"  which  as  an  assemblage 
peoples  the  coast  of  Labrador,  and  extends  around  the  northern  shore 
of  the  continent  into  Hudson's  Bay ;  and  southward,  follows  the  line  of 
floatino-  ice,  thus  partially  excluding  Anticosti,  embracing  the  Banks 
of  Newfoundland,  the  banks  lying  off  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Eng- 
land, such  as  Jeffries  and  St.  George's  Banks,  and  more  faintly  indi- 
cated on  those  banks  of  New  Jersey  which  are  swept  by  the  southern 
extension  of  the  Labrador  or  Polar  current.  An  outlier  of  it  is  also 
found  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy.  On  the  southern  shores 
of  Newfoundland,  which  are  partially  protected  from  the  Polar  cur- 
rent sweeping  by  to  the  eastward,  upon  which  the  Gulf  Stream 
slio-htly  impinges,  though  with  a  much  diminished  force,  the  herring 
breeds,  as  here  the  species  is  surrounded  by  physical  and  chmatic  condi- 
tions very  precisely  corresponding  to  those  of  Nova  Scotia  and  Maine, 
thus  constituting  an  outlying  area  isolated  from,  and  yet  belonging  to 
the  Acadian  district  or  fauna.  Therefore  it  appears  that  the  Hne  of 
floatino-  ice,  which  extends  down  the  coast  of  Labrador  as  far  as  the 
INIino-an  Islands,  is  the  northward  limit  of  the  haddock  and  mackerel, 
while  the  herring,  a  member  of  the  Acadian  fauna,  does  not  breed  in 
any  comparative  abundance  north  of  this  point.  The  distribution  of 
Radiates,  Mollusca,  Articulates  and  Fishes  thus  agrees  very  closely  on 
the  northeastern  shores  of  the  continent. 

One  person  at  Henley  Harbor  takes  upon  the  average  eight  hun- 
dred quintals  during  the  short  summer  season,  and  cures  them  there. 
A  few  herring  were  seined  at  Square  Island  on  July  6. 

I  find  in  a  lecture  on  the  Herring  Fishery  by  M.  A.  Warren,  Esq., 
who  owns  one  of  the  largest  fishing  establishments  on  the  coast  of 
Labrador,  some  observations  on  the  herring  as  observed  in  Labrador 
and  Newfoundland,  which  are  here  quoted,  as  the  article  is  not  likely 
to  fall  into  the  hands  of  American  naturalists. 

"The  female  herring  in  Newfoundland  come  near  the  shore  in  mod- 
erate weather,  and  deposit  their  spawn,  generally  at  night,  in  from 
3-5  fathoms  of  water.  The  males  follow  and  shed  their  milt  over 
it."  .  .  .  '^It  is  impossible,  without  seeing  it,  to  form  any  idea  ofthepro- 

*  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.    Dec,  1863. 


277  [Packard. 

digious  abundance  of  the  ova  of  the  herring  yearly  deposited  in  For- 
tune Bay,  and  other  of  the  favorite  spa"vvning  beds  of  the  herring. 
The  water  will  at  times  be  seen  white  with  milt  for  many  acres."  .  .  . 
''From  personal  observation,  and  from  all  the  information  I  can  obtain, 
I  believe  there  are  several  schules  of  herring  that  come  in  on  differ- 
ent portions  of  our  coast  to  spawn.  It  is  certain  there  are  several 
varieties  of  the  common  herring  differing  in  size,  shape,  and  solidity 
of  flesh.  In  Fortune  Bay,  the  spawn  is  deposited  in  the  months  of 
March  and  April ;  in  St.  George's  Bay,  in  the  month  of  May,  and  a 
fortnight  later  on  St.  Barbe's.  My  impression  is  that  on  the  southern 
shore  of  the  Labrador  coast,  the  spawn  is  deposited  in  June,  or  early 
in  July.  During  the  months  of  August  and  September,  the  Labrador 
coast  from  Mecatina  to  Bear  Island,  is  visited  by  vast  shoals  of  large 
fat  herring,  which  have  in  them  neither  roe  nor  milt.  I  consider 
these  herring,  by  their  size  and  appearance,  to  be  of  the  same  species 
or  the  same  shoal  as  those  which  spawned  in  St.  George's  Bay,  in  May 
or  in  June,  on  the  Labrador  coast,  and  which  pass  on  in  September 
and  October  to  the  Ai-ctic  waters,  or  more  probably  to  the  depth  of 
the  ocean. 

"Of  late  years  herring  seines  have  been  much  used  on  the  Labra- 
dor coast,  almost  entirely  superseding  the  use  of  nets,  to  the  manifest 
injury  of  the  fishing  population.  These  immense  seines,  most  of  them 
more  than  one  hundred  and  twenty  fathoms  long,  often  enclose  over 
three  thousand  barrels  of  herring.  Dm-ing  the  fii-st  two  to  three 
years,  over  one  hundred  and  fifty  seines  were  used  on  the  coast  by 
!Nova  Scotia  fishermen." 

Mr.  O.  C.  Marsh,  of  Xew  Haven,  exhibited  bone  imple- 
ments, and  the  bones  of  several  species  of  animals  fi-om  a 
grave  in  a  mound  at  Xewark,  Ohio.  This  grave  contained 
six  or  eight  skeletons,  aj^parently  of  a  short  and  stout  race, 
differing  quite  essentially  from  the  present  Indian  races. 

Mr.  Marsh  had  adopted  the  method,  very  successfully  prac- 
tised by  Professor  Lartet,  of  preserving  the  very  fi'agile 
bones  by  soaking  them  in  melted  spermaceti. 

The  thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted  to  Dr.  Thayer  for 
the  human  cranium  presented  by  him. 

Messrs.  E.  T.  Cresson,  Philadelphia,  A.  R.  Grote,  ISTew 
York,  and  John  King,  Elgin,  111.,  were  elected  Corresponding 
Members. 

Dr.  J.  S.  Lombard,  Boston,  Messrs.  E.  W.  Dimond,  Cam- 
bridge, H.  A.  Purdie,  Chas.  Jackson,  Jr.,  and  T.  Hubbard, 
Boston,  were  elected  Resident  Members. 


Wjman.]  278 


January  17,  1866. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-nine  members  present. 

Dr.  II.  R.  Storer  remarked  upon  the  rej^roduction  of  lost 
parts  in  man,  and  instanced  cases  of  amj^utation  in  foetal  life 
by  bands  of  lymph,  and  the  pressure  of  the  umbilical  cord. 

Prof  Wyman  stated  that  young  animals  reproduced  lost 
parts  more  completely  than  the  adult,  and  the  lower  more 
readily  than  the  higher.  He  had  seen  in  South  America  a 
man  whose  arm  ended  in  a  stump,  on  which  were  five  spheri- 
cal bodies  representing  the  fingers,  which  had  been  repro- 
duced after  amputation,  probably  by  the  umbilical  cord.  He 
also  mentioned  other  instances  of  the  reproduction  of  fin- 
gers after  artificial  amputation. 

Mr.  Putnam  referred  to  the  experiments  of  Brant  and  Sie- 
bold  on  Cryptobranchus.  He  had  known  instances  of  the 
reproduction  of  the  toes  and  tail  in  our  native  salamanders. 

Mr.  Shaler  made  some  further  remarks  on  the  formation 
of  continents. 

Prof  Wyman  made  some  remarks  on  the  cells  of  bees, 
and  adverted  to  the  honey  and  brood  cells  of  3IeUpona^ 
which  as  Darwin  remarks,  are  a  mean  between  the  regularly 
hexagonal  cells  of  the  honey  bee,  and  the  rude  cylindrical 
cells  of  Bomhus^  the  humble-bee,  being  partially  hexagonal 
in  form.  The  question  was  raised  whether  the  bee  intends 
to  make  a  hexagonal  cell,  or  if  left  by  itself  would  construct 
a  cylindrical  cell.  He  thought  that  if  left  alone  to  build  a  sin- 
gle cell,  this  would  most  probably  be  round.  In  the  cells  of 
Melipona^  as  Huber's  plate  shoAvs,  they  are  only  hexagonal 
when  in  contact  with  the  adjoining  cells. 

M.  De  Selys  Longchamps,  Brussels,  Belgium,  was  elected 
.'  Corresponding  Member.  Messrs.  Samuel  H.  Savage,  W. 
Wickersham  and  John  E.  &iight  were  elected  Resident 
Members. 


279  [Packard. 


February  7,  1866. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-eight  members  present. 
The  following  paper  was  presented : 
Observations   on  the   Development   and   Position  of  the 

HYaiENOPTERA,  WITH  NOTES  ON  THE   MORPHOLOGY  OF   InSECTS. 

By  a.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  M.  D. 

The  following  notes  form  an  abstract  of  a  more  extended  memoir 
upon  the  changes  of  the  insect  after  leaving  the  egg,  not  touchino- 
upon  the  evolution  of  the  embryo. 

After  the  larva  has  become  full  fed,  as  it  is  about  to  enter  upon  tlie 
semi-pupa  state,  its  body  undergoes  the  following  changes :  The  tho- 
racic rings  and  head  become  more  elongated  and  fuller,  so  that 
where  in  the  larva  the  under  side  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  halves 
of  the  body  are  closely  appressed  to  each  other,  now,  the  two  halves 
begin  to  recede,  and  the  grub  as  it  lies  in  its  cell,  is  but  half  doubled 
upon  itself  With  this  important  change  of  posture  the  whole  body 
becomes  more  cylindrical  and  rounded.  Thus  the  sides  {Artliropleurod) 
of  the  thoracic  ring  become  absorbed,  and  do  not  project  out  from  the 
walls  of  the  body  as  in  the  larva;  and  later  still,  the  coiTCspondino- 
area  in  the  abdomen  likewise  almost  wholly  disappears. 

The  greatest  activity,  however,  is  observable  about  the  cephalic 
portion  of  the  body,  for  here  the  greatest  differentiation  of  parts 
is  to  occur.  The  head  of  the  pupa,  already  partially  formed  beneath 
the  prothoracic  ring,  though  as  yet  very  small,  by  its  presence  still 
affects  very  sensibly  the  form  of  this  region  in  the  larva,  the  skin  of 
which  still  remains  unbroken,  though  very  considerably  distended. 
The  whole  length  of  the  head  (Fig.  1,  a,)  and  prothorax  (Fig.  1,  h,) 
together,  is  now  equal  to  the  united  length  of  the  head  and  thorax  in 
the  larva  originally.  To  effect  this,  the  larval  head  is  greatly 
extended  forwards,  and  the  prothorax  is  three  times  as  lono-  as  before, 
and  much  narrower,  the  sides  converging  towards  the  base  of  the 
head.  The  two  posterior  thoracic  rings  are  also  twice  as  long  as  in 
the  larva.  On  the  under  (sternal)  side  the  mouth  parts  are  also 
elongated,  and  the  labium  projects  a  little  beyond  the  head,  owing  to 
the  increased  size  of  the  mouth-parts  over  those  of  the  larva. 

At  this  period,  the  two  pairs  of  wings  are  very  equal  in  size,  the 
posterior  pair  but  little  smaller  than  the  anterior  pair,  and  inserted 


rackard.] 


280 


much  liiglier  up  tlie  ring  nearer  the  median,  tergal  line  of  the  body; 
and  in  the  succeeding  stage  the  posterior  pair  are  seen  to  be  scarcely 
smaller  than  the  anterior  pair,  and  exactly  parallel  in  their  insertions, 
their  longitudinal  diameter  and  their  tips.  This  change  in  the  posi- 
tion of  the  posterior  pair  of  wings,  so  important  in  a  morphological 
point  of  view,  is  accompanied  by  a  corresponding  change  in  the  pro- 
portions of  the  thorax.  The  meta-thorax  has  become  mostly  absorbed, 
so  as  to  resemble  more  the  same  parts  in  the  pupa ;  while  the  meso- 
thorax  retains  much  of  its  original  proportions,  though  becoming 
more  compact,  and  presenting  less  of  the  tergal  area. 

During  this  time  the  head  has  also  greatly  increased,  especially  in 
the  size  of  the  appendages ;  the  eyes,  antennae  and  mouth  parts  begin 
to  assume  the  size  and  shape  of  those  of  the  pupa.  Development 
here,  as  in  the  thorax,  begins  in  the  most  important  central  parts,  and 
proceeds  outwards  to  the  periphery. 

In  this  stage  (Fig.  1),  when  the  mouth-parts  of  the  semi-pupa  have 
become  solid  enough  to  enable  the  larval  head  to  be  stripped  oif  with- 
out lacerating  the  extremities  of  the  appendages,  the  head  is  seen  to 
be  divided  into  two  portions.  The  basal  region,  or  body  of  the  head, 
which  is  lodged  under  the  prothorax  of  the  larva,  is  orbicular  when 
seen  from  the  front,  and  its  sides  are  continuous  with  the  sides  of  the 
thorax,  as  is  also  the  vertex,  which  is  likewise  of  a  continuous  slope  with 
that  of  the  anterior  tergal  portion  of  the  thorax.  Seen  from  the  side, 
there  is  no  separation  as  yet  between  the  head  and  thorax.  The  out- 
line of  the  eyes  is  distinct,  but  they  are  not  raised  above  the  surface 
of  the  head.  The  antennae,  clypeus  and  mouth-parts,  collectively, 
form  a  second  anterior  portion  separated  by  a  curved  line  from  the 
epicranlum.  It  is  this  anterior  portion  which  lies  in  the  larval  head  in 
this  stage.  The  great  increase  of  size  of  the  appendages  of  the 
semi-pupa  have  forced  forward  the  hard  crust  of  the  larval  head, 
which  suggested  to  Ratzcburg*  the  idea  that  the  head  of  the  pupa 
was  originally  composed  of  the  two  first  rings  (I.  e.,  head  and  protho- 
rax,) of  the  body  of  the  larva.  The  antennaj  are  flattened  down 
upon  the  surface,  resting  on  each  side  of  the  small  trapezoidal  clypeus, 
over  the  front  edge  of  which  they  again  meet,  when  they  are  flexed 
upon  themselves,  lying  on  each  side  of  the  labrum  with  its  palpi  and 
the  maxillae.  These  appendages  do  not  as  yet  project  much  beyond 
the  antennae,  being  short  and  papIUIform,  preserving  the  general  form 
of  the  same  organs  in  the  larvae. 

At  this  period  the  elements  (sterno-rhahdltes,  L.  Duthiers,)  compos- 

*Ueber  Entwicklunc:  der  fusslosen  hymenoptercn  larvon.  etc.  Is'ova  Acta  Natur. 
Curios.  Tom.  xvi.  1832.  Westwood  has  fully  shown  the  fallacy  of  this  idea,  (Trans. 
Ent.  Soc.  Loudon.  Vol.  II.  p.  121),  and  our  own  observations  corroborate  his 
statements  and  conclusions. 


281  [rackard. 

ing  the  ovipositor,  lie  in  separate  pairs,  in  two  groups,  exposed  dis- 
tinctly to  view.  The  ovipositor  thus  consists  of  three  pairs  of  slender 
non-articulated  tubercles  arising  on  each  side  of  the  mesial  line  of  the 
body  in  juxtaposition.  The  first  two  pairs  arise  from  the  eighth 
abdominal  ring,  and  the  third  pair  grow  out  from  the  anterior  edge 
of  the  ninth  ring.  The  ends  of  the  first  pair  scarcely  reach  beyond 
the  base  of  the  third  pair.  With  the  growth  of  the  semi-pupa,  the 
terminal  or  tenth  ring  decreases  in  size,  the  tip  of  the  abdomen  is 
gi-adually  incurved  toward  the  base,  (Fig.  2),  and  the  three  pairs  of 
rhabdites  approach  each  other  so  closely  that  the  two  outer  ones 
completely  ensheath  the  inner,  until  a  complete  distensible  tube 
is  formed,  which  gradually  is  withdrawn  entirely  within  the  body  (see 
Fig.  4).  The  male  genital  organ  is  originally  composed  of  three  pairs 
of  non-articulated  tubercles  all  arising  from  the  ninth  abdominal  ring, 
being  sternal  outgrowths,  and  placed  on  each  side  of  the  mesial  line  of 
the  body,  two  being  anterior,  and  very  unequal  in  size,  and  the  third 
pair  nearer  the  base  of  the  abdomen.  Thus  in  their  position,  the 
three  pairs  of  tubercles  destined  to  form  the  male  intromittent  organ 
can  not  be  said  to  be  strictly  homological  with  the  female  ovipositor; 
nor  can  the  external  genital  organs  be  considered  as  in  any  way  homo- 
logous with  the  limbs,  which  are  articulated  outgi'owths  budding  out 
between  the  sternal  and  pleural  pieces  of  the  arthromere*.  This 
view  will  apply  to  the  genital  armor  of  all  insects,  so  far  as  I  have 
been  able  to  observe.  It  is  so  in  the  larva  of  Agrion,  which  com- 
pletely repeats  the  structure  of  the  ovipositor  of  Bombus  in  Its  essen- 
tial features  detailed  above.  Thus  in  Agrion  the  ovipositor  consists  of 
a  pair  of  closely  appressed  ensiform  processes  which  come  out  from 
under  the  posterior  edge  of  the  eighth  abdominal  ring,  and  are  em- 
braced between  two  pairs  of  thin  lamelllform  pieces  of  similar  form 
and  structure,  arising  from  the  sternlte  of  the  ninth  ring.  These  ster- 
nal outgrowths  do  not  homologize  with  the  long  filiform  antennae-like, 
jointed  appendages  of  the  tenth  ring,  as  seen  in  the  Perlldas  and 
most  Neuroptera  and  Orthoptera,  which,  arising  as  they  do  from 
the  arthropleural,  or  limb-bearing  region  of  the  body,  i.  e.,  between 
the  sternum  and  episternum  (or  lower  pleurite)  are  strictly  homolo- 
gous with  the  abdominal  legs  of  the  ]\Iyriapoda  and  the  "false  legs"  of 
caterpillars.  So  that  in  these  genito-sensory  appendages,  we  perceive 
faint  tracings  of  the  idea  of  antero-posterior  symmetry  first  observed 
in  vertebrates  by  Oken,  and  more   recently  by  Professor  Wyman, 

*This  term  is  proposed  as  better  defining  the  ideal  ring,  or  primary  zoological  ele- 
ment of  an  articulate  animal  than  the  terms  somite  or  zoUnite,  which  seem  too 
vague;  so  also  the  termarfhrorlerm  for  the  outer  crust  or  body  walls  of  articulates, 
and  arthropleura  for  the  pleural  or  limb-bearing  region  of  the  body,  being  that  por- 
tion of  the  arthromere  comprised  between  the  tergite  and  sternite. 


rackard.]  282 

and  Dr.  B.  G.  Wilder,  Involving  a  repetition  of  homologous  append- 
ages at  the  two  opposite  poles  of  the  body.  The  broad  leaf-like 
appendage  to  the  tenth  ring  in  Agrion,  seems  homologous,  both  In  func- 
tion and  structure,  with  the  respiratory  lamella?  of  the  swimming 
abdominal  limbs  of  the  lower  decapodous  Crustacea  and  the  tetradeca- 
pods,  which  perform  the  function  of  gills. 

During  this  stage,  the  basal  ring  of  the  abdomen  of  Bombus  (Fig. 
2,  c,)  is  plainly  seen  to  be  transferred  from  the  abdomen  to  the  thorax 
with  which  it  is  intimately  united  in  the  hymenoptera.  This  we 
deem  the  most  essential  zoological  character  separating  the  hymenop- 
tera from  all  other  Insects.  This  transfer  of  an  entire  arthromere  from 
one  region  to  that  next  in  front,  involving  the  remodelling  of  the 
entire  form  of  the  insect,  though  not  uncommon  In  the  Crustacea,  Is,  in 
the  class  of  Insects,  peculiar  to  the  higher  families  of  the  hymenop- 
tera ;  as  In  the  lowest,  the  Tenthredinidae,  the  transition  Is  but  par- 
tial, corresponding  to  the  Lepldoptera  in  this  respect.  It  Is  an 
instance  of  the  principle  of  cephalization  advanced  by  Professor 
Dana,  so  fully  illustrated  in  the  Crustacea,  where  occur  in  some 
groups  changes  In  the  primitive  number  of  arthromeres,  proved 
by  the  inconstant  number  of  rings  (arthromeres)  forming  the  abdo- 
men, and  cephalo-thorax  respectively.  This  transfer  of  the  zoologi- 
cal elements  from  the  posterior  end  of  an  animal  towards  the  head, 
involving  in  this  act  the  entire  reconstruction  of  the  animal  form,  lies 
at  the  basis  of  all  sound  classification,  and  is  a  principle  which  must 
be  followed  by  every  student  dealing  with  the  classification  of  the 
larger  divisions  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

So  Intimately  united  with  the  thorax  is  this  elemental  ring,  that 
from  its  sculpturing,  its  coloration,  and.  In  fine.  Its  close  mimicry  of  the 
normal  thoracic  segments,  our  best  observers  have  united  in  calling  it 
the  metathorax,  and  homologizing  it  with  that  ring  In  the  lower 
Insects.  Latreille  and  Audouin  considered  It  as  the  basal  ring  of  the 
abdomen,  as  did  Newman,  who  termed  it  the  propocleum.  But  our 
best  hymenopterists  of  thirty  years'  standing  consider  it  to  be  the  meta- 
thorax, with  the  exception  of  Baron  Osten  Sacken  In  his  articles  on 
the  Cynipida3.*  During  the  autumn  of  1863,  when  the  observations 
here  recorded  were  made,  our  attention  was  drawn  f  to  this  part.  At 
this  period  the  thorax  is  one-third  smaller  than  in  the  pupa.  The 
position  of  the  three  thoracic  spiracles  can  be  easily  discerned.  On 
the  two  posterior  rings  of  the  thorax  they  are  seen  situated  In  their 
respective  "peritremes"  (Audouin),  which  pieces  lie  at  the  base,  and 

*  Proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia.     Vols.  IT,  III. 
t  Proceedings  Essex  Institute.    Vol.  IV.    The  Humble  Bees  of  New  England  and 
their  parasites;  etc.    Communicated  April  23, 1864.    p.  3.     Kote. 


283  [Packard. 

just  under  the  insertion  of  the  wings,  on  the  posterior  half  of  the  ring 
while  on  the  prothorax  the  peritrenie  lies  contiguous  to  and  partially 
under  the  posterior  edge  of  the  vascular  tubercle,  which  in  position  is 
exactly  homologous  to  that  of  the  wings. 

It  is  thus  demonstrated  that  the  wings  grow  forth,  first  as  vascular 
sacs,  through  the  arthroderm,  just  above  the  line  of  spiracles,  and  at 
the  line  of  juncture  of  the  lower  edge  of  the  tergite,  and  upper  edge 
of  the  upper  pleurite,  or  epimerum;  while  on  the  other  hand  the 
limbs  grow  out  through  the  line  of  juncture  of  the  sternite  and  the 
lower  pleurite,  or  episternum. 

In  what  may  be  termed  the  third  stage  (Fig.  3),  though  the  dis- 
tinction is  a  very  arbitrary  one,  the  change  is  accompanied  by  a 
moulting  of  the  skin,  and  a  great  advance  has  been  made  towards 
the  pupa  form,  (Fig.  4).  There  are  seen  to  be  two  distinct  regions  to 
the  body.  The  more  anterior  consists  of  the  head  and  thorax,  which 
are  placed  closely  together ;  and  the  abdomen,  which  is  separated 
from  the  rest  of  the  body  by  a  deep  constriction.  We  cannot  fail  to 
be  at  least  reminded  of  the  biregional  crustacean,  an  analogy  which 
Oken  has  called  attention  to,  and  which  has  been  successfully  used  by 
that  author  in  comparing  the  pupas  of  insects  with  Crustacea. 

At  this  period  the  mode  of  sloughing  of  the  larval  skin  is  well 
shown.  Instead  of  the  violent  rupture  of  the  skin  at  one  point  on 
the  tergum  of  the  thorax,  as  in  the  majority  of  insects,  accompanied 
with  the  great  exhaustion  consequent  on  the  act,  which  makes  the 
operation  a  perilous  one  to  most  insects  and  Crustacea,  in  this  species, 
and  most  probably  all  the  hymenoptera  which  at  this  stage  have  a  soft 
tegument,  the  skin  breaks  away  gradually  in  shreds,  from  the  tension 
due  to  the  unequal  growth  of  the  different  parts  of  the  body.  Thus 
after  the  skin  beneath  has  fully  formed,  shreds  of  the  former  skin 
remain  about  the  mouth-parts,  the  spiracles  and  anus.  Upon  pulling 
upon  these,  the  lining  of  the  alimentary  tube  and  tracheae  can  be 
drawn  out,  sometimes,  in  the  former  case,  to  the  length  of  several 
lines.  As  all  these  internal  systems  of  vessels  are  destined  to  change 
their  form  in  the  pupa,  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  rule  in  the  moulting 
of  insects  and  Crustacea,  that  the  lining  of  the  internal  organs,  which 
is  simply  a  continuation  of  the  outer  tegument,  or  arthroderm,  is,  in 
the  process  of  moulting,  sloughed  off  with  that  outer  integument.* 

Where  before  the  head  and  thorax  together  were  but  little  more 
than  one-half  as  large  as  the  abdomen,  now  they  are  conjointly  nearly 
equal  in  size  to  the  abdomen.  (Fig.  3.)  The  greatest  changes  have 
gone  on  in  the  two  anterior  regions  of  the  body.     They  unitedly  tend 

*It  remains  yet  to  be  proved  whether  the  biliary  tubes,  salivary  glands  and  inner 
genital  glands  and  cavities,  form  exceptions  to  this  rule. 


Packard.]  284 

to  assume  a  spherical  form,  while  the  elongated  abdomen  is  shortened 
and  very  perceptibly  altered  in  form,  apj^roaching  near  that  of  the 
pupa,  while  the  whole  body  is  flexed  more  upon  itself. 

The  head  is  still  closely  appressed  to  the  prothorax,  but  much  less 
so  than  formerly,  since  the  increasing  size  and  different  proportions  of 
the  prothorax  have  pushed  it  away.  This  act  of  separation  has 
effected  an  important  change  in  the  position  of  the  head  as  related 
to  that  of  the  rest  of  the  body.  It  is  now  truly  vertical.  Before,  its 
greater  length  was  more  continuous  with  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the 
body,  that  is,  nearly  horizontal,  or  rather  inclined  at  a  slight  angle 
fi'om  the  longer  axis.  The  horizontal  position  is  normal  in  the  low- 
est insects,  as  the  neuroptera.  In  the  hymenoptera,  the  longer  axis 
of  the  head  is  most  completely  vertical. 

The  head  in  its  size,  and  the  development  of  the  appendages,  includ- 
ing the  mouth-parts,  now  begins  to  resemble  those  parts  in  the  pupa. 
The  eyes  are  larger  and  more  distinct  than  before,  the  maxillse  and 
antenna3,  though  still  very  short,  are  shaped  more  like  those  parts  in 
the  pupa.  In  the  antennge,  the  most  marked  change  takes  place  in 
the  three  basal  joints,  or  the  "scape,"  of  which  the  second  joint  now 
becomes  the  longest  and  somewhat  contracted  in  the  middle,  and 
round  at  the  extremity ;  while  the  terminal  joints  are  still  doubled 
upon  themselves,  and  rest  folded  upon  the  mouth-parts. 

The  thorax  also  resembles  that  of  the  pupa,  though  longer,  and  the 
basal  ring  of  the  abdomen  (propodeum)  is  still  exposed  to  view  when 
seen  from  above.  At  this  stage  the  prasscutum  of  the  mesotho- 
rax,  before  very  distinct,  is  no  longer  seen,  as  in  the  pupa  it  is  mostly 
absorbed,  and  passes  out  of  sight,  though  in  the  Tenthredinidae  it  is  a 
large  and  conspicuous  portion  of  the  mesonotum. 

Most  interesting  changes  have  occurred  in  the  hinder  part  of  the 
thorax.  Where  in  the  previous  stage  the  meso-scutellum  was  immersed 
in  the  ring  to  which  it  belongs,  it  is  now  elevated,  and  become  very 
prominent,  the  thorax  posteriorly  falls  rapidly  away  from  it  at  an 
angle  of  about  60°,  and  its  hinder  edge  is  much  thickened  and  folded 
down  on  itself.  The  metathorax  is  entirely  visible  from  above.  The 
scutum  is  now  entirely  separated  into  the  two  lateral  halves,  being 
transversely  narrow,  triangular  pieces,  the  bases  of  which  are  square 
and  closely  adjoin  the  insertion  of  the  hind  wings,  while  their  apices 
are  much  produced,  and  extend  under  the  meso-scutellum.  The 
meta-scutellum  is  now  distinctly  seen  to  be  a  linear  transverse  piece 
reaching  on  each  side  to  the  middle  of  each  half  of  the  scutum.  The 
basal  ring  of  the  abdomen  (propodeum.  Fig.  3,  c,)  is  now  undergoing 
the  process  of  being  transferred  from  the  abdomen  to  the  thorax. 
Where  before  it  was  a  segment  much  narrower  than  thpse  contiguous, 


285  [Packard. 

it  has  now  become  still  smaller,  and  its  tergal  portion  instead  of  being 
nearly  horizontal,  is  now  much  inclined  downwards  posteriorly. 

The  abdomen,  though  still  larger,  approaches  much  nearer  the  form 
of  the  pupal  abdomen  than  before,  and  the  segments  are  flatter.  The 
second  ring  has  become  much  contracted,  as  it  is  destined  to  become 
the  "pedicel"  or  "1st  abdominal  segment"  of  descriptive  entomology. 
There  is  now  a  differentiation  of  the  elements  of  the  ring.  Thus  the  ter- 
gites  (notum,  Fig.  3,/,)  are  clearly  distinguished  from  the  pleurites 
(Fig.  3,  e,  flanks.)  and  urites  (L.  Duthiers,  Fig.  3,  f/,  ventral  side). 
The  spiracles  are  situated  on  the  upper  edge  of  the  pleurites,  opening 
out  just  under  the  edge  of  the  tergite.  As  we  go  back  towards  the  tip 
of  the  abdomen,  the  tergites,  as  well  as  the  urites,  decrease  in  width, 
while  the  pleural  region  or  pleurites  increase  in  size.  It  is  the  pleural 
portion  however  which  is  afterwards  to  become  absorbed,  by  which 
the  dorsal  and  ventral  portions  of  the  abdomen  approximate  more 
intimately,  and  overlap  each  other,  thus  making  the  tip  acute,  as  in  the 
pupa  (Fig.  4),  and  especially  the  perfect  bee. 

During  this  time  the  ovipositor,  owing  to  the  diminished  size,  by 
absorption,  of  the  parts  supporting  it,  has  become  gradually  more  and 
more  retracted,  while  the  entire  tip  of  the  abdomen  is  more  acute 
and  incurved. 

THE   PUPA   STATE. 

In  this  stage  (Fig.  4,)  the  whole  body  is  shorter,  and  there  is  a 
decided  transfer  of  the  bulk  of  the  body  towards  the  head.  The  head 
has  increased  in  size,  the  thorax  is  one-third  larger,  while  the  greatly 
shortened  abdomen  is  a  third  shorter  than  in  the  preceding  stage. 
At  this  period  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  body  is  less  curved  than 
before.  The  meso-scutellum  is  now  placed  just  in  the  middle  of  the 
body,  when  before  it  was  situated  at  the  anterior  third.  This  change 
also  carries  the  wings  far  back  to  the  middle  of  the  body,  from  their 
previous  situation  very  near  the  head,  and  on  the  anterior  third  of 
the  body.  The  limbs  are  greatly  enlarged  ;  the  tarsi  of  the  hind  pair 
now  reach  near  the  tip  of  the  abdomen,  where  before  they  were  simply 
folded  upon  the  thorax,  not  reaching  to,  or  resting  upon  the  abdomen. 

Great  changes  have  occurred  in  the  appendages  of  the  head.  The 
clypeus,  labrum  and  mandibles  are  now  exposed  to  view.  The  anten- 
nae have  become  straightened  and  greatly  elongated,  and  a  corres- 
ponding change  has  occurred  in  the  maxilla3  and  labium  with  its 
palpi,  which  now  reach  to  the  middle  of  the  abdomen,  wliile  the 
lingua  extends  as  far  as  the  seventh  abdominal  segment.  This  stage, 
therefore,  is  characterized  by  important  modifications  in  the  size  and 
position  of  the  extremities  and  appendages  of  the  head,  thorax  and 
abdomen.     In  the  thorax  the  changes  are  not  especially  remarkable. 


rackard.]  286 

The  scutelluin  Is  now  in  contact  with  the  base  of  the  abdomen,  as  if 
the  whole  thorax  had  been  carried  backward,  and  the  entire  abdo- 
men brought  for^vards  and  upwards,  due  to  the  absorption  of  the  meta- 
thoracic  ring  and  basal  ring  of  the  abdomen. 

Thus  each  of  the  three  regions  of  the  body  is  a  centre  of  develop- 
ment, the  gradual  perfection  of  the  appendages  belonging  to  each 
region  proceeding  from  the  centre  towards  the  periphery ;  beginning 
at  the  insertion  of  the  limbs  to  the  trunk,  and  gradually  perfecting  their 
development  towards  the  extremity.  Hence  the  wings,  the  tarsi,  or 
terminal  joints  of  the  limbs,  and  the  abdominal  appendages,  are  the 
last  to  be  developed  and  perfected.  The  anterior  part  of  the  thorax 
is  perfected  earlier  than  the  posterior ;  while  in  the  abdomen,  the 
development  goes  on  from  behind  forwards.  Prof.  Dana  has  sliown  that 
in  the  Crustacea  the  cephalothorax  and  abdomen  are  each  a  distinct 
centre  of  development,  in  which  progress  reaches  to  a  wider  or  nar- 
rower circumference  in  ditferent  species.*  Researches  on  the  embry- 
ology of  the  higher  Annelids  show  that  the  development  of  worms 
proceeds  from  a  single  centre.f 

At  this  stage,  which  may  be  properly  called  the  pupa  state,  the 
eyes  begin  to  turn  dark,  and  a  few  hairs  develop  themselves  upon  the 
upper  side  of  the  abdomen ;  but  the  stage  is  so  transitory  that  in  a 
long  series  of  Individuals  it  is  impossible  to  select  a  single  individual, 
and  denominate  it  a  pupa,  since  there  is  no  pause  in  the  metamor- 
phosis for  a  special  biological  design,  such  as  obtains  in  the  Lepidop- 
tera  and  majority  of  lower  Insects.  The  terms  larva,  pupa,  and 
imago,  are  not  therefore  absolute  terms. 

SUBIMAGO    STATJE. 

Certain  Individuals  which  would  upon  a  casual  glance  be  mis- 
taken for  "pupffi,"  differed  so  much  from  what  we  have  called  pupae 
above,  that  they  may  be  said  to  be  analogous  to  the  suhimago  state  of 
Ephemeridte.  In  this  state  the  arthroderm,  owing  to  the  rapid  deposi- 
tion ofchitine,  is  more  dense  and  harder ;  the  wings  are  as  large  as  in 
the  perfect  bee,  and  the  joints  of  the  legs  are  spiny,  while  the  ovij)os- 
itor  has  become  wholly  withdrawn  within  the  walls  of  the  abdomen. 

In  some  specimens,  remains  of  a  thin  pellicle  were  found  upon  the 
extremities;  so  that  we  are  neither  justified  in  calling  this  Individual 
an  imago,  or  on  the  other  hand,  a  pupa.  The  individuals  had  not 
left  their  cells.     Their  feet  had   not  yet  been  used  for  purposes  of 

*  Introduction  to  the  Crustacea  of  the  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition.  Vol.  1.  p.  22. 

t  See  S.  Loven.  K.  Vetenskaps,  Acad.  Handl.  1840.  VViegraann's  Archiv,  1842. 
Parti.  M.  Sars.  Development  of  Polynoe  cirrata.  Wiegmann's  Archiv,  1845. 1'ai't 
I,    Milne  Edwards.    Anuales  Science  Nat.  1845. 


287  [Packard. 

locomotion,  nor  their  jaws  to  assist  in  making  their  way  out  of  their 
cells,  while  the  liairs  are  nearly  concolorous  all  over  the  body,  though 
very  faintly  shaded  with  yellowish  on  the  dorsal  and  lateral  portion  5 
so  that  the  species  can  be  distinguished,  as  some  of  the  specific  charac- 
ters depending  on  ornamentation  are  at  this  time  apparent.  We  have 
observed  facts  indicating  three  moultings  of  the  skin  during  the  so-called 
pupa  state,  in  distinction  from  the  larva  and  imago  state,  and  it  is  highly 
probable  that  there  are  more.  During  the  larval  condition  it  would 
be  safe  to  say  that  there  are  four  distinct  moultings,  as  there  are  five 
distinct  sizes  of  larvae.  In  some  of  the  eggs  the  larval  forms  can  be 
indistinctly  seen,  through  the  thin  walls  which  we  would  homoloo-ize 
with  the  skin  of  the  insect  after  birth,  for  the  fertilized  egg  must  be 
considered  as  the  insect  in  its  inception,  in  a  state  equivalent  to  the 
larval,  or  pupal,  or  perfect  state  of  the  insect.  The  genus  Bombus, 
therefore,  may  be  considered  to  undergo  a  series  of  at  least  ten  moult- 
ings of  the  skin,  and  we  are  inclined  to  think  farther  observations 
will  tend  to  increase  the  number.  Lubbock*  has  described  twenty  in 
Ephemera,  and  five  have  been  noticed  in  several  genera,  such  as 
Meloe  and  others. 

The  sexes  of  the  larvi^  can  be  easily  distinguished,  as  the  genital 
armor  appears  through  the  transparent  skin. 

The  specific  differences  between  the  larvas  of  the  different  species  of 
Bombus  are  of  the  slightest  possible  amount,  as  they  only  differ  in 
size,  the  rings  of  the  body  being  smooth  or  rough,  and  in  havino- 
more  or  less  clearly  defined  sutures  between  the  pieces  composing  the 
head.  The  eggs  of  the  different  species  compared  presented  no 
appreciable  differences. 

In  the  pupa  state,  the  two  sizes  of  male,  female  and  workers  can  be 
more  readily  appreciated  than  in  the  imago  state,  as  the  insects  can  be 
more  easily  measured  and  comparisons  made.  Corresponding  cases  of 
dimorphism  in  other  insects  will  probably  be  studied  to  great  advantage 
when  the  insects  are  observed  at  this  period  of  life.  Between  the  two 
sizes  of  the  ?  in  thepupaBofi>om5?<.s'y<:/T<V/«s,  there  was  a  difference  of 
.05  inch,  and  in  the  S  .03  inch.  In  a  number  of  the  worker  pupa?  of 
Bombus  separatus,  there  was  a  difference  of  .04  inch  between  the  two 
broods  of  workers,  the  more  advanced  brood  being  smaller,  and  not 
only  shorter,  but  also  narrower. 

In  this  connection,  we  would  present  some  views  relative  to  a 
theory  of  the  number  of  arthromeres  composing  the  head  of  insects 
(Jiexapoda),  and  the  number  and  sequence  of  their  appendages,  suo-- 
gested  by  studies  of  the  larval  forms  of  hymenoptera,  and  especially 
the  lower  Neuroptera,  not  omitting  insects  belonging  to  other  sub- 

*  Transactions  Linnaean  Society.    Vol.  XXIV.    Tart  ii.  1863. 


Packard.] 


288 


orders,  and  some  forms  of  Crustacea.  After  Savlgny  had  shown  that 
the  mouth-parts  of  Insects  and  Crustacea  were  jointed  appendages 
like  those  attached  to  the  thorax,  and  therefore  repetitions  of  an  ideal 
jointed  limb  or  appendage,  Audouin  proved  that  in  the  ideal  arthro- 
mere,  of  which  the  bodies  of  all  articulata  are  a  congeries,  arranged 
in  a  longitudinal  series,  the  periphery  should  be  distinguished  into  an 
upper,  Qergite  Duthiers)  lower  {sternite  Duthier)  and  pleural  part ;  that 
in  the  thorax  the  legs  were  thrust  out  between  the  pleurite  and 
sternite,  and  the  wings  grew  out  between  the  pleurite  and  tergite. 
The  arthro-pleural  region  is  therefore  the  limb-bearing  region  of 
the  body,  and  the  different  parts  of  the  ideal  ring  are  developed 
in  a  degree  subordinate  to  the  uses  of  the  limbs  and  wings.  Thus 
in  the  walkers,  such  as  the  Carabidffi,  the  pleural  and  tergal  regions 
are  most  developed;  while  in  those  insects  such  as  the  Dragon- 
flies,  which  are  constantly  on  the  wing,  and  rarely  walk,  the  pleural 
re"-ion  is  enormously  developed,  and  the  tergites  and  sternites  attain 
to  their  minimum  development.  The  muscles  used  in  flight  are 
greatly  increased  in  size  over  the  atrophied  muscles  brought  into  requi- 
sition by  the  act  of  walking.  In  the  Hymenoptera,  however,  which 
are  both  walkers  and  fliers,  the  three  portions  of  the  ring  are  most 
equally  developed. 

These  parts  of  the  arthromere  are  simplest  in  the  abdomen ;  and 
become  more  diSerentiated  in  the  thorax,  where  the  numerous  pieces 
composing  them  have  been  classified  and  named  mostly  by  Audouin, 
McLeay,  and  Lacaze-Duthiers.  Scarcely  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  trace  these  parts  in  the  rings  of  the  head  by  those  who  have  pro- 
posed theories  of  the  number  of  arthromeres  in  the  head  of  insects. 

As  we  can  understand  the  structure  of  the  thorax  better  after  study- 
ing the  abdomen,  so  we  can  only  homologize  the  different  head  pieces 
after  a  careful  study  of  the  thorax  of  insects,  and  the  cephalothorax 
of  Crustacea ;  which  thus  afford  us  a  standard  of  comparison. 

Since  the  arthropleural  is  the  limb-bearing  region  in  the  thorax,  it 
must  follow  that  this  region  is  largely  developed  in  the  head,  to  the 
bulk  of  which  the  sensory  and  appended  digestive  organs  bear  so  large 
a  proportion,  and  as  all  the  parts  of  the  head  are  subordinated  in 
their  development  to  that  of  the  appendages  of  which  they  form  the 
support,  it  must  follow  logically  that  the  larger  portion  of  the  body  of 
the  head  is  pleural,  and  that  the  tergal,  and  especially  the  sternal, 
parts  are  either  very  slightly  developed,  or  wholly  obsolescent.  Such 
we  find  to  be  the  fact.  As  to  the  number  of  rings  composing  the 
head,  it  is  evident  that  it  is  correlated  with  the  number  of  appendag'^is 
they  are  to  support.  Hence,  as  in  the  thorax  there  are  three  rings, 
bearing  three  pairs  of  appendages  or  legs,  it  follows  that  in  the  head 
where  there  are  seven  pairs  of  appendages,  there  must  be  seven  rings. 


289  [Packard. 

That  there  are  seven  such  appendaires,  among  which  we  would  iuckide 
the  eyes,  which,  if  not  homologous  with  the  limbs,  or  more  properly- 
speaking,  repetitions  of  the  ideal  appendage,  are  at  least  their  equiv- 
alents, in  that  they  are  situated  on  a  distinct  ring,  as  are  the  ocelli 
which  are  exact  equivalents  or  repetitions  of  the  eye,  is  evident. 

The  larvaj  of  Ephemera  and  Libellula,  in  the  head  of  which  these 
parts  of  the  cephalic  rings  by  reason  of  the  degradational  character 
of  the  insects  appear  in  their  simplest  forms,  aiford  us  the  best  mate- 
rial for  study.  In  the  head  of  the  larva  of  Libellula  we  have 
observed  that  the  greatly  elongated  labium,  masking,  when  at  rest,  the 
mandibles,  is  in  reality  composed  of  three  sternites,  immersed  in,  and 
surrounded  by  three  |j/eu/-i7e.'>,  all  bearing  appendages,  the  basal  pair 
being  the  mandibles,  the  middle  pair  maxilla,  and  thirdly,  the  pair 
of  labial  palpi,  all  of  which  are  placed  behind  the  mouth-opening. 
Beyond,  and  in  front  of  the  mouth,  are  successively  placed  the 
sensory  organs;  the  antennse,  the  pair  of  eyes,  and  what  we  must  con- 
sider as  two  pairs  of  ocelli,  since  the  early  forms  of  Ephemera,  and 
the  early  stages  of  Bombus,  show  the  three  ocelli  resting  on  three  sep- 
arate pieces ;  the  two  posterior  pieces  (plexites)  forming  a  pair,  while 
the  single  ocellus  in  advance  is  placed  on  a  triangular  piece,  which 
we  consider  as  two  pleurites  united  on  the  median  line  of  the  body, 
as  the  ocellus  has  a  double  form,  being  broad,  transversely  ovate,  and 
not  round,  as  if  resulting  from  the  fusion  of  two  originally  distinct 
ocelli. 

The  antennaj*  by  their  form  and  position  naturally  succeed  the 
labial  palpi.  Considering  how  invariably  in  the  Crustacea  the  eyes 
are  situated  in  front  of  the  gnathopods,  we  feel  convinced  that  the 
same  position  must  be  allowed  them  in  the  head  of  insects.  This  will 
bring  the  ocelli  most  in  advance  of  all  the  other  appendages.  The 
bulk  of  the  head  of  insects  must  then  be  formed  by  the  great  expan- 
sion of  the  eye-pleurites,  which,  so  to  speak,  are  drawn  back  like  a 
hood  over  the  basal  rings,  while  the  rings  bearing  the  maxilla3  and  la- 
bial palpi  and  the  antennary  ring,  are  thrust  out,  telescope-like,  through 
the  large  swollen  eye-ring ;  as  in  Decapods,  a  single  ring  covers  in  the 
aborted  rings  composing  the  rest  of  the  cephalo-thorax,  as  Edwards 
and  Dana  have  shown,  and  our  own  investigations  have  taught  us. 
Thus  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  is  composed  of  expansions  of  the 
pleural  pieces  of  the  ideal  arthromere  which  never  develops  the  sternal, 

♦Repeated  observations  have  taught  us  tliat  the  idea  advanced  by  Zaddach  (Un- 
tersuchungen  iiber  dieEntwickehmg  und  den  liau  der  Gliederthiere),  and  adoi)ted 
by  Claparede  (Recherches  sur  I'Evolution  des  Araign^es),  that  the  antenna;  of  the 
larvas  are  not  homologous  with  those  of  the  perfect  insects,  is  untenable.  In  the 
larva  of  all  hymenoptera  and  numerous  fomilies  of  Lepidoptera  and  Neuroptera, 
they  are  identical  in  position  in  all  stages  of  development. 

P&OCEEDINGS  B.  S.  N.  H.— VOL.  X-  19  MAY,  1S(J6. 


Packard.]  290 

or  probably  the  tergal  portions  in  front  of  the  mouth.  Thus  each  re- 
gion of  the  insectean  body  is  characterized  by  the  relative  development 
of  the  three  elements  of  the  arthromere.  In  the  abdomen  the  upper 
(tergite)  and  under  surfaces  (sternite)  are  most  equally  developed,  while 
the  pleural  line  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.  In  the  thorax  the  pleural 
region  is  much  more  developed,  either  quite  as  much,  or  often  more 
than  the  upper  or  tergal  portion,  while  the  sternite  is  reduced  to  a 
minimum.  In  the  head  the  pleurites  form  the  main  bulk  of  the 
reoion,  the  stcrnites  are  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and  the  tergites  are 
almost  entirely  aborted,  or  may  perhaps  be  identified  in  the  centre  of 
the  "occiput,"  or  what  is  probably  the  mandibular  (or  mandible-bear- 
ing) ring,  and  in  the  "clypeus." 

In  the  abdomen  the  same  abolescence  of  parts  strikingly  exem- 
plifies what  may  be  called  the  law  of  systolic  growth,  where  certain 
parts  of  the  zoological  elements  of  a  body  are  in  the  coarse  of  devel- 
opment either  greatly  enlarged  over  adjoining  parts,  or  become  wholly 
obsolete,  as  stated  by  Audouin  and  St.  Hilaire,  who  ascribed  it  to  the 
principle  of  "arrest  of  development,"  which  is  now  used  by  physiolo- 
gists in  a  more  limited  sense.  While,  as  we  have  shown  above,  the 
o-enital  armor  of  insects  is  not  homologous  with  the  limbs,  there  are, 
however,  true  jointed  appendages  attached  to  the  ninth  or  tenth 
abdominal  rings,  or  both,  which  are  often  antcnnaj-form,  and  serve 
as  sensorio-genital  organs  in  most  neuroptera  and  orthoptera.  The 
abdominal  limbs  are  confined  as  a  rule  to  the  two  lower  suborders 
of  insects,  and  are  homologous  with  the  "false  legs"  of  the  larva 
of  Lepidoptera,  the  abdominal  legs  of  Myriapoda,  and,  we  believe, 
with  the  three  pairs  of  abdominal  appendages  or  spinnerets  of  the 
Arachnids.  As  in  the  most  anterior  rings  of  the  head,  so  in  the 
terminal  abdominal  rings,  there  only  remain  minute  portions  of  the 
arthromere,  which  are  tergal  pieces,  the  other  two  elements  of  the 
rin*T  being  rarely  present,  or  entirely  aborted.  The  two  opposite  poles 
of  the  body  are  therefore  fashioned  according  to  the  same  laws,  and 
are  morphologically  simply  repetitions  of  each  other. 

In  conclusion,  we  consider  that  twenty  rings  (arthromeres),  as  a 
rule,  compose  the  bodies  of  insects,  of  which  seven  are  contained  in 
the  head,  three  in  the  thorax,  and  ten  in  the  abdomen,  and  that  as 
thus  grouped,  forming  three  distinct  regions,  the  insects  differ  from 
all  other  articulates,  standing  as  a  class  above  the  Crustacea  and 
Worms.  The  arachnids  and  myriapods,  as  Mr.  Scudder*  has  shown, 
agree  with  the  Insects  In  possessing  a  distinct  head  separated  from  the 
thorax  or  "pseudo  cephalo-thorax,"  sothat  the  Myriapoda  do  not  form 
a  class   by  themselves  equivalent  to  the    Crustacea,  or  Worms,  or 

*  These  Proceedings,  Vol.  IX,    p.  69.    May,  1862. 


291  [rackard. 

Insects,  but  with  Leuckart,  Agassiz  and  Dana,  we  would  prefer  to 
rank  them  as  an  order  of  the  class  Insects.* 

In  a  former  communieation.f  we  proposed  a  classification  of  insects 
into  two  series  of  Suborders,  (not  however  agreeing  with  the  Ilaustel- 
lata  and  Mandibulata  of  Clairville.)  of  which  the  lower  begin  with  the 
Neuroptera,  and  by  the  Orthoptera  and  Ilemiptera  culminate  in  the 
Coleoptera,  while  the  second  series  rank  higher  as  a  whole,  beginning 
with  the  Dlptera  and  ending  with  the  Hymenoptera,  which  thus  stand 
at  the  head  of  the  Articulata.  The  hymenoptera  differ  from  all  other 
insects  in  having  the  basal  ring  of  the  abdomen  thrown  forward  upon 
the  thorax ;  in  having  the  three  regions  of  the  body  more  distinctly 
marked,  and  more  equally  developed  than  in  other  insects.  The 
mouth-parts  are  more  equally  developed,  and  at  the  same  time  more 
differentiated  in  structure  and  function ;  there  are  no  abdominal 
jointed  appendages  present  in  the  adult  form,  while  the  external  gen- 
erative organs  are  more  symmetrically  developed,  and  more  com- 
pletely enclosed  within  the  abdomen  in  the  highest  fiimilies,  than  in 
any  other  suborder  of  insects.  They  afford  the  highest  types  of 
articulates,  being  more  compact,  less  loosely  put  together,  and  thus 
presenting  less  degradational  features  than  any  of  the  other  subor- 
ders ;  but  the  most  valuable  shujle  character  is  the  transfer  of  the  first 
abdominal  ring  forwards  to  the  adjoining  region,  which  involves  an 
entire  remodelling  of  the  body,  throwing  forwards  the  prime  ele- 
ments of  the  organism,  by  which  it  becomes  more  cephalized,  and  thus 
the  nervous  power  rendered  more  centralized  than  in  all  other  articu- 
lates. 

Selecting  the  Honey  bee  as  the  type,  being  in  our  view  the  most  per- 
fectly organized  of  all  insects,  we  find  the  head  larger  and  the  abdo- 
men smaller  in  proportion  than  in  other  insects,  accompanied  with  the 
most  equable  and  compact  development  of  the  parts  composing  these 
regions.  The  brain-ganglia  are  largest  and  most  developed  according 
to  the  studies  of  entomotomists.  The  larvee,  in  their  general  form, 
are  more  unlike  the  adult  insects  than  in  any  other  suborder  of 
insects,  while  the  pupae  most  closely  approximate  to  the  imago. 
They  are  short  cylindrical,  footless,  worm-like  grubs  which  are  help- 

*The  Embryology  of  Arachnids  as  worked  out  by  Claparede,  shows  that  the 
larva  is  strikingly  worm-like,  distinct  rings  ("protozoonites")  appearing  before 
the  biregional  arachnid  form  is  assumed.  The  embryos  of  two  genera  of 
mites,  Demodex  and  Acarus,  are  at  first  hexapodous,  as  Newport  has  shown  that 
of  Julus,  a  myriapod,  to  be.  The  close  homologies  of  the  Arachnids  and  3Iyri- 
apods  with  the  Insects  (llexapoda)  convince  us  that  the  three  groups,  whether 
we  call  them  orders  or  classes,  are  as  a  whole  equivalent  to  the  Crustacea  or 
"Worms. 

t  Synthetic  Types  of  Insects.  Boston  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.  VII.  18G3.  How  to  ob- 
serve and  collect  Insects.    2d  Annual  lieport  of  Maine  State  Survey.    18G3. 


Packard.]  292' 

less,  and  have  to  be  fed  by  the  prevision  of  the  parents.  In  undergoing 
a  more  complete  metamorphosis  than  any  other  insects,  in  the  unusual 
differentiation  of  the  sex  into  males  and  females  and  sterile  females,  or 
workers  ;  with  a  further  dimorphism  of  these  three  sexual  forms, 
and  a  consequent  subdivision  of  labor  among  them ;  in  dwelling  in 
large  colonies,  thus  involving  new  and  intricate  relations  between  the 
individuals  of  the  species  and  other  insects,  their  wonderful  instincts, 
their  living  on  the  sweets  and  pollen  of  flowers,  and  not  being  carnivo- 
rous in  their  habits,  as  are  the  Neuroptera,  and  a  large  proportion  of  the 
Orthoptera,  Hemiptera,  Coleoptera  and  Diptera,  and  their  relation  to 
man  as  a  domestic  animal,  subservient  to  his  wants, —  the  bees,  and 
hymenoptera  in  general,  possess  a  combination  of  characters  which  are 
not  found  existing  in  any  other  suborder  of  insects,  and  which  we  must 
believe,  rank  them  first  and  highest  in  the  insect  series. 

Likewise  the  hymenoptera  are  more  purely  terrestrial  insects  than 
all  others.  The  Neuroptera  are,  as  a  whole,  water  insects,  their  larvae 
live  in  the  water,  and  the  perfect  insects  live  near  streams  and  pools  ; 
the  Orthoptera  are  more  terrestrial ;  among  the  Hemiptera  are  numer- 
ous aquatic  species,  as  there  are  in  all  the  other  suborders  except  the 
hymenoptera,  of  which  only  two  genera  are  found  swimming  in  the 
adult  state  on  the  surface  of  pools,  and  they  are  the  low  minute  Proc- 
totrupids,  Prestwichia  natans  and  Polynema  natans  Lubbock.  As  we 
have  previously  shown,  the  Hymenoptera  do  not  imitate  or  mimic  the 
forms  of  other  insects,  but  on  the  contrary,  their  forms  are  extensively 
copied  in  the  Lepidoptera  and  Diptera  especially.  There  are  synthetic 
types  or  mimetic  forms  which  bind  these  suborders  into  a  single  series. 
As  the  Coleoptera,  Hemiptera,  Orthoptera  and  Keuroptera  are  bound 
together  by  homomorphous  or  mimetic  forms  into  a  series  by  themselves, 
so  the  Hymenoptera,  Lepidoptera  and  Diptera,  possess  their  synthetic 
types  linking  them  together. 

Another  and  very  accurate  method  of  determining  the  relative  rank 
of  the  larger  groups  in  nature,  is  by  comparing  the  degradational 
forms  occurring  in  each  group.  Among  the  Neuroptera  the  lowest 
wingless  forms,  such  as  Lepisma  and  allies,  most  strikingly  resemble 
the  myriapods,  in  the  great  equahty  in  the  size  of  the  arthromeres 
composing  the  body,  and  the  slight  distinctions  preserved  between 
the  three  regions  into  which  the  body  is  divided.  The  largest,  most 
vegetative,  monstrous  and  bizarre  forms  of  insects  are  found  among 
the  Neuroptera  and  Orthoptera.  Among  Hemiptera  the  parasitic 
wingless  lice,  and  among  Coleoptera  the  low  Meloe  and  Stylopldaa, 
afibrd  instances  of  a  genuine  complete  parasitism  such  as  obtains 
more  fully  among  the  low  Crustacea  and  worms.  While  we  find  the 
degraded  types  of  insects  belonging  to  the  lower  series  of  suborders, 
present  elongated,  worm-like,  myriapodous  forms,  in  ascending  to  the 


293  [Packard. 

second  and  higher  scries  of  suborders,  the  lowest  wingless  dipterous 
Piilex  assumes  a  much  compactor,  more  cephalized  form,  while  in  the 
wingless  Chionea,  which  wonderfully  mimics  the  higher  Arachnids, 
there  is  a  still  greater  concentration  of  the  arthromeres.  This  con- 
centration of  the  body  progresses  towards  a  higher  type  in  the  de- 
gradational  forms  of  the  Lepidoptera,  such  as  the  wingless  females  of 
Orgyia,  Anisopteryx,  and  liybernia.  In  ascending  to  the  win^-less 
hymenoptera,  such  as  Pezomachus,  Formica  and  Mutilla,  there  is 
a  closer  'approximation  to  the  winged  normal  form  of  the  sub- 
order. While  in  the  lower  insects  the  loss  of  wings  involves  appar- 
ently a  total  change  in  the  form  of  the  body,  in  the  hymenoptera  this 
change  is  remarkably  less  than  in  any  other  insects,  and  the  tri-partite 
form  of  the  insectean  body  is  more  strongly  adhered  to. 

Again,  in  the  degradational  winged  forms  of  the  hymenoptera,  we 
find  the  antennas  rarely  pectinated,  a  common  occurrence  in  the  lower 
suborders ;  also  the  Avings  of  the  minute  Proctotrupidre  are  rarely  fis- 
sured, and  when  this  occurs  they  somewhat  resemble  those  of  Pteropho- 
rus,  the  lowest  Lepidoptera,  and  in  but  a  single  hymenopterous  genus, 
Anthophorabia,  are  the  eyes  in  the  male  sex  replaced  by  simple  ocelli, 
like  those  in  Lepisma  and  other  degradational  forms  of  the  lower 
insects. 

What  we  know  of  the  geological  range  of  insects  proves  that  the 
hymenoptera  were  among  the  last  to  appear  upon  the  earth's  surface. 
The  researches  of  Messrs.  Hartt  and  Scudder  prove  that  the  earliest 
known  forms  of  insects  found  in  the  Devonian  rocks  of  New  Bruns- 
wick, were  gigantic  embryonic,  and,  in  fine,  degradational  types  of 
Neuropterous  and  Orthopterous  insects.  The  Coleoptera  appear  in  the 
Mesozoic  rocks,  where  the  lower  Hymenoptera  first  appear  in  limited 
numbers,  including  representatives  of  the  Formicidaa  and  lower  fam- 
ilies, and  with  them  the  Lepidoptera  and  Diptera. 

We  have  throughout  this  article  spoken  of  the  Neuroptera  as  a 
group,  equivalent  to  the  Orthoptera,  or  Hemiptera,  or  any  other  of 
the  suborders  of  insects.  We  believe  thoroughly  in  the  Neuroptera 
as  limited  by  the  early  entomologists.  The  Odonata  are  the  types  of 
the  suborder,  and  the  Termitidw,  Psocldse,  Phryganeida?,  Perlidte, 
Ilemerobiidae,  Slalidge,  Panorpida?,  Libellulidaj  (Odonata),  Ephemeri- 
dae  and  Thysanura,  are  closely  interdependent  groups,  and  circum- 
scribed by  the  most  trenchant  characters,  which  they  possess  in  coiji- 
mon,  and  which  separate  them  from  the  closely  allied  Orthoptera,  into 
which,  by  modern  German  autliors  especially,  some  of  their  families 
appear  to  us  to  have  been  unwarrantably  merged. 

The  families  of  this  suborder  differ  more  among  themselves  than 
those  of  other  suborders,  by  reason  of  the  lowness  of  their  type,  pre- 
senting an  unusual  number  of  degradational  forms,  the  connectiarr  links 


Packard.] 


294 


of  which  have  become,  we  must  believe,  extinct.  The  Neuroptera 
are  moreover  true  synthetic  types,  combining,  as  do  all  decephalized, 
embryonic  forms,  the  structure  of  several  e(juivalent  groups,  present- 
ing features  which  remind  us  of  characters  more  fully  wrought  out  in 
higher  and  more  compactly  finished  groups  of  insects. 


k  I 


h  ■■■:.. 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


Fig.  3.  /  Fig.  4. 

DESCRIPTIONS    OF    THE    FIGURES. 

Fir/.  1.  Bombus  fervidus.  The  first  stage  of  the  semi-pupa  con- 
cealed by  the  larval  skin.  The  semi-pupa  head  lies  under  the  head 
(a)  and  the  prothoracic  ring  (h).  The  basal  ring  of  the  abdomen  ((•) 
or  fourth  ring  from  the  head  is  unchanged  m  form.  This  figure  also 
will  suffice  to  represent  the  larva,  though  a  little  more  produced  ante- 
riorly than  in  its  natural  form. 


295  [rackard. 

Fig.  2.  Bomhufi  fervidm.  The  second  stage  of  the  semi-pupa. 
The  hirval  skin  entirely  sloughed  off,  the  two  pairs  of  wing  pads 
lying  parallel,  and  very  equal  in  size,  like  the  wings  of  Neuroptera. 
The  thoraco-abdorainal  ring  or  propodeura  (e),  with  its  oblong  spiracle 
(«),  essentially  differing  from  those  on  the  abdomen.  At  this  point  the 
body  contracts,  but  the  head  and  thorax  together  are  yet,  as  still 
more  in  the  previous  stage,  much  smaller  than  in  the  pupa,  and 
there  is  still  a  continuous  curve  from  the  tip  of  the  abdomen  to  the 
head.  g.  antenna;  h.  lingua  and  maxillse  and  palpi;  i.  fore  legs;  j. 
middle  legs  ;  k.  meso-scutum  ;  I.  meso-scutellum  ;  m.  meta-scutellum ; 
71.  spiracle  of  the  propodeum. 

Fig.  3.  Bomhus  fervidus.  The  third  stage  of  the  semi-pupa.  The 
head  and  thorax  together  now  nearly  equal  in  size  the  abdomen, 
the  propodeum  (c),  has  become  entirely  transferred  to  the  thorax. 
The  head  has  become  greatly  enlarged  ;  the  rings  are  very  unequal, 
the  hinder  pair  are  much  smaller,  and  overlaid  by  the  anterior  pair; 
the  three  terminal  pair  of  abdominal  rings  so  large  in  Fig.  2,  have 
been  absorbed,  and  partially  enclosed  in  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen ; 
and  there  has  been  a  further  differentiation  of  the  ring  into  the  ster- 
nite  ((/),  pleurite  (e),  and  tergite  (/).  a.  eye;  h.  lingua;  o.  oviposi- 
tor, two  outer  rhabdites  exposed  to  view.  The  abdominal  spiracles 
in  Fig.  2  and  3,  are  represented  by  a  row  of  dots.  In  the  pupa  (Fig. 
4),  they  are  concealed  by  the  tergites. 

Fig.  4.  Bomhus  fervidus.  The  pupa  state,  where  the  body  has 
become  much  shorter,  the  appendages  of  the  head  and  thorax  greatly 
differentiated;  the  external  genital  organs  wholly  retracted  within 
the  cavity  of  the  abdomen ;  the  head  freer  from  the  body,  and  the 
whole  bulk  of  the  head  and  thorax  together,  including  the  appendages, 
greater  than  that  of  the  abdomen,  c.  the  propodeum  nearly  con- 
cealed in  a  side  view ;  p.  labrum ;  q.  maxilla?,  with  the  two-jointed 
palpi  at  the  extremity ;  r.  tip  of  the  lingua. 

Dr.  F.  H.  Brown  remarked  on  a  case  of  intra  uterine  am- 
putation which  had  come  under  his  notice.  A  boy  of  twelve 
or  fourteen  years  had  one  arm  thus  amputated  at  the  middle 
of  the  fore  arm ;  on  the  stump  were  three  fingers,  consisting 
of  three  joints ;  but  the  presence  of  the  ulna  and  radius 
could  not  be  detected. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam  exhibited  a  specimen  of  a  malformed 
eel  which  was  found  in  Lynn,  in  a  well  which  was  left  dry 
during  the  drought  of  1865.  Its  head  was  greatly  shortened 
and  widened,  and  the    eyes  enormously  develoj^ed ;  while 


Wymau.]  296 

the  pectoral  fins  were  enlarged  three  or  four  times  then- 
normal  size. 

Professor  Wyman  remarked  that  this  specimen  had  evi- 
dently retained  the  proportions  of  the  head  belonging  to 
embryonic  life ;  that  the  short  and  broad  form  of  the  head 
and  large  eyes  were  occasionally  met  with  in  the  four  classes 
of  vertebrates.  He  had  observed  several  instances  among 
deformed  calves  ;  and  in  Buenos  Ayres  there  was  a  breed  of 
cattle  in  which  this  shape  of  the  head  existed.  A  similar 
form  of  the  head  had  been  noticed  among  birds,  but  was 
most  commonly  met  with  in  fishes  and  mammals.  These 
forms  were  all  embryonic. 

Mr.  H.  Mann  made  a  communication  on  the  flora  of  the 
HaAvaiian  Islands,  pointing  out  its  strong  relationship  to  the 
Australasian  and  southern  Polynesian  Floras,  and  speaking 
of  the  very  large  amount  of  trees  and  woody  j^tlants  in  pro- 
portion to  the  herbs  found  in  this  group. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Messrs.  H.  P.  Bowditch  of  Roxbmy,  J.  Ingersoll  Bowditch 
and  L.  N.  Elliot  of  Boston. 


February  21,  1866. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-five  members  present. 

The  following  paper  was  read  : 

Notes  on  the  Modifications  of  Oceanic  Currents  in  Suc- 
cessive Geological  Periods.     By  N.  S.  Shaler. 

In  the  followhig  notes  it  will  be  assumed  that  all  oceanic  move- 
ments, of  sudicient  magnitude  to  form  efficient  agents  in  the  distribu- 
tion of  life,  or  of  sedimentary  materials,  are  to  be  attributed  to  the 
friction  of  atmospheric  currents  upon  the  surface  of  the  winters.  The 
theory  which  has  assigned  to  the  difference  of  temperature  of  tropi- 
cal and  polar  regions  the  chief  agency  in  the  production  of  oceanic 
streams,  is  neglected,  for  the  double  reason  that  the  cause  has  been 


297  [Shaler. 

demonstrated  to  be  entirely  Inefficient  to  produce  any  thing  but  the 
most  inconsiderable  movement,  and  that  the  effects  are  of  a  totally 
different  nature  from  any  which  could  be  produced  by  such  means.* 

Although  it  is  not  yet  possible  for  us  to  unravel  the  complicated 
problems  involved  in  the  changes  of  oceanic  currents  in  former  geolog- 
ical periods,  we  may  still  be  able  to  form  some  general  conception  of 
the  character  of  these  streams  in  certain  conditions  of  the  surface, 
■which  will  aid  to  a  slight  extent  our  understanding  of  past  changes  of 
the  earth's  surface. 

It  is  eminently  probable  that  the  first  condition  of  the  ocean  was 
that  of  a  nearly,  if  not  quite  unbroken  expanse  of  a  much  more  uni- 
form depth  than  is  presented  by  the  sea  areas  of  the  present  day. 
This  being  the  case,  we  would  have  a  far  less  complicated  system  of 
oceanic  circulation  than  at  the  present  time.  The  absence  of  land 
areas  would  be  attended  by  a  great  equality  in  atmospheric  move- 
ments. The  trade  winds,  which  in  the  present  condition  of  the  earth's 
surface  are  greatly  disturbed  by  the.  action  of  the  land,  would  in 
an  unbroken  ocean  have  every  where  the  same  regular  character 
which  they  now  exhibit  only  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  at  considera- 
ble distances  from  the  shore.  This  would  give  to  the  great  equatorial 
movement,  the  source  of  all  oceanic  streams,  the  character  of  a  great 
encircling  current  moving  for  its  whole  course  within,  or  nearly 
within,  the  tropical  limits.  The  regions  to  the  north  and  south  of  the 
belt  of  trade  winds  being,  as  now,  the  seat  of  conflicting  atmospheric 
movements,  we  could  have  no  definite  oceanic  currents  other  than 
the  single  intertropical  stream.  The  movement  of  water  from  the 
equator  to  the  poles,  to  compensate  for  the  surface  flow  of  water 
towards  the  equator,  due  to  the  meridional  element  of  the  motion  of 
the  trade  winds,  would  be  accomplished  most  probably  by  a  general 
movement  of  the  deeper  waters  rather  than  by  defined  currents.  In 
this  case  the  rate  of  motion  of  this  counter  current  would  be  so  slight 
that  it  could  have  no  considerable  influence  on  the  distribution  of 
life  or  sedimentary  materials,  and  comparatively  little  effect  on  the. 
equalization  of  the  distribution  of  heat. 

If  we  consider  the  effect  of  ocean  currents  when  complicated  by 
the  action  of  land  masses,  as  at  the  present  day,  their  varied  charac- 
ter, important  influence  on  the  distribution  of  heat,  and  effect  on  rain- 
fall, we  perceive  that  the  transition  from  the  condition  of  a  single 
equatorial  current  to  the  existing  complicated  system  of  streams  could 
not  be  without  an  important  effect  upon  all  those  circumstances  Avhich 
regulate  the  distribution  of  life,  or  the  deposition  of  sedimentary 
materials.  AVhlle  the  tropical  current  continued  unbroken,  the 
oceanic  movements  could  exercise  but  little  influence  on  the  distribu- 

*See  J.  F.  W.  Herschel,  Phys.  Geog.  Edinburgh.    1862.    p.  52. 


Shaler.]  298 

tion  of  heat,  and  all  the  lines  indicating  equal  intensity  of  meteorolog- 
ical phenomena  would  want  the  irregularities  now  given  to  them  by- 
oceanic  streams.  As  far  as  temperature  affects  the  distribution  of 
organic  life,  this  assemblage  of  circumstances  would  doubtless  favor 
the  existence  of  faunte  having  their  boundaries  more  nearly  deter- 
mined by  latitude  than  at  the  present  day.  Within  the  limits  of  the 
equatorial  current,  there  would  exist  other  influences  than  equality  of 
temperature  tending  to  influence  the  distribution  of  life.  As  far  as  a 
powerful  current  moving  always  in  the  same  latitude,  could  tend  to 
equalize  the  animal  and  vegetable  contents  throughout  the  course  swept 
by  its  waters,  we  would  expect  to  find  uniformity  in  the  life  of  the 
intertropical  region.  We  can  not  safely  assert  that  perfect  uniformity 
in  the  zoological  characteristics  of  this  region  would  be  the  result  of 
such  a  current.  It  seems  improbable  that  the  ocean  floor  could  long 
exist  before  such  differences  in  depth  would  arise  from  the  corruga- 
tion of  the  crust  that  bathymetrical  distribution  of  the  organisms 
within  contained  would  be  necessary.  This  and  other  actions  would 
oppose  the  perfect  equalization  of  the  life  of  this  area.  Nevertheless, 
when  we  consider  the  large  number  of  structures  which  cast  their  prog- 
eny into  the  water,  free  to  be  borne  with  its  movement  until  either 
destroyed  or  fixed  in  a  suitable  habitat,  we  can  not  resist  the  conclu- 
sion that  in  this  first  condition  of  oceanic  streams  we  have  a  powerful 
agent  tending  to  equalize  the  life  throughout  the  region  within  the 
tropics. 

From  these  considerations  we  may  conclude  that  the  period  in  the 
history  of  the  earth,  during  which  the  disruption  of  the  equatorial 
current  was  effected,  must  have  been  marked  by  a  great  alteration  of 
climatic  conditions,  and  the  loss  of  a  poAverful  agent  tending  to  pro- 
duce an  uniformity  in  the  marine  life  in  the  region  of  the  Equator. 
With  the  elevation  of  the  first  continental  barrier  across  the  whole 
breadth  of  the  tropics,  we  would  have  in  place  of  the  former  encir- 
cling current  two  closed  whirlpool-like  movements,  the  type  of  all 
oceanic  streams  of  the  present  day.  With  this  change,  the  influence 
of  oceanic  movements  on  climate  would  begin.  It  is  not  necessary  to 
suppose  that  the  barriers  should  have  any  meridional  extension  beyond 
the  diameter  of  the  trade  wind  belt.  As  soon  as  the  northern  and 
southern  halves  of  the  equatorial  current  had  been  diverted  from  their 
course  and  turned  in  the  direction  of  their  respective  poles,  they 
would,  in  accordance  with  well  known  laws,  bend  to  the  eastward 
and  depart  more  and  more  from  a  meridional  course  as  they  gained 
higher  latitudes.  Assuming  that  the  barriers  extended  in  a  due  north 
and  south  direction,  it  can  be  demonstrated  that  very  soon  after  the 
streams  ceased  to  be  impelled  to  the  westward  by  the  trade  winds, 
thov  would  dpsfrt  the  shores  which  had  deflected  them  from  their 


299 


[Shaler. 


course.  This  action  would  prevent  any  considerable  portion  of  the 
deflected  waters  passing  around  the  obstructions ;  indeed  it  seems 
])robable  that  only  those  portions  which  had  lost  their  velocity  by  fric- 
tion against  the  opposing  shores  could  pass  around  such  obstructions 
and  continue  their  equatorial  path. 

The  effect  of  this  last  condition  of  oceanic  circulation  on  marine 
life  would  be  widely  different  from  that  exercised  by  the  continuous 
equatorial  current.  While  the  latter  favored  similarity  in  the  organic 
contents  of  the  region  traversed  by  it,  and  admitted  the  existence  of 
identical  climatic  conditions  over  all  regions  of  equal  latitude,  the 
condition  we  are  now  considering  would  tend  to  favor  the  dissimilar- 
ity of  marine  intertropical  life  in  different  areas,  and  would  pro- 
duce the  great  diversities  of  climate  we  now  find  in  regions  at  the 
same  distance  from  the  Equator. 

There  are  some  direct  effects  exercised  upon  organic  life  in  the 
divided  condition  of  the  ocean  movements  which  are  in  striking  con- 
trast to  the  action  of  the  continuous  tropical  current  on  vital  forms. 
If  we  take  any  of  the  existing  ocean  streams,  it  is  seen  at  a  glance 
that  in  its  circuit  its  waters  and  their  contents,  as  far  as  unprovided 
with  means  of  voluntary  motion,  are  being  constantly  brouo-ht  into 
regions  of  different  temperatnres.  If  we  suppose  any  species  of  ani- 
mal adapted  to  exist  in  the  temperature  found  in  any  one  portion  of 
the  current,  and  casting  its  progeny  into  the  ocean  in  their  imma- 
ture state,  during  which  they  would  be  entirely  at  the  mercy  of  the 
moving  waters,  we  perceive  at  once  that  it  must  often  happen  that 
before  development  advances  far  enough  to  enable  the  youno-  to 
become  fixed,  they  will  be  swept  into  such  different  conditions  of 
temperature  that  they  would  be  destroyed.  By  converging  the  tem- 
perature normal  to  a  given  point  to  higher  latitudes,  or  the  reverse, 
the  north  and  south  range  of  species,  as  far  as  affected  by  tempera- 
ture, could  be  much  greater  than  during  the  continuance  of  the 
unbroken  current.  Thus  while  the  existence  of  the  equatorial  cur- 
rent would  favor  the  east  and  west  extension  of  forms,  meridional 
streams  would  favor  a  greater  extension  towards  the  Poles. 

While  the  tropical  current  remained  unbroken,  all  the  transporting 
power  of  the  ocean  would  operate  in  a  Avesterly  direction.  With  the 
disruption  of  this  current,  we  would  have  in  temperate,  boreal  and 
austral  regions,  a  transporting  agent,  c(»mpetent  to  sweep  objects 
in  an  easterly  direction,  the  portions  of  the  streams  neighboring  to 
the  poles  having  an  essentially  eastern  movement. 

If  we  adopt  the  usually  accepted  view  of  the  action  of  those  forces 
concerned  in  the  formation  of  land  masses,  which  assigns  to  the  conti- 
nental areas  and  the  sea  the  most  inconstant  relations,  we  would  find 
it  impossible  to  effect  even  the  most  general  determination  of  the 


Shaler.l  300 

past  history  of  ocean  streams.  If  continental  areas  have  been  per- 
manently submerged  and  converted  into  the  floors  of  deep  seas,  we  may 
thereby  have  lost  all  trace  of  agents  capable  of  producing  currents 
which  ceased  to  exist  with  the  disappearance  of  the  cause.  If,  how- 
ever, we  accept  the  existing  continents  as  the  only  great  folds  of  the 
earth's  crust  which  have  ever  existed,  and  admit  that  when  the  upfold 
of  the  continental  elevations,  and  the  downfold  of  the  sea  beds  had 
begun,  all  further  corrugation  of  the  crust  would  result  in  the  devel- 
opment of  these  features,  we  have  some  ground  on  which  to  base  con- 
clusions as  to  the  geography  of  past  periods. 

Although  the  existing  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  outline  of  the 
land  at  successive  geological  periods  does  not  admit  of  any  very  trust- 
worthy conclusions  as  to  the  past  history  of  ocean  currents,  we  may 
still  trace  some  of  the  changes  of  the  equatorial  current  in  certain 
conditions  of  the  sea  area  likely  to  have  existed  as  the  continents  were 
developed. 

It  is  eminently  probable  that  no  portion  of  the  continent  of  North 
America,  of  sufficient  size  to  exercise  any  effect  on  oceanic  streams, 
existed  in  intertropical  regions  anterior  to  the  close  of  the  Carbonifer- 
ous period.  It  is  equally  probable  that  that  portion  of  South  America 
lying  to  the  north  of  the  Equator  was  also  beneath  the  sea  during 
the  Palaeozoic  time.  Therefore  we  are  justified  in  the  conclusion  that 
up  to  this  stage  in  the  earth's  history  the  northern  sec^tion  of  the  equa- 
torial current  had  not  been  interrupted  by  the  American  pair  of  Con- 
tinents. The  little  that  is  known  of  the  geology  of  Northern  Africa 
leads  us  to  suppose  that  this  continent  could  not  have  had  that  por- 
tion of  its  mass  north  of  the  southern  line  of  the  Sahara  brought 
above  the  sea  line  until  the  Mesozoic  time,  if  not  later.  The  south- 
ern portion  of  Asia,  including  Arabia,  Ilindostan,  and  Siam,  have 
presented  us  with  no  evidence  of  Palaeozoic  land.  Thus  it  seems 
probable  that  the  first  great  series  of  changes  which  the  land  and 
seas  underwent  did  not  destroy  the  northern  half  of  the  equa- 
torial current.  The  condition  of  the  southern  half  of  the  equatorial 
current  at  the  close  of  the  Carboniferous  period,  is  much  more  doubt- 
ful. We  have  unquestionable  evidences  of  the  existence  of  a  consid- 
erable area  of  Carboniferous  land  in  Southern  Brazil,  and  it  is  quite 
likely  that  the  axis  of  elevation  was  prolonged  northwardly,  in  the 
eastern  range  of  that  empire,  giving  to  the  Southern  Continent  an 
axis  corresponding  in  age  to  the  Appalachian  chain.  In  Australia,  we 
have  evidence  of  the  existence  of  extensive  land  areas  during  the 
Carboniferous  period,  and  though  it  is  not  yet  proven  that  they  had  a 
northward  extension  sufficiently  great  to  break  the  southern  portion 
of  the  stream,  the  direction  of  the  axis  renders  it  probable  that  the 


301  [Shaler. 

eastern  shore  of  that  continent  was  to  a  great  extent  elevated  during 
the  Pala3ozoic  time. 

The  fact  that,  although  our  knoAvledge  of  the  geology  of  the  south- 
ern hemisphere  is  still  very  limited,  two  considerable  areas  of  Tal- 
ajozoic  land  have  already  been  noticed,  suggests  the  question 
whether  the  southern  half  of  the  equatorial  stream  may  not  have 
become  broken  before  the  close  of  the  Palteozoic  time.  It  may 
be  noticed  that  from  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  elevation  of  these 
two  regions  of  Palaeozoic  land,  the  resulting  currents  would  have  nec- 
essarily been  deflected  southwardly,  and  thrown  into  the  great  south- 
ern sea,  and  thus  would  have  exercised  no  effect  on  the  tempera- 
ture or  life  of  the  northern  hemisphere.  Although  there  exists  some 
doubt  as  to  the  condition  of  the  southern  half  of  the  equatorial 
current  at  the  close  of  the  first  great  division  of  the  geological  action, 
there  can  be  no  question  that  at  the  close  of  the  Mesozoic  time  it  had 
become  broken,  certainly  at  one  point,  by  the  continent  of  South 
America,  and  most  likely  by  the  elevation  of  a  portion  of  the  conti- 
nent of  Africa,  so  that  since  the  beginning  of  the  Tertiary  period,  life 
in  the  southern  hemisphere  has  been  subjected  to  the  influences  of  the 
meridional  system  of  currents.  It  will  be  an  interesting  problem  for 
the  labors  of  the  geologists  of  the  southern  hemisphere  to  ascertain 
the  relations  of  the  organic  life  of  the  three  continents  during  the 
Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  times,  and  how  far  their  features  indicate  the 
separation  into  distinct  oceanic  basins  at  an  early  time. 

At  the  time  when  the  southern  portion  of  the  equatorial  current 
had  doubtless  lost  its  original  character,  and  become  broken  into 
three  meridional  streams,  it  seems  likely  that  the  northern  half  of  the 
current  still  encircled  the  earth,  probably  much  reduced  in  force  by 
friction  along  shores  and  shoals,  but  still  retaining  the  essential  features 
of  the  intertropical  movement,  and  effecting  similar  results.  The 
probability  of  this  will  appear  when  we  consider  those  regions  charac- 
terized by  Tertiary  beds,  and  which  we  are  justified  in  concluding 
were  submerged  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  age. 

The  greater  part  of  the  Peninsulas  of  Arabia,  Hlndostan,  and 
Siam,  were  doubtless  beneath  the  sea  during  the  Eocene  period  ;  the 
absence  of  these  extensive  land  areas  Avould  admit  of  the  existence 
of  the  trade  winds  over  the  Indian  Ocean,  and  the  unimpaired  condi- 
tion of  the  northern  half  of  the  tropical  current,  which  since  the  eleva- 
tion of  those  regions  has  not  had  any  well  marked  character. 

Enough  is  knoAvn  of  the  geology  of  Northern  Africa  to  warrant  the 
supposition  that  it  was  submerged  until  nearly  the  present  day.  If 
such  was  the  character  of  the  sea  surfaces  of  this  portion  of  the  globe, 
it  is  certain  that  a  portion  of  the  current  of  the  Indian  Ocean  could 
have  poured  through  the  sea  of  Southern  Europe  and  Northern  Africa, 


Hyatt.]  302 

and  portions  of  its  waters  might  have  come  under  the  control  of  the 
trade  winds  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  been  forced  to  the  eastern 
coast  of  America.  There  exists  some  palaeontological  evidence  which 
could  be  adduced  to  support  this  view  of  the  passage  of  the  equato- 
rial current  from  the  Indian  Ocean  across  the  waters  which  held  the 
life  of  the  Tertiary  period  now  fossil  in  the  beds  of  Southern  Europe; 
but  an  examination  into  this  question  would  demand  special  consider- 
ations, not  coming  within  the  scope  of  this  paper. 

It  is  with  regard  to  the  period  at  which  the  northern  half  of  the 
equatorial  current  was  broken  by  the  upheaval  of  the  intertropical 
portion  of  the  American  continents,  that  we  have  probably  the  least 
satisfactory  evidence.  No  palasontological  evidence  tending  to  prove 
the  former  connection  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  in  intertropical 
re^-ions  has  yet  been  published,  so  far  as  is  known  to  the  author.  But 
we  may  derive  some  light  from  a  consideration  of  the  magnitude  of 
the  elevations  which  have  taken  place  along  the  great  Avestern  axis  of  the 
American  Continents  since  the  beginning  of  the  Tertiary  period.  To 
the  north  and  south  of  the  Isthmus  connecting  the  continents,  we 
have  evidences  of  elevation  amounting  to  from  three  thousand  to  six 
thousand  feet  or  upwards.  The  whole  northern  coast  of  South  Amer- 
ica as  well,  gives  evidence  of  great  elevation  since  the  Eocene 
period.  If  we  examine  the  elevation  of  the  existing  land  of  the  Isth- 
mus, and  compare  it  with  the  magnitude  of  the  uplift  at  other 
points  in  the  same  range,  we  are  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  if  any 
thin"-  like  the  same  rate  of  elevation  was  effected  in  Central  America, 
the  emergence  of  this  region  could  not  have  accomplished  the  disrup- 
tion of  the  equatorial  current  at  this  point,  until  the  Tertiary  period 
had  been  somewhat  advanced. 

The  foregoing  considerations  render  it  probable  that  the  great 
meridional  streams  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans,  with  their 
great  effects  on  the  distribution  of  life  and  of  sedimentary  deposits, 
are  phenomena  which  have  most  likely  been  in  existence,  only  since 
the  beginning  of  the  Tertiary  period. 

Mr.  A.  Hyatt  made  a  communication  npon  the  agreement 
between  the  different  periods  in  the  life  of  the  individual 
shell,  and  the  collective  life  of  the  Tetrabranchiate  Cephalo- 
pods.  He  showed  that  the  aberrant  genera  beginning  the 
life  of  the  Nautiloids  in  the  Palaeozoic  Age,  and  the  aber- 
rant genera  terminating  the  existence  of  the  Ammonoids  in 
the  Cretaceous  Period,  are  morphologically  similar  to  the 
youngest  period  and  the  period  of  decay  of  the  individual ; 
the  intermediate  normal  forms  agreeing  in  a  similar  manner 


303  [Jackson. 

with  the  adult  period  of  the  individual.  He  also  pointed 
out  the  departure  of  the  whorl  among  the  aberrant  Ammo- 
noids  from  its  complete  development  among  the  normal 
forms,  its  final  appearance  as  a  straight  tube  in  the  Baculite, 
and  the  close  connection  between  this  morphological  degra- 
dation of  the  whorl  and  the  production  of  the  degradational 
features  in  the  declining  period  of  the  individual,  demonstrat- 
ing that  both  consisted  in  the  return  of  embryonic  or  proto- 
typical characteristics  of  the  form,  and  partly  of  the  structure. 
He  said  that  the  individual  was,  with  regard  to  the  major- 
ity of  its  peculiarities,  either  an  embryonic,  an  adult,  or  an 
old  age  form  in  proportion  to  its  zoological  rank.  The  earlier 
and  simjjler  species  were  embryonic,  like  the  young  individ- 
ual ;  the  intermediate,  or  least  embryonic  in  aspect  like  the 
adult  or  progressive  period  of  the  individual ;  and  the  later  or 
old  age  forms,  comparable  in  many  respects  with  the  old  age 
of  the  individual  of  the  progressive  forms :  and  that  this 
could  be  accounted  for  by  the  constant  tendency  observed 
in  the  young  of  the  higher  species,  to  adopt  the  adult,  and 
finally  the  old  age  peculiarities  of  species  which  were  lower 
than  themselves ;  thus  making  their  whole  aspect  more  pro- 
gressive, or  more  degradational,  in  proportion  as  the  preced- 
ing, or  simpler  species  were  progressive  throughout  life,  or 
began  to  show  degradational  features  in  their  later  periods. 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  exhibited  specimens  of  the  pohshed 
rocks  of  Smoky  Valley,  Nevada,  having  a  brilliant,  but 
striated,  surface,  looking  like  a  porcelain  glaze;  a  polish 
supposed  to  be  the  joint  eflect  of  snow  and  sand  slides,  fin- 
ished up  by  the  more  delicate  touch  of  blowing  sand.  This 
must  have  been  effected  in  prehistoric  times,  for  there  is  now 
no  loose  sand  in  the  valley  which  could  be  blown  by  the  wind. 

The  scratches  and  polish  were  not  caused  by  glacial  action, 
since  they  run  directly  down  the  steep  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain, and  glacial  grooves  would  course  along  their  sides. 
Prof  WilUam  P.  Blake  of  Oakland,  Cal.,  first  suggested  that 
rocks  could  be  highly  polished  by  blowing  sand,  as  appears  by 
his  statements  in  the  Reports  on  the  Pacific  RailroadSurveys. 

It  is  well  kno^\Ti  that  blowing  sand  grinds  the  glass  of  the 
United  States  lighthouse  on    Cape  Cod,  and  the  delicate 


Jackson.]  304 

touch  of  sand  driven  by  the  wind  would  give  a  finer  poUsh 
than  could  be  made  by  any  other  mechanical  agency.  Spec- 
imens of  these  rocks  submitted  to  the  lapidary's  wheel  were 
found  to  receive  a  less  brilUant  polish. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  Messrs.  F. 
H.  and  J.  B.  Bradlee,  Boston,  January  29th,  1866,  presenting 
a  life  size  portrait  of  Audubon,  by  Healy.  The  Secretary 
was  requested  to  express  in  behalf  of  the  Society,  its  high 
appreciation  of  this  valuable  gift. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  also  read  the  letters  received 
since  the  last  announcement,  as  follows : 

From  the  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society  of  Manchester, 
December  30th,  18G5,  the  K.  K.  Geologische  Reichsanstalt,  Wien, 
and  the  Schweizerische  Gesellschaft  fUr  die  gesammten  Naturwissen- 
schaften,  Bern,  January  2d,  1866,  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh, 
January  9th,  1866,  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  January  20th,  1866,  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Phil- 
adelphia, January  31st,  1866,  and  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  New- 
York,  February  7th,  1866,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's 
Publications ;  the  Mannheimer  Verein  fiir  Naturkunde,  Mannheim, 
January  2d,  1866,  and  the  K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Wien, 
January  11th,  1866,  presenting  their  publications;  the  Societe  En- 
tomologique  de  Belgique,  December  14th,  1865,  Naturforschende 
Gesellschaft  des  Osterlandes  zu  Altenburg,  the  Oberhessische  Gesell- 
schaft, Giessen,  January  2d,  1866,  the  Societe  Royale  des  Sciences  a 
Upsal,  January  11th,  1866,  and  the  Societe  des  Sciences  Physiques  et 
Naturelles  du  Departement  d'llle  et-Vilaine,  Rennes,  February  10th, 
1866,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  publications,  and  pre- 
senting their  own ;  the  Royal  Geological  Society  of  h-eland,  December 
29th,  1865,  and  the  Royal  Society  of  Sciences  at  Upsal,  January 
11th,  1866,  desiring  back  numbers  of  the  Society's  publications;  the 
R.  Accademia  di  Scienze,  Lettere  ed  Arti,  Modena,  the  Societe  Aca- 
demique  d'Archeologie,  Sciences  et  Arts  du  Departement  de  I'Oise, 
Beauvais,  and  the  Cercle  Artistique,  Litteraire  et  Scientifique  d'An- 
vers,  February  10th,  1866,  and  the  Ecole  Lnperiale  des  Mines,  Paris, 
February  12th,  1866,  agreeing  to  exchange  publications;  the  Societe 
de  Biologic,  Paris,  February  lOth,  1866,  and  the  Civico  Museo,  Trieste, 
February  12th,  1866,  agreeing  to  exchange  publications,  and  request- 
ing an  exchange  of  specimens  ;  the  Editor  of  the  Ibis,  London,  Decem- 
ber 12th,  1865,  declining  to  exchange  publications  ;  Prof  Nevil  Story 
Maskelyne,  British  ]\hiseum,  December  14th,  1865,  Prof  Henry  Y. 
Hind,  Fredericton,  N.  B.,  December  25th,  1865,  and  Louis  Janin,  Jr., 


305  [Douton. 

Virginia,  Nevada,  February  10th,  18G6,  acknowledging  their  election 
to  Corresponding  Membership. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Resident  Members : 
Dr.  J.  H.  Warren,  Messrs.  AY.  E.  Boardman,  C.  P.  Putnam, 
Edwin  Bnrgess  of  Boston,  and  Mr.  Frank  C.  Garbutt  of 
Cambridge. 


March  7,  1866. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-two  members  present. 

The  following  communications  were  read  : 

Ox  A  Mineral,  eesemblixg  Albertite,  from  Colorado.   By 
Prof.  William  Dextox. 

When  on  an  exploring  trip  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountahi  Rano-e,  in 
July  of  last  summer,  I  found,  near  the  junction  of  White  and  Green 
Rivers,  and  probably  in  Utah,  a  series  of  tertiary  beds  of  brown 
sandstone,  passing  occasionally  into  conglomerate,  and  thin  beds  of 
bluish  and  cream-colored  shale  alternating  with  the  sandstones. 

These  beds  dip  to  the  west  at  an  angle  of  about  20°;  and  croppino- 
out  from  beneath  them  on  the  east,  are  beds  of  petroleum  shale,  a 
thousand  feet  in  thickness,  varying  in  color  from  a  hght  cream  to  inky 
blackness.  One  bed,  ten  feet  in  thickness,  which  I  traced  for  six 
miles,  is  scarcely  distinguishable  from  the  best  cannelite  of  Xew  Bruns- 
wick. In  the  sandstone  overlying  the  shales,  I  found  a  perpendicu- 
lar vein  of  bitumen  resembling  in  lustre,  fracture,  and  other  physi- 
cal characters,  pure  Albertite.  This  vein  has  a  width  of  from  two 
feet  six  inches,  to  three  feet  four  inches  ;  it  lies  between  smooth  walls 
of  sandstone,  and  was  traced  by  us  for  a  distance  of  five  miles  in  a 
nearly  direct  line,  due  west.  Two  more  small  veins  were  discovered 
parallel  to  the  first,  one  south,  and  the  other  north,  and  each  distant 
about  a  mile. 

The  sandstone  has  been  eroded  by  water  into  ravines  and  canons 
to  a  depth  of  from  eight  hundred  to  one  thousand  feet,  and  the  princi- 
pal vein  can  be  traced  from  the  top  of  the  mountain  to  the  bottoms 
of  these  canons,  retaining  its  width,  but  not  apparently  increasing  it. 
In  the  sandstone  I  found  fossil  wood  of  deciduous  trees,  fragments 

rPvOCEEDIXGS  E.   S.   >".   H.— VOL.   X.  20  JUXE,   1866. 


Denton.]  306 

of  large  bones,  most  of  wlilcli  were  solid,  and  turtles,  some  of  which 
were  two  feet  in  length,  and  perfect.  I  think  the  sandstone  is  proba- 
bly of  Miocene  age. 

In  the  petroleum  shale,  underlying  the  sandstones,  are  innumerable 
leaves  of  deciduous  trees  ;  among  them  I  think  I  recognized  the  wil- 
low, the  maple  and  the  oak,  but  shall  be  able  to  speak  more  definitely, 
when  the  specimens  which  I  collected  arrive.  Dipterous  insects, 
resembling  the  musquito,  and  their  larvae  abounded  ;  they  are  in  a 
wonderful  state  of  preservation. 

The  story  that  these  beds  tell  seems  to  be  this.  A  large  fresh-water 
or  brackish  lake  existed,  covering  a  considerable  portion  of  western 
Colorado  and  eastern  Utah.  Streams  carried  down  fine  sediment 
and  free  petroleum,  from  numerous  springs  in  the  surrounding  coun- 
try, for  ages  ;  the  petroleum  increased  in  flow  until  the  sediment  of  the 
lake  became  thoroughly  charged  with  it,  and  the  cannelite  was  the  re- 
sult. A  change  in  the  level  of  the  country  and  the  course  of  the  streams 
is  indicated  by  the  overlying  sandstones  and  conglomerates,  nearly  des- 
titute of  petroleum,  and  at  least  one  thousand  feet  in  thickness.  Dur- 
ino;  the  time  that  this  immense  amount  of  sediment  was  being  depos- 
ited, willows,  maples,  oaks,  and  many  strange  ti'ees  grew  on  the  land, 
palaeotheres  and  turtles  swam  in  the  waters,  and  clouds  of  insects 
sported  over  its  surface.  The  bitumen  seems  to  have  flowed  from  the 
shales  as  petroleum,  after  their  upheaval,  filling  ci-evlces  perhaps  formed 
by  that  upheaval,  and  to  have  hardened  in  time  into  its  present  form. 

Description  and  Analysis  of  a  new  kind  of  Bitumen.    By 
Aug.  a.  Hayes,  M.  D. 

Prof  Wm.  Denton,  lately  returned  from  a  geological  exploration 
of  parts  of  Utah  and  Colorado,  placed  in  my  hands  for  chemical  analy- 
sis some  fragments  of  bitumen,  discovered  by  him  near  the  junction 
of  White  and  Green  Rivers.  The  physical  characters  of  this  min- 
eral connect  it  with  the  variety  of  cannel  coal  called  Albertite ;  a 
fact  which  gives  great  interest  to  the  discovery,  apart  from  economi- 
cal considerations. 

In  chemical  composition,  relation  to  heat  and  solvents,  it  differs 
from  Albertite  remarkably,  and  falls  within  the  class  of  true  bitumens, 
of  which  it  is  an  important  member,  well  characterized. 

It  may  be  viewed  in  another  connection  with  some  scientific  inter- 
est, and  it  is  to  this  relation  that  I  purpose  to  call  attention. 

When  the  cannel  coal  of  New  Brunswick  was  discovered  and  de- 
scribed, geologists  and  mineralogists  were  unAvilllng  to  class  it  with 
known  coals  of  the  cannel  kind,  on  account  of  its  general  resemblance 
to  some  known  bitumens.  Jet,  from  the  tertiary  formation,  seemed  to 
be  its  nearest  relative,  but  so  strong  was  the  impression  of  its  physical 


307  [Hayes. 

characters,  that  it  received  a  distinctive  name,  by  which  it  is  now  known. 
Meantime  observations  have  multiplied  over  a  larger  surface,  and  in 
our  own  country,  two  discoveries  have  been  made,  which  render  the 
reception  of  a  new  fact  less  difficult. 

1.  The  discovery,  some  seven  years  since,  of  the  bitumen  of 
Ritchie  County,  Va.  This  is  a  true  bitumen,  filling  a  chasm  in  the 
sandstones  of  the  coal  formation,  without  shales  or  clay,  and  the 
deposit  is  extensive  above  the  surface,  and  continuous  more  than  one 
hundred  feet  below  it. 

The  physical  characters  of  this  bitumen  do  not  dlifer  from  those  of 
bituminous  coal  of  the  prismatic  form.  Geologists  and  mineralogists 
have  carefully  examined  and  pronounced  it  coal.  In  place,  it  is  a 
bitumen,  and  all  its  chemical  characters  and  composition  fix  it  firmly 
in  the  class  of  bitumens. 

Here  we  have  a  bitumen  with  the  external  characters  of  coal  so 
distinct  as  to  place  it  among  the  more  common  coals  on  inspection. 

2,  Prof  Denton  has  made  knoAvn  a  most  valuable  deposit  of  oil- 
producing  bitumen,  whose  external  characters  are  exactly  those  of 
the  so-called  Albertite,  while  the  mineral  in  place  fills  a  fracture  in  the 
rocks,  without  shales  or  clay.  Either  in  its  bed,  or  in  the  laboratory,  it 
is  a  true  bitumen,  differing  from  Albertite,  as  bitumens  differ  from  coal. 

I  think  these  discoveries  diminish  the  apparent  objections  urged  to 
receiving  the  Albertite  as  a  cannel  coal,  in  the  way  of  presenting  a 
coal  on  the  one  hand  which  is  a  bitumen,  and  an  Albertite  on  the 
other,  which  is  also  a  bitumen.  They  show,  too,  the  important  aid 
which  may  be  derived  from  chemical  inquiries,  connected  with  geolog- 
ical observations. 

In  physical  characters,  this  mineral  resembles  the  Albertite  of  New 
Brunswick.  The  same  variety  of  fracture  is  observed,  and  hand  spec- 
imens side  by  side  hardly  differ.  Specific  gravity  varies  from  1.055 
to  1.075  ;  electric  by  friction. 

When  heated  it  loses  0,33  per  cent,  of  moisture,  and  at  340°  F., 
begins  to  emit  vapors  of  hydrocarbons,  soon  melts  and  intumesces.  It 
expands  about  five  times  its  volume  in  decomposing,  and  affords  a 
porous  brilliant  coke. 

It  partially  dissolves  in  the  lighter  hydrocarbons  from  coal  and 
petroleum.  In  petroleum  naphtha,  of  39.67  per  cent,  of  dark  brown 
bitumen  separated  from  residuary  humus,  one  hundred  parts  afforded 
when  distilled  — 

Moisture ^-^^ 

Bitumens  and  Gas 7  7.67 

Carbon  as  Coke 20.80 

Ash 1-20 

100.00 


Jackson.]  308 

Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson  gave  a  description  of  the  mines  of  Cali- 
fornia and  Nevada,  exhibiting  specimens  of  the  gold  ores  of 
California,  the  silver  ores  of  Nevada,  mercury  ores  from 
New  Almaden,  CaL,  together  with  specimens  of  the  asso- 
ciated rocks,  and  showed  specimens  of  brown  bituminqtis 
coal  from  mines  near  San  Francisco ;  asphaltum  and  petro- 
leum rocks  from  Santa  Barbara ;  also  native  sulphur  from  the 
Geyser  springs,  and  copper  ores  from  the  "Union  Mine,"  Ciil- 
varas  County,  Cal.,  and  gave  an  account  of  their  characters, 
and  the  amount  of  copper  which  they  had  yielded  for  the 
last  few  years.  He  also  gave  an  account  of  the  topography 
and  geology  of  the  mining  regions  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Austin,  Nevada. 

E.  L.  Sturtevant,  M.  D.,  was  elected  a  Resident  Member. 


March  21,  1866. 
The  President  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-two  members  present. 

The  President  read  a  letter  from  J.  Elliot  Cabot,  stating 
that  he  had  been  an  eye  witness  to  an  attack  by  a  Thrasher 
upon  a  whale,  which  took  place  about  three-fourths  of  a  mile 
from  the  shore  at  Nahant,  several  years  since,  thus  calling 
into  question  the  supposed  harmless  nature  of  this  animal. 

Dr.  White  exhibited  casts  of  the  Engis  and  Neanderthal 
crania,  recently  obtainecl  by  the  Society,  and  made  compari- 
sons with  the  cranium  from  Stockton,  Cal.,  giving  a  resume 
of  the  discussions  elicited  by  the  recent  discoveries  in  the 
prehistoric  annals  of  man. 

A  letter  was  read  from  Mrs.  B.  D.  Greene,  presenting  to 
the  Society  an  engraved  portrait  of  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker.  A 
special  vote  of  thanks  was  passed,  both  for  this  picture,  and 
the  39-40th  parts  of  Von  Martins'  Flora  Brasiliensis,  which 
lay  upon  the  table. 


309  [Mann. 

Dr.  Elliot  Cones  of  Washington,  D.  C,  and  Coleman  T. 
Robinson,  Esq.,  of  New  York,  were  elected  Corresj^onding 
Members. 

Messrs.  H.  W.  Fisher  of  Brookline,  and  C.  F.  Dunbar  of 
Boston,  Avere  elected  Resident  Members. 


April  4,  1866. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 
Forty-three  members  present. 
The  following  papers  were  presented  : — 
Description  of    some  new  Species  of  the  Genus  Schiedea, 

AND    of    an   allied   NEW    GeNUS.      By    H.    MaNN. 

ScniEDEA  Cham,  et  ScJdecL,  Char.  Gen.  Emend. 

Calyx  quinquepartitus,  perslsteus.  Corolla  nulla.  Staminodia  sub- 
petaloidea  5,  hyalina,  sepalis  opposita.  Stamina  fertilia  10,  imo 
calyci  inserta,  quhique  sepalis  opposita  cum  basi  staminodiorum 
accreta,  quinque  alterna  breviora.  Styli  filiformi  3,  rarius  4-5-7. 
Ovarium  uniloculare  ;  ovulis  plurimis  columellae  centrali  afRxis.  Cap- 
sula  trlvalvls,  raro  4-5-7-valvis.  Seuiina  plurima,  estrophiolata. 
Embryo  annularis,  albumen  farinaceum  cingcns. —  Suffrutices  vel 
herbje  perennes,  Sandwicenses,  oppositifblii,  exstipulati ;  cymulis  tliyr- 
soideo-congestis  vel  effuse  paniculatis,  raro  eyma  pauciflora. 

CONSPECTUS    GENERIS. 

§  EuscniEDEA.    Filaraenta  capillaria.     Styli  3,  rarius  4-5,  intus  stig- 

matosi. — Flores  parvi,  thyrsoideo-congesti  vel  effuse  paniculati. 
*  Panieula  deliquescens,  effusa:  sepala  acuminata:  folia  uninervia. 
-1-  Staminodia  apice  bifida:  filamenta  longe  exserta. 

1.  S.  NuTTALLii  Hoolc. 

2.  S.  DIFFUSA  Cra?/. 

•i-  -J-  Staminodia  lanceolata,  acuminata  :  filamenta  calycc  breviora. 

3.  S.  AMPLEXICAULIS  Sp.  UOV. 

4.  S.  STELLARIOIDES  Sp.  ilOV. 


Mann.]  310 

*  *  Panicula  contracta,  ramosa,  deliquescens :  folia  trinervia. 

5.  S.  Menziesii  Hook. 

6.  S.  HooKERi  Graij. 

*  *  *  Panicula  thyrsoidea,  contracta,  interrupta :  folia  uninervia. 

•i-  Staminodia  apice  bifida :  filamenta  longe  exserta. 

7.  S.  LiGUSTRiNA  Cham,  et  Schlect. 

8.  S.  SPERGULINA  GraT/. 

^_  ^_  Staminodia  apice  bifida :  filamenta  calyce  breviora. 

9.  S.  Remyi  sp.  nov. 

*  *  *  *  Thyrsus  globosus,  nunc  tripartitus  :  folia  tripli-quintupli-ner- 
via :  staminodia  Integra  obtusa :  filamenta  brevissima. 

10.  S.  GLOBOSA  sp.  nov. 

§  NoTHOSCHiEDEA.  Filamenta  complanata  subulata.  Styli  7,  un- 
dique  stigmatosi.  Staminodia  integra,  obtusa,  brevissima  :  fila- 
menta calyce  breviora. — Flores  pro  genere  maximi,  perpauci,  sep- 
alis  subpetaloideis. 

11.  S.  viscosA  sp.  nov. 

Schiedea  amplexicaulis  sp.  nov. 

SufFruticosa  :  foliis  oblongo-linearibus  obtusis  mucronatis  uninerviis 
basi  lata  auriculata  amplexicaulibus;  panicula  ramosissima  patentis- 
sima ;  pedicellis  minutissime  hirsutis  ;  sepalis  ovato-lanceolatis  acumina- 
tis  scarioso-fibrilloso-marginatis  hispldulis  enerviis  capsula  3-valvi 
pauUo  longiorlbus ;  staminodeis  lanceolatis  apice  attenuate  integerri- 
mis ;  filamentis  brevibus ;  seminibus  laevibus. — "  Kauai  or  Niihau," 
Hawaiian  Islands.     (Remy,  548  bis.) 

Schiedea  stellarioides  sp.  nov. 

Caule  basi  suffruticoso  ramosissimo ;  foliis  spatliulato-linearibus  ob- 
tusis mucronatis  emarginatisve  uninerviis,  junioribus  basi  attenuata 
hirsuto-ciliatis ;  panicula  effusa  gracili  ;  pedicellis  primum  pubes- 
centibus ;  sepalis  attenuato-lanceolatis  enerviis  capsula  3-valvi  paullo 
longioribus ;  staminodiis  lanceolatis  apice  attenuate  integerrimis ;  fila- 
mentis brevibus ;  seminibus  rugulosis. — On  the  mountains  above  Wai- 
mea,  Kauai,  one  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.    (Mann  &  Brigham,  595.) 

Schiedea  Remyi  sp.  nov. 

Suffruticosa ;  foliis  inferloribus  angustato-linearibus  uninerviis  fas- 
ciculatis,  superioribus  subulatis ;  panicula  thyrsoidea  contracta  e  cymu- 
lis  brevibus  puberulis  compositis  ;  sepalis  ovatis  obtusis  plurinerviis  cap- 


311 


[Mann 


sulam  superantibus ;  starainodlis  apice  bifidis ;  filamentis  brevibus ; 
seminibus  fere  laevibus. — Molokal,  one  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 
(Remy,  551.) 

Schiedea  globosa  sj).  nov. 

Hiimilis;  caulibus  e  caudice  herbaceo  erectis  simplicissimis ;  foliis 
inferioribus  obovato-lanceolatis  sessilibus  3-5-plinerviis,  superioribus 
angustioribus  parvis  tripli-nerviis ;  cymulis  plurifloribus  in  oapitulum 
terminalc  globosum  raro  trifidum  longius  pedunculatum  arete  con- 
gestis ;  sepalis  ovatis  obtusis  infra  medium  nervatis  eapsula  ovato- 
lanceolata  4-valvi  brevioribus ;  staminodiis  integerrimis  obtusis  stam- 
in:bus;|ue  calvce  2-3-plo  brevioribus ;  seminibus  paucis  rugulosis. 
— Oahu.     (Mann  &  Brigham,  580 ;  Remy,  552.) 

Schiedea  viscosa  sp.  nov. 

Decumbens,  sufFruticosa,  glanduloso-pubescens ;  ramis  adsurgenti- 
bus  foliosis  apice  laxe  2-6-floribus ;  foliis  breviter  oblongis  utrinque 
acutissimis  petiolatis  trinervatis  demum  glabratis  ;  sepalis  ovatis  acumi- 
natis  plurinerviis  capsulam  7-valvem  superantibus ;  filamentis  calyce 
brevioribus  staminodia  late  ovata  obtusa  3-plo  superantibus,  iis  stam- 
inodiorum  oppositis  latioribus;  seminibus  plurimls  tuberculato-rugulo- 
sis. — At  three  thousand  feet  elevation,  on  the  mountains  of  Waimea, 
Kauai.  This  species  differs  so  entirely  in  its  aspect  from  the  rest 
of  the  genus,  in  its  almost  trailing  manner  of  growth,  and  in  its  pecu- 
liarly nerved  leaves  and  large  flowers  nearly  half  an  inch  long, 
formmg  a  comparatively  simple  cyme,  as  to  form  quite  a  distinct 
section.     (Mann  &  Brigham,  579.) 


Alsixidexdron  Nov.  Gen.  Caryopliyll. 

Calyx  quinquepartitus,  sepalis  decussatim  imbricatis  ovalibus  sub- 
carnosis  albidis  etiam  in  anthesi  conniventibus,  raro  cum  quinto  min- 
imo  interno.  Petala  et  staminodia  nulla.  Stamina  10,  margini  disci 
tenuissimse  basi  calycis  accreti  inserta :  filamenta  filiformia :  anthers 
lineari-oblongae,  utrinque  emarginatae.  Ovarium  uniloculare ;  ovulis 
plurimis  columellEe  centrali  affixis  :  styli  4-7,  breviter  filiformes, 
apice  intus  stigmatosi.  Capsula  utriculata?,  polysperma. — Frutex 
Sandwicensis,  orgyalis,  fere  glaber ;  ramis  foliosis ;  foliis  oppositis 
amplis  ovatis  ovalibusque  cuspidato-acuminatis  basi  in  petiolum  sub- 
ito  angustatis  eximie  trinervatis  subeveniis;  cymis  plurifloribus  pedun- 
culatis  ex  axillis  superioribus,  floribus  subglobosis  in  pedicelHs  filiform- 
ibus  pendulis. 


Mann.]  312 

Alsinidendron  trinerve  sp.  nov. 

Growing  on  the  Kaala  Mountains,  Oaliu,  at  an  elevation  of 
about  two  thousand  feet. — A  glabrous  branching  shrub,  about  six 
feet  high.  Leaves  three  or  four  inches  long,  and  one  and  a 
half  to  two  inches  wide,  of  a  somcAvhat  chartaceous  texture,  oval 
or  ovate,  cuspidate-acuminate,  tapering  abruptly  at  the  base  into 
a  margined  petiole  about  an  inch  long,  and  with  three  strong  ribs 
running  from  the  base  to  the  very  apex.  Cymes  from  the  axils  of  the 
upper  leaves,  on  peduncles  an  inch  or  more  long.  Flowers  pendu- 
lous from  the  ends  of  long  (3-8  lines)  capillary  pedicels,  somewhat 
globose  in  shape,  a  little  truncated  at  the  base,  and  of  a  light  or 
whitish  color.  Sepals  four  (rarely  with  a  minute  internal  fifth),  about 
four  lines  long,  a  little  fleshy  at  the  base,  but^  with  thinner  margins  and 
apex,  closely  imbricated,  the  two  outer  completely  enclosing  the  two 
inner  in  the  bud.  Petals  and  staminodia  none.  Stamens  ten,  shorter 
than  the  calyx  ;  the  filaments  arising  from  the  margin  of  a  thin  peri- 
gynous  disk,  and  about  as  long  as  the  oblong-linear  emarginate  an- 
thers, which  are  erect  and  afSxed  by  a  deeply  notched  base.  Ovary 
ovoid :  styles  short,  4-7.  Capsule  membranaceous  (only  the  imma- . 
ture  seen)  and  probably  not  opening  by  valves.  Seeds  numerous, 
borne  on  a  central  placenta.  (Mann  &  Brigham,  582.  Also  Hille- 
brand,  fide  Oliver  in  litt.) 


Revision  of  the  Rutace.e  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 
By  H.  Mann. 

Pelea  Gray. 
*FoIus  veriicillatis  ;  florihus  in  axilHs  fascicidatis  hrevisslme  pedlcellatis. 
Pelea  Clusisfolia  Gray,  Bot.  S.  Pacif  Ex.  Exp.  1,  p.  340,  t.  35. 

Glaberrima ;  foliis  ter-quaternatim  verticillatis  vel  oppositis  cuneato- 
oblongis  obovatisve  crasso-coriaceis  petiolatis;  calycis  lobis  ovatis 
membranaceis  petalis  plus  dimidio  brevioribus ;  stylo  ovario  glabro 
longiore ;  capsula  obtuse  quadriloba. — Clusia  sessilis  Hook.  &  Arn. 
Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  p.  80,  non  Forst. 

Oivhu,  on  the  mountains  behind  Honolulu,  and  on  the  Kaala  Moun- 
tains. Hawaii,  on  the  Windward  slopes  of  Mauna  Kea,  and  in  the 
district  of  Puna.     (Expl.  Exp.;  Mann  &  Brigham,  599.) 

Pelea  sapotsefolia  sp.  nov. 

Foliis  (amplis  chartaceis)  quaternatim  verticillatis  elongato-ob- 
longis   emarginatis  basi  subattenuatis  supra  glaberrimis  subtus  pra3- 


313  [Mann. 

sertlm  ad  costam  pubescentibus,  crebre  pcnninerviis  chartaceis 
longluscule  petiolatis  ;  calycis  lobis  late  ovatis  petalis  ovatis  breviori- 
bus ;  stvlo  quadripartifo  ovario  longlore  ;  capsula  .... 

Kauai,  in  the  valleys  of  Kealia  and  Hanalai,  on  the  windward  side 
of  the  island.     (Mann  &  Brigham,  559.) 

A  small  tree,  about  twenty  feet  high,  much  branched.  The  young 
naked  leaf-buds  hirsute,  as  in  all  the  species ;  the  branches  and  in- 
florescence glabrous.  Leaves  verticillate  in  fours,  elongated-oblong  or 
slightly  spathulate-oblong,  chartaceous,  four  to  nine  inches  long,  by  two 
to  three  wide,  somewhat  attenuated  at  the  base,  or  sometimes  obtuse, 
petioled  (the  petioles  one  to  one  and  a  half  inches  long),  with  a  strong 
midrib  prominent  underneath,  the  very  numerous  primary  veins  (thirty 
to  fifty  pairs)  running  out  nearly  transversely  towards  the  margin,  where 
they  unite  with  a  distinct  intramarginal  vein ;  the  leaves  are  some- 
what villous  pubescent  on  the  under  surface,  more  especially  on  the 
midrib,  but  quite  glabrous  above.  The  texture,  and  especially  the 
venation  of  the  leaves,  gives  them  somewhat  the  appearance  of  the 
larger  forms  of  Sapota  Sandwlcensis.  Flowers  in  axillary  sessile 
clusters,  the  pedicels  two  to  three  lines  long.  Calyx  four-parted ;  the 
lobes  broadly  ovate,  imbricated  in  sestivation,  about  one  and  a  half 
lines  long.  Petals  four,  valvate  in  asstivation,  ovate,  a  third  longer 
than  the  sepals,  not  much  thickened  at  the  apex.  Stamens  eight, 
much  shorter  than  the  petals :  filaments  linear-lanceolate,  glabrous : 
anthers  deltoid-sagittate,  adnate-introrse.  Hypogynous  disk  very  short. 
Ovary  glabrous,  depressed-globular,  four-lobed,  four-celled,  the  four 
carpels  somewhat  united.  Style  a  little  longer  than  the  ovary, /our- 
parted  nearly  to  the  base ;  the  divisions  clavate,  stigmatlc  at  and  near 
the  summit.  The  immature  capsule  is  puberulent  and  deeply  four- 
grooved. 

Pelea  auriculaefolia  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  343,  t.  36. 

Glabra;  follis  (amplis  subcoriaceis)  ternatim  verticillatis  oblongo- 
spathulatis  basi  auriculatis  sessilibus,  junioribus  subtus  pubescentibus; 
floribus  fasciculatis  ad  axillas  foliorum  delapsorum  secus  caulem  vir- 
gatum ;  capsula  quadripartita. 

Hawaii,  on  Mauna  Kea,  (Expl.  Exp.)  ;  and  on  the  Kohala  Ridge, 
(Hillebrand.) 

*  *  FoUis   oppositis    (P.  anisata  excepta  crasso-coriaceis  eximie    retic- 
ulatis)  :  pedunculis  cymoso-uni-plurijloris. 

Pelea  Kavaiensis  sp.  nov. 

Follis  ovalibus  supra  glaberrimis  subtus  prassertim  ad  costam  vel- 
utino-villosis  petiolatis  ;  floribus  in  axillis  solitariis  pedicellatis  parvis ; 


Mann.]  314 

calycis  lobis  ovato-rotimdatis  petalis  ovatis  climidlo  brevlorlbus  ;  stylo 
ovario  glabro  asquilongo  ;  capsula  parva  quadripartita  glaberrima. 

Kauai,  on  the  mountains  above  Waimea,  at  the  elevation  of  three 
thousand  feet.     (H.  Mann.) 

A  small  tree,  fifteen  feet  high,  with  the  branches  and  inflorescence 
glabrous.  Leaves  opposite,  from  two  and  a  half  to  four  inches 
long,  and  one  and  a  half  to  two  and  a  half  inches  wide,  entire, 
coriaceous,  glabrous  and  very  conspicuously  and  finely  reticulate- 
veiny  above  (the  veins  uniting  into  an  irregular  intramarginal  vein), 
beneath  clothed  with  a  dense  velvety  villosity,  which  is  especially 
thick  on  the  midrib ;  petioles  one  half  to  one  inch  long.  The 
small  flowers  are  solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  borne  on 
slender  pedicels  about  two  lines  long.  Calyx  four-lobed ;  the  lobes 
rounded-ovate,  about  three-fourths  of  a  line  in  length.  Petals  thin 
and  valvate  in  aestivation  with  the  apices  incurved,  ovate,  obtuse, 
about  one  and  one  fourth  lines  long.  Stamens  eight,  short ;  filaments 
slender ;  anthers  sagittate.  Style  about  the  length  of  the  glabrous 
ovary,  terminated  by  an  obtusely  four-lobed  stigma.  Capsule  four- 
parted,  one  or  more  of  the  ovate  glabrous  cocci  often  abortive.  Ripe 
fruit  unknown. 

Pelea  anisata  sp.  nov. 

Glabra ;  foliis  chartaceis  oblongis  obtusis  petiolatis ;  floribus  in 
axillis  solitariis  raro  binis  vel  ternis  brevissime  pedicellatis  ;  calycis 
lobis  late  ovatis  obtusis  petalis  ovato-oblongis  triplo  brevioribus;  stylo 
ovarium  bis  superante ;  capsula  leviter  quadriloba. 

Kauai,  on  various  parts  of  the  island,  but  most  abundant  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Hanalai.     (Mann  &  Brigham,  55  7.) 

A  large  shrub  or  small  tree,  the  "Makihana"  of  the  natives,  fifteen  to 
twenty  feet  high,  or  perhaps  more  (the  stem  sometimes  being  four 
inches  in  diameter)  ;  in  general  appearance  resembling  P.  oUongifolia^ 
but  perfectly  distinguished  by  its  overpowering  anisateodor  when  the 
leaves  are  bruised  or  the  bark  peeled  off":  the  other  species  have  only 
a  heavy  rutaceous  odor.  Leaves  elongated-oval  or  oblong,  obtuse, 
somewhat  attenuated  at  the  base,  two  to  seven  inches  long,  one  to  two 
inches  wide,  of  a  chartaceous  texture,  loosely  reticulate-veined, 
borne  on  petioles  one  half  to  one  inch  long.  The  flowers  are 
usually  solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  but  sometimes  two  or  three 
together ;  pedicels  one  or  two  lines  long.  Calyx  four-parted ;  the 
lobes  ovate,  obtuse,  rather  thick,  less  than  a  line  long.  Petals  four, 
oblong  or  oblong-ovate,  thrice  the  length  of  the  sepals,  valvate  in 
aestivation.  Stamens  eight,  very  short,  not  exceeding  the  calyx-lobes 
in  length;  filaments  broadly  linear-lanceolate ;  anthers  short-sagittate. 
Ovary  glabrous,  depressed-globular  and   very  slightly  lobed,  termi- 


1 


315  [Mann. 

nated  by  a  style  nearly  twice  its  length,  which  is  very  slender  and 
bears  a  spreading  crown  of  four  ovoid  stigmas.  The  mature  capsule 
is  but  slightly  four-lobed,  about  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  split- 
ting by  loculicidal  dehiscence  to  the  centre  into  four  triangular 
segments  joined  at  the  base.  The  exocarp  is  thicJi  and  woody,  the 
endocarp  papery  and  quite  smooth  within. 

Pelea  oblongifolia  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  343. 

Glabra ;  foliis  oblongis  seu  ovalibus  petiolatis ;  pedunculls  florum 
fertilium  uni-paucifloris  petiolum  adajquantibus,  florum  sterilium  laxe 
paucifloris  petiolo  longioribus ;  calycis  lobis  ovatis  petalis  ovato-lan- 
ceolatis  triplo  brevioribus ;  stylo  ovario  bis  longiore ;  capsula  p.  m. 
quadriloba,  coccis  subcarinatis. 

Oahu,  in  various  parts  on  the  mountains.  Kauai.  Hawaii.  (Expl. 
Exp.;   Mann  &  Brigham,  208,  235,  376,  600.) 

Pelea  rotundifolia  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  344,  t.  37. 

Glabra;  foliis  orbiculatis  basi subcordata sessilibus  ;  floribus  cymosis; 
calycis  lobis  ovatis  petalis  plus  dimldio  brevioribus ;  stylo  ovario  pu- 
berulo  bis  longiore ;  capsula  (pollicari)  profunde  quadriloba,  coccis 
ovalibus  haud  carinatis,  endocarpio  intus  minute  puberulo. 

Oahu,  on  the  mountains  behind  Honolulu.  (Expl.  Exp.;  Mann  & 
Brigham,  209). 

Pelea  Sandwicensis  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  345,  t.  37= 

BruneUia  Sandtcicensis  Gaud.  Bot.  Freyc.  Yoy.  p.  93,  sine  descr.; 
Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot.  Beech.  Yoy.  p.  80. 

Eamis  novellis  cum  infl3rescentia  cymoso-3-9-florri  hirsutulo-tomen- 
tosis;  foliis  ovalibus  oblongisve  petiolatis  supra  glaberrimis  subtus 
prassertim  reticulatis  ;  calycis  lobis  ovato-rotundis  petalis  plus  dimidio 
brevioribus;  stylo  floram  fertilium  ovario  longiore;  capsula  quadri- 
partita  tomentulosa,  coccis  ovalibus  haud  carinatis,  endocarpio  intus 
puberulo. 

Oahu,  on  the  mountains  behind  Honolulu.  West  Maui,  on  the 
mountains.  (Expl.  Exp. ;  Remy,  622.) 

Pelea  volcanica  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  346,  t.  38. 

Ramis  junioribus  petiolis  et  inflorescentia  cymuloso-paniculata  hir- 
suto-tomentosis ;  foliis  ovalibus  petiolatis  supra  glaberrimis  subtus 
parce  hirsutis ;  calycis  lobis  ovatis  acutis  hirsutis  petalis  hirsutulis 
dimidio  brevioribus ;  stylo  gracili  ovario  tomentoso  aquilongo ;  capsula 
(sesquipollicari)  glabra  quadriloba,  coccis  recurvis  carinatis. 

Hawaii,  in  forests  on  Mouna  Kea,  (Expl.  Exp).  Oahu,  on  the 
Kaala  Mountains,    (H.  Mann.) 


Mann.]  316 

Melicope  Forst. 

Relying  upon  the  vah^ate  sestivatlon  of  the  corolla,  I  have  still  kept 
the  genus  Pelea  distinct  from  Melicope,  notwithstanding  Bentham 
and  Hooker,  in  the  Genera  Plantariim,  have  united  them.  They  say 
of  Melicope  proper  "petala  imbricata  vel  valvata"  ;  but  all  those 
from  the  Hawaiian  Islands  most  certainly  have  an  imbricative  sestiva- 
tion,  as  also  has  the  original  M.  ternata  of  New  Zealand.  Their  sec- 
tion Astorganthus  is  said  to  have  "petala  valvata,"  but  in  all  the  spec- 
imens which  I  have  examined  of  its  only  known  species,  M.  simplex, 
the  aestivation  is  certainly  imbricative.  If,  therefore,  this  character  is 
sufficient,  these  genera  should  be  retained.  If  not,  the  best  arrange- 
ment might  be  to  throw  the  Melicopes  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  which 
all  have  simple  leaves,  into  Pelea-,  and  retain  the  genus  Melicope 
Forst.,  for  the  unifoliolate  species  M.  simplex  and  the  trifoliolate 
species  of  New  Zealand  and  Australia. 

Melicope  eiuerea  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  350,  t.  39. 

Foliis  oblongis  obtusis  basi  rotundatis  petiolatis  pallidis  utrinque  sub- 
tus  praesertim  ramulisque  junioribus  puberulo-tomentellis ;  peduncu- 
lis  petiolum  subaequantibus ;  floribus  cymosis  extus  canescentibus ; 
calycis  lobis  ovatis  acutis  sericeis  petalis  sericeis  brevioribus ;  capsula 
quadripartita,  coccis  ovoideis  glabratis. 

Oahu,  on  the  Kaala  Mountains,  (Expl.  Exp.;  Mann  &  Brigham, 
558.) 

Melicope  barbigera  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  351,  t.  39. 

Foliis  ovato-oblongis  utrinque  obtusis  petiolatis,  adultis  viridibus 
supra  glabris  subtus  secus  costam  villoso-barbatis  ;  pedunculis  uni-tri- 
floris  petiolo  brevioribus ;  floribus  canescentibus ;  calycis  lobis  ovato- 
lanceolatis  acuminatis,  puberulis  petalis  ovato-lanceolatis  pubcrulis 
paullo  brevioribus ;  capsula  quadrisecta,  folliculis  lenticulari-ovoideis 
glabratis. 

Kauai,  on  the  mountains  above  Waimea.  (Expl.  Exp.;  Mann  & 
Brigham,  560.) 

Melicope  spathulata  Gray,l.  c.  p.  352. 

"Glabra;  foliis  elongatis  spathulato-oblongis  sen  oblanceolatis  obtu- 
sis basi  acutis;  pedunculis  axillaribus  bi-trifloris;  sepalis  pctalisque 
glabris  orbiculatis." 

"Kauai,  on  the  mountains."  (Expl.  Exp.) 


317  [Mann. 

Melieope  elliptiea  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  353. 

Glabra;  foliis  elllpticis  utrinque  obtusis  petiolatis  retlculatis;  pe- 
dimculis  petiolo  longiorlbus ;  floribus  pedicellisque  canescentibus ; 
calycis  lobls  ovoideis  acutis  petalis  ovatis  dimidio  brevioribus;  cap- 
sula  quadripartita ;  coccis  ovoideis  apiculatis  tomentulosis. 

Oahu,  Kaala  Mountains,  (Expl.  Exp.)  Maui,  forests  on  the  slopes 
of  Haleakala.  (Mann  &  Brigham,  377.) 


Platydesma  Nov.  Gen.  Medlcosmce  affinis. 

Flores  liermapbroditl.  Calyx  quadrisepalus,  persistens,  imbricatus ; 
sepalis  rotundatis,  exterioribus  majoribus  interiora  OBstivatione  in- 
cludentibus.  Petala  4,  jestivatione  late  convoluto-imbricata  vel 
convoluta,  ampla,  obovata,  apice  recurva.  Discus  planus,  leviter  4- 
lobus.  Stamina  8,  disco  inserta,  infra,  medium  monadelpha ;  fila- 
mentis  nudis  ovatis  seu  ovato-lanceolatis  crassis ;  anthera?  sagittatic, 
facei  interiori  infra  apicem  filamenti  adnatse.  Ovarium  4-partitum: 
stylus  centralis :  stigmate  4-lobo :  ovula  in  loculis  5,  amplii- 
tropa.       Cocci    erecti,    omnino  discreti,    subsucculenti,  abortu     sa?- 

pissime  dispermae,  endocarpio  tenui  cartilagineo.      Embryo 

— Arbuscula  SandAvicensis,  fere  glabra,  graveolens.  Folia  opposita, 
ampla,  simplicia,  lanceolata  vel  obovato-lanceolata,  obtusa  vel  acumi- 
nata, petiolata.  Cymae  axillares  pauciflorae,  pedicellis  2-bracteolatis. 
Flores  magni,  albi. 

Platydesma  campanulata  sp.  nov. 

Oahu,  on  the  mountains  behind  Honolulu,  at  middle  heights. 
(Mann  &  Brigham,  94.) 

A  tree  twenty-five  or  thirty  feet  in  height,  with  a  spreading  croAvn, 
and  a  trunk  eight  or  ten  inches  in  diameter,  nearly  glabrous ; 
the  younger  branches  and  leafy  shoots  of  a  light  color,  or  when 
quite  young  greenish,  striped  Aviih  narrow  ridges  and  depressions : 
exhaling  a  strong  terebinthine  odor  when  cut  or  bruised.  Leaves 
varying  in  size  on  different  parts  of  the  tree,  from  three  to  fourteen 
inches  long,  by  one  to  four  or  five  wide,  lanceolate,  or  more  usually 
obovate-lanceolate,  obtuse  or  acuminate,  dark  green  above,  and 
lighter  beneath,  tapering  at  the  base,  of  a  not  very  thick  coriaceous 
texture,  pinnately  veined  (six  to  eighteen  pairs  of  veins)  ;  the  veins 
divaricating  after  reaching  about  three-fourths  of  the  distance  to  the 
margin,  not  uniting  to  form  a  distinct  intra-marginal  vein,  and  not 
strongly  reticulated ;  the  leaves  very  copiously  punctate  with  innu- 
merable small  raised   glandular   dots   appearing  black  by  reflected 


Mann.]  '  318 

liglit ;  the  petioles  one  half  to  two  inches  long.  Peduncles  about 
equalling  the  petioles  in  length,  bearing  ovate-subulate  bracts.  Cyme 
three  to  five-flowered.  Pedicels  bracted,  two  or  three  lines  long. 
FloAvers  hermaphrodite,  nine  to  ten  lines  long  by  six  to  seven  lines 
in  diameter,  campanulate.  Sepals  four,  four  or  five  lines  long, 
decussatingly  imbricated,  the  two  outer  longer  and  much  thicker  ones 
enclosing  the  two  inner  in  the  bud,  clothed  with  a  minute  sericeous 
pubescence  extending  down  on  to  the  pedicels.  Petals  four,  alternate 
with  the  sepals,  in  testivation  strongly  imbricated  or  often  truly  con- 
volute, inserted  under  the  disk,  eight  to  nine  lines  long,  obovate, 
thick  and  fleshy,  Avhite,  minutely  sericeous,  bearded  on  the  margins, 
with  the  somewhat  spreading  and  recurved  tips  apiculate.  Sta- 
mens eight,  nearly  as  long  as  the  petals,  inserted  on  the  margin 
of  the  thin  hypogynous  disk;  the  much  dilated  filaments  mona- 
delphous  to  the  middle ;  the  sagittate  introrsely  dehiscent  anthers 
wholly  adnate  to  their  interior  face,  and  about  two  lines  long. 
Ovary  globular,  the  four  rounded-triangular  carpels  joined  only  by 
the  central  columnar  stvle,  which  is  four  times  their  leno-th.  Stigma 
terminal,  entire,  slightly  four-grooved.  Ovules  five  in  each  cell,  col- 
lateral and  superposed,  hemltropous.  Fruit  con>isting  of  four  coria- 
ceous, erect,  distinct  cocci  eight  to  nine  lines  long,  and  three  or  four 
in  diameter,  lined  with  a  hard,  smooth,  crustaceous  endocarp,  and  half 
enclosed  by  the  persistent  cup-shaped  calyx  ;  usually  ripening  two 
seeds  which  very  much  resemble  those  of  Pelea.     Embryo  not  seen. 


Zanthoxylum   Colden. 


Zanthoxylum  Kavaiense  Gray,  1.  c.  p.  354. 

"Inerme,  glabrum ;  follis  alternis  pinnatls  3-5-foliola.tls ;  foliolis 
coriaceis  ovalibus  integerrlmis  hand  punctatis ;  panlculls  axillari- 
bus  compositis ;  fructlbus  stipltatls ;"  —  floribus  tetramerls  ;  caly- 
cls  lobls  ovato-subulatis  petalis  fl.  masc.  lanceolatls  trlplo,  fl.  foem. 
lineari-ligulatls  quadruple  brevioribus ;  antherls  ovallbus  ;  ovario  soli- 
tario. 

Kauai,  (Expl.  Exp.)      Hawaii,  (Remy,  614.) 

The  fruit  has  been  described  from  the  specimens  of  the  South 
Pacific  Ex})lorlng  Expedition.  I  have  described  the  flowers  from  a 
specimen,  probably  of  the  same  species,  collected  on  Hawaii  by  Remy, 
but  diflering  in  the  thinner  texture  of  the  leaves,  which  appear  with 
the  flowers.  Calyx  four-lobed ;  the  lobes  ovate-subulate,  about  three- 
fourths  of  a  line  long,  in  the  male  flowers  thrice  shorter  than  the  lan- 
ceolate petals ;  stamens  four,  a  line  in   length ;  filaments  capillary ; 


319  [Mann. 

anthers  oval.  In  the  female  flower  the  sepals  are  four  times  shorter 
than  the  linear-ligulate  petals,  which  are  imbricated  in  aestivation ; 
stamens  reduced  to  four  glands ;  ovary  unilocular,  stipitate ;  stigma 
globular. 

Zanthoxylum  Maviense  sp.  nov. 

Inerme,  pube  tenuiter  velutina  cinereum;  foliis  alternis  3-folio- 
latis  ;  foliolis  coriaceis  ovalibus  (lateralibus  basi  hinc  excisa  valde  inae- 
quilateris)  integerrimis  hand  punctatis ;  paniculis  axillaribus  ;  coccis 
solitariis  estipitatis  lunulato-ovoideis. 

Maui,  (Remy,  615.) 

The  specimen  is  apparently  from  an  unarmed  tree,  bearing  ma- 
ture fruit  only,  it  is  cinereous  with  a  fine  velutinoiis  pubescence, 
especially  on  the  under  surface  of  the  alternate  trifoliolate  leaves. 
Petioles  fifteen  to  twenty  lines  long.  Leaflets  ovate,  truncated  at  the 
base ;  the  two  lateral  ones  unequal,  the  upper  base  being  three  lines 
shorter  than  the  lower,  two  to  two  and  a  half  inches  long  by  fifteen  to 
twenty  lines  wide.  Panicle  several-flowered.  Carpel  solitary 
estipitate,  four  to  five  lines  long,  lunulate-ovoid,  becoming  two- 
valved ;  the  endocarp  adnate.     Seed  solitary,  filling  the  cell. 

Zanthoxylum  (Blackburnia)  dipetalum  sp.  nov. 

Inerme,  glabrum  ;  foliis  alternis  3-9-foliolatis  ;  foliolis  coriaceis  ob- 
longis  vel  ovatis  integerrimis  punctatis  ;  paniculis  florum  steriUum  com- 
positis ;  petalis  2  ovalibus  crasslsslmis  asstlvatlone  valvatis  calyce 
4-dentato  quadruplo-longlore ;  antheris  oblongis  :  —  flores  fertiles 
fructusque  ignoti. 

Oahu,  on  the  mountains  behind  Honolulu,  (H.  Mann  and  Dr.  Wm. 
Hlllebrand.) 

A  tree  about  thirty  feet  high,  entirely  glabrous.  Dr.  Hillebrand's 
specimens  furnish  immature  sterile  flowers.  Leaves  alternate,  3-9- 
foliolate,  petioled.  Leaflets  two  to  four  inches  long  by  seven  to 
twenty  lines  wide,  oblong  or  oblong-ovate,  obtuse,  coriaceous,  punctate, 
pinnately  veined,  entire,  equal  at  the  base,  and  Dr.  Hillebrand's  speci- 
men with  one  or  two  small  (three  to  nine  lines  long)  foliar  bodies 
arising  from  just  below  the  lower  leaflets,  which,  were  it  not  for  their 
anomalous  position,  might  be  likened  to  large  stipules.  Panicles  axil- 
lary or  terminal,  cymosely  many-flowered,  with  a  very  thick  and 
nodose  peduncle  and  axis.  Calyx  small,  less  than  a  line  long,  four- 
lobed.  Petals  only  two,  oval,  valvate  in  sestivation  and  remarkably 
thick,  in  the  bud  three  or  four  lines  long,  probably  caducous.  Stamens 
four ;  filaments  short,  subulate ;  anthers  oblong. 


Jackson.]  320 

Chemical    Analyses    of    Minerals    associated    with    the 
Emery  of  Chester,  Mass.    By.  C.  T.  Jackson,  M.  D. 

Andesine. 

This  mineral,  formerly  mistaken  for  granular  Quartzite  and  Indian- 
ite,  constitutes  two  veins  of  from  one  foot  to  eioliteen  inches  in  width, 
occurring  on  each  side  of  the  great  Emery  vein  in  the  South  Moun- 
tain. Where  exposed  to  atmospheric  influences,  this  mineral  is  white 
and  loosely  granular  like  granular  quartz,  readily  crumbling  like  sand 
where  it  has  long  been  acted  upon  by  frost.  In  the  river,  below  water, 
it  is  of  a  greenish  tint,  and  has  the  close  granular  fracture  of  wax, 
little  resembling  the  weathered  mineral. 

Hardness  7.5,  or  between  Quartz  and  Topaz. 

Specific  Gravity  2.586. 

COMPOSITION. 
NO.  I.  NO.  II. 

Silica     ....     60.00 62.00 

Alumina    .     .     .     25.00 24.40 

Lime     ....       3.50 3.50 

IMagnesia  .     .     .       0.70 0.70 

Soda      ....       8.07 8.07 

Water   ....       1.00 1.00 

Trace  of  ox.  Iron    

98.27  99.67 

Analysis  No.  1.  was  repeated  only  on  the  Silica  and  Alumina. 

Diaspore. 

This  mineral  is  found  in  the  form  of  broad  bladed  and  longitudi- 
nally striated  crystals,  on  the  Emery  of  the  South  Mountain  in  Ches- 
ter. It  also  exists  in  drupes  of  delicate  elongated  quadrangular 
prisms  in  cavities,  and  in  short,  broad  prismatic  crystals,  implanted  in 
the  solid  Emery,  and  presenting  blue  and  violet  tints,  according  to 
the  position  of  their  planes. 

It  is  rather  difficult  to  detach  perfect  specimens  when  the  mineral 
occurs  attached  directly  to  the  solid  Emery,  but  when  separated  by 
the  chloritoid,  the  masses  containing  good  crystals  can  be  broken  off 
without  difficulty.  From  the  name  of  the  mineral,  it  will  be  under- 
stood that  it  cracks  or  breaks  readily,  the  Greek  term  signifying 
cracked.  Two  analyses  were  made  of  the  Chester  Diaspore.  No.  1 
by  my  son,  John  C.  Jackson,  and  No.  2  by  myself 

Hardness  7  1-4,  or  a  little  harder  than  Quartz  crystal. 

Specific  gravity  3.39. 


321 


[Jackson. 


COMPOSITION. 
NO.  I.  NO.  n. 

Alumina    .    .    .     80.75 83.00 

Water   ....    14.75 14,80 

Ox.  of   Titanium  )  .  f-^  „  „„. 

and  Ox.  of  Iron.  }  ^''^^ 3.00 

100.00  100.80 

Alumina  determined  by  difference  in  No.  1. 

Margarite. 

Analysed  by  John  C.  Jackson  in  my  Laboratory. 
Hardness  3.5  to  4.     Specific  Gravity  3.03. 

COMPOSITION. 

Silica 29.84 

Alumina 53.84 

Lime 10.38 

Magnesia •     .     .     .  0.24 

Soda  and  Potash 2.46 

Peroxide  of  Iron 0.30 

Water 1.32 

98.38 
Prof.  J.  Lawrence  Smith  says  he  has  detected  Lithia  among  the 
Alkalies  of  this  mineral,  which  would  seem  to  give  it  a  place   be- 
tween the  jSlicas  and   Lepidolite,  the  latter  containing  Lithia  as  its 
chief  alkali. 

Margarite  is  extremely  abundant  in  the  Chester  Emery  mine,  and 
the  specimens  are  the  most  beautiful  that  have  thus  far  been  discov- 
ered in  any  part  of  the  world. 

Clinochlore  or  Chloritoid  of  the  Chester  Emery  Mine. 

The  specimens  analysed  contained  microscopic  grains  of  magnetic 
iron  ore  which  could  not  be  wholly  separated  mechanically,  hence 
the  proportion  of  oxide  of  iron  in  the  analysis  is  too  great  for  pure 
Chloritoid.  This  mineral  is  distinct  from  Chlorite  on  account  of  a  de- 
ficiency of  the  essential  proportions  of   Magnesia   in  that   mineral. 


CLINOCHLORE  OF  CHESTER. 


SUica    .    .    . 

.     22.50 

Alumina    .    . 

.     23.50 

Per.  ox.  Iron 

.     41.50 

Magnesia  .    . 

.       1.80 

Water  .    .    . 

.     11.00 

100.30 

PROCEEDINGS  B.   S. 

N.   H.— VOL 

Mn.  02= 


CHLORITOID. 

MASONITE  (nobis) 

27.48     .     .     . 

.      .       33.20 

35.57     .     .     . 

.     .      29.00 

27.05     .     .     . 

.     .     25.93 

4.29     .     .     . 

.     .        0.24 

6.95     .     .     . 

.     .       4.00 

=0.30     .     .     . 

.     .        6.60 

101.64 

98.97 

21 

JUNE,  1866. 

Atwood.]  322 

Chlorite  consists,  according  to  tlie  analysis  by  Varrentrapp,  of- 

Silica 30.38 

Alumina ,    .  16.97 

Magnesia 33.97 

Protox.  Iron 4.37 

Water 12.63 


There  are  several  varieties  of  Chlorite  ;  specimens  from  Switzerland 
and  Dauphiny  differing  considerably  from  the  above  from  Siberia,  but 
not  one  of  them  contains  less  than  14  per  cent,  of  Magnesia. 

Capt.  [NT.  E.  Atwood  spoke  on  the  habits  and  distribution 
of  the  Haddock. 

Its  distribution  is  not  so  wide  as  that  of  the  Cod,  as  it  is  not 
common  south  of  Nantucket  Shoals,  nor  north  of  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  where  it  is  not  very  abundant,  but  the  specimens  taken 
are  very  large.  They  have  been  found  recently  in  abundance  on  the 
southern  border  of  the  Grand  Banks. 

Fifty  years  ago  this  fish  was  scarce  on  the  Grand  Bank,  and  along  our 
coast  few  were  caught.  In  1840,  they  became  very  numerous  about 
Cape  Cod,  so  as  to  interfere  seriously  with  the  cod  fishery,  as  they 
would  take  the  cod  bait.  In  about  1850,  they  had  increased  so 
rapidly  that  the  markets  were  glutted,  as  they  have  been  at  times 
since.  They  have  been  caught  in  great  numbers  this  spring,  and 
seem  to  be  still  on  the  increase.  It  is  possible  that  the  method  of  fish- 
ing by  trawls  may  increase  their  numbers  by  catching  up  other  species 
of  fish  that  prey  upon  their  spawn. 

It  spawns  in  the  spring  months  when  it  is  taken  in  shore,  in  shallow 
water.  Out  of  the  spawning  season  they  are  caught  farther  out  in 
deeper  water.  In  the  winter  they  do  not  leave  the  coast,  but  keep 
about  the  outer  fishing  grounds.  While  the  cod  is  taken  usually  with 
hand  lines,  the  haddock  is  almost  exclusively  taken  by  trawls.  The 
hooks  are  lowered  to  the  bottom  and  the  haddock  will  take  the  bait 
freely,  while  the  cod  will  only  take  the  bait  when  it  is  raised  a  short 
distance  from  the  bottom.  Salted  menhaden  is  used  frequently  for 
haddock,  which  they  will  take  freely,  while  it  is  poor  bait  for  cod ; 
both  cod  and  haddock  will  readily  take  stale  clams,  as  they  are  much 
better  for  bait  than  when  fresh. 

The  cod  prefers  fresh  or  live  fish  for  bait,  and  seizes  the  Lance  and 
Pipe-fish.  Capt.  Atwood  exhibited  specimens  of  the  Lance-fish  which 
had  been  taken  from  the  bodies  of  the  cod,  when  the  fish  was  cleaned ; 
the  Lance  was  changed  into  a  solid  mass,  encysted  in  the  flesh  near  the 


323  IVerrill 

back  bone,  was  hard  and  gritty,  and  difficult  to  cut  with  the  knife. 
The  fish  had  evidently  been  swallowed  by  the  cod ;  and  had  re- 
mained as  a  foreign  body  for  a  long  time,  becoming  hardened  by  the 
deposition  of  salts.  Its  presence  did  not  seem  to  affect  the  health  of 
the  cod. 


April  18,  1866. 
The  President  in  tbe  chair. 

Thirty-eight  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  read : 

On  the  Polyps  axd  Corals  of  Paxama   with  Descriptions 
OF  New  Species.     By   A.  E.  Verrill. 

In  the  following  pages  I  have  attempted  to  bring  together  all  the 
species  of  Polypi,  hitherto  observed  on  the  west  coast  of  Central 
America,  so  far  as  they  are  known  to  me  ,  together  with  several  that 
appear  to  be  new  to  science,  sent  home  by  Mr.  F.  H.  Bradley,  who 
has  spent  three  months  in  collecting  the  Marine  Invertebrates  of  that 
region  for  the  Museum  of  Yale  College.  This  collection  also  affords 
the  means  of  gaining  a  better  knowledge  of  several  species  which  I 
described  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology, 
No.  III.,  page  29,  1864,  from  specimens  belonging  to  that  Museum 
and  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  but  in  some  cases  not  so  numer- 
ous or  characteristic  as  was  desirable. 

The  differences  in  the  character  of  the  Polyp  Faunge  of  the  Atlan- 
tic and  Pacific  sides  of  Central  America,  are  very  remarkable.  At 
Aspinwall  coral  reefs  occur,  having  essentially  the  same  features  as 
those  of  Florida  and  the  West  Indies,  formed  by  the  same  species  of 
corals,  and  inhabited  by  the  same  species  of  Echinoderms,  jMolIusca, 
Crustacea,  etc.  Nearly  all  the  well  known  reef-building  corals  of 
Florida  are  found  at  Aspinwall,  viz.:  Porites  astrceoides  Lnik.,  P.  chiv- 
aria  Lmk.,  Mwlrepora  pahnata  L.,  M.  cervicorms  L.,  M.  pro/ if  era  L., 
Mceandrina  clivom  Verrill,  M.  labf/rinthica,  M.  simiosa  Les.,  and 
other  species,  Manicina  areolafa  Ehr.  Siderina  radiata.  Verrill,  S. 
gcdaxea  Blainv.,  Orhicella  cavernosa  Verrill,  0.  annidaris  Dana,  etc. 
But  at  Panama  none  of  these  forms  occur,  nor  even  any  of  the  gen- 
era of  the  families  to  which  they  belong,  with  the  exception  of  Pordes, 
which  is  there  represented  by  a  small  species,  and  by  another  allied 


Verrm.]  324 

genus,  SfepTianocora,  attaining  no  great  size.  The  Millepora  alcicornis 
L.,  so  abundant  on  the  Atlantic  side,  even  at  Aspinwall,  is  not  repre- 
sented at  Panama,  or  on  the  Pacific  coast,  by  any  species  belonging  to 
the  same  family,  but  Pocillopora,  an  almost  exclusively  Pacific  and 
Indian  Ocean  genus,  is  the  most  nearly  allied  form  found  at  Panama ; 
if  indeed,  the  latter  proves  to  be  an  Acalephian  coral,  as  Prof.  Agassiz 
supposes. 

Consequently  at  Panama,  and  on  the  entire  western  coast  of  Cen- 
tral America  within  the  tropics,  no  true  coral  reefs  occur.  The  few 
small  species  of  calcareous  corals  merely  encrust  the  rocky  reefs  in 
some  places,  and  cluster  in  their  crevices  and  pools,  and  whenever  calca- 
reous deposits  occur  about  the  reefs,  they  are  com^xjsed  chiefly  of  broken 
shells  with  mud  and  sand.  The  Gorgonidce,  also,  are  entirely  different 
on  the  two  sides.  The  most  prominent  West  Indian  genera,  Pterogor- 
gia,  Xiphigorgia,  Plexaura^  Plexaurella  and  Eunicea,  each  represented 
by  several  species  at  Aspinwall,  Florida,  etc.,  do  not,  so  far  as  yet 
known,  occur  at  all  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Central  America.*  The 
Gorgonia  Jlabellwn  of  the  West  Indies,  is  represented  by  three  allied 
species  at  Panama,  but  of  small  size.  The  typical  Gorgonice  are 
about  equally  represented  on  each  coast,  but  the  forms  are  very  dis- 
tinct. The  genus  Muricea  is  most  fully  represented  at  Panama,  no 
less  than  six  species  occuring  there,  while  in  the  West  Indies  there 
are  but  four  well  established  species.  The  forms  of  this  genus  occur- 
ing at  Panama,  are  mostly  thickly  branched  and  rigid ;  while  those  of 
the  West  Indies  usually  have  long,  slender,  and  more  flexible  branches. 

Of  true  corals  the  genus  Astrangia  is  peculiarly  characteristic 
of  the  Panama  region,  from  whence  we  have  five  species,  besides 
two  others  belonging  to  closely  allied  genera.  In  the  West  Indies  two 
species  occur,  A.  solitaria  Verrill  (7  A.  neglecta  Dueh.)  and  A.  gran- 
ulata  Duch.  On  the  coast  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia,  A.  astrcei- 
formis  E.  &  H.,  and  on  the  coast  of  Long  Island  Sound  A.  Dance 
Ag.,  represent  this  genus.  Another  species  allied  to  A.  Edivardsii] 
Verrill,  and  perhaps  identical,  occurs  at  Terra  del  Fuego.  The  re- 
maining described  species,  A.  Michelini  E.  &  H.,  is  of  unknown  ori- 
gin. The  single  previously  described  species  of  Ulangia  (  U.  Stokes- 
iana  E.  &  H.)  is  from  the  Philippines;  and  the  only  other  known 
Phgllangicij  which  is  living  (P.  Americana  E.  &  H.)  inhabits  the  West 
Indies. 

These  remarkable  diflferences  between  the  two  faunse  do  not  favor 
the  theory  that  has  been  entertained  by  some  geologists,  that  there  has 
been  a  communication  between  the  two  oceans  at  this  point,  and  that 

*  A  species  of  Plexaiira  (P.facosa)  occurs,  however,  on  the  coast  of  California 
near  San  J>ancisco. 

t  This  name  I  propose  for  the  species  called  Astrangia  Dance  by  Edwards  and 
Haime,  not  A.  Dance  Agassiz,  of  previous  date. 


325  [VerriU. 

the  Gulf  Stream  flowed  across  the  isthmus  into  the  Pacific,  Avithin 
comparatively  recent  geological  times.  Indeed  the  Palaeontology  of 
the  eastern  coast  of  the  United  States,  in  connection  with  that  of 
California  and  Western  America,  so  far  as  it  is  known,  would  rather 
show,  as  do  the  living  faunae,  that  there  has  been  no  connection,  or  at 
least  none  sufficient  to  materially  change  the  course  of  the  Gulf 
Stream,  since  the  commencement  of  the  Tertiary  Period.  The 
fossils  of  the  Eocene  and  Miocene  deposits  of  the  Southern  States 
are,  to  a  great  extent,  similar  in  their  distribution  to  the  living 
forms  that  have  taken  their  places,  and  in  numerous  instances  are 
more  nearly  allied  to  the  corresponding  living  faunas  than  the  faunee 
of  the  two  sides  of  the  Isthmus  are  to  one  another. 

Even  in  the  Glacial,  or  Drift  Period,  the  arrangement  of  the  differ- 
ent marine  faunae  along  our  coast  was  essentially  the  same  as  at  pres- 
ent. The  Arctic  faunae  having  descended  only  a  few  hundred  miles 
farther  south,  to  the  coast  of  New  England,  while  south  of  Cape 
Cod,  the  greater  part  of  the  fossils  of  that  period  are  now  living  in 
adjacent  waters.  There  are  also  facts  that  go  to  show  that  at  that 
time  the  Carolina  coast  was  even  warmer  than  at  present.  One  of 
the  principal  changes  that  appears  to  have  taken  place  since  the 
Tertiary  Period,  has  perhaps  been  caused  by  the  permanency  and 
continued  uniform  action  of  the  Gulf  Stream  itself:  namely, — the 
fauna  of  the  coast  of  Texas,  and  the  other  States  bordering  on  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  which  is  so  similar  to  that  of  Georgia  and  the  Carolinas 
that  we  may  suppose  that  at  one  time  they  were  directly  connected, 
and  have  become  gradually  separated  by  the  southern  extension  of 
the  Peninsula  of  Florida,  in  consequence  of  the  gradual  introduction 
of  West  Indian  species  of  corals,  which  have  formed  reefs,  and  thus 
continually  increased  the  separation  of  the  two  more  temperate 
regions  by  an  extending  cape,  essentially  West  Indian  in  its  faunal 
characters. 

This  long  continued  gi'owth  of  the  reefs  has  required  an  equally 
prolonged  and  uniform  flow  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  the  direction  of 
which  has,  perhaps,  been  somewhat  altered  in  consequence  of  the  ex- 
tension of  the  reefs.  The  existence  of  the  extensive  coral  reefs  of 
Bermuda  is  also  wholly  dependent  upon  the  prolonged  and  uniform 
flow  of  the  Gulf  Stream  with  nearly  its  present  direction  and  force, 
for  those  reefs  are  nearly  identical  Avith  those  of  the  West  Indies  and 
Florida  in  structure,  and  in  the  species  of  corals  that  form  them, 
and  are  so  far  north  that  they  could  not  have  begun  to  exist  until  the 
present  course  of  the  Gulf  Stream  had  been  established,  and  the 
floating  coral  germs  had  been  carried  there  from  the  West  Indies  or 
Florida. 

Therefore,  had  the   Gulf  Stream  ever  flowed  across  the  Isthmus 


VerrUl.]  326 

since  the  commencement  of  the  Tertiary  Period,  we  ought  to  and, 
if  not  living  corals  identical  with  those  of  the  West  Indies,  at  least 
elevated  remains  of  former  reefs  of  similar  kinds,  no  traces  of  which 
are  yet  known. 

Renilla  amethystina  Yerrill,  1.  c,  p.  29. 

This  large  and  fine  species  was  found  so  abundantly  on  mud  flats  at 
low  water,  by  Mr.  Bradley,  that  in  three  days  he  obtained  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  specimens.  Some  of  them  were  six  inches  across  while 
living.  It  was  usually  deep  purple,  but  occasionally  light  purple  or 
white.  According  to  Mr.  Bradley's  observations  upon  the  living 
polyps,  these  are  mostly  .25  of  an  inch  long,  and  about  .12  across  the 
expanded  tentacles,  the  bodies  of  the  polyps  being  about  .06.  They 
are  transparent  with  an  opaque  stomach,  the  eight  radiating  laraellas 
showing  through  the  walls  ;  around  the  small  mouth,  which  is  edged 
with  white,  are  eight  radiating  white  points,  corresponding  to  the 
intervals  between  the  tentacles ;  around  the  base  of  the  tentacles  is  a 
brown  ring,  which  runs  down  in  points  opposite  the  spaces  betweer^ 
them.  Opposite  the  base  of  each  polyp  are  two  (rarely  four  or  five) 
bunches  of  little  white  rays.  The  frond  is  nearly  transparent,  but 
highly  colored  by  very  numerous  purple  spicula,  evenly  distributed  on 
the  peduncle  and  lower  surface,  but  on  the  upper  side  arranged  along 
the  edges  of  the  polypiferous  radiating  lines,  and  especially  concen- 
trated about  the  five  (rarely  six  or  seven)  white  points  that  surround 
the  closed  polyps.  The  polyps  are  arranged  somewhat  in  quincunx, 
in  lines  that  radiate  from  the  attachment  of  the  peduncle,  and  curve 
outward  on  the  sides  to  the  lobes.  The  tentacles  are  narrow  and 
tapering,  .04  to  .06  long,  bearing,  especially  in  young  specimens,  well 
marked  pinnae  at  the  tip  and  edges,  which  in  old  ones  often  become  re- 
duced to  a  mere  fringe. 

On  mud  flats,  edge  of  sand  beach,  east  of  R.  R.  wharf,  Panama. 
F.  H.  Bradley. 

Gorgonia  ramulus  Val. 

This  species  occurs  of  both  uniform  white  and  reddish  purple  colors, 
sometimes  also  pink,  and  in  one  specimen  there  are  both  white  and 
bright  purple  branches  on  the  same  stalk.  It  is  densely  ramulous  with 
prominent,  often  bilobed,  small  verrucas.  Some  specimens  are  eight 
inches  high,  and  as  much  in  diameter. 

Panama,  very  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Occurs  also  at  Acapulco, 
Mexico,  and  Caj^e  St.  Lucas,  Cal. 


327 


[Verxill. 


Gorgonia  aurantiaca  Verrill,  1.  c,  p,  33. 

LopTiogorgia  aurantiaca  Horn.  Proc.  Phil.  Acad. 

This  species  is  much  more  elegant  than  the  last,  forming  finely- 
branched  flabelllform  tufts,  with  slender  divaricate  branchlets,  obtuse 
at  the  ends.  The  axis  of  the  smaller  branches  is  amber  colored,  and 
transparent  in  the  small  branchlets. 

Panama,  rare.     F.  H.  Bradley.     Also  at  Mazatlan  and  Acapulco. 

Gorgonia  (Leptogorgia)  rigida  Verrill,  1.  c,  p.  32. 

The  typical  form  of  this  species  seems  to  be  rare  at  Panama,  only 
one  specimen  occurring  in  jNIi'.  Bradley's  collection.     There  is  a  form, 
however,  quite  common,  that  may  be  distinct : 
Yar.  IseviSy  nov. 

This  forms  rather  tall,  somewhat  fan-shaped  clumps  of  long,  slender 
branches,  with  very  small  cells,  which  seldom  rise  above  the  surface 
into  verrucEe.  The  cells  are  one  half  smaller  than  in  the  typical 
form,  the  branches  more  slender,  more  regular  and  smoother.  The 
height  is  often  eight  or  ten  inches,  the  branchlets  .05  to  .08  in  diame- 
ter, color  white,  pink  or  pui'ple.     Panama,  common.     F.  H.  Bradley. 

In  a  recent  work,  Dr.  Kolliker  has  united  Leptogorgia^  Rhipidogor- 
gia,  Lophogorgia,  Xiphigorgia,  Pterogorgia  and  some  other  forms  to 
Gorgonia.  So  far  at  least  as  the  first  three  forms  are  concerned,  this 
seems  to  be  a  useful  improvement,  which  we  are  fully  prepared  to 
adopt,  there  being  no  well  marked  lines  of  separation  between  them 
in  the  form  and  structure  of  the  coral  or  of  the  spicula.  For  the 
present,  however,  we  think  it  useful  to  retain  these  names  for  sections 
of  the  genus. 

Gorgonia  (Rhipidogorgia)  Agassizii  Verrill,  1.  c,  p.  32. 

Panama,  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Also  common  at  Acapulco, 
Cape  St.  Lucas,  Socoro  Islands. 

G.  (Rhipidorgogia)  media  Verrill,  1.  c,  p.  33. 
Panama,  rare.     F.  H.  Bradley.     Also  at  Acapulco. 

G.  (Rhipidogorgia)  stenobrachis  Val. 

Panama,  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Also  at  Acapulco  and  IMazat- 
lan. 

Muricea  acervata  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  arborescent,  with  thick,  rigid  branches,  a  third  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  and  two  or  three  long,  rounded  or  somewhat  clavate  at 


VerriU.]  328 

the  ends,  and  often  crooked.  The  trunk  Is  stout  at  base,  and  soon 
divides  into  two  or  three  main  branches,  and  these  give  off  irregu- 
larly at  distances  of  from  one  to  two  inches,  branches  nearly  as  thick, 
which  diverge  at  nearly  right  angles  at  first,  and  then  turn  upward 
with  a  broad  curve  ;  from  the  outer  side  of  the  curve,  another  branch 
often  arises.  The  axis  is  round  and  black,  somewhat  compressed  at  the 
axils,  brittle  at  the  ends ;  the  coenenchyma  is  about  a  line  thick,  of 
coarse  texture.  The  verrucaB  are  crowded,  very  large,  and  project  at 
right  angles ;  they  are  eight-rayed  at  the  summits,  which  are  somewhat 
enlarged,  and  .08  of  an  inch  in  diameter;  their  length  being  .1  ;  their 
exterior  is  covered  with  long  fusiform,  rather  sharp  spicula,  which  are 
covered  with  fine  granulations.  Height  of  largest  specimen  eight 
inches ;  color  when  dry,  dark  yellowish  brown. 
Panama,  not  common.  F.  H.  Bradley. 

Muricea  hispida  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  branching  somewhat  in  a  plane,  the  branches  curving  out- 
ward, and  then  rising  perpendicularly  upward,  new  branches  rising 
successively  from  the  outer  curvature  of  the  branches.  Branches 
slender,  enlarging  to  the  ends,  with  thin  coenenchyma,  but  with  large 
and  very  prominent,  turbinate  verrucas,  with  prominent  and  sharp 
spines  projecting  at  their  summits.  Axis  round,  very  slender,  black 
at  the  base,  transparent  and  amber  colored  near  the  tij)s.  The  coenen- 
chyma and  verrucae  consist  almost  entirely  of  spicula,  which  are 
long,  slender,  fusiform,  very  sharp  at  the  ends,  which  project  at  the 
ends  of  the  verrucse,  and  on  their  sides,  where  the  spicula  are  imbri- 
cated and  about  half  their  length. 

Diameter  of  the  branches,  exclusive  of  verrucas,  .12  of  an  inch; 
length  of  verrucae  .15;  height  of  largest  sjDecimen  four  inches.  Color 
when  dry,  umber  brown. 

Panama,  rare.    F.  H.  Bradley. 

Resembles  the  following  species,  but  has  even  larger  and  more 
prominent  verrucae,  which  project  at  right  angles,  and  are  much  more 
spiny. 

Muricea  echinata  Val. 

Panama,  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Color  deep  reddish  brown. 
Varies  much  in  size. 

Muricea  hebes  VerriU,  1.  c.  p.  36. 

Panama,  not  very  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Occurs  also  at  Aca- 
pulco. 


329  [VerriU. 

Muricea  robusta  Verrill,  1.  c.  p.  36. 

Panama,  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.     Found  also  at  Acapulco.     The 
color  when  dry,  varies  from  white  to  brown. 

Muricea  appressa  Verrill,  1.  c.  p.  37. 

Panama,  very  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  The  color  when  dry,  is 
either  dark  brown  or  grayish  yellow. 

Echinogorgia  arbuscula  sp.  nov. 

Coralliim  with  a  broad,  spreading,  encrusting  base,  extendino-  be- 
yond the  horny  secretion,  and  covered  with  verrucas.  From  this 
arise  from  one  to  twelve  stalks,  Avhich  branch  closely  in  an  irregu- 
larly dlchotomous  manner,  forming  close,  dense  clumps,  often  with 
crooked  branches,  which  occasionally  coalesce.  Branches  .12  to  .15 
of  an  inch  in  diameter,  blunt  at  tips,  with  prominent,  closely  crowded, 
somewhat  oblong,  verrucae,  .03  or  .04  in  diameter,  and  about  the 
same  in  height.  Surface  coarsely  granulate  with  red  spicula.  Axis 
rather  stout,  black  and  rigid,  somewhat  compressed.  Heio-ht  of 
largest  specimens  six  inches.  Color  bright  red.  Young  specimens 
have  a  basal  expanse  resembling  Sympodium,  the  first  stalks  are 
clavate,  and  often  three  inches  high  before  branchinor. 

Panama,  not  rare.    F.  H.  Bradley. 

Sympodium  Paciflca  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  spreading  over  the  surface  of  dead  shells,  forming  bands 
•3  of  an  inch  Avide,  and  rather  thin,  with  scattered  verrucie,  which 
are  large  and  quite  prominent  (about  .1  inch  in  diameter).  The 
color  is  deep  red,  inclining  to  orange. 

Panama,  common.   F.  H.  Bradley. 

Zoanthus  (Mammilifera)  Danse  LeConte,  Proc.  Phil.  Academy  of 
Nat.  Sciences,  Vol.  v.   p.  320,  1851. 

Panama,  J.  L.  LeConte. 

Porites  Panamensis  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  glomerate,  encrusting  rocks,  or  forming  nearly  globular 
masses,  with  an  irregular,  lobed  exterior.  Texture  rather  loose  and 
porous.  Cells  of  moderate  depth,  with  thin  walls  covered  with  fine 
spinose  processes.  Septa  twelve,  distinct,  composed  of  united  tral)ec- 
uloe,  the  surface  covered  with  small,  spine-like  points,  and  appearing 
slightly  thickened.  Open  spaces  between,  broader  than  the  septa, 
which  mostly  unite  at  their  inner  edges,  and  surround  a  small  open 


VerrilL]  330 

central  space,  around  which  are  five  or  six  slender,  spinose  pali. 
Color  of  coral,  ash  brown. 

Diameter  of  the  cells  about  .04  inch ;  thickness  of  the  largest  spec- 
imens 2  inches. 

Pearl  Islands,  Bay  of  Panama.   F.  H.  Bradley. 

Stephanocora  gen.  nov. 

Cells  moderately  large,  with  one  or  two  cycles  of  septa,  which  are 
deeply  toothed  at  the  edge,  well  developed,  and  mostly  confluent 
with  those  of  adjacent  cells.  Walls  indistinct  or  wanting,  the  divis- 
ions between  the  cells  indicated  only  by  small,  granular  points,  which 
sometimes  interrupt  the  septa  of  adjoining  cells.  Columella  papillose. 
Pallform  papillse  before  all  the  principal  septa,  the  inner  ones  becom- 
ing confounded  with  the  columella. 

This  genus  is  allied  to  Synarcea  nobis,  and  Psammocora^  but  differs 
from  the  first  in  the  well  developed  septa,  and  other  characters,  and 
from  the  last,  in  having  papilliform  pali  and  columella,  etc. 

Stephanocora  stellata  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  forming  rounded  clumps  of  short,  irregularly  lobed  and 
contorted  branches,  which  are  very  unequal  in  size  and  fotm,  some- 
times nearly  simple  and  angular,  with  a  large  cell  at  the  top,  at  other 
times,  even  on  the  same  clump,  having  the  summit  very  much  ex- 
panded, so  as  to  form  flattened,  contorted  lobes,  with  acute  summits 
and  lateral  crests,  or  even  maeandriniform  lobes.  The  branches  are 
usually  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  distant,  sometimes  more,  the  sides 
covered  with  rather  large,  starlike,  shallow  cells,  one,  or  several, 
larger  than  the  others,  often  terminating  the  branches,  which  appear 
to  increase  by  the  upward  extension  of  one  of  the  edges  of  these 
cells  by  submarginal  budding.  Septa  twelve  to  sixteen,  often  with 
others  rudimentary,  rather  thick  and  strong,  with  sharp,  spiny  granu- 
lations or  teeth,  on  the  sides  and  edges,  and  mostly  confluent  with 
those  of  adjacent  cells. 

Diameter  of  larger  cells  .1  of  an  inch ;  height  of  coral  3 ;  length 
of  living  portion  of  branches  .25  to  .45.  Color  of  coral,  yellowish 
gray. 

Panama  and  Pearl  Islands.    F.  H.  Bradley. 

Astrangia  Haimei  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  encrusting,  consisting  of  prominent  cylindrical  corallites, 
sometimes  rising  more  than  a  quarter  inch  above  the  surface  of  the 
basal  expansion  which  connects  them  together,  and  becoming  slightly 
turbinate,  and  divergent  when  highest. 

The  corallites  are  distant  from  each  other  from  .04.  to  .25  of  an 


331  [Verrill. 

inch.  The  basal  mural  expansion  is  very  thin,  compact,  and  slightly 
granulated,  having  a  smooth  appearance,  and  usually  without  apparent 
striations.  Septa  from  thirty  to  forty,  very  narrow,  with  the  inner 
edges  perpendicular,  forming  a  deep  cup,  broad  at  the  bottom ;  they 
are  all  of  nearly  the  same  width,  except  those  of  the  last  cycle, 
which  are  more  narrow,  giving  an  even  appearance  to  the  cavity 
of  the  cup  ;  they  project  slightly  above  the  walls,  about  .02  inch,  in 
the  form  of  sharp  points,  alternately  larger  and  smaller ;  inner  edges 
are  thin,  evenly  and  sharply  dentate,  the  sides  strongly  granulated,  and 
not  crowded  together,  the  spaces  between  being  about  equal  to  their 
thickness.  The  columella  consists  of  numerous  even  papillre,  passing 
into  the  teeth  at  the  base  of  the  septa.  Walls  exteriorly  with  even, 
thick  costae  on  the  upper  part,  mostly  disappearing  towards  the  base. 

Diameter  of  cup  .1  to  .12  of  an  inch;  depth  .06  to  .09  ;  height  of 
corallites  usually  about  .08,  sometimes  .15. 

Panama  on  reef,  common.     F.  H.  Bradley. 

Astrangia  pulchella  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  consisting  of  large  patches  of  small,  low,  cylindrical 
corallites,  scattered  at  distances,  varying  from  less  than  their  diame- 
ter to  more  than  a  quarter  inch,  and  connected  together  by  a  thin 
calcareous,  basal  expansion,  much  as  in  the  preceding  species,  but 
smoother  and  with  only  minute  granulations.  Cups  shallow, 
conical,  with  a  narrow  centre,  their  whole  inner  surface  crowdedly 
papillose,  the  columella  being  confused  with  the  teeth  of  the  septa, 
and  very  small.  Septa  twenty-four,  projecting  very  slightly  above 
the  wall,  narrow  at  the  top,  but  broad  within,  all  nearly  equal,  the 
edges  evenly  toothed,  and  the  sides  strongly  granulated,  so  that  the 
granules  of  adjacent  septa  often  touch,  giving  them  a  crowded  appear- 
ance. Cost*  scarcely  apparent,  even  at  the  border.  Diameter  of 
the  cups  .08  to  .1  of  an  inch ;  depth  .03  ;  height  .05,  sometimes 
more. 

Panama,  with  the  last,  common.     F.  H.  Bradley. 

Astrangia  concinna  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  consisting  of  clusters  of  broad,  low,  cylindrical  corallites 
connected  by  a  thin  basal  expansion,  and  distant  about  their  own 
diameters.  Cups  not  so  deep  as  wide,  subconical,  with  a  narrow 
papillose  columella  forming  the  bottom.  Septa  from  thirty-six  to 
fifty,  subequal,  the  primaries  often  a  little  broader,  and  those  of  the 
last  cycle  narrower  than  the  rest.  All  are  rounded  at  the  top,  and 
finely  toothed,  but  at  the  middle  the  inner  edge  becomes  more  nearly 
perpendicular,   and  has  longer  teeth  resembling  pali,   which  blend 


Verrm.]  332 

■with  the  cokimella.  The  tops  of  the  septa  are  thin,  and  project 
slightly  above"  the  wall,  the  primaries  most  so.  Their  sides  are  not  so 
strongly  granulated  as  in  the  preceding  species,  and  they  appear 
thinner,  and  less  crowded.  Exterior  granulated,  and  slightly  costate 
near  the  summit,  often  encrusted  with  Bryozoa,  etc.,  to  near  the  top. 
Diameter  of  cups  .15  to  .18  of  an  inch;  height  .10  to  .15. 

Panama,  not  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Resembles  the  last,  but  has 
much  larger  cells,  and  more  numerous  septa. 

Astrangia  dentata  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  forming  clusters,  encrusting  rocks,  resembling  the  last, 
with  cups  of  about  the  same  size  and  height,  but  these  are  deeper 
and  less  open.  Septa  from  thirty-six  to  forty-eight,  very  unequal  ac- 
cording to  their  cycles,  the  primaries  being  comparatively  broad  and 
rounded  above,  while  those  of  the  last  cycles  are  very  narrow  and 
rudimentary.  All  the  septa  are  strongly  and  irregularly  toothed,  the 
principal  ones  especially  so,  the  teeth  on  the  upper  part  being  largest. 
Columella  much  reduced,  formed  by  a  few  papillae.  Septa  unequally 
projecting,  according  to  the  cycles,  the  primaries  about  .02  of  an  inch. 
Walls  thin,  with  subequal,  low,  but  thick  costas,  which  extend  often 
on  the  surface  of  the  basal  expansion,  which  is  often  encrusted  nearly 
to  the  summit  of  the  cups  with  sponge,  etc. 

Panama,  rare.     F.  H.  Bradley. 

Astrangia  costata  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  consisting  of  from  one  to  four  turbinate,  rather  high  cor- 
allites  surrounded  by  a  very  thin  mural  expansion,  encrusting  usually 
dead  shells.  Cup  circular,  narrow  and  deep.  Septa  twenty-four  to 
thirty,  the  primaries  wide,  about  one  fourth  the  diameter  of  cup, 
rounded  and  subentire  at  the  top,  perpendicular  and  toothed  within ; 
the  others  similar,  but  successively  narrow,  with  sharp  teeth  through- 
out. The  septa  project  very  unequally,  giving  a  notched  appearance 
to  the  margin  of  the  cells.  Walls  very  thin,  with  subequal,  elevated 
costae,  which  extend  to  the  base,  and  on  the  basal  expansion.  The 
columella  is  very  small,  of  few  papillae.  The  septa  within  the  cell  are 
thin,  and  not  crowded,  the  spaces  between  them  being  greater  than 
their  thickness,  giving  them  a  loose  appearance.  Diameter  of  the 
cups  .08  to  .1  of  an  inch;  height  .10  to  .15  inch. 

Panama,  common.  F.  H.  Bradley.  Yery  distinct  from  all  the 
others,  and  approaches  Phyllangia. 

Phyllangia  dispersa  Verrill,  1.  c.  p.  47. 
Panama,  not  common.     F.  H.  Bradley. 


333 


[Verrill. 


Ulangia  Bradleyi  sp.  nov. 

Corallum  in  all  the  specimens  observed,  consisting  of  single  coral- 
lites  without  apparent  connection,  which  are  subcircular,  low,  and 
broad,  encrusted  exteriorly  by  sponges,  etc.,  to  very  near  the  top,  but 
apparently  without  a  true  epitheca.  Cup  shallow,  the  centre  occu- 
pied by  a  moderately  developed  papillose  columella,  from  which  the 
septa  rise  gradually  to  the  edges,  the  primaries  and  secondaries  much 
wider  than  the  rest  near  their  summits  and  broadly  rounded,  and 
like  the  rest,  rising  at  this  place  perpendicularly  to  the  rounded  part, 
which  is  less  strongly  toothed  than  their  inner  portions.  There  are 
five  complete  cycles  of  septa,  those  of  the  first  three  project  consider- 
ably above  the  wall,  the  others  less  so.  All  of  them  are  thin,  and 
have  spaces  between  them  equal  to  their  thickness.  The  wall  is  very 
thin  and  costate,  in  young  specimens  rudimentary,  or  wholly  wanting, 
while  the  septa  are  well  developed.  Greatest  diameter  .6  of  an  inch  : 
height  .25  ;  depth  of  cup  .15. 

Panama,  rare.     F.  H.  Bradley. 


On  the  Polyps  and  Echinoderms    of    New  England,  with 
Descriptions  of  new  Species.    By  A.  E,  Verrill. 

The  object  of  the  present  paper  has  been  to  enumerate  the  species 
found  upon  this  section  of  our  coast,  as  far  as  known  to  me,*  with  the 
view  of  illustrating  their  geographical  distribution.  It  has  also  been 
found  necessary  to  introduce  remarks,  in  part  explanatory  of  neces- 
sary changes  in  nomenclature,  and  for  a  clearer  distinction  of  some 
of  the  species,  which  have  never  been  properly  described.  I  regret 
that  the  length  of  the  article  could  not  be  extended  so  as  to  include 
full  descriptions  in  all  such  cases.  Doubtless  many  species  remain  to 
be  discovered  when  more  dredging  has  been  done  in  deeper  water. 
The  southern  portion  of  this  region,  having  a  sandy  shore,  is  unfavora- 
ble for  the  development  of  numerous  species  of  Echinoderms  and 
Polyps.  In  Long  Island  Sound  the  water  is  generally  shallow,  the 
depth  seldom  exceeding  twenty  tathoms,  and  usually  much  less,  while  a 
large  portion  of  the  bottom,  away  from  occasional  rocky  shores,  is 
composed  of  soft  argillaceous  mud,  or  fine  sand,  and  therefore  suited 
to  very  few  species  of  Radiata. 

*  Although  most  of  the  specimens  and  notes  used  in  the  preparation  of  this 
paper  have  been  gathered  by  myself  in  various  excursions  on  most  parts  of  the 
coast,  I  am  happy  to  acknowledge  essential  aid  from  Dr.  A.  S.  Tackard,  Jr.,  by  spec- 
imens from  Labrador,  and  the  loan  of  valuable  European  types;  from  F.  W.  I'ut- 
nam  by  the  use  of  the  specimens  in  tlic  Essex  Institute;  and  from  this  Society  by 
the  use  of  the  specimens  in  its  valuable  collection. 


Verrill.]  334 

The  Acalephs  of  this  region  have  been  noticed  by  Mr.  A.  Agassiz 
in  these  Proceedings,  Vol.  viii.  p.  224,  and  in  other  publications. 
More  recently  in  the  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  the  Museum  of  Comp. 
Zoology,  Yol.  II.  p.  221,  he  has  presented  the  subject  more  fully. 
The  geographical  distribution  of  the  Acalephs  agrees  to  a  considera- 
ble extent  with  that  of  the  groups  now  under  consideration,  but  we 
find  no  reason  for  considering  the  Bay  of  Fundy  a  zoological  region 
distinct  from  Massachusetts  Bay  on  one  side,  and  Nova  Scotia  on  the 
other.  Possibly  this  discrepancy  may  be  due  to  the  lack  of  suffi- 
ciently numerous  observations  upon  the  Acalephs  at  various  points 
along  that  portion  of  the  coast. 

The  present  groups  indicate  that  there  are  portions  of  three  dis- 
tinct Faunas  to  be  distinguished  on  the  coast  of  New  England,  viz. : 
First,  that  known  as  the  Virginian  Fauna,  extending  from  Cape 
Hatteras,  Va.,  to  the  southern  side  of  Cape  Cod,  which  is  in  many 
respects  closely  related  to  the  Carolinian  Fauna,  farther  south,  many 
species  being  identical ;  while  in  its  northern  portions,  some  species 
belonging  properly  to  more  northern  faunse,  occur.  Second,  that 
known  as  the  Acadian  or  Nova  Scotian  Fauna,  which  extends  along 
the  shore  from  Cape  Cod  to  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River, 
and  includes  the  greater  part  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ;  the  shal- 
lower parts  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and  the  waters  of  the  coast  of 
Maine ;  Massachusetts  Bay,  and  many  of  the  banks  to  the  southward 
of  Cape  Cod,  such  as  Nantucket  Shoals  ;  and,  perhaps,  the  extreme 
eastern  end  of  Long  Island,  where  many  of  its  characteristic  species 
of  shells,  etc.,  occur.  Off  the  coast  of  New  Jersey,  also,  there  are 
deep-lying  banks  or  shoals,  which  may  be  referred  to  this  fauna  on 
account  of  northern  species  found  there,  but  as  there  are  also  several 
peculiar  species,  they  may  prove,  when  better  known,  to  be  deep 
water  localities,  belonging  rather  to  the  Virginian.  Third,  a  more 
arctic  Fauna  characterizes  the  eastern  coast  of  Labrador  and  New- 
foundland, and  the  Grand  Banks,  which  extends  far  southward  along 
our  coast  in  deep  water,  influenced  by  the  polar  current  of  cold  water, 
which  skirts  the  northern  part  of  our  coast.  This  includes  most  of 
the  banks  and  deep-lying  shoals  off  Nova  Scotia  and  Maine,  espe- 
cially the  deep  waters  about  the  mouth  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and  St. 
George's  Bank,  which  is  covered  by  from  thirty  to  fifty  fathoms  of 
water. 

In  fact,  we  may  consider  the  marine  animals  as  limited  by  laws 
similar  to  that  of  land  animals,  and  that  an  increase  in  depth  of  water, 
has  the  same  effect  as  increase  in  the  elevation  of  land, — that  of  caus- 
ing a  lower  temperature,  and  consequently  bringing  northern  animals 
doAvn  to  lower  latitudes  than  they  can  inhabit  in  shallower  waters 
along  the  shore,  thus  giving  rise  to  outlying  patches  of  more  northern 


335  [Verrill. 

faunas  far  south  of  their  proper  limits  on  the  .coast.  This  third  fauna, 
having  its  southern  outlyers  off  the  New  England  coast  in  deep 
water,  has  been  termed  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  the  Syrtensian 
Fauna. 

VIRGINIAN    FAUNA. 

The  following  list  includes  the  species  found  in  this  region,  whether 
properly  pertaining  to  it,  or  having  their  extreme  limits  here. 

Polypi. 
Astrangia  Danae  Agassiz. 

A.  Dance*  A.  and  Mrs.  E.  C.  Agassiz,  Seaside  Studies  in  Natural 
History,  p.  16,  figs.  16  to  20.     1865. 

In  addition  to  the  localities  enumerated  in  a  previous  paper.f  I 
have  found  this  species  abundant  near  Thimble  Islands,  east  of  New 
Haven,  in  ten  flithoms,  on  stony  bottom;  some  patches  of  the  coral 
are  five  or  six  inches  across,  incrusting  stones,  etc.,  and  associated 
with  a  massive  sponge. 

On  the  Carolina  coast,  a  species  very  closely  allied  to  this  (Astraiv- 
gia  astrmiformis  E.  &  H.)  takes  its  place ;  another  very  similar  species 
occurs  in  the  Miocene  deposits  of  Maryland  {A.  hella  E.  &  H.) 
These  three  forms  would  doubtless  be  united  into  one  species  by  some 
writers,  the  distinctions  being  slight.  Similar  difierences  separate 
each  of  the  forms  from  either  of  the  others. 

Zoantlius  Americanus  Yerrill,  Rev.  Polj-ps,  p.  34  and  45. 

On  a  bank  ofi*  the  coast  of  New  Jersey,  in  thirty-two  fathoms, 
Capt.  Gedney. 

Sagartia  Gosse. 

In  the  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  I  have  rc- 
strcted  this  genus  by  separating  under  the  name  Cereus  of  Oken, 
C.  hellis  of  Europe,  which  was  the  original  type  of  Oken.  To  that 
genus  C.  sol  of  the  Carolina  coast  belongs.     The  genus  as  restricted 

*  The  species  named  by  M.  Edwards  and  Haime  A.  Dante,  a  year  later  than  the 
same  name  was  given  to  the  present  species,  is  entirely  different;  the  corallitcs  being 
scattered  and  connected  only  at  the  base.  For  that  species,  therefore,  I  would  pro- 
pose the  nume  Astrangia  Ed  wards  a,  (SQ^  ^ist.  Nat.  des  Coralliaires,  Vol.  II.  p. 
614). 

t  Memoirs  of  this  Society,  Vol.  I.  p.  1,  wherein  the  synonymy  of  all  the  species 
of  Polypi  of  this  coast  is  given,  with  descriptions. 


Verrill.]  336 

has  not  hitherto  been  observed  on  our  coast,  although  aoundantly 
represented  on  the  coast  of  Great  Britain. 

Sagartia  leucolena  Verrill,  sp.  nov. 

Column  subtransparent,  long,  slender,  and  cylindrical  in  expansion, 
with  a  narrow  base,  adherent  to  rocks.  Tentacles  numerous,  in  full 
expansion  very  long,  more  than  twice  the  diameter  of  body,  and 
slender,  tapering  to  the  point,  semipellucid.  One  of  the  primary  ten- 
tacles in  the  longitudinal  plane  (opposite  one  end  of  the  mouth)  is 
much  longer  than  the  others,  and  when  extended  reaches  far  above 
them,  and  is  often  differently  colored,  being  sometimes  tipped  with 
wliite.  This  is  not  constantly  extended,  and  is  ordinarily  not  very 
apparent.  Cinclidas  distinct,  appearing  like  minute,  dark  colored 
spots  when  partly  contracted,  arranged  in  vertical  rows,  not  numer- 
ous, much  scattered. 

" Acontia  "  not  observed  to  be  thrown  out  of  the  cinclidae ;  but  oc- 
casionally, when  in  a  sickly  condition,  a  few  are  thrown  out  of  the 
mouth,  appearing  like  fine  white  threads.  Surface  of  the  body  with 
light  colored  longitudinal  lines,  or  sulcations  opposite  the  internal 
radiating  lamellse,  and  when  not  fully  extended,  marked  with  fine 
transverse  muscular  wrinkles  ;  no  suckers  apparent.  Mouth  with  ten 
prominent,  little,  rounded  lobes  on  each  side,  lighter  colored  than  the 
disk.  Color  of  body  usually  light  salmon,  or  flesh-color ;  disk  similar, 
with  fine  white  radii ;  tentacles  pellucid  white  exteriorly,  usually  with 
a  dark  centre,  which  nearly  disappears  when  fully  extended,  each  side 
of  the  base  ordinarily  has  a  patch  of  greenish  or  brown ;  these  usually 
run  to  a  point  on  the  disk,  and  meet,  or  nearly  so,  on  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  tentacles,  not  far  above  the  base. 

The  largest  specimen  observed,  when  in  full  expansion,  was  2.5 
inches  high,  about  .4  inch  in  diameter,  with  tentacles  more  than  an  inch 
long,  forming  a  very  graceful  tuft  at  the  summit  of  the  slender  body. 
This  species  does  not  ordinarily  contract  into  a  flat  or  conical  form, 
but  becomes  short  and  cylindrical,  often  with  the  summit  swollen, 
and  globular. 

Found  under  stones  near  New  Haven  Light,  Long  Island  Sound, 
and  in  New  York  Harbor.* 

This  beautiful  and  graceful  Actinia  often  attaches  itself  by  its  nar- 
row base  to  a  stone  somewhat  beneath  the  surface  of  the  sea-bottom, 
and  rises  up  to  the  surface,  in  expansion,  to  display  its  tentacles. 
Most  frequently  it  adheres  to  the  under  surface  of  stones  of  moderate 
size,  where  there  are  spaces  below.  It  occurs  fi'om  half-tide  mark 
to  low  water,  abundantly.  In  confinement  it  is  very  hardy,  and 
thrives  well  in  an  aquarium,  remaining  in  expansion  a  great  part  of  the 

*My  attention  was  first  called  to  this  si)ecies  by  Prof.  D.  C.  Eaton,  who  discov- 
ered it  several  years  ago. 


337  [Verrill. 

time,  but  most  fully  at  night,  Tt  seems  more  indifferent  to  clianges  in 
the  density  of  the  water,  and  in  temperature,  than  any  species  with 
which  I  am  acquainted.  It  occurs  associated  with  Metridium  mcmjiim- 
tum,  and  might  be  at  first  mistaken  for  the  young  of  that  species,  but 
differs  greatly  in  habit  and  structure.  It  has  absolutely  longer  tenta- 
cles than  the  largest  specimens  of  the  latter,  and  lacks  the  fringe  of 
small  ones  at  the  border,  as  well  as  the  fold  of  the  column,  Avliich  in 
the  other  appears  in  specimens  that  are  less  than  a  quarter  of  an  inch 
in  diameter.  The  body  is  also  much  more  slender  and  elongated, 
and  the  base  more  narrow. 

This  species  bears  some  resemblance  to  Sagartia  viduata  Gosse,  of 
Europe  ;  more  nearly  to  the  living  specimens  as  I  have  seen  them  at 
the  Aquarial  Gardens  in  Boston,  than  the  figures  in  Gosse's  Actinologia, 
but  it  differs  essentially  from  that  species,  both  in  color  and  propor- 
tions. 

Sagartia  modesta  Yerrill,  sp.  nov. 

Column  cyUndrical  in  expansion,  stouter  than  in  the  last  species, 
and  with  denser  walls,  which  have  not  the  semi-transparency  of  the 
latter.  In  contraction  it  becomes  short,  cylindrical,  about  twice  longer 
than  broad ;  in  full  expansion  four  or  five  times  as  long  as  broad. 
When  partly  contracted,  a  distinct  fold  of  the  surface  near  the  upper 
margin  sometimes  projects  above  the  disk.  Base  well  developed, 
more  so  than  in  the  preceding  species,  scarcely  broader  than  the  body, 
adhering  to  stones,  etc.,  readily  and  firmly.  Tentacles  about  sixty  in 
number,  marginal,  moderately  slender,  tapering,  rather  short,  less 
than  the  diameter,  of  the  disk.  Color  pale  grayish ;  the  tentacles 
lighter  with  a  dark  stripe  down  each  side,  enlarging  at  the  base  into 
two  rounded,  blackish,  lateral  spots,  and  also  widening  into  broader 
spots  of  dark  color  at  tAvo  points  between  the  basal  spots  and  the  ends 
of  the  tentacles;  the  spots  of  the  opposite  sides  nearly  touching  on  the 
inner  surface,  leave  thus  a  central  light  stripe  alternately  narrow 
and  broader  ;  between  the  constrictions  are  usually  flake-white  spots. 
Disk  yellowish  white,  with  darker  radii. 

Mouth  lobes  small,  but  quite  prominent,  about  eighteen  in  numljer. 
Length,  of  the  only  specimen  seen  in  expansion,  2.5  inches ;  diameter 
.6  ;  length  of  tentacles  .4  inch. 

Goose  Island,  Long  Island  Sound,  under  stones  at  low  water  mark; 
not  common. 

Metridium  marginatum  Edw.  and  Haime. 

''Actinia  plumoiia!'  and  "^.  senilis"  Couthouy,  Boston  Journal  Xat. 
Hist.  Vol.  II.  p.  57.  Metridium  marginatum  Tenney,  Natural  History, 
p.  523,  figs.  515  to  517,  1865 ;  A.  and  Mrs.  E.  C.  Agassiz,  op.  cit.  p.  7, 

PROCEEDINGS  B.   S.   N.   H.— VOL.   X.  22  JLXY,   1866. 


VerriU.]  338 

figs.  2  to  7  ;  Clark,  Mind  In  Nature,  p.  57  and  178,  figs.  28,  106,  107, 
1865. 

This  species  occurs  quite  commonly  on  the  shores  of  Long  Island 
Sound,  in  rocky  places,  near  New  Haven,  and  along  the  whole  coast 
of  Connecticut.  It  is  found  both  under  stones  and  in  crevices  of 
ledo-es,  but  is  usually  of  small  size,  if  compared  with  specimens  from 
Maine  and  Grand  Menan,  and  is  ahnost  always  of  a  dull  yellowish 
brown  color. 

Actinia  (?)  rapiformis  Lesueur. 

I  have  been  informed  that  a  species  answering  to  the  description 
of  this  has  been  found  on  the  coast  of  Connecticut,  in  sandy  places, 
but  have  seen  no  specimens. 

Halocampa  albida  (Ag.  sp.)   Yerrill. 

H.  albida  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  1.  c.  p.   16,  fig.  15. 
Abundant  at  Nantucket  on  sandy  or  muddy  shores. 

Ilyauthus  (?)  neglectus  Leidy  sp.     New  Jersey  coast,  in  mud. 

The  following  species  can  not,  perhaps,  be  said  to  have  been  found 
within  the  proper  limits  of  this  fauna,  but  since  a  species  of  Cyanea^ 
which  I  can  not  distinguish  in  any  way  from  C.  arctica,  although  it 
is  probably  the  same  that  has  been  named  C.  fulva  by  Agassiz,  oc- 
curs abundantly  on  the  whole  southern  coast  of  New  England,  it  is 
probable  that  its  parasite,  Peachia,  will  be  found  also,  when  carefully 
sought  for. 

Peachia  parasitica  Verrill. 

Bicidium parasitic um  Agassiz;  Verrill,  Revision  of  Polyps,  in  Me- 
moirs Boston  Soc.  N.  H.,  Vol.  I.,  p.  31,  plate  i,  figs.  14, 15 ;  A.  and  E. 
C.  Agassiz,  in  Seaside  Studies  in  Natural  History,  p.  15,  fig.  14,  1865. 

Further  examinations  of  this  curious  species  have  led  me  to  believe 
that  it  is  not  generlcally  distinct  from  the  typical  species  of  Peachia. 

The  minute  suckers  of  the  sides  are  apparently  of  precisely  the 
same  nature,  the  basal  opening  is  the  same  in  each,  and  the  structure 
of  the  walls,  tentacles  and  disk,  is  nearly  identical  with  that  of  P. 
tripliylla  Gosse,  while  the  lobes  about  the  mouth  do  not  differ  more  in 
form  from  those  of  P.  hastata,  than  the  other  species  differ  among 
themselves.  The  chief  peculiarity  is  found  in  its  habit  of  living 
among  the  mouth  folds  of  Cijanea  arctica.  But  as  the  habits  of  some 
of  the  European  species  are  still  unknown,  this  may  not  even  prove 
an  exception.  A  species  of  Peachia  has  even  already  been  indicated 
as  parasitic  on  McdustB  in  the  seas  of  Northern  Europe.  It  may  also 
be  that  our  species  does  not  live  exclusively  in  this  situation,  its  full 
history  and  embryology  being  still  unknown. 


339  [VerrUl. 

The  genus  Siphonactinia*  is  also  very  closely  allied  to  this.  .S^. 
Boeckii,  its  type,  is  very  much  like  the  present  species  in  form  and 
structure. 

Gorgonia  (Leptogorgia)  tenuis  Verrill. 

The  localities  for  this  species  are  still  imperfectly  known.  A  fine 
specimen  in  the  Yale  College  Museum  is  supposed  to  have  come  from 
Long  Island  Sound. 

ECHIXODERMATA. 

A.ntedon  (Alecto)  dentata  Say  sp. 

Alecto  dentata  Say,  Jour.  Phil.  Acad.  V.  p.  153,  1825. 

Great  Egg  Harbor,  N.  J.,  Say.  Possibly  this  may  prove  identi- 
cal with  A.  meridlonalls  Ag.  sp.,  from  the  Carolina  coast. 

A.  MUher'i  (Comatula  Milberti  J.  Miill.,  Mem.  Berlin  Acad.,  1849) 
from  "North  America"  I  have  not  seen.f 

Ophiura  olivacea  Lyman.J 

?  ''O.echinata  Lamk.?"  Say,  1.  c.  147.  0.  lacertosa?  Gould,  In  v. 
Mass.  p.  345.  Ophioderma  olivaceum  Ayres,  these  Proc.  Vol.  iv.,  p. 
134,  1851. 

This  species  occurs  at  low  water  among  eel-grass  (Zostera)  on 
sandy  shores,  from  Dartmouth,  Mass.,  to  Beaufort,  N.  C.  Mr.  Say 
indicates  a  species,  probably  the  same,  from  Cape  May.  It  has  not 
been  observed  north  of  Cape  Cod. 

Astropecten  vestita  Liitken. 

Asterias  vestita  Say,  Jour.  Phil.  Acad.  V.  p.  143, 1825. 
Say's  specimen  was  from  Cape  May,  collected  by  Mr.  J.  Eobbins. 
I  am  not  aware  of  any  other  being  found. 

Asterias  (Asteracanthion)  arenicola  Stimp.§     These  Proc.  Vol. 
VIII.  p.  268,  1862. 

*  Danielsseu  and  Koren,  Fauna  litt.  Xorveg.  2nd  Liv.  p.  87.  pi.  12,  figs.  4,  5,  6, 
1856. 

t  The  name  Antedon  Freminville,  1811,  fortius  genus,  has  precedence  of  Alecto 
Leach,  1814,  and  Comatula  Lamarck,  1816. 

JT.  Lyman.  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  tlie  Museum  Comp.  Zool.,  Vol.  I,  1865.  In 
this  work  all  our  species  of  Ophiurans  ar(>  well  described. 

§  There  appears  to  be  no  good  reason  for  rejecting  the  Linnean  name,  Asterias, 
for  this  genus  with  A.  rubens  Linn,  as  the  type.  Anteraranthion  Miillcr  &  Troschel  is 
synonymous  with  Asterias  as  restricted  and  adopted  by  Cray,  and  by  Dr.  Stinip- 
son,  and  many  others.  The  use  of  Asterias  in  botany,  anterior  to  its  employment 
by  LinnjEUS,  alluded  to  by  Dr.  Liitken  (Gronlauds  Echinoderms,  p.  28)  should  not 


VerrUl.)  340 

Asterias  spinosus  (pars')  Say,  1.  c.  p.  142. 

This  species,  well  described  by  Dr.  Stimpson,  is  very  abundant  in 
Long  Island  Sound  in  six  to  twelve  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  and  also 
occasionally  at  low  water.  It  extends  southward  to  South  Carohna 
and  Georgia.  Its  color,  when  living,  is  dark  green,  with  a  bright 
orange  madreporic  plate.     Occasionally  it  is  brownish. 

Asterias  (Asteracanthion)  compta  Stimp.  1.  c.  p.  270. 

Found  on  a  bank  off  the  coast  of  New  Jersey  in  thirty-two  fathoms, 
associated  with  Zoanthus  Americanus^  Eupagurus  puhescens,  etc. 
Whether  this  locality  belongs  to  a  southern  extension  of  the  Acadian 
Fauna,  or  is  one  of  the  few  known,  deep-water  localities  of  the  Vir- 
ginian Fauna  seems  somewhat  doubtful. 

Echinarachnius  par  ma  Gray. 

Scutella  trifaria  Say,  1.  c.  p.  227,  1826.  JEJ.  a^/an^{cM5  Stimpson, 
Inv.  Grand  Menan,  p.  16.  E.  parma  Tenney,  Nat.  Hist.  p.  501,  fig. 
485 ;  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  1.  c.  p.  107,  fig.  139,  140,  1865. 

This  species  occurs  frequently  on  sandy  bottoms,  in  six  to  twelve 
fathoms  in  Long  Island  Sound,  off  New  Haven.  Also  near  the  north- 
ern shores  of  Long  Island.  It  is  far  more  abundant  and  larger  in  the 
Bay  of  Fundy,  and  northward  to  Labrador. 

Eehinoeidaris  Davisii  A.  Ag.    Bulletin,  M.  C.  Z.  p.  20,  1863. 

On  rocky  shores  of  Long  Island  Sound,  Naushon,  Mass.,  Mi's. 
Watson ;  Newport,  R.  I.,  etc..  Museum  of  this  Society. 

Euryechinus  granulatus  Verrill. 

Ecliinus  granularis  (pars)  Say,  1.  c.  p.  225,  1826  (non  Lamk.).  E. 
granulatus  (pars)  Gould,  1.  c.  p.  344,  1840;  Stimpson,  Inv.  p.  15 
(pars).  Toxopneustes  drohachiensis  (pars)  A.  Agassiz,  1.  c.  p.  23. 
T.  granulatus  Liitken,  Bidrag  til  Kundskab  om  Echiniderne,  p.  80, 
1864. 

Under  the  names  first  quoted,  nearly  all  the  American  writers  seem 
to  have  confounded  two  closely  allied  species,  which  have  been  for  the 
first  time  distinctly  separated  by  Liitken  in  the  work  cited. 

be  considered  an  objection  to  it,  since  it  is  useless  to  go  back  of  the  origin  of 
the  binomial  system  to  establish  names,  and  besides  this,  the  double  use  of  a 
generic  name  in  Botany  and  Zoology,  although  certainly  undesirable,  is  not 
usually  regarded  as  a  sufficient  reason  of  itself  for  changing  it;  otherwise,  we 
should  be  obliged  to  change  hundreds  of  names  so  employed  at  the  present 
time.  The  names  Uraster  Agassiz,  and  Stellonia  Nardo,  also,  have  the  precedence 
of  Asteracanthion. 


341  (VerriU. 

Tills  species  occurs  in  Long  Island  Sound,  off  New  Haven,  where 
I  have  never  observed  E.  Drohachiensis,  which  is  the  most  common 
species  on  the  coast  of  Maine,  Newfoundland  and  Labrador.  But 
both  species  occur  together  in  Massachusetts  Bay,  and  as  far  north, 
at  least,  as  Halifax,  N.  S. 

In  this  species  the  interambulacral  tubercles  are  relatively  larger, 
more  crowded,  and  more  uniform  in  size  than  in  E.  Drobac/uensis,  the 
latter  having  two  rows  of  tubercles,  both  in  the  ambulacral  and  inter- 
ambulacral regions,  which  are  much  larger  and  higher  than  the  rest, 
and  rather  distant,  like  the  other  principal  interambulacral  tubercles, 
Avhlle  among  them  are  scattered  very  numerous  small  tubercles  (mil- 
iaries).  In  E.  granulatus  the  four  corresponding  principal  rows  are 
less  distinct  from  the  other  tubercles,  many  of  which  are  nearly  as 
large ;  the  larger  tubercles  are  relatively  much  more  crowded,  and 
there  are  fewer  miliaries.  In  each  species  the  ambulacral  pores,  vary- 
ing from  four  to  six  pairs,  are  in  oblique  and  somewhat  irregular  arcs, 
or  rows,  but  the  rows  are  shorter,  and  the  pores  more  crowded,  in  E. 
granulatus.  The  spines  also,  though  variable,  are  usually  stouter  and 
shorter  in  this  species  than  in  the  other,  in  which,  also,  they  are  (par- 
ticularly the  small  ones)  much  more  numerous  on  specimens  of  the 
same  size.  The  form  of  the  shell  varies  greatly  in  each,  but  is  fre- 
quently more  elevated  in  E.  granulatus. 

Note. — The  genus  Toxopneitstes  was  first  proposed  by  Prof.  Agassiz  in  July, 
1841,  Monogi-aphies  d'Echinoderraes,  2™«  liv.  p.  7,  (lutroduction),  v;hcYe  Echinus 
piledus  Lamk.  is  stated  to  be  the  type  of  the  genus.  At  the  same  time  several 
other  genera  were  proposed,  the  type  of  each  being  stated,  a  method  of  es- 
tablishing genera  that  has  been  practised  extensively,  among  Echinoderms, 
and  which  is  still  adopted  by  some  Avriters.*  Afterwards,  m  the  Cata- 
logue Raisonn^,  by  Agassiz  and  Desor,  1847,  the  genus  Boletia  was  estab- 
lished with  the  same  species  for  its  type,  by  Mr.  Desor,  while  Toxopneustes  was 
applied  to  the  group  including  E.  brevispinosus  and  E.  Drobachknsis  Miill., 
which  represent  two  genera,  both  widely  different  from  E.  jnleolus.  It  is,  there- 
fore, evident  that,  in  accordance  with  the  usual  rules  of  priority  in  nomen- 
clature, the  name,  Toxopneustes,  must  be  retained  for  the  getms  Boletia  of 
Desor,  his  name  becoming  a  synonym,  and  a  new  name  must  be  adopted 
for  the  present  group,  having  E.  Drohackiensis  as  its  type.f  In  the  Introduc- 
tion to  Liv.  4«,  Monog.  Echin.  p.  ix,  Dec.  1841,  Prof.  Agassiz  briefly  described 
Toxopneustes.  and  cited  Echinus  tuberculatus  as  the  type,  while  the  typical  spe- 
cies of  the  pi'esent  genus  were  united  to  Echimis proper. 

*  See,  for  example,  the  genera  Ljitechinus,  Gymnocidaris,  Orfhocidaris,  Prionn- 
cidaris,  Toxocidaris,  etc.,  in  the  Bulletin  Mus.  Comp.  Zoology,  No.  2,  by  A. 
Agassiz,  1863. 

t  The  other  species  of  Euryechinus,  excluding  some  doubtful  forms,  are  E. 
liv  id  us  of  the  Mediterranean;  E.  gibbus  (Yal.  Bp.)  of  Gallipagos  Is.;  and  E. 
Delalandii  (Val.  sp.)  of  New  Holland. 


Verrill.]  342 

Synapta  tenuis  Ayres,  these  Proc.  iv,  p.  11,  Feb.,  1851. 

Synapta  Girardii  Pourtales,  Proc.  Am.  Assoc.  1851,  p.  14. 
Synapta  tenuis  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  op.  cit.  p.  95,  figs.  124,  125. 

At  low-water  mark,  sandy  shores,  Sag  Harbor,  L.  I.,  Dr.  Ayres. 
Also  in  Massachusetts  Bay. 

Sclerodactyla  Briareus  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  6. 

Holotliuria  hriareus  Lesueur,  Jour.  Phil.  Acad,  iv,  p.  161,  1824. 
Anaj)erus  carolinus  Troschel  Anaperus  carolinus  and  A.  Bryareus 
Pourt.  1.  c.  p.  10. 

Sag  Harbor,  L.  I.,  among  eel-grass  on  muddy  shores,  Dr.  Ayres. 
New  Jersey,  Say;  S.  Carolina  and  Florida.  Lesueur's  specimens  were 
from  Florida.  Possibly  two  species  are  confounded  under  this  name. 
I  have  seen  no  Florida  specimens. 

ACADIAN    FAUNA. 

The  following  list  embraces  all  the  species  known  to  me  inhabiting 
this  fauna,  as  Umited  above.  The  species  that  have  been  found  only 
in  deep  water  (below  thirty  fathoms)  off  the  coast  of  Maine,  and  at 
St.  George's  Bank,  are  included  in  the  Syrtensian  fauna. 

Polypi. 

For  the  synonymy  and  descriptions  of  all  the  following  species,  as 
■well  as  more  complete  notices  of  localities,  reference  may  be  had  to 
my  Revision  of  Polyps,  etc.,  Memoirs  of  this  Society,  Vol.  i,  1864. 

Bunodes  stella  Verrill. 

Cape  Elizabeth,  Me.,  to  Grand  Menan.    Littoral. 

Rhodactinia  (Tealia)  Davisii  Agassiz. 

South  Shoals,  Mass.,  to  La.brador.      Littoral  to  thirty-five  fathoms. 
A  comparison  of  living  specimens  may,  quite  probably,  estabUsh 
the  identity  of  this  species  with  T.  crassicornls  of  North  Europe. 

Metridium  marginatum  Edw.  and  H. 

New  York  to  Labrador.   Littoral  to  thirty  fathoms. 

Ilyanthus  Isevis  Verrill. 
Eastport,  Me. 


343  [VerriU. 

Edwardsia  sipunculoides  Stimp. 
Machias,  Me.;  Eastport,  Me.;  Grand  Menan.    Littoral. 

E.  sulcata  VerriU. 
Chelsea  Beach. 

Arachnactis  brachiolata  A.  Ag. 
Nahant,  Mass.     Floating  on  the  surface  of  the  water. 

Peachia  parasitica  VerriU. 

Cape  Cod  to  Bay  of  Fundy.     Parasitic  on  Cyanea  arctica. 

Alcyonium  carneum  Agassiz. 

Cape  Cod  to  Breton  Island,  N.  S.     One  to  twenty-five  fathoms. 

ECHIXODERMATA. 

Antedon  Esclirichtii  (Mliller  sp.) 

Alecto  Eschrlchtii  Miill.  and  Tr.  1841 ;  Stimpson  Inv.  Gr.  Menan, 
p.  12. 

Near  Grand  Menan,  twenty-five  fathoms,  shelly  bottom,  Dr.  Wm. 
Stimpson. 

OptLioglypha  Sarsii  Lyman. 

Ophiura  Sarsii  Liitken.     Opldolejm  ciliata  Stimp.  op.  cit.  p.  13. 

Massachusetts  Bay  to  Greenland ,  Northern  Europe ;  coast  of  Nor- 
way ;  Great  Britain.  I  have  taken  it  in  Frenchman's  Bay,  Me.,  in 
twelve  fathoms,  shelly  bottom,  and  at  Eastport,  Me.,  of  large  size, 
sparingly,  in  fifteen  to  twenty  fathoms,  stony  bottom. 

Ophioglypha  robusta  Lyman. 

Opliiolepis  rohusta  Ayres  ;  Stimpson,  op.  cit.  p.  13.  Ophiura  squam- 
osa Liitken. 

Massachusetts  Bay  to  the  Arctic  Ocean;  Greenland;  Northern 
Europe  ;  coast  of  Denmark. 

I  have  dredged  it  quite  frequently  in  fifteen  to  twenty  fathoms, 
stony  and  shelly  bottom,  Eastport,  Me.,  and  have,  also,  often  found  it 
among  rocks  and  nullipores  at  low-water  mark  of  spring  tides,  both  at 
Eastport  and  Grand  Menan. 


VerrilL]  344 

Amphiura  squamata  Sars. 

OpMolepis  tenuis  Ayres;  Stimpson,  op.  cit.  p.  13. 

From  Massachusetts  Bay  to  the  Arctic  Ocean  ;  Northern  Europe  ; 
England ;  Mediterranean. 

At  Grand  Menan,  below  low-water,  among  Nullipora,  frequent, 
Stimpson.  I  have  dredged  it  sparingly  at  Eastport,  Me.,  in  twenty 
fathoms,  shelly  bottom. 

Ophiopholis  aculeata  LUtken. 

^'■Ophiura  lacertosa?"  Couthouy,  Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  ii, 
p.  57.  Opliiura  aculeata  Gould,  1.  c.  p.  345.  Ophiocoma  aculeata 
Desor,  these  Proc,  Vol.  in.,  p.  67.  OpUopliolis  scolopendrica  Stimp. 
op.  cit.  p.  13.  OpMopjliolis  hellis  Lyman,  op.  cit.  p.  96,  pi.  1,  figs.  4  to 
6 ;  Tenney,  op.  cit.  p.  504,  fig.  489 ;  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  op.  cit. 
p.  115,  figs.  148  to  150. 

This  beautiful  and  variously  colored  species*  ranges  from  Vineyard 
Sound  and  Cape  Cod,  Mass.,  to  the  Arctic  Ocean,  and  on  the  coast  of 
Europe  from  Spitzbergen  southward  to  Denmark  and  Great  Britain. 
I  have  found  it  abundant  in  Massachusetts  Bay,  and  at  Mt.  Desert, 
Me.  At  Eastport,  Me.,  and  Grand  Menan,  I  have  obtained  it  in 
great  numbers  among  stones,  Nullipora  and  sponges,  at  low-water  of 
spring  tides,  and  dredged  it  i:ilentifully  in  fifteen  to  twenty  fathoms, 
rocky  bottom,  among  Nullipora,  sponges,  Ascidia,  Boltenia,  etc.  Cod- 
fish devour  great  numbers  of  them. 

Astrophyton  Agassizii  Stimp.  op.  cit.  p.  12. 

Euryale  scutatum  Gould,  op.  cit.  p.  345.  Astropliyton  Agassizii 
Tenney,  op.  cit.  p.  505,  fig.  490 ;  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  op.  cit.  p. 
117,  fig.  151  ;  Lyman,  op.  cit.  p.  186. 

From  Cape  Cod  to  Gaspe,  Canada  East.  From  low-water  to 
thirty-five  fathoms ;  Boston  Harbor,  of  large  size,  Mr.  Kilby  Paige 
(Coll.  this  Soc.) ;  Cape  Cod,  Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood.  I  have  obtained 
it  at  Grand  Menan  in  tliirty  fathoms  ;  at  Eastport,  Me.,  at  low-water 
of  spring  tides  among  rocks  (mostly  small  specimens),  and  abundantly, 
of  all  sizes  from  half  an  inch  to  eighteen  inches  or  more  in  diameter, 
in  fifteen  to  twenty  fathoms,  shelly  and  stony  bottom.  The  very 
young  ones  were  mostly  clinging  to  the  branches  of  Alcyonium  car- 
neum  Ag.     It  is  often  iDrought  up  on  fish  lines. 

*  It  seems  unnecessary  to  supplant  the  name  (aculeata)  given  to  this  species  by 
Retzius,  in  1783,  and  Miiller,  in  1789,  by  bellis,  which  was  given  in  1733  by 
Linck,  before  the  binomial  system  was  estabUshed,  and  not  as  a  part  of  a  bino- 
mial name.    The  former  appears  to  have  priority  under  the  binomial  system. 


345  [VerriU. 

Ctenodiscus  crispatus  Dub.  and  Koren. 

Fivnchman's  Bay,  near  Mt.  Desert,  Me.,  twelve  fathoms,  muddy 
bottom. 

Cribrella  sanguinolenta  LUtken. 

Asterias  sanguinolenta  Miiller,  17  76.  Asterias  oculata  Pennant, 
Brit.  ZooL,  1777.  Asterias  spongiosa  Fabr.  Fauna  Groen.,  1780. 
Asterim  pertusa  Fabr.,  1823.  '•' Linckia  oculata  Forbes,"  1839; 
Stimpson,  op.  cit.  p.  14.  Linclia  pertusa  Stimp.  1.  c.  Cribrella  ocu- 
lata Forbes,  Hist.  Brit.  Starfishes,  1841;  A.  and  E.  C.  Aj^assiz,  op. 
cit.  p.  112,  fig.  146.     EcMnaster  oculatus  MiilL  and  Tr.,  1842. 

Abundant  along  the  whole  coast  from  Nantucket  Shoals,  Mass.,  to 
Labrador  and  Greenland,  and  southward  on  the  European  coast  to 
Norway  and  Great  Britain.  At  Eastport,  Me.,  and  Grand  Menan,  I 
have  dredged  it  in  from  five  to  twenty-five  fathoms  abundantly,  and 
it  is  also  common  at  low-water,  in  all  its  varieties. 

The  name  oculata,  sometimes  applied  to  this  species,  was  given  by 
Linck  in  1733,  before  the  establishment  of  the  binomial  system. 

Solaster  endeca  Forbes,  (Linn,  sp.) 

Common  on  the  coast  of  Maine,  and  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  from 
low-water  mark  to  twenty  fathoms.  It  is  less  common  in  Massaclm- 
setts  Bay.  It  has  about  the  same  range  as  the  last  species,  northward, 
and  on  the  European  coast. 

In  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  this  species  is  usually  deep  purple  above, 
and  orange  below,  but  one  large  specimen  occurred  entirely  orange. 
The  rays  vary  from  nine  to  thirteen. 

Crossaster  papposus  Miill.  and  Tr.,  (Fabr.  sp.) 
Solaster  papposus  Forbes ;  Stimpson ;  Liitken,  etc. 
niis  species  occurs  occasionally  in  Massachusetts  Bay,  and  is  not 
uncommon  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy  in  twenty  to  forty-five  fathoms, 
rocky  bottoms,  and  occasionally  at  low-Avater,  especially  during  spring 
tides.  I  have  taken  specimens  six  inches  or  more  in  diameter,  at  low- 
water.  It  extends  northward  to  the  Arctic  Ocean  and  on  the  coast 
of  Europe  to  Great  Britain. 

Asterias  (Asteracanthion)  Forbesii  VerriU,  (Desor  sp.) 

Asteracanthion  Fo7-besii  Besor,  these  Proc.  iii,  p.  67,  1848.  A. 
berylinus  Ag.  MS. ;  A.  Agassiz,  Embryology  Echin.  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
1863  ;  Seaside  Studies,  p.  108,  figs.  141  to  145,  1865. 

A  comparison  of  the  original  specimen  of  Desor's  A.  Forbesii.  be- 
longing to  this  Society,  with  specimens  of  ^.  berylinus,  labelled  by  Mr. 


VerriU.]  346 

A.  Agasslz  In  tlie  Collection  of  the  Essex  Institute,  fully  demonstrates 
their  identity. 

This  species  has  broad,  rounded,  rather  stout  rays,  which  taper 
rapidly  to  the  obtuse  ends,  and  are  somewhat  narrowed  at  the  base. 
Kadii  of  the  disk  and  arms  as  1  :  5.  The  ambulaeral  pores  are  rela- 
tively more  crowded  than  in  A.  arenicola^  though  smaller  than 
in  that  species.  The  interambulacral  plates  bear  usually  two 
rather  long,  stout  spines,  which,  as  mentioned  by  Desor,  are  most- 
ly obtuse,  and  canaliculate  on  the  outer  side ;  toward  the  ends 
of  the  rays,  however,  they  are  mostly  merely  flattened.  Outside 
the  interambulacral  plates  there  is  a  row  of  small,  thick  plates, 
with  wide  spaces  between.  These  plates  often,  though  not  always, 
bear  each  a  short  spine,  forming  a  row  that  fades  out  towards  the  ends 
of  the  rays.  External  to  these  is  a  crowded  row  of  prominent,  ob- 
lique, stout  plates  (ventrals),  each  of  which  bears  usually  two,  or 
sometimes  three,  spines  on  its  oblique  prominent  portion,  and  one  on 
a  rounded  external  tubercle  alternating  with  them,  thus  forming  throe 
or  four  irregular  rows  of  thick,  obtuse  spines.  These  are  separated 
from  the  "laterals"  by  a  well  marked,  broad  space,  having  large  open- 
ings between  the  plates,  which  become  much  wider  toward  the  base 
of  the  rays,  causing  the  lateral  rows  to  curve  rapidly  upward  toward 
the  dorsal  area  of  the  disk.  The  lateral  plates  are  strong  and  closely 
imbricated,  bearing  two  or  three  principal  spines,  often  with  other 
smaller  ones  between,  forming  several  closely  crowded,  irregular  rows. 
External  to  these,  the  dorsal  area  of  the  rays  is  covered  with  rather 
numerous,  short,  blunt  spines,  not  arranged  in  very  distinct  rows,  but 
a  median  row  is  often  pretty  well  marked,  though  scarcely  longer 
than  the  others.  On  the  disk  the  spines  are  more  crowded.  The 
lateral  spines  are  longer  than  the  dorsal,  and  the  ventrals  still  longer 
and  stouter.  The  principal  dorsal  and  lateral  spines  bear  crowded 
wreaths  of  minute,  short,  obtuse,  minor  pedicellari£e.  Clusters  of 
larger  pedicellarise  are  found  on  the  outer  surface  of  the  ventral  and 
interambulacral  spines.  They  are  also  numerously  scattered  on 
the  surface  between  the  spines.  These  are  short  and  stout,  broad 
oval,  obtuse  at  the  tip.  The  texture  of  this  is  much  firmer  than  that 
of  the  following  species,  owing  to  the  stouter  and  more  numerous 
plates,  especially  on  the  dorsal  area.  Specimens  prepared  by  soaking 
in  caustic  potash,  until  the  soft  parts  are  removed,  show  this  differ- 
ence very  distinctly.     The  madreporic  plate  is  prominently  convex. 

A  dry  specimen,  of  ordinary  size,  is  2.9  inches  from  the  centre  of 
the  disk  to  the  end  of  the  rays;  0.6  inch  to  edge  of  disk ;  greatest 
width  of  rays  1  inch;  length  of  interambulacral  spines  .13;  diameter 
of  madreporic  plate  .18.  This  species  occurs  at  the  South  Shoals, 
(Desor),  and  is  abundant  along  the  eastern  coast  of  Massachusetts, 


347  lYcrrilL 

near  low-water  mark.  The  specimens  from  which  the  above  descrip- 
tion was  made  were  from  Beverly  and  Chelsea,  Mass.  At  Eastport, 
Me.,  and  Grand  Menan,  it  is  very  rare. 

Asterias  (Asteracanthion)  vulgaris  Stimpson,  MS. 

Asterias  spinosa  (pars)  Say,  Jour.  Phil.  Acad.,  v.,  p.  142,  1825, 
(not  of  Linck,  which  is  an  Echina.ster,  nor  of  Pennant).  Asterias 
ruhens  (pars)  Gould,  op.  cit.  p.  345.  Asteracanthion  ruhens  Desor, 
op.  cit.  p.  67;  Stimpson,  Inv.  Grand  Menan,  p.  14.  Asterias  vulga- 
ris Stimp.  MS.,  Packard,  Canadian  Nat.  and  Geol.  Dec,  1863. 
(?)  Asteracanthion pallidus  Ag.  MS.;  A.  Ag.  Embryol.  Asteracanthion. 
Proc.  Am.  Acad.,  1863  (No  description).  Asteracanthion  Tenney, 
op.  cit.  p.  503.  fig.  488. 

This  species  has  relatively  longer  and  more  gradually  tapering  rays 
than  the  last,  with  a  larger  disk.  The  proportion  of  the  radii  is 
therefore  about  the  same,  (1  :  4.5  or  5,  in  alcoholic  specimens,  dry 
specimens  being  usually  so  flattened  and  distorted  as  to  be  useless  for 
measurement).  Owing  to  the  prominence  of  the  ventral  and  lateral 
series  of  plates  and  spines,  the  rays  are  somewhat  angular  and  de- 
pressed, and  there  is  a  prominent  median  row  of  longer  spines  on  the 
rays  above,  often  traceable  to  the  centre  of  the  disk.  The  interam- 
bulacral  plates  bear  usually  two,  slender,  elongated,  often  pointed 
spines,  so  placed  on  alternate  plates  as  to  appear  in  four  rows ;  occa- 
sionally on  alternate  plates  there  is  but  one.  The  ventral  and  lateral 
plates  are  arranged  much  as  in  J..  Forhesii,  but  the  small  plates,  join- 
ing the  interambulacral,  seldom  bear  spines,  and  are  smaller,  with 
smaller  intervening  spaces,  and  in  the  angle  of  the  rays  beneath,  there 
are  from  six  to  ten,  or  even  more,  irregular,  supplementary  plates, 
crowded  together,  and  mostly  without  spines,  while  in  the  preceding 
species  these  are  absent  or  represented  only  by  two  or  three  small 
pieces.  The  principal  ventral  plates  are  very  oblique,  prominent,  and 
crowded,  bearing  each  from  three  to  five  stout,  blunt  spines,  shorter  and 
much  thicker  than  the  interambulacral.  The  lateral  plates  are  sepa- 
rated from  the  ventrals  by  a  wide  space,  with  large  quadrangular  open- 
ings, the  transverse  connecting  plates  being  very  slender  and  broken 
into  distinct  pieces.  In  these  openings  are  clusters  of  very  numerous, 
small  "  papula  "  or  water-tubes.  The  lateral  plates  are  smaller  than 
the  ventrals,  oblong,  less  oblique,  and  bear  usually  two  or  three  short 
spines,  which  are  much  smaller  and  more  pointed  than  the  ventrals, 
and  form  a  crowded,  mostly  double  row,  curving  upward  near  the 
base  of  the  ray.  Exterior  to  these  the  lateral  and  doi-sal  area  is 
formed  of  very  slender,  openly  reticulated  plates  or  ossicles,  the  trans- 
verse ones  broken  Into  many  small  pieces,  leaving  large  openings  be- 


VerriU.]  348 

tween,  with  very  numerous  papulae,  and  bearing,  at  their  intersec- 
tions and  elsewhere,  short,  rather  slender  si)ines,  which  are  often 
acute.  The  median  rows  of  the  rays  are  quite  distinct,  formed  by 
longer  and  larger  spines,  supported  by  more  prominent,  somewhat  im- 
bricated plates.  The  dorsal  spines  bear  close  wreaths  of  minute  mi- 
nor pedicellarise,  which  also  form  dense  clusters  on  the  outward  sides 
of  the  lateral  and  ventral  spines.  The  major  pedicellariae  are  elon- 
gated-oval, slender,  acutely  pointed,  and  very  numerous  over  the 
whole  surface  between  the  spines.  On  the  interambulacral  spines 
they  are  numerous,  and  several  occupy  the  angles  between  the  rays 
beneath.  The  madreporic  plate  is  broad,  rather  flat,  and  finer  in  tex- 
ture than  in  the  preceding  species.  The  ambulacral  pores  are  rela- 
tively smaller,  more  numerous  and  more  crowded  than  in  A.  Forbesii. 
The  color  in  life  is  light  purple  or  yellow,  the  sexes  difiering  and 
varying  with  the  season. 

This  species  attains  a  very  large  size,  specimens  fifteen  inches  in 
diameter  and  upward  being  not  rare  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy ;  a  speci- 
men of  ordinary  size  is  4  inches  from  the  centre  to  the  end  of  a  ray; 
.8  inch  to  edge  of  disk ;  width  of  rays  at  base,  1.2  inch. 

This  species  is  found  from  Cape  Cod  and  South  Shoals,  Mass.,  to 
Labrador,  and  from  ordinary  low-water  mark  to  twelve  fathoms.  On 
the  coast  of  Maine  and  northward,  it  is  by  far  the  most  common 
species.  At  Eastport  and  Grand  Menan  it  is  very  abundant  among 
rocks  at  low  water,  and  of  large  size.  Lewiston,  Me.,  in  drift  clay, 
one  hundred  feet  above  the  Androscoggin  River,  (Coll.  this  Society). 

Under  the  name  of  Asterias  spinosa,  Say  included  a  southern 
species  (A.  arenicola  Stimp.)  and  specimens  from  Saco,  Me.,  undoubt- 
edly belonging  to  this  species,  but  his  identification  with  the  species 
of  Linck  was  entirely  erroneous,  that  being  really  Say's  A.  senilis 
(Echinaster  spinosus  M.  and  Tr.).  Pennant's  A.  spinosa  appears  to 
be  A.  glacialis  Linn.  The  next  distinctive  name,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  is  A .  vulgaris  Stimpson,  MS.,  first  published  by  Packard  in 
1863,  but  given  by  Stimpson  some  time  before.  Whether  the  manu- 
script name,  Asteracanthion  pallidus  Agassiz,  applies  to  this  species,  I 
am  unable  to  determine,  no  description  having  yet  appeared.  In  the 
Essex  Institute  are  specimens  of  this  species  labelled  "J.,  ruhens"  by 
Mr.  A.  Agassiz,  and  one  from  Labrador,  which  is  apparently  perfectly 
identical  with  it,  labeled  by  him  "^.  Fabric il  Ag.  MS." 

This  species  differs  widely  from  A.  rubens  of  Europe,  of  which  I 
have  had  a  specimen  for  comparison,  preserved  in  alcohol,  and  sent 
by  Dr.  Liitken  to  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard.  A.  rubens  has  stouter  and 
more  evenly  rounded  rays,  which  are  covered  above  with  more  nu- 
merous, smaller,  and  sharj^er  spines.  The  texture  is  still  more  loose 
and  pliable.     The  dorsal  median  row  of  spines  is  much  less  distinct ; 


349  [VerriU. 

the  lateral  spines  are  uniserial,  and  between  them  and  the  principal 
ventral  row,  there  are  scattered  many  small  spines,  forming  several 
longitudinal  rows ;  the  ventrals  are  fewer  and  smaller.  The  minor 
pedicellarise  are  smaller  and  much  less  numerous ;  the  major  pedi- 
cellario3  are  comparatively  few,  especially  on  the  interambulacral 
spines,  where  there  is  only  an  occasional  one,  and  smaller. 

Asterias  (Asteracanthion)  littoralis  (Stimp.  sp.) 

Asterac.anth'wn  littoralis  Stimp.     Inv.  Grand  Menan,  p.   14,  1853. 
Eastport,  Me.,  and  Grand  Menan,  abundant  from  half-tide  to  low- 
water  mark,  among  rocks  and  fuci.      I  have  observed  specimens  three 
inches  in  diameter,  or  even  more. 

Asterias  (Leptasterias)  tenera  Stimpson.    These  Froc.  viii,  2G9, 
1861. 

(?)  Asteracanthion  flaccida  Ag.  MS.;  A.  Ag.  Embryol.  Echin.  pp. 
22  and  29,  1864.     (No  description). 

Whether  the  species  observed  by  Prof  Agassiz  to  carry  its  eggs  un- 
til hatched,  and  said  to  be  allied  to  A.  Miilleri  Sars,  which  it  also 
resembles  in  its  habits,  is  this  or  the  following,  I  am  unable  to  deter- 
mine, both  being  allied  to  A .  Miilleri^  the  present  one  especially  so,  but 
as  this  species  was  fomid  in  Massachusetts  Bay,  like  that  observed  by 
Agassiz,  I  have  referred  it  here  with  doubt. 

Ten  miles  south  of  Cape  Ann,  in  twenty  fathoms,  rocky  bottom. 
Dr.  Wm.  Stimpson. 

At  Eastport,  Me.,  in  twenty  fathoms,  I  have  dredged  several  small 
specimens,  about  an  inch  in  diameter,  that  appear  to  be  referable  to 
this  species. 

Asterias  (Leptasterias)  Stimp soni  sp.  nov. 

Asteracanthion  Miilleri  Stimp.  op.  cit.  p.  14.     (Not  of  Sars). 

Rays  five,  depressed,  elongated,  tapering  regularly  to  the  tips, 
somewhat  angular,  owing  to  the  prominence  of  the  median,  lateral 
and  ventral  rows  of  spines.  Radii  as  1  :  4.5  in  alcoholic  specimens ; 
nearly  1  :  5.5  when  dry.  Disk  small,  its  radius  about  equal  to  the 
width  of  the  rays  at  base.  Interambulacral  spines  round  and  slender, 
blunt  at  tip,  usually  two  upon  each  plate,  sometimes  alternately  one 
and  two.  Between  these  and  the  ventral  series  there  are  no  small 
spines,  but  toward  the  disk  there  is  a  series  of  pores,  each  of  which 
has  a  single  large  papula  ("water  tube").  The  ventral  plates  bear 
each  two  or  three  prominent  blunt  spines,  longer  and  larger  than  the 
preceding,  forming  a  double  series  of  alternating  spines  along  the 
lower  side  of  the  rays.  Separated  from  these  by  a  wide,  naked  space, 
with  rather  large  openings,  which  bear  one  or  two  large  papulte,  are 


VerriU.]  350 

the  lateral  plates,  each  bearing  a  prominent  slender  spine,  forming  a 
regular  row,  which  curves  upward  at  the  base  of  the  ray.  Between 
the  prominent,  median,  dorsal  row,  and  the  lateral,  there  are  usually 
but  two  longitudinal  rows  of  small,  rather  scattered  spines.  The 
blunt,  dorsal  spines  are  placed  on  somewhat  tumid  prominences  of 
the  plates,  and  are  surrounded  at  base  by  close  wreaths  of  minor  ped- 
icellariEe,  which  also  form  thick  clusters  on  the  outer  sides  of  the  lat- 
eral and  ventral  spines.  The  major  pedicellari^  are  lanceolate  and 
pointed,  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  and  are  numerous  on  the  dorsal 
and  lateral  surfaces  between  the  spines,  and  on  the  inner  edges  of  the 
ambulacral  groove ;  a  few  are  attached  singly  to  the  interambulacral 
spines,  one  or  two  are  placed  in  the  angles  of  the  rays  beneath,  and 
the  madreporic  plate  is  surrounded  by  a  circle  of  spines  alternating, 
irregularly  with  major  pedicellarias.  The  spines  of  the  disk  are  nu- 
merous, and  concentrically  arranged.  The  texture  is  firm,  owing  to 
the  rather  stout,  imbricated  plates  which  form  the  dorsal  frame-work. 
Diameter  of  the  largest  specimen  observed  2.5  inches. 

Color  reddish  purple  above,  yellow  beneath.  Eastport,  Me., 
twenty  fathoms,  stony  bottom,  not  uncommon. 

This  species  is  allied  to  A.  Miilleri  Sars,  but  differs  from  a  typical 
specimen  sent  by  Dr.  Llitken,  in  having  less  slender,  and  more  de- 
pressed rays,  and  in  having  two  rows  of  interambulacral  spines  in- 
stead of  a  single  series,  one  to  each  plate,  as  in  the  latter.  The  spines 
in  A.  Miilleri  are,  also,  more  slender  and  translucent,  and  are 
arranged  differently  on  the  dorsal  surface.  The  pedicellarias,  also, 
are  less  numerous. 

The  two  preceding  species,  together  with  A.  compta  Stimp.,  and  A. 
Miilleri^  present  so  great  differences  in  structure  from  the  typical 
species  of  Asterias,  that  it  seems  to  me  desirable  that  they  should  be 
separated  as  a  distinct  genus,  or  at  least  as  a  natural  subgenus,  which 
I  designate  as  follows : 

Leptasterias  gen.  nov. 

Type  Asleracantldon  Miilleri  Sars. 

Small  starfishes  allied  to  Asterias^  but  having  comparatively 
large  papulae  ("water  tubes")  placed  singly  (or  sometimes  in  groups 
of  two  or  three)  along  the  sides  and  on  the  back  of  the  rays,  where 
in  Asterias  they  are  very  small,  and  in  crowded  clusters.  The  plates 
are  usually  stout  and  imbricated.  The  madreporic  plate  is  surrounded 
by  a  circle  of  spines  in  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  species. 
'  From  the  observations  of  Prof  Sars  on  the  typical  species,  and  of 
Prof  Agassiz  upon  another  species,  probably  one  of  those  here  men- 
tioned, the  mode  of  reproduction  differs  from  that  of  Asterias,  the 
eggs  and  embryos  being  carried  by  the  parent  until  the  peculiar  meta- 
morphoses have  been  passed  through. 


351  [VerriU. 


Stichaster  albulus  Yerrill. 


Aster acanthion  albulus  Stimpson,  Inv.  Grand  Mcnan,  p.  14,  fio-.  5, 
1853.  Asteracanthion  prohlema  Steenstrup,  1854;  Liitken,  Gronlanrls 
Echin.  p.  30,  1857. 

This  remarkable  species  occurs  frequently  at  Eastport,  Me.,  and 
Grand  Menan,  in  ten  to  twenty  fathoms,  rocky  bottoms,  and  anions- 
Nullipora ;  also  frequent  at  low-water  of  spring  tides  among  rocks. 

The  specimens  are  seldom  more  than  one  and  a  half  inches  in  di- 
ameter, and  usually  much  smaller.  They  have  mostly  three  long  and 
three  short  rays,  but  occasionally  there  are  four  short  ones,  and  some- 
times, even  in  specimens  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  the  six  rays  are 
equal.  Specimens  fi-om  Greenland  sent  by  Dr.  Liitken,  under  the 
name  of  Asterias  prohlema^  agree  perfectly  with  Eastport  specimens. 

Variety  niiida. 

A  specimen  found  near  Eastport  at  low-water  by  Mr.  S.  I.  Smith, 
is  remarkable  for  its  large  size  and  regular  form,  but  presents  no 
peculiarities  that  may  not   be  considered  as   due  to  increased  age. 

The  diameter  is  four  inches  ;  of  disk  .5  ;  width  of  rays  at  base  ,35. 
Rays  six,  equal,  evenly  rounded,  and  gradually  tapering.  The  me- 
dian row  of  plates  quite  distinct,  with  about  seven,  nearly  equal 
rows  on  each  side,  all  of  them  close  set  and  regular.  Beneath,  there 
is  a  ventral  row  on  each  side,  somewhat  more  prominent,  bearino- 
four  or  five  spines  in  a  transverse  row,  those  next  the  am1)ulacra  long- 
est; these  plates  unite  directly  with  the  interambulacral  plates  without 
any  pores  between  them.  The  interambulacral  plates  bear  two  or 
three,  and  sometimes  four,  long,  tapering,  rather  slender,  obtuse  spines. 

The  dorsal  plates  are  crowned  by  eight  to  twelve,  small,  some- 
what radiating  spines,  thicker  and  more  obtuse  than  those  of  the  or- 
dinary variety.  The  major  pedicellarias  are  in  a  row  along  each 
edge  of  the  ambulacral  furrows,  and  there  is  one  below  in  each  angle 
between  the  rays,  as  in  the  small  specimens,  and  occasionally  one  on 
the  interambulacral  spines.  They  are  small,  oval,  stout,  and  rather 
obtuse.  The  minor  pedicellariaB  are  very  small,  rounded,  and  are 
numerous  on  the  lateral  and  dorsal  spines,  and  crowded  in  large  clus- 
ters on  the  ventral  spines,  chiefly  on  the  side  toward  the  end  of  the 
ray.  The  papulse  are  not  very  numerous,  rather  large,  mostly  in 
pairs.     Suckers  numerous  and  much  crowded,  in  four  rows. 

Eehinarachnius  parma  Gray 

Yery  abundant  from  extreme  low-water  to  twenty  fathoms  at  East- 
port  and  Grand  ^lenan,  on  sandy  bottoms,  half  buried  in  sand.  Com- 
mon from  Lono;  Island  to  Labrador. 


VerrilL]  352 

Euryechinus  granulatus  VerrilL 

Massachusetts  Bay,  Grand  Menan,  Halifax,  N.  S.  Occurs  at  ex- 
treme low-water  mark. 

Euryeehinus  Drbbachiensis  Yerrill. 

Echinus  Drohacliiensis'MvWQ.v.  Ecliinus  granidatus  (pars)  Gould; 
Stlmpson,  etc.  Toxopneustes  Drohachiensis  Ag.  and  Desor,  Cat. 
Rais.  1847  ;  A.  Ag.  (pars),  these  Proc,  Vol.  ix,  p.  191  ;  Tenney, 
op.  cit.  p.  500,  figs.  483,  484  (original) ;  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz, 
op.  cit.  p.  102,  figs.  131  to  138  (original). 

Common  from  Massachusetts  Bay  to  Labrador  and  Greenland,  and 
also  on  the  northern  coast  of  Europe,  and  the  northwest  coast  of 
Korth  America.  Extremely  abundant  for  several  feet  above  low- 
water  mark  of  spring  tides  at  Eastport,  Me.,  and  Grand  Menan,  on 
rocky  bottoms ;  and  also  in  ten  to  twenty  fathoms.  Small  specimens 
were  collected  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  in  fifty  fathoms,  Straits  of 
Belle  Isle,  Labrador.  Drift  Clay,  Portland,  Me.  A.  Agassiz  mentioned 
specimens,  probably  of  this  species,  from  an  outlying  bank  situated 
off  the  coast  of  New  Jersey,  in  about  thirty  fathoms,  Capt.  Gedney. 

Thyonidium  productum  Stimp.,  Liv.  p.  17. 

Duasmodactyla  producta  Ayres,  these  Proc.  iv,  p.  244,  1852. 
Eastport,  Me.,  under  stones  at  low-water,  not  common. 

Thyonidium  musculosum  A}Tes,  op.  cit.  p.  70. 
Massachusetts  Bay,  eighteen  fathoms,  ^h.  Ayres. 

Pentacta  frondosa  Jjeg.  (Gunner  sp.) 

Cucumaria  frond osa  Forbes  ;  Dub.  and  Kor. ;  Liitken  ;  Sars.  Pen- 
tacta frondosa  Stimj).  op.  cit.  p.  16  ;  A.  and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  op.  cit.  p. 
100,  fig.  130.  Botrijodactyla  grandis  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  52.  B.  affinis 
Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  145. 

Massachusetts  Bay  to  Labrador  and  Greenland ;  on  European 
coast  south  to  Denmark  and  Great  Britain.  Exceedingly  abundant 
and  large  at  Grand  Menan,  at  extreme  low-water,  and  for  several 
fathoms  lower,  covering  rocky  bottoms.  I  have  also  dredged  it  abun- 
dantly at  Eastport  in  twenty  fathoms,  stony  bottom. 

The  specimens  are  mostly  dark  brown  or  purplish,  yellowish  below. 
One  specimen  occurred  at  Grand  Menan  of  a  uniform,  light  yellow. 
Commonly  called  ''Sea  Cucumber"  on  this  coast. 

Pentacta  calcigera  Stimp.,  these  Proc.  iv,  p.  67,  1851. 
(?)  Cucumaria  Korenii  Liitken,  Grcin.  Echin.  p.  4,  1857. 
Chelsea,  Mass.,  Dr.  Stimpson  ;  Swampscott,  Mass.,  S.  Tufts  ;  Labra- 


353  [VerrlU. 

dor,  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.  On  this  coast,  hitherto  only  found  thrown 
upon  the  beaches  by  the  waves.  Dr.  Packard's  specimens  were 
dredged  in  fifteen  fathoms,  sandy  bottom. 

Pentacta  minuta  (Fabr.  sp.) 

Cucumaria  minuta  Liitken,  op.  cit.  p.  7.  Ocnus  Af/resii  Stimpson, 
Inv.  p.  16,  1853. 

Grand  Menan  in  twenty-five  fiithoms,  shelly  bottom.     Dr.  Stimpson. 

Psolus  phantapus  Oken. 

Psolu^  kevigatus  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  25.  P .  pliant apm  ^t\m\i.  Inv. 
p.  16;  These  Proc.  iv,  p.  67;  Bronn,  PL  47,  fig.  4,  copied  from 
Cuvier.  a  poor  figure. 

Chelsea  Beach,  Mass. ;  Grand  Menau,  at  low  water  and  in  forty 
fathoms  ;  and  at  Eastport,  Me.,  at  low-water,  buried  among  ])ebbK's, 
Dr.  Stimpson.  I  have  dredged  it  at  Mt.  Desert,  Me.,  in  fifteen  tath- 
oms,  rocky  bottom. 

The  following  species  has  many  structural  peculiarities  that  sepa- 
rate it  from  typical  species  of  Paolus,  and  entitle  it  to  rank  as  a  dis- 
tinct genus. 


LOPHOTHURIA 


f/en.  nov. 


Cuvier ia  (pars)  Pcron,  1817,  (not  of  Per.  and  Les.  1811).  P;<oIhs 
(pars)  Liitken,  Gronlands  Echinod.  1857. 

Tentacles  ten,  arborescent,  and  greatly  subdivided,  about  as  long 
as  the  body  in  expansion.  Body  covered  above  by  large  imbricated 
plates,  with  a  flat  naked  surface  beneath,  with  a  crowded  row  of  am- 
bulacral  suckers  on  each  side,  but  without  a  median  row,  which  is  im- 
perfectly represented  by  a  crowded  gi'oup  of  suckers  at  each  end  of 
the  flat  surface,  mingling  with  tlioso  of  the  lateral  rows.  Naked  part 
of  the  body,  below  the  tentacles,  retractile,  and  having  ten  vermicular 
appendages  near  its  junction  with  the  plated  portion,  corresponding 
with  th^  ambulacra  and  tentacles.  Tentacles  connected  at  base  by  a 
narrow  web. 

P.iolus*  differs  from  this  genus  in  having  a  double  median  row  of 
suckers  beneath  ;  in  its  less  branched  tentacles,  without  a  basal  web ; 
and  in  having  five  double  rows  of  slender,  sucker-like,  ambulacral  ap- 
pendages along  the  naked  part  of  the  body  below  the  tentacles.  The 
anal  region  is  also  greatly  prolonged. 

*  Typical  sppcimpn  of  P.  phantapus  from  Denmark,  iu  alcohol,  with  tentacles 
expanilcd,  sent  by  Dr.  Chr.  Liitken. 

PROCEEDINGS  B.   8.   N.   H.— VOL.   X.  23  JULY,   1866. 


Verrill.]  354 

The  genus  Lepidopsolus  (Bronn,  Thier.  Reichs,  ii,  p.  404)  proposed 
for  P.  squamatus  (Miill.  sp.)  is  said  to  liave  the  suckers  scattered  be- 
neath, and  other  characters  very  different  from  the  present  group. 

Lophothuria  Fabricii  Yerrill. 

Holothurkt  squamata  Fabr.  Fauna  Groen;  Gould,  (not  of  Miiller). 
Cuvieria  Fabricii  Dub.  and  Kor. ;  Stimpson,  Inv.  p.  16.  P solus 
Fabricii  Liitken,  Gron.  Ech.  p.  13.  Cuvieria  squamata  A.  and  E.  C. 
Agassiz,  op.  cit.  p.  98.  figs.  127-129  (original).  Psolus  phantapus 
Clark,  Mind  in  Nature,  p.  192,  fig.  117  (original,  a  good  figure). 

Massachusetts  Bay  to  Greenland.  Common  in  two  to  eight  fathoms 
in  a  few  localities  at  Grand  Menan,  adhering  firmly  to  rocks.  Occa- 
sionally a  specimen  of  large  size  is  exposed  at  low-water  of  spring 
tides.  Young  under  stones  at  low-water,  A.  Agassiz.  Rockland 
Harbor,  Me.,  in  five  fathoms,  C.  B.  Fuller.  Called  "Sea-orange"  by 
American  fishermen. 

Synapta  tenuis  Ayres. 

Sandy  beaches  of  Massachusetts  Bay  at  low-water,  not  uncommon. 

Chirodota  Iseve  Grube,  (Fabr.  sp.) 

Trochinus  pallidus  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  243.  Synapta  coriacea  Ag. 
Proc.  A.  Acad.  1851,  (no  description).  Chirodota  Iceve  Stimp.,  op. 
cit.  p.  17  ;  Packard,  Can.  Nat.  Dec,  1863. 

Eastport,  Me.,  and  Grand  Menan,  under  stones  at  low-water,  com- 
mon. Labrador  in  ten  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  Dr.  Packard ;  Green- 
land, Dr.  Liitken. 

Caudina  (Molpadia)  arenata  Stimp.  op.  cit.  p.  17,  1853. 

CJdrodota  arenaf a  Gould,  op.  cit.  p.  346,  1841;  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p. 
143  ;  Pourtales,  Proc.  Am.  Ass.  1851,  p.  13.  Caudina  arenata  A. 
and  E.  C.  Agassiz,  op.  cit.  p.  97,  fig.  126  (original)  ;  Clark,  op.  cit.  p. 
187,  figs,  ll^to  116  (original). 

Sandy  and  muddy  shores  of  Massachusetts  Bay.  Often  throAvn  on 
Chelsea  Beach,  Mass.,  after  storms. 

This  genus  is  very  closely  allied  to,  if  not  identical  with,  Molpadia 
Cuvier.  (SeeM.  borealis  in  Sars,  Norges  Ech.  tab.  12  and  13). 

Doubtful  Species. 

The  following  are,  as  yet,  quite  obscure,  and  are,  perhaps,  synon- 
ymous with  some  of  the  preceding. 

Cucumaria  fusiformis  Desor,  these  Proc.  iii,  p.  67.  South 
Shoals,  Mass.,  twenty-two  fathoms.  Chirodota  oolitica  Pourtales, 
Proc.  Am.  Ass.  1851,  p.  13.     From  fish-stomachs. 


355  [VerriU. 

SYRTENSIAN    FAUNA. 

The  following  species  have  been  obtained  from  St.  George's  Bank 
and  other  deep-water  banks  off  the  coast  of  New  England,  that  I 
regard  as  belonging  to  this  fauna.  Doubtless  most  of  the  Arctic  species 
included  in  the  previous  fauna,  will  also  be  found  with  these,  when 
the  localities  are  more  explored. 

Polypi. 

Rhodactinia  (Tealla)  Davii5ii  Ag. 

I  have  obtained  a  single  large  specimen  from  a  bank  several  miles 
east  of  Grand  Menan  in  about  forty  fathoms. 

Metridium  marginatum  E.  and  H.  (  ?  ) 

Dr.  Stimpson  mentions  a  specimen,  probably  of  this  species,  under 
^^ Actinia  dkinthus  .^"from  the  ''Gravelly-bottom,"  a  bank  east  of  Grand 
Menan,  probably  near  the  same  locality  as  the  last. 

Paragorgia  arborea  Edw.  and  H. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  in  deep  water,  with  the 
next. 

Primnoa  Reseda  Yerrill. 

Primnoa  lepadifera  Lamx. 

St.  George's  Bank  (Essex  Inst.) ;  Mouth  of  Bay  of  Fundy  (Port- 
land N.  H.  Soc.)  ;  Mouth  of  Bay  of  Fundy,  thirty  miles  southeast 
from  Mt.  Desert,  Me.     (Museum  of  this  Society.) 

Alcyonium    rubiforme    Dana,     and    also,    apparently,    another 
*    species  have  been  found  at   the  Banks  of  Newfoundland,  both   of 
which  are  likely  to  occur  at  St.  George's  Bank. 

ECHINODERMATA. 

Ophiacantha  spinulosa  Mull,  and  Tr. 

Bay  of  Fundy,  off  Grand  Menan,  sparingly  in  the  Coralline  Zone, 
Dr.  Wm.  Stimpson. 

Ranges  northward  to  Greenland  and  Spitzbergen,  and  to  the  north- 
west coast  of  Norway. 

Pteraster  militaris  Miill.  and  Tr. 

Off  Grand  Menan  in  thirty-five  fathoms,  shelly  bottom.  Dr.  Wm. 
Stimpson.  This  locality  belongs,  perhaps,  properly  to  the  Syrtensian 
Fauna,  like  that  of  the  next  species. 


Verrill.]  356  ' 

This  species  is  found  at  Greenland  (Liitken),  Spltzbergea,  and  on 
the  northern  coast  of  Europe,  at  Finmark,  etc.,  In  deep  water. 

Goniaster  phrygianus  Stimp.    1853. 

Goniaster  equestris  Ag^assiz.  Astrogonium  plirygianum  Miill.  and 
Tr.  Asterias  equestris  Gould,  1.  c.  p.  344.  Hippasteria  phrygiana  A. 
and  E.  C.  Agasslz,  op.  cit.  p.  113. 

Off  Duck  Island,  Bay  of  Fundy,  In  the  Coralline  Zone,  Dr.  Wm. 
Stimpson.  An  Arctic  species,  found  also  on  the  northern  coast  of 
Europe. 

Ctenodiscus  crispatus  Dub.  and  Koren. 

Off  Grand  Menan  in  fifty  to  sixty  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  Dr. 
Wm.  Stimpson. 

Unless  the  "  Asterias  aranclaca "  mentioned  by  Dr.  Gould  as 
taken  from  the  mouth  of  a  cod  fish,  was  the  young  of  this  species,  it 
may  indicate  the  occurrence  of  a  species  of  Astropecten  in  this  region. 

Crossaster  (Solaster)  papposus  Miill.  and  Tr. 

St.  George's  Bank  in  thirty-five  to  forty  fathoms,  Capt.  N.  E. 
Atwood ;  Banks  of  Newfoundland. 

Solaster  endeca  Forbes. 

St.  George's  Bank,  in  twenty-five  fathoms,  Capt.  Atwood. 

Asterias  (Asteracanthlon)  polaris  (M.  and  Tr.  sp.) 

A  specimen  obtained  at  St.  George's  Bank,  in  thirty-five  or  forty 
fathoms,  by  Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood,  belongs  to  the  Collection  of  this 
Society.  This  is  10.5  inches  in  diameter,  disk  1.75  broad,  arms  0.8. 
wide  at  base.  The  dorsal  surface  Is  less  evenly  spinose  than  In  ordi- 
nary Labrador  specimens,  there  being  scattered,  long,  cylindrical,  ob- 
tuse spines,  while  the  majority  of  the  spines  are  quite  small  and  less 
capitate  than  usual.  The  lateral  and  ventral  spines,  the  pedlcellariae, 
and  the  form  of  the  six  rays  agree  well,  however,  with  this  species. 

Thyonidium  elongatum  Ayres,   these    Proc,  Vol.  iv,   p.  60, 

1851. 

St.  George's  Bank,  thirty  fathoms.  Dr.  Ayres.  Is  T.  musculosum 
Ayres,  distinct  from  this  ? 

Thyonidium  glabrum  Ayres,  op.  cIt.  p.  69. 
St.    George's  Bank,  thirty  fathoms.  Dr.  Ayres. 


357  [VerriU. 

Anaperus  unisemita  Stimp.  op.  cit.  p.  8. 

Stereoderma  unisemita  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  46. 

Banks  of  Newfoundland,  and  probably  off  Massachusetts  Bay. 

The  three  preceding  species  require  reexamination  and  critical 
comparison  with  European  species. 

Pentacta  frondosa  Jasg.  (?) 

Bothryodactyla  grandis  Ayres,  op.  cit.  p.  52. 
St.  George's  Bank,  thirty  fathoms,  Dr.  Ayres. 

Psolus  regalis  Yerrill. 

P solus  granulatus  A}Tes,  op.  cit.  p.  63,  (iion  Grilbe,  1840). 

Banks  of  Newfoundland,  (Coll.  Essex  Inst.)  ;  St.  George's  Bank,  in 
thirty  fathoms,  Dr.  Ayres. 

An  examination  of  one  of  the  original  specimens  of  Ayres,  in  the 
Essex  Institute,  has  convinced  me  that  this  species  is  distinct  from 
P.  jjhantapus,  with  European  specimens  of  which  I  have  compared  it. 

The  following  additional  species,  which  have  been  found  in  Labra- 
dor, or  at  the  Newfoundland  Banks,  may  hereafter  be  found  at  St. 
George's  Bank,  etc. 

OphiogJypha  nodosa  Lyman ;  AstropJiyton  eucnemis  M.  and  Tr. ; 
Eupyrgiis  scaher  Liitken;  collected  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  in  1860, 
in  Southern  Labrador.*  Ainpliiura  HolhoUi  Liitken;  Myriotroclms 
Rinkil  Stp. ;  Asterias  Grosnlandica  ;  collected  by  Dr.  Packard  in 
1864,  on  the  east  coast  of  Labrador. 

Asterias  Groeidandica  Stp.  sp.  Dredged  in  fifteen  fathoms  in  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  near  Anticosti,  by  myself 

Ophioglypha  Stuicitzii  Lyman.    Newfoundland  Banks,  Dr.  Liitken. 

Anaperus  cigaro  and  Orcula  Bartldi  described  from  Labrador  by 
Troschel. 

*  A  List  of  Animals  dredged  near  Caribou  Island,  Labrador,  by  A.  S. 
Packard,  Jr.,  in  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist,  Dec,  18G3.  In  that  paper, 
by  an  unfortunate  error  of  the  printer,  the  word  "feet"  has  been  substituted  for 
fatlwms  after  the  depth  of  each  species. 


Shaler.]  358 

On  the   Formation    of    the    Excavated    Lake    Basins    of 
New  England.     By  N.  S.  Shaler. 

No  phenomena  resulting  from  tlie  action  of  the  forces  in  operation 
during  the  Drift  period  are  so  enigmatical  as  the  excavated  lake 
basins  found  throughout  nearly  the  whole  of  the  regions  to  the  north 
and  south  of  the  equator  which  present  distinct  evidences  of  glacial 
erosion.  Wherever  found,  the  similarity  of  form  seems  to  evince  the 
essential  similarity  of  the  forces  involved  in  their  production,  and  the 
striking  contrast  they  afford  to  all  the  ordinary  results  of  erosive  ac- 
tion compels  us  to  seek  their  origin  in  some  cause  or  causes  which 
affected  only  regions  on  which  the  glacial  sheet  was  imposed. 

There  are  in  operation  in  the  regions  characterized  by  glacial 
lakes,  no  forces  capable  of  producing  such  depressions ;  on  the  con- 
trary all  the  forces  at  present  in  action  tend  to  obliterate  the  existing 
basins.  This  fact  needs  to  be  borne  in  mind  if  we  would  comprehend 
the  full  extent  of  the  facts,  for  over  the  surface  of  New  England,  and 
probably  over  all  such  lake  countries,  sedimentary  accumulations  and 
the  formation  of  peat  bogs  have  diminished  the  original  area  of  the 
basins  quite  one  half  A  very  large  portion  of  them  have  lost  the 
character  of  lakes,  and  thereby  ceased  to  be  conspicuous  features  in 
the  landscape,  so  that  it  is  only  after  careful  examination  of  the  struc- 
ture of  a  region  that  the  original  extent  and  number  of  these  peculiar 
basins  can  be  clearly  perceived.  If  we  could  expose  the  surface  of 
the  rock  on  which  the  glacial  mass  rested,  throughout  New  England, 
we  would  i^robably  find  no  considerable  area  which  did  not  present 
basins  referable  to  glacial  erosion  alone.  Over  the  surface  of  Eastern 
Massachusetts,  where  the  observations  of  the  author  have  mostly  been 
made,  it  is  not  easy  to  find  a  space  of  ten  square  miles  which  does  not 
present  unmistakable  evidence  of  this  local  erosion.  The  occurrence 
of  these  basins  over  such  wide  spread  areas,  and  their  existence  on 
surfaces  at  considerable  distances  from  steep  declivities,  renders  it 
highly  improbable  that  they  could  have  been  produced  by  the  local 
erosion  which  takes  place  where  a  glacier  meets  a  comparatively  plain 
surface  after  passing  over  a  steep  slope.  This  action,  though  compe- 
tent to  produce  basin-like  depressions,  is  manifestly  insufficient  to 
account  for  the  majority  of  the  cases.  The  theory  which  assigns  irreg- 
ular upheaval  as  the  cause  of  these  basins,  is  not  applicable,  since  the 
contour  of  the  basins  and  the  structure  of  the  rocks  about  them  prove 
conclusively  that  in  most  cases  they  are  due  to  excavating  agents. 
Nor  has  it  been  shown  why  such  abnormal  elevatory  actions  are 
restricted  within  the  subglacial  area. 

There  are  some  facts  connected  with  the  distribution  and  form  of 
glacial  basins  which  have  an  important  bearing  on  all  theories  of  their 


359  [Shaler. 

origin.  AlthoLigli  limited  within  the  regions  which  have  been  covered 
by  the  glacial  mass,  these  basins  are  not  equally  distributed  over  all 
portions  of  those  areas.  They  are  largest,  deepest  aud  most  numerous  in 
those  portions  where  we  have  reasons  for  concluding  that  the  glacial 
sheet  was  thickest,  and  diminish  as  we  approach  the  southern  bound- 
ary of  the  ice  field.  They  arc  less  conspicuous  and  cease  to  be  no- 
ticeable before  we  reach  the  limits  of  the  glacier  as  shown  by  scratched 
and  polished  surfaces.  There  seems  to  be  some  reason  why  the  surface 
of  a  country  underlaid  by  little  disturbed  sedimentary  rocks  should 
present  a  less  favorable  field  for  the  formation  of  numerous  basins, 
than  where  the  underlying  rock  has  been  rendered  varied  in  structure 
by  irregular  metamorphism  and  injected  materials.  Until,  however,  the 
precise  character  of  most  of  our  lakes  is  ascertained,  and  it  is  deter- 
mined whether  they  are  rock  basins  or  only  moraine  lakes,  it  will  not 
be  possible  to  attach  much  importance  to  this  point. 

There  are  coincidences  in  the  figure  of  these  basins  which  have  the 
highest  value.  Few,  except  the  smallest,  present  any  approximation 
to  a  circular  figure,  and  in  a  general  way  the  larger  the  area  the 
greater  the  proportionate  extent  of  the  major  axis.  If  we  could  ac- 
cept the  gradations  in  size  as  degrees  of  development,  then  it  would 
seem  likely  that  the  force  producing  these  basins  acted  in  such  a  man- 
ner that,  if  originating  in  a  circular  depression,  they  necessarily  be- 
came elongated  and  tended  to  develop  the  greater  diameter  more 
rapidly  than  the  lesser.  This  feature  has  an  additional  value  when 
we  notice  that  the  major  axis  of  the  basins  has  usuallv  a  north  and 
south  trend.  There  are  very  conspicuous  exceptions  to  this  law  to  be 
found  outside  of  the  surface  of  New  England,  but  in  them  as  well, 
there  seems  to  be  a  general  rule  that,  failing  to  follow  the  usual  north 
and  south  direction,  their  major  axes  have  a  direction  corresponding 
to  that  of  the  river  system  or  valley  in  which  they  are  situated.  The 
most  conspicuous  lake  basins  which  do  not  seem  reconcilable  with 
either  of  these  divisions  are  those  of  Athabasca,  Slave  and  Great 
Bear  lakes,  which,  as  will  afterward  appear,  are  explicable  if  we  grant 
that  the  continental  glacier  had  little  or  no  southward  movement  in 
such  high  latitudes,  but  that  the  accumulation  of  ice  fuand  escape  in 
an  easterly  direction. 

In  the  great  depth  of  these  basins,  compared  with  their  other  di- 
mensions, we  have  a  feature  which  needs  to  be  borne  in  mind  while 
seeking  an  explanation  of  their  for.nution.  Many  of  the  smaller  ba- 
sins have  the  vertical  bearing  so  great  a  proportion  to  the  horizontal 
measurements  as  to  put  at  once  out  of  the  question  that  theory  which 
derives  them  from  the  ordinary  irregular  wearing  at  the  base  of  a 
glacier.  Great  as  this  depth  fre(|uently  is,  it  must  be  remembered 
that  when  the  basins  were  formed  it  must  have  been  far  jrreatcr.     If 


Shaler.]  300 

we  assume  the  least  time  which  can  be  reasonably  assigned  to  the 
present  epoch,  and  suppose  the  glacial  condition  to  have  passed  from 
this  hemisphere  at  least  100,000  years  ago,  and  admit  an  average  rate 
of  deposition  of  sedimentary  materials  of  only  one-tenth  of  an  inch 
per  annum,  we  would  have  the  depth  of  the  cavities  reduced  over  800 
feet.  AVhen  Ave  consider  the  extreme  activity  of  all  the  forces  tend- 
ing to  fill  up  the  basins  in  the  diluvial  condition  which  must  have  en- 
sued from  the  melting  of  the  glacial  sheet,  it  would  seem  that  this 
estimate  of  one-tenth  of  an  inch  per  annum  is  not  excessively  high, 
and  when  we  call  to  mind  the  fact  that  one  hundred  thousand  years 
is  about  the  minimum  of  time  which  could  have  elapsed  since  the  ces- 
sation of  the  glacial  period,  and  that  the  true  time  is  probably  much 
greater,  it  will  be  evident  that  many  of  our  still  deep  basins  have  had 
their  depth  diminished  at  least  one  thousand  feet.  To  satisfy  the 
facts  it  is  necessary  that  theory  should  explain  how,  through  the  oper- 
ation of  forces  brought  Into  action  by  the  Imposition  of  the  glacial 
sheet,  these  exceedingly  deep  excavations  could  have  been  formed. 

It  Is  evident  that  the  origin  of  these  depressions  is  to  be  sought  In 
some  cause  producing  local  irregularities  In  the  erosive  action  of  the 
glacial  sheet.  We  have  already  given  reasons  for  concluding  that,  in 
most  cases,  this  local  Increase  in  the  wearing  action  could  not  be 
ascribed  to  the  impinging  of  Ice  moving  down  steep  slopes  against  the 
level  surface  at  the  base.  It  may  be  further  objected  that  this  action 
would  not  be  competent  to  produce  basins,  but  could  only  develop 
them  still  further,  except  where  steep  declivities  already  existed. 
Nor  is  it  conceivable  how  such  great  depth,  with  a  moderate  length, 
could  be  attained  through  the  operation  of  such  a  cause.  The  easiest 
method  of  comprehending  the  nature  of  the  forces  operating  to 
abrade  the  surface  at  the  base  of  the  glacial  sheet.  Is  to  conceive  a 
gradual  return  to  the  conditions  existing  on  the  land  surface  within 
the  drift  area  during  that  period.  At  first,  as  In  our  winter  sndws, 
the  surface  of  the  glacial  sheet  would  correspond  in  a  general  way  to 
the  outline  of  the  area  on  Avhich  It  rested,  only  the  smaller  Irregulari- 
ties would  be  leveled  over.  As  the  thickness  increased,  the  outline 
of  the  land  would  be  less  and  less  represented  by  the  irregularities  of 
the  crust  of  the  glacier,  and  finally,  when  the  mass  had  come  to  have 
a  depth  of  thousands  of  feet,  only  the  most  Important  reliefs  would 
have  any  effect  on  the  contour  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  Ice.  The 
vertical  thickness  of  the  Ice  would  be  greatest  over  the  valleys  and 
less  over  the  hills.  In  proportion  as  they  rose  above  the  general  sur- 
face. 

The  importance  of  these  differences  In  the  depth  of  the  glacial 
mass  becomes  apparent  when  we  consider  some  other  effects  of  the 
accumulation.     Acting;  as  a  nonconductor,  the  o;lacIal   mass  would 


361  [Shaler. 

prevent,  to  a  great  extent,  the  escape  of  heat  which  is  constantly- 
passing  from  the  interior  to  the  surface  of  the  earth.  Therefore  the 
immediate  result  would  be  to  bring  the  isogeothermal  lines  nearer  the 
original  surface.  In  the  uncovered  condition  of  the  land  the  isogeo- 
thermal lines  correspond  in  their  curves  with  the  principal  irregulari- 
ties of  the  surface  rising  beneath  the  ridges  and  curving  downwards 
under  the  valleys.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  glacial  matter  had  filled 
any  considerable  valley,  the  isogeothermal  lines  beneath  would  begin 
to  become  parallel  to  the  new  surface,  ceasing  to  have  the  original 
conformity  with  the  rock  surface.  Let  further  accumulation  take 
place,  and  it  is  plain  that  in  time  the  isogeothermal  of  the  melting 
point  of  ice  must  invade  the  glacial  mass.  It  is  furthermore  evident 
that  the  melting  arising  from  this  ascent  of  the  hues  of  equal  heat 
will  take  place  first  at  the  lowest  points,  as  in  the  deeper  river  valleys, 
and  would,  over  such  basin  regions  as  New  England,  be  particularly 
active  in  the  deep  lake  cavities.  Beginning  at  the  lowest  points,  and 
over  small  areas,  the  points  where  melting  could  take  place  would  in-., 
crease  in  number  and  the  areas  enlarge  until  the  removal  of  the  ice 
from  this  and  other  causes  balanced  the  accumulation  going  on  upon 
the  upper  surface  of  the  glacier.  In  case  the  increase  in  thickness 
was  gradual,  it  seems  likely  that  the  equilibrium  between  the  deposi- 
tion on  the  surface  and  the  melting  at  the  base  of  the  glacier  might 
be  easily  established.  If,  however,  the  accumulation  was  rapid  it 
seems  very  likely  that  a  very  sudden  melting  of  the  base  might  occur, 
and  several  oscillations  in  the  position  of  the  isothermals  take  place 
before  this  equalization  of  the  actions  of  deposition  and  melting 
was  brought  about. 

In  this  local  melting  at  the  foot  of  the  glacier  it  is  believed  we 
have  the  agent  which  has  produced  the  local  erosion  we  find  in  gla- 
cial basins.  The  melted  water  can  not  escape  to  the  surface,  as  it 
would  there  be  frozen  and  the  mass  in  no  way  diminished.  Besides 
this,  the  hydrostatic  pressure  would  operate  with  great  force  to  com- 
pel a  lateral  movement  along  the  base  of  the  glacier.  The  most 
probable  means  of  escape  would  be  over  the  lowest  rim  of  the  de- 
pression in  which  it  was  melted  in  the  direction  of  lower  levels.  The 
existence  of  sub-glacial  streams  flowing  in  channels  excavated  in  the 
ice  in  the  continental  glaciers  of  Greenland,  renders  it  likely  that  this 
water  would  excavate  a  conduit  in  the  direction  of  the  drainage  of 
the  country,  and  that  from  the  many  melting  points  connecting,  might 
arise  a  river  system  similar  to  that  found  in  these  regions  when  freed 
from  the  ice.  Where,  however,  the  glacial  sheet  thinned  off  in  any 
direction,  it  is  possible  that  the  influence  of  pressure  in  determining 
the  course  of  the  streams  might  be  greater  than  the  influence  exer- 
cised by  gravitation,  and  that  thereby  the  water  might  be  forced 


Shaler.]  362 

across  the  surface  In  a  direction  differing  widely  from  tlie  course  of 
the  natural  drainage. 

The  water,  relieved  from  its  rigid  condition  and  forced  out  of  tlie 
basin  where  it  was  produced,  would  necessarily  have  a  certain  effect 
.in  deepening  the  basin  and  in  cutting  out  the  lowest  portion  of  the 
rim.  In  addition  to  this,  the  waste  of  the  ice  within  the  depression 
■w^ould  necessarily  be  supplied  'by  the  subsidence  of  the  ice  immedi- 
ately over  the  basin,  and  the  sliding  toAvards  the  centre  of  the  ice  on 
either  side ;  these  actions  would  be  attended  with  wearing  of  the 
bottom  and  sides  of  the  basin.  If  the  thickness  of  the  ice  over  the 
basin  remained  the  same,  we  would  have  with  the  increase  in  depth 
of  the  cavity  a  constant  augmentation  in  the  intensity  of  the  melting 
action.  If  the  glacial  mass  had  no  general  movement,  then  the  result 
of  these  actions  would  be  the  formation  of  more  or  less  circular  de- 
pressions ;  if,  however,  the  ice  had  motion  in  any  direction,  the  result 
would  be  the  elongation  of  the  basin  in  the  direction  of  that  move- 
ment. This  would  arise  from  the  j^reponderance  of  the  erosion  at 
those  points  where  the  glacial  stream  entered  and  emerged  from  the 
basin ;  if  the  movement  was  sufficiently  rapid,  the  waste  by  melting 
might  be  sufficiently  replaced  by  the  material  pushed  into  the  basin 
by  the  general  motion  alone,  and  the  flow  of  ice  from  either  side  and 
the  lateral  erosion  arising  therefrom  destroyed.  In  this  case,  we 
would  expect  to  find  the  development  of  the  basins  producing  very 
much  elongated  and  deep  depressions,  having  their  major  axes  corres- 
ponding to  the  course  of  the  glacier.  Much  would  necessarily 
depend  upon  the  original  contour  of  the  basins,  the  trend  of  the  val- 
lies  in  w^hich  they  were  placed,  and  the  nature  of  the  materials  in 
which  the  excavation  went  on.  Notwithstanding  all  these  obstacles  in 
the  way  of  a  uniform  result,  it  is  easily  seen  on  the  surface  of  New  Eng- 
land that  some  such  laws  in  the  formation  of  these  basins  exist,  and 
this  view  of  the  operation  of  the  forces  at  work  beneath  the  glacier 
seems  to  be  supported  by  the  facts. 

There  remains  the  question  as  to  the  origin  of  the  basins ;  a  hy- 
pothesis to  account  for  their  development  has  been  advanced,  but  no 
way  shown  in  which  they  could  originate.  Something  is  without 
doul)t  to  be  attributed  to  the  original  irregularities  of  the  rock  surface 
produced  by  unequal  elevatory  actions,  and  it  must  be  recollected 
that  a  few  feet  of  depth  might  originate  the  actions  which  deepened 
the  basin.  But  it  seems  likely  that  the  cause  is  to  be  sought  ehv- 
where,  in  actions  which  have  received  little  attention  from  geologists, 
yet  which  are  capable  of  producing  very  important  results,  viz.,  in  the 
different  conductive  power  to  heat  of  the  varied  materials  comi)osing 
the  earth's  crust.  This  inequality  of  conductive  jjower  would  cause 
the  isogeotheniial  lines  to  rise  with  different  rapidity  at  various  points 


363  [Shaler. 

in  the  same  region,  and  consequently  the  temperature  capable  of  pro- 
ducing melting  would  attain  the  surface  of  places  of  different  heights 
at  the  same  time.  Assuming  a  horizontal  surface  with  varied  con- 
ductive power,  melting  would,  from  this  cause,  have  the  same  tend- 
ency to  begin  at  some  points  much  sooner  than  at  others,  as  would 
arise  from  vertical  inequalities.  There  being  no  regions  absolutely 
level,  and  no  considerable  areas  of  the  cnist  of  the  same  conductive 
power  to  heat  the  points  where  melting  would  begin  at  the  base  of  a 
glacial  accumulation,  it  would  be  determined  by  both  of  these  fea- 
tures together.  The  flow  of  heat  from  the  interior  during  the  latter 
geological  epochs  has  been  of  such  small  amount  that  the  rise  of  the 
isogeothermal  lines  would  be  necessarily  very  gradual.  This  would 
admit  of  a  considerable  excavation  before  the  lines  had  passed 
tlirough  the  materials  of  slower  conductive  power,  so  as  to  produce 
melting  over  the  whole  of  the  base  of  the  ice.  It  is  most  probable 
that  on  our  hypothetical  plain,  melting  would  never  take  place  over 
the  whole  surface,  but  that  the  local  melting  would  more  than  equal 
the  accumulation,  long  before  any  considerable  portion  of  the  surface 
had  been  elevated  above  the  melting  point.  The  diversity  in  the  rate 
of  increase  of  temperature  as  we  descend  in  different  parts  of  the 
crust,  is  sufficient  evidence  of  the  varying  conductive  power.  It  could 
be  shown  by  a  discussion  of  the  circumstances  attendant  on  these  va- 
riations, that  it  is  eminently  probable  that  veins  of  injection  conduct 
with  much  more  facility  than  stratified  materials,  a  conclusion  which 
harmonizes  with  the  most  familiar  laAvs  of  conduction. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  the  extremely  varied  conductive  power  of 
the  earth's  crust  within  New  England,  may  be  the  main  reason  for  the 
great  number  of  the  glacial  basins  in  that  region. 

The  efiect  of  this  melting  of  the  glacial  base  from  the  heat  received 
fi'om  below,  on  the  excavation  of  river  valleys  and  the  transportation 
of  drift  materials,  afTord  interesting  questions,  but  which  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  discuss  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  facts. 

These  views  are  not  presented  by  the  author  as  altogether  satisfac- 
tory explanations  of  the  facts,  nor  is  it  to  be  supposed  that  these  notes 
are  meant  to  present  anything  like  a  discussion  of  the  hypotheses 
brought  forward.  We  have  unfortunately  far  too  little  accurate  in- 
formation on  the  subject  to  warrant  such  an  attempt.  It  is  hoped 
however,  that  they  may  contain  suggestions  which  will  afTord  the  basis 
of  profitable  investigation  by  geologists  and  physicists.  It  may  be 
remarked  that  some  of  the  greatest  objections  which  could  be  urged 
to  the  views  herein  presented,  are  lessened  in  value  when  we  recollect 
that  all  the  glacial  erosion  visible  in  drift  regions  can  not  properly  be 
attributed  to  the  glaciation  from  which  the  hemispiiere  has  just 
emerged.     It  is  more  than  probable  that  these  lake  basins  have  aga;n 


VerrilL]  364 

and  again  been  filled  with  glacial  ice,  and  the  seat  of  the  erosive 
actions  we  have  tried  to  trace,  and  that  the  face  of  the  land  is  the 
record  of  the  wearing  of  many  glacial  periods,  complicated  and  mod- 
ified by  the  ordinary  sub-aerial  erosion. 

As  an  instance  of  the  agency  of  man  in  modifying  the 
geographical  distribution  of  animals,  Prof.  Verrill  said  that 
he  had  been  informed  by  a  missionary  that,  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  the  natives  were  accustomed  to  transplant  a  species 
of  living  coral,  {J^Iontipora)^  hundreds  of  miles  in  their 
canoes,  from  one  island  to  another.  Mr.  H.  Mann  confirmed 
this  statement,  saying  that  this  coral  was  used  by  those  na- 
tives for  scouring  the  bottoms  of  their  canoes. 

Dr.  H.  Bryant  presented  the  upper  portion  of  a  skull  from 
a  cave  which  must  have  been  used  as  a  place  of  burial,  on 
Moneague  Island,  one  of  the  Bahama  grou^^.  Among  the 
remains  of  ten  or  twelve  skeletons,  there  were  no  complete 
skulls.  This  calvarium  was  greatly  flattened,  probably  arti- 
ficially, and  not  symmetrical,  as  the  left  parietal  bone  was 
more  prominent  than  the  other.  With  these  bones  had  been 
found,  by  another  gentleman,  native  tools  and  a  stone  hatchet. 

Messrs.  R.  C.  Greenleaf,  C.  J.  Sprague,  and  Dr.  J.  B.  S. 
Jackson  were  aj^pointed  a  committee  to  nominate  ofiicers  to 
be  balloted  for  at  the  next  annual  meeting. 

The  Chair  appointed  Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague  and  Dr.  C.  E.  Ware 
a  committee  to  audit  the  accounts  of  the  Treasurer,  and  to 
re2:>ort  at  the  next  meeting. 


May  2,  1866. 
ANNUAL  MEETING. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Forty-two  members  pi'esent. 

The  Acting  Custodian  made  the  following  Report,  em- 
bodying the  Annual  Rei)orts  of  the  Acting  Librarian  and 
the  Curators  of  the  Museum  fiDr  1865-6. 


365 

There  have  been  twenty  stated  meetmgs  of  the  Society, 
and  eight  meetings  of  the  Microscopic  Section.  The  aver- 
age attendance  of  the  meetings  of  the  general  Society  has 
been  thirty-fonr  members,  and  of  the  Microscopic  Section, 
nme  members. 

At  these  meetings,  thirty-six  communications  have  been 
presented,  as  follows : 

May  17,  18G5. 

Charles  A.   WnixE,  M.  D.      Observations   on  the  genus 
Belemnocrimis. 

June  21,  1865. 

Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood.     On  the  habits  of  the  Halibut. 

July  5,  1865. 

A.  A.  Gould,  M.  D.      The  Xudibranchiate  Mollusks  of  New 

England. 

September  20,  1865. 

Prof.  J.  Wyman.     On  the  formation  of  Ripple  Marks. 
S.  H.  ScuDDER.     Notes  upon  some  Odonata  from  the  Isle  of 
Pines. 

October  A,  1865. 

B.  G.  Wilder,  M.  D.     On  the  NepMla  plumipes  Koch  ?  its 

habits,  and  a  new  method  of  obtaining  its  silk. 

S.  H.  ScuDDER.     Notes  on  some  White  ISIountain  Odonata. 

A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  M.  D.     Observations  on  the  Dritt  Phe- 
nomena of  Labrador  and  Maine. 

October  18,  1865. 

A.  Agassiz.     On  the  Development  of  tlie  Porcellanidre. 

B.  G.  Wilder,  M.  D.     On  an  imperforate  ear  in  a  Negro. 
Prof    H.  J.  Clark.      The  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the 

Vorticellidan  Parasite  (Trichodina  pediculus  Ehr.)  of  Hy- 
dra. 

November  1,  1865. 

C.  T.  Jacksox,  M.  D.     Account  of  a  Journey  to  California 

and  Nevada. 
H.  ]\Iann.     On  the  recent  Eruptions  of  Kilauea  and  Mauna 
Loa. 

November  15,  1865. 

Prof  H.  J.  Clark.      On  the  Vestibular  Lash  of  one  of  the 
Vorticellidce. 


366 


H.  Mann.     On  tlic   Denudation   observed  in  tlie  Hawaiian 

Islands. 
Prof.  J.  Wyman.     Accounts  of  some  irregularities  noticeable 

in  tlie  cells  of  the  Hive  Bee. 

December  6,  18G5. 

Prof  AV.  P.  Blake.  Notice  of  an  earthquake  occurring  at 
San  Francisco,  Cal.,  and  vicinity,  Oct.  8th,  1865. 

A.  Agassiz.     On  the  Development  of  Limulus. 

N.  S.  Shaler.  Preliminary  Notice  of  some  opinions  concern- 
ing the  mode  of  Elevation  of  Continental  Masses. 

F.  W.  Putnam.  On  the  Ichthyological  Fauna  of  the  Great 
Lakes  of  America. 

Decemher  20,  18G5. 

Prof  H.  D.  Rogers.      On  the  Pleistocene  Climate  of  Europe. 

January  3,  1866. 

H.  Bryant,  M.  D.  A  List  of  Birds  from  Porto  Rico  pre- 
sented to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  Messrs.  Robert 
Swift  and  George  Latimer,  with  descriptions  of  new 
species  or  varieties. 

Prof  A.  E.  Verrill.  On  the  distribution  of  Birds  in  the  United 
States,  with  reference  to  the  jjhysical  causes  that  deter- 
mine their   limits   in   latitude. 

On  a  new  preservative  fluid,  and  on  the  morphology  of 
the  eye  of  insects. 

J.  C.  White,  M.  D.  Description  of  two  Crania  from  Cali- 
fornia. 

Rev.  S.  Weiz.  a  list  of  the  Vertebrates  of  Labrador ;  with 
annotations  by  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  M.  D. 

February  7, 1866. 

A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  M.  D.  Observations  on  the  develop- 
ment and  position  of  the  Hymenopteraj  with  notes  on  the 
Morphology  of  Insects. 

February  21,  1866. 

N.  S.  Shaler.    On  the  modification  of  Ocean  Currents  in  suc- 
cessive geological  periods.     Part  First. 
A.  Hyatt.     On  the  Morphology  of  the  Shell  of  MoUusca. 

March  7,  1866. 

Prof  W.  Denton.  On  a  new  Bitumen  from  rocks  of  probable 
miocene  aae  in  Utah. 


367 

A.  A.  Hayes,  I\I.  D.  Description  and  Analysis  of  a  new 
kind  of  Bitumen. 

April  4,  18G6. 

H.  Manx.  Description  of  some  new  species  of  the  genus 
ScJiiedea,  and   of  a  new   allied  genus. 

Revision  of  the  Rutaceaj  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 
C.  T.  Jacksox,  M.  D.    Chemical   analyses   of  minerals   asso- 
ciated with  the  Emery  of  Chester,  Mass. 
Capt.  N.  E.  Atwood.     On  the  habits  of  the  Haddock. 

April  18,  1866. 

Prof.  A.  E.  Yerrill.  A  Review  of  the  Polyps  and  Corals 
of  Panama  and  vicinity,  with  descriptions  of  eleven  new 
species  of  Corals. 

On  the  Polyps  and  Echinoderms  of  Long  Island  Sound, 
with  descriptions  of  tAvo  new  siDecies  of  a  new  genus. 

During  the  year  the  Society  has  elected  eleven  Corres- 
ponding Members  and  forty-four  Resident  Members. 

The  Society  having  again  resumed  jDublication,  the  first  Part 
of  Volume  I.  of  the  Memoirs,  is  now  ready  for  distribution, 
and  nearly  one  half  of  Volume  X.  of  the  Proceedings,  in- 
cluding the  records  of  the  meetings  held  during  1864  and 
1865,  have  been  printed,  and  issued.  There  are  now  two 
hundred  subscribers  to  the  Proceedings,  and  one  hundred 
and  seventy-four  to  the  Memoirs.  Still  more,  at  least  one 
hundred,  are  needed  to  make  these  journals  self-sustaining. 

It  will  be  seen  by  the  reports  of  the  Librarian  and  several 
Curators,  that  the  additions  this  year  have,  in  certain  depart- 
ments, been  of  much  importance,  while  the  total  number  of 
specimens  presented,  amounts  to  14,000.  The  collection  of 
birds,  especially,  has  been  increased  to  three  times  its  former 
size,  while  its  real  value  has  been  enhanced  in  a  much  greater 
jiroportion,  by  the  liberality  of  the  Curator  of  Ornithology  in 
presenting  to  the  Society  a  series  of  birds  which  formed  the 
largest  private  collection  in  Europe.  By  the  addition  of  this 
most  extensive  collection,  which  was  made  by  Count  Lafi-es- 
naye,  an  accomplished  ornithologist,  and  which  comprises 
nearly  nine  thousand  specimens  of  mounted  birds,  the  Soci- 
ety's Collection  has  now  become  one  of  national  importance, 
and  invaluable  for  reference  to  our  working  ornithologists. 


368 


In  order  to  suitiibly  arrange  this  immense  collection,  the 
two  west  rooms  on  the  third  story  have  been  fitted  up  for 
their  reception  under  the  superintendence  of  a  committee, 
consisting  of  Drs.  J.  C.  White  and  H.  Bryant.  An  entirely 
new  arrangement  of  this  department  is  to  be  made,  as  the 
previous  collection  is  to  be  merged  with  that  of  Lafresnaye. 
All  the  birds  are  to  be  removed  from  the  eastern  end  of  the 
gallery,  where  they  are  at  jDresent,  and  the  space  thus  made 
vacant  by  opening  the  new  rooms,  will  be  taken  up  by  the 
collection  of  fishes  to  be  removed  from  the  gallery  above. 
This  arrangement  will  be  soon  completed,  when  the  galleries, 
now  temj^orarily  closed  to  the  public,  will  be  reopened.  For 
several  months  past,  two  taxidermists  have  been  employed 
uj^on  the  collection. 

The  Acting  Librarian  i^resents  the  following  summary  of 
additions  by  volume,  parts  of  volumes  and  pami^hlets,  stat- 
ing that  of  the  number  of  books  now  in  the  library — there 
are  7,622  volumes,  2,097  parts  of  volumes,  and  2,462  pam- 
phlets : 


Books  i^resented  by  individuals 

"     purchased 

"     deposited  by  the  Eepublican  Institu- 
tion       

•'     received  in  exchange  for  our  publica- 
tions     

Total  . 


{ 

ivo 

1 

4to 

1 

folio 

vis 

pts 

phj 

vis 

pts 

ph 

vis 

pts 

ph 

38 

5 

75 

9 

4 

5 

2 

13 

26 

7 

32 

141 

291 

45 

121 

52 

4 

1 

112 

To'l 
136 

46 


767 


In  answer  to  the  special  requests  sent  out  a  year  ago  to 
the  Societies  in  Europe  Avith  whom  we  are  in  exchange,  for 
the  back  volumes  of  their  j^ublications  wanting  in  our  series, 
and  also  by  the  renewed  application,  both  in  person  and  by 
letter,  of  the  Librarian,  a  most  valuable  series  has  already 
been  received.  Other  important  Societies  promise  to  transmit 
additional  series  of  desiderata. 

All  these  parcels  have  been  transmitted  through  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  at  Washington,  to  which  the  Society 
is  specially  indebted  for  this  unusual  tax  on  its  resources. 


369 

In  response  to  a  circular  letter  sent  out  through  the 
medium  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  early  in  the  year,  and 
also  to  letters  recently  written,  both  in  French  and  German, 
and  sent  out  from  Paris  and  Berlin  through  the  agents  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  those  cities,  by  the  Secretary 
while  abroad,  the  following  Societies,  being  twenty-nine  in 
addition  to  those  in  the  previous  annual  list,  have  entered  into 
a  permanent  exchange  of  publications,  some  of  which  have 
already  been  received  and  placed  on  the  shelves. 

Geological  Magazine London. 

Entomological  Society  of  New  South  Wales    .        .        .  ^Melbourne. 

Keale  Istituto  Tecnico  di  Palenno Palermo. 

Society  de  Biologic    .  ' ,        .  Paris. 

Societe  des  Sciences  Physiques  et  Xaturelles  du  Dc'parte- 

ment  d'lUe  et-Vilaine Rennes. 

Civico  Museo  Ferdinando  Massimiliano  in  Trieste   .        .  Trieste. 

Historischer  Vercin  in  Mittelfranken         ....  Anspach. 

Cercle  Artistique,  Litt<^raire  et  Scientifique  d'Anvers     .  Anvers. 
Societe  Academique  d'Archeologie,  Sciences  et  Arts  du 

Departement  de  I'Oise Beauvais. 

Massachusetts  Agi'icultural  Department   ....  Boston. 

Museo  Pub'ico  de  Buenos  Aires Buenos  Aires. 

Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Science Buffalo. 

Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences Chicago. 

Videnskabs  Selskab  i  Christiania Christiania. 

Societe  d'Histoii-e  Naturelle  de  Colmar    ....  Colmar. 

Gesellschaft  fiii-  Erdkunde Dresden. 

Botanical  Society Edinburgh. 

Royal  Physical  Society " 

Society  of  Antiquaries  of  Scotland " 

Institut  National  Genevois Geneve. 

Versammluag  Deutscher  Naturforscher  und  Arzte  .        .  Germany. 

Glasgow  Philosophical  Society Glasgow. 

Repertorio  Fisico-Natural  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba    .        .        .  Habana. 

Botanical  Society  of  Canada Kingston,  C.  W. 

Derby  Museum Liverpool. 

Geological  Society " 

Historic  Society  of  Lancashire  and  Cheshire    ..." 

Anthropological  Society London. 

Ethnological  Journal ,        .        " 

Good  progress  has  been  made  in  cataloguing  the  pam- 
phlets, though  they  have  not  yet  been  placed  upon  the 
shelves.  There  is  an  urgent  necessity  for  having  an  alcove 
catalogue  made,  especially  felt  when  the  annual  account  of 
stock  is  taken,  so  as  to  ascertain  what  books,    if  any,  are 

PROCEEDINGS  B.   S.   N.   H.— VOL.   X.  2A  AUGUST,  1866. 


370. 

missing.  During  the  past  year,  Freycinet's  Voyage  round 
the  World,  and  No.  12  of  the  Natural  History  Review  have 
been  taken  from  the  room  and  not  returned. 

By  the  will  of  Huntington  F.  Wolcott,  one  of  the  younger 
members  of  the  Society,  the  Library  has  now  a  fund  of  $5000 
for  its  increase,  and  his  name  has  been  placed  over  one  of 
the  alcoves  in  acknowledgment  of  this  liberal  bequest. 

The  Council  have  voted  $100  (gold)  for  the  purchase  of  vol- 
umes wanted  to  fill  up  vacancies  in  the  foreign  serials,  and 
since  have  authorized  the  Librarian,  while  abroad,  to  pur- 
chase books  to  the  amount  of  $200. 

The  number  of  persons  who  have  taken  out  books  during 
the  year  is  70 ;  the  number  of  books  taken  out  is  432. 

The  Curator  of  Geology  and  Palaeontology  reports  the 
condition  of  the  cabinet  under  his  charge  to  be  good,  the 
specimens  being  mostly  labelled,  and  well  arranged  for  dis- 
l^lay  and  study.  It  has  been  increased  the  past  year  by 
donations  from  many  parties,  some  of  which  are  of  great 
value.  Among  these  may  be  particularly  designated  that  of 
the  large  cast  of  the  Scliistopleurum  typiis  from  the  Pam- 
pean  deposits  of  South  America,  by  Mr.  Martin  Brimmer; 
and  of  a  large  collection  of  Fossils,  mostly  from  the  upper 
Missouri,  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

To  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow,  Mr.  T.  G.  Bancroft,  Dr.  C.  T. 
Jackson,  Dr.  H.  Bryant,  Dr.  J.  F.  Frisbie,  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard, 
Jr.,  Dr.  George  Rolleston,  Mr.  W.  C.  Russell,  and  Mr.  George 
G.  Varney,  the  collection  is  likewise  indebted  for  many  inter- 
esting specimens. 

The  Curator  of  Microscopy  reports  that  the  Bailey  and 
other  collections  under  his  care,  are  now  in  good  preserva- 
tion, but  have  not  as  yet  been  put  in  such  order  as  their  im- 
portance demands. 

Quite  a  number  of  mounted  specimens  and  rough  mate- 
rial for  the  same  have  been  presented  through  the  Micro- 
scopic Section  during  the  past  year,  by  Dr.  S.  A.  Bemis, 
Messrs.  C.  G.  Bush,  J.  S.  Melvin,  and  Dr.  C.  F.  Wins- 
low.    The  meetino-s  of  the  Section  have  been  well  attended, 


371 

and  additional  interest  in  both  it  and  the  general  Society 
thereby  excited. 

The  additions  to  the  Ethnological  collection  made  durinfic 
the  past  year,  are  : 

Bo\y  and  arrows,  evidently  Califomian,  (from  perhaps  the 
region  of  Shasta  Monntain).     Presented  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant. 

Stone  axe,  made  by  aboriginals  of  Eastern  North  Amer- 
ica.    Presented  by  A.  E.  L.  Dillaway. 

Grass  ■  mat,  manufactured  by,  and  the  costume  of,  the 
women  in  "West  Africa  ;  also  hasheesh  or  hemp  cigars,  in  use 
there.     Presented  by  Horace  McMurtrie. 

The  following  additions  have  been  made  to  the  depart- 
ment of  Comparative  Anatomy  during  the  past  year. 

Skeletons  3  ;  Parts  of  skeletons  10  ;  Skulls  20 ;  Skins  of 
mammals  4 ;  Mammals  in  spirit  5 ;  miscellaneous  3 :  total 
44. 

Among  the  most  valuable  of  these  are  two  complete  skele- 
tons, and  several  skulls  of  natives  of  the  Sandwich  Islands, 
brought  from  Honohilu  by  Mr.  IT.  Mann.  One  of  these  skele- 
etons  has  been  mounted  and  placed  in  the  Anthropological 
case.  Dr.  C.  T.Jackson  has  also  presented  a  valuable  human 
cranium  from  California.  Additions  have  also  been  received 
from  Drs.  A.  A.  Gould,  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  H.  Bryant,  B. 
J.  Jeifries,  C.  A.  Kirkpatrick,  J.  K.  Warren,  S.  Kneeland, 
and  the  Boston  Milling  and  Manufacturing  Company. 

The  specimens  belonging  to  the  department,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  skins,  are  in  good  order. 

The  Curator  of  Ornithology  states  that  the  original  col- 
lection is  in  the  same  good  order  as  rej^orted  last  year. 

Late  in  the  last  autumn,  the  Lafresnaye  collection  of  birds 
presented  by  the  Curator,  arrived  from  France.  This  fine 
collection,  numbering  8,GoG  specimens,  arrived  in  very  per- 
fect condition,  as  the  Curator  while  in  France,  personally 
superintended  the  packing  of  the  specimens.  The  collection 
formed  by  Count  Lafresnaye,  one  of  the  most  eminent  ornith- 
ologists in  France,  is  of  great   value  as  contauiing  the  type 


372 

specimens  of  over  seven  hundred  species,  most  of  them 
American,  and  largely  representing  the  bird  fauna  of  tropical 
America,  and  therefore  of  special  interest  to  local  ornitholo- 
gists in  this  country,  as  affording  them  great  facilities  for  the 
examination  of  the  rarer  types,  besides  being  of  great  import- 
ance as  a  general  collection. 

Many  of  the  species  were  identified  by  M.  Jules  Yerreaux, 
who  also  catalogued  the  entire  collection,  and  who  is  doubt- 
less the  most  conversant  of  living  ornithologists  with  the 
species  of  birds  in  general. 

The  Curator  would  mention  particularly  the  services  of 
Dr.  J.  C.  White  in  rearranging  the  collection,  who  specially 
deserves  the  thanks  of  the  Society. 

The  department  of  Oology  remains  in  the  same  condition 
as  last  year.     There  have  been  no  additions. 

The  collection  comprises  the  eggs  of  two  hundred  and 
thirty-five  species  of  birds,  exclusive  of  eggs  not  identified. 
They  have  been  rearranged  by  Mr.  B.  P.  Mann,  according  to 
Baird's  Catalogue  for  the  I^orth  American  species. 

The  Curator  of  Herpetology  reports  that  since  the  depart- 
ment came  under  his  charge,  the  Reptiles  have  been  put  into 
a  safe  condition,  until  proper  jars  and  alcohol  shall  be  fur- 
nished for  the  exhibition  of  the  remainder  of  the  collection. 

The  additions  to  the  department  during  the  year  number 
sixty-nine,  and  have  been  received  from  the  following  gen- 
tlemen :  Drs.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  S.  Kneeland,  and  C.  F.  Wins- 
low,  Messrs.  S.  Hinckley  and  Florence  Andernach,  D.  White 
and  Capt.  Barber. 

During  nearly  the  whole  year,  one  day  per  week  has  been 
devoted  by  the  Curator  of  Ichthyology  to  the  collection  un- 
der his  charge.  The  alcoholic  specimens,  with  a  very  few 
exceptions,  are  now  catalogued ;  each  species  and  locality 
being  entered  under  a  distinct  number.  A  large  portion  of 
the  species  have  been  identified. 

With  the  exception  of  labelling  the  few  hundred  speci- 
mens on  exhibition,  little  work  can  be  done  on  the  collection 
until  the  much  needed  jars  and  alcohol  are  provided. 


373 

The  large  collection  of  fishes  from  the  Sandwich  IsLands, 
presented  by  Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow,  nearly  six  years  since  ;  the 
valuable  collection  of  Cuban  fishes,  procured  from  Prof 
Poey,  with  his  identifications,  three  years  ago ;  the  collection 
of  North  American  fishes,  presented  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  during  the  past  year;  and  those  made  by  the 
Curator  during  the  last  two  years,  at  Lake  Erie  and  several 
of  the  lakes  in  Maine,  still  remain  in  cans  and  kegs  for  the 
want  of  jars. 

For  some  time  past  it  has  been  the  wish  of  the  Curator  to 
place  on  exhibition  a  complete  series  of  the  fishes  of  Xew 
England,  for  which  purpose  he  has  paid  special  attention  to 
the  collection  of  specimens  in  various  parts  of  New  England, 
and  if  jars  and  alcohol  were  now  at  his  command,  a  very  fxir 
exhibition  of  the  New  England  Ichthyological  fauna  could 
be  made,  which,  in  a  few  years,  could  be  perfected,  though  it 
would  be  necessary  to  represent  the  larger  fishes,  especially 
the  sharks  and  skates,  by  stufled  specimens. 

Is  there  not  some  member  of  the  Society  who  would  be 
willing  to  provide  the  means  of  placing  such  a  special  and 
valuable  collection,  which  could  be  called  after  his  name,  in 
our  cases  ? 

The  principal  receipts  during  the  year  have  been :  1st,  the 
collection  of  fifty-four  species  of  North  American  fishes, 
identified  by  Prof  Gill,  and  presented  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution ;  2d,  the  collection  of  ten  species  and  about  one 
hundred  specimens  of  Labrador  fishes,  presented  by  Dr.  A. 
S.  Packard,  Jr.;  .3d,  a  collection  of  about  forty  species  and 
one  thousand  specimens,  made  by  the  Curator  in  October 
last,  at  Kelley's  Island,  Lake  Erie. 

Besides  the  above  mentioned  collections,  about  twenty 
specimens  have  been  received  from  Dr.  B.  S.  Shaw,  Messrs. 
C.  J.  Sprague,  W.  H.  Dall,  J.  S.  Lewis,  Samuel  Hubbard 
and  R.  C.  Greenleaf  Mr.  Caleb  Cooke  of  Salem,  has  pre- 
sented a  fine  specimen  of  the  rare  Leptocephalus  gracilis 
Storer,  one  of  six  which  he  collected  on  Nahant  beach  in 
July,  1858. 

The  Acting  Custodian  reports,  in  the  absence  of  the 
Curator  of  Entomology  for  a  portion  of  the  year,  that  good 


374 

progress  has  been  made  in  naming  and  arranging  the  insects. 
Many  of  the  moths,  comi^rising  the  families  Zygfenidge,  Bom- 
bycidae,  and  PhalffinidjTe,  have  been  most  neatly  labelled  and 
arranged  in  boxes  by  Mr.  F.  G.  Sanborn,  who  has  devoted 
much  time  during  the  past  winter  to  this  work.  Several 
families  of  the  Hymenoptera  have  been  labelled  by  Dr.  Pack- 
ard, and  many  of  the  IchneumonidaB  by  Mr.  E.  T.  Cresson, 
Curator  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia,  to 
whom  the  duplicates  of  the  collection  have  been  entrusted 
for  that  purpose.  The  mss.  names  bestowed  on  numerous 
species  by  Dr.  Harris,  have  been  thus  in  many  cases  retained 
and  credited  to  him.  Mr.  E.  Norton  has  returned  labelled, 
several  additional  species  of  TenthredidoB,  and  also  a  small 
collection  of  Ichneumonidse  loaned  from  the  collection. 

The  alcoholic  collection  has  been  put  in  safety,  and  the 
boxes  containing  dry  specimens  placed  out  of  danger  from 
the  ravages  of  insects  by  being  deposited  in  a  large  tight 
case,  exposed  to  the  strongest  fumes  of  benzine. 

There  have  been  added  over  six  hundred  specimens,  of 
which  the  principal  donors  are  Drs.  H.  Bryant,  S.  A.  Bemis, 
C.  F.  Hildreth,  A.  A.  Gould,  C.  T.  Jackson,  S.  Kneeland,  Jr., 
C.  F.  Winslow,  Messrs.  A.  R.  Grote,  Samuel  Hubbard,  S,  H. 
Scudder  and  Prof  J.  L.  Smith. 

The  collection  of  Crustacea  has  been  increased  by  four 
hundred  and  forty  specimens.  Of  these  fifty  species,  com- 
prising about  three  hundred  and  forty  specimens,  represent 
the  crustacean  fauna  of  Labrador ;  and  twenty-five  species, 
eighty  specimens,  that  of  Maine.  The  donors  are  Drs.  B.  S. 
Shaw,  A.  A.  Gould,  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  and  Messrs.  E.  R. 
Mayo,  Samuel  Hubbard,  C.  Stodder,  and  Capt.  E.  Smith. 

The  Dei:)artment  of  Worms  having  been  united  with  that 
of  Crustacea,  they  have  been  rearranged,  placed  in  new  bot- 
tles, and  are  about  to  be  catalogued.  The  entire  collection 
consists  of  fifty-five  species,  comprising  thirty  species,  one 
hundred  and  fifteen  specimens,  from  the  coast  of  Labrador; 
and  fourteen  species,  sixty-five  specimens,  from  Maine,  ob- 
tained by  the  Curator.  The  donors  this  year  are  Messrs.  F. 
G.  Sanborn,  C.  C.  Sheafe  and  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. 


375 

The  Department  of  Conctiology  remains  in  much  the  same 
state  as  at  the  last  annual  report.  The  Gasteropods  alone 
are  on  exhibition,  arranged  in  the  rail  cases  of  the  first  gal- 
lery. These  form  rather  less  than  one  third  of  the  whole 
number  of  specimens  in  the  possession  of  the  Society,  and  it 
is  to  be  regretted  that  no  steps  have  yet  been  taken  to  fur- 
nish a  room  for  the  display  of  the  remainder  of  the  collection. 
The  Curator  again  desires  to  call  attention  to  the  paucity  of 
alcoholic  specimens.  It  is  very  desirable  that  members  of 
the  Society  should  fill  this  blank.  The  commonest  species 
of  3Iollusca  preserved  in  spirit  would  be  acceptable,  even 
from  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  Boston.  The  additions 
received  during  the  j^ast  year,  although  not  numerous,  are 
very  valuable ;  among  them  may  be  especially  mentioned  fifty- 
four  species,  described  by  C.  B;  Adams,  from  Panama  ;  eighty- 
nine  species,  P.  P.  Carpenter's  t}i)es,  from  Vancouver's  Is- 
land and  CaUfornia ;  series  of  P.  P.  Carpenter's  types  of  Ma- 
zatlan  shells;  series  of  land,  fresh- water  and  marine  shells, 
named  from  Dr.  Gould's  ty}3es,  and  the  Cuming  Collection,  ob- 
tained by  the  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition  under  Commodore 
Wilkes ;  upwards  of  one  hundred  and  fifteen  species  of 
Mollusca,  mostly  alcoholic,  fi'om  the  coast  of  Labrador,  from 
Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr;  a  series  of  Cuban  shells,  named  and 
presented  by  Dr.  Gundlach  ;  series  of  British  Mollusca,  from 
Dr.  H.  Bryant,  twenty-two  species  of  Achatinella  fi'om  the 
Sandwich  Islands,  j^resented  by  Dr.  A.  Chapin.  Beside  these 
w^e  have  also  received  donations  from  Drs.  C.  T.  Jackson  and 
A.  Coohdge,  amounting  in  all  to  about  fifteen  hundred  speci- 
mens. 

The  arrangement  of  the  collection  of  Radiata  during  the 
past  year  has  been  greatly  advanced,  but  the  work  has  been 
done  more  with  reference  to  securing  their  permanent  value, 
than  to  exhibit  them.  When  the  collection  was  placed  under 
the  charge  of  the  present  Curator,  a  very  large  part  of  the 
specimens  of  corals  had  no  labels  connected  with  them,  to  in- 
dicate their  localities,  or  donors,  and  the  few  labels  that  had 
been  formerly  placed  upon  them  loosely,  were  mostly  lost,  or 
misplaced,  during  the  packing  up  and  two  successive  re- 
movals of  the  collection.     The  same  was  true,  to  a  consider- 


376 

able  extent,  of  the  collection  of  Ecliinodenns,  both  dry  and 
alcoholic.  The  first  object,  therefore,  was  to  trace  the  origin 
of  as  many  of  the  specimens  as  possible,  and  not  only  iden- 
tify the  species,  but  to  endeavor  to  ascertain  their  localities, 
and  render  such  accidents  in  the  future  impossible,  by  at- 
taching securely  to  each  specimen  a  number  corresponding 
to  that  of  the  label,  and  to  a  systematic  catalogue.  Many 
localities  have  been  found  by  searching  the  records  and 
Proceedings  of  the  Society,  and  others  by  direct  comparison 
with  authentic  specimens  from  other  collections.  Particular 
attention  has  been  paid  to  identifying  the  types  of  new  spe- 
cies described  from  the  Society's  specimens  by  Mr.  Desor,  Mr. 
Girard,  and  others.  Many  of  these  original  specimens  have  been 
found  without  labels,  but  others,  and  especially  the  types  of  the 
Echini,  described  by  Girard,  have  not  been  found.  Possibly 
these  have  been  lent  to  some  other  institution  by  some  for- 
mer Curator  and  not  yet  returned.  The  alcohoUc  collection 
of  Echinoderms,  which  is  a  valuable  one,  has  not  been  ar- 
ranged for  want  of  alcohol  and  bottles,  but  the  specimens 
have  all  been  put  into  a  condition  of  safety,  and  a  part  of 
them  have  been  catalogued.  The  collection  of  dried  Echin- 
oderms have  all  been  catalogued  and  arranged  upon  the 
shelves,  and  nearly  all  of  them  authentically  identified.  This 
collection  is  quite  large  and  valuable,  but  is  still  quite  de- 
ficient in  star-fishes  and  Ophiurans.  The  corals  have  been 
mostly  identified,  and  partially  catalogued,  and  all  of  them 
placed  on  the  shelves  of  the  gallery.  Their  systematic  arrange- 
ment has  been  deferred  until  the  cases  destined  for  them  are 
made  ready  by  the  new  arrangement  of  the  birds.  The  final 
labels  have  not  yet  been  written,  this  having  been  deferred 
as  of  less  importance,  until  the  cataloguing  is  completed. 
The  following  additions  have  been  received ;  from  the  Essex 
Institute,  ten  spechnens,  ten  species,  East  India  corals;  from 
Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  two  hundred  and  fifty  specimens,  forty 
species,  mostly  from  Labrador ;  from  'N.  Appleton,  six  speci- 
mens, three  species,  corals ;  from  the  Museum  of  Yale  College, 
ten  specimens,  five  species,  Echinoderms  of  United  States;  and 
forty-nine  specimens,  twenty-nine  species,  corals  and  Echin- 
oderms, mostly  from  Panama,  all  of  which  are  new  to  the 


377 

collection.     There  have  been  sent  away  in  exchange,  to  Tale 
College,  forty-five  sj^ecimens,  thirty-two  sj^ecies. 

The  Curator  of  Botany  reports  that  the  Herbarium  and 
other  Botanical  collections  came  into  his  hands  and  under  his 
care  last  August,  npon  his  return  home,  and  were  tlien, 
owing  to  the  excellent  care  of  his  predecessor,  in  very  good 
condition,  but  were  still  necessarily  loose  in  folds  of  thin 
paper,  in  which  condition  they  were  in  danger  of  being  soon 
ground  to  powder  if  much  handled,  and  of  having  the  labels, 
often  as  important  a  part  of  the  specimen  as  the  dried  plant 
itself,  lost  or  misplaced.  The  larger  part  of  the  collection 
was  arranged  according  to  the  classification  of  Endlichers 
"Genera  Plantarum,"  which  had  the  very  great  advantage  of 
rendering  any  plant  easy  of  access  by  the  current  number  of 
the  Genus  upon  the  cover.  Since  the  publication  of  Endlicher's 
"Genera  Plantarum,"  however,  the  acquisitions  to  botanical 
science  have  been  so  large  as  to  render  a  somewhat  revised 
arrangement  necessary,  and  as  that  is  to  be  found  nowhere 
better  than  in  the  new  "Genera  Plantarum"  of  Bentham  and 
Hooker,  that  work  has  been  adopted  as  the  standard  by 
which  to  arrange  the  collection,  and  it  has  been  reaiTanged 
in  accordance  with  it  as  far  as  the  work  noAV  goes. 

As  it  is  unsafe  to  allow  Herbarium  specimens  to  be  much 
handled  until  they  are  securely  glued  to  stifi*  paper,  and  as  the 
view  has  been  to  render  the  Herbarium  accessible  and  useful 
as  far  possible,  a  good  deal  of  attention  has  been  j^aid  to 
having  them  so  glued,  and  about  fifteen  thousand  specimens 
have  undergone  such  treatment  during  the  winter.  Other 
necessary  work  towards  tlie  lasting  arrangement  and  preser- 
vation of  the  collection  has  been  done,  so  far  as  time  pennit- 
ted. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  work,  such  as  is  mentioned  above,  is 
about  half  done.  The  necessary  expenditures  for  assistance, 
paper,  etc.,  have  been  less  than  three  hundred  dollars  (8300) 
so  far,  and  another  two  hundred  dollars  will  perhaps  suffice  to 
finish  the  work.  The  amount  is  larger  than  was  at  first  esti- 
mated, but  the  difficulty  of  forming  a  judgment  beforehand 
is  considerable. 


378 

In  regard  to  the  accessions  during  the  past  year,  a  list  of 
which  is  given  below,  the  only  one  of  much  importance  is  the 
Musci  Exsiccati  Boreali-Americani  of  W.  S.  Sullivant  and 
Leo  Lesquereux,  containing  three  hundred  and  fifty-five  spe- 
cies, and  the  Lichenes  Americanse  Septentrionales,  curante  E. 
Tuckerman,  fascicule  1-6,  containing  over  one  hundred  spe- 
cies, besides  numerous  other  species  from  different  localities  of 
both  Mosses  and  Lichens,  presented  by  our  fonner  Curator 
C.  J.  Sprague,  Esq.,  to  whom  the  Herbarium  already  owed 
so  much  in  the  very  valuable  series  of  Fungi  which  it  now 
possesses.  These  accessions  have  made  the  Cryptogamic 
collection  equal  in  value  with  the  rest  of  the  Herbarium,  and 
give  a  fair  illustration  of  those  plants  which  are  found  in  the 
United  States. 

Specimens  have  also  been  presented  by  Drs.  J.  S.  Bemis, 
C.  Pickering,  C.  F.  Winslow,  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  S.  Knee- 
land,  Jr.,  and  Messrs.  Gunning,  E.  R.  Mayo,  H.  M.  Mclntire, 
William  Nelson,  and  S.  Wells,  Jr. 

The  Curator  of  Mineralogy  reports  that  he  has  been  en- 
gaged during  all  the  time  that  he  could  devote  to  this  de- 
partment, in  cleaning  and  in  placing  upon  the  shelves,  such 
specimens  as  were  considered  worth  adding  to  the  collection. 
The  whole  number  of  specimens  belonging  to  the  Society, 
now  on  exhibition,  is  about  two  thousand,  and  there  are 
besides  a  large  number  that  will  be  serviceable  for  exchange. 

Of  the  whole  number,  a  considerable  portion  have  become 
the  property  of  the  Society  through  the  liberality  of  Dr. 
Charles  T.  Jackson,  and  such  portion  would  have  been  much 
greater  than  it  is,  if  it  had  not  been  for  the  destruction  of  a 
large  number  of  specimens  in  the  damp  cellar  of  our  former 
building  in  Mason  Street,  Avhere  they  were  unfortunately 
stored  for  many  years. 

Dr.  Jackson  has  continued  to  manifest  his  interest  by  pre- 
senting from  time  to  time  during  the  year  j^ast,  valuable  min- 
erals brought  by  him  from  various  localities,  and  the  collec- 
tion is  also  indebted  to  the  Agassiz  Natural  History 
Society,  to  Dr.  W.  H.  Dale,  Dr.  Henry  Bryant,  Dr.  A.  S. 
Packard,  Jr.,  G.  P.  Huntington,  Prof  Jeffries  Wyman  and 
others  for  interesting  si^ecimens. 


379 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER 


ON   THE 


FmANCIAL  AFFAIRS    OF    THE   SOCIETY. 


For  the  year  ending  May  1,  1866. 


The  Receipts  and  Expenditures  for  the  year  have  been  as  follows : 


Meceipts. 

Dividend  on  Stocks  . 
Admission  Fees 
Annual  Assessments  . 
Courtis  Fund  Income 
Walker  Fund        "     . 
Bulfinch  St.  Estate  Income 
Life  Membership 
H.  F.  Wolcott  Fund  Income 
Loan  of  Globe  Bank 


Total 


Expenditures. 


New  Building  and  Grounds  .  .  .  . 
Alterations  for  Department  of  Ornithology 
Furniture  for  ^ew  Building    ,        .        .        . 

Cabinet 

Library        

Journal  and  Proceedings  .        .        .        . 

Kepairs  of  New  Building         .        .        .        . 

Salaries,  wages,  etc. 

Insurance  (principally  for  five  years) 

Fuel 

Gas 

Water  Rates 

Sundry  Expenses 

Interest 


Excess  of  Receipts  over  Expenditures 


$456.85 

5,030.(51 
60.84 

1,1(39.26 
323.10 

1,080.33 
612.81 

2,023.30 
752.50 
371.55 
126.24 
35.(X) 
670.21 
102.50 


$5,932.00 
loi».(_M» 

1,140.00 
1S().(K) 

1,233.15 

1,029.26 
100.00 
140.50 

6,000.00 


$14,904.91 


812,795.10 


§2,109.81 


380 


The  following  is  a  Statement  of  the  property  of  the  Society,  exclu- 
sive of  the  Cabinet  and  Library : 


New  Building. 

Building  and  Grounds,  at  cost        .... 
rurniture    ••.....»• 

. 

$99,881.26 
10,155.89 

$110,037  15 

Bulfinch  St.  Estate. 

House  in  Bulfinch  Street 

Courtis  Fund. 

Note  Receivable  secured  by  mortgage    .... 

Walker  Fund. 

Notes  Receivable  secured  by  mortgage  .... 
Cash  in  the  hands  of  Trustees 

$41,105.00 
1,380.10 

25,000.00 
3,000.00 

42,485.10 

H.  F.  Wolcott  Fund. 

$5000  U.  S.  Treasury  7.30  Notes       .       . 

W.  J.  Walker  Bequest. 

17  Shares  Bates  Manufacturing  Co. 
35     "       Everett  Mills     .... 
30     "       Hamilton  Woollen  Co.    . 

1  "       Lawrence  M.  Co. 

80     "       Washington  Mills    . 
12     "       Cocheco  M.  Co. 

2  "       Lowell  M.  Co 

4     "       Laconia  M.  Co. 

3  "       Pepperell  M.  Co.      . 

25     "       Essex  Co 

300     "      Old  Colony  and  Newport  R.  Co.    . 
110     "       Vermont  and  Canada  R.  Co. 
3     "      Cape  Cod  R.  Co.       . 

11     "       Neptune  Ins.  Co. 

18     "      Boston  Ins.  Co.         ... 

$2,720.00 

5.250.00 

9,000.00 

820.00 

12.480.00 
8,400.00 
1,710.00 
4,800.00 
3,225.00 
2,325.00 

31,500.00 

10,560.00 

195.00 

2,200.00 

2,340.00 

5,000.00 
97,525.00 

Miscellaneous. 

Cash  in  hands  of  Treasurer 

Unsettled  Accounts 

$1,708.26 
37.92 

1  741 18 

Total 

$284,788.43 
5,004.00 

Deduct  Indebtedness. 

Net  value  of  Property 

Value  of  Property  as  estimated  May  1, 1865  . 

$279,784.43 
176,881.-51 

Increase      

. 

$102,902.92 

The  Stocks  derived  from  the  munificent  bequest  of  Dr.  W.  J. 
Walker,  did  not  come  into  the  possession  of  the  Society  until  Decem- 
ber 5,  18G5  ;  and  the  income  therefrom  has  all  accrued  during  the  five 
months  that  have  since  elapsed.      We  should  not  be  warranted,  how- 


381 


ever,  in  anticipating  a  continuance  of  such  liberal  dividends,  especially 
on  the  manufacturing  stocks. 

In  consequence  of  a  legal  difficulty,  which  has  arisen  in  the  course 
of  the  settlement  of  the  Walker  estate,  a  large  portion  of  the  property 
remains  in  the  hands  of  the  executors  for  distribution  at  a  future,  per- 
haps, a  distant  period  of  time.  When  this  difficulty  is  disposed  of, 
this  Society,  as  well  as  the  other  institutions  which  are  entitled  to  the 
residue  of  the  estate,  will  receive  a  large  addition  to  their  resources. 
Under  these  circumstances,  no  reliable  estimate  can  be  made  of  the 
income  of  the  Society  for  the  ensuing  year. 

In  regard  to  the  necessary  expenses  of  the  Society  for  the  next 
year,  those  of  the  present,  may,  perhaps,  serve  as  a  guide,  though  a 
very  uncertain  one ;  as  its  expenditures  hereafter  will  probably  keep 
even  pace  with  its  greatly  increased  means  of  usefulness. 


382 


xn 

W 

W 

H 

xn 

t) 

« 

H 

rN 

J/5 

<1 

g 

H 

.d" 

P^ 

t^i 

D5 

P5 

w 

1-1 

M 

<1 

^ 

^ 

tin 

w 

g 

q 

« 

H 

tH 

1^ 

fi 

§ 

<1 

o 
o 

^ 

5?; 

w 

1— 1 

t^ 

M 

w 

PM 

w 

r/; 

H 

H» 

^ 

^ 

H 

W 

)^ 

hJ 

Ui 

« 

O 

<< 

U 

u 
< 

^ 

y, 

^w 

1— 1 

;> 

t) 

o 

M 

H 

!■/) 

O 

m 

En 

ft 


iCO 

\a 

<^ 

CO  o 

eg 

S 

l-HlH 

ci 

^ 

m 

lsi?S 

W^-:S'd 

rred    to 
surer  of 
f  the  ful 
during 
count  to 

ransfe 
Treas 
halfo 
Trust 
ew  ac 

"^  bco;  »D  sa 

•g-PSs 

:itii 

■3^-S*| 

^ 

'^ 

o         - 

>. 

« 

co^               ^ 

rH   &,                   S, 

<        < 

lO           o           to 

8       S 

lO 

Oi               O               I-H 

(M 

g     g     g 

g      S 

CO 

CD 

g            1-            tH 

i 

O 

ibbel 

000, 

erest 
ountj 
th 

1 

A.  li 

erest 
ount 

3e  on  hand  at  date  . 
ed  on  Note  of  P.   Hi 
A.    Turner   for     S25, 
nths  interest  to  date 
ed    six    months'    int 
te  of  W.  &  E.  B.    M 
$16,105  to  October  7 

1 

s 

1 

te  of  P.  Hubbel] 
to  Istinst. 
ed    six    month 
te  of  W.  &  E. 
$16,105  to  Apr 

2   '^         O   >  O   !h 

O        >\  o  u 

2 

^S3g;^;S 

X^u          u 

S 

A 

m 

C3.- 

^ 

^ 

o- 

■• 

* 

o 

H 

1865. 
April  30. 
Sept.  1. 

Oct.  6. 

CO 

r-l  c^ 

1 

Pi 


^ 
<) 


pq 


383 


rS5 


I 

I 


rti  P  3  2  i.S3 


m 


2     2,- 


i 

^5 


►3 
P 


(T5   ^    -,       • 


=-  P-  E  3' 


^is:^ 


gop.'^S.H 

3  "  S.  t-"    S 


^   n-pIP 
•     O  O  3      , 


S-    OS- 
'S     2. 


•   o  • 


s   ^  !? 
8^3 


384 


« 
o 

8 

OQ 

M  i 

II- 

H 

^i- 

03 

t3 

.S'iJ 

^|| 

g 

H 

^12 

cS-3 

i> 

o 

h2-l 

S  -'^ 

p* 

;?; 

r^'^    9. 

S 

«2 

H 

|S2 

H 

p^ 

d 

p^ 

o 

o 

1 

i 

fi 

O 

o 
>, 

P 

S 

£5 

H 

§ 

H 

^S 

^ 

O 

«'S 

Q 

S  a 

H 

8 

<J 

g 

8 

<j 

1— ( 

S 

pC 

a 

«^ 

t» 

t^ 

o 

P-I 

O} 

^ 

Com 

l-j 

H 

cc 

o 

^. 

s°« 

S 

si^ 

;^ 

-51 

^/^i 

Q 

^il 

v^4^ 

> 

-sS® 

us 

IfeS 

O 

.S-^o 

PQ 

H 

-S 

. 

CS 

M 

u 

o 

.^ 

^ 

H 

^ 

to  „^ 

00    tH 

^  Oi 

« 

<J 

I 


385 

The  report  of  the  Nominating  Committee  was  made,  ac- 
cepted, and  the  following  officers  of  the  Society  for  18G6-7, 
ballotted  for,  and  declared  to  have  been  duly  elected. 

The  Committee  asked  that  further  time  be  allowed  for  the 
appointment  of  a  Custodian. 

PRESIDEXT, 

JEFFRIES    WYMAN,    M.D. 

VICE-PRESIDENTS, 

CHAKLES  T.  JACKSON,  M.D.,  AUGUSTUS  A.  GOULD,  M.D. 

CORRESPOXDIXG    SECRETARY, 

SAMUEL    L.   ABBOT,  M.D. 

RECORDING     SECRETARY, 

SAMUEL  H.    SCUDDER. 

TREASURER, 

EDWARD   PICKERING. 

LIBRARIAN, 

SAMUEL     H.    SCUDDER. 

CUSTODIAN, 
CURATORS, 

THOMAS   T.   BOUVIJ,  Op  Geology  and  Paleontology. 

THOMAS    M.    BREWER,  M.D.,  Oology. 

HENRY    BRYANT,  M.D.,  Ornithology. 

FRED.  W.  PUTNAM,  Ichthyology. 

JAMES  C.    WHITE,  M.D.,  Mammalogy  and  Comp.  Anatomy. 

SAMUEL  H.  SCUDDER,  Entomology. 

B.  JOY  JEFFRIES,  3I.D.,  Microscopy. 

CHARLES  PICKERING,  M.D.,  Ethnology. 

ALPHEUS   HYATT,  Conchology, 

A.  S.  PACKARD,  JR.,  M.D.,  Crustacea. 

A.  E.  VERRILL,  Radiata. 

THOMAS  T.  BOUV:fi,  Mineralogy. 

HORACE  MANN,  Botany. 

BURT  G.  WILDER,  M.  D.,  Herpetology. 

Dr.  J.  C.  White  announced  the  donation,  by  the  Curator 
of  Ornithology,  Dr.  Henry  Bryant,  of  nearly  nine  thousand 
specimens  of  birds.  This  magnificent  collection,  one  of  the 
largest  in  Europe,  was  formed  by  Baron  Lafresnaye,  one  of 
the  most  eminent  French  ornithologists  in  the  city  of  Falaise, 
in  Normandy,  France.  It  was  purchased  by  the  donor 
while  abroad,  packed  under  his  personal  superintendence,  and 
sent  to  the  Society  late  in  the  last  autumn. 

On  motion  of  Mr.   Spraguc, -a  committee,  consisting  of 
Messrs.  C.  J.  Sprague,  J.  C.  White,  and  T.  T.  Bouve,  was 
appointed  to  convey  to  Dr.  Bryant  the  special  thanks  of  the 
proceedings  b.  s.  n.  h. — vol.  X.  25  October,  1866. 


386 


Society,  and  express  its  warm  gratitude  for  his  most  liberal 
donation. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Bouve,  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were 
given  to  Dr.  J.  C.  AYhite  for  his  constant  care  and  interest 
manifested  in  arranging  this  large  collection. 

Prof.  A.  E.  Verrill  exhibited  specimens  of  ores  from  the 
metalliferous  region  of  Northern  ^NTew  Hampshire,  among 
them  quartz  containing  a  large  amount  of  copper  pyrites, 
with  a  little  native  copper  and  mispickel  from  Franconia, 
which,  with  the  beds  of  magnetic  iron  ore  at  this  locality,  oc- 
curred conformably  with  nearly  vertical  strata  of  hornblendic 
and  micaceous  schists,  which  at  the  summit  of  the  iron  ore 
hill  formed  an  anticlinal  axis.  At  a  locality  about  a  mile 
from  Lisbon,  a  vein  four  or  five  feet  thick  has  been  opened, 
and  is  stated  by  the  agent  to  yield  |60  per  ton  in  practical 
working.  Several  specimens  containing  visible  gold,  were 
exhibited  from  this  place.  At  Moulton  Hill,  five  miles  from 
Lisbon,  N.  H.,  an  auriferous  quartz  vein  occurred  in  connec- 
tion with  similar  metamorj^hic  rocks  as  were  found  at  Lisbon. 
On  the  surface  of  this  quartz  vein  a  considerable  amount  of 
argentiferous  galena  occurred,  which,  however,  became  nearly 
exhausted  in  going  fifteen  feet  into  the  vein. 

These  rocks  are  apparently  of  lower  Silurian  age,  perhaps 
members  of  the  Quebec  Group  of  the  Canadian  geologists. 
Among  them  are  Quartzites,  micaceous  schists,  containing  in 
abundance  large  crystals  of  Staurotide,  clay  slates,  lime- 
stone, etc.  These  occur  largely  in  Vermont  and  Canada,  and 
a  wide  belt  of  similar  rocks  passes  through  the  State  of 
Maine.  Several  other  veins  containing  Galena  and  copper 
pyrites,  have  been  opened  in  the  vicinity  of  Lisbon. 

Mr.  N.  S.  Shaler  made  a  communication  on  the  formation 
of  mountain  chains. 

The  President  read  a  letter  from  Dr.  B.  A.  Gould,  present- 
ing in  behalf  of  the  U.  S.  Sanitary  Commission,  a  complete 
set  of  measuring  apparatus,  consisting  of  an  andrometer, 
spirometer,  dynamometer,  calipers,  etc. 


387 

The  thanks  of  the  Society  were  returned  to  the  Sanitary 
Commission  for  this  valuable  donation. 

Mr.  Henry  M.  Wellington  and  Dr.  J.  F.  Adams  of  Boston, 
were  elected  Resident  Members. 


DOXATIOXS  TO  THE  MUSEUM  FEOJI  JAN.  1  TO  MAY  2,  1866. 

January  3,  1866.  Travertine  from  Vermont,  by  Mr.  Marshall  Tidd.  Cra- 
nium from  an  excavation  at  the  Golden  Gate,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  by  Dr.  C.  A. 
Kirkpatrick,  U.  S.  A.  Cranium  of  a  Piute  Indian  from  an  ancient  battle  field 
at-Austen,  Nevada,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.  Crania  of  the  Horse  and  Ass  from 
Africa,  by  the  Boston  Milling  and  Manufacturing  Co.  Mud  cells  of  Pelopaeus 
from  BrownviUe.  Texas,  by  Major  H.  Bumstead.  Card'aun  Cooperi  Gabb,  and 
Amauropsis  alveohtus  Conrad,  from  the  Cretaceous  rocks  at  Santa  Barbara, 
Cal.;  Native  Borax  from  Clear  Lake,  Lake  Co.,  Cal.;  recent  shehs  from  the 
const  at  Santa  Bai-bara,  Cal.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson.  Cast  of  the  head  of  the 
Dodo  from  the  Museum  at  Oxford,  England,  by  Dr.  George  Rolleston.  The  fol- 
lowing species  of  land  shells  from  Cuba:  Planorhis  (Discus)  albicans  Pfr., 
Proserpina  depressa  Orb.  var.,  from  Cai'denas;  Cyclostoma  Zae/meri  Pfr.,  from 
Sagra  de  Panamo;  Cyclostoma  choanopioma  Gundl.,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Va- 
terno  River;  Hdix  rufo-apicata  Poey,  from  Gibaru;  Helicina  elegans  Gundl.,  II. 
jucunda  Gundl.,  from  Guayaibou;  Helicina  straminea  Mor.,  from  IJancho 
Lucas,  by  Dr.  Juan  Gundlach.  Leaf  of  the  Muraevilla  Tree  from  Equador,  by 
Dr.  C.  F.  Winslow.  Cast  of  the  skull  of  Chceropus  minor,  received  in  ex- 
change from  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia. 

February  7.  Numerous  shells  from  the  Quaternary  formation  at  Gardiner, 
Maine,  including  a  tooth  of  the  Bison;  tertiaiy  fossils  from  the  Mediterranean 
Sea,  and  other  fossils.  Specimen  of  the  Polished  Rocks  from  Smoky  Valley, 
Nevada;  Femur  of  an  Lidian  from  a  ''Refuse  Heap"  of  clams,  etc.,  at  Ply- 
mouth, Mass.;  Humerus  which  had  been  perforated  at  the  olecranon  fossa, 
from  an  Indian  grave  at  Chelsea,  Mass.;  Zygjienid  larvae,  pupjB  and  moths, 
found  feeding  on  the  Evergreen  Oak,  Sun  Francisco,  Cal.,  by  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson. 
Ores  of  Lead,  Zinc  and  Copper  from  the  Isle  of  ]\Iann,  Great  Britain,  by  the 
Agassiz  Natural  History  Society,  Cambridge,  Mass.  Syngnathus  peckianus 
Storei",  from  ]\Iassachusetts  Bay,  by  Mi.  R.  C  Greenleaf.  Si:)ecimens  of  Silu- 
rian fossils,  from  Straits  of  Belle  Isle,  Labrador,  supposed  to  have  been  trans- 
ported on  ice  from  the  Arctic  regions,  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.  Skull  of  the 
Polar  Bear,  from  Arctic  America,  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Warren. 

February  21.  Sal/no  immaculutus  H.  R.  Storer,  Hopedale,  S.  salar  Linn., 
young.  Belles  Amours,  S.  kudsonicus  Suckley,  Mallotus  villosus  Cuvier,  Gadus 
arenosus  Mitch.,  A mmodytes  diibius  Reindt.,  Gymnacanthus Patris  (Storer),  Henley 
Harbor,  Pygosteus  Cuvieri  Brevoort,  Caribou  Is.,  Straits  of  Be'le  Isle,  Sahno 
Trutta  ?  Isle  of  Ponds,  Domino  Harbor,  Sebastes  norvegicus,  from  Labrador,  by 
Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr. 

March  7.    Three  snakes,  and  one  hundred  and  ten  insects,  from  Pensacola 


388 

Fla.;  four  snakes  and  two  turtle  eggs  from  New  Orleans;  a  bat  and  two 
hundred  insects  from  Mobile;  seeds  of  Palma  Christi;  Teeth  of  the  "Sheep's 
Head"  fish,  by  Dr.  S.  Kneeland,  Jr.  A  new  variety  of  Bitumen  from  Utah 
Territory,  by  Prof.  "William  Denton. 

March  21.  Campylodiscus  and  other  Diatomaceae  from  Colberg,  Prussia,  by 
C.  G.  Bush.  Thirty  specimens  of  ores  from  California  and  Nevada,  by  Dr.  C. 
T.  Jackson. 

Api'il  4.  Fifty-four  species  of  Mollusca  from  Panama,  the  types  of  Prof.  C.  B. 
Adams;  eighty-nine  species  from  Vancouver  Island  and  Califomia,  named  by 
P.P.  Carpenter;  Shells  collected  by  the  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition,  named 
from  the  Curaingian  Collection ;  Shells  collected  by  the  U.  S.  Exploring  Expe- 
dition, and  named  from  Dr.  Gould's  types ;  Mollusca,  mostly  marine,  collected 
at  Mazatlan,  by  P.  P.  Carpenter,  and  forming  his  types,  by  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitute .  An  Indian  stone  axe  and  a  fossil  shell,  by  Mr.  A.  E.  L.  Dillaway.  A 
collection  of  Reptiles,  mostly  from  this  State,  by  Mr.  S.  Hinckley.  Indian  Poison 
from  the  Amazon  River,  near  the  boundary  of  Peru,  by  Mr.  Van  Rensellaer 
Thayer. 

AprillS.  Sixty  specimens  of  minerals,  sixty  specimens  of  exotic  shells  and 
a  few  corals,  from  Mr.  Nathan  Appleton.  Leeches  taken  from  the  clam,  3fija 
arcnaria,  by  Mr.  C.  C.  Sheafe.  Fruits  from  various  localities ;  four  exotic  Crus- 
tacea, by  Mr.  E.  R.  Mayo.  Two  hundred  species  of  marine  invertebrates 
from  Labrador,  sixty  species  of  marine  invertebrates  from  the  coast  of  Maine, 
by  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.  Sand  from  the  sea-bottom  at  Grand  Bank  of  New- 
foundland ;  Eyas  aranea,  Toxopneustes  drdbacMensis,  Cynthia  pynformis,  Pecten 
islandicuSy  Buccinum  undidatum,  B.  Totteni,  Natica  helicoides,  Cyrtodaria  siliqua, 
Mactra  polynema,  from  the  Grand  Bank  of  Newfoundland,  by  Capt.  N.  E. 
Atwood. 

May  2.  Callidium  antennatum,  found  boring  in  the  Red  Cedar,  by  Mr.  F.  W. 
^G.  May.  Sternum  of  a  Flamingo,  and  Fungi  from  Inaqua,  Bahama  Islands, 
March,  1866,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant.  Cocoon  and  Chrysalis  of  Samia  Cecropia 
from  Louisville,  Ky.,  by  Prof  J.  Lawrence  Smith.  Copper  ore,  from  Iron  Ore 
Hill,  Franconia,  N.  H.,  by  W.  E.  Coffin  &  Co.  Fungi;  the  Sternum  of  a  Flam- 
ingo ;  and  the  Calvarium  of  a  native,  from  a  cave  on  Moneague  Island,  one  of 
the  Bahamas,  by  Dr.  H.  Bryant. 


BOOKS  EECEIVED  DURING  THE  YEAR  ENDING  MAT  2,  1866. 

Observations  on  the  Geology  of  Southern  New  Brunswick.  By  L.  W.  Bailey, 
A.M.     8vo.     Frederickton,  1865.    From  the  Author. 

On  the  Origin  and  Formation  of  Prairies.  By  Leo  Lesquereux.  8vo.  Pamph. 
New  Haven,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

Ueber  Getreideverwiister.  Von  Gust.  Ad.  Kunstler.  Svo.  Pamph.  Wien, 
1864. 

Compte  rendu  provisoire  de  quelques  observations  qui  prouvent  que  le  Po- 
disoma  Sabinee,  et  le  Roestelia  cancellata  sont  des  generations  alternantes  de 
la  meme  espece  de  champignons.  Par  A.  S.  Orsted.  8vo.  Pamph.  Copen- 
hagen, 1865.    From  the  Author. 


389 


Defense  des  Colonies.  Par  Joachim  Barrande.  8vo.  Paris,  18G5.  From 
the  Author. 

Cretaceous  Reptiles  of  the  United  States.  By  Joseph  Leidy,  M.D.  4to. 
Philadelphia,  1S65.     From  the  Author. 

Address  to  the  Geological  Section  of  the  British  Association,  Birmingham, 
1865.  Delivered  by  the  President,  Sir  R.  I.  Murchison.  8vo.  Pamph.  From 
the  Author. 

A  Preliminary  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New  Brunswick.  By  H.  Y.  Hind. 
8vo.     Fredericton,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

Results  of  Observations  on  the  Drift  Phenomena  of  Labrador  and  the  Atlan- 
tic Coast  southward.  By  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  ^I.D.  8vo.  Pamph.  ^;ew 
Haven,  1866.     From  the  Author. 

On  the  Anatomy  of  Vertebrates.  Vol.  i.  Preface.  By  Richard  Owep. 
8vo.     Pamph.     London,  1866.     From  the  Author. 

Annual  Meteorological  S\niopsis  for  the  year  1865.  By  J.  B.  Trembley,  M.D. 
8vo.     Pamph.     Toledo,  Ohio.     From  the  Author. 

Catalogue  of  Birds  found  in  the  Vicinity  of  "Waterville,  Me.  By  Charles  E. 
Hamlin.     8vo.     Pamph.     1865.     From  the  Author. 

A  Synonymical  Catalogue  of  North  American  Sphingidce,  with  Notes  and 
Descriptions.  By  Aug.  R.  Grote  and  Coleman  T.  Robinson.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Philadelphia,  1865.    From  the  Authors. 

Das  gesez  der  zwillingsbildungen  am  stein,  fon  Teodor  fon  Gutzeit.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Riga,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

Morphologische  Bemerkungen  iiber  Lobelia  Dortmanna  L.  Von  Dr.  Franz 
Buchenau  zu  Bremen.     8vo.     Pamph.     From  the  Author. 

A  Catalogue  of  the  Palaeozoic  Fossils  of  North  America.  By  B.  F.  Shu- 
mard,  M.D.  Part  i.  Echinodermata.  8vo.  Pamph.  St.  Louis,  1866.  From 
the  Author. 

^lemorial  Sketch  of  Thomas  Bridges.  By  "NV.  H.  Dall.  8vo.  Pamph.  San 
Francisco,  1866.     From  the  Author. 

Spicilege  de  la  Flore  Bruxelloise.  Par  Felix  JIuller.  Ease.  i-ii.  8vo. 
Bruxelles,  1864.     From  the  Author. 

Observations  on  the  Function  of  the  Liver.  By  Robert  McDonnell,  M.D. 
8vo.     Dublin,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

Notes  on  the  Bombycidae  of  Cuba.  By  Augustus  Radcliffe  Grote.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Philadelphia,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

The  Distribution  and  Migration  of  North  American  Birds.  By  Spencer  F. 
Baird.     8vo.     Pamph.     New  Haven,  1866.     Froin  the  Author. 

Flora  Brasiliensis.  Fasc.  xxxix-xl.  Argumentum  Fasciculorum  i-xl.  fol. 
Lipsire,  1865.     From  Mrs.  B.  D.  Greene. 

Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Massachusetts  Board  of  Ag- 
riculture.    8vo.     Boston,  1864.     From  C  L.  Flint. 

Report  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  for  1863.  8vo.  Washington, 
1864.     From  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould. 

Bibliotheca  Historico-Naturalis,  Physico-Chemica  et  Matliematica.  July  to 
December,  1864.     8vo.     New  York.     From  B.  Westentvmn  </•  Co. 

Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Long  Island  Histori- 
cal Society.     8vo.     Pamph.     Brooklyn,  1865.     From  J.  C.  Brevoort. 

A  Memorial  of  Joshua  Bates,  from  the  City  of  Boston.  8vo.  Boston,  1865. 
From  the  Trustees  of  the  Public  Library. 

Supplement  to  the  Ichnology  of  New  England.    A  Report  to  the  Govennnent 


390 


of  Massachusetts  in  1863.  By  Edward  Hitchcock,  D.D.  4to.  Boston,  1865. 
From  C.  H.  Hitchcock. 

Sea-Side  Studies  in  Natural  Histoiy.  By  E.  C.  and  A.  Agassiz.  8vo.  Bos- 
ton, 1865.     From  A.  Agassiz. 

Repoi-t  of  a  Geological  Survey,  by  Messrs.  Partz  and  Buck,  of  the  Property 
of  the  Wallace  Nickel  Mining  Company.  8vo.  Pamph.  New  York,  1864. 
From    G.  P.  Huntington. 

International  Statistical  Congress  at  Berlin.  Y.  Session.  On  the  Military 
Statistics  of  the  United  States  of  America.  By  E.  B.  Elliott.  4to.  Pamph. 
Berlin,  1863.     From  C.  J.  Sprague. 

Musde  Yrolik.  Catalogue  de  la  Collection  d'Anatomie  Humaine,  Compar^e 
et  Pathologique  de  M.  M.  Ger.  et  W.  Yrolik.  Par  J.  L.  Dusseau.  8vo.  Am- 
sterdam, 1865.     From  the  family  of  3f.  Vrolih. 

Report  of  the  Commissioners  concerning  the  Obstruction  to  the  Passage  of 
Fish  in  the  Connecticut  and  Merrimack  Rivers.  8vo.  Pamph.  1866.  From 
Theo.  Lyman. 

Catalogue  des  Oiseaux  de  la  Collection  du  feu  M.  le  Baron  Lafresnaye  de 
Falaise.     8vo.     From  Dr.  Henry  Bryant. 

On  the  Hymenoptera  of  Colorado  Territory.  By  E.  T.  Cresson.  Part  i.  8vo. 
Philadelphia,  1805. 

On  the  Philanthidge  of  North  America.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Pamph.  Phil- 
adelphia, 1865.     From  the  Author. 

The  Yillage,  Manor  and  Church  of  Longhoughton,  Northumberland.  By 
George  Tate,  F.G.S.     8vo.    Paraph.    Alnwick,  1864. 

The  Ancient  British  Sculptured  Rocks  of  Northumberland  and  the  Eastern 
Borders.    By  the  same.     8vo.     Alnwick,  1865.     By  the  Author. 

Cecidomyia  destnictor  Say.  Weizengallmiicke  oder  Weizenverwiister.  Yon 
Friedrich  Haberlandt.     8vo.     Pamph.     Wien,  1864. 

Ueber  eine  bisher  -wenig  beobachtete  Getreidemotte.  Tinea  pyrophagella  KUr. 
By  the  same.     8vo.    Pamph.     Wien,  1864.    From  the  Author. 

Geological  Sur^-ey  of  California  by  J.  D.  Whitney,  State  Geologist.  Palagon- 
tology.     Ypl.  I.     4to.     Philadelphia,  1864. 

Letter  of  the  State  Geologist  relative  to  the  Progress  of  the  State  Geological 
Survey,  during  the  years  1863-5.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Pamph.  Sacramento, 
1866.     From  the  Author. 

Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Fossils  from  the  Marshall  Group  of  Michi- 
gan, etc.     By  Prof.  Alexander  WincheU.     8vo.     Pamph.     Ann  Arbor,  1865. 

Some  Indications  of  a  Northward  Transportation  of  Drift  Materials  in  the 
Lower  Peninsula  of  Michigan.     By  the  same.     8vo.     Pamph.    New  Haven, 

1865.  From  the  Author. 

On  the  Origin  of  Prairies.  By  James  D.  Dana.  8vo.  Pamph.  New  Haven, 
1865. 

On  Cephalization.    No.  iv.    By  the  same.     8vo.     Pamph.    New  Haven, 

1866.  From  the  Author. 


391 


Monographie  des  Clivina  et  Genres  voisins.  Pax-  M.  J.  Putzevs.  8vo.  Li^ge, 
1846. 

J.  Putzevs.  Postscriptum  ad  Clivinidarum  Mouographiam  atqiie  de  quibus- 
dam  aliis.     8vo.     Leodii,  1862.     From  the  Author. 

On  Leaia  Leidyi,  etc.    Br  Isaac  Lea,  LL.D.     8vo.     Pamph.    Philadelphia, 
1864. 
Three  Plates.    Fresh  "Water  Shells.    By  the  same.    4to.    From  the  Author. 

A  Classification  of  Mollusca,  based  on  the  principle  of  Cephalization.  By 
Edward  S.  ^Morse.     8vo.     Pamph.     Salem,  1865. 

Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Pupadoe.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Pamph. 
New  York,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

Notes  on  certain  Terrestrial  Mollusca,  with  descriptions  of  New  Species.  By 
Thomas  Bland.     8vo.     Pamph.     New  York,  1865. 

Remarks  on  the  Origin  and  Distribution  of  the  Operculated  Land  Shells 
which  inhabit  the  Continent  of  America  and  the  West  Indies,  with  a  Cata- 
logue of  the  American  species.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Paraph.  Philadelphia, 
1866.     From  the  Author. 

En  ny  vestindisk  Sandorm,Arenicola  (Pteroscolex)  antillensis  Ltk.,  beski-even 
af  Dr.  phil.  Chr.  Liitken.     8vo.     Pamph.     Kjobenha^Ti,  1S64. 

Kritiske  Bemaerkuinger  om  forskjellige  Sostjerner,  (Asterider),  med  Besk- 
rivelse  af  nogle  nye  Arter.     By  the  same.     8vo.     Pamph.     Kjobenha\ni,  1864. 

Om  Vestindiens  Pentacriner  med  nogle  Bemaerkninger  ora  Pentacriner  og 
Soulier  i  almindelighed.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Pamph.  Kjobenhavn,  1864. 
From  the  Author. 

Extract  from  an  unpublished  Essay  on  Physical  Force.  By  Louis  Mackall, 
M.  D.     8vo.     Pamph.     Washington,  1865. 

An  Essay  on  the  Life  in  Nature.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Paraph.  Washington, 
1865. 

An  Essay  on  the  Law  of  Muscular  Action.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Washington,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

Recherches  sur  la  Congelation  de  quelques  Dissolutions  aqueuses.  Par  M.  L. 
Dufour.     8vo.     Pamph.     Lausanne. 

Quelques  Faits  relatifs  a  I'Ebullition  de  TEau.  By  the  same.  8vo.  Pamph. 
Lausanne. 

Recherches  sur  la  Solidification  et  sur  I'Ebullition.  By  tlie  same.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Lausanne.     From  the  Author. 

Das  Vorkornmen  des  Parasitismus  im  Thier-  und  Pflanzenreiche.  Darge- 
bracht  von  Georg  Ritter  von  Frauenfeld.     8vo.     Pamph.     Wien,  1864. 

Ueber  in  der  Gefangenschaft  geborne  Jungen  von  Salamandra  maculosa 
Laur.     By  the  same.     8vo.     Pamph.     Wien,  1864, 

Zoologische  MisccUen,  i-in.     By  the  same.     8vo.    Wien,  1864. 

Entomologische  Fragmente.     By  the  same.     8vo.     Wien,  1864. 

Ueber  einige  Pflanzenverwijster  eingesendet  von  Sr.  Durchl.  Fiirst  Collor- 
edo-Mannsfeixl.     By  the  same.     8vo.    Pamph.    Wien,  It 64. 


392 


Verzeichniss  der  Namen  der  fossilen  und  lebenden  Arten  der  Gattung  Paludi- 
na  Lam.     By  the  same.     8vo.     Pamph.     Wien,  1865.     From  the  Author. 

The  Dublin  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science.  Nos.  v-vm  and  xiii-xiv.  8vo. 
London.     1862-4. 

Researches  in  Newer  Pliocene  and  Post-Tertiary  Geology.  By  James 
Smith,  Esq.     8vo.     Glasgow,  1862.    From  Messrs.  Williams  <^  Norgate. 

Proceedings  at  the  Annual  meeting  of  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Mont- 
real, for  the  year  ending  I\Iay,  1864.     8vo. 

The  same  for  the  year  ending  May,  1865.     i\o. 

Journal  de  I'Listruction  Publique.  Vol.  vii.  Nos.  9-12.  4to.  Montreal, 
1863.    From  L.  A.  H.  Latour. 

Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  (U.  S.)  Coast  Survey,  showing  the  Pro- 
gress of  the  Survey  during  the  year  1863.    4to.     Washington. 

Agriculture  of  the  United  States  in  1860.  By  Joseph  C.  G.  Kennedy.  4to. 
Washington,  1864. 

Messages  from  the  President  of  the  United  States  to  the  two  Houses  of  Con- 
gress, etc.  Edited  by  Ben  Perley  Poore.  Abridgment.  1864-1866.  4to. 
Washington,  1865-6. 

Messages  and  Documents.  Department  of  State,  1864-5.  Parts  1-4.  8vo. 
Washington. 

Manufactures  of  the  United  States  m  1860.  4to.  Washington,  1865.  From 
Eon.  Henry  Wilson. 

Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Coast  Survey,  for  the  year  ending  1862. 
4to.     Washington,  1864. 

Bills  and  Resolutions.  By  Hon.  Charles  Sumner,  in  the  Senate  of  the  United 
States,  at  the  Opening  of  the  Session  of  Congress,  Dec.  4,  1865. 

Protection  of  Freedmen.  Speech  of  Hon.  C.  Sumner  in  the  Senate  of  the 
United  States,  Dec.  20,  1865.     8vo.     Pamph. 

Annual  Reports  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for 
1863  and  1864.     8vo.     Washington. 

Addresses  on  the  Death  of  Hon.  Jacob  Collamer,  delivered  in  the  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives.     8vo.     Pamph.    Washington,  1866. 

"Equal  Rights  o-f  all,"  and  "No  Compromise  of  Human  Rights."  Speeches 
of  Hon.  Charles  Sumner  delivered  in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Washington,  1866.    From  Hon.  diaries  Sumner. 

Revision  of  the  hitherto  known  species  of  Chionobas  in  North  America.  By 
Samuel  H.  Scudder.     8vo.     Pamph.     Philadelphia,  1865. 

On  the  Fossil  Insects  from  Illinois,  the  ]\Iiamia  and  Hemeristia.  By  the 
same.     8vo.     Pamph.    New  Haven,  1865. 

These  de  Botunique,  Recherches  sur  les  Tubercles  de  THimantoglossum  hir- 
cinum.     Par  Jean-Henri  Fabre.    4to.     Pamph.     Paris,  1855. 

Appeal  for  Monetary  Aid  by  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  8vo. 
Pamph.     1865. 

Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Committee  of  the  Free  Public  Library,  Mu- 
seum and  Gallery  of  Arts  of  the  Borough  of  Liverpool.     8vo.    Pamph.     1864. 

Catalogue  of  the  Books  contained  in  the  Library  of  the  Literary  and  Philo- 
sophical Society  of  Liverpool.    8vo.    Pamph.    1864. 


393 


Notes  on  the  Review  of  G.  R.  Gniy's  "Catalogue  of  the  Genera  and  Sub- 
genera of  Birds"  in  the  December  number  of  the  "Annals."  By  G.  R.  Gray, 
8vo.    Pamph.    London,  1856. 

British  Museum.  A  Guide  to  the  Exhibition  Rooms  of  the  Departments  of 
Natural  Historv^  and  Antiquities.     8vo.     London,  1865. 

Guide  to  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London.  By  Philip  Lutley 
Sclater,  M.  A.     8vo.     Pamph.     London,  1865. 

The  Journal  of  Agriculture.  New  Series.  No.  90.  8vo.  London,  October, 
1865. 

Prospectus  of  Messrs.  de  Schlagintweits'  Collection  of  Ethnographical  Heads 
from  Lidia  and  High  Asia.     2d  Edition.     4to.     Pamph.     Leipzig.  1859. 

Report  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  First  Meeting  of  the  East  Kent  Natural 
History  Society.  2'tmo.  Paraph.  Canterbury,  1858.  From  Samuel  II.  Scud- 
der. 

List  of  the  Specimens  of  Birds  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  ^luseum.  Part 
III.     GallinfB,  Gralloe  and  Anseres.     8vo.     London,  1844. 

List  of  the  Specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the  CoDection  of  the  British  Museum. 
Svo.     London,  1843. 

New  Fresh  Water  Shells  of  the  United  States.  By  T.  A.  Conrad.  8vo.  Phil- 
adelphia, 1834. 

A  Catalogue  of  British  Vertebrated  Animals.     Svo.     Pamph.     London,  1845. 

A  Supplement  to  the  History  of  British  Birds.  By  William  Yarrell.  Hvo. 
Pamph.     London,  1845. 

Cynegetica,  or  Essays  on  Sporting.     8vo.     London,  1788. 

An  Essay  towards  a  Natural  History  of  the  Herring.  By  J.  S.  Dodd.  8vo. 
London,  1752. 

Letter  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  transmitting  information  in  rela- 
tion to  the  Growth  and  [Manufacture  of  Silks  in  the  different  parts  of  the  Union. 
Svo.     Washington,  1828. 

Genera  of  Birds.     Svo.     Edinburgh,  1773. 

Linnoei  Systema  Xaturce.     Svo.     Lugduni  Batavonim,  1756. 

Calcutta  Journal  of  Natural  History.     No.  8.     8vo.     Calcutta,  January,  1842. 

Elements  of  Conchology,  according  to  the  Linnean  System.  By  the  Rev.  E. 
L  Burrow.     Svo.    London,  1825. 

An  Essay  on  the  History  and  Culture  of  the  European  Olive  Tree,  and 
other  Botanical  Tracts.     Svo.     Paris,  1820. 

The  Animal  Kingdom,  or  Zoological  System  of  Sir  Charles  Linnaeus.  Class 
I.,  Mammalia,  etc.,  by  Prof.  Gmelin.  By  Robert  Kerr.  4to.  London,  1792. 
From  Dr.  D.  H.  Storer. 

Commentarii  Academioe  Scientiarum  Imperialis  Petropolitanie.  Tom.  i-xiv. 
4to.     Petropoli,  1726-51. 

Novi  Commentarii  Academiaj  Scientiarum  Imperialis  Petropolitana;.  Tom. 
I,  and  x-xx.     4to.     Petropoli,  1750  and  1764-76. 

Receuil des  Actes  des  Seances  publiques del' Academic Imperialedes  Sciences 
de  St.-Petersbourg.     4to.     St.-Petersbourg,  1827-8,  1830-32,  1^35,  1841-5. 

Academic  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.-Petersbourg.  Bulletin,  Tomes  vii, 
IS^os.  3-6  and  viii.     Memoires,  Tomes  v,  No.  1.  vii-viii.     4to.     1863-5. 

Das  Funfzigjlihrige  Doctor-Jubiliium  des  Geheimraths  Karl  Ernst  von  P.aer, 
am  29  August^  1864.     4to.     St.-Petersburg. 

Compte  Rendu  dc  la  Socicte  Imperiale  Geographique  de  Russie  pour  I'Annee 
1864.    Svo.     St.-Pt5tersbourg. 


394 

On  the  Deviation  of  the  Compass,  and  a  Diagram  with  an  annexed  Article 
on  the  Magnetic  Condition  of  the  Iron  Clad  "Perwenetz."  Hydrographical 
Department  of  the  Imperial  Marine  Ministry.  8vo.  St.-Petersburg,  1865. 
(In  Russian). 

Nova  Acta  RegiiB  Societatis  Scientiarum  Upsaliensis.  Vols,  xi-xiv.  Seriei 
Tertice.     Vol.  v,  Fasc.  2.     4to.     UpsalifB,  1839-50,  and  1865. 

Kongliga  Svenska  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Handlingar.  Ny  Foljd.  Bd.  v;  1. 
4to.    Stockholm,  1863. 

Ofversigt  af  Kongl.  Vetenskaps-  Akademiens  Forhandlingar.  Ar  xxi. 
Ledamoter.     8vo.     Stockholm,  1865. 

Om  Ostersjon,af  S.  Lov^n.     8vo.     Pamph.     Stockholm,  1864. 

Sveriges  Geologiska  Undersokning  fra  ofifentlig  bekostnad  utford  under  Led- 
ning  af  A.  Erdraann.     14-18.    8vo.    Stockholm,  1865. 

Beretning  om  en  botanisk  Reise  i  Valders,  foretagen  i  Sommeren  1864,  af  H. 
C.  Printz.     8vo.     Pamph.     Christiania,  1865. 

Zologisk-Botaniske  Observationer  fra  Gudbrandsdalen  og  Dovre,  af  Robei't 
Collett.     8vo.     Pamph.     Christiania,  1865. 

Fiske-Udklaiknings-apparater  fra  Norge.  Udstillede  af  Hr.  M.  G.  Hetting. 
8vo.     Pamph.    Christiania. 

Oversigt  af  Christiania  Omegns  ornithologiske  Fauna  af  Robert  Collett.  8vo. 
Christiania,  1864. 

Oversigt  af  Norges  Echinodermer,  ved  Dr.  Michael  Sars.  8vo.  Christiana, 
1861. 

Kaiserliche  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.  Denkschriften,  Math.-Natur. 
Classc,  Band,  xxiii-xxiv.  4to.  Wien,  1864-5.  Sitzungsberichte.  Erste  Abth. 
Band,  xlix-l;  li,  Heft.  1-3.  ZAveite  Abth.  Band,  xlyiii,  Heft.  5;  xlix,  l; 
T.1,  Heft.  1-3.     8vo.    Wien,  1864-5.    Register  zu  den  Biindeu  xliii-i^. 

Uebersiqhtcn  der  Witterung  in  Osterreich  und  einigen  answiirtigen  Stationen. 
Zusammengestellt  an  der  K.  K.  Central-  Anstalt  fiir  Meteorologie  und  Erdmag- 
netismus.     Jahr.  1856-63.     4to.     Wien. 

Karl  Kreil.  (Gestorben  am  21  Dezember,  1862.)  Eine  biographische  Skizze, 
Von  Dr.  Friedrich  Kenner.     8vo.     Pamph.     Wien,  1863. 

Wiener  Entomologische  Monatschrift.     Band.  viii.     8vo.     Wien,  1S64. 

K.  K.  Geologische  Reichsanstalt.     Jahrbuch.    Band.  xv.     8vo.      Wien,  1866. 

Verhandlungen  der  K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft  in  Wien,  Jahrg. 
1864.     Band.  xiv.     Svo. 

K.  K.  Geographische  Gesellschaft.     Sitzung  am  9  Mai,  1865.     8vo.     Wien. 

Zoitschrift  der  Deutschen  Geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band,  xvi.  Heft  4. 
XVII,  Heft  1-3.     8vo.     Berlin,  1864-5. 

Monatsberichte  der  K.  Preussische  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin. 
Jahr.  1864.     8vo. 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte.  Jahrg.  xxx,  Heft  4,  5;  xxxi,  Heft  1-3.  8vo. 
Berlin,  1864-5. 

Verhandlungen  der  K.  Leopoldino-Carolinischen  Deutschen  Akademie  der 
Katurforscher.     Band,  xxxii.    4to.     Dresden,  1865. 

Correspondenz-Blatt  des  Zoologisch-mineralogischen  Vereines  in  Regensburg. 
Jahrg.  XVI,  No.  12.    xviii,  xix.     8vo.     1862  and  1864-5. 

Denkschriften  der  K.  bayer.  botanischen  Gesellschaft  zu  Regensburg.  Band. 
i-iii,  y,  Heft  1.     4to.     1815-41  and  1864.  , 

Flora  Oder  allgemeine  botanische  Zeitung,  herausgegeben  von  der  konigl. 
bayer.  botanischen  Gesellschaft  in  Regensburg.  Neue  Reihe.  Jahrg.  xxiii. 
8vo.     1865. 


395 

Der  Zoologische  Garten.     Jalirg.  vi.     8vo.     Frankfurt  a.  M.,  1865. 

Abhandluugen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  zu  Gorlitz.  Band.  xii. 
8vo.     1865. 

Zeitschrift  des  Ferdinandeums  fiir  Tirol  und  Vorarlberg.  3*«  Folge.  12"  Heft 
Svo.     Innsbruck,  1865. 

Ferdinandeum.  30"  Berichte  des  Verwaltungs-Aussclmsses  iiber  die  Jahre 
1862-1863.     8vo.     Innsbruck, 1864. 

Verhandlungen  und  Mlttheilungen  des  siebenbiirgischen  Vereins  fiir  Natur- 
•wissenscbaften  in  Hermannstadt.     Jahrg.  xv.     8vo.     1864. 

Jahrbuch  des  Naturhistorischen  Landesmuseums  von  Kamten.  Heft  1-6. 
Svo.     Klagenfurt,  1852-63. 

Naturhistorische  Gesellscbaft  zu  Hannover.     14"  Jahresbericbt.     4to.     1865. 

Verhandlungen  des  naturhistorischen  Vereines  der  preussischen  Rheinlande 
und  Westphalens.     Jahrg.  xxi.     8vo.     Bonn,  1864. 

Wurttembergische  naturwissenschaftliche  Jahreshefte.  Jahrg.  xx,  Heft  2,  3: 
XXI,  Heft  1.     8vo.     Stuttgart,  1864-5. 

Schi'iften  der  naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Danzig.  Neue  Folge.  Band. 
I,  Heft  2.     8vo.     1865. 

Beilage  zu  den  Tafeln  fiir  sammtliche  trigonometrische  Functionen  der  cyk- 
lischen  und  hyperbolischen  Sektoren,  von  Prof.  J.  F.  W.  Gronau.  Svo.  Tamph. 
Danzig,  1863."^ 

Fiinfzigste  Jahresbericbt  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Emden,  1864. 
Svo. 

Zeitschrift  fiir  die  Gesammten  Xaturwissonchaften.  Herausgegeben  von  dera 
Katurw.  Vereine  fur  Sachsen  und  Thiiringen  in  Halle.  Band,  xxiv-xxv.  Svo. 
Berlin,  1864-5. 

Elfter  Bericht  der  Oberhessischen  Gesellschaft  fur  Xatur-  und  Heilkunde. 
Svo.     Giessen,  1865. 

Jahresbericbt  des  Mannheimer  Vereins  fiir  Naturkunde,  xviii-xxvii  and 
XXXI.     Svo.     Mannheim,  1853-61  and  1865. 

Mlttheilungen  aus  dem  Osterlande.  Band,  i-xv,  Xvii,  Heft  1,  2.  Svo.  Al- 
tenburg,  1837-61  and  1S65. 

Bericht  des  Naturhistorischen  Vereins  in  Augsburg,  ix-xv  and  xviii.  Svo. 
1856-62  and  1865. 

Wiirzburger  Naturwissenschaftliche  Zeitschrift.  Band.  vi.  Heft  1.  Svo. 
Wurzburg,  1866. 

Jahrbiicher  des  Vereins  fiir  Naturkunde  im  Herzogthum  Nassau.  Heft  3-8 
and  17,  18.     Svo.     Wiesbaden,  1846-52  and  1S62-3. 

Berichte  iiber  die  Verhandlungen  der  naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  zu  Frei- 
berc,  i.  B.    Band,  in.  Heft  3,  4.     Svo.    1865. 

Bericht  iiber  die  Thiitigkeit  der  St.  Gallischen  natnrv.issenschaftlichen 
Gesellschaft  wiihrend  des  Vereinsjahres  1863-4.     8vo.     St.  Gallen. 

Verhandlungen  des  Naturforschenden  Vereines  in  Brunn.     Band.ii,  iii.     Svo. 

1S64-5. 

Verhandlungen   des   naturhistorisch-mcdizinischen  Vereins   zu   Heidelberg. 

Band.  IV :  1.     8vo.     1865. 

Konigl.  baver.  Akadeniie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Munchen.  Sitzungsberich^e, 
1864,  II,  Heft  III,  to  1865,  II,  Heft  11.  Svo.  Gelehrte  Anzeigen.  Ban.!,  i-v, 
4to.     1835-7.     Abhandlungen  der  Math.-Phys.  Classe.     Band,  iv :  2,  v,  vii:  2. 

1846-54.  ,      ^,       , 

Induction  und  Deduction.   Von  Justus  von  Liebig.    8vo.    Paraph.    Munchen, 

1865. 


396 


Entstehung  und  BegrifF  der  Naturhistorischen  Art  von  Dr.  Carl  Niigeli.  8vo. 
Pamph.     Miinchen,  1865. 

Koniglich  Siichsische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften.  Abhandlungen  der 
math.-phys.  Classe.  Band,  vii:  2-4,  viii:  1.  8vo.  Leipzig,  1864-5.  Bericht 
iiber  die  Verhandlungen,  1864.     8vo.     Leipzig. 

Die  K.  Sachsische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Leipzig  bringt  ihi-em 
hochverdienten  ]\Iitgliede  Herrn  August  Ferdinand  Mubius  dessen  schcjpferis- 
cliem  Geiste  die  JMathematik  glanzende  bereicherungen  verdankt  zur  Feier 
seines  fiinfzigjiihrigen  Doctorjubiliiums  ihre  innigen  Gliickwiinsche  dar.  Am 
11    December,  1S64.     4to.     Pamph. 

Archiv  des  Vereins  der  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte  in  Meklenburg.  Jahrg. 
XIX.     8vo.     Neubrandeburg,  1865. 

Verhandlungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Basel,  iv"  Theil.  2" 
Heft.     8vo.     1866. 

Jahresbericht  des  historischen  Vereins  in  ]\Iittelfranken,  27«''  and  30".  4to. 
Ansbach,  1859  and  1862. 

Schriften  der  konigl.  Physikalisch-Okonomischen  Gesellschaft  zu  Konigsberg. 
Jahrg.  V,  Heft  1,  2.     4to.     1864. 

Nachrichten  von  der  K.  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften  und  der  Georg- Au- 
gusts Universitiit  aus  dem  Jahre  1865.     8vo.     Gottingen. 

Amtlicher  Bericht  iiber  die  39'^  Versammlung  Deutscher  Naturforscher  und 
Arzte  in  Giessen  im  September,  1864.     4to. 

Bataviaasch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen.  Verhandelingen, 
Deel  XXIX.  4to.  Batavia,  1862.  Tijdschrift  voor  Indische  Taal-,  Land-  en 
Volkenkunde,  Deel  xi-xii.     8vo.     Batavia,  1861-2. 

Provinciaal  Utrechtsch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen.  Aan- 
teekeningen,  1860-64.  Verslagen,  1862-5.  8vo.  Natuurkundige  Verhandelin- 
gen.    l^ieuwe  Reeks.    Deel  i,  Stuk  1-4.     4to.     Utrecht,  1862-5. 

Koninklijke  Akademie  van  Wetenschappen.  Verslagen  en  j\Iededeelingen. 
Afdeeling  Natuurkunde.  Deel  xvii.  8vo.  Amsterdam,  1865.  Jaarboek, 
voor  1863-4.     8vo.     Verhandelingen.     Deel  x.     4to.     1864. 

Annales  Acaderaiae  Lugduno-Batavae,  1815-37.    4to.     Lugduni  Batavorum. 

Giornale  di  Scienze  Naturali  ed  Economiche  pubblicato  per  cura  del  Consig- 
lio  di  Perfezionamento  annesso  al  R.  Istituto  Tecnico  di  Palermo.  Vol  i.  Fasc. 
1,  2.     8vo.     1865. 

Accademia  delle  Scienze  dell'  Istituto  di  Bologna.  Mcmorie,  Serie  ii.  T.  iii. 
IV,  Fasc.  1.  Indici  Gcnerali  1850-61.  4to.  1863-5.  Rendiconto  delle  Sessioni, 
Anno  Academico,  1863-4.     8vo. 

Rivista  Periodica  dei  Lavori  della  I.  R.  Accademia  di  Scienze,  Lettere  ed  Arti 
di  Padova.     Vol.  i-xiii.     8vo.     1851-65. 

Civico  Museo  Ferdinando  Massimiliano  iu  Trieste.  Statuto,  etc.  4to.  1856- 
65. 

Real  Academia  de  Ciencias  de  Madrid.  Memorias.  T.  vi.  2«  Ser.  Ciencias 
Fisicas,  T.  ii,  pt.  1,  2.  8vo.  1864-5.  Resumen  de  las  Actas.  Alio  1862-3. 
8vo.     1864. 

Libros  del  Saber  de  Astronomia  del  Rey  D.  Alfonso  X.  de  Castilla.  T.  in. 
fol.     Madrid,  1864. 

Bulletin  de  la  Soci«5te  de  Geographic.  5*  Serie.  Tomes  viii,  ix,  xi,  Jan. 
Fev.  et  Mars.      8vo.     Paris,  1864-5. 

Annales  de  la  Soci(5te  Entomologique  de  France.  4*  Serie.  T.  iv.  Tr.  2-4. 
8vo.     Paris,  1864-5. 

Journal  de  Conchvliologie.     3«  Serie.     T.  v,  Nos.  2-4.     8vo.     Paris,  1865. 


397 

Bulletin  de  la  Society  Geologique  de  France.  2' Serie.  T,  x.x,fexi.49-end. 
T.  XXII,  feu.  1-36.     8vo.     Pari.-,  1864-5. 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Societe  Iinperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.  2°'« 
Serie.     T.  ii.  iii,  Nos.  1,  2.     8vo.     Paris,  1865-6. 

L'Economiste  Fran9ais.     No.  153.     5e  Ann^e,  3"  Serie.     4to.     Paris,  1866. 

Annales  de  la  Societe  Linneenne  de  Lyon,  Annee  1864.  Nouvcllc  Serie.  T. 
XI.     8vo.     Paris,  1865. 

Memoires  de  I'Academie  Iinperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettrcs  et  Arts  de 
Lyon.  Classe  des  Sciences.  T.  xiii.  Classe  des  Lettrcs.  Nouvelle  Serie.  T. 
XI.     Bulletin  des  Seances.  1862-5.     8vo. 

Actes  de  TAcademie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Bor- 
deaux. 3«  Serie,  26«  Annee,  Tr.  3,  4.  27"  Annee,  Tr.  1,  2.  8vo.  Paris, 
1864-5. 

Memoires  de  I'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de 
Dijon.     2"  Serie.     T.  xl.     Annee  1863.     8vo. 

Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d' Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts  de  la  Sarthe.  ir  Serie. 
T.  IX,  Tr.  2-4.     T.  x,  Tr.  1.     8vo.     Le  Mans,  1864-5. 

Memoires  de  la  Societe  des  Sciences  Physiques  et  Naturelles  du  Departement 
d'llle  et  Yilaine.     T.  i,  Livr.  1,  2.     8vo.    Rennes,  1863-5. 

Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Colmar.  Annee  i-v.  8vo. 
Colmar,  1860-64. 

Societe  des  Sciences  Naturelles  du  Grand-Duche  de  Luxembourg.  Tomes 
l-vi  and  viil.     8vo.     1853-63  and  1865. 

Memoires  de  la  Society  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve.  T. 
xvii;  2.     xvill;  1.     4to.     1864-5. 

Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Vaudoise  des  Sciences  Naturelles.  Nos.  48-53.  Svo. 
Lausanne,  1861-5. 

Cercle  Artistique,  Litteraire  et  Scientifique  d'Anvers.  Conferences  d' Astrono- 
mic descriptive.      Reglements,  etc.     8vo.     1865. 

Compte  Rendu  des  Travaux  du  Congres  Artistique  d'Anvers.  Par  M.  Eu- 
gene Gressin  Dumoulin.     8vo.     Anvers,  1862. 

Annales  de  la  Societe  Entomologique  de  Belgique.  T.  i-viii.  Svo.  Brux- 
elles,  1857-64. 

Academic  Royale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et  des  Beaux-Arts  de  Belgique. 
Bulletins  des  Seances  de  la  Classe  des  Sciences.  Ann(^'e  1864.  Bulletins  gen- 
erals, 34"°*  Annee  (1865).     Annuaire,  1865.     8vo.     Bruxelles. 

Royal  Society  of  London.  Proceedings.  Vols,  xni,  No.  70,  xiv,  71-77.  8vo. 
1864-5.  Philosophical  Transactions.  1807,  part  2.  1823-1825;  1.  1826-1848. 
4to. 

Linnsean  Society  of  London.  Transactions,  Vol.  xxiv.  Part  3,  xxv,  Part  1. 
4to.  1864-5.  Journal  of  the  Proceedings.  Vol.  viii,  No.  30,  ix,  Nos.  31-34. 
List.     8vo.     1864-5. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.    No.  85.     8vo.    London,  1866. 

The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London.  3d  Series.  Vols. 
II ;  Parts  1,4,5.    iii;  2.    iv;  1.     v;  1.     8vo.     1864-5. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society.  Vols,  ix,  2-6.  x,  1.  8vo. 
London,  1865. 

Royal  Horticultural  Society.  Proceedings.  Vols,  iv;  No.  10.  v;  3-9. 
Journal.     New  Series.     Vol.  i.   No.  1.     Svo.     London,  1864-6. 

The  Reader.    Nos.  110-120,  122-142,  144-173.    Fol.     London,  1865-6. 


398 


Triibner's  American  and  Oriental  Literary  Record.  Nos.  3-13.  4to.  Lon- 
don, 1865-6. 

Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for  the  year  1864.     8vo. 

The  Ethnological  Jonrnal.     No.  iv.     8vo.     London,  1865. 

The  Anthropological  Review  and  Journal  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of 
London.     Vols.  i.  and  iii.     8vo.     London,  1863  and  1865. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.  Nos.  98,  99.  8vo.  London.  Feb- 
ruary, March,  1866. 

Proceedings  of  the  Berwickshire  Naturalists'  Club.  Vol.  v,  No.  1.  8vo. 
Alnwiclv,  1863. 

Proceedings  of  the  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society  of  Liverpool.  No. 
XVIII.     8vo.     1864. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Listitution  of  Great  Britain.  Vol.  iv.  Parts  5,  6. 
8vo.     London,  1865. 

Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh.  Proceedings.  Vols,  iv,  v.  8vo.  1861-5. 
Transactions.     Vols,  xxiii,  xxiv,  Part  1.     4to.     1861-5. 

Dublin  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science.  Nos.  i-iv,  ix-xii,  xv,  xviii-xxi. 
8vo.     1861-5. 

Journal  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society.  Nos.  ix-xvi,  xviii-xxix,  xxxii- 
xxxiii.     8vo.     1858-65. 

Royal  Irish  Academy.  Proceedings.  Vols,  vii-viii.  ix,  part  1.  8vo.  Dub- 
lin, 1862-5.  Transactions.  Vol.  xxiv.  Science,  Parts  4  and  6.  Polite  Liter- 
ature, Part  2.     Antiquities,  Parts  2-4.     4to.     1864-5. 

Transactions  and  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Victoria,  during  the 
years  1861-4  inclusive.     Vol.  vi.     8vo.     IMelbourne,  1865. 

Anales  del  Museo  Publico  de  Buenos  Aires.     Entrega  i.     4to.     1864. 

Repertorio  Fisico-Natural  de  la  Isia  de  Cuba.  Entrega  l^^-ll*.  Svo.  Habana, 
1865-6. 

Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  New  Series.  Vols,  i.  No.  6,  ii.  Svo. 
Montreal,  1864-5. 

Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.  New  Series.  Nos.  lvii- 
LXi.     8vo.     Toronto,     1865-6."^ 

Transactions  of  the  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec.  Session  of 
1864-5.    New  Series.     Part  3.     8vo. 

Gold  Mines  and  Gold  Mining  in  Nova  Scotia.   By  H.  F.  Perley.   Svo.   Pamph. 

Preliminary  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New  Brunswick.  By  Henry  Youle 
Hind.     Svo.     Fredericton,  1865. 

Transactions  of  the  Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Natural  Science.  Vol.  ii, 
Parts  2,  3.     Svo.     Halifax,  1864-5. 

Journal  of  Agriculture.     Vol.  i,  No.  7.     4to.     Halifax,  1865. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.     Vol.  iii.     Svo.     Washington,  1862. 

List  of  the  Coleoptera  of  North  America.  By  John  L.  Leconte,  M.  D.  Part 
I.     Svo.     Washington,  1863. 

Review  of  American  Birds  in  the  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
By  S.  F.  Baird.  Part  i.  North  and  Middle  America.  Svo.  Washington, 
1864. 

Catalogue  of  the  Collection  of  Mazatlan  Shells  in  the  British  Museum;  col- 
lected by  Frederick  Reigen,  described  by  Philip  P.  Carpenter.  24mo.  Lon- 
don, 1857. 

French  Universal  Exposition  for  1867.  Official  Correspondence  on  the  sub- 
ject, published  by  the  Department  of  State.    4to.     Pamph.    Washington,  1865. 


399 


Report  of  the  Commissioners  of  Agriculture  for  the  year  18C4.  8vo,  Wash- 
ington. 

Monthly  Report  of  the  Agricultural  Department.  November,  December, 
1865.     January,  February,  1866.     Svo.     Washington. 

Act  of  Incorporation,  Constitution,  etc.,  of  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences. 
Svo.     Pamph.     1865. 

Proceedings  of  the  California  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  Vol.  in.  Sign. 
7-13.     Svo.     San  Francisco,  1864-5. 

California  Farmer  and  Journal  of  Useful  Sciences.  Vols,  xxm,  Nos.  12-15, 
17,  19,  21-24.    XXIV.    XXV,  Nos.  1-3,  5-13.     fol.     San  Francisco.     1865-6. 

Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  1865. 
Svo. 

American  Philosophical  Society.  Proceedings.  Vol.  x,  Nos.  73,  74.  8vo. 
Transactions.    New  Series.    Vol.  xiii,  Part  2.    4to.    Philadelphia,  1S65. 

A  jMemoir  of  Thomas  Bellerby  Wilson,  ^I.  D.,  prepared  in  pursuance  of  a 
resolution  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  By  a  Committee. 
Svo.     Pamph.     1865. 

The   Practical  Entomologist.    Vol.  i,  Nos.  1-6.    4to.    Philadelphia,  1865-6. 

Forty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Mercantile  Library  Company  of  Philadel- 
phia.    Svo.     Pamph.     1866. 

Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York.  Vol.  viii,  Nos.  2- 
7.     Svo.     1864-5. " 

Forty-fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Mercantile  Libraiy  Association  of  the 
City  of  New  York.     Svo.    Pamph.    1865. 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Nos.  117-122.  Svo.  New  Haven, 
1865-6. 

Catalogue  of  the  Officers  and  Students  of  the  Collegiate  and  Commercial 
Listitute,  New  Haven.     Svo.     Pamph.     1865. 

Fourteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Free  Public  Library, 
New  Bedford.     Svo.     Paraph.    1866. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College.  Svo.  Pamph. 
1866. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society,  at  a  Special  Meeting,  Jan- 
uary 17,  1865;  at  the  Semi-annual  Meeting,  April  26,  1865;  and  at  the  Annual 
Meeting,  October  21,  1865.     Svo.    Boston. 

Proceedings  of  the  Essex  Institute.  Vol.  iv,  Nos.  5-7.  Svo.  Salem, 
1865-6. 

An  Historical  Notice  of  the  Essex  Institute,  with  the  Act  of  Incorporation, 
etc.     Svo.    Pamph.     Salem,  1866. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  Annual  Reports  of  the  Trustees.  1861- 
64.  Svo.  Bulletin.  Nos.  1  and  4.  Svo.  1863  and  1865.  Dlustrated  Cata- 
logue.    Nos.  i-ii.     Svo.     Cambridge,  1865. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Vol.  vi, 
Sign.  36-end.     Svo.     Boston,  1865-6. 

First  Annual  Catalogue  of  the  Officers  and  Students,  and  Programme  of  the 
Course  of  Instruction  of  the  School  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy.   Svo.    Boston,  1865-6. 

Transactions  of  the  Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society,  for  the  year  1864. 
ovo.     Boston,  1865. 

Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vols,  lxxii,  Nos.  14-26.  LXXiii. 
LXXiv,  Nos.  1-13.     Svo.    Boston,  1S65-6.    By  Exchange. 


400 


Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.  Nos.  88-94  and  96-97.  8vo. 
London,  1865-6. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  No.  82.  8vo.  London,  May, 
1865. 

The  Record  of  Zoological  Literature,  1864.  Vol  I.  Edited  by  Albert  C.  L. 
G.  Gunther.     8vo.    London,  1865. 

The  Geology  and  Extinct  Volcanoes  of  Central  France.  By  G.  Poulett 
Scrope.     8vo.    London,  1858. 

The  Natural  History  Review.  Nos.  i-viit,  xii  and  Vols.  v-vi.  Svo.  Lon- 
don, 1854-6  and  1858-9. 

Calcutta  Journal  of  Natural  History.  Nos.  2,  5-7,  9-12,  and  15.  Svo.  Cal- 
cutta, 1840-43. 

Report  from  the  Select  Committee  on  the  South  Kensington  Museum.  4to. 
London,  1860. 

Report  from  the  Select  Committee  on  Scientific  Institutions,  Dublin.  4to. 
London,  1864. 

Papers  relative  to  the  Exploration  of  the  Country  between  Lake  Superior 
and  the  Red  River  Settlement.    4to.    London,  1859. 

Reports  of  Progi-ess  on  the  Assiniboine  and  Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedi- 
tion.   By  Henry  Youle  Hind.    4to.     London,  1860. 

Captain  Palliser's  Exploration  of  that  portion  of  British  North  America  be- 
tween the  British  Boundary  Line  and  the  Watershed  of  the  Northern  Ocean, 
and  the  West  Shore  of  Lake  Superior  aud  the  Pacific  Ocean.  2  vols.  4to. 
London,  1857-60. 

Recherches  sur  le  Climat  et  la  Vegetation  du  Pays  Tertiare,  par  Oswald 
Heer.     Traduction  de  Charles-Th.  Gaudin.    4to.    Winterthur,  1861. 

Bibliogi'aphia  Zoologiae  et  Geologia;.  By  Prof.  Louis  Agassiz.  Vols,  iii-iv. 
Svo.     London,  1852-4. 

The  Natural  History  Review,  a  Quarterly  Journal  of  Biological  Science, 
1861.     1862;  Nos.  V,vii-vin.     1863;  Nos.  ix-xi.     1:64-5.     Svo.     London. 

M^moire  des  Professeurs-Administrateurs  du  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle. 
Svo.     Paris,  1863. 

The  Anthropological  Review,  Vol.  i.    Svo.    London,  1863.    By  Purchase. 

What  I  saw  on  the  West  Coast  of  South  and  North  America,  and  at  the 
Hawaiian  Islands.     By  H.  Willis  Baxley,  M.  D.     Svo.    New  York,  1865. 

Sesame  and  Lilies.     By  John  Ruskin,  M.  A.     Svo.    New  York,  1865. 

Letters  to  a  Lady.    By  Wilhelm  von  Humboldt.     16mo.    Philadelphia,  1864. 

Views  of  Nature.     By  Alexander  von  Humboldt.     Svo.    London,  1850. 

Personal  Narrative  of  Travels  to  the  Equinoctial  Regions  of  America.  By 
A.  von  Humboldt  and  Aimd  Bonpland,  3  vols.     Svo.     London,  1852-3. 

History  of  the  Romans  under  the  Empire.  By  Charles  Merivale.  7  vols. 
Svo.    New  York,  1863-5. 

Pioneers  of  France  in  the  New  World.  By  Francis  Parkman.  Svo.  Boston, 
1S65. 

The  Works  of  Epictetus.     Translated  by  T.  W.  Higginson.  Svo.  Boston,  1865. 

Life  and  Character  of  J.  H.  van  der  Palm,  D.  D.  By  Nicholas  Beets,  D.  D. 
Svo.    New  York,  1865. 

Dante  as  Philosopher,  Patriot  and  Poet.  By  Vincenzo  Botta.  Svo.  New- 
York,  1865. 

History  of  Julius  Caesar.    Vol.  i.     Svo.    New  York,  1865. 

A  Manual  of  Zoologj'  for  Schools,  Colleges,  and  the  General  Reader.  By 
Sanborn  Tenney,  A.  M.    Svo.    New  York,  1865. 


401 

Sketches  of  celebrated  Canadians.     By  H.  J.  :Morgan.     8vo.    iMontrcal,  1865. 

History  of  Canada.  By  F.  X.  Garneau.  Translated  bv  Andrew  Bell.  2 
vols.     8vo.    Montreal,  1866. 

History  of  West  Point.     By  Capt.  E.  C.  Boynton.     8vo.     Now  York,  1863. 

Travels  in  Central  Asia.     By  Arminius  Vdmbery.     8vo.     New  York,  1865. 

Philosophy  as  Absolute  Science.  Bv  E.  L.  and  A.  L.  Frothingham.  Vol  i. 
8vo.     Boston,  1864. 

The  Works  of  Laurence  Sterne.     8vo.    Philadelphia,  1850. 

Memoirs  of  the  Life  of  William  Shakspeare.  By  li.  G.  White.  8vo.  Bos- 
ton, 1865. 

Life  of  Marcus  TuUius  Cicero.  By  William  Forsyth,  M.  A.  2  vols.  8vo. 
New  York,  1865. 

Life  of  Michael  Angelo.  By  Hermann  Grimm.  Translated  by  F.  E.  Bun- 
n^tt.    2  vols.     8vo.    Boston,  1865.    Deposited  by  the  Republican  Institution. 


LIST  or  WOODCUTS  IX  TUIS  VOLUME. 

Human  Skull  from  California,  pp.  70,  71. 

Geolojjical  Section  of  South  ilountain,  Mass,,  p,  86. 

Kitzschia  MitcliGlIiaua,  Creenl.,  p.  107. 

!Nephila  plumipes  Koch,  \i.  270. 

Bombus  fervidus  in  different  stages  of  development,  p.  294. 


ERRATA. 


Page  16,  line  S3,  for  Caesium,  read  C';csia. 

Page  16,  line  34,/o/-  Rubidium,  read  Itubidia. 

Page  33,  line  1,/or  Dr.  read  31r.  C.  A. 

Page  49,  line  11,  for  fossils, — witli,  read  fossils.    With. 

Page  49,  line  19,/or  mountains.    The,  read  mountains,  the. 

Page  50,  line  7,  for  cenerea,  read  cinerea. 

Page  50,  line  8,  for  Portulucca,  read  Portulacca. 

Page  92,  line  16,  for  tropical,  read  typical. 

Page  200,  note,  line  2,  for  Zermeyer,  read  Termeyer. 

Page  200,  note,  line  3,  for  de  Rogni,  read  de  'Ragni. 

Page  217,  line  12,  for  edge,  read  edged. 

Page  220.  line  37,  transpose  "  in  "  to  the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 

Page  221,  line  17,  transpose  "  Harris  "  and  "  Say." 

Page  267,  the  date  of  the  signature  should  be  April.  1866. 

Page  271,  last  line, /or  breath,  i-ead  breatlie. 

Page  282,  note  *,for  ii.  iii,  read  iv.  p.  336,  note. 

Page  295,  line  15,  for  rings,  read  wings. 

Page  313,  line  4,/or  Hanalai,  read  llanalei. 

Page  369,  line  4,/or  Berlin,  read  Leipzig. 


PROCEKT)ixos  B.  s.  N.  H.-VOL.  X.  26  N  .vinir.i..:.  lSr>. 


INDEX    TO    VOL.    X. 


Acadian  fauna,  342. 
Achirus  liueatus,  181. 
Actinia  passiformis,  338. 
Actinucrinus  eroclus,  33. 

lougirostris,  33. 

pentagonus,  33. 

umbrosus,  3. . 

Verneuili,  33. 

^E  chna  constricta,  212. 
eremlta,  213. 


pvopinqua,  214. 

virens,  190. 

Agaricocrinus  pentagonus,  34. 

AaASSiz,  A.  On  the  habits  of  Spinalis 
Flemingii,  14;  on  the  habits  of  tiic 
lower  marine  Animals,  32;  on  the  de- 
velopment of  Comatula,  40;  on  the 
development  of  the  Porcellanida;,  222; 
on  the  development  of  Limulus,  240. 

Agrion  (Ischnura)  ccBcum,  189. 

Maria,  188. 

Alauda  alpestris,  267. 

Albertite.  mineral  resembling,  from  Col- 
orado, 305. 

Alca  torda,  269. 

Alcedo  alcyon,  255. 

Alcohol,  substitute  for,  257. 

Alcyonium  carneum,  343. 

rubiforme,  355. 

Alger,  Francis.  Notice  of  the  death 
of,  2 ;  writings  of,  5. 

Alopias  vulpes,  75. 

Alosa  menhaden,  67. 

Alsinidendron  tinerve,  312. 

Amendments  to  the  By-Laws,  185. 

Ammodytes  dubius,  273. 

Amphiura  squamata,  344. 

Anaperus  cigaro,  357. 

unisemita,  357. 

Anas  acuta,  268. 

Brownii,  268. 

glacialis,  268. 

histrionica.  268. 

islandica,  268. 

nigra,  268. 

perspicillata,  268. 

Anastase,  83,  93. 

^ndesine,  320. 

Androscoggin  River,  Fisheries  of,  65. 

Anser  canadensis,  268. 

hyperboreus,  268. 

leucopsis,  268. 

toniruitus,  268. 

Antedon  (Alccto)  dentata,  339. 

Eschrichtii,  343. 

Anthus  ludovicianus.  267. 


Apple,  arrest  of  growth  in,  42;  aborlivo 
llowers  of,  63. 

Aquila  albicilla,  2u7. 

Arachnactis  brachiolata,  343. 

Aramus  giganteus,  257. 

Arctic  Case  tor  plants,  9. 

Ardea  cicrulea.  257. 

egretta,  257. 

oxilis,  257. 

Arkansas  Fly-catcher  from  Maine,  96. 

Arterial  system,  human,  235. 

Arvicola  iuul-onicus,  266. 

Asterias  arenicola.  339. 

C()nii)ta.  340.        ' 

Forhc.-ii.  345. 

irr.LMilandica,  357. 

littdralis.  ;349. 

])olaris,  356. 

Sfiinj.'soni.  349. 

teuera,  349. 

vulgaris,  347. 

Asteracanthioii  berylinus,  3-15. 

Astraiigia  a-truiiformis,  324. 

(■onchiu'i,  331. 

cantata.  332. 

Danaj.  324,  a35. 

ili'iitata,  332. 

Edwardsii,  324. 

granulata,  324. 

Ha'mei,  330. 

3Iiclielini,  324. 

neglecta,  324. 

pa/clie'/a,  ;331. 

solitaria.  324. 

Astropecteu  vestita,  :339. 

Astrophyton  Aga-.-izii,  344. 

'- euciH'inis,  357. 

Atwooi),  X.  E.  On  the  habits  a'nd  geo- 
graphical distribution  of  tiie  J.,(:l)-tt'r, 
11;  on  the  habits  of  the  Miickcrel  ai!<l 
Menhadt-n.  65:  on  "Bull-dog"  C,!. 
68;  on  an  lUKh'scribcd  s])ccif- of  (  ar- 
charias  and  on  liabits  of  D.igiish,  HI ; 
on  the  habit<  of  the  Cod,  103:  on  tl..' 
habits  of  the  Halibut,  182;  on  tin- 
liabits  and  distribution  of  the  Had- 
dock, .322. 

Auditing  Committee,  appointment  of, 
35,  364. 

Bacterium,  power  of  in  resisting  heat, 

98 
Bala-na  mysticetus.  2Go,  271. 

physalus,  "i-JG. 

Bal;i'noi)te'ra.  271. 
I'.e.iver,  haLi..  c  f,  40,  41. 


404 


Bee,  cell  of,  234.. 

Belemuocrinus,  180. 

Beluga  leucas,  272. 

Bermuda,  coral  reefs  of,  325. 

Birds,  of  Porto  Rico,  248;  distribution 
of  North  American,  259 ;  donation  of 
the  Lafresnaye  collection  of,  385. 

Bitumen,  new  kind  of,  306. 

Blake,  Prof.  W.  P.  Account  of  an 
Earthquake  at  Sau  Francisco,  Cal., 
236. 

Borax  in  California,  262. 

Boston  Public  Library,  privileges 
granted  by,  235. 

Botany,  report  of  the  curator  of,  121, 
377. 

Boulders,  transportation  of  by  arctic 
currents,  245. 

BouvE,  T.  T.  On  the  financial  condi- 
tion of  the  Society,  12;  eulogy  on 
Prof  Hitchcock,  35. 

Box  Turtle,  varieties  of,  65. 

Brewer,  Prof.  On  the  existence  of 
plants  in  warm  springs,  181. 

Brigham,  W.  T.  On  the  adaptation  of 
Wardian  cases  to  scientihc  observa- 
tion, 6;  on  animal  and  vegetable  life 
in  the  hot  springs  of  California,  58. 

Brosmius  flavescens,  274. 

Bryant,  Dr.  H.  Donation  of  birds, 
17;  remarks  on  the  type  of  Buteo  in- 
signatus  Cassin,  90;  remarks  on  Sphy- 
ropiciis  varius,  91 ;  a  list  of  birds  from 
Porto  Ivico  i)resented  to  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  by  Messrs.  R.  Swift 
and  George  Latimer,  248;  on  the  oc- 
currence of  human  skeletons  in  a  cave 
in  Moneague  Island,  364;  donation  of 
the  Lafresnaye  collection  of  birds,  385. 

Bufo  americanus,  272. 

Building  committee,  report  of,  160. 

Building  fund,  subscribers  to,  142. 

"Bull-dog"  Cod,  68. 

Bunodes  stella,  342. 

Buteo  insignatus,  type  of,  90. 

By-Laws,  change  in,  16,  185. 

Cabot,  J.  E.  Notice  of  an  attack  by  a 
thrasher  on  a  whale,  308. 

Caesia,  acid  tartrates  of,  16. 

Calcite  from  Martinsburg,  97. 

California,  arctic  current  on  coast  of, 
63;  Jackson's  journej^  through,  224; 
miocene  formation  of,  262;  bitumin- 
ous oil  in,  262. 

Calluna  vulgaris,  63. 

Canis  argentatus,  265. 

crucigera,  265. 

fulvus,  269. 

lagopus,  265,  269. 

lui)us,  265. 

vulpes,  265. 

Carbo  cormoranus,  268. 

Carcharias  tigris,  81. 

Carchesium  pol;^pinum,  231. 

Castor  canadensis,  270. 

zibethicus,  266. 

Cat,  supernumerary  toes  in,  246. 

Catodon,  266. 

Caudina  areuata,  354. 


Cells  of  bees,  278. 

Central  America,  polyps  and  corals  of, 

323. 
Cephalopoda,  shells  of,  24 ;  progression- 

al  and  degradationaL  forms  ot,  302. 
Certhia  anicricaua,  80. 
Certhiohi  Huvcola,  252. 
Cervus  tanuidius  265. 
Chamcerlai;^,    S.    N.     On    spawning 

season  of  the  eel,  68. 
Champlain,  Lake,  lish  fauna  of,  64. 
Charadrius  auratus,  267. 

semipalniatus,  267. 

squatarola,  267. 

Chester,  Mass.,  Discovery  of  emery  in, 

84;   minerals  associated  with  the  em- 
ery of,  320. 
Chiastolite,  dissection  of,  25. 
Chirodota  lasvG,  354. 

oolitica,  354. 

Chlorite,  322. 

Chloritoid  of  Chester,  321. 

Chrysotes,  256. 

C'istudo  virginica,  varieties  of,  65. 

Clark,  Prof.  H.  J.    On  the  Vorticel- 

lidan  parasite  of  Hydra,  223 ;  on  tlie 

vestibular  bristle  of  V^orticellidas,  231. 
Climate,  pleistocene,  of  Europe,  241. 
Clinochlore  of  Chester,  321. 
Clupea,  275. 

sprattus,  269. 

Coccyzus  minor,  255. 

Cockroach,  mode  of  driving  away,  79. 

Cod,  malformations    of,  68;  habits  of, 

103 ;   in  Labyador,  273. 
Colaptes  auratus,  92. 
Columba  raontana,  257. 

passeriua,  257. 

zenaida,  257. 

Colymbus  glacialis,  218. 

septentrionalis,  268. 

Comatula,  development  of,  40. 
Committee,  auditing,    appointment  of, 

35,  364. 
Committee,  building,  report  of  160. 

nominating,  35,  334,  385. 

publishing,    announcement 

of,  198. 
Committee  on  subscription  to  working 

fund,  15. 
Communications,  list  of,  read  in  1864-5, 

115;  in  1865-6,365. 

Communications,  Verbal,  by 
Agassiz,  A.,  14,  40,  222,  240. 
Atwood,  Capt.  N.  E.,  11,  65,  68,  81, 103, 

182,  322. 
Bouv6,  T.  T.,  12,  15,  16,  102. 
Bryant,  Dr.  H.,  96,  364. 
Chamberlain,  S.  N.,  68. 
Cook,  J.  P.,  16. 
Eddy,  Rev.  E.  B.,  93. 
Gould,  Dr.  A.  A.,  211. 
Hall,  A.  F.,  107. 
Hyatt,  A.,  19,  24,  302. 
Jackson,  Dr.  C.  T.,  17,  72,  97,  102,  240, 

245,  262,  303,  308. 
Jackson,  Dr.  J.  B.  S.,  246. 
Jeffries,  Dr.  B.  J.,  19,  97. 
Lincoln,  Hon.  F.  W.,  44. 


405 


Lvmau,  T.,  241. 

Maun,  H.,  229,  230,  364. 

Marsh,  O.  C,  277. 

Kiles,  W.  H..  19,  49. 

Peuio,  Dr.,  240. 

Pickeriug,  Dr.  C,  64. 

Putnam,  F.  W.,  1,  25,  64,  65,  68,  181, 

211,  240.  246,  278. 
Rogers,  Prof.  W.  B.,  43. 
Sceva.  G.,  74. 
Scudder,  S.  H.,  13. 
Shalor,  N.  S.,  278,  386. 
Sheafe,  C.  C,  24.  79. 
.Shuriieff,  C.  A.,  aS. 
Sprague,  C.  J.,  42,  63. 
Storer,  Dr.  H.  11.,  246,  278. 
Terrill,  Prof.  A.  E.,  19,  334,  386. 
White,  Dr.  J.  C,  15,  63,  69,  82,  83,  99, 

100.  230.  308. 
Wilder,  Dr.  B.  G..  222,  240.  246. 
AVinsIow,  Dr.  C.  F.,  68,  100. 
Waterston,  Eev.  K.  C,  44,  100. 
Wyman,  Prof.  J.,  33,  42,  51,  68,  72,  97, 

98,  100,  186,  235,  246,  278. 

COMMU>"ICATIOXS,   A\T1ITTEN,   BY 

Blake.  Prof.  W.  P.,  236. 

Bouv6,  T.  T..  35. 

Brewer,  Dr.,  181. 

Brigham,  AY.  T.,  6,  58. 

Bryant,  Dr.  H.,  90,  91,  248. 

Cabot,  J.  E.,  308. 

Clark,  Prof.  H.  J.,  223,  231. 

Denton,  Prof.  W.  305. 

Gilpin,  Dr.  J.  P.,  181. 

Gould,  Dr.  A.  A.,  77, 185. 

Greenleaf,  E.  C,  107. 

Hall.  Prof  J..  33. 

Hamlin,  Prof.  C.  E.,  79. 

Haves,  Dr.  A.  A.,  306. 

Uorsford,  B..  25. 

Jackson,  Dr..  C.  T..  2,  72,  84,  224,  320. 

Jeffries,  Dr.  B.  J.,  94. 

Mann,  H.,  21,  232.  ;i09,  312. 

Marcv,  Prof.  O.,  90. 

Packard,  Dr.  A.  S.,  264,  279. 

Rogers,  H.  D.,  241. 

Scudder,  S.  H.,  47,  95,  211. 

Shaler,  N.  S.,  237,  298,  358. 

Stodder,  C.  13, 101,  187. 

Swasev,  C.  L.,  75. 

Verrili,  Prof.  A.  E.,  22,  257,  259,  323, 

333 
Wilder,  Dr.  B.  G.,  200. 
Winchell,  Prof.  A.,  90. 
Winslow.  Dr.  C.  F.,  75,  93, 185. 
White,  Dr.  C.  A.,  180. 
White,  Dr.  J.  C,  263. 
Wyman,  Prof.  J.,  41,  104,  234. 

Comparative  Anatomy,    report    of  the 

curator  of,  126,  371. 
Conchology,  report  of  the  curator  of, 

130,  375. 
Continental  masses,  mode  of  elevation 

of,  237. 
Coral  reefs,  growth  of,  325. 
Corals  of  Panama,  323. 
Cordulcgaiittr  lateralis,  211. 
Cordidia  elongata,  218. 


Cordidki  eremita,  215. 

forc/jiaf't,  21i;. 

S/tcr/frilii.  iil7. 

Watshi'i,  217. 

Coregonus,  24U. 
(orvus  canadensis,  267. 

littoralis,  267. 

Coscinodiscus  profundus.  13. 
Cribrelia  sauguinolenta,  345. 
Crinoidea.    internal    convoluted    plate 

witliin  rlic  body  of,  33. 
Crossastci-  i)aiiposus.  345.  356. 
Crotuphaga  aui,  256. 
Crustacea,  report  of  curator  of,  135,  374. 
Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  345,  356. 
Ctenolabrus  cocruleus,  68. 
Cuba,  geology  of,  47. 
Cucumaria  fusiformis,  354. 
CuMiXG,  HrcHi,  notice  of  death  of,  211. 
Cuuner.  malformation  of,  68. 
Custodian,  report  of,  109,  384. 
Cuvieria,  353. 
Cvclopterus  lumpus,  273. 
Cygnus,  268. 
Cystophora  cristata,  271. 

Deer,  fossil,  from  Peru,  106. 

Delpliinus  leucus.  266. 

phocajna,  266. 

serra,  266. 

Dkntox,  Prof.  W.  On  a  mineral  re- 
sembling albertite  from  Colorado,  305. 

Denudation  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
232 

Diaspore,  240,  320. 

DiLLAWAY,  C.  K.,  eulogy  on  Dr.  J. 
Ware,  88. 

Diplax  abjecta,  197. 

justiniana.  197. 

ochracea.  196. 

rubicundula,  219. 

D:)nation  of  instruments  from  the  U.  S. 
Sanitary  Conmiission,  386. 

Dril'r  period.  325. 

Drilt  scratches.  245. 

Dythemis  frontalis,  193. 

— ^ pleurosticta,  194. 

Ear,  imperforate,  222. 

Earthquake  at  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  236. 

Earth's  surface,  cause  of  irregularities 

of,  93. 
Earthworm,  habits  of,  51. 
Echinaracliiiius  ])arnia,  351. 
Echinocidaris  Davisii.  340. 
Echinodonns  of  New  England,  333. 
Eclii)U)f/orr/iri  nrliHscufa,  329. 
Ectobia  gcrinanica.  79. 
Edwardsia  sipunculoides,  343. 

sulcata.  343. 

Eel's  spawn,  season  of,  68. 
Eggs,  moulds  in  the  interior  of.  41,  97. 
Election  of  ollicers,  39,  40,  147,  159,  385. 
Emberiza  calcarata,  267. 

lapponica,  267. 

. nivalis,  267. 

Emerv,  in  Chester.  Mass.,   84;  minerals 

ass(')ciated  with,  320. 
Entomology,  report  of  the  curator  of, 

135,  373. 


406 


Epistylis  galea,  231. 

grantlis,  231. 

Erethizou  dorsatiim,  270. 
Erie,  Lake,  lish  fiiuiia  of,  240. 
Erignathus  barbatiis,  271. 
Ethnology,  report  ol"  the  curator  of,  128, 

3/1. 
Europe,  pleistocene  glacial  climate  of, 

241. 
Euryechinus  drobachiensis.  352. 

gramilatus,  340,  852. 

Eve,    accommodation     in   the,    20,    94, 

97. 

Falco  aesalom,  267. 

' dominicensis,  249. 

islandicus,  267. 

lagopus,  267. 

peregrinus,  267. 

Fauna,  acadian,  342 ;  Virginian,  335 ;  syr- 

tensian,  355. 
Faunte  on  the  coast  of  New  England, 

334. 
Fiber  zibethicus,  270. 
Fish  fauna  of  great  lakes,  64,  240;  of 
_  Richardson  lake,  Me.,  64. 
±1  lycatcher,  Arkansas,  98. 
Flying  lish,  flight  of,  21. 
F'oraminilera  from  deep  sea  soundings, 

13. 
Fringilla  canadensis,  267. 

hyemalis,  237. 

lapponica,  267. 

leucophri/s,  267. 

linaria,  267. 

passerina,  254. 

Frogs,  development  of,  79. 

Fund,  building,  donors  to,  142;  Walker, 

donors  to,  143. 
Fundy,  fauna  of  bay  of,  334. 
Furnace  for  the  extraction  of  gold  ore, 

24. 

Gadus  arenosus,  273. 

callarias,  269. 

morrhua,  269. 

Gallinula  galeata,  257. 

■ martinica,  257. 

(jannet,  plumage  of,  102. 

Geographical  distribution  of  North 
American  Birds,  259. 

Geography,  physical,  of  the  Isle  of 
Tines,  47. 

Geology  and  Palaeontology,  report  of 
the  curator  of,  123,  370. 

Geology  of  Cuba,  47. 

Georyuchus  lemus,  266. 

Gilpin,  Dr.  J.  B.  On  a  species  of  Sal- 
mo,  181. 

Glacial  origin  of  the  lake  basins  of  New 
Entjland,  358. 

Glacial  period,  325. 

Globiceplialus  melas,  272. 

Globigerina,  13. 

Gold  mines  in  California,  263. 

Gold  ore,  furnace  for  the  extraction  of, 
24. 

Goniaster  phrygianus,  356. 

Gorgia  tenuis,  339. 


Gorgon ia  Agassizii,  327. 

aurantiaca,  327. 

media,  327. 

ramulus,  326. 

rigida,  327. 

stenobrachis,  327. 

Gould,  Dr.  A.  A.  On  terminology  of 
parts  of  shells,  77  ;  nudibrancliiate 
moUusks  of  New  England,  185. 

Greenleaf,  li.  C.  On  a  new  species 
of  Nitzschia,  107. 

Gulf  stream,  course  of,  in  Tertiary  Pe- 
riod, 325. 

Gulo  luscus,  266. 

Gymnocanthus  patris,  273. 

Haddock,  habits  and  distribution  of,  322. 

Halibut,  habits  of,  182. 

Hall,  A.  F.  On  Lycopodium  lepido- 
phyllum,  107. 

Hall,  Prof.  J.  On  the  occurrence  of 
an  internal  convoluted  plate  Avithin 
the  body  of  certain  species  of  Criuoi- 
dea,  33. 

Halocampa  albida,  338. 

Hamlin,  Prof.  C.  E.  Remarks  on 
some  facts  connected  with  the  devel- 
opment of  frogs,  79;  on  a  habit  of 
Certhia  americana  supposed  to  have 
been  hitherto  unnoticed  bv  authors, 
80. 

Hawaiian  crania,  Mann  on,  229. 

Hawaiian  islands,  denudation  in,  232. 

Hayes,  Dr.  A.  A.  Description  and 
analysis  of  a  new  kind  of  bitumen, 
306. 

Heath,  occurrence  of,  in  Nova  Scotia, 
63. 

Hemeristia,  98. 

Hemeristina,  98. 

Hen,  assumption  of  male  plumage  by, 
33. 

Herpetology,  report  of  curator  of,  131, 
372. 

Herring  in  Labrador,  275. 

Hirundo  dominicensis,  252. 

fulva,  252. 

riparia,  267. 

Hitchcock.  Prof.  E.,  death  of,  an- 
nounced, 33;  eulogy  on,  35. 

HoKSFORD,  B  Dissection  of  chiasto- 
lite,  25. 

Horse,  fossil,  from  Peru,  105. 

Hottentot,  elevation  of  orbit  of,  15;  Wy- 
man  on,  15;  Pickeiing  on,  15. 

Human  skull  from  San  Francisco,  263. 

Hyatt,  A.  On  Beatricea,  19;  on  the 
shells  of  Cephalopoda,  24;  ou  the  pro- 
gressive and  degradational  forms  of 
Cephalopods,  302. 

Hydra,  parasite  of,  223. 

Hystrix  dorsata,  266. 

Ichthyology,  report  of  curator  of,  132, 

372. 
Icterus  dominicensis,  254. 

xanthomus,  254. 

Ilyanthus  la;vis,  342. 

ncglectus,  338. 

Insects,  venation  of  the  wings  of,  58; 


407 


fossU,  from  the  carboniferous  forma- 
tion, 93;  development  and  morpiiol- 
ogy  of,  279. 

Irou'Ore  from  Staten  Island,  N.  Y.,  72. 

Isle  of  Pines,  physical  geography  of,  47; 
Odonata  of,  18t. 

Isthmus  of  Panama,  tertiary  faunae  of, 
325. 

Jackson,  Dr.  C.  T.  Notice  of  the 
death  of  Francis  Alger,  2;  on  iron 
ores  from  Staten  Island,  N.  Y.,  72;  on 
prepared  peat  ii-om  Lexington,  Mass., 
72;  discovery  of  emery  in  Chester, 
Mass,  84;  on  calcite  in  New  York,  97; 
account  of  a  scieutilic  journey  through 
California  and  Nevada,  2^4;  on  dias- 
phore,  240 ;  on  causes  of  drift  scratches, 
245;  on  asphaltum  and  bituminous  oil 
in  Santa  Barbara,  Cal.,  262;  on  native 
borax  of  California,  262;  on  "wood 
tin,"  263;  on  the  polished  rocks  of 
Smoky  Valley,  Nevada,  303 ;  chemical 
analyses  of  minerals  from  Chester, 
Mass.,  320. 

Jacksox,  Dr.  J.  B.  S.  On  abnormal 
growth,  246. 

Jeffries,  Dr.  B.  J.  Accommodation 
of  the  eye,  20,  94,  97. 

Kilauea  volcano,  229. 

Labrador,  vertebrates  of,  264. 
Lafresnaye  collection  of  birds,  donation 

of,  385. 
Lake  basins  of  New  England,  358. 
Lama,  fossil,  from  Peru,  106. 
Larus  argentatus,  268. 

•  eburneus,  268. 

fuscus,  268. 

glaucus,  268. 

marinus,  268. 

tridactylus,  268. 

LarviE  of  a  fly  used  as  food,  230. 
Lectures,  course  of  public,  100. 

Letters  from, 
Academia  Real  de  Ciencias,  Madrid, 

161,  187. 
Academic  Imp6riale  des  Sciences,  Ly 

ons,  18,  59,  161. 
Academic  Royale  des  Sciences,  Am 

sterdam,  161. 
Accademia    delle    Scienze,    Bologna, 

161. 
Accademia,  R.  di  Scienze,  etc.,  Mode 

na,  304. 
Akademie,  k.  b.  der  Wissenschaften 

Munchen,  34,  183. 
Akademie,     k.    der    Wissenschaften 

Wien,  18,  161,  184,  304. 
Akademie,    k.  Leopoldinisch-Carolin 

ische  deutsche,  Dresden,  39. 
Akademie,  k.  p.  der  Wissenschaften 

Berlin,  40,  161,  184. 
Akademien,  K.   Svenska  Vetenskaps, 

Stockholm,  34.  184. 
Anstalt,  k.  k.   Central-,  Wien,  184. 
Association,  Young  Men's  Christian 

59,  162. 


Athenaeum,  London,  161. 

Bibliotlioca  Universitatis  Lugduno- 
Batav;t,  162. 

Bibliothek,  k.  Hof-  und  Staats,  Mun- 
chen, 183. 

Bibliothek,  k.  Universitats,  Gcittin- 
gen,  39. 

Bibliothc^que  Imp^riale  Publique,  St. 
IV'tersbourg,  40. 

Bradlee,  F.  11.,  304. 

Bradlee,  J.  B.,  304. 

Brown,  Dr.  F.  11.,  211. 

Brown,  John,  18. 

Cercle  Artistique,  Litt^raire  et  Scien- 
tilique,  Anvers,  304. 

Chadbourne,  Prof  P.  A.,  184. 

Club,  Berwickshire  Naturalists',  Aln- 
wick, 34. 

College,  Bowdoin,  Brunswick,  Me., 
183. 

Culver,  B.  F.,  34. 

ficole  Imp^riale  des  Mines,  Paris,  304. 

Ferdinandeum,  Innsbruck,  40,  184. 

tienootschap,  Bataafsch,  der  Proefon- 
dervindelijke  wijsbegeerte  te  Rot- 
terdam, 34,  161. 

Genootscliap,  Provinciaal  Utrechtsch, 
van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen,  34. 

Gesellschaft,  k.  der  Wissenschaften, 
Cottingen,  39,  183. 

Gessellschaft,  deutsche  geologische, 
Berlin,  18,  188. 

Gesellschaft  fiir  Beforderung  der  ge- 
sammten  Wissenschaften,  Marburg, 
18. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Al ten- 
burg,  184,  304. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Basel, 
161,  184. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Dan- 
zig, 18.  40,  183. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Emden, 
40,  161. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Frank- 
furt a.  M.,161. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Frei- 
burg, 184. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Gorlitz, 
184. 

Gesellschaft,  naturhistorische,  Hanno- 
ver, 161,  187. 

Gesellschaft,  naturhistorische,  Niirn- 
berg,  18,  39,  161. 

Gesellschaft,  oberhessische,  Giessen, 
18,  304. 

Gesellschaft,  physikalisch  -  medicin- 
ische,  Wiirzburg,  18. 

Gesellschaft,  k.  physikalisch-okonom- 
ische,  Konigsberg.  18,  39. 

Gesellschaft,  k.  siichische,  Leipzig,  18, 
34. 

Gesellschaft,  St.  Gallische  naturwis- 
senschaftliche,  161. 

Gesellschaft,  schweizerische.  fiir  dicge- 
sammten  Naturwissensohaften.  304. 

Gesellschaft,  senckenbirgische  natur- 
forschende, Fniukfurt  a.  M..  40.  161. 

Gesellschaft.  zoologisclie,  Frankfurt, 
a.  M.,  34,  184. 

Greene,  Mrs.  B.  D.,  108,  308. 


408 


Gulick,  J.  T.,  162. 

Harvard  CoUeiie,  corporation  of,  39. 

Hind,  Prof.  liT  Y.,  304. 

Hubbard,  S.,  184. 

Ibis,  London,  304. 

In.stitute.  Albany,  161,  187. 

Institution,  Smithsonian,  18,  181,  183. 

Istituto,  li.  Tecnico  di  ralernio,  187. 

Janin,  Louis,  Jr.,  304. 

Journal  of  Entomology,  London,  184. 

Library,  Boston  Public,  235. 

State,  of  :New  York,  18. 

Lvceura    of    Natural    History,    Kew 

"York,  39,  183,  304. 
Maskelyne,  Prof.  ^'.  S.,  304. 
Mjulins,  Ch.  des,  184. 
Museo  Civico,  Trieste, '304. 

publico  de  Buenos  Aires,  187. 

Museum    of     Comparative    Zoology, 

Cambridge,  Mass.,  304. 
Mus3um,   i'rancisco-Carolinum,  Linz, 

18,  184. 
Museum,  India,  London,  187. 
03ten  Sacken,  R.  von,  184. 
Pollichia,  Neustadt,  183. 
Eecherche   C^ologique   de   la  Suede, 

Stockholm,  184. 
Keichsanstalt,  k.  k.  geologische,  Wien, 

183,   304. 
Selskab,  K.  Danske  Videnskabernes, 

Kjobenhavn.  131. 
Society    Academique     d'Arch^ologie, 

Sciences  et  Arts  du  D^partement  de 

POise.  Beauvais,  304. 
Society  d' Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts 

de  la  Sarthe,  183. 
Sociele  de  Biologic,  Paris,  304. 

de  Ceographie,  Paris,  183. 

de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Nat- 

urelle  de  Geneve,  40,  184. 
Societe  des  Sciences  de  Finlande,  161. 

des    Sciences     Naturelles    de 

Luxembourg.  183. 

Societe  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  Neu- 

chatel,  39. 
Societe  des  Sciences  Physiques  et  Nat- 

urelles,  Zurich,  40. 
Society  Entomologique    de  Belgique, 

304. 
Society  Imp^riale  d'Agriculture,  Lyon, 

18,  161. 
Society  Imp6riale  de  Geographic,   St. 

P»:'tersbourg,  183,187. 
Societe  Imjie'riale  des  Naturalistes  de 

Moscou,  183. 
Society  Linn6enne  de  Bordeaux,  184. 
de  Lyon,  187. 


Society,  Geological,  London,  18. 

Linnean,  London,  161. 

Literary    and    Historical   of 

Quebec,  34,  184,  187. 
Society,   Literary  and  Philosophical, 

of  Manchester,  304. 
Society,  Natural  History,  of  Montreal, 

184,  185. 
Societv,  Natural  History  and  Philo- 
sophical, Belfast,  183. 
Society,  lioyal,  of  Edinburgh,  183.  304. 

Loudon,  59,  161,  183. 

Geographical,  London, 

34,  184. 
Societv,  Royal  Geological,  of  Ireland, 

183,  304. . 
Societv.  Royal  Horticultural,  London, 

18,  183. 
Survey,  Geological,  of  India,  59, 161, 

184. 
Tryon,  G.  W.,  59, 162. 
University  of  Toronto,  18. 
Verein  der  ^rzte  in  Steiermark,  18. 
der    Freunde    der    Naturges- 

chichte  in  Meklenburg,  18. 
Verein     I'lir     YaterlilndiibChe     Xatur- 

kunde,  Stuttgart,  40, 184. 
Verein,  Mannheimer,  fiir  Naturkunde, 

304. 
Verein,  Mittelrheinischer  geologische, 

Darmstadt,  187. 
Verein,  naturforschender,  Bern,  40. 

Riga,  184. 

naturhistorischer,     Augsburg, 

34,  39,  161,  183. 
Vereni,  naturhistorischer,  des  preuss- 

ischen    Rheinlande    und    Westpha- 

lens,  161,  187. 
Verein,     naturwissenschaftlicher,   des 

Harzes,  Blankenburg,  184. 
Verein,  naturwissenschaftlicher,  Ham- 
burg, 161. 
Verein,  naturwissenschaftlicher,  Lune- 

burg,  161. 
Verrill,  Prof.  A.  E.,  184. 
Whittemore,  T.  J.,  34. 

Lepidopsolus,  354. 
Lepidosteus  huronensis,  211. 
Lepus  americanus,  266. 

variabilis,  265. 

Lestris  crepidata,  268. 

parasitica,  288. 

Libellula  angustipennis,  192. 

auripennis,  191. 

vinosa.  192. 


Royale  de  Zoologie  k  Amster-    Lilrariau,  report  of,  37,  110,  368. 


dam,  18 

Society  Royale  des  Sciences  de  Lie'ge, 
40. 

Soci(3t6  Rovale  des  Sciences,  k  Upsal, 
34,  161,  304. 

Societe  Royale  des  Sciences  Physiques 
et  Naturelles  du  departeraent  d'llle- 
et-Vilaine,  304. 

Societe  Savantes,  Annuaire  des,  59. 

Society,  American  Philosophical,  Phil- 
adelphia, 183,  304. 

Society,  Entomological,  Loudon,  161. 


LiBKAKY,  Donations  to,  by, 
Agassiz.  A.,  166,  390. 
Academia  Real  de  Ciencias,  Madrid, 

176,  396. 
Academia  Lugduno-Batavie,  396. 
Academie     Iinp6riale    des    Sciences, 

Dijon,  30,  397. 
Academie    Imp6riale    des     Sciences, 

Bordeaux,  56,  176,  397. 
Academic     Imp^riale    des     Sciences, 

Lyon,  30,  397. 


409 


Academie  Imp(5riale  des  Scier.ccs, 
Paris,  176,  398. 

Academie  Imp6riale  des  Sciences, 
St.  Fetersbourg,  30,  174,  393. 

Academie  Kovale  des  Sciences,  Brux- 
elles,  176,  397, 

Academy,  American,  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  Boston,  173,  179,  399. 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Phila- 
delphia, 31,  57,  G2,  179,  399. 

Academy  of  2s  atural  Sciences,  Califor- 
nia, 31.  399. 

Academy  of  Sciences,  Chicago,  399. 

Koyal  Irish,  Dublin,  56,  177, 

398. 

Accademia,  Imperiale  Eegia,  di  Sci- 
euze,  Padova,  396. 

Accademia  delle  Scienze,  Bologna, 
176,  398. 

Akademie,  k.  der  Wissenschaften, 
Wien,  30,  175,  394. 

Akademie,  k.  b.  der  Wissenschaften, 
3Iiincheu,  29,  55,  174,  395. 

Akademie,  k.  p.  der  Wissenschaften, 
Berlin,  55,  175,  394. 

Akademie,  k.  Leopoldinisch-Carolin- 
ische  deutsche,  der  JSaturforscher, 
Dresden,  56,  174,  394. 

Akademie,  Iv.  van  Wetenschappen, 
Amsterdam,  174,  393. 

Akademiens,  K.  Svenska  Vetenskaps, 
Stockholm,  29,  55, 173,  394. 

Allen,  Dr.  H..168. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  His- 
tory, London,  398. 

Anstalt,  k.  k.  Central-,  fiir  Meteorol- 
ogie,  etc.,  Wien,  394. 

Appleton,  W.  S.,  163. 

Archiv  fiir  Xaturgeschichte.  Berlin, 
29,  55,  175.  394. 

Bache,  Prof  A.  D.,  52,  166. 

Bailey,  Prof  L.  W.,  27,  388. 

Baird,  Prof  S.  F.,  138,  389. 

Barnard,  J.  M.,  29,  168. 

Barraude,  J.,  389. 

Beaumont,  Prof  E.  de,  166. 

Binney,  W.  G.,27,  53. 

Bishop,  N.  H.,162. 

Bland,  T.,  23,  391. 

Board  of  Agriculture  of  New  Bruns- 
wick, 57. 

Borring,  L.  E.,  166. 

Boston,  City  of  53. 

Bouve,  T.  T.,  132. 

Brevoort.  J.  C,  389. 

Brown,  Dr.  F.  H.,  168. 

Bryant,  Dr.  H.,  27,  171,  390. 

Buchanan,  Dr.  F.,  389. 

Bureau  de  la  Recherche  g^ologique  de 
la  Suede.  173.  394. 

Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science 
and  Art,  Toronto,  31,  57,  62,  178.  398. 

Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist, 
Montreal,  39,  62,  178,  398. 

Cassin,  J.,  165.  ^  . 

Cercle  Artistique,  Litt^raire  et  Scien- 
tifique,  Anvers,  397. 

Channing,  Dr.  W.,  168. 

Clark,  S.,  162. 

Clinton,  G.  W.,  53. 


Club,  Berwickshire  Naturalists',  Aln- 
wick, 57,  3!tS. 

College,  .Massachusetts  Agricultural, 
Amlicrst.  399. 

College,  Yale,  New  Haven,  166. 

Cooke,  Prof  J.  P.,  53. 

Cresson,  E.  T.,  166,  390. 

Dall,  W.  11.,  54,  162,  389. 

Dana,  Prof  .J.  D.,  27,  53,  166,  390. 

Department  of  Agriculture,  \Vash- 
ington,  399. 

Department  of  State,  Washington,398. 

Drechsler,  Dr.  A.,  165. 

Dufour,  C,  391. 

Durocher,  J.  26. 

East  India  Company,  London,  178. 

Easton,  N.,  54. 

Economiste  Francais,  Paris,  397. 

Edwards,  W.  H.,  166. 

Ehrlich.  C,  26. 

Eustis,  W.  T.,  162. 

Farmer,  California,  57,  62, 179,  399. 

Ferdinandeum,  Innsbruck,  29,  395. 

Flint,  C.  L..  389. 

V.  Frauenfeld,  G.  K.,  391. 

Gastaldi,  B.,  26,  27. 

M.,  27. 

Genootschap,  Bataviaasch,  van  Kun- 
sten  en  AVftcuscliappeu,  29,  396. 

Genootschap,  I'.atuatsch,  der  Proefon- 
dervindelijke  Wijsbegeerte,  Hotter- 
dam,  174. 

Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Weten- 
schappen, Utrecht,  396. 

G^sellschaft,  k.  b.  botanische,  Ee- 
gensburg,  394. 

Gesellschaft,  k.,  der  Wissenschaften, 
Gottingen,  55,  175,  393. 

Gesellschaft,dcutsche  geologische,  Ber- 
lin, 29,  55,  61,  175,  894. 

Gesellschatt,  k.  k.  geographische, 
Wien,  394. 

Gesellschatt,  naturforschende,  Alten- 
burg,  174,  395. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Basel, 
175,  398. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Danzig, 
29,  55,  395. 

Gesellschatt,  naturforschende,  Emden, 
29,  175.  395. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Frei- 
burg i.  B.,  35,  174,  395. 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Gorlitz, 
55,  395.  ^  .  .  ^ 

Gesellschaft,  naturforschende,  Zurich, 
61. 

Gesellschaft.  naturhistorische,  Hanno- 
ver, 175,  395. 

Gesellschaft,  naturhistorische,  ^ urn- 
berg,  61. 

Gesellschaft,  naturwissenschaftliche, 
St.  G alien,  175,  395. 

Gesellschaft,  naturwissenschaftliche, 
Isis,  Dresden,  175. 

Gesellschaft,  oberhessische,  Uiesseu, 
29.  395. 

Gesellschaft,  phvsikalisch  -  mediziu- 
ische,  Wiirzburg,  3n,  55.  174,  395. 

Gesellschaft,  k.  patriotisch-okouom- 
ische,  Konigsberg,  175,  396. 


410 


Gcsellschaft,  k.  siichsische  der  Wis- 
senschaften,  Leipzig,  55, 175,  398. 

Gesellschaft,  senckeiibergische  natiir- 
forschende,  Frankfurt  a.  M.,  55,  175. 

Gesellschaft,  zoologische,  Frankfurt 
a.  31.,  55,  175,  395. 

Gesellschafc,  k.  k.  zoologische  botan- 
i.^^che,  Wien,  175,  394. 

Gidrographitsheskii  Departament  Mor- 
skago  Miuisterstva,  8t.  Fetersburg, 
394. 

Gill,  Prof.  T.,  53. 

Gilpin,  Dr.  J.  B.,  165. 

Gould,  Dr.  A.  A.,  389. 

Greene,  Mrs.  B.  D.,  27, 108,  166,  308, 
389 

Greene,  S.  A.,  166. 

Grote,  A.  R.,  389. 

Gu^rin-M6neville,  F.  E.,  170. 

V.  Gutzeit.  T.,  389. 

Haberlandt,  F.,  390. 

Hall,  Frof.  J.,  166. 

Hamlin,  Prof.  C.  E.,  389. 

Harvard  College,  Cambridge,  60. 

Haughton,  J.,  26. 

Haughton,  Rev.  S.,  27,  166. 

Hebert,  M.,  53. 

Hind,  Prof.  H.  Y.,  389. 

Hitchcock,  C.  H.,  390. 

Hoeder,  L.  L.,  162. 

Institute,  Albany,  179. 

Essex,  Salem,  57, 62, 179,  399. 

Massachusetts,  of  Technolo- 
gy, Boston,  399. 

Institute,  Nova  Scotian  of  Natural 
Science,  Halifax,  178,  398. 

Institution,  Royal,  of  Great  Britain, 
30.  177,  398. 

Institution,  Smithsonian,Washington, 
57,  62,  63,  166, 178,  398. 

Istituto,  Reale  d'Incoraggiamento 
d'Agricoltura  di  Palermo,  176. 

Istituto,  R.  Tecnico,  di  Palermo,  398. 

Jackson,  Dr.  C.  T.,  27. 

Dr.  J.,  53. 

Johnson,  C.  A.,  162. 

Journal,  American,  of  Science  and 
Art,  New  Haven,  31,  62,  178,  399. 

Journal,  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical, 
59,  62.  179,  399. 

Journal  de  Conchyliologie,  Paris,  56, 
176,  398. 

Journal,  Ethnological,  London,  398. 

of  Agriculture,  Halifax,  398. 

of  Entomolof^y,  London,  177. 

Quarterly,  of  Science,  Dub- 
lin, 177,  398. 

Kercado,  Le  Cte.  de.,  166. 

Kneeland,  Dr.  S.,  60,  166. 

Kunstler,  G.  A.,  388. 

Latour,  L.  A.  H.,  392. 

Landesmuseum,  Klagenfurt,  395. 

Lawson,  G.,  60. 

Lea,  Dr.  I.,  26,  53. 

Leidy,  Dr.  J.,  389. 

Lespinasse,  G.,  27. 

Lesquereux,  Prof.  Leo,  388. 

Library, Free  Public,  New  Bedford, 399., 

Library,  Mercantile,  New  York,  399. 

Philadelphia,  399. 


Librarv,  Public,  Boston,  389. 

Liharzik,  F.  P.,  60. 

Little,  C.  C,  28. 

Lyceum   of   Natural     History,    New 

York,  57,  62,  399. 
Lyman,  T.,  390. 
Lutken,  Dr.  Chr.,  166,  391. 
Mackall,  L.,  391. 
Malmgren,  A.  J.,  166. 
Martius,  Dr.  C.  F.  Ph.  von.,  27,  53. 
McDonnell,  Dr.  R.,  389. 
Monatschrift,  Wiener  eutomologische, 

55,  394. 
Moulins,  Ch.  des,  27,  168. 
Morse,  E.  S.,  391. 
Muller,  F.,  389. 
Murchison,  Sir  R.  L,  389. 
Museo  Civico    Massimiliano,  Trieste, 

396. 
Museo  publico  de  Buenos  Aires,  398. 
Museum    Francisco-Carolinam,   Linz, 

29, 175. 
Museum     of    Comparative     Zoology, 

Cambridge,  Mass.,  31,  57,  178,  399. 
Orsted,  A.'S.,388. 
Owen,  Prof.  R.,  26,  389. 
Packard,  Dr.  A.  S.,  Jr.,  55,  165,  166, 

OQQ 

Parker,  W.  L.,  162. 

Pollichia,  Neustadt,  175. 

Putnam,  F.  W..  166. 

Rafn,  Mrs.  C.  166. 

Randall,  Dr.  J.  W.,  61,  168. 

Reader,  London,  30,  56,  62,  177,  397. 

Record,  Triibner's  Amei-ican  Oriental 
and  Literary,  London,  177,  398. 

Reichsanstalt,  k.  k.  geologische, 
Wien,  55,  61,  175,  394. 

Reinhardt,  Prof.,  166. 

Repertorio  fisico-natural  de  la  Isia  de 
Cuba,  Habana.  398. 

Revue  de  Sericiculture  Compar^e, 
Paris,  176. 

Rice,  Mrs.  W.  E.,  51. 

Robinson,  C.  T.,  389. 

Rothrock,  J.T.,  165. 

Ruggles,  S.  B.,  60. 

Ruschenberger,  Dr.  W.  S.  W.,  63. 

Samuels,  E.  A.,  53. 

Saussure,  H.  de,  166. 

Schaufuss,  L.  W.,  26. 

Scudder,  S.  H.,  54,  60,  169,  392,  393. 

Sheafe,  C.  C,  166. 

Shurtleff,  C.  A.,  61. 

Shumard,  Dr.  B.  F.,  389. 

Sociedad,  Real,  Ecouomica,  Habana, 
178. 

SocietA,  Reale  di  Napoli,  56,  176. 

Soci6t6  d'Agriculture,  d'Histoire  Na- 
turelle  et  des  Arts  Utiles,  Lyon,  30. 

Soci6t6  d'Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts 
de  la  Sarthe,  Le  Mans,  56,  176,  397. 

Soci^te  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Col- 
mar,  397. 

Soci6t6  de  G^ographie,  Paris,  30,  56, 
176,  396. 

Soci6t6  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Na- 
turelle de  (ieneve,  56,  397. 

Soci»5t6  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  Lux- 
embourg, 176,  397. 


411 


Sacit5t6      des      Scionces     Jsaturelles, 

Iseuchatel,  56,  177. 
Soci6t6  des  Sciences  physiques  et  na- 

turelle?.  Renuc-;,  397. 
Soc;6te  Enforaologique   de  Belgique, 

3Jr. 
Soci6t6  Entomologique  de  France,  56, 

176,  396. 
Soci6te  Entomologique  de  Kussie,  St. 

Tetersbourg,  174. 
Society  Ci^ologique  de  France,  30,  53, 

170.  397. 
Societe  lmp6rialc  des  Sciences  Isatur- 

elles,  Clierbourg,  56,  177. 
Scciete    Imperiale    Ueographique    de 

Russie,  St.  Tetersbourg,  393. 
Socie:^6  Imperiale    Zoologique    d'Ac- 

ciimatation,  Paris,  397. 
Socieie  Linii^euiio,  Bordeaux,  176. 
Societe  Linneeune,  Lyon,  397. 
Societe  Royale  des    Sciences,  Li6ge, 

5'j. 
Soci6t6  Royale  des  Sciences,  Upsal,  55, 

174,  394. 
Sociere  Vaudoise   des  Sciences  Natur- 

elles,  Lausanne,  397. 
Societeten,   Finska  Vetenskaps,  Hel- 

singfors,  173. 
Society,  American  Antiquarian,  Wor- 
cester, 57,  62,  178,  399. 
Society,  American  Philosophical,  Phil- 
adelphia, 57,  62,  178,  399. 
Society,    Anthropological,     London, 

398. 
Society,  Entomological,   London,  30, 

56,  r77,397. 
Society,  Entomological,  Philadelphia, 

399. 
Society,  Geological,  Dublin,  30,  178. 

London,  397. 

and    Polytechnic 

of  the  West  Riding  of  Yorkshire, 

Leeds,  56,  178. 
Society,  Horticultural,  Boston,  399. 
London,  30,  53, 

62,  178,  397. 
Society,  Linnean,  London,  177,  397. 

Literary    and    Historical,   of 

Quebec,  30,  62,  178,  398. 

Society,   Literary  and   Philosophical, 

Liverpool,  30,  398. 
Society,  Natural  History,  Dublin,  30. 
■      of      Ne\y 

Brunswick,  Fredericton,57.  178,  398. 
Society,    Natural    History,  Portland, 

179. 
Society,  Philosophical  and  Literary, 

Leeds,  58,  178. 
Society  for  promotion  of  Useful  Arts, 

Albany,  179. 
Society,  Royal,  Dublin,  178,  398, 
— - —  Edinburgh,  398. 

London,'  30,     56,    62, 

178,  397. 

Society,  Royal,  of  Victoria,  Mel- 
bourne, 398'. 

Society,  Royal  Geographical,  Lon- 
don, 30,  56, 62, 177,  397. 

Society,  Royal  Physical,  Edinburgh, 
30. 


Society,  Royal  Scottish,  of  Arts,  Edin- 

burgli,  56,  177. 
Society,  Zoological.  London,  178,  398. 
Sprague,  C.  J.,  27.  390. 
Steenstrup,  rn)f.  J.,  165,  160. 
Stinipson.  Dr.  W.,  23,  60. 
Storcr,  Dr.  D.  11.,  393. 
Sumner,  Hon.  C,  53,  392. 
Survey,  Geological,  of  Canada,  30,  178. 
Survey,  Geological,  of  India,  56,  177. 
Tate,  G.,  53,  54,390. 

G.  R.,  53. 

Times,  American  Medical,  New  York, 

57.  02. 
Trenibley,  Dr.  J.  B.,  166,  389. 
Trimoulet,  H.,  166. 
Trvon,  G.  W.,  Jr.,  53,  54. 
Tyler,  Prof.  W.  S..  53. 
Uhler,  P.  R.,  54. 
Universitet,     K.    Norske     Froderiks, 

Christiania,  29,  173,  394. 
University  of  New  York,  53. 

Toronto,  57. 

Yerein  der    Freunde    der      Naturge- 

schichte  in  Meklenburg,    Neubran- 

deburg,  30,  55,  174,  396. 
Yerein,  eutomologischer,    Stettin,  55, 

175. 
Yerein   fiir    Naturkunde,   Mannheim, 

55.  395. 
Yerein  fiir  Naturkunde,   Wiesbaden, 

395. 
Yerein      fiir     yatoriJindische     Natur- 
kunde, Stuttgart,  55,  174,  395. 
Yerein,  historischer,  in  Mittelirankeu, 

Ansbach,  390. 
Yerein,  naturforschender,  Briinn,  29, 

55,  395. 
Yerein,  naturforschender,  Riga,  174. 
naturhistorischer,     Augsburg, 

29,  175,  395. 

Yereni,  naturhistorischer,  der  prenss- 
ischen  Rheinlande  und  AVestpha- 
lens,  Bonn,  175,  395. 

Yerein,  naturhistorisch-medizinischer, 
Heidelberg,  395. 

Yerein,  naturwissenschaftlicher,  Ham- 
burg, 175. 

Yerein,  naturwissenschaftlicher,  des 
Harzes,  Blankcnburg,  53. 

Yerein,  naturwissenschaftlicher,  fur 
das  Fiirstenthum,  Luneburg.  29. 

Yerein,  uaturwissenschaftliclior,  fiir 
Sachsen  und  Thiiringen,  Halle,  29, 
174,  395. 

Yerein    fiir    Naturkunde,   OiTenbach, 

30,  174. 

Yerein,  sicbcnburgischer  fiir  Natnr- 
wissenschaften.  Hermannstadt,  395. 

Yorein,  zoolnglscli-miueralogisclier, 
Rogensburg,  3!»4. 

Yerein  zur  Beforderung  des  Garten- 
baues,  Berlin,  55,  174. 

Yerrill,  I'rof.  A.  E.,  53,  00,  106. 

Yroiik.  M.,  family  of.  390. 

Warren.  Dr.  J.  31.,  6L 

Weideniever.  J.  A..  63. 

Weiniand.  Dr.  D.  F..  166. 

Wcstermaun,  B.,  100,  389. 

White,  Dr.  J.  C,  165. 


412 


Whitney,  Prof.  J.  D.,  390. 
Williams  and  Norgate,  392. 
Willis,  N.,  162. 
Wilson,  Hon.  H.,  392. 
AVinchell,  Frof.  A.,  53, 166,  390. 
Wolf,  Dr.  11.,  53. 
ZuUer,  Prof.  P.  C,  56. 

Life  in  hot  springs  of  California,  58. 

Limulus,  240. 

Li>'COLN,  Hon.  F.  W.,  Jr.  Remarks 
at  dedication  of  museum,  44. 

Llssof/orgia,  22. 

Lobster,  habits  and  geographical  dis- 
tribution of,  11 ;  deformed  claw  of,  68. 

Lophius  l£Evigatus,  269. 

Loph  oth  uria ,  "353 . 

Fabricii,  354. 

Loxia  cucullata,  254. 

leucoptera,  267. 

Lutra  canadensis,  269. 

vulgaris,  266. 

Lycopodium  lepidophyllum,  107. 

Mackerel,  habits  of,  66. 

Macromia  cubensis,  190. 

Mallotus  villosus,  275. 

Mammalia,  fossil,  from  South  America, 
75,  105. 

Mammalogy,  report  of  curator  of,  126, 
371. 

Mammoth  from  Siberia,  organic  tissues 
of,  82. 

Man,  relation  of,  to  higher  apes,  99. 

Manx,  H.  On  the  flight  of  the  flying 
fish,  21 ;  on  Hawaiian  crania  and  skel- 
etons, 229;  on  volcano  of  Kilauea  and 
Mauna  Loa,  229 ;  on  denudation  in  the 
Hawaiian  islands,  232;  description  of 
some  new  species  of  the  Genus  Schie- 
dea,  and  of  an  allied  new  genus,  309; 
revision  of  the  Rutaceae  of  the  Ha- 
waiian islands,  312 ;  on  transplantation 
of  corals  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  364. 

Marcy,  Prof.  O.  Enumeration  of  fos- 
sils collected  in  the  2s  iagara  Limestone 
at  Chicago,  90. 

Margarite  of  Chester,  321. 

Marsh,  O.  C.  On  a  grave  in  a  mound  at 
Newark,  O.,  277. 

Masonite,  Analysis  of,  321. 

Mastodon,  fossil,  from  the  Andes,  77; 
M.  Humboldtii,  from  Peru,  107. 

3Iauna  Loa,  visit  to,  230. 

Melicope  barbigera,  316. 

cinerea,  316. 

elliptica,  317. 

spathulata,  216. 

Melipona,  cells  of,  278. 

Members,  Corresponding,  Election 

OF. 

Behr,  Dr.  H.,  241. 
Cay,  R.  I.,  42. 

Chadbourne,  Prof.  P.  A.,  107. 
Coues,  Dr.  E.,  309. 
Cresson,  E.  T.,  277. 
Elliott,  D.  G.,  99. 
Grote,  A.  R.,  277. 
Gulick,  J.  T.,  18. 


Gulick,  Dr.  L.  H.,  18. 
Hind,  Prof.  H.  Y.,  230. 
Hubbard,  S.,  275. 
Janin,  L.,  Jr.,  241. 
Marsh,  W.  T.,  181. 
Marcy,  Prof.  O.,  99. 
Maskelyne,  Prof.  ]S\  S.,  181. 
Meader,  J.  B.,  241. 
Poey,  Prof.  F.  25. 
Ransom,  L.,  241. 
Riotte,  E.  M.,  241. 
Robinson,  C.  T.,  309. 
Selys-Longchamps,  Baron  de,  278. 
Tryon,  G.  W.,  25. 
Verrill,  Prof.  A.  E.,  101. 
Whittemore,  T.  G.,  14. 
AVhitnev,  Prof.  J.  D.,  99. 
Winchell,  Prof.  A.,  99. 

Member,  Honorary,  Election  of. 
Henry,  Prof.  J.,  99. 

Members,  Resident,  Election  of. 
Abbe,  C.  40. 
Adams,  Dr.  J.  F.,  387. 
Ames,  Oliver,  59. 
Amory,  C.  68. 

R.,41. 

Appleton,  W.  S.,  34. 
Arnold,  Dr.  G.  J.,  14. 
Atkins,  E.,  41. 
Babcock,  J.  S.,  99. 
Bancroft,  E.  P.,  24. 
Bartlett,  Dr.  H.,41. 
Barton,  J.  L.  D.,  40. 
Batchelder,  J.  M.,  24. 
Bicknell,  E.,  231. 
Blanchard,  J.  A.,  24. 
Boardman,  W.  E.,  305. 
Bradlee,  N.  J.,  18. 
Brewer,  F.  W.,  24. 

W.  S.,41. 

Brigham,  E.  A.,  18. 
Brooks,  P.  C,  25. 
Buck,  J.,  59. 
Bumstead,  N.  W.,  99. 
Burgess,  E.,  305. 
Campbell,  B.  F.,  94. 
Carruthers,  A.  K.,  181. 
Chamberlain,  E.  D.,  Jr.,  94. 
Chandler,  T.  P.,  35. 
Chapman,  A.,  35. 
Chase,  W.  S.,  231. 
Chubbuck,  I.  Y.,  96. 
Clapp,J.H.,9. 
Converse,  J.  P.,  16. 
Courtis,  W.  M.,  41. 
Creech,  S.  W.,  Jr.,  24. 
Cressv,  Dr.  N.,  107. 
Cudworth,  Rev.  W.  H.,  65. 
Cutter,  E.  F.,  25. 
Dall.W.  H.,18. 
Dalton,  E.  P.,  35. 
Damon,  H.  F.,  96. 
Davis,  C.  P.,  14. 
Denny,  H.  G.,  18. 
Dimond,  E.  W.,  277. 
Dorr,  J.,  34. 
Dunbar,  C.  F.,  309. 
Dupee,  H.  D.,  65. 


413 


Dnraut,  H.  F.,  25. 
Kddv,  liev.  E.  B.,  94. 
Edwards,  H.,  59. 
Elston,  W.  F.,  224. 
Endicott,  H.,  14. 

W.,  Jr.,  59,  104. 

Farnswortb,  J.  D.,  24. 
Fay,  H.  H.,  25. 

J.  F.,  25. 

J.  S.,  35. 

Fisher,  H.  ]S'.,  309. 
Fiske,  F.  S.,  24. 
Foster,  J.,  40. 
Fraucis,  J.  B.,  14. 
Frisbie,  Dr.  J.  F.,  231. 
Frothingham,  D.  M.  L.,  35. 
Fuller,  H.  W.,  236. 

Gav,  r.E.,  59. 
Gailoupe,  C.  W.,  25. 
Garbiilt,  F.  C,  305. 
Giduey,  P.  M.,  99. 
Gilbert,  B.  W.,  99. 
Goddard,  T.  A.,  24. 
Gorhara,  W.  M.,  181. 
Greeaougb,  D.  S.,  68. 
Hale,  J.  I.,  Jr.,  247. 
Haves,  A.,  241. 
Head.  CD., 24  . 
Henck,  W.  C,  24. 
Hitchcock,  Dr.  T.  B.,  94, 
Hills,  Luther,  94. 
Hogg,  John,  18. 
Homans,  G.  H.,  59. 
Hooper.  H.,  35. 

R.  W.,  25. 

Hubbard,  G.  U.,  19. 

T.,277. 

Huntington,  G.  P.,  14. 
Inches,  Dr.  H.  B.,  25. 
Ingalls,  Dr.  W.,  233. 
Jackson.  C,  Jr.,  277. 
James,  W.,  40. 
Job,  D.W.,  104. 
Johnson,  A.  H.,  19. 

W.  O..  41. 

Kendall,  C.  S..  59. 
Kennard,  C.  W.,  83. 
Kent,  B.,  Jr.,  108. 
Kidder,  H.  P.,  24. 
Kirk,  liev.  E.  X.,94. 
Knight,  J.  E.,  278. 
Lambert,  H.  F.,  34. 
Lantrmaid,  Dr.  «.  ^Y.,  104. 
Lee,^T.  J.,  24. 
Lombard,  Dr.  J.  S.,  277. 
Lynch,  C.  S..  42. 
Jlackie,  Dr.  W.  B.,  108. 
Mann,B.  P.,2.31. 
Markoe,  G.  F.  H.,  65. 
McHayes,  T.,  99. 
31cKeuzie,  31.,  24. 
3Iendell,  W.  H.,  181. 
iloore,  A.,224. 
iloffat.  Dr.  G.T.,  75. 
Murdoch,  A.  L.,  41. 
Munroe,  W.,  18. 
>;ickerson,  S.  D.,  25. 
;Xorcross,  O.,  18. 
Korton,  J.,  40. 
Ogdeu,  J.  T.,  34. 


Ogden,  W.  M.,  2-31. 
Parker,  C.  H.,24. 

Dr.  D.  M.,  40. 

W.  S.,  24. 

Pierce,  B.  M.,  19. 

G.  E.,6o. 

Piatt,  J.  T.,  65. 
Plumer,  A.,  59. 
Pratt,  C,  107. 
Purdie,  H.  A.,  277. 
Putnam,  C.  P.,  3iJ5. 
V^iincy,  H.  P.,  83. 
liichardson,  J.,  24. 

J.  B.,35. 

W.  L.,  18. 

St.  John,  O.  H.,40. 
Satterthwaite,  T.  E.,  94. 
Savage,  S.  H.,  278. 
Sceva,  G.,  19. 
Sharp,  Dr.  J.  C.,40. 
Shurtleff,  A.  31.,  75. 
Snelling,  S.  G.,  24. 
Snow,  S.  T.,  16. 
Spencer,  A.  W.,  25. 
Sprague,  P.  S.,  99. 
Stowe,  W.,  94. 
Sturtevant,  E.  L.,  308. 
Swan,  Dr.  C.  W.,  98. 
Swett,  G.  W.,  247. 
Thaver,  X.,  25. 
Toliiian,  J.,  59. 
Tucker,  A.,  231. 
Tufts,  C.  A.,  104. 
Vila,  J.,  Jr.,  25. 
Wadsworth,  A.,  94. 
Wales,  G.  W.,  24. 
3Vare,  F.,  14. 
Warren,  Dr.  J.  H.,  .305. 

J.  v.,  42. 

3Vaterman,  T.,  41. 
AVebber,  S.  G.,  191. 
Weld,  S.,  35. 
AVellinjrton,  H.  M.,  387. 
AVickefsham,  W.,  278. 
Wigglesworth,  T..  40. 
AVilson,  11.  W.,  16, 
AVingate,  A.  P.,  181. 
Whelpley,  Dr.  J.  D.,  94. 
Whipi)le,  J.,  51. 
AVhittier.  C  94. 
AVhitwell,  W.  S.,  231. 
AVolcott,  P.,  224. 

H.  F.,  18. 

Wood,  Dr.  A.  31..  101. 
Wrightington,  C.  W.,  35. 

3Icnhaden.  habit.>5  of,  68. 
Mergulus  alle,  269. 
Merr/us  serrafor,  268. 
31eriucius  vulgaris,  274. 
Mesotliemis  Cundhuliii,  195. 

PfKij},  194. 

3Ieteorite  observed  in  California.  228. 
3ietridium  marginatum,  337,  J^,  3.j5. 
iliamia,  96. 

31icroscopic  marine  animals,  185. 
ilicroscopy.  Section  of.  90,  94;  report  of 

the  curator  of,  122.  370. 
3Iillepora  alcicornis,  ;324. 
Mimuspolijglottus,  251. 


414 


Mineralogy,  report  of  the  curator  of, 
126,  378. 

Minerals  associated  with  the  emery  of 
Chester,  Mass.,  320. 

Mollusks,  nudibranchiate,  of  New  Enar- 
land,  185. 

Monodou  monoceros,  266,  272. 

Mormon  arctica,  269. 

Moulds  within  efiga,  41.  97. 

Mounds  of  Atlantic  coast,  72 ;  at  Stock- 
ton, Cal.,68,  69,  72. 

Muricea  acervata,  327. 

appressa,  329. 

echinata,  328. 

hebes,  328. 

hispida,  328. 

robusta.  329. 


Museum,  dedication  of, 
of,  43. 


45;   description 


Museum,  Do^'ATio:ys  to,  by 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Phila- 
delphia, 387. 

Academy  of  Sciences,  Chicago,  164. 

Agassiz  Natural  History  Society,  387. 

Andernach,  F.,  163. 

Anderson,  Capt.,  59. 

Appleton,  N.,  388. 

Atwood,  Capt.  N.  E.,  68,  81,  163,  388. 

Brewer,  Mr.,  52. 

Babo,  L.,  39,  52. 

Bancroft,  T.  G.,  248. 

Barnard,  J.  M.,  17,  23,  25. 

Bemis,  Dr.  S.  A.,  163,  199,  248. 

Beetle,  W.,  52. 

Bishop,  N.  H.,163. 

Blaikie,  Miss,  199. 

Borland,  J.  N.,  25. 

Boston   31illing   and    Manufacturing 
Company,  247,  387. 

Bowditch,'Dr.  H.  1.,  59. 

Bradbury,  W.  C,  199. 
Brett,  A.,  247. 

Brigham,  E.  A.,  162,  163,  164. 
Brimmer,  M.,  182,199. 
Brown,  D.  J.,  52. 

Bryant,   Dr.   H.,  17,  25,  52,   162,   163, 
165,  199,  247,  385,  388. 

Buck,  S.  M.,  52. 
Bumstead,  Major  H.,  387. 
Bush,  C.  G.,  199,  247,  388. 
Cabot,  Dr.  S.,  26,  200. 
Chamberlin,  Mr.,  26. 
Chann'ing,  Dr.  W.,  83, 163. 
Chapin,  Dr.  A.,  247. 
Clarke,  S.  D.,  247. 
Coale,  Dr.  W.  E.,163. 
Coffin,  ^Y.  E.  &  Co.,  388. 
College,  Yale,  199. 
Coles,  G.,  199. 

Coolidge,  Dr.  A.,  52,  200,  247. 
Curtis,  G.  R.,  165. 

Dr.  J.,  26. 

Mr.,  107. 

Dall,  ^Y.  H.,  25,  26,  52.  64, 163, 164,  247. 
Denton,  Prof  Wm.,  388. 
Dillaway,  A.  E.  L.,  388. 
Eddy,  Kev.  E.  B.,  93,  164,  200. 
Fairbanks,  T.,  52. 
Fielding,  Mrs.,  163. 


Frisbie,  Dr.  J.  F.,  247,  248. 

Gidney.  P.  M.,  25,  164. 

Gould,  Dr.  A.  A.,  163,  200,  247. 

Green,  Dr.  S.  A.,  163,  164. 

Greene,  C.  G.,  247. 

Greenleaf,  K.  C,  105,  387. 

Gundlach,  Dr.  J.,  26,  60,  387. 

Hall,  A.  T.,  107,  165. 

Henck,  W.  C,  26. 

Hildreth,  Dr.  C.  F.,  199. 

Hills,  L.,  60,  163,  200. 

Hinckley,  S..  388. 

Hitchcock,  Dr.  T.  B.,  163. 

Holliday,  Miss,  199. 

Hooper,  J.,  26. 

Howlaud,  J.,  165. 

P.,  59. 

Hubbard,  S.,  165,  200,  247. 

Institute,  Essex,  165,  199. 

Institution,   Smithsonian,   17,    25,  59, 
78,  182,  199,  200,  388. 

Jackson,  Dr.  C.  T.,  17,  52,  72,  80,  97, 
163,  164,  165,  262,  387,  388. 

Jettries,  Dr.  B.  J.,  52,  248. 

Jimeno,  D.  F.,  163. 

Johnston,  Dr.  C,  52. 
Kingman,  Miss,  163. 

Kirkpatrick,  Dr.  C.  A.,  387. 

Kneeland,  Dr.  S.,  60,  388. 
Kuhn,  ^y.  P.,  162. 
Kumlein,  T.,  163. 

Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  Williams- 
town,  52. 
Lyman,  Dr.,  200. 
Lewis,  J.  W.,  165. 
Mann,  H.,  200. 
Mason,  Eev.  F.,  164. 
May,  F.  W.  G.,  388. 
Mayo,  E.  R.,  388. 
McMurtrie,  H.,  199. 
Melvin,  J.  S.,  199. 
Merryman,  F.  W.,  25. 
Miller,  A.  L.,  163. 
Moore,  G.,  59. 
Nason,  W.  A.,  52. 
Nelson,  Mr.,  199. 
Nourse,  T.,  165. 
Ogden,  W.  M.,  235,  248. 
Otis,  Dr.  J.  H.,  52. 
Packard.  Dr.  A.  S.,  Jr.,   163,  165,  200, 

247,  248,  387,  388. 
Parker,  C.  H.,  52. 

^Y.  L.,  164,  200. 

Phillips,  Mrs.  J.,  38,  52. 
Pickering,  Dr.  C,  52,  248. 

O.,  50,  52. 

Pulsifer,  D.,  104,  165. 
Purdie,  H.  A.,  52. 
Putnam,  F.  W..  41,  52,  164. 
Rice,  Mrs.  W.  E.,  51. 
S.,  60. 

Rich,  J.  G.,  164. 
Robertson,  T.,  164. 
Rogers,  Prof  W.  B.,  42,  52. 
RoUeston,  Prof  G.,  387. 
Rothrock,  T.  T.,  59. 
Russell,  W.  C,  199. 
Sanborn,  F.  G.,  248. 
Sceva,G.,26. 
Scott,  R.,  163. 


415 


Scudder.  S.  H.,  26,  52, 162, 163,  200. 
Shaw,  Dr.  B.  S.,  52,  164,  199. 
ttheafe,  C.C,  388. 
Shurtleff,  C.  A.,  58,  59. 
Smith,  Frof.  J.  li.,  164. 

J.  T.,  388. 

Snow,  S.  T.,  162. 
Sprague,  C.  J.,  26,  60, 163,  200. 
Stan  wood,  H.  B.,  59. 
Stearns,  P.  S.,  199. 
Stodder,  C,  199. 
Sturtevant,  E.  L.,  163. 
Thaver,  Van  R.,  388. 
Thoinpson,  W.  M.,  83,  163. 
Tidd.  M.,  387. 
Todd,  Mr.,  83.  163. 
True,  Dr.  N.  T.,  200. 
Verrill,  Prof.  A.  E.,  26. 
Wales,  Miss,  199. 
Ward,  H.  A.,  163, 164. 
W^arreu,  Dr.  J.  K.,387. 
Waterston,  Rev.  R.  C,  40. 
Wells,  S..  Jr.,  52,  199. 
White,  Dr.  J.  C,  200. 

N.  B..  248. 

M.  D.,  247. 

Whittier,  H.  C,  163. 
Willard,  T.  W.,  200. 
Willis,  T.  R.,  164. 

Winslow,  Dr.  C.  F.,  10,  59,  68,  75,  83, 
162, 163, 164, 165, 199,  387. 

Mustela  luminea,  266. 

martes,  266. 

vison,  266. 

Mustelus  canis,  81. 

Mj'odes  hudsonicus,  266. 

3Iyriotrochus  Riukii,  357. 

Negro,  gland-like  body  on,  240. 

Kephila  plumipes,  200,  240. 

Iserves,  distribution  of,  in  vertebrates, 


Neuroptera,  fossil,  from  America,  96. 
Nevada,  Jackson's  journey  through,  224. 
Kew  England,  nudibranchiate  moUusks 

of,  185;   polyps  and   echinoderms  of, 

333;  fauna  on  the  coast  of,  334;  lake 

basins  of,  358. 
New  Hampshire,  ores  from,  386. 
NiLES,  W.   H.      On  Paseolus    Halli,  a 

cystidean,  19 ;    on  the  soil  of  hilltop 

farms,  49. 
Nltzschia  Mitchelliana,  107. 
Nominating  committee,  364,  385. 
Nova  Scotia,  heath  in,  63. 
Numericus  borealis,  267. 
hudsonicus,  267. 

Oceanic    Currents,  modification    of,  in 

geological  periods,  296. 
Odonata  from  the    Isle  of  Pines,  187; 

from  the  White  Mountains,  211. 
Officers,  election  of,  39,  40, 147,  159,  385. 
Oil,  bituminous,  in  California,  262. 
Oology,  report  of  curator  of,  130,  372. 
Ophiacantha  spinulosa,  355. 
Ophiosjlypha  nodosa,  357. 

robusta,  343. 

Sarsii,  343. 

Stuwitzii,  357. 


Ophiopholis  aculeata,344. 

Ophiura  olivacea,  339. 

Orca  gladiator,  272. 

Orcula  Bartliii,  3.57. 

Ores  from  New  Hampshire,  386. 

Ornithology,  report  of  the  curator  of, 

129,  371. 
Ovibos  moschatus,  270. 

Packard,  Dr.  A.  S.,  Jr.  Annotations 
on  the  vertebrates  of  Labrador,  2t>i. 
observations  on  the  development  and 
position  of  the  llvmenoptera  with 
notes  on  the  morphology  of  insects, 
279. 

Pagophilus  groenlandicus,  271. 

Palceopterina,  96. 
^Panama,  polyps  and  corals  of,  328. 

Paragorgia  arborea,  .355. 

Parus  hudsonicus,  267. 

Peachia  parasitica,  343. 

Pea  hen,  assumption  of  male  plumage, 
25. 

Peat,  method  of  preparing,  72. 

Pelea  anisata,  314. 

auriculajfolia.  313. 

clusiaefolia,  312. 

Kavaiensis,  313. 

sapotopfolia,  312. 

, oblongifolia,  315. 

rotundifolia,  315. 

sandwicensis,  315. 

volcanica,  315. 

Pexio,  Dr.  On  a  gland-like  body  on  a 
negro,  240. 

Pentacta  calcigera,  352. 

frondosa,  352,  357. 

minuta,  353. 

Perithemis  Doraitia,  198. 

Peru,  fossil  mammalia  from,  105. 

Peruvian  skulls,  compression  of,  100. 

Petit  Anse,  La.,  salt  mine  of,  17. 

Phalaropus  cinereus,  268. 

rufiis.  268. 


Phoca  barbata,  266. 

grocnlaudica,  266. 

vitulina,  266,  270. 

Phvllaugia  dispersa,  332. 

Physeter,  266. 

— '- macrocephalus,  271. 

Pickering,  Dk.  C.  On  the  fish  fauna 
of  the  Richardson  lakes,  64. 

Pickering,  O.  On  aerial  roots  of  wil- 
low, 50. 

Picus  portoricensis.  256. 

tridactylus,  267. 

villosus,  92. 

Plants  in  warm  springs,  181. 

Platessa  dentata,  181. 

ferruginea,  181. 

plana.  181. 

Platiickema  eampanulata,  317. 

Pleistocene  glacial  climate  of  Europe, 
241. 

Plethodon  glutinosa,  272. 

Pleuronectes  platessa,  2(39. 

Pleuronectidx',  earlv  stages  of,  181. 

Polvps  of  New  England,  333;  of  Pan- 
ama. 323.  ^^^ 

Porcellanidae,  development  of,  222. 


416 


Rocky  Mountains,  mineral  resembling 
albertite  from,  305. 

EoGERS,  I'noF.  H.  D.  On  the  pleisto- 
cene glacial  climate  of  Europe,  241. 

Rogers,  Prof.  W.  B.  Remarks  at  the 
dedication  of  the  museum,  43. 

Rosmarus  obesus,  271. 

Rubidia,  acid  tartrates  of,  16. 

Sagartia  leiicolaena,  336. 

modesta,  337. 

Salmo  hudsonicus,  275. 

immaculatus,  274. 

salar,  269,  274. 

species  of,  181. 

trutta,  269. 

Salt  mines  of  Louisiana,  17. 
Wheatland,   1;  on  th^Sanitary  commission,   donation    of  in- 
great  lake  fish  fauna,  64;   on  the  vari-        struments  from,  386. 
eties  of  Cistudo  virginica,    65;    on  a    Saiirofhera  Vieillotii,  256. 
malformed    cunner   (Cteuolabrus    c£e-    Saxicola  £cnanthe,  267. 
ruleus),  68 ;  on  the  early  stages  of  the    Sceva,  G.     On  anew  method  of  mount- 
■  '    "  ing  skeletons,  74. 

Schiedea  amplexicaidis,  310. 

diffusa,  309. 

qlobosa,  311. 


Porcellana  macrocheles,  222. 
Porites  panamensis,  329. 
Porto  Rico,  birds  of,  248. 
Preservative  solution,  257. 
Prizes,  AValker,  146. 
Procellaria  glacialis,  268. 

pelagica,  268. 

Procyon  lotor,  269. 
Primuoa  Reseda,  355. 
Psolus  phantapus,  353. 

regalis,  357. 

Pteromys  volans,  266. 

Pteropod,  habits  of  a,  14. 

Pteraster  militaris,  355. 

Publishing    committee,    announcement 

by,  198. 
PuT^-AM,  F.  W.     Remarks  on  the  death 

of  Dr.   R.  H 


PleuronectidiB,  181;  on  the  tish  fauna 
of  the  great  lakes,  240;  on  an  indian 
grave  opened  on  Winter  Island,  Sa- 
lem, 246 ;  on  the  reproduction  of  lost 
parts  in  reptiles,  278. 

Putorius,  269. 

Pygosteus  Cuvieri,  273. 

Pyrrhula  enucleator,  267. 

Quiscalus  crassirostris,  255. 
. niger,  267. 

Radiata,  report  of  curator  of,  134,  375. 

Rallus  carolinus,  257. 

Raua  septentrionalis,  272. 

Rangifer  caribou,  270. 

Reels,  coral,  growth  of,  325. 

Regulus  calendula,  237. 

Renilla  amethystina,  326. 

Report  of  the  building  committee,  160. 

curator    of    botany,    121, 

377;  of  comparative  anatomy,  126, 
371;  of  conchology,  133,  375;  of  Crus- 
tacea, 135,  374;  of  entomology,  135, 
373;  of  ethnology,  128,  371;  of  geol- 
ogy and    paleontology,   123,  370;    of 


Hookeri,  310. 
ligustrina.  310. 
Menziesii,  310. 
Nuttallii,  309. 


nemyi,  310. 

spergulina,  310. 

sfellariokles,  310. 

viscosa,  311. 

Sciurus  hudsonicus,  266,  269. 

Sclerodactyla  Briarius,  342. 

Scomber  grex,  66. 

vernalis,  67,  272. 

ScuDDER,  S.  H.  On  the  habits  of  Tom- 
icus  eruditus,  13;  on  the  geology  of 
Cuba,  and  the  physical  geography  of 
the  Isle  of  Pines,  47 ;  on  carboniferous 
insects,  93;  notes  on  some  odonata 
from  tlie  Isle  of  Pines,  187;  notes  on 
some  odonata  from  the  Wliite  Moun- 
tains of  New  Hampshire,  211. 

Sebago  Lake,  fish  fauna  of,  64. 

Sebastes  norvegicus,  273. 

Semotilus  corporalis,  41. 


herpetologv,  131,  372;  of  ichthyology,     Setophaga  ruticilla,  2ol. 

132,372;  of  microscopy,  122,  370;    of    Shaler,  N.  S.      Prehmii 

mineralogy,  123;  of  o6logy,   130,  372;        some  opinions  concerni 


)gy,  rJo;  or    oology, 
of  ornithology,  129,  371;  of  radiata, 
1.34,375. 

Roport  of  the  custodian,  109,  364. 

librarian,  37,  110,  368. 

nominating  committee,  39, 

160,  385. 

Report  of  the  treasurer,  37, 154,  3/9. 

Reproduction  of  lost  parts  in  animals, 
278. 

Reptilian  bones,  fossil,  42. 

Resolutions   passed    on    the    announce- 
ment of  the  (I'.'atli  of  Dr.  Walker,  108. 

Rtiatxlomona  iniriiicum,  101. 

Rhodactinia  Davisii,  342,  355. 

Richardson  Lake,  hsh  fauna  of.  64. 

Ripple  marks  on  sandstone,  183. 

Rocks,  polished,  of  Nevada,  303. 


inary  notice  of 
'ng  the  mode  of 
elevation  of  continental  masses,  237; 
notes  on  the  modification  of  ocean 
currents  in  successive  geological  peri- 
ods, 293;  on  the  formation  of  the  ex- 
cavated lake  basins  of  New  England, 
358;  on  the  formation  of  mountain 
chains,  386. 

Shurtlefp,  C.  a.  Announcement  of 
the  death  of,  58;  the  general  plan  of 
venation  in  the  order  of  insects  and 
its  modification  in  the  different  sub- 
orders, 58. 

Siphonactinia,  339. 

Skeletons,  new  method  of  mounting,  74. 

Skulls,  human,  from  sepulchral  mounds 
at  Stockton,  California,  69;  from  San 
Francisco,  263;  of  a  Piute  Indian,  234. 


417 


Societies,  list  of,  to  which  the  publica- 
tions are  sent,  148. 
Solaster  eudeca,  345,  356. 

papposus,  345. 

Somatoria  niollissima,  268, 

spectabilis,  268. 

Sorex  Fosteri,  266. 

Soundings,   deep  sea,   specimens  from, 

13. 
Sphyropicus  varius,  91. 
Si)ider,  geometrical,  200. 
bpirialis  Flemingii,  habits  of,  14. 
tePKAGUK,  C.  J.    On  arrest  of  growth  in 

the  flowers  of  apple,  42 ;    on  abortive 

flowers  of  the  apple,  63;    resignation 

as  curator  of  botany,  159. 
Springs,  warm,  plants  in,  181. 
Star  fishes,  method  of  preserving  dry, 

83. 
Staten  Island,  iron  ore  from,  72. 
Stemmatopus  cristatus,  266. 
Stephanocora,  324. 

stellata,  330. 

Sterna  arctica,  268. 
Stichaster  albulus,  351. 
Stockton,  Cal.,  mound  at,  68. 
Stodder,  C.    On  specimens  of  deep  sea 

soundings,  13 ;    note  on  Khabdomeua 

mirilicum,  101. 
Stoker,    Dr.    H.    R.      On     abnormal 

growths,  246 ;  on  reproduction  of  lost 

parts  in  man,  278. 
Strix  brachyotus,  267. 

nisoria,  267. 

nyctea,  267. 

virginiana,  267. 

Subscribers  to  the  building  fund,  142;  to 

the  Walker  fund,  143. 
SwASEY,  C.  L.     On  the  occurrence  of 

the  swingle  tail,  75. 
Sylvia  corouata,  267. 
Sylvicola  adelaidae,  251. 

coronata,  251. 

discolor,  251. 

Sympodium  paciflca,  329. 
Synapta  tenuis,  342,  354. 
Syrtensian  fauna,  355. 

Tanagra  portoricensis,  252. 
Tapir,  fossil,  from  Peru,  106. 
Tetrao  albus,  268. 

canadensis,  268. 

lagopus,  268. 

Thalassidroma  Leachii,  268. 
pelagica,  268. 

Tha>'ks  of  the  Society  voted  to, 
Babo,  L.,  39. 
Barnard,  J.  M.,  18. 
Boston  Citv  Library,  Trustees  of.  236. 
Bouv6,  T.  t.,  160. 
Brimmer,  31.,  182. 
Bryant,  Dr.  H.,385. 
Building  Committee,  161. 
Curtis,  Mr.,  107. 
Greene,  Mrs.  B.  D.,  108,  308. 
Phillips,  Mrs.  J.,  38. 
Kice,  Mrs.  W.  E.,  51. 
Sanitary  Commission,  387. 
Sprague,  C.  J.,  160. 

PROCEEDINGS  B.   S.   N'.   H.— VOL.   X. 


Stoddor.  C.,38. 
Tliarer,  Dr.,  277. 
White,  Dr.  J.  C,  386. 

Thrasher,  attack  of,  on  a  whale,  3 
Thyonidium  elongatum.  356. 

glabrum,  356. 

musculosum,  3.52. 

productum,  352. 

Tin,  Oxide  of,  269. 

wood,  263. 

Todus  ]ni])ochondriacus,  250. 
Toniicus  cnuiitus,  habits  of,  13. 
Totaiuis  nuu'ularius,  268. 
Toxopnuustes,  341. 

drobachiensis,  341. 

Tramea  insularis,  191. 
Treasurer,  report  of,  154,  379. 
Trichecns  rosmarus,  266. 
Trichina  spiralis,  (33. 
Trichodina  pediculus,  223,  231. 
Tringa  alpina,  267. 

islandica,  268. 

macularia,  2-57. 

maritinia,  268. 

peetoralis,  268. 

pusilla,  267. 

Turdus  ardosiaceus,  251. 

labradoricus,  267. 

migratorius,  267. 

Tyrannus  antillarum,  249. 

-^^ dominicensis,  249. 

Taylori,  249. 

Ulangia  Bradley i,  333. 
Umbagog,  Lake,  fish  fauna  of,  64. 
Uria  grvlle,  268. 

troile,  268. 

Ursus  americanus,  265,  270. 
^ maritimus,  265,  270. 


Vertebrates,  distribution  of  nerves  of, 
33. 

Venation  of  the  wings  of  insects,  58. 

Verrill,  Prof.  A.  E.  On  Pasceolus 
Halli,  19;  on  the  genus  Lissogorgia, 
22;  method  of  preserving  star  (islies 
dry,  83;  on  a  new  preservative  solution. 
257;  on  the  geographical  distribution 
of  North  American  birds,  25'.t:  on  tin- 
polyps  and  corals  of  ranama.  -i'l-i:  on 
ihe  polvps  and  echiuodcnns  of  .\i\v 
England.  3-33;  on  tlio  transplaulati..M 
of  coral  inPacilic  ( >cean,  364:  on  sonic 
ores  from  New  llanipsliirc.  .'3S6. 

Vestibular  bristle  of  Vorticellid;c,  2.31. 

Vibrios,  power  of  resisting  heat,  98. 

Vireo  Latimeri,  252. 

Virginian  fauna,  ;335. 

Vorticella  ncbnlitrra.  231. 

Vorticellida',  vo>til)ular  bristle  of,  231. 

Vorticellidan  parasite  of  Jiydra,  223, 

Walker,  Dr.  W.  J.    Donation  of,  51; 

on  the  habits  of  the  earth  worm,  51; 

resolutions  on  the  death  of,  108. 
Walker  prizes,  146. 
Waltonian  case  for  plants,  8. 

27  NOVEMBER,  1866. 


418 


Ward,  Db.  J.,  eulogy  on,  38. 

Wardian  cases,  adaptation  to  scientific 
purposes,  6. 

Waterston,  Rev.  R.  C.  Remarks  at 
the  dedication  of  tlie  museum,  44. 

Weiz,  Rev.  S.  List  of  vertebrates  ob- 
served at  Okak,  Labrador,  264. 

Wheatland,  Dr.  R.  H.  Remarks  on 
tlie  death  of,  1. 

White,  Dr.  C.  A.  Observations  on  the 
genus  Belemnocrinus,  180. 

White,  Dr.  J.  C.  New  method  of 
mounting  skeletons,  15;  description 
of  two  human  skulls  recently  brought 
from  Stockton,  Cal.,  and  presented  by 
Dr.  C.  F.Winslow,  69;  on  the  relations 
of  man  to  the  higher  apes,  99,  100;  on 
the  dentition  of  the  Californian  In- 
dians compared  with  the  Hawaiians, 
230;  description  of  an  enormous  hu- 
man skull  from  San  Francisco,  and  of 
a  skull  of  a  Piute  Indian  from  Austen, 
Nevada,  263. 

White  3Iountains  of  New  Hampshire, 
odonata  from,  211. 

White  fish,  Putnam's  remarks  on,  240. 

Wilder,  Dr.  B.  G.  On  the  habits  of 
Nephila  plumipes,  200;  on  an  imper- 
forate ear  in  an  adult,  222 ;  on  the  hab- 
its of  the  young  of  Nephila,  240 ;  on 
supernumerary  toes  in  a  cat,  246. 

Winchell.  Prof.  A.  Enumeration  of 
fossils  collected  in  the  Niagara  Lime- 
stone at  Chicago,  Illinois,  90. 

Willow,  aerial  roots  of,  50. 

Wings  of  insects,  venation  of,  58. 


WiNSLOW,  Db.  C,  F.  On  remains  from 
a  sepulchral  mound  at  Stockton,  Cal., 
68 ;  on  fossil  mammalia  from  the  An- 
des, 75;  on  the  general  causes  which 
have  produced  the  present  irregulari- 
ties of  the  earth's  surface,  93;  on  the 
flatness  of  the  occiput  in  Peruvian 
skulls,  100;  on  microscopic  marine  an- 
imals found  floating  in  the  sea,  185. 

Woodpecker,  red-headed,  of  California, 
habits  of,  227. 

Wood  tin,  263. 

Wyman,  Dr.  J.  On  the  distribution  of 
nerves  in  Vertebrates,  33;  develoj)- 
ment  of  mould  in  the  interior  of  eggs, 
41,  97;  on  reptilian  bones  from  new 
red  sandstone  at  Middlebury,  Conn., 
42 ;  on  malformations,  68 ;  on  indian 
mounds  of  Atlantic  coast,  72 ;  on  ac- 
commodation of  the  eye,  97;  on  the 
power  of  Vibrio,  etc.,  to  resist  action 
of  boiling  water,  98 ;  on  fossil  mam- 
malia from  the  Andes  of  Peru,  105;  on 
the  formation  of  ripple  marks,  186; 
on  the  irregularities  noticeable  in  the 
cells  of  the  hive  bee,  234;  on  the  hu- 
man arterial  system,  235 ;  on  supernu- 
merary limbs,  246;  on  the  reproduc- 
tion of  lost  parts  in  animals,  278 ;  on 
the  hexagonal  cells  of  bees,  278. 

Zanthoxylum  dipetalum,  319. 

kavaiense,  318. 

maviense,  319. 

Zoanthus  americanus,  335. 
Dauie,  329.